00 Catalog SIP E6 Complete PDF

Protection Systems
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy,

SIPROTEC 600 Series, Communication, Accessories
Catalog SIP · Edition No. 6
Answers for infrastructure.

Overview of Siemens Protection Catalogs
Catalogs Software
Application
catalog
Protection Siemens
selection guide protection SIPROTEC
technology 1) Compact SIPROTEC 5/
DVD DIGSI 5 SIPROTEC 4
Tutorial Tutorial
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC SIPROTEC 5
Compact SIPROTEC
- System catalog 600 series
Catalog - Device catalogs Communication
Accessories
2)
1) In preparation
2) only in English Overview of Siemens protection catalogs
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600, SIPROTEC easy, SIPROTEC 5 catalogs:

communication and accessories: The system catalog describes the features of the SIPROTEC 5
This catalog describes the features of the device series system. The SIPROTEC 5 device catalogs describe device-
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600 and SIPROTEC easy, as well specific features such as scope of functions, hardware and
as their devices. In further chapters, the accessories of the application.
complete SIPROTEC family for communication, auxiliary relays
and test equipment are described.
Application catalog – Siemens protection technology:

This catalog gives an overview of the features for the
complete Siemens protection system family, and describes
typical protection applications and communication solutions.
Furthermore it contains practical configuring aids for, e.g.,
instrument transformer layouts.
Protection selection guide:

The selection guide offers an overview of the device series of
the Siemens protection devices, and a device selection table.
SIPROTEC Compact catalog:

The SIPROTEC Compact catalog describes the features of the
SIPROTEC Compact series and presents the available devices
and their application possibilities.
Contents
Product Selection 1
Overview/Applications 2
Operating Programs 3
SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy,
Communication 4
SIPROTEC 600 Series, Communication,
Accessories Overcurrent Protection 5
Distance Protection 6
Line Differential Protection 7
Transformer Differential Protection 8
Busbar Differential Protection 9
Relays for Various Protection Applications 10
Generator Protection 11
Substation Automation 12
Relay Communication Equipment 13
Test Equipment and Accessories 14
Appendix 15
Catalog SIP · Edition No. 6
Supersedes Catalog SIP · 2008
© Siemens AG 2012
Product Index
Type Description Page
DIGSI 4 Operating software for SIPROTEC devices 3/3
SIGRA 4 Evaluation software for fault records 3/9
3RV1 Voltage transformer mini circuit-breaker 14/17

4AM Auxiliary current transformer 14/21
6MD61 IO-box 12/3

6MD63 Bay control unit 12/11
6MD66 High-voltage bay control unit 12/13
7PA22/23 Auxiliary relay 14/5

7PA26/27 Auxiliary relay 14/9
7PA30 Trip circuit supervision 14/12
7RW6 Voltage, frequency and overexcitation relay 11/71
7SA522 Distance protection relay for transmission lines 6/45

7SA6 Distance protection relay for all voltage levels 6/3
7SD5 Multi-end differential protection relay 7/43

7SD60 Pilot-wire current differential protection relay 7/3
7SD61 Differential protection relay for 2 line ends 7/17
7SJ45 easy Overcurrent protection relay powered by CT 5/3

7SJ46 easy Overcurrent protection relay 5/11
7SJ600 Overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 5/19
7SJ602 Overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 5/31
7SJ61 Multifunction protection relay 5/55
7SJ64 Multifunction protection relay with synchronization 5/161
7SN60 Transient earth-fault protection relay 10/31
7SS52 Distributed busbar and breaker failure protection 9/19

7SS60 Centralized busbar protection 9/3
7SV6 Numerical circuit-breaker failure protection relay 10/21
7TS 16 Annunciation relay 14/15
7UM61 Multifunction generator and motor protection relay 11/3

7UM62 Multifunction generator, motor and transformer protection relay 11/33
2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Product Index
Type Description Page
7UT6 Differential protection relay for transformers, generators, motors and busbars 8/3
7UW5 Tripping matrix 11/69
7VE6 Multifunction paralleling device 11/81
7VK61 Breaker management relay 10/3
7XR Isolating transformer 14/21
7XV5101 RS232 FO connector modules 13/3

7XV5103 RS485 Bus system 13/5
7XV5104 Bus cables for time synchronization 13/13
7XV5105 Bus cables for time synchronization for 7SD5 13/15
7XV5450 Mini star-coupler 13/17

7XV5461 Two-channel serial optical repeater for duplex-mono-mode FO cable 13/21
7XV5461 Two-channel serial optical repeater for 1 mono-mode FO cable 13/25
7XV5461 Two-channel serial optical repeater for duplex-multi-mode FO cables 13/29
7XV5550 Active mini star-coupler 13/33
7XV5650/5651 RS485 – FO converter 13/37

7XV5652 RS232 – FO converter 13/41
7XV5653 Two-channel binary transducer 13/45
7XV5654 GPS/DCF77 Time synchronization unit 13/81
7XV5655 Ethernet modem 13/49
7XV5655 Ethernet serial hub for substations 13/53
7XV5662 Communication converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 13/57

7XV5662 Communication converter for pilot wires 13/61
7XV5662 Two-channel serial communication converter 13/65
7XV5662 Resistance temperature detector (RTD) box 13/69, 13/77
7XV5662 Universal relay, RTD-/20 mA-Box 13/73
7XV5664 GPS/DCF77 Time signal receiver 13/81
7XV5673 I/O-Unit with 6 binary in-/outputs 13/85
7XV57 RS232 – RS485 converter 13/93

7XV5710 USB – RS485 converter cable 13/97
7XV5820 Industrial modem and modem-router with switch 13/101

7XV5850/51 Ethernet modems for office applications 13/103
7XV75 Test switch 14/3
Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 3

4 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6
1
Product Selection Page
Relay Functions 1/2

1 Product Selection
Relay Selection Guide
1 Device application Distance protection Line differential protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC Compact
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
7SD84 1)
7SD86 1)
1)
7SA84 1)
7SA86 1)
1)
7SD610
7SA522
7SD60
7SD80
7SD87
7SA61
7SA63
7SA64
7SA87
7SD5
ANSI Functions Abbr. Type
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole V V V V – – C – – V V – – C
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection Z< C C C C C C C – – – V – – –
FL Fault locator FL C C C C C C C – – – V C C C
24 Overexcitation protection V/f – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync V V V V V V V – – V V V – –
27 Undervoltage protection V< V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
27TN/59TN Stator ground fault 3rd harmonics V0<,>(3rd Harm.) – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
32 Directional power supervision P>, P< C C C C V V V – – C C V V V
37 Undercurrent, underpower I< , P< – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
38 Temperature supervision θ> – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
46 Unbalanced-load protection I2> – V V V
– – – – – – – V V V
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC C C C C C C C – – – – C C C
48 Start-time supervision I2start – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I2t – C C C V V V – C C C V V V
50 Definite time-overcurrent protection I> C C C C C C C V C C C C C C
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> V V V V V V V – – – V V V V
50L Load-jam protection I>L – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP V V V V V V V V C C C V V V
51 Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
55 Power factor cos ϕ C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
59 Overvoltage protection V> V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
59R, 27R Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine) – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
66 Restart inhibit I 2t – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
67 Directional overcurrent protection I>, < (V,I) V V V V V V V – V C – V V V
C = basic V = optional (additional price) – = not available
1) in preparation
2) via CFC
More functions on page 1/6
1/2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

1 Product Selection
Combined line Overcurrent and feeder protection/ Generator Transformer Busbar

1
differential feeder automation and motor protection protection
and distance protection
protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC 600 Series

SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
7SC80 1)
7SL86 1)
1)
7UT612
7UT613
7SJ861)
7UM61
7UM62
7SJ600
7SJ602
7UT63
7SK80
7SS60
7SS52
7SL87
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SJ80
7SJ81
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
C C C C C C C C C C C C 7SJ64
C C C C C C C C C C
– C – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – C –
– – – – – – – – – V V V V – C V V – – – – –
C C – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – –
C C – – – – V – V – V V V V – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V V – V V – –
V V – – – – V – – – V – V V – – – – – – – –
V V – – – – V – V – V V V V V C C – V V – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – –
V V – – – – V – V – V – V V V V V – V V – –
– – – – – C C C – C C C 2) C C2) C V V – – – – –
– – – – – V – – – V V V V – C V V V V V – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V V – – – – –
V V – – C C C C C C C C C C C V V C C C – –
C C – – – – V – – C C C C C V C C C C C – –
– – – – – – – – – V V V V – C V V – – – – –
V V – – C C C C – C C C C C C C C V V V – –
C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C – V
V V – – – V V V – V V V V – V C C – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – V V V V – C – – – – – – –
V V – – C C C C C C C C C V C – – V V V – C
C C C C C C C C C1) C C C C C C C C V V V – V
C C – – – – V – V – V C2) V C2) V V V C C C – –
V V – – – V V – V – V V V V V V V – V V – –
– – – – – – – – – – V – V – – – – – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – C C – – – – –
– – – – – V – – – V V V V – C V V – – – – –
V V – – – – V – V – V V V V V C C – – – – –
Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 1/3

1 Product Selection
1 Device application Bay controller Breaker Syn- Voltage and

manage- chro- frequency
ment nizing protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC Compact
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
6MD851)
6MD861)
7VK87 1)
6MD61
6MD63
6MD66
7RW60
7RW80
7VK61
7VE6
Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole – – – V V C C V C C

Protection functions for 1-pole tripping 1-pole – – – – – C C – – –
14 Locked rotor protection I> + V< – – – – – – – – – –
21 Distance protection Z< – – – – – – – – – –
FL Fault locator FL – – – – – – – – – –
24 Overexcitation protection V/f – – – – – – – – V V
25 Synchrocheck, synchronizing function Sync – – V V C V C C – V
27 Undervoltage protection V< – – – V V V V V C C
27TN/59TN Stator ground fault 3rd harmonics V0<,>(3rd Harm.) – – – – – – – – – –
32 Directional power supervision P>, P< – – – V V – V – – –
37 Undercurrent, underpower I< , P< – – – – – – – – – –
38 Temperature supervision θ> – – – – – – – – – –
40 Underexcitation protection 1/XD – – – – – – – – – –
46 Unbalanced-load protection I2> – – – – – – – – – –
47 Phase-sequence-voltage supervision LA, LB, LC – – – – – – – – C C
48 Start-time supervision I2start – – – – – – – – – –
49 Thermal overload protection θ, I2t – – – – – – – – – –
50 Definite time-overcurrent protection I> – – – V V V V – – –
50Ns Sensitive ground-current protection INs> – – – – – – V – – –
50L Load-jam protection I>L – – – – – – – – – –
50BF Circuit-breaker failure protection CBFP – – V – V C C – – –
51 Inverse time-overcurrent protection IP – – – V V V V – – –
55 Power factor cos ϕ – – – – – – – – – –
59 Overvoltage protection V> – – – V V V V V C C
59R, 27R Rate-of-voltage-change protection dV/dt – – – – – – – – – C
64 Sensitive ground-fault protection (machine) – – – – – – – – – –
66 Restart inhibit I 2t – – – – – – – – – –
67 Directional overcurrent protection I>, < (V,I) – – – V V – V – – –
1) in preparation
2) via CFC
More functions on page 1/8

1 Product Selection
Table continued on next page

1 Product Selection
1 Device application Distance protection Line differential protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC Compact
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
7SD84 1)
7SD86 1)
1)
7SA84 1)
7SA86 1)
1)
7SD610
7SA522
7SD60
7SD80
7SD87
7SA61
7SA63
7SA64
7SA87
7SD5
67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with

resonant or isolated neutral
IN>, ∠ (V,I) V V V V V1) V1) V1) – – – V V1) V1) V1)
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt V V V V V V V – – – V – – –
74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
78 Out-of-step protection ΔZ/Δt V V V V V V V – – – V – – –
79 Automatic reclosing AR V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
81 Frequency protection f<, f> V V V V V V V – V V V V V V
Vector-jump protection ΔϕU> – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
81LR Load restoration LR – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
85 Teleprotection C C C C C C C C C C C – – –
86 Lockout C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
87 Differential protection ΔI – – – – – – – C C C C C C C
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN – – – – – – – C C – – – – –
Broken-wire detection for differential protection – – – – – – – – – C C C C C
90V Automatic voltage control –
– – – – – – – – – – – – –
PMU Synchrophasor measurement PMU – – – – V1) V1) V1) – – – – V1) V1) V1)
Further functions
Measured values C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Switching-statistic counters C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
Logic editor C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
Inrush-current detection – – – – C C C V C C C C C C
External trip initiation C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Control C C C C C C C – C C C C C C
Fault recording of analog and binary signals C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
Protection interface, serial V V V V V V V – C C C C C C
No. Setting groups 4 4 4 4 8 8 8 – 4 4 4 8 8 8
Battery charger/-monitor – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
1) in preparation
2) via CFC

1 Product Selection
Combined line Overcurrent and feeder protection/ Generator Transformer Busbar

1
differential feeder automation and motor protection protection
and distance protection
protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC 600 Series

SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC Compact
SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 4
7SC80 1)
7SL86 1)
1)
7UT612
7UT613
7SJ861)
7UM61
7UM62
7SJ600
7SJ602
7UT63
7SK80
7SS60
7SS52
7SL87
7SJ45
7SJ46
7SJ80
7SJ81
7SJ61
7SJ62
7SJ63
7SJ64
V1) V1) – – – V V – – – V V V – V C C – – – – –
V V – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – –
C C – – C C C C – C C C C C C C C C C C – –
V V – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – –
V V – – V V V – – V V V V V – – – – – – – –
V V – – – – V – V – V V V V V C C – V V – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – V V – – – – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
C C – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – – – – –
C C – – – – C C – C C C C C C C C – – – C –
C C – – – – – – – – – – – – – – C C C C C C
– – – – – V V – – V V V V – – V V V V V – –
C C – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – C C C – –
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – –
V1) V1) – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – – – – –
C C – – C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C C – – – – C C C C C C C C C C C C C C – –
C C – – – – C C C C C C C C C C C C C C – C
C C – – – – C C C C C C C C C – V C C C – –
C C – – C C C C C C C C2) C C C C C C C C – C
C C – – – – C C C C C C C C C C C C C C – –
C C – – C C C C C C C C C C C – – C C C C C
C C – – C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
C C – – – – – – – – – – – V – – – – – – – –
8 8 1 1 1 1 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 1
– – – – – – – – V 1) – – – – – – – – – – – – –

1 Product Selection
1 Device application Bay controller Breaker Syn- Voltage and

manage- chro- frequency
ment nizing protection
SIPROTEC 600 Series
SIPROTEC Compact
Device family
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
SIPROTEC 5
SIPROTEC 4
6MD851)
6MD861)
7VK87 1)
6MD61
6MD63
6MD66
7RW60
7RW80
7VK61
7VE6
67Ns Sensitive ground-fault detection for systems with

IN>, ∠ (V,I) – – – – – – – – – –
resonant or isolated neutral
68 Power-swing blocking ΔZ/Δt – – – – – – – – – –
74TC Trip-circuit supervision TCS – – – C C C C C C C
78 Out-of-step protection ΔZ/Δt – – – – – – – – – –
79 Automatic reclosing AR – – V – V C C – – –
81 Frequency protection f<, f> – – – V V – V V C C
Vector-jump protection ΔϕU> – – – – – – – V – V
81LR Load restoration LR – – – – – – – – – V
85 Teleprotection – – – – – – – – – –
86 Lockout – – – – – C C – – C
87 Differential protection ΔI – – – – – – – – – –
87N Differential ground-fault protection ΔIN – – – – – – – – – –
Broken-wire detection for differential protection – – – – – – – – – –
90V Automatic voltage control – – – – – – – – – –
PMU Synchrophasor measurement PMU – – – V1) V1) – V1) – – –
Further functions
Measured values V C C C C C C C C C
Switching-statistic counters C C C C C C C C – C
Logic editor – C C C C C C C – C
Inrush-current detection – – – V V – C – – –
External trip initiation – – – – – C C V V C
Control C C C C C C C C – C
Fault recording of analog and binary signals C C V C C C C C C C
Monitoring and supervision C C C C C C C C C C
Protection interface, serial – – – V V – V – – –
No. Setting groups 4 4 4 8 8 4 8 4 1 4
Battery charger/-monitor – – – – – – – – – –
1) in preparation
2) via CFC

Overview/Applications Page
SIPROTEC Relay Families 2/3

Typical Protection Schemes 2/17
Protection Coordination 2/39 2
2

2 Overview
SIPROTEC Relay Families

Solutions for today’s and future power supply systems –
for more than 100 years
SIPROTEC has established itself on the energy market for
decades as a powerful and complete system family of numeri-
cal protection relays and bay controllers from Siemens.
SIPROTEC protection relays from Siemens can be consis-
tently used throughout all applications in medium and high 2
voltage. With SIPROTEC, operators have their systems firmly
and safely under control, and have the basis to implement
cost-efficient solutions for all duties in modern, intelligent
and “smart” grids. Users can combine the units of the
different SIPROTEC device series at will for solving manifold
duties – because SIPROTEC stands for continuity, openness
and future-proof design.
As the innovation driver and trendsetter in the field of
protection systems for 100 years, Siemens helps system
operators to design their grids in an intelligent, ecological, Fig. 2/1
reliable and efficient way, and to operate them economically.
As a pioneer, Siemens has decisively influenced the develop-
ment of numerical protection systems (Fig. 2/2). The first
application went into operation in Würzburg, Germany, in How can system operators benefit from this experience?
1977. Consistent integration of protection and control • Easy
Proven and complete applications
functions for all SIPROTEC devices was the innovation step • Highest
integration into your system
in the 90ies. After release of the communication standard • Excellentquality of hardware and software
IEC 61850 in the year 2004, Siemens was the first manufac- • Easy data operator friendliness of devices and tools
turer worldwide to put a system with this communication • Extraordinary consistency
exchange between applications
standard into operation. • engineering between product- and system-
• Reduced complexity by easy operation

• Siemens as a reliable, worldwide operating partner.
Fig. 2/2 SIPROTEC – Pioneer over generations

2 Overview

SIPROTEC easy
SIPROTEC easy are CT power supplied or auxiliary power
supplied, numerical overcurrent-time protection relays,
which can be used as line and transformer protection
(back-up protection) in electrical power supply systems with
single-ended supply. They offer definite-time and inverse-
2 time overcurrent protection functions according to IEC and
ANSI. The comfortable operation via DIP switch is self-
explanatory and simple.
• Two-stage overcurrent-time protection
• grated
Saving the auxiliary power supply by operation via inte-
current transformer supply
• with lowcient
Cost-effi due to the use of instrument transformers
ratings
• Tripping via pulse output (24 V DC / 0.1 Ws) or tripping
relay output
• via
Simple, self-explanatory parameterization and operation
DIP switch directly at the device Fig. 2/3 SIPROTEC easy
• installation due to compact assembly on DIN rail.

Easy
SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)

The devices of the SIPROTEC Compact series (series 600) are
compact, numerical protection devices for application in
medium-voltage or industrial power supply systems. The
corresponding device types are available for the different
applications such as overcurrent-time protection, line
differential protection, transient earth-fault relay or busbar
protection.
• Space-saving due to compact design
• Reliable
blocks
process connections by means of solid terminal
• Effective fault evaluation by means of integrated fault

recording and SIGRA 4
• Communication interface
• Operable and evaluable via DIGSI 4
• Different device types available for directional and non-
directional applications.
Fig. 2/4 SIPROTEC Compact (series 600)

2 Overview
SIPROTEC Compact – Maximum protection-minimum space

Perfect protection, smallest space reliable and flexible
protection for energy distribution and industrial systems
with minimum space requirements. The devices of the
SIPROTEC Compact family offer an extensive variety of
functions in a compact and thus space-saving 1/6 x 19"
housing. The devices can be used as main protection in 2
medium-voltage applications or as back-up protection in
high-voltage systems.
SIPROTEC Compact provides suitable devices for many
applications in energy distribution, such as the protection of
feeders, lines or motors. Moreover, it also performs tasks such
as system decoupling, load shedding, load restoration, as well
as voltage and frequency protection.
The SIPROTEC Compact series is based on millions of
operational experience with SIPROTEC 4 and a further- Fig. 2/5 SIPROTEC Compact
developed, compact hardware, in which many customer
suggestions were integrated. This offers maximum reliability
combined with excellent functionality and flexibility.
• Simple installation by means of pluggable current and
voltage terminal blocks
• safe
Thresholds adjustable via software (3 stages guarantee a
and reliable recording of input signals)
• (1 A/5adjustment
Easy of secondary current transformer values
A) to primary transformers via DIGSI 4
• Quick operations at the device by means of 9 freely
programmable function keys
• Clear overview with six-line display
• Easy
side
service due to buffer battery replaceable at the front
• Use of standard cables via USB port at the front

• two further incommunication
Integration the communication network by means of
interfaces
• High availability due to integrated redundancy (electrical
or visual) for IEC 61850 communication
• Reduction of wiring between devices by means of cross-
communication via Ethernet (IEC 61850 GOOSE)
• Time synchronization to the millisecond via Ethernet with
SNTP for targeted fault evaluation
Fig. 2/6 SIPROTEC Compact – rear view
• Adjustable to the protection requirements by means of

“flexible protection functions”
• Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4.
Fig. 2/7 Feeder automation relay 7SC80

2 Overview

SIPROTEC 5 – the new benchmark for protection,
automation and monitoring of transmission grids
The SIPROTEC 5 series is based on the long field experience
of the SIPROTEC device series, and has been especially
designed for the new requirements of modern high-voltage
systems. For this purpose, SIPROTEC 5 is equipped with
2 extensive functionalities and device types. With the holistic
and consistent engineering tool DIGSI 5, a solution has also
been provided for the increasingly complex processes, from
the design via the engineering phase up to the test and
operation phase.
Thanks to the high modularity of hardware and software, the
functionality and hardware of the devices can be tailored to
the requested application and adjusted to the continuously
changing requirements throughout the entire life cycle.
Besides the reliable and selective protection and the complete
automation function, SIPROTEC 5 offers an extensive
database for operation and monitoring of modern power
supply systems. Synchrophasors (PMU), power quality data Fig. 2/8 SIPROTEC 5 – modular hardware
and extensive operational equipment data are part of the
scope of supply.
• Powerful protection functions guarantee the safety of the
system operator's equipment and employees
• investment
Individually configurable devices save money on initial
as well as storage of spare parts, maintenance,
expansion and adjustment of your equipment
• Clear and easy-to-use of devices and software thanks to
user-friendly design
• Increase of reliability and quality of the engineering process
• High reliability due to consequent implementation of safety
and security
• Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
• Full compatibility between IEC 61850 Editions 1 and 2
• IEC 61850operating
Effi cient
Edition 2
concepts by flexible engineering of
• Comprehensive
grids
database for monitoring of modern power
Fig. 2/9 SIPROTEC 5 – rear view
• Optimal smart automation platform for transmission grids
based on integrated synchrophasor measurement units
(PMU) and power quality functions.
Fig. 2/10 Application in the high-voltage system

2 Overview
SIPROTEC 4 – the proven, reliable and future-proof

protection for all applications
SIPROTEC 4 represents a worldwide successful and proven
device series with more than 1 million devices in field use.
Due to the homogenous system platform, the unique
engineering program DIGSI 4 and the great field experience,
the SIPROTEC 4 device family has gained the highest 2
appreciation of users all over the world. Today, SIPROTEC 4
is considered the standard for numerical protection systems
in all fields of application.
SIPROTEC 4 provides suitable devices for all applications
from power generation and transmission up to distribution
and industrial systems.
SIPROTEC 4 is a milestone in protection systems. The
SIPROTEC 4 device series implements the integration of
protection, control, measuring and automation functions
optimally in one device. In many fields of application, all
tasks of the secondary systems can be performed with one Fig. 2/11 SIPROTEC 4
single device. The open and future-proof concept of
SIPROTEC 4 has been ensured for the entire device series
with the implementation of IEC 61850.
• Proven protection functions guarantee the safety of the
systems operator's equipment and employees
• Comfortable engineering and evaluation via DIGSI 4
• Simple creation of automation solutions by means of the
integrated CFC
• Targeted and easy operation of devices and software thanks
to user-friendly design
• Powerful communication components guarantee safe and
effective solutions
• and
Maximum experience worldwide in the use of SIPROTEC 4
in the implementation of IEC 61850 projects
• Future-proof due to exchangeable communication inter-
faces and integrated CFC.
Fig. 2/12 SIPROTEC 4 rear view
Fig. 2/13 SIPROTEC 4 in power plant application

2 Overview

To fulfill vital protection redundancy requirements, only Measuring included
those functions that are interdependent and directly associ- For many applications, the accuracy of the protection current
ated with each other are integrated into the same unit. For transformer is sufficient for operational measuring. The
backup protection, one or more additional units should be additional measuring current transformer was required to
provided. protect the measuring instruments under short-circuit
All relays can stand fully alone. Thus, the traditional protec- conditions. Due to the low thermal withstand capability of
2 tion principle of separate main and backup protection as well the measuring instruments, they could not be connected to
as the external connection to the switchyard remain the protection current transformer. Consequently, additional
unchanged. measuring core current transformers and measuring instru-
ments are now only necessary where high accuracy is
“One feeder, one relay” concept required, e.g., for revenue metering.
Analog protection schemes have been engineered and
assembled from individual relays. Interwiring between these Corrective rather than preventive maintenance
relays and scheme testing has been carried out manually in Numerical relays monitor their own hardware and software.
the workshop. Exhaustive self-monitoring and failure diagnostic routines
Data sharing now allows for the integration of several are not restricted to the protection relay itself but are
protection and protection-related tasks into one single methodically carried through from current transformer
numerical relay. Only a few external devices may be required circuits to tripping relay coils.
for completion of the total scheme. This has significantly Equipment failures and faults in the current transformer
lowered the costs of engineering, assembly, panel wiring, circuits are immediately reported and the protection relay is
testing and commissioning. Scheme failure probability has blocked.
also been lowered. Thus, service personnel are now able to correct the failure
Engineering has moved from schematic diagrams toward a upon occurrence, resulting in a significantly upgraded
parameter definition procedure. The powerful user-definable availability of the protection system.
logic of SIPROTEC 4 allows flexible customized design for
protection, control and measurement.
52
21 67N FL 79 25 SM ER FR BM
85
SIPROTEC Line protection
Serial link to station – or personal computer
kA, ER
to remote line end kV,
FR
Hz,
MW, SM
21 Distance protection MVAr,
67N Directional earth-fault protection MVA BM
Load monitor
FL Distance-to-fault locator
79 Auto-reclosure Fault report
25 Synchrocheck
Fault record
85 Carrier interface (teleprotection)
SM Self-monitoring Relay monitor
ER Event recording
FR Fault recording Breaker monitor
BM Breaker monitor Supervisory control
Fig. 2/14 Numerical relays offer increased information availability

2 Overview
Adaptive relaying 1000 Parameter

1100 Line data D
Numerical relays now offer reliable, convenient and compre- 1000 .
Parameter
.
hensive matching to changing conditions. Matching may be 1100 Line
1200data O/C C Phase settings
1000 .
Parameter .
initiated either by the relay’s own intelligence or from other . . B
1100 Line data
1200 O/C Phase settings
systems via contacts or serial telegrams. Modern numerical 1000 .
Parameter . 1500 O/C Earth settings
. . A .
relays contain a number of parameter sets that can be 1100 Line data .
. 1200 O/C Phase settings
1500 O/C Earth settings
pretested during commissioning of the scheme. One set is . . . 2800 Fault recording 2
. . .
1200 O/C Phase settings .
normally operative. Transfer to the other sets can be con- 1500 O/C Earth
2800 settings
Fault
.
. . . 3900recording
Breaker failure
trolled via binary inputs or a serial data link (Fig. 2/15). . .
1500 O/C Earth
2800 settings
. . Fault
3900recording
Breaker failure
There are a number of applications for which multiple setting . .
groups can upgrade the scheme performance, for example: 2800 Fault
3900recording
Breaker failure
.
.
• For use as a voltage-dependent control of overcurrent-time
relay pickup values to overcome alternator fault current
3900 Breaker failure
decrement to below normal load current when the auto-

Fig. 2/15 Alternate parameter groups
matic voltage regulator (AVR) is not in automatic operation
• For maintaining short operation times with lower fault
currents, e.g., automatic change of settings if one supply
transformer is taken out of service
• For “switch-onto-fault” protection to provide shorter time
settings when energizing a circuit after maintenance so that
normal settings can be restored automatically after a time
delay
• For auto-reclosure programs, that is, instantaneous
operation for first trip and delayed operation after unsuc-
cessful reclosure
• For cold load pickup problems where high starting currents
may cause relay operation
• For “ring open” or “ring closed” operation.
Implemented functions
SIPROTEC relays are available with a variety of protective
functions (please refer to Fig. 2/17). The high processing
power of modern numerical units allows further integration
of non-protective add-on functions.
The question as to whether separate or combined relays
should be used for protection and control cannot be unam-
biguously answered. In transmission-type substations,
separation into independent hardware units is still preferred,
whereas a trend toward higher function integration can be
observed on the distribution level. Here, the use of combined Fig. 2/16 Left: switchgear with numerical relay (7SJ62) and traditional
feeder / line relays for protection, monitoring and control is control; right: switchgear with combined protection and
control relay (7SJ64)
becoming more common (Fig. 2/16).
Relays with protection functions only and relays with
combined protection and control functions are being offered.
SIPROTEC 4 relays offer combined protection and control
functions. SIPROTEC 4 relays support the “one relay one
feeder” principle, and thus contribute to a considerable
reduction in space and wiring requirements.
With the well-proven SIPROTEC 4 family, Siemens supports
both stand-alone and combined solutions on the basis of a
single hardware and software platform. The user can decide
within wide limits on the configuration of the control and
protection, and the reliability of the protection functions
(Fig. 2/17).
The following solutions are available within one relay family:
• Feeder
Separate control and protection relays
• breakerprotection and remote control of the line circuit-
via the serial communication link
• Combined relays for protection, monitoring and control.
2 Overview

Busbar
7SJ61/62/63/64 2)
52 7SJ62/63/64
Local/remote control CFC logic Metering values
Command/feedback 25 Synchronization
Set points,
mean values, I, V, Watts,
Trip circuit Vars, p.f., f V, f, P
74TC Lockout 86 Min/Max-Log
supervision P<>
Q<> p.f. df/dt
2 Motor 33 Communication RTD1) box Energy meter: 32 55 81R
control modules interface calculated and/or by impulses
f<> V> V<
HMI RS232/485/FO/ Fault Motor protection 81O/U 59 27
Ethernet recording Bearing Starting Fault
temp. I< time locator Directional
IEC60870-5-103
IEC61850 38 37 48 21FL phase-sequence
47 monitoring
Profibus-FMS/-DP
DNP 3.0 14 Locked 66/86
Restart I dir.>> I E dir.>>
MODBUS RTU rotor inhibit I dir.> I E dir.>
Ipdir. I Epdir.
67 67N
I E >,
I>> I>, Ip I E >> I Ep I2 > >
Inrush Interm.
50 51 50N 51N 46 49 restraint earth flt. 50BF
Dir. sensitive
Breaker failure earth-fault detection
protection
I EE>>
I E >, High-impedance Auto- I EE> VE>
I E >> I Ep restricted earth-fault 79 reclosure I EEp
51N 87N 67Ns 64
50N
1) RTD = resistance temperature detector 2) VT connection for 7SJ62/63/64 only
Fig. 2/17 SIPROTEC 4 relays 7SJ61 / 62 / 63, 64 implemented functions
Terminals: Standard relay version with screw-type terminals Mechanical Design
Current terminals
SIPROTEC 4 relays are available in 1 / 3 to 1 / 1 of 19” wide
housings with a standard height of 243 mm. Their size is
Connection Wmax =12 mm compatible with that of other relay families. Therefore,
Ring cable lugs d1 =5 mm compatible exchange is always possible (Fig. 2/18 to Fig. 2/20).
Wire size 2.7 – 4 mm2 (AWG 13 – 11) All wires (cables) are connected at the rear side of the relay
Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
with or without ring cable lugs. A special relay version with a
connector sleeve detached cable-connected operator panel (Fig. 2/21) is also
Wire size 2.7 – 4 mm2 (AWG 13 – 11)
available. It allows, for example, the installation of the relay
itself in the low-voltage compartment, and of the operator
Voltage terminals panel separately in the door of the switchgear.
Connection Wmax =10 mm
Ring cable lugs d1 = 4 mm
Wire size 1.0 – 2.6 mm2 (AWG 17 – 13)
connector sleeve
Wire size 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 (AWG 20 – 13)
Some relays are alternatively available with plug-in voltage terminals
Current terminals
Screw type (see standard version)
Voltage terminals
2-pin or 3-pin connectors

Wire size 0.5 – 1.0 mm2
0.75 – 1.5 mm2
1.0 – 2.5 mm2

2 Overview

2

Fig. 2/18 1 / 1 of 19” housing

On the backlit LCD display, process and device information can

be displayed as text.
Freely assignable LEDs are used to display process or device
information. The LEDs can be labeled according to user
requirements. An LED reset key resets the LEDs and can be used
for LED testing.
Keys for navigation
RS232 operator interface (for DIGSI)
4 configurable function keys permit the user to execute
frequently used actions simply and fast.
Numerical keys
Fig. 2/22 Local operation: All operator actions can be executed and
Fig. 2/19 1 / 2 of 19” housing Fig. 2/20 1 / 3 of 19” housing information displayed via an integrated user interface. Two
alternatives for this interface are available.

Fig. 2/21 SIPROTEC 4 combined protection, control and monitoring
relay with detached operator panel
Process and relay information can be displayed on the large

illuminated LC display either graphically in the form of a mimic
diagram or as text in various lists.
The keys mainly used for control of the switchgear are located
on the “control axis” directly below the display.
Two key-operated switches ensure rapid and reliable changeover
between “local“ and “remote“ control, and between “interlocked“
and “non-interlocked“ operation.
Fig. 2/23 Additional features of the interface with graphic display

2 Overview

Apart from the relay-specific protection functions, the
SIPROTEC 4 units have a multitude of additional functions
that
• provide
faults
the user with information for the evaluation of
2
• facilitate adaptation to customer-specific application
• facilitate monitoring and control of customer installations.
Operational measured values
The large scope of measured and limit values permits
improved power system management as well as simplified
commissioning.
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the acquired current
and voltage along with the power factor, frequency, active and
reactive power. The following functions are available depend-
ing on the relay type
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IN, IEE (67Ns)
• Voltages VL1,VL2, VL3, VL1-L2,VL2-L3, VL3-L1
• Symmetrical components I1, I2,3I0; V1, V2,3V0
• Power factor p.f.
Power Watts, Vars, VA / P, Q, S Fig. 2/24 Operational measured values
• Frequency (cos ϕ)
• Energy ± kWh ± kVarh, forward and reverse power flow
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum current and
• voltage values
• Mean
Operating hours counter
• Limit value
operating temperature of overload function
• Limit valuesmonitoring
are monitored using programmable logic in
the CFC. Commands can be derived from this limit value
indication.
• Zero suppression
In a certain range of very low measured values, the value is
set to zero to suppress interference.
Metered values (some types)

For internal metering, the unit can calculate energy metered
values from the measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse output is available,
some SIPROTEC 4 types can obtain and process metering
pulses via an indication input.
The metered values can be displayed and passed on to a
control center as an accumulation with reset. A distinction is
made between forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.
Operational indications and fault indications with time stamp

The SIPROTEC 4 units provide extensive data for fault
analysis as well as control. All indications listed here are
stored, even if the power supply is disconnected.
• The
Fault event log
last eight network faults are stored in the unit. All fault
recordings are time-stamped with a resolution of 1 ms.
• Operational indications
All indications that are not directly associated with a fault
(e.g., operating or switching actions) are stored in the
status indication buffer. The time resolution is 1 ms
(Fig. 2/24, Fig. 2/25).
Fig. 2/25 Fault event log on graphical display of the device

2 Overview
Display editor Reliable battery monitoring

A display editor is available to design the display on The battery provided is used to back up the clock, the
SIPROTEC 4 units with graphic display. The predefined switching statistics, the status and fault indications, and the
symbol sets can be expanded to suit the user. The drawing of fault recording in the event of a power supply failure. Its
a single-line diagram is extremely simple. Load monitoring function is checked by the processor at regular intervals. If
values (analog values) and any texts or symbols can be placed the capacity of the battery is found to be declining, an alarm
on the display where required. is generated. Regular replacement is therefore not necessary. 2
All setting parameters are stored in the Flash EPROM and are
Four predefined setting groups for adapting relay settings
not lost if the power supply or battery fails. The SIPROTEC 4
The settings of the relays can be adapted quickly to suit unit remains fully functional.
changing network configurations. The relays include four
setting groups that can be predefined during commissioning Commissioning support
or even changed remotely via a DIGSI 4 modem link. The Special attention has been paid to commissioning. All binary
setting groups can be activated via binary inputs, via DIGSI 4 inputs and output contacts can be displayed and activated
(local or remote), via the integrated keypad or via the serial directly. This can significantly simplify the wiring check for
substation control interface. the user. Test telegrams to a substation control system can be
initiated by the user as well.
Fault recording up to five or more seconds
The sampled values for phase currents, earth (ground) CFC: Programming logic
currents, line and zero-sequence currents are registered in a With the help of the CFC (Continuous Function Chart)
fault record. The record can be started using a binary input, graphic tool, interlocking schemes and switching sequences
on pickup or when a trip command occurs. Up to eight fault can be configured simply via drag and drop of logic symbols;
records may be stored. For test purposes, it is possible to start no special knowledge of programming is required. Logical
fault recording via DIGSI 4. If the storage capacity is elements, such as AND, OR, flip-flops and timer elements are
exceeded, the oldest fault record in each case is overwritten. available. The user can also generate user-defined annuncia-
For protection functions with long delay times in generator tions and logical combinations of internal or external signals.
protection, the RMS value recording is available. Storage of
relevant calculated variables (V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, f-fn) Communication interfaces
takes place at increments of one cycle. The total time is 80 s. With respect to communication, particular emphasis has
been placed on high levels of flexibility, data integrity and
Time synchronization
utilization of standards commonly used in energy automa-
A battery-backed clock is a standard component and can be tion. The design of the communication modules permits
synchronized via a synchronization signal (DCF77, IRIG B interchangeability on the one hand, and on the other hand
via satellite receiver), binary input, system interface or provides openness for future standards.
SCADA (e.g., SICAM). A date and time is assigned to every
indication. Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front of the unit permits
Selectable function keys
quick access to all parameters and fault event data. Of
Four function keys can be assigned to permit the user to particular advantage is the use of the DIGSI 4 operating
perform frequently recurring actions very quickly and simply. program during commissioning.
Typical applications are, for example, to display the list of
operating indications or to perform automatic functions such
as “switching of circuit-breaker”.
Continuous self-monitoring
The hardware and software are continuously monitored. If
abnormal conditions are detected, the unit immediately
signals. In this way, a great degree of safety, reliability and
availability is achieved.

2 Overview

Retrofitting: Communication modules
It is possible to supply the relays directly with two communi-
cation modules for the service and substation control
interfaces, or to retrofit the communication modules at a
later stage. The modules are mounted on the rear side of the
relay. As a standard, the time synchronization interface is
2 always supplied.
The communication modules are available for the entire
SIPROTEC 4 relay range. Depending on the relay type, the
following protocols are available: IEC 60870-5-103,
PROFIBUS DP, MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 and Ethernet with
IEC 61850. No external protocol converter is required.
With respect to communication, particular emphasis is
placed on the requirements in energy automation:

• Every data item is time-stamped at the source, that is, where
it originates.
• The communication system automatically handles the
transfer of large data blocks (e.g., fault records or param-
eter data files). The user can apply these features without
any additional programming effort.
• For reliable execution of a command, the relevant signal is
first acknowledged in the unit involved. When the com-
mand has been enabled and executed, a check-back The following interfaces can be applied:
indication is issued. The actual conditions are checked at
every command-handling step. Whenever they are not Service interface (optional)
satisfactory, controlled interruption is possible. Several protection relays can be centrally operated with
DIGSI 4, e.g., via a star coupler or RS485 bus. On connection of
a modem, remote control is possible. This provides advantages
in fault clearance, particularly in unmanned power stations.
(Alternatively, the external temperature monitoring box can be
connected to this interface.)
System interface (optional)

This is used to carry out communication with a control system
and supports, depending on the module connected, a variety
of communication protocols and interface designs.
Time synchronization interface

A synchronization signal (DCF 77, IRIG B via satellite receiver)
may be connected to this input if no time synchronization is
executed on the system interface. This offers a high-precision
Fig. 2/26 Protection relay Fig. 2/27 Communication time tagging.
module, optical
Fig. 2/30 Rear view with wiring, terminal safety cover and serial
interfaces
Fig. 2/28 Communication Fig. 2/29 Communication

module RS232,RS485 module, optical ring

2 Overview
Safe bus architecture Substation automation system

• Fiber-optic double ring circuit via Ethernet
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is immune to electro- Option: Control
magnetic interference. Upon failure of a section between two DIGSI SICAM center
units, the communication system continues to operate PAS
without interruption. If a unit were to fail, there is no effect
on the communication with the rest of the system 2
(Fig. 2/31).
• RS485 bus
With this data transmission via copper wires, electromag-
switch
netic interference is largely eliminated by the use of

twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a unit, the
remaining system continues to operate without any faults
(Fig. 2/32).
• Star structure
The relays are connected with a fiber-optic cable with a star
structure to the control unit. The failure of one relay / con-
nection does not affect the others (Fig. 2/33).
Depending on the relay type, the following protocols are
available:
Fig. 2/31 Ring bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
• IEC 61850 protocol
Since 2004, the Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is the
IEC 61850
worldwide standard for protection and control systems

used by power supply corporations. Siemens is the first
manufacturer to support this standard. By means of this Substation
protocol, information can also be exchanged directly control system
between feeder units so as to set up simple masterless
systems for feeder and system interlocking. Access to the
units via the Ethernet bus will also be possible with DIGSI.
• IEC 60870-5-103
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally standardized
protocol for efficient communication between the protec-
tion relays and a substation control system. Specific
extensions that are published by Siemens can be used.
• PROFIBUS DP
For connection to a SIMATIC PLC, the PROFIBUS DP
protocol is recommended. With the PROFIBUS DP, the
protection relay can be directly connected to a SIMATIC
S5 / S7. The transferred data are fault data, measured values
and control commands. Fig. 2/32 PROFIBUS: Electrical RS485 bus wiring
Substation
control system
Fig. 2/33 IEC 60870-5-103: Star structure with fiber-optic cables

2 Overview

MODBUS RTU
MODBUS is also a widely utilized communication standard
and is used in numerous automation solutions.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol, version 3) is a
2 messaging-based communication protocol. The SIPROTEC 4
units are fully Level 1 and Level 2-compliant with DNP 3.0,
which is supported by a number of protection unit manufac-
turers.
Control
In addition to the protection functions, the SIPROTEC 4
units also support all control and monitoring functions
required for operating medium-voltage or high-voltage
substations. The main application is reliable control of
switching and other processes. The status of primary
equipment or auxiliary devices can be obtained from Fig. 2/34 Protection engineer at work
auxiliary contacts and communicated to the relay via binary
inputs. Command processing
Therefore, it is possible to detect and indicate both the OPEN The SIPROTEC 4 protection relays offer all functions
and CLOSED positions or a faulty or intermediate breaker required for command processing, including the processing
position. The switchgear can be controlled via: of single and double commands, with or without feedback,
• Integrated operator panel and sophisticated monitoring. Control actions using func-
• Substation control system
Binary inputs tions, such as runtime monitoring and automatic command
• DIGSI 4. termination after output check of the external process, are
• also provided by the relays. Typical applications are:
Automation • Single and double commands using 1, 1 plus 1 common
or 2 trip contacts
With the integrated logic, the user can set specific functions
for the automation of the switchgear or substation by means • User-defi nable feeder interlocking
of a graphic interface (CFC). Functions are activated by • tions, suchsequences
Operating combining several switching opera-
as control of circuit-breakers, disconnectors
means of function keys, binary inputs or via the communica- (isolators) and earthing switches
tion interface.
• Triggering of switching operations, indications or alarms by
logical combination of existing information (Fig. 2/34).
Switching authority
The positions of the circuit-breaker or switching devices are
The following hierarchy of switching authority is applicable: monitored by feedback signals. These indication inputs are
LOCAL, DIGSI 4 PC program, REMOTE. The switching logically assigned to the corresponding command outputs.
authority is determined according to parameters or by The unit can therefore distinguish whether the indication
DIGSI 4. If the LOCAL mode is selected, only local switching changes as a consequence of a switching operation or due to
operations are possible. Every switching operation and a spontaneous change of state.
change of breaker position is stored in the status indication
memory with detailed information and time tag. Indication derivation
A further indication (or a command) can be derived from an
existing indication. Group indications can also be formed.
The volume of information to the system interface can thus
be reduced and restricted to the most important signals.

2 Overview
Typical Protection Schemes

1. Cables and overhead lines
Radial systems
Infeed
Notes:
1) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) only with overhead lines. Transformer
protection
2) Negative sequence overcurrent protection 46 as sensitive
backup protection against asymmetrical faults.
see fig. 6.2-81 2
A
General notes:
I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t ARC
• The relay at the far end (D) is set with the shortest operat-
ing time. Relays further upstream have to be time-graded Further
B
51 51N 46 79
feeders
against the next downstream relay in steps of about 0.3 s. 2) 1)
7SJ80 *)
• Inverse time or definite time can be selected according to
the following criteria:
C I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t
– Definite time:
Source impedance is large compared to the line imped- 51 51N 46
ance, that is, there is small current variation between near 7SJ80 *)
and far end faults.
– Inverse time: Load
Longer lines, where the fault current is much less at the
D I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t
far end of the line than at the local end.
– Strong or extreme inverse-time: 51 51N 46
Lines where the line impedance is large compared to the 7SJ80 *)
source impedance (high difference for close-in and

remote faults), or lines where coordination with fuses or Load Load
reclosers is necessary. Steeper characteristics also provide
higher stability on service restoration (cold load pickup *) Alternatives: 7SJ45/46, 7SJ60/61
and transformer inrush currents). Fig. 2/35 Radial systems
Ring-main circuit Infeed

Transformer
General notes: protection
see fig. 6.2-84
• downstream
Operating time of overcurrent relays to be coordinated with
fuses of load transformers (preferably with
52 52
strong inverse-time characteristic with about 0.2 s grading-

time delay) 52 52
• Thermal overload protection for the cables (option) 7SJ80 *)

I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t >
7SJ80 *)
I>, t I E >, t I2 >, t >
• Negative sequence overcurrent protection (46) as sensitive
51 51N 46 49 51 51N 46 49
protection against asymmetrical faults (option).
*) Alternatives:
7SJ45/46, 7SJ60/61
Fig. 2/36 Ring-main circuit

2 Overview

Switch-onto-fault protection
If switched onto a fault, instantaneous tripping can be
52
effected. If the internal control function is used (local, via Busbar
binary input or via serial interface), the manual closing
function is available without any additional wiring. If the TRIP (high-speed dead fault clearance) (511)
52 52 52
control switch is connected to a circuit-breaker bypassing the
I>>, I>>>
2 internal control function, manual detection using a binary
50
Feeder earthed
input is implemented.
&
Manual close
Typical feeder (356 > m close) 7SJx, 7SAx
Fig. 2/37 Switch-onto-fault protection
Directional comparison protection (cross-coupling) Substation A Substation B Substation C Substation D

Bus 52 52 Bus 52 52 Bus 52 52 Bus
Cross-coupling is used for selective protection of sections fed
from two sources with instantaneous tripping, that is,
7SJ62/ 7SJ62/ 7SJ62/ 7SJ62/ 7SJ62/ 7SJ62/
without the disadvantage of time coordination. The direc- 63/64 63/64 63/64 63/64 63/64 63/64
tional comparison protection is suitable if the distances 50 50 50 50 50 50
between the protection stations are not significant and pilot
wires are available for signal transmission. In addition to the 52
directional comparison protection, the directional coordi-
nated overcurrent-time protection is used for complete Blocking bus
50 7SJ80 *)
selective backup protection. If operated in a closed-circuit Pick- *) Alternatives:
connection, an interruption of the transmission line is up 7SJ60
detected. 52
Blocking signal
Non-directional
50 7SJ80 *) 50 fault detection
Pick- Direction
up of fault (67)
Fig. 2/38 Directional comparison protection
Distribution feeder with reclosers Infeed
General notes:
• auto-reclosure
The feeder relay operating characteristics, delay times and
cycles must be carefully coordinated with
downstream reclosers, sectionalizers and fuses. 52 52
The 50 / 50N instantaneous zone is normally set to reach I>>, I E >>, I2 >, t 7SJ60
out to the first main feeder sectionalizing point. It has to I>, t I E >, t 7SJ61
ensure fast clearing of close-in faults and prevent blowing 7SJ80
50/51 50N/51N 46
of fuses in this area (“fuse saving”). Fast auto-reclosure is
initiated in this case. Further time-delayed tripping and
reclosure steps (normally two or three) have to be graded 79 Auto-
against the recloser. reclose
• The overcurrent relay should automatically switch over to
less sensitive characteristics after long breaker interruption Recloser Further
feeders
times in order to enable overriding of subsequent cold load
pickup and transformer inrush currents.
Sectionalizers
Fuses
Fig. 2/39 Distribution feeder with reclosers

2 Overview
3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79) 52 Elements can Elements Performs
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-reclosing of a feeder be blocked are slower reclosure
than the of feeder
that has previously been disconnected by overcurrent protec- fuse
tion. CLOSE
52 52 (2851)
SIPROTEC 7SJ61 allows up to nine reclosing shots. The first
four dead times can be set individually. Reclosing can be TRIP
blocked or initiated by a binary input or internally. After the (511)
2
first trip in a reclosing sequence, the high-set instantaneous 7SJ61
elements (I>>>, I>>, IE>>) can be blocked. This is used for 50 51
fuse-saving applications and other similar transient schemes AR
using simple overcurrent relays instead of fuses. The low-set 50N 51N 79
definite-time (I>, IE>) and the inverse-time (Ip, IEp) overcurrent
elements remain operative during the entire sequence.
52 Fuse opens on
sucessful reclosure
Circuit-breaker opens on
unsucessful reclosure
51
*) Alternatives:
7SJ60, 7SJ62/63/64, 7SJ80
Fig. 2/40 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure (AR, ANSI 79)
Parallel feeder circuit 52

Infeed
General notes: 52 52
• The preferred application of this circuit is in the reliable

supply of important consumers without significant infeed
I>, t I E >, t > I2 >, t 7SJ60
51 51N 49 46
from the load side.
• The 67 / 67N directional overcurrent protection trips
instantaneously for faults on the protected line. This saves
O H line or
cable 1
O H line or
cable 2
Protection
same as
one time-grading interval for the overcurrent relays at the line or cable 1
7SJ62
infeed. 67 67N 51 51N
7SJ80
• The 51 / 51N overcurrent relay functions must be time-
graded against the relays located upstream.
52 52
52
52 52
Load Load
Fig. 2/41 Parallel feeder circuit

2 Overview

Reverse-power monitoring at double infeed Infeed A Infeed B
If a busbar is fed from two parallel infeeds and a fault occurs

on one of them, only the faulty infeed should be tripped
selectively in order to enable supply to the busbar to continue
from the remaining supply. Unidirectional devices that can 52 52
detect a short-circuit current or energy flow from the busbar
2 toward the incoming feeder should be used. Directional
time-overcurrent protection is usually set via the load 67 67N 67 67N
current. However, it cannot clear weak-current faults. The
reverse-power protection can be set much lower than the 32R 32R
rated power, thus also detecting the reverse-power flow of
weak-current faults with fault currents significantly below 7SJ64 *) 7SJ64 *)
52
the load current.
52 52
Feeders *) Alternatives: 7SJ62, 7SJ80 Feeders
Fig. 2/42 Reverse-power monitoring at double infeed
Synchronization function Busbar

52 U2
Note: CLOSE command
Also available in relays 7SA6, 7SD5, 7SA522, 7VK61. 1
Transformer
General notes: Local/remote
3 control
• When two subsystems must be interconnected, the synchro-
nization function monitors whether the subsystems are
1)
25 SYN
synchronous and can be connected without risk of losing U1
79 AR
stability. Infeed 7SJ641)
• This synchronization function can be applied in conjunc-
tion with the auto-reclosure function as well as with the
control function CLOSE commands (local / remote). Fig. 2/43 Synchronization function

2 Overview
Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends Infeed
52
Notes: 52
1) Auto-reclosure only with overhead lines 52 52

2) Differential protection options: 79 1)
7SJ80 7SD61,
• Type 7SD5 or 7SD610 with direct fiber-optic connection up
to about 100 km or via a 64 kbit / s channel (optical fiber, Line 51N/51N 87L 49
7SD80 or
7SD5
Same 2
or protection
microwave) 2) for parallel line,
cable 7SJ80
• Type 7SD52 or 7SD610 with 7XV5662 (CC-CC)
with 2 and 3 pilot wires up to about 30 km
51N/51N 87L 49
7SD61,
if applicable
7SD80 or
• Type 7SD80 with pilot wire and/or fibre optic protection
data interface.
52 79
1) 7SD5 52
52
52 52 52 52
Load Backfeed
Fig. 2/44 Cables or short overhead lines with infeed from both ends
Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends Infeed
52
Notes: 52
1) Teleprotection logic (85) for transfer trip or blocking 52 52

schemes. Signal transmission via pilot wire, power line car-
rier, digital network or optical fiber (to be provided 21N/21N 67N
2)
2)
separately). The teleprotection supplement is only 3)
7SA6 or Same
necessary if fast fault clearance on 100 % line length is Line
85 79
7SA522 protection
required, that is, second zone tripping (about 0.3 s delay) or 1) for parallel
cable
cannot be accepted for far end faults. For further applica- 3)
line, if
85 79 applicable
tion notes on teleprotection schemes, refer to the table on 2) 7SA6 or
the following page. 21N/21N 67N
7SA522
2) Directional earth-fault protection 67N with inverse-time 52
delay against high-resistance faults 52
3) Single or multishot auto-reclosure (79) only with overhead
52 52 52 52
lines.
Load Backfeed
Fig. 2/45 Overhead lines or longer cables with infeed from both ends
Subtransmission line
Note:
Connection to open delta winding if available. Relays
7SA6 / 522 and 7SJ62 can, however, also be set to calculate the
zero-sequence voltage internally. 1)
25 79 21N/21N 67/67N
General notes:
• Distance teleprotection is proposed as main protection and
time-graded directional overcurrent as backup protection.
68/78 67N 51/51N
7SJ62
BF
• The 67N function of 7SA6 / 522 provides additional
high-resistance earth-fault protection. It can be used in
7SJ80
S To remote
parallel with the 21 / 21N function. 85 CH
R line end
• Recommended teleprotection schemes: PUTT on medium
and long lines with phase shift carrier or other secure
7SA6 or 7SA522
Signal transmission equipment
communication channel POTT on short lines. BLOCKING

with On / Off carrier (all line lengths). Fig. 2/46 Subtransmission line

2 Overview

Permissive underreach Permissive overreach Blocking Unblocking
transfer trip (PUTT) transfer trip (POTT)
Preferred Signal Dependable and secure communication channel: Reliable communication Dedicated channel with
application transmission • Power line carrier with frequency shift modulation. channel (only required continuous signal transfer
system HF signal coupled to 2 phases of the protected line, or even during external faults) • Power line carrier with
better, to a parallel circuit to avoid transmission of the HF • Power line carrier with frequency shift keying.
signal through the fault location. amplitude modulation Continuous signal
2 • Microwave radio, especially digital (PCM) (ON / OFF). The same transmission must be
• Fiber-optic cables frequency may be used on permitted.
all terminals)
Characteristic Best suited for longer lines – • Excellent coverage on short All line types – preferred Same as POTT
of line where the underreach zone lines in the presence of fault practice in the US
provides sufficient resistance resistance.
coverage • Suitable for the protection
of multi-terminal lines with
intermediate infeed
Advantages • Simple technique • Can be applied without Same as POTT Same as POTT but:
• No coordination of zones underreaching zone 1 stage • If no signal is received
and times with the opposite (e.g., overcompensated (no block and no
end required. The series uncompensated lines) uncompensated block)
combination of different • Can be applied on extremely then tripping by the
relay types therefore short lines (impedance less overreach zone is released
presents no problems than minimum relay setting) after 20 ms
• Better for parallel lines as
mutual coupling is not
critical for the overreach
zone
• Weak infeed terminals are
no problem (Echo and Weak
Infeed logic is included)
Drawbacks • Overlapping of the zone 1 • Zone reach and signal Same as POTT Same as POTT
reaches must be ensured. timing coordination with • Slow tripping – all
On parallel lines, teed the remote end is necessary teleprotection trips must
feeders and tapped lines, the (current reversal) be delayed to wait for the
influence of zero sequence eventual blocking signal
coupling and intermediate • Continuous channel
infeeds must be carefully monitoring is not possible
considered to make sure a
minimum overlapping of
the zone 1 reach is always
present.
• Not suitable for weak infeed
terminals
Table 2/1 Application criteria for frequently used teleprotection schemes

2 Overview
Transmission line with reactor (Fig. 2/47) Teleprotection schemes based on distance relays therefore
have operating times on the order of 25 to 30 ms with
Notes: digital PCM coded communication. With state-of-the-art
1) 51N only applicable with earthed reactor neutral. two-cycle circuit-breakers, fault clearing times well below
2) If phase CTs at the low-voltage reactor side are not 100 ms (4 to 5 cycles) can normally be achieved.
available, the high-voltage phase CTs and the CT in the • Dissimilar carrier schemes are recommended for main 1
and main 2 protection, for example, PUTT, and POTT or
neutral can be connected to a restricted earth-fault
Blocking / Unblocking.
2
protection using one 7VH60 high-impedance relay.
• Both 7SA522 and 7SA6 provide selective 1-pole and / or
3-pole tripping and auto-reclosure.
General notes:
The earth-current directional comparison protection (67N)
• tion.
Distance relays are proposed as main 1 and main 2 protec-
Duplicated 7SA6 is recommended for series-compen-
of the 7SA6 relay uses phase selectors based on symmetrical
components. Thus, 1-pole auto-reclosure can also be
sated lines. executed with high-resistance faults.
• Operating time of the distance relays is in the range of 15 to
25 ms depending on the particular fault condition.
The 67N function of the 7SA522 relay can also be used as
time-delayed directional overcurrent backup.
These tripping times are valid for faults in the underreach-
ing distance zone (80 to 85 % of the line length). Remote • The 67N functions are provided as high-impedance fault
protection. 67N is often used with an additional channel as
end faults must be cleared by the superimposed teleprotec- a separate carrier scheme. Use of a common channel with
tion scheme. Its overall operating time depends on the distance protection is only possible if the mode is compat-
signal transmission time of the channel, typically 15 to ible (e.g., POTT with directional comparison). The 67N
20 ms for frequency shift audio-tone PLC or microwave may be blocked when function 21 / 21N picks up. Alterna-
channels, and lower than 10 ms for ON / OFF PLC or digital tively, it can be used as time-delayed backup protection.
PCM signaling via optical fibers.
CC
52L
52R
TC1 TC2
CVT
50/50N 51/51N BF
7SJ600
Reactor 87R
25 59 21/21N 25 21/21N
7VH60
2)
79 67N 79 67N
51N
7SJ600
68/79 BF 68/79 87 BF
1)
BF, 59
S Direct trip
85 Trip
52L R channel
7SA6 7SA522
S Channel To remote
R 2 line end
S Channel
R 3
Fig. 2/47 Transmission line with reactor

2 Overview

Transmission line or cable CC
(with wide-band communication) 52L
TC1 TC2
General notes:
• Digital PCM-coded communication (with n × 64 kbit / s
channels) between line ends is becoming more and more
2 frequently available, either directly by optical or microwave
point-to-point links, or via a general-purpose digital 79 87L 25 59 21/21N
communication network.
In both cases, the relay-type current differential protection BF 79 67N
7SD52 / 61 can be applied. It provides absolute phase and
zone selectivity by phase-segregated measurement, and is
not affected by power swing or parallel line zero-sequence 68/79 85 BF 7SA522 or
7SD522
coupling effects. It is, furthermore, a current-only protec- 7SD6 7SA6
tion that does not need a VT connection. For this reason,
the adverse effects of CVT transients are not applicable. S Channel
This makes it particularly suitable for double and multi- R 1
circuit lines where complex fault situations can occur. Optical fiber FO S
To remote
X.21 PCM line end
The 7SD5 / 61 can be applied to lines up to about 120 km in Wire R
direct relay-to-relay connections via dedicated optical fiber Direct connection with dedicated
cores (see also application “Cables or short overhead lines fibers up to about 120 km
with infeed from both ends”, page 2/21), and also to much
longer distances of up to about 120 km by using separate
Fig. 2/48 Redundant transmission line protection
PCM devices for optical fiber or microwave transmission.
The 7SD5 / 61 then uses only a small part (64 to 512 kbit / s)
of the total transmission capacity (on the order of Mbits / s).
• The 7SD52 / 61 protection relays can be combined with the
distance relay 7SA52 or 7SA6 to form a redundant protec-
tion system with dissimilar measuring principles comple- CC
menting each other (Fig. 2/48). This provides the highest 52L
degree of availability. Also, separate signal transmission
TC1 TC2
ways should be used for main 1 and main 2 line protection,
e.g., optical fiber or microwave, and power line carrier
(PLC).
The current comparison protection has a typical operating
time of 15 ms for faults on 100 % line length, including 25
signaling time. 79 87L 59 21/21N
General notes for Fig. 2/49:

BF 67N
• SIPROTEC 7SD5 offers fully redundant differential and
distance relays accommodated in one single bay control
unit, and provides both high-speed operation of relays and
excellent fault coverage, even under complicated condi- 7SD5 85 68/79
tions. Precise distance-to-fault location avoids time-con-
suming line patrolling, and reduces the downtime of the S Channel
line to a minimum. R 1
• The high-speed distance relay operates fully independently
from the differential relay. Backup zones provide remote
Optical fiber FO
X.21
S
PCM
To remote
line end
Wire R
backup for upstream and downstream lines and other
Direct connection with dedicated
power system components fibers up to about 120 km
Fig. 2/49 Transmission line protection with redundant algorithm in

one device

2 Overview
Transmission line, one-breaker-and-a-half terminal General notes:
Notes: • The protection functions of one diameter of a breaker-and-

a-half arrangement are shown.
1) When the line is switched off and the line line disconnec-
tor (isolator) is open, high through-fault currents in the
• The currents of two CTs have each to be summed up to get
the relevant line currents as input for main 1 and 2 line
diameter may cause maloperation of the distance relay due protection.
to unequal CT errors (saturation). • The location of the CTs on both sides of the circuit-break- 2
Normal practice is therefore to block the distance protec- ers is typical for substations with dead-tank circuit-break-
tion (21 / 21N) and the directional earth-fault protection ers. Live-tank circuit-breakers may have CTs only on one
(67N) under this condition via an auxiliary contact of the side to reduce cost. A fault between circuit-breakers and
line line disconnector (isolator). A standby overcurrent CT (end fault) may then still be fed from one side even
function (50 / 51N, 51 / 51N) is released instead to protect when the circuit-breaker has opened. Consequently, final
the remaining stub between the breakers (“stub” protec- fault clearing by cascaded tripping has to be accepted in
tion). this case.
2) Overvoltage protection only with 7SA6 / 52. • The 7VK61 relay provides the necessary end fault protec-
tion function and trips the circuit-breakers of the remain-
ing infeeding circuits.
87/BB1 7SS52, 7SS60

BB1
7VK61 7SA522 or
7SA6
BF 85
UBB1
1) 1) 2)
79
21/21N 67N 50/50N 51/51N 59
52
25
UBB1 UL1 or
UL1
UL2 or
UBB2
Line 1
7VK61 7SD5
87L
BF
52 79
25
UL2
Line 2
Main 1 Protection of line 2

(or transformer,
Main 2
if applicable)
7VK61
52 BF
79
UBB2 25
UL2 or
UL1 or UBB1 UBB2 BB2
87/BB2 7SS52, 7SS60
Fig. 2/50 Transmission line, one-breaker-and-a-half terminal, using 3 breaker management relays 7VK61

2 Overview

General notes for Fig. 2/50 and 2/51: • The voltages for synchrocheck have to be selected according
to the circuit-breaker and disconnector (isolator) position
• For the selection of the main 1 and main 2 line protection
schemes, the comments of application examples “Transmis- by a voltage replica circuit.
sion with reactor”, page 2/23 and “Transmission line or General notes for Fig. 2/51:
cable”, page 2/24 apply.
• Auto-reclosure (79) and synchrocheck function (25) are • Inthethis optimized application, the 7VK61 is only used for
center breaker. In the line feeders, functions 25, 79 and
2 each assigned directly to the circuit-breakers and controlled
BF are also performed by transmission line protection
by main 1 and 2 line protection in parallel. In the event of a
7SA522 or 7SA6.
line fault, both adjacent circuit-breakers have to be tripped
by the line protection. The sequence of auto-reclosure of
both circuit-breakers or, alternatively, the auto-reclosure of
only one circuit-breaker and the manual closure of the
other circuit-breaker, may be made selectable by a control
switch.
• A coordinated scheme of control circuits is necessary to
ensure selective tripping interlocking and reclosing of the
two circuit-breakers of one line (or transformer feeder).
87/BB1 7SS52, 7SS60

BB1
7SA522 or
7SA6
BF 85
UBB1 1) 1) 2)
52 21/21N 67N 50/50N 51/51N 59
25
UBB1 UL1 or
UL2 or
UBB2 UL1
Line 1
7VK61 7SD5
BF 87L
52 79
25
UL1 or UL2 or
UBB1 UBB2
Line 2
UL2
52 Main 1 Protection of Line 2

(or transformer,
Main 2 if applicable)
UBB2
BB2
87/BB2 7SS52, 7SS60
Fig. 2/51 Tranmission line, breaker-and-a-half terminal, using 1 breaker management relay 7VK61

2 Overview
2. Transformers
Small transformer infeed HV infeed
52
General notes:
• Earth faults on the secondary side are detected by current
relay 51N. However, it has to be time-graded against
I>> I>, t IE > > I2 >, t
downstream feeder protection relays. 50 51 50N 49 46

7SJ60
2
or 7SJ80
• The restricted earth-fault relay 87N can optionally be
applied to achieve fast clearance of earth faults in the
63 Optional resistor
transformer secondary winding. or reactor
RN
Relay 7VH60 is of the high-impedance type and requires
class × CTs with equal transformation ratios.
• Primary circuit-breaker and relay may be replaced by fuses.
I >>
87N
52 7VH60 51N
IE > 7SJ60
or 7SJ80
Distribution bus
52
O/C Fuse
relay
Load Load
Fig. 2/52 Small transformer infeed
Large or important transformer infeed HV infeed
52
General note:
• Relay 7UT612 provides numerical ratio and vector group
adaptation. Matching transformers as used with traditional
I>> I>, t IE > > I2 >, t
7SJ60
50 51 51N 49 46 7SJ61 or
relays are therefore no longer applicable. 7SJ80
Notes:
1) If an independent high-impedance-type earth-fault
function is required, the 7VH60 earth-fault relay can be 63
used instead of the 87N inside the 7UT612. However, class 1)
× CT cores would also be necessary in this case (see small
transformer protection). 51N 87N 87T
2) 51 and 51N may be provided in a separate 7SJ60 if
2) 2)
required.
51 51N
I>, t I E >, t 7UT612
52
Load bus
52 52
Load Load
Fig. 2/53 Large or important transformer infeed

2 Overview

Dual infeed with single transformer Protection line 1 Protection line 2
same as line 2 21/21N or 87L + 51 + optionally 67/67N
General notes: 52 52
• Line CTs are to be connected to separate stabilizing inputs

of the differential relay 87T in order to ensure stability in I>> I>, t I E >, t > I2 >
the event of line through-fault currents. 50 51 51N 49 46
2 • Relay 7UT613 provides numerical ratio and vector group

adaptation. Matching transformers, as used with traditional 63
7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
87N 87T
relays, are therefore no longer applicable.
7UT613
51N 7SJ60
or 7SJ80
I>> I E >
7SJ60
51 51N
or 7SJ80
52
Load
52 52 52 bus
Load Load Load
Fig. 2/54 Dual infeed with single transformer
Parallel incoming transformer feeders HV infeed 1 HV infeed 2

52 52
Note: I>> I>, t I E >, t > I2 >, t
The directional functions 67 and 67N do not apply for cases 50 51 51N 49 46
where the transformers are equipped with the transformer 7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
Protection
differential relays 87T. 63
same as
I>, t I E >, t I> IE > infeed 1
51 51N 67 67N
51N 7SJ62
I E >, t 7SJ80
52 52
1)
Load
52 52 52 bus
Load Load Load
Fig. 2/55 Parallel incoming transformer feeders
Parallel incoming transformer feeders with bus tie Infeed 1 I>> I>, t I E > t > I2 >, t Infeed 2
50 51 51N 49 46
General notes: Protection
7SJ60
same as
• Overcurrent relay 51, 51N each connected as a partial
differential scheme. This provides simple and fast busbar
63 63 infeed 1
protection and saves one time-grading step. I>, t I E >, t IE >, t I2>, t
51 51N 51N 51
51N
7SJ60 7SJ60
7SJ60
52 52
52
52 52
Load Load
Fig. 2/56 Parallel incoming transformer feeders with bus tie

2 Overview
Three-winding transformer HV Infeed

52
Notes: I>>, I >, t > I2 >, t
1) The zero-sequence current must be blocked before 50 51 49 46
entering the differential relay with a delta winding in the 7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
CT connection on the transformer side with earthed
starpoint. This is to avoid false operation during external 2
earth faults (numerical relays provide this function by 51N 7SJ60 63 51N 7SJ60
calculation). About 30 % sensitivity, however, is then lost
in the event of internal faults. Optionally, the zero- 1) 87T 7UT613
sequence current can be regained by introducing the wind-
87N 7VH602)
ing neutral current in the differential relay (87T). Relay
type 7UT613 provides two current inputs for this purpose.
By using this feature, the earth-fault sensitivity can be
upgraded again to its original value. I>, t I E >, t I>, t I E >, t
Restricted earth-fault protection (87T) is optional. It 51 51N 51 51N
provides backup protection for earth faults and increased 7SJ61
87N
earth-fault sensitivity (about 10 % IN, compared to about or 7SJ80 7SJ602)
20 to 30 % IN of the transformer differential relay). M.V.
52 52 52 52
M.V.
Separate class × CT-cores with equal transmission ratio are
also required for this protection.
2) High impedance and overcurrent in one 7SJ61.
General notes: Load Backfeed Load Backfeed
• Indistribution
this example, the transformer feeds two different
systems with cogeneration. Restraining Fig. 2/57 Three-winding transformer
differential relay inputs are therefore provided at each
transformer side.
• If both distribution systems only consume load and no
through-feed is possible from one MV system to the other,
parallel connection of the CTs of the two MV transformer
windings is admissible, which allows the use of a two-wind-
ing differential relay (7UT612).
Autotransformer 52
Notes:
51N 50/BF 46 50/51 2) 87N 7VH60
1) 87N high-impedance protection requires special class ×
7SJ60, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
current transformer cores with equal transformation 1)
ratios.
2) The 7SJ60 relay can alternatively be connected in series 52
with the 7UT613 relay to save this CT core. 87T 49
63
General note: 7UT613
52
• Two different protection schemes are provided: 87T is
chosen as the low-impedance three-winding version
50/51
1)
(7UT613). 87N is a 1-phase high-impedance relay (7VH60) 46
connected as restricted earth-fault protection. (In this 51

50/BF
example, it is assumed that the phase ends of the trans-
former winding are not accessible on the neutral side, that
50/BF 51N
is, there exists a CT only in the neutral earthing connec- 59N 1)
tion.). 7RW600 7SJ60*) 7SJ60*)
or 7RW80 *) Alternatives: 7SJ80
Fig. 2/58 Autotransformer

2 Overview

Large autotransformer bank
21 21N 68/78
7SV600 7SA52/6 7SV600
General notes:
50/BF 50/BF
• The transformer bank is connected in a breaker-and-a-half
arrangement. EHV
52 52
Duplicated differential protection is proposed:

2 • Main 1: Low-impedance differential protection 87TL
(7UT613) connected to the transformer bushing CTs. 3x 87/TH 50/BF 7SV600
• Main 2: High-impedance differential overall protection
87TL (7VH60). Separate class × cores and equal CT ratios
7VH60 52
are required for this type of protection. 87/TL 49 7SA52/6
• Backup protection is provided by distance protection relay

(7SA52 and 7SA6), each “looking” with an instantaneous
7UT613 63
21
52 21N
first zone about 80 % into the transformer and with a
time-delayed zone beyond the transformer. 68/78
• The tertiary winding is assumed to feed a small station
supply system with isolated neutral.
51
52
50/BF
59N 51N 50/BF 7SV600
7SJ60*) 7SJ60*)
7RW600
or 7RW80 *) Alternatives: 7SJ80
Fig. 2/59 Large autotransformer bank
3. Motors
Small and medium-sized motors < about 1 MW
52
a) With effective or low-resistance earthed infeed

I>> IE > > I2 >
(IE ≥ IN Motor)
General note: 50 51N 49 48 46
• Applicable to low-voltage motors and high-voltage motors

with low-resistance earthed infeed (IE ≥ IN Motor) 7SJ60/7SK80
b) With high-resistance earthed infeed (IE ≤ IN Motor)
Notes:
Fig. 2/60 Motor protection with effective or low-resistance earthed
1) Core-balance CT.
infeed
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection (67N) only
applicable with infeed from isolated or Petersen coil
earthed system (for dimensioning of the sensitive direc- 52
tional earth-fault protection, see also application circuit I >> > I2 > I<
page 2/33 and Fig. 2/68)
50 49 48 46 37 51U
3) The 7SJ602 relay can be applied for isolated and compen-
sated systems. IE > 2)
7XR96
1) 51N 67N
60/1A 3)
7SJ62/7SK80
Fig. 2/61 Motor protection with high-resistance earthed infeed

2 Overview
Large HV motors > about 1 MW

52
Notes:
1) Core-balance CT. I >> > I2 > U<
2) Sensitive directional earth-fault protection (67N) only 50 49 48 46 27

applicable with infeed from isolated or Petersen coil Optional
earthed system. IE > 2) I < 37 2
7XR96
3) This function is only needed for motors where the startup 1) 51N 67N
60/1A
time is longer than the safe stall time tE. According to
IEC 60079-7, the tE time is the time needed to heat up AC Startup
super- 49T 87M
windings, when carrying the starting current IA, from the visor 3) 5) 7UM62
temperature reached in rated service and at maximum
3)
ambient air temperature to the limiting temperature. A
Speed RTD´s 4)
separate speed switch is used to supervise actual starting of switch optional
the motor. The motor circuit-breaker is tripped if the
motor does not reach speed in the preset time. The speed
switch is part of the motor supply itself.
4) Pt100, Ni100, Ni120
5) 49T only available with external temperature detector Fig. 2/62 Protection of large HV motors > about 1 MW
device (RTD-box 7XV5662)
Cold load pickup 52

Trip
By means of a binary input that can be wired from a manual
I >> t I> t
close contact, it is possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
settings to less sensitive settings for a programmable amount 51.1 51.2
of time. After the set time has expired, the pickup settings Binary input
82 51.1
automatically return to their original setting. This can (1727 > c/o) Trip
compensate for initial inrush when energizing a circuit Desensitized
51.2
without compromising the sensitivity of the overcurrent during inrush 7SJ60x, 7SJ61 or 7SJ80
52
elements during steady-state conditions.
Busbar
52 52 52 52
Trip
M
I >> t I > t
51.1 51.2 Typical feeder
Binary input 51.1 (1727 > C/O = cold

(1727 > C/O) load pickup of over-
51.2 current pickup)
7SJ60x, 7SJ61 or 7SK80
Fig. 2/63 Cold load pickup

2 Overview

4. Generators LV
Generators < 500 kW (Fig. 2/64 and Fig.2/65)
Note:
If a core-balance CT is provided for sensitive earth-fault I >, I E >, t I2 > >
protection, relay 7SJ602 with separate earth-current input
2 can be used.
51/51N 46 49
7SJ60 or 7SJ80
Generators, typically 1–3 MW
(Fig. 2/66)
Fig. 2/64 Generator with solidly earthed neutral
Note:
Two VTs in V connection are also sufficient.
MV
Generators > 1–3 MW
(Fig. 2/67)
Notes: I >, I E >, t I2 > >

Generator 2
1) Functions 81 and 59 are required only where prime mover 51/51N 46 49
1)
can assume excess speed and the voltage regulator may 7SJ60 or 7SJ80
permit rise of output voltage above upper limit.
UN
2) Differential relaying options: RN
– Low-impedance differential protection 87. 0.5 to 1 rated
– Restricted earth-fault protection with low-resistance

earthed neutral (Fig. 2/66). Fig. 2/65 Generator with resistance-earthed neutral
MV
52 52
1)
I >/U <
50/27
59 U <
1)
Field
f 1) 87
81 f
81 RG Field <
64R
51 49 46 32 59 I2 > > I >, t U < L. O. F. –P>
I >, t > I2 > P> U> 46 49 51V 40 32
I E >, t IG >, t
51N 2)
51N 87N
7UM61
7UM62
Fig. 2/66 Protection for generators 1–3 MW Fig. 2/67 Protection for generators >1–3 MW

2 Overview
Generators > 5 –10 MW feeding into a system For the most sensitive setting of 2 mA, we therefore need
with isolated neutral 20 mA secondary earth current, corresponding to (60 / 1) ×
(Fig. 2/68) 20 mA = 1.2 A primary.
If sufficient capacitive earth current is not available, an
General notes: earthing transformer with resistive zero-sequence load can be
installed as earth-current source at the station busbar. The
• The setting range of the directional earth-fault protection
(67N) in the 7UM6 relay is 2–1,000 mA. Depending on the smallest standard earthing transformer TGAG 3541 has a 20 s 2
current transformer accuracy, a certain minimum setting is short-time rating of input connected to: SG = 27 kVA
required to avoid false operation on load or transient In a 5 kV system, it would deliver:
currents.
√3 · SG √3 · 27,000 VA
• In practice, efforts are generally made to protect about
90 % of the machine winding, measured from the machine
IG 20 s = ――― = ――――――― = 9.4 A
UN 5,000 V
terminals. The full earth current for a terminal fault must corresponding to a relay input current of 9.4 A × 1 / 60 A =
then be ten times the setting value, which corresponds to 156 mA. This would provide a 90 % protection range with a
the fault current of a fault at 10 % distance from the setting of about 15 mA, allowing the use of 4 parallel
machine neutral. connected core-balance CTs. The resistance at the 500 V
open-delta winding of the earthing transformer would then
have to be designed for
Relay earth-current input Minimum relay
Comments:
RB = U2SEC / SG = 500 U2 / 27,000 VA = 9.26 Ω (27 kW, 20 s)
connected to: setting:
For a 5 MVA machine and 600 / 5 A CTs with special calibra-
Core-balance CT 60 / 1 A: 2 mA
tion for minimum residual false current, we would get a
1 single CT 5 mA
2 parallel CTs 8 mA secondary current of IG SEC = 9.4 A / (600 / 5) = 78 mA.
3 parallel Cts 12 mA With a relay setting of 12 mA, the protection range would in
4 parallel CTs
Three-phase CTs in residual 1 A CT: 50 mA In general not this case be 100 = 85 %.
(Holmgreen) connection 5 A CT: 200 mA suitable for
sensitive earth-
fault protection
Three-phase CTs in residual 2–3 ‰ of 1 A CTs are not
(Holmgreen) connection with secondary rated recommended in
special factory calibration to CT current In SEC this case
minimum residual false currents 10–15 mA with
(≤ 2 mA) 5 A CTs
52 3)
Earthing transformer 59N

1) UN
52
62
RB
I>/U<
Redundant 50/27
protection IG 67N IG
67N
U<
27
27 U < 59N 87 6 I
59 U > 4) U >
O
64R 59 U >
46 I2 > 81 f >
<
81 f
32 40 51V I > t, U < L. O. F. –P > I2 >

–P L. O. F. I > t, U < 51V 40 32 49 46
7UM61 or 7UM62 2) 7UM62
Fig. 2/68 Protection for generators > 5 –10 MW

2 Overview

Notes (Fig. 2/68):
1) The standard core-balance CT 7XR96 has a transformation 52
ratio of 60 / 1 A.
Transf. fault press
2) Instead of an open-delta winding at the terminal VT, Unit 63 3)
trans.
a 1-phase VT at the machine neutral could be used as 71 Oil low
zero-sequence polarizing voltage.
2 87T
3) The earthing transformer is designed for a short-time
rating of 20 s. To prevent overloading, the load resistor is 51N
automatically switched off by a time-delayed zero- Transf. neut. OC
sequence voltage relay (59N + 62) and a contactor (52). Unit aux.
87T
4) During the startup time of the generator with the open backup
Unit diff.
circuit-breaker, the earthing source is not available. To 51
Oil low
ensure earth-fault protection during this time interval, an Transf.
auxiliary contact of the circuit-breaker can be used to fault press 3) 71
change over the directional earth-fault relay function 63
(67N) to a zero-sequence voltage detection function via
binary input. Unit
Overvolt. 59 aux.
81 51N
Overfreq. Trans.
78
Loss of neut.
sync. 24 OC
40 Volt/Hz
87T
A
Stator Loss of Trans.
O.L. field
diff.
49S 32
Generators > 50 –100 MW in generator transformer E Reverse
unit connection 87G power
(Fig. 2/69) Gen.
2) diff.
Notes: 64R 64R
Field Field 46 21
1) 100 % stator earth-fault protection based on 20 Hz voltage grd. grd.
Neg. Sys.
injection seq. backup
2) Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection based on 1–3 Hz
voltage injection
59/GN
3) Non-electrical signals can be incoupled in the protection
via binary inputs (BI) Gen.
neut. OV
1)
4) Only used functions shown; further integrated functions 51/GN
available in each relay type; for more information, please
refer to part 1 of this catalog.
Fig. 2/69 Protections for generators > 50 MW
Number
Relay of relays
type Functions 4) required
7UM62 21 24 32 40 46 49
1) 2)
51GN 59GN 59 64R 64R 78 2
81 87G via BI: 71 63
7UM61 or 51 51N optionally 21 59 81 via BI: 71 63 1

7UM62
7UT612 87T 51N optionally 1
2
7UT613 87T 1
Fig. 2/70 Assignment for functions to relay type

2 Overview
Synchronization of a generator Bus
Fig. 2/71 shows a typical connection for synchronizing a U1

52
generator. Paralleling device 7VE6 acquires the line and
generator voltage, and calculates the differential voltage,
frequency and phase angle. If these values are within a 7VE6
permitted range, a CLOSE command is issued after a U2
specified circuit-breaker make time. If these variables are out 25 U f 2
of range, the paralleling device automatically sends a
command to the voltage and speed controller. For example, if
the frequency is outside the range, an actuation command is
sent to the speed controller. If the voltage is outside the G
range, the voltage controller is activated.
Fig. 2/71 Synchronization of a generator
5. Busbars
Busbar protection by overcurrent relays with reverse interlocking Infeed
General note: Reverse interlocking
• Applicable to distribution busbars without substantial

(< 0.25 × I ) backfeed from the outgoing feeders.
I >, t0 I >, t
N
50/50N 51/51N
52 7SJ60
t0 = 50 ms
52 52 52
I> I >, t I> I >, t I> I >, t

50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N 50/50N 51/51N
7SJ60 7SJ60 7SJ60
Fig. 2/72 Busbar protection by O / C relays with reverse interlocking

2 Overview

High-impedance busbar protection
Transformer
General notes: protection
• half
Normally used with single busbar, and one-breaker-and-a-
schemes. 7VH60
• Requires separate class X current transformer cores. All CTs 51/51N 7VH60
2 must have the same transformation ratio. 7VH60
87BB 87S.V.
Note:
1)
A varistor is normally applied across the relay input terminals
to limit the voltage to a value safely below the insulation 52 52 52 86
Alarm
voltage of the secondary circuits.
Fig. 2/73 High-impedance busbar protection
Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60
General notes: 87BB

• Normally used with single busbar, one-breaker-and-a-half,
and double busbar schemes, different transformation ratios
52
86
can be adapted by matching transformers.
• Unlimited number of feeders. 52 52 52 7SS601
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same CT core.
50BF
7SV60
50BF
7SV60
50BF
7TM70
7SV60 G 7SS60
Load
Fig. 2/74 Low-impedance busbar protection 7SS60
Distributed busbar protection 7SS52
General notes:
• Suitable for all types of busbar schemes.
• disconnector
Preferably used for multiple busbar schemes where a
(isolator) replica is necessary.
52
50BF
52
50BF
52
50BF
52
50BF
• The numerical busbar protection 7SS52 provides additional

breaker failure protection.
50 50 50 50
51 51 51 51
• Different
cally.
CT transformation ratios can be adapted numeri- Bay
units 50N 50N 50N 50N
• The protection system and the disconnector (isolator)

replica are continuously self-monitored by the 7SS52.
51N 51N 51N 51N
• Feeder protection can be connected to the same CT core. 7SS523 FO 7SS523 FO 7SS523 FO 7SS523 FO
87BB 50BF
Central unit 7SS522
Fig. 2/75 Distributed busbar protection 7SS52

2 Overview
6. Power systems Overexcitation protection

U >, t; U >>, t U/f >, t; U/f >>, t; U/f=f(t)
Load shedding 59 24
7RW600 or 7RW80
In unstable power systems (e.g., isolated systems, emergency
power supply in hospitals), it may be necessary to isolate
selected loads from the power system to prevent overload of Motor protection with reclosing lockout
f >,t; f <, t U <, t U >, t; U >>, t
the overall system. The overcurrent-time protection functions
are effective only in the case of a short-circuit. 81 27 59 2
7RW600 or 7RW80
Overloading of the generator can be measured as a frequency
or voltage drop. Further
grid
(Protection functions 27 and 81 available in 7RW600, 7SJ6
and 7SJ8.)
f >,t; f <, t; U <, t U >, t; U >>, t f >,t; f <, t; U <, t U >, t; U >>, t
81 27 59 81 27 59
7RW600, 7RW80, 7SJ62 or 7SJ80 7RW600, 7RW80 or 7SJ62 M
Decoupling Load shedding
Fig. 2/76 Load shedding
Load shedding with rate-of-frequency-change protection 50

Hz
The rate-of-frequency-change protection calculates, from the f
measured frequency, the gradient or frequency change df / dt.
It is thus possible to detect and record any major active power fm
loss in the power system, to disconnect certain consumers t
accordingly and to restore the system to stability. Unlike 49
fa
frequency protection, rate-of-frequency-change protection
reacts before the frequency threshold is undershot. To ensure fb
effective protection settings, it is recommended to consider fc
requirements throughout the power system as a whole. The
rate-of-frequency-change protection function can also be 48
used for the purposes of system decoupling. 0 1 2 3 4 5
t
Rate-of-frequency-change protection can also be enabled by
an underfrequency state.
Fig. 2/77 Load shedding with rate-of-frequency-change protection
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) VCV

L+
One or two binary inputs can be used for the trip circuit
supervision. 7SJx, 7SAx, 7SDx 7SJx, 7SAx, 7SDx
or any other or any other Trip
protective TCo BI 1 protective circuit
relay relay faulty
CLOSE TRIP R TCo Trip contact of the relay

BI Binary input of the relay
AUX 1 AUX 1 TC Trip coil
52a 52b Aux Circuit-breaker auxiliary
52 contact
TC R Equivalent resistor instead
CB
of BI 2
L– Ucv Control voltage
CB Circuit-breaker
Fig. 2/78 Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)

2 Overview

Disconnecting facility with flexible protection function 52
CB 1
General note: Connection to power utility
The SIPROTEC protection relay 7SJ64 disconnects the Switch- Customer switchgear with autonomous supply
switchgear from the utility power system if the generator disconnector
feeds energy back into the power system (protection function 1)
7UT612
2 P reverse>). This functionality is achieved by using flexible
protection. Disconnection also takes place in the event of
frequency or voltage fluctuations in the utility power system G
(protection functions
ƒ<, ƒ>, U<, U>, Idir>, IEdir> / 81, 27, 59, 67, 67N).
Notes:
52 52
1) The transformer is protected by differential protection and CB 2 CB 3
inverse or definite-time overcurrent protection functions
for the phase currents. In the event of a fault, the circuit-
breaker CB1 on the utility side is tripped by a remote link.
Circuit-breaker CB2 is also tripped. 7SJ64 f < f> U Sync. I >dir I E >dir
Preserve >
2) Overcurrent-time protection functions protect feeders 1 32 81 81 27 59 25 67 67N
and 2 against short-circuits and overload caused by the
connected loads. Both the phase currents and the zero Busbar
currents of the feeders can be protected by inverse and
definite-time overcurrent stages. The circuit-breakers CB4 7SJ61/ 2) 7SJ61/ 2)
and CB5 are tripped in the event of a fault. 7SJ80 7SJ80
52 52
CB 4 CB 5
Feeder 1 Feeder 2
Fig. 2/79 Example of a switchgear with autonomous generator supply

2 Overview
Protection Coordination
12.0
Typical applications and functions
11.0
Relay operating characteristics and their settings must be Rush
10.0
carefully coordinated in order to achieve selectivity. The aim N
is basically to switch off only the faulty component and to 9.0
leave the rest of the power system in service in order to 8.0
minimize supply interruptions and to ensure stability. 7.0
6.0 2
Sensitivity
5.0
Protection should be as sensitive as possible in order to detect 4.0
faults at the lowest possible current level. At the same time, 3.0
however, it should remain stable under all permissible load,
2.0
overload and through-fault conditions. For more informa-
tion: http: / / www.siemens.com / systemplanning. The 1.0
2 10 100 400
Siemens engineering programs SINCAL and SIGRADE are
Rated transformer power (MVA)
especially designed for selective protection grading of
protection relay systems. They provide short-circuit calcula- Time constant of inrush current
tions, international standard characteristics of relays, fuses
and circuit-breakers for easy protection grading with respect Nominal power (MVA) 0.5 … 1.0 1.0 … 10 > 10
to motor starting, inrush phenomena, and equipment damage Time constant (s) 0.16 … 0.2 0.2 … 1.2 1.2 … 720
curves.
Fig. 2/80 Peak value of inrush current
Phase-fault overcurrent relays
Earth-fault protection relays
The pickup values of phase overcurrent relays are normally
set 30 % above the maximum load current, provided that Earth-current relays enable a much more sensitive setting,
sufficient short-circuit current is available. This practice is because load currents do not have to be considered (except
recommended particularly for mechanical relays with reset 4-wire circuits with 1-phase load). In solidly and low-resis-
ratios of 0.8 to 0.85. Numerical relays have high reset ratios tance earthed systems, a setting of 10 to 20 % rated load
near 0.95 and allow, therefore, about a 10 % lower setting. current can generally be applied. High-resistance earthing
Feeders with high transformer and / or motor load require requires a much more sensitive setting, on the order of some
special consideration. amperes primary. The earth-fault current of motors and
generators, for example, should be limited to values below
Transformer feeders 10 A in order to avoid iron burning. In this case, residual-
current relays in the start point connection of CTs cannot be
The energizing of transformers causes inrush currents that
used; in particular, with rated CT primary currents higher
may last for seconds, depending on their size (Fig. 2/79).
than 200 A. The pickup value of the zero-sequence relay
Selection of the pickup current and assigned time delay have
would be on the order of the error currents of the CTs. A
to be coordinated so that the inrush current decreases below
special core-balance CT is therefore used as the earth-current
the relay overcurrent reset value before the set operating time
sensor. The core-balance CT 7XR96 is designed for a ratio of
has elapsed. The inrush current typically contains only about
60 / 1 A. The detection of 6 A primary would then require a
a 50 % fundamental frequency component. Numerical relays
relay pickup setting of 0.1 A secondary. An even more
that filter out harmonics and the DC component of the
sensitive setting is applied in isolated or Petersen coil earthed
inrush current can therefore be set to be more sensitive. The
systems where very low earth currents occur with 1-phase-to-
inrush current peak values of Fig. 2/80 will be reduced to
earth faults. Settings of 20 mA and lower may then be
more than one half in this case. Some digital relay types have
required depending on the minimum earth-fault current.
an inrush detection function that may block the trip of the
Sensitive directional earth-fault relays (integrated into the
overcurrent protection resulting from inrush currents.
relays 7SJ62, 63, 64, 7SJ80, 7SK80, 7SA6) allow settings as low
as 5 mA.

2 Overview
10,000
Motor feeders
1,000
The energization of motors causes a starting current of Time in
initially 5 to 6 times the rated current (locked rotor current). seconds 100
A typical time-current curve for an induction motor is shown 10

in Fig. 2/81. 1
2 In the first 100 ms, a fast-decaying asymmetrical inrush 0.1

current also appears. With conventional relays, it was
common practice to set the instantaneous overcurrent stage 0.01
of the short-circuit protection 20 to 30 % above the locked 0.001

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
rotor current with a short-time delay of 50 to 100 ms to
override the asymmetrical inrush period. Current in multiplies of full-load amps
Numerical relays are able to filter out the asymmetrical Motor starting current High set instantaneous O/C stage
current component very rapidly so that the setting of an Locked-rotor current Motor thermal limit curve
additional time delay is no longer applicable. Overload protection characteristic Permissible locked-rotor time
The overload protection characteristic should follow the

thermal motor characteristic as closely as possible. The Fig. 2/81 Typical motor current-time characteristics
adaptation is made by setting the pickup value and the
thermal time constant, using the data supplied by the motor
manufacturer. Furthermore, the locked-rotor protection
timer has to be set according to the characteristic motor
value.
Time 51
Time grading of overcurrent relays (51)
The selectivity of overcurrent protection is based on time 51 51
grading of the relay operating characteristics. The relay closer
to the infeed (upstream relay) is time-delayed against the
relay further away from the infeed (downstream relay). The 0.2-0.4 seconds
Main
calculation of necessary grading times is shown in Fig. 2/81
Feeder
by an example for definite-time overcurrent relays. Current
Maximum feeder fault level
The overshoot times take into account the fact that the
measuring relay continues to operate due to its inertia, even
if when the fault current is interrupted. This may be high for Fig. 2/82 Coordination of inverse-time relays
mechanical relays (about 0.1 s) and negligible for numerical
relays (20 ms).
Inverse-time relays (51) lnstantaneous overcurrent protection (50)

For the time grading of inverse-time relays, in principle the This is typically applied on the final supply load or on any
same rules apply as for the definite-time relays. The time protection relay with sufficient circuit impedance between
grading is first calculated for the maximum fault level and itself and the next downstream protection relay. The setting
then checked for lower current levels (Fig. 2/82). at transformers, for example, must be chosen about 20 to
If the same characteristic is used for all relays, or if when the 30 % higher than the maximum through-fault current. The
upstream relay has a steeper characteristic (e.g., very much relay must remain stable during energization of the trans-
over normal inverse), then selectivity is automatically fulfilled former.
at lower currents.
Differential relay (87)

Transformer differential relays are normally set to pickup
values between 20 and 30 % of the rated current. The higher
value has to be chosen when the transformer is fitted with a
tap changer.
Restricted earth-fault relays and high-resistance motor / gen-
erator differential relays are, as a rule, set to about 10 % of
the rated current.

2 Overview
Calculation example 52M Operating time

The feeder configuration of Fig. 2/84 and the associated load
and short-circuit currents are given. Numerical overcurrent 51M
relays 7SJ60 with normal inverse-time characteristics are
52F 52F
applied.
The relay operating times, depending on the current, can be
derived from the diagram or calculated with the formula 51F 51F 2
0.2-0.4
given in Fig. 2/85. Time grading
The Ip / IN settings shown in Fig. 2/84 have been chosen to get Fault Fault Interruption of
pickup values safely above maximum load current. inception detection fault current
t 51F t 52F
This current setting should be lowest for the relay farthest Circuit-breaker
downstream. The relays further upstream should each have Set time delay interruption time
equal or higher current settings.
Overshoot*
The time multiplier settings can now be calculated as follows: t OS Margin tM
Station C: t 51M
• For coordination with the fuses, we consider the fault in

location F1.
*also called overtravel or coasting time
Time grading
The short-circuit current Iscc. max. related to 13.8 kV is
trs = t51M – t51F = t52F + tOS + tM
523 A.
This results in 7.47 for I / Ip at the overcurrent relay in Example 1 tTG =0.10 s + 0.15 s + 0.15 s = 0.40 s
location C. Oil circuit-breaker t52F = 0.10 s
• With this value and Tp = 0.05, an operating time of tA =
0.17 s can be derived from Fig. 2/85.
Mechanical relays tOS = 0.15 s
Safety margin for
This setting was selected for the overcurrent relay to get a safe measuring errors, etc. tM = 0.15 s
grading time over the fuse on the transformer low-voltage
Example 2 tTG = 0.08 + 0.02 + 0.10 = 0.20 s
side. Safety margin for the setting values for the relay at
station C are therefore: Vacuum circuit-breaker t52F = 0.08 s
• Pickup current: Ip / IN = 0.7 Numerical relays tOS = 0.02 s
• Time multiplier: Tp = 0.05. Safety margin tM = 0.10 s
Station B: Fig. 2/83 Time grading of overcurrent-time relays

The relay in B has a primary protection function for line B-C
and a backup function for the relay in C. The maximum
through-fault current of 1.395 A becomes effective for a fault Load
in location F2. For the relay in C, an operating time time of 13.8 kV/ Fuse:
A F4 B F3 C F2 0.4 kV D F1
0.11 s (I / Ip = 19.93) is obtained. 160 A
Load
It is assumed that no special requirements for short operating 13.8 kV
625 kVA L.V. 75
times exist and therefore an average time grading interval of 51 51 51 5.0 % Load
0.3 s can be chosen. The operating time of the relay in B can 7SJ60 7SJ60 7SJ60
then be calculated.
Station Max. ISCC. CT ratio Ip / IN** Iprim*** Iscc. max
load max* I / Ip =
Iprim
• tB = 0.11 + 0.3 = 0.41 s A A A
1,395 A A 300 4,500 400 / 5 1.0 400 11.25
• Value of Ip / IN = ――――
220 A
= 6.34 (Fig. 2/84)
B 170 2,690 200 / 5 1.1 220 12.23
• With the operating time 0.41 s and Ip / IN = 6.34,

T = 0.11 can be derived from Fig. 2/85.
C
D
50
–
1,395
523
100 / 5
–
0.7
–
70
–
19.93
–
p
*) ISCC. max = Maximum short-circuit current
**) Ip / I N = Relay current multiplier setting
***) Iprim = Primary setting current corresponding to Ip / IN
Fig. 2/84 Time grading of inverse-time relays for a radial feeder

2 Overview
The setting values for the relay at station B are: 100
• Pickup current: Ip / IN = 1.1

• Time multiplier Tp = 0.11 t 50
40
Given these settings, the operating time of the relay in B for a
30
close fault in F3 can also be checked: The short-circuit
current increases to 2,690 A in this case (Fig. 2/84). The 20
2 corresponding I / Ip value is 12.23.
Tp [s]
• time
With this value and the set value of Tp = 0.11, an operating
of 0.3 s is obtained again (Fig. 2/85). 10
3.2
Station A: 5
4
• operating
Adding the time grading interval of 0.3 s, the desired
itme is t = 0.3 + 0.3 = 0.6 s. 3
1.6
A
Following the same procedure as for the relay in station B, the 2 0.8
following values are obtained for the relay in station A:
• Pickup current: Ip / IN = 1.0 1
• Time multiplier Tp = 0.17 0.4
• 0.48
For the close-in fault at location F4, an operating time of
s is obtained. 0.50
0.2
0.4
The normal way
0.3
To prove the selectivity over the whole range of possible 0.1
short-circuit currents, it is normal practice to draw the set of 0.2
operating curves in a common diagram with double log
scales. These diagrams can be calculated manually and drawn 0.05
0.1
point-by-point or constructed by using templates.
Today, computer programs are also available for this purpose.
0.05
Fig. 2/86 shows the relay coordination diagram for the
2 4 6 8 10 20
selected example, as calculated by the Siemens program
SIGRADE (Siemens Grading Program). For further informa- p
[A]
tion: http: / / www.siemens.com / systemplanning.
Fig. 2/85 Normal inverse-time characteristic of the 7SJ60 relay
Note:
To simplify calculations, only inverse-time characteristics
have been used for this example. About 0.1 s shorter operat-
ing times could have been reached for high-current faults by
additionally applying the instantaneous zones I>> of the
7SJ60 relays.
Coordination of overcurrent relays with fuses and

Normal inverse
low-voltage trip devices
0.14
The procedure is similar to the above-described grading of t = ――――― · Tp(s)
(I / Ip)0.02 – 1
overcurrent relays. A time interval of between 0.1 and 0.2 s is
usually sufficient for a safe time coordination. Strong inverse characteristics may be used with expulsion-
Strong and extremely inverse characteristics are often more type fuses (fuse cutouts), while extremely inverse versions
suitable than normal inverse characteristics in this case. adapt better to current limiting fuses.
Fig. 2/87 shows typical examples. In any case, the final decision should be made by plotting the
Simple distribution substations use a power fuse on the curves in the log-log coordination diagram.
secondary side of the supply transformers (Fig. 2/87a). Electronic trip devices of LV breakers have long-delay,
In this case, the operating characteristic of the overcurrent short-delay and instantaneous zones. Numerical overcurrent
relay at the infeed has to be coordinated with the fuse curve. relays with one inverse-time and two definite-time zones can
closely be adapted to this (Fig. 2/87b).

2 Overview
Setting range setting

N
Bus-A
Ip = 0.10 – 4.00 IN Ip = 1.0 IN
/5 A Tp = 0.05 – 3.2 s Tp = 0.17 s
I>> = 0.1 – 25 IN I>> = ∞
52 7SJ600
Ip = 1.0 IN
Bus-B
Tp = 0.11 s
I>> = ∞
2
Ip = 0.10 – 4.00 IN
/5 A
Tp = 0.05 – 3.2 s
I>> = 0.1 – 25 IN
52 7SJ600
Bus-C Ip = 0.7 IN
Tp = 0.05 s
/5 A I>> = ∞
Ip = 0.10 – 4.00 IN
7SJ600 Tp = 0.05 – 3.2 s
52
I>> = 0.1 – 25 IN
13.8/0.4 kV
TR 625 kVA
5.0%
fuse VDE 160
HRC fuse 160 A
Fig. 2/86 Overcurrent-time grading diagram
MV bus
Time Inverse-time relay

51
Other Fuse
consumers
n
a
LV bus
Fuse 0.2 s
Current
a) Maximum fault available at HV bus
Fig. 2/87 Coordination of an overcurrent relay with an MV fuse and low-voltage breaker trip device
Coordination of distance relays

Where measured line or cable impedances are available, the
The distance relay setting must take into account the limited protected zone setting may be extended to 90 %. The second
relay accuracy, including transient overreach (5 %, according and third zones have to keep a safety margin of about 15
to IEC 60255-6), the CT error (1 % for class 5P and 3 % for to 20 % to the corresponding zones of the following lines.
class 10P) and a security margin of about 5 %. Furthermore, The shortest following line always has to be considered
the line parameters are often only calculated, not measured. (Fig. 2/88).
This is a further source of errors. A setting of 80 to 85 % is
As a general rule, the second zone should at least reach 20 %
therefore common practice; 80 % is used for mechanical
over the next station to ensure backup for busbar faults, and
relays, while 85 % can be used for the more accurate numeri-
the third zone should cover the longest following line as
cal relays.
backup for the line protection.

2 Overview
Grading of zone times
The first zone normally operates undelayed. For the grading Ope-
t
Z3A
of the time delays of the second and third zones, the same rating 3
time t 2 Z2A Z2B
rules as for overcurrent relays apply (Fig. 2/83, page 41). For Z1A Z1C
Z1B
the quadrilateral characteristics (relays 7SA6 and 7SA5), only t1
the reactance values (X values) have to be considered for the
2 protected zone setting. The setting of the R values should A
ZL A-B
B
ZL B-C
C
ZLC-D
D
cover the line resistance and possible arc or fault resistances. Load Load Load
The arc resistance can be roughly estimated as follows:
2.5 · larc Z1A = 0.85 · ZLA–B
RArc = ———— [Ω] Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA–B + Z1B)
ISCC Min
Z2A = 0.85 · (ZLA–B + Z2B)
larc = Arc length in mm
ISCC Min = Minimum short-circuit current in kA Fig. 2/88 Grading of distance zones
• Typical settings of the ratio R / X are:

– Short lines and cables (≤ 10 km): R / X =2 to 6
– Medium line lengths < 25 km: R / X =2
– Longer lines 25 to 50 km: R / X =1 D
X
Shortest feeder protectable by distance relays
X 3A
The shortest feeder that can be protected by underreaching C
distance zones without the need for signaling links depends
on the shortest settable relay reactance. X 2A
B
VTratio
XPrim Min = XRelay Min · ——— X1A
CTratio
XPrim Min
lmin = —————
X’Line
The shortest setting of the numerical Siemens relays is 0.05 Ω R1A R 2A R 3A

for 1 A relays, corresponding to 0.01 Ω for 5 A relays. This
allows distance protection of distribution cables down to the A R
range of some 500 meters.
Breaker failure protection setting

Most numerical relays in this guide provide breaker failure
(BF) protection as an integral function. The initiation of the
BF protection by the internal protection functions then takes Fig. 2/89 Operating characteristics of Siemens distance relays
place via software logic. However, the BF protection function
may also be initiated externally via binary inputs by an
alternate protection. In this case, the operating time of The reset time is 1 cycle for EHV relays (7SA6 / 52, 7VK61)
intermediate relays (BFI time) may have to be considered. and 1.5 to 2 cycles for distribution type relays (7SJ**).
Finally, the tripping of the infeeding breakers requires
auxiliary relays, which add a small time delay (BFI) to the Fig. 2/90 (next page) shows the time chart for a typical
overall fault clearing time. This is particularly the case with breaker failure protection scheme. The stated times in
one-breaker-and-a-half or ring bus arrangements where a parentheses apply for transmission system protection and the
separate breaker failure relay (7SV600 or 7VK61) is used per times in square brackets for distribution system protection.
breaker (Fig. 2/83, Fig. 2/84).
The decisive criterion of BF protection time coordination is
the reset time of the current detector (50BF), which must not
be exceeded under any condition during normal current
interruption. The reset times specified in the Siemens
numerical relay manuals are valid for the worst-case condi-
tion: interruption of a fully offset short-circuit current and
low current pickup setting (0.1 to 0.2 times rated CT
current).

2 Overview
High-impedance differential protection;

50BF
verification of design
The following design data must be established:

CT data
50BF
The prerequisite for high-impedance scheme is that all CTs A
N
used for that scheme must have the same ratio. They should P1 D 2
also be of low leakage flux design according to Class PX of O
IEC 60044-1 (former Class X of BS 3938) or TPS of IEC R
60044-6, when used for high-impedance busbar protection P1: primary P 2: alternate P2
protection protection
scheme. When used for restricted earth-fault differential
protection of e.g. a transformer winding especially in solidly
Fig. 2/90 Breaker failure protection, logic circuit
grounded networks, CTs of Class 5P according to IEC 60044-1
can be used as well. In each case the excitation characteristic
and the secondary winding resistance are to be provided by
the manufacturer. The knee-point voltage of the CT must be
at least twice the relay pickup voltage to ensure operation on Fault incidence BFI =
internal faults. breaker failure
Normal interrupting time initiation time
Current (intermediate
The relay detector relays, if any)
(50 BF)
Protect. Breaker inter. reset time Margin BFT =
The relay can be either: breaker failure
a) dedicated design high-impedance relay, e.g., designed as time time tripping time
(1~) (2~) (1~) (2,5~) (auxilary relays,
a sensitive current relay 7VH60 or 7SG12 (DAD-N) with [2~] [4~] [2~] [2,5~] if any)
external series resistor Rstab. If the series resistor is integrated
(5~) (2~)
into the relay, the setting values may be directly applied in 0,5~
[8~]
0,5~
[4~]
volts, as with the relay 7VH60 (6 to 60V or 24 to 240 V); or
BFI BF timer (F) (62BF) BFT Adjacent
b) digital overcurrent protection relay with sensitive current breaker
input, like 7SJ6 or 7SR1 (Argus-C). To the input of the relay Total breaker failure interrupting time int. time
a series stabilizing resistor Rstab will be then connected as a (9~) [15~]
rule in order to obtain enough stabilization for the high-
impedance scheme. Typically, a non-linear resistor V (varis-
tor) will be also connected to protect the relay and wiring Fig. 2/91 Time coordination of BF time setting
against overvoltages.
Sensitivity of the scheme
For the relay to operate in the event of an internal fault, the
primary current must reach a minimum value to supply the
relay pickup current (Iset), the varistor leakage current (Ivar)
and the magnetizing currents of all parallel-connected CTs at
the set pickup voltage. A low relay voltage setting and CTs
with low magnetizing current therefore increase the protec-
tion sensitivity
Stability during external faults Rstab mR m
This check is made by assuming an external fault with
maximum through-fault current and full saturation of the
UK = CT knee-point voltage
CT in the faulty feeder. The saturated CT is then substituted
with its secondary winding resistance RCT, and the appearing UR = RR · IR
relay voltage VR corresponds to the voltage drop of the UK = ≥ 2 · UR
in-feeding currents (through-fault current) across RCT and
Rlead. The current (voltage) at the relay must, under this
condition, stay reliably below the relay pickup value. Fig. 2/92 Principle connection diagram for high-impedance restricted
earth-fault protection of a winding of the transformer using
In practice, the wiring resistances Rlead may not be equal. In SIPROTEC digital overcurrent relay (e.g. 7SJ61)
this case, the worst condition with the highest relay voltage
(corresponding to the highest through-fault current) must be
sought by considering all possible external feeder faults. Relay setting Urms C β Varistor type
≤ 125 450 0.25 600 A / S1 / S256

Setting
125 – 240 900 0.25 600 A / S1 / S1088
The setting is always a trade-off between sensitivity and
stability. A higher voltage setting leads not only to enhanced
through-fault stability but also to higher CT magnetizing and

2 Overview
Calculation example: Moreover, Rstab must have a short time rating large enough to withstand
the fault current levels before the fault is cleared. The time duration of 0.5
Restricted earth fault protection for the 400 kV winding of 400 MVA power seconds can be typically considered (Pstab,0.5s) to take into account longer
transformer with Ir, 400 kV = 577 A installed in a switchgear with rated fault clearance times of back-up protection.
withstand short-circuit current of 40 kA. The rms voltage developed across the stabilizing resistor is decisive for the
Given: thermal stress of the stabilizing resistor. It is calculated according to formula:
N = 4 CTs connected in parallel; Ipn / Isn = 800 A / 1 A – CT ratio;
2 Uk = 400 V – CT Knee-point voltage;
Im = 20 mA – CT magnetizing current at Uk; U rms ,relay = 1.3 ⋅ 4 U k 3 ⋅ Rstab ⋅ I k ,max,int
I sn
= 1.3 ⋅ 4 400 3 ⋅ 1000 ⋅ 50 = 1738.7V
I pn
RCT = 3 Ω – CT internal resistance;
Rlead = 2 Ω – secondary wiring (lead) resistance
The resulting short-time rating Pstab, 0.5 s equals to:
Relay: 7SJ612; Time overcurrent 1Phase input used with setting range Iset =
0.003 A to 1.5 A in steps of 0.001 A; relay internal burden
Rrelay = 50 mΩ U rms, relay 2 1739 2
Pstab, 0.5s ≥ = = 3023W
Stability calculation Rstab 1000
Isn 1
Us ,min = Ik, max, thr — (RCT + Rlead) = 10,000 ―― (3+2) = 62.6 V Check whether the voltage limitation by a varistor is required
Ipn 800
The relay should normally be applied with an external varistor which should
with Ik, max, thr taken as 16 . Ir, 400 kV = 16 . 577 A = 9,232 A, rounded up to 10 kA. be connected across the relay and stabilizing resistor input terminals. The
varistor limits the voltage across the terminals under maximum internal
The actual stability voltage for the scheme Us can be taken with enough
fault conditions. The theoretical voltage which may occur at the terminals
safety margin as Us = 130 V (remembering that 2Us < Uk).
can be determined according to following equation:
Fault setting calculation Isn 1
For the desired primary fault sensitivity of 125 A, which is approx. 22 % of Uk, max, int = Ik, max, int — (Rrelay + Rstab) = 40,000 ––‒ (0.05+1000) = 50003 V
Ipn 800
the rated current of the protected winding Ir, 400 kV (i.e. Ip, des = 125 A) the
following current setting can be calculated: with Ik,max,int taken as the rated short-circuit current of the switchgear = 40 kA.
Isn Us 1 130 The resulting maximum peak voltage across the panel terminals
Iset = Ip,des — – N . Im —— = 125 —— – 4 . 0.02 —— = 0.13 A (i.e. tie with relay and Rstab connected in series):
Ipn Uk 800 400
Stabilizing resistor calculation Uˆ max,relay = 2 2U k (U k ,max,int − U k ) = 2 2 ⋅ 400(50003 − 400) = 12600V

From the Us and Iset values calculated above the value of the stabilizing Since Umax, relay > 1.5 kV the varistor is necessary.
resistor Rstab can be calculated:
Us 130 Exemplarily, a METROSIL of type 600A / S1 / Spec.1088 can be used
Rstab = — – Rrelay = —— – 0.05 = ≈ 1,000 Ω (β = 0.25, C = 900).
Iset 0.13
This Metrosil leakage current at voltage setting Us =130 V equals to
where the relay resistance can be neglected. Uset, rms √2. 1/β
The stabilizing resistor Rstab can be chosen with a necessary minimum Irms = 0.52 ( ————
C
) = 0.91 mA
continuous power rating Pstab,cont of:
Us2 1302 and can be neglected by the calculations, since its influence on the
Pstab,cont ≥ — = ―― = 16.9 W proposed fault-setting is negligible.
Rstab 1000
varistor leakage currents, resulting consequently in a higher CT requirements for protection relays
primary pickup current.
Instrument transformers
A higher voltage setting also requires a higher knee-point
voltage of the CTs and therefore greater size of the CTs. A Instrument transformers must comply with the applicable
sensitivity of 10 to 20 % of Ir (rated current) is typical for IEC recommendations IEC 60044 and 60186 (PT),
restricted earth-fault protection. With busbar protection, ANSI / IEEE C57.13 or other comparable standards.
a pickup value ≥ Ir is normally applied. In networks with
neutral earthing via impedance the fault setting shall be Voltage transformers (VT)
revised against the minimum earth fault conditions. Voltage transformers (VT) in single-pole design for all
primary voltages have typical single or dual secondary
Non-linear resistor (varistor) windings of 100, 110 or 115 V / √3 with output ratings between
Voltage limitation by a varistor is needed if peak voltages near 10 and 50 VA suitable from most application with digital
or above the insulation voltage (2 kV … 3kV) are expected. A metering and protection equipment, and accuracies of 0.1 %
limitation to Urms = 1,500 V is then recommended. This can to 6 % to suit the particular application. Primary BIL values
be checked for the maximum internal fault current by are selected to match those of the associated switchgear.
applying the formula shown for Umax relav. A restricted
earth-fault protection may sometimes not require a varistor, Current transformers
but a busbar protection in general does. However, it is Current transformers (CT) are usually of the single-ratio type
considered a good practice to equip with a varistor all high with wound or bar-type primaries of adequate thermal rating.
impedance protection installations. The electrical varistor Single, double or triple secondary windings of 1 or 5 A are
characteristic of a varistor can be expressed as U = C I β standard. 1 A rating should, however, be preferred, particu-
where C and β are the varistor constants. larly in HV and EHV stations, to reduce the burden of the
connected lines. Output power (rated burden in VA), accu-
racy and saturation characteristics (rated symmetrical

2 Overview
short-circuit current limiting factor) of the cores and The requirements for protective current transformers for
secondary windings must meet the requirements of the transient performance are specified in IEC 60044-6. In many
particular application.The CT classification code of IEC is practical cases, iron-core CTs cannot be designed to avoid
used in the following: saturation under all circumstances because of cost and space
reasons, particularly with metal-enclosed switchgear.
• Measuring cores
These are normally specified 0.2 % or 0.5 % accuracy (class The Siemens relays are therefore designed to tolerate CT
0.2 or class 0.5), and an rated symmetrical short-circuit saturation to a large extent. The numerical relays proposed in 2
current limiting factor FS of 5 or 10. this guide are particularly stable in this case due to their
The required output power (rated burden) should be higher integrated saturation detection function.
than the actually connected burden. Typical values are 2.5, 5
or 10 VA. Higher values are normally not necessary when CT dimensioning formulae
only electronic meters and recorders are connected. Rct + Rb
A typical specification could be: 0.5 FS 10, 5 VA. K’ssc = Kssc · ―――― (effective)
Rct + R’b
• Cores for billing values metering
In this case, class 0.25 FS is normally required. Iscc max
with K’ssc ≥ Ktd · ―――― (required)
• Protection cores
The size of the protection core depends mainly on the maxi-
Ipn
mum short-circuit current and the total burden (internal The effective symmetrical short-circuit current factor K'SSC
CT burden, plus burden of connected lines plus relay can be calculated as shown in the table above.
burden) The rated transient dimensioning factor Ktd depends on the
Furthermore, a transient dimensioning factor has to be type of relay and the primary DC time constant. For relays
considered to cover the influence of the DC component in with a required saturation free time from ≤ 0.4 cycle, the
the short-circuit current. primary (DC) time constant TP has little influence.
Glossary of used abbreviations CT design according to BS 3938 / IEC 60044-1 (2000)
(according to IEC 60044-6, as defined)
IEC Class P can be approximately transfered into the IEC Class PX
Kssc = Rated symmetrical short-circuit current factor (BS Class X) standard definition by following formula:
(example: CT cl. 5P20 Kssc = 20)
(Rb + Rct) · In · Kssc
K’ssc = Effective symmetrical short-circuit current factor Uk = ―――――――――
1.3
Ktd = Transient dimensioning factor
Example:
Issc max = Maximum symmetrical short-circuit current IEC 60044: 600 / 1, 5P10, 15 VA, Rct = 4 Ω
Ipn = CT rated primary current
(15 + 4) · 1 · 10
Isn = CT rated secondary current IEC PX or BS: UK = ―――――――― = 146 V
1.3
Rct = Secondary winding d.c. resistance at 75 °C / 167 °F Rct = 4 Ω
(or other specified temperature)
For CT design according to ANSI / IEEE C 57.13 please refer to page 2/50.
Rb = Rated resistive burden
R’b = Rlead + Rrelay = connected resistive burden The CT requirements mentioned in table 2/2 are simplified
in order to allow fast CT calculations on the safe side. More
TP = Primary time constant (net time constant)
accurate dimensioning can be done by more intensive calculation
UK = Kneepoint voltage (r.m.s.) with Siemens’s CTDIM (www.siemens.com / ctdim) program.
Rrelay = Relay burden Results of CTDIM are released by the relay manufacturer.
2·ρ·l
Rlead = ―――― Adaption factor for 7UT6, 7UM62 relays in Fig. 2/92
A
(limited resolution of measurement)
with
l = Single conductor length from CT to relay in m Ipn INrelay Ipn · √3 · UnO INrelay
FAdap = ―― · ――― = ――――――― · ――― Request: ⅛ ≤ 8
ρ = Specific resistance = 0.0175 Ωmm2 / m (copper wires) InO Isn SNmax Isn
at 20 °C / 68 °F (or other specified temperature)
A = Conductor cross-section in mm2 7SD52, 53, 610, when transformer inside protected zone
In general, an accuracy of 1 % in the range of 1 to 2 times In-pri-CTmax 1

―――― · ―――――― ≤ 8
nominal current (class 5 P) is specified. The rated symmetri- In-pri-CTmin Transformer Ratio*
cal short-circuit current factor KSSC should normally be * If transformer in protection zone, else 1
selected so that at least the maximum short-circuit current
can be transmitted without saturation (DC component is not In-pri-CT-Transf-Site ≤ 2 · In-Obj-Transf-Site AND
considered). In-pri-CT-Transf-Site ≥ In-Obj-Transf-Site with
This results, as a rule, in rated symmetrical short-circuit InO = Rated current of the protected object
current factors of 10 or 20 depending on the rated burden of UnO = Rated voltage of the protected object
the CT in relation to the connected burden. A typical INrelay = Rated current of the relay
specification for protection cores for distribution feeders is SNmax = Maximun load of the protected object
5P10, 10 VA or 5P20, 5 VA. (for transformers: winding with max. load)
2 Overview
Relay type Transient dimensioning Min. required sym. short- Min. required knee-point
factor Ktd circuit current factor K’ssc voltage Uk
Overcurrent-time IHigh set point

and motor protection IHigh set point Uk ≥ ――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
K’ssc ≥ ――――― 1.3 · Ipn
7SJ511, 512, 531 Ipn
–
7SJ45, 46, 60
20
2 7SJ61, 62, 63, 64
7SJ80, 7SK80
at least: 20 at least: ―― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
1.3
Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault)

K’ssc ≥ ――――――― Uk ≥ ――――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
Line differential protection Ipn 1.3 · Ipn
(pilot wire) – and: and:
7SD600 3 (K’ssc · Ipn)end1 4 3 (Uk / (Rct + R’b) · Ipn / Isn)end1 4
― ≤ ――――――― ≤ ― ― ≤ ――――――――――――― ≤ ―
4 (K’ssc · Ipn)end2 3 4 (Uk / (Rct + R’b) · Ipn / Isn)end2 3
Line differential protection Busbar / Gen. / K’ssc ≥ UK ≥

(without distance function) Transformer Line Motor Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault)
7SD52x, 53x, 610 (50 / 60 Hz) 1.2 1.2 1.2 Ktd · ――――――― Ktd · ――――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
Ipn 1.3 · Ipn
Tranformer / generator Busbar / Gen. / and (only for 7SS): and (only for 7SS):
differential protection Transformer Line Motor
7UT612, 7UT612 V4.0 4 4 5 Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault)
――――――― ≤ 100 ――――――― ≤ 100
7UT613, 633, 635, 7UT612 V4.6 3 3 5 Ipn Ipn
7UM62 4 – 5 (measuring range) (measuring range)
Busbar protection for stabilizing factors k ≥ 0.5

7SS52, 7SS60 0.5
Distance protection primary DC time constant Tp [ms] K’ssc ≥ UK ≥
7SA522, 7SA6, 7SD5xx ≤ 30 ≤ 50 ≤ 100 ≤ 200 Iscc max (close – in fault) Iscc max (close – in fault)
Ktd (a) · ――――――――― Ktd (a)· ――――――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
(with distance function) Ktd (a) 1 2 4 4 Ipn 1.3 · Ipn
Ktd (b) 4 5 5 5 and: and:
Iscc max (zone 1 – end fault) Iscc max (zone 1 – end fault)
Ktd (b) · ―――――――――― Ktd (b) · ―――――――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
Ipn Ipn
Table 2/2 CT requirements
132 kV, 50 Hz
-T (G S2) -G1 -T (T LV1)) -T1

6,000/1 A 120 MVA 6,000/1 A 240/120/120 MVA
5P20 13.8 kV, 5P20 132/13.8/13.8 kV -T (T HV) -T (L end 1) -T (L end 2)
20 VA 50 Hz 20 VA 50 Hz 1,200/5 A 1,000/5 A 1,500/1 A
Rct = 18 x“d = 0.16 Rct = 18 uk 1-2 = 14 % 5P20 BS cl.X
50 VA Uk = 200 V
G 2 Rct = 0.96 Rct = 0.8
3~ 1) 1
3
7.5 kA
35.8 kA 34.5 kA 1 = HV
2 = LV1 17 kA
I = 60 m I = 40 m 3 = LV2 l = 100 m l = 60 m (given)
A = 4 mm2 A = 4 mm2 A = 4 mm2 A = 4 mm2
-G2
7UM62 7UT633 7SD52*) 7SD52
*) without
CB arrangement inside power station is not shown distance function
x“d = Generator direct axis subtransient reactance in p.u.
uk 1-2 = Transformer impedance voltage HV side – LV side in %
Rrelay = Assumed with 0.1 , (power consumption for above relays is below 0.1 VA)
1) Current from side 3 is due to uk 2-3 and x“d of G2 in most cases negligible
Fig. 2/93 Example 1 – CT verification for 7UM62, 7UT6, 7SD52 (7SD53, 7SD610)

2 Overview
-T (G S2), 7UM62 -T (T LV1), 7UT633 -T (T HV), 7UT633 -T (L end 1), 7SD52
c · SNG SNT SNT

Iscc max (ext. fault) = ―――――― Iscc max (ext. fault) = ―――――― Iscc max (ext. fault) = ―――――― Iscc max (ext. fault) = 17 kA (given)
√3 · UNG x“d √3 · UNT uk“ √3 · UNT uk“
1.1 · 120,000 kVA 120,000 kVA 240,000 kVA

= ――――――――― = 34,516 A = ――――――――― = 35,860 A = ――――――――― = 7,498 A
√3 · 13.8 kV · 0.16 √3 · 13.8 kV · 0.14 √3 · 132 kV · 0.14
2
Ktd = 5 (from table 2/2) Ktd = 3 (from table 2/2) Ktd = 3 (from table 2/2) Ktd = 1.2 (from table 2/2)
Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault) Iscc max (ext. fault)
K’ssc ≥ Ktd · ――――――― K’ssc ≥ Ktd · ――――――― K’ssc ≥ Ktd · ―――――――
Ipn Ipn Ipn
31,378 A 35,860 A 7,498 A

= 5 · ――――― = 28.8 = 3 · ――――― = 17.9 = 3 · ――――― = 18,7
6,000 A 6,000 A 1,200 A
Sn 20 VA Sn 20 VA Sn 50 VA
Rb = ―― = ――― = 20 Ω Rb = ―― = ――― = 20 Ω Rb = ―― = ――― = 2 Ω
I2sn 1 A2 I2sn 1 A2 I2sn (5 A)2
R’b = Rlead + Rrelay R’b = Rlead + Rrelay R’b = Rlead + Rrelay R’b = Rlead + Rrelay
2·p·l 2·p·l 2·p·l 2·p·l

Rb = ―――― + 0.1 Ω Rb = ―――― + 0.1 Ω Rb = ―――― + 0.1 Ω Rb = ―――― + 0.1 Ω
A A A A
Ω mm2 Ω mm2 Ω mm2 Ω mm2

2 · 0.0175 ――― · 60 m 2 · 0.0175 ――― · 640 m 2 · 0.0175 ――― · 100 m 2 · 0.0175 ――― · 60 m
m m m m
= ―――――――――――― = ―――――――――――― = ―――――――――――― = ――――――――――――
4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2 4 mm2
+ 0.1 Ω + 0.1 Ω + 0.1 Ω + 0.1 Ω

= 0.625 Ω = 0.450 Ω = 0.975 Ω = 0.625 Ω
Iscc max (ext. fault)

Rct + Rb Rct + Rb Rct + Rb UK ≥ Ktd · ――――――― · (Rct + R’b) · Isn
K’ssc = Kssc · ―――― K’ssc = Kssc · ―――― K’ssc = Kssc · ―――― 1.3 · Ipn
Rct + R’b Rct + R’b Rct + R’b
17,000 A
18 Ω + 20 Ω 18 Ω + 20 Ω 0.96 Ω + 2 Ω = 1.2 · ――――― · (0.8 Ω + 0.625 Ω) ·5 A
= 20 · ――――――― = 40.8 = 20 · ――――――― = 41.2 = 20 · ――――――――― = 30.6 1.3 · 1,000 A
18 Ω + 0.625 Ω 18 Ω + 0.450 Ω 0.96 Ω + 0.975 Ω
= 111.8 V
K’ssc required = 28.8, K’ssc required = 17.9, K’ssc required = 18.7, UK required = 111.8 V,
Kssc effective = 40.8 Kssc effective = 41.2 Kssc effective = 30.6 UK effective = 200 V
28.8 < 40.8 17.9 < 41.2 18.7 < 30.6 111.8 V < 200 V
CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok CT dimensioning is ok
Ipn · √3 · UnO INrelay Ipn · √3 · UnO INrelay Ipn · √3 · UnO INrelay Ipn max
FAdap = ―――――― · ――― FAdap = ―――――― · ――― FAdap = ―――――― · ――― ――― ≤ 8
SNmax Isn SNmax Isn SNmax Isn Ipn min
6,000 A · √3 · 13.8 kV 1A 6,000 A · √3 · 13.8 kV 1A 1,200 A · √3 · 132 kV 5A 1,500 A

= ――――――――――― · ―― = ――――――――――― · ―― = ――――――――――― · ―― ―――― = 1.5 ≤ 8 ok!
120,000 kVA 1A 240,000 kVA 1A 240,000 kVA 5A 1,000 A
= 1.195 = 0.598 = 1.143

1 / 8 ≤ 1.195 ≤ 8 ok! 1 / 8 ≤ 0.598 ≤ 8 ok! 1 / 8 ≤ 1.143 ≤ 8 ok!
Table 2/3 Example 1 (continued) – verfication of the numerical differential protection
Attention (only for 7UT6 V4.0): When low-impedance REF is tected zone): Maximum ratio between primary currents of
used, the request for the REF side (3-phase) is: CTs at the end of the protected line:
1/ ≤ FAdap ≤ 4, (for the neutral CT: 1 / 8 ≤ FAdap ≤ 8) Ipn max
4 ――― ≤ 8
Ipn min
Further condition for 7SD52x, 53x, 610 relays (when used as
line differential protection without transformer inside pro-

2 Overview
Given case:
Analog static relays in general have burdens below about 1 VA.
Mechanical relays, however, have a much higher burden, up to

the order of 10 VA. This has to be considered when older relays
l = 50 m are connected to the same CT circuit.
2 A = 6 mm2
In any case, the relevant relay manuals should always be
7SS52 consulted for the actual burden values.
600/1 Burden of the connection leads

scc.max. = 30 kA
5 P 10,
15 VA,
The resistance of the current loop from the CT to the relay has
Rct = 4 to be considered:
2·ρ·l
Rlead = ――――
A
Fig. 2/94 Example 2
l = Single conductor length from the CT to the relay in m
Specific resistance:
Iscc max 30,000 A Ω · mm2
――― = ―――― = 50 ρ = 0.0175 ―――― (copper wires) at 20 °C / 68 °F
Ipn 600 A m
A = Conductor cross-section in mm2

According to table 6.2-2, page 287 Ktd = 1 / 2
1
K’ssc ≥ ― · 50 = 25
2 CT design according to ANSI / IEEE C 57.13
15 VA Class C of this standard defines the CT by ist secondary

Rb = ――― = 15 Ω
1 A2 terminal voltage at 20 times rated current, for which the ratio
error shall not exceed 10 %. Standard classes are C100, C200,
Rrelay = 0.1 Ω C400 and C800 for 5 A rated secondary current.
2 · 0.0175 · 50 This terminal voltage can be approximately calculated from the

Rlead = ――――――― = 0.3 Ω
6 IEC data as follows:
R’b = Rlead + Rrelay = 0.3 Ω + 0.1 Ω = 0.4 Ω

ANSI CT definition
Rct + Rb 4 Ω + 15 Ω Kssc
K’ssc = ―――― · Kssc = ――――― · 10 = 43.2 Us.t.max = 20 · 5 A · Rb · ――
Rct + R’b 4 Ω + 0.4 Ω 20
with
Pb
Rb = ―― and INsn = 5 A, the result is
Result: Isn2
The effective K’ssc is 43.2, the required K’ssc is 25. Therefore Pb · Kssc
the stability criterion is fulfilled. Us.t.max = ――――
5A
Example:
Relay burden IEC 600 / 5, 5P20, 25 VA,
The CT burdens of the numerical relays of Siemens are below 60044
0.1 VA and can therefore be neglected for a practical estima-
ANSI (25 VA · 20)
tion. Exceptions are the busbar protection 7SS60 and the C57.13: Us.t.max = ―――――― = 100 V, acc. to class C100
pilot-wire relays 7SD600. 5A
Intermediate CTs are normally no longer necessary, because

the ratio adaptation for busbar protection 7SS52 and trans-
former protection is numerically performed in the relay.

Operating Programs Page
DIGSI 4 An Operating Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays 3/3

SIGRA 4 Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records 3/9
3
3

3 Operating Program / DIGSI 4
DIGSI 4,
An Operating Software for all SIPROTEC Protection Relays
Description
The PC operating program DIGSI 4 is the user interface to the are configured and evaluated – it is the tailored program for indus-
SIPROTEC devices, regardless of their version. It is designed with a trial and energy distribution systems.
modern, intuitive user interface. With DIGSI 4, SIPROTEC devices
SIPV6_106.tif
Fig. 3/1 DIGSI 4 operating program

Functions
Simple protection setting

From the numerous protection functions
it is possible to easily select only those which
are really required (see Fig. 3/2). This in-
creases the clearness of the other menus.
Device setting with primary or secondary
values
The settings can be entered and displayed as
3 primary or secondary values. Switching over
LSP3.01-0017en.eps
between primary and secondary values is
done with one mouse click in the tool bar
(see Fig. 3/2).
Assignment matrix
Fig. 3/2 DIGSI 4, main menu, selection of protection functions
The DIGSI 4 matrix shows the user the
complete configuration of the device at a
glance (Fig. 3/3). For example, the assign-
ment of the LEDs, the binary inputs and
the output relays are displayed in one
image. With one click, the assignment
can be changed.
LSP3.01-0018en.ep
IEC 61850 system configurator
The IEC 61850 system configurator, which
is started out of the system manager, is used
to determine the IEC 61850 network struc- Fig. 3/3 DIGSI 4, assignment matrix
ture as well as the extent of data exchange
between the participants of an IEC 61850
station. To do this, subnets are added in
the “network” working area – if required -,
available participants are assigned to the
subnets, and addressing is defined. The
“assignment” working area is used to link
data objects between the participants, e.g.,
the starting message of the V/inverse-time
overcurrent protection I> -function of
feeder 1, which is transferred to the incom-
ing supply in order to prompt the reverse
interlocking of the V/inverse-time
overcurrent protection I>> function there
(see Fig. 3/4).
LSP3.01-0019en.eps
Fig. 3/4 DIGSI 4, IEC 61850 system configurator

Functions
CFC: Projecting the logic instead

of programming
With the CFC (continuous function chart),
it is possible to link and derive information
without software knowledge by simply
drawing technical processes, interlocks and
operating sequences.
Logical elements such as AND, OR, timers,
etc., as well as limit value requests of mea- 3
sured values are available (Fig. 3/5).
Commissioning
LSP2324-afpen.tif
Special attention has been paid to commis-
sioning. All binary inputs and outputs can
be set and read out in targeted way. Thus, a
very simple wiring test is possible. Messages
can be sent to the serial interface deliber- Fig. 3/5 CFC plan
ately for test purposes.
LSP2330.tif
Fig. 3/6 Typical time-signal representation

Selection and ordering data Variants Order No.
DIGSI 4
Software for projecting and usage of all Siemens protection devices is running under MS Windows XP Prof. /
MS Windows Server 2003, MS Windows 7 Professional and Ultimate/Enterprise.
See product information for supported Service packs of operating systems.
Incl. device templates, online manual and DIGSI cable: for all device types.
Start Up manual (paper)
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline)
Operator language: German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish are included.
Delivery on DVD-ROM
3
Basic
Basic version with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
Basic version and additionally SIGRA (Fault record analysis), CFC Editor (Logic editor),
Display Editor (Editor for control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (Remote operation)
with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5402-0AA00
DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850

Professional version and IEC 61850
System Configurator with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5403-0AA00
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Basis to DIGSI 4 Professional 7XS5407-0AA00
Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Basis to DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC61850 7XS5408-0AA00
SIPROTEC 4 Tutorial
Multimedia information and training for:
SIPROTEC 4, DIGSI 4, SIGRA 4 and IEC 61850
Incl. trial software, manuals and catalogs E50001-U310-D21-X-7100
DIGSI 4 Basic + RecProtec

DIGSI 4 Basic and additionally RecProtec
(cyclic retrieval and archiving of fault records from SIPROTEC 4 devices)
with license for 10 computers (DIGSI 4) and for 1 computer (RecProtec).
Authorisation for DIGSI 4 by serial number, for RecProtec by floppydisk. 7XS5400-0AA01
DIGSI 4 Professional + RecProtec

DIGSI 4 Professional and additionally RecProtec
(cyclic retrieval and archiving of fault records, from SIPROTEC 4 devices)
with license for 10 computers (DIGSI 4) and for 1 computer (RecProtec).
Authorisation for DIGSI 4 by serial number, for RecProtec by floppydisk. 7XS5402-0AA01
DIGSI 4 Trial
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850,
but only valid for 30 days (test version)
(no authorisation required) 7XS5401-1AA00

DIGSI 4 Scientific
like DIGSI 4 Professional + IEC 61850, only for university-level institutions
with license for 10 PCs (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5402-2AA00
DIGSI 4 DVD Update

Latest version of DIGSI 4
DVD includes DIGSI 4 and
IEC 61850 System Configurator and SIGRA
Incl. the latest Service packs.
Current content of DIGSI 4 Update 3
DVD can be found at www.siemens.com/siprotec 7XS5490-0AA00
IEC 61850 System Configurator

Software for configuration of substations via IEC 61850-communication
is running under MS Windows XP Prof./MS Windows Vista Home Premium,
Business and Ultimate/MS Windows Server 2003.
See product information for supported
Service packs of operating systems
Incl. electronic help
Incl. service (update, hotline)
Operator language:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish are included.
IEC 61850 System Configurator for DIGSI 4 Professional

Upgrade from DIGSI 4 Prof. to DIGSI 4 Prof. + IEC 61850
version with license for 10 computers (authorisation by serial number)
For ordering the specification of a DIGSI 4 license number is required. 7XS5460-0AA00
IEC 61850 System Configurator for Reyrolle devices

for System Configuration if no DIGSI 4
Prof. + IEC 61850 license is available
Requires installed Reydisp Manager
version with license for 10 computers
(authorization by serial number)
Delivery on DVD-ROM 7XS5461-0AA00
GOOSE Inspector for IEC 61850 Ethernet station bus with license for 1 PC
PC-tool for online-monitoring of IEC 61850 GOOSE-telegrams
Checking of all GOOSE connections on the station bus and validation with
the configured connections in the system configurator (SCD)
Contains installation CD with USB-dongle
Recommended system requirements:
Windows XP, 32 Bit, SP2 or SP3
Duo CPU at least 1.6 GHz; RAM 2 GB
Network interface (Ethernet LAN, TCP/IP)
Supported languages: English, German 7XS5900-0AA00


3 Operating Program / SIGRA 4
SIGRA 4
Powerful Analysis of all Protection Fault Records
Function overview
• 6 types of diagrams: time signal

representation (usual), circle diagram
(e.g. for R/X), vector diagram (reading
of angles), bar charts (e.g. for visualiza-
tion of harmonics), table (lists values of
several signals at the same instant) and
fault locator (shows the location of a
fault)
3
• Calculate additional values such as
SIPV6_105.tif
positive impedances, r.m.s. values,
symmetric components, vectors, etc.
• Two measurement cursors,
Fig. 3/7
synchronized in each view
• Powerful zoom function
• User-friendly configuration via
drag & drop
• Innovative signal configuration in a
clearly-structured matrix
A precise determination of the fault location • Time-saving user profiles, which can be
Description
will save time that can be used for the assigned to individual relay types or se-
lt is of crucial importance after a line fault on-site inspection of the fault. This aspect is ries
that the fault is quickly and fully analyzed so also supported by SIGRA 4 – with its • Addition of other fault records to the
that the proper measures can be immedi- "offline fault localization" feature. existing fault record
ately derived from the evaluation of the SIGRA 4 can be used for all fault records • Synchronization of several fault records
cause. As a result, the original line condition using the COMTRADE file format.
can be quickly restored and the downtime to a common time basis
reduced to an absolute minimum. lt is pos- The functional features and advantages of • Easy documentation by copying
sible with SIGRA 4 to display records from SIGRA 4 can, however, only be optimally diagrams to documents of other
digital protection units and fault recorders shown on the product itself. For this rea- MS Windows programs
in various views and measure them, as re- son, it is possible to test SIGRA 4 for 30 days
quired, depending on the relevant task. with the trial version. • Offline fault localization
Hardware requirements
In addition to the usual time-signal display
of the measured variables record, it is also • Pentium 4 with 1-GHz processor or
designed to display vector diagrams, circle similar
diagrams, bar charts for indicating the har- • 1 GB of RAM (2 GB recommended)
monics and data tables. From the measured
values which have been recorded in the fault • Graphic display with a resolution
records, SIGRA 4 calculates further values, of 1024 x 768 (1280 x 1024 recom-
such as: absent quantities in the three-wire mended)
system, impedances, outputs, symmetrical • 50 MB free storage space on the
components, etc. By means of two measur- hard disk
ing cursors, it is possible to evaluate the
fault trace simply and conveniently. With • DVD-ROM drive
SIGRA, however, you can add additional • Keyboard and mouse
fault records. The signals of another fault re- Software requirements
cord (e.g. from the opposite end of the line)
are added to the current signal pattern by • MS Windows XP Professional
means of Drag & Drop. SIGRA 4 offers the • MS Windows Vista Home Premium,
possibility to display signals from various Business and Ultimate
fault records in one diagram and fully auto-
matically synchronize these signals to a • MS Windows Server 2003 Standard
common time base. In addition to finding Edition with Service Pack 2
out the details of the line fault, the localiza- used as a Workstation computer
tion of the fault is of special interest. • MS Windows 7 Professional and
Enterprise Ultimate
Functions
Different views of a fault record

In addition to the standard time signal re-
presentation, SIGRA 4 also supports the dis-
play of circle diagrams (e.g. R/X diagrams),
vectors, which enable reading of angles, and
bar charts (e.g. for visualization of harmon-
ics). To do this, SIGRA uses the values re-
corded in the fault record to calculate
3 additional values such as positive imped-
ances, r.m.s. values, symmetric components,
vectors, etc.
Measurement of a fault record

Two measurement cursors enable fast and
convenient measurement of the fault re-
cord. The measured values of the cursor po-
sitions and their differences are presented in
tables. The cursors operate interactively and
SIGRA_4_51_TimeSignals.tif
across all views, whereby all cursor move-
ment is synchronized in each view: In this
manner, the cursor line enables simulta-
neous “intersection” of a fault occurrence in
both a time signal characteristic and circle
diagram characteristic. And of course a Fig. 3/8 Typical time signal representation
powerful zoom function ensures that you
do not lose track of even the tiniest detail.
The views of SIGRA 4 can accommodate
any number of diagrams and in each dia-
gram any number of signals.
Operational features
The main aim of the developers of SIGRA 4,
who were assisted by ergonomic and design
experts, was to produce a system that was
simple, intuitive and user-friendly:
SIGRA_4_51_VectorDiagram.tif
• The colours of all the lines have been de-

fined so that they are clear and easily dis-
tinguishable. However, the colour, as well
as the line style, the scale and other surface
features, can be adjusted to suit individual
requirements.
• Pop-up menus for each situation offer Fig. 3/9 Vector diagrams
customized functionality – thus eliminat-
ing the need to browse through numerous
menu levels (total operational efficiency).
SIGRA_4_51_CircleDiagram.tif
Fig. 3/10 Circle diagram

Functions
• Configuration of the individual diagrams

is simple and intuitive: object-oriented,
measured variables can be simply
dragged and dropped from one diagram
to another (also diagrams of different
types).
• “Snap-to-grid” and “snap-to-object”
movement of the cursor lines for easy and
accurate placement.
• Redundancy: Most user tasks can be 3
achieved via up to five different opera-
tional methods, thus ensuring quick and
easy familiarization with the analysis
software.
• Utilization of the available screen space is
automatically optimized by an intelligent
function that, like the “synchronous
mouse cursors”, has since been patented.
User friendly tools support you in your
daily work:
• Storage of user defined views (e.g zoom,
size), in so-called user profiles and to as-
sign them to individual relay types or se-
ries. Then simply select from the toolbar
and you can display each fault record
quickly and easily as required. No need to
waste time scrolling, zooming or resizing
LSP2333-afpen.tif
and moving windows.
• Additional fault records, e.g. from the
other end of a line, can be added to exist-
ing records. Fig. 3/11 Concise matrix for assigning signals to diagrams
• A special function allows several fault re-
cords to be synchronized on a mutual
time basis, thus considerably improving
the quality of fault analysis.
• Fault localization with data from one line
end the fault record data (current and
voltage measurement) values are
imported from the numerical protection
unit into SIGRA 4. The fault localisator in
SIGRA 4 is then started by the user and
the result represented in % or in km of the
LSP2334-afpen.tif
line length, depending on the parameters

assigned.
• Fault localization with data from both line
ends. The algorithm of the implemented Fig. 3/12 Table with values at a definite time
fault location does not need a zero-phase
sequence system. Thus, measuring errors location is then started. Consequently, document of another MS Windows pro-
due to earth impedance or interference fault localization is independent from the gram via the “clipboard”: documenting
with the zero current of the parallel line zero-phase sequence system and the line fault records really could not be easier.
are ruled out. Errors with contact resis- infeed conditions and produces precise
tance on lines with infeed from both ends results to allow as fast an inspection of the Scope of delivery
are also correctly recorded. fault location as possible.
The software product is quick and easy to
The above influences are eliminated due
to the import of fault record data from
• So-called marks, which users can insert at install from a CD-ROM. It has a compre-
various instants as required, enable suit- hensive “help” system. An user-friendly and
both line ends into SIGRA. For this pur- practical manual offers easy step-by-step
able commentary of the fault record. Each
pose, the imported data are synchronized instructions on how to use SIGRA.
individual diagram can be copied to a
in SIGRA and the calculation of the fault

SIGRA 4
Software for graphic visualisation, analysis and evaluation of fault and measurement records is
running under MS Windows XP Prof./MS Windows Vista Home Premium, Business and
Ultimate/MS Windows Server 2003, MS Windows 7 Professional and Ultimate/Enterprise.
See product information for supported Service packs of operating systems.
Incl. templates, online manual
Incl. service (upgrade, update, hotline)
Operator language:
German, English, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Turkish are included.
3 Incl. multimedia tutorial on separate CD.
Delivery on DVD-ROM
SIGRA 4 for DIGSI

with license for 10 PCs (authorisation by serial number)
For ordering the specification of a DIGSI 4 serial number is required. 7XS5410-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Stand Alone

with license for 10 PCs. Installation without DIGSI 4
(authorisation by serial number) 7XS5416-0AA00
SIGRA 4 Scientific
Installation without DIGSI 4 only for university-level institutions
with license for 10 PCs (authorisation by serial number) 7XS5416-1AA00
SIGRA 4 Trial
like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone, but only valid for 30 days (test version)
(no authorisation required) 7XS5411-1AA00
Upgrade SIGRA 4 Trial to SIGRA 4 Stand Alone

like SIGRA 4 Stand Alone.
For customers who want to unlock their trail version.
With license for 10 PC 7XS5416-2AA00

Communication Page
Description 4/3
Function overview 4/3
Typical applications 4/5
Integration into substation control systems 4/7
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system 4/9
Integration into the substation automation system 4/10
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system 4/11 4
Solution without substation control system 4/12
4

4 Communication
Communication
Function overview
Description
• Remote communication
with DIGSI
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 4 units
• Remote communication with
SIPROTEC 3 units and
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
Typical applications
• SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus 4
• SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485
• Mixed system SIPROTEC 4,
SIPROTEC 3 units,
SIPROTEC ‘600 units
• Configuration with active star-coupler
Integration into substation control systems
Fig. 4/1 Integration into the SICAM power

automation system
Integration into other systems
Description
Communication interfaces on protection

relays are becoming increasingly important
for the efficient and economical operation
of substations and networks. The interfaces
can be used for:
• Accessing the protection relays from a PC

using the DIGSI operating program. Re-
mote access via modem, Ethernet modem
is possible with a serial service port at the
relay. This allows remote access to all data
of the protection relay.
• Integrating the relays into control systems
with IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
PROFIBUS-FMS protocol,
PROFIBUS-DP protocol, DNP 3.0 proto-
col and MODBUS protocol.
The standardized IEC 61850 protocol is
available since Oct. 2004 and with its
SIPROTEC units Siemens has provided
this standard as the first manufacturer
worldwide.
• Peer-to-peer communication of differen-
tial relays and distance relays to exchange
real-time protection data via fiber-optic
cables, communication network, tele-
phone networks or analog pilot wires.

4 Communication
Description
Remote communication with DIGSI

By using the remote communication func-
tions of DIGSI it is possible to access relays
from your office via the telephone net-
work. So you do not have to drive to the
substation at all and, if you need to carry
out a quick fault analysis, for example, you
can transfer the fault data into your office
in just a few minutes so that you can use
DIGSI to evaluate it.
Another alternative is the ability to access
all the units of a substation from a central
4 point within that station. This saves you
having to connect your PC individually to
all the relays in the station.
In both cases you need a few simple com-
munication units and a PC with DIGSI and
a remote communication component
installed. The data traffic with DIGSI uses a
secure protocol based on the IEC stand-
ard similar to IEC 60870-5-103 so that, Fig. 4/2 Remote relay communication
amongst other things, the relays have
unique addresses for accessing purposes.
A high level of data integrity is achieved
With SIPROTEC 4 units you can also use In the case of SIPROTEC 3 units, commu-
through the check sum incorporated in the
PROFIBUS-FMS to provide a central link nication is normally effected via the system
telegram. Any telegrams that might be-
with DIGSI via the control system inter- interface at the back of the unit. If this in-
come distorted during transmission are
face. For this you will need a PC with a terface is already being used for communi-
repeated. A comparison of parameters be-
special PROFIBUS card that must be con- cation with the substation control system,
tween relay and PC to ensure that they
nected to the PROFIBUS system. This so- the front interface can be used for the
match also improves the integrity. There
lution is intended exclusively for DIGSI communication instead. A suitable
are other security functions too such as
SIPROTEC 4 units with PROFIBUS-FMS. connector module is available to convert
passwords and a substation modem call-
from electrical to optical interface.
back function which can also be triggered
Since Oct. 2004, a relay can be accessed re-
from events. Series ‘600 relays normally have one RS485
motely with DIGSI via an Ethernet inter-
face in the relay and with the IEC 61850 interface which can be used for communi-
Remote communication with SIPROTEC 4 cation either with the substation control
protocol. This allows access to the relays
units system or with DIGSI.
via an Ethernet network. Some relays in-
SIPROTEC 4 units are well equipped for clude a Web server, so an Internet browser SIPROTEC series ‘80 relays offer the same
remote communication. A separate serial can also be used for remote access via features regarding communication possi-
service interface for the protection Ethernet. bilities as SIPROTEC 4 devices.
engineer, independent of the system inter-
face, allows the units to be easily integrated Remote communication with SIPROTEC 3
into any communication configuration. and series ‘600 relays
The front interface then remains free for
These relays are ideal for applications in-
local operation. Together with a flexibility
volving remote communication. When
in the choice of interface, i.e. optical with
configuring the actual communication sys-
an ST connector for multi-mode FO cables
tem, however, it is important to take into
or electrical for RS232 or RS485 hard-
account the smaller number of relay inter-
wired connections, it is easy to create the
faces compared with SIPROTEC 4 units.
optimum solution for any particular appli-
cation.

4 Communication
An extensive range of communication

components, such as modems, star cou-
plers, optoelectric converters, prefabricated
FO connection cables and electric connec-
tion cables (see part 12 of this catalog) al-
lows you to create a variety of different
solutions: FO connections immune to
interference or cost-effective solutions
using the two-wire RS485 electric bus.
The following examples give some indica-
tion of what configurations are possible,
which items are needed for the purpose
and what baud rates are possible. 4
Example 1: SIPROTEC 4 units
on an RS485 bus
Remote communication is effected via a
private or public telephone network with
both analog or digital telephone lines
being possible. An Ethernet network can
also be used together with Ethernet mo-
Fig. 4/3 SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 1)
dems. The 8N1 data format and an analog
baud rate of 57.6/64 kbit/s have become es-
tablished as the standard for serial modem
links. The connection between modem and
units is initially optical. An FO/RS485 con-
verter 7XV5650 that can be installed close
to the units then converts the signals for
the RS485 bus. Up to 31 relays can be con-
nected to the RS485 bus. Particularly in the
case of modems, we recommend the use of
the types of units listed in part 12. Other
accessories can be found in the same part
(see Fig. 4/3).
Example 2: SIPROTEC 4 units with FO/RS485

In the case of larger substations with longer
distances we recommend the use of FO
connection cables. The following example
shows a mixed system of optical and elec-
trical connections. Typically, all relays in a
cubicle can be linked together via RS485
and the cubicles themselves can be con-
nected to the star coupler via FO cables
(see Fig. 4/4).
Fig. 4/4 Two groups of SIPROTEC 4 units on an RS485 bus (Example 2)

4 Communication
Example 3: Mixed system – SIPROTEC 4,

SIPROTEC 3, series ‘600
Relays from different families can be inte-
grated into a remote communication sys-
tem, as illustrated in Example 3 (see
Fig. 4/5). This example also shows how
relays can be integrated by means of FO
links and star couplers. With this kind of
arrangement the baud rate for all links
must be set at 19.2 kbaud because the
SIPROTEC 3 units and the series ‘600
relays cannot support a higher baud rate.
4 In this case we recommend to use the
7XV5550 active mini star-coupler (see
Fig. 4/6).
Communication will then generally be at
57.6/64 kbit/s on the modem link. For any
units that cannot operate at this baud rate
the active star-coupler will convert the rate
accordingly.
Example 4: Configuration with active star-

coupler Fig. 4/5 Mixed system, FO/RS485 with units from different families (Example 3)
With this configuration it is also possible
to integrate relays that can only be
connected via the front interface and The solutions for central and/or remote
whose maximum baud rates are less communication with SIPROTEC units
than 19.2 kbaud (see Fig. 4/6). have easy upgrade compatibility. Different
versions of relays can be integrated into a
The following points must be noted with
remote communication concept. This is
this type of configuration:
supported by the substation and device
• One output of the active mini star- management in the DIGSI software. A
coupler is used to service several substation can be retrofitted with add-on
SIPROTEC 4 units through further star remote communication components
couplers or RS485 converters. On that provided it has the communication con-
output, a mixed system containing nection available. And changing of the tele-
SIPROTEC 3 and series ‘600 relays should phone line from, say, analog to digital does
be avoided so that 57600 baud operation not necessitate the replacement of all com-
is possible for SIPROTEC 4 relays. ponents. Also, Ethernet networks can be
• Several SIPROTEC 3 units and series ‘600 used. The telephone modem is then re-
relays can also be connected to another placed by an Ethernet modem. The infra-
output of the active mini star-coupler (via structure in the substation remains
mini star-couplers or RS485 converters). unchanged.
The baud rate for this output must be set
less or equal to 19200 baud.
• Relays that are not available with commu-
nication functions according to
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (e.g. 7VE51,
7VK51, 7SV51 and older firmware ver-
sions of some relays) can also be con-
nected via the active star-coupler as
illustrated in Fig. 4/6. In this case one out-
put must be assigned to each relay. The
baud rate must be set according to the
unit.

4 Communication
Fig. 4/6 Mixed system with relays from different families, with active star-coupler (Example 4)

Almost all SIPROTEC units can be inte- Relay type Substation control telegram
grated into substation control systems via
IEC 61850 IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-DP MODBUS DNP 3.0
communication interfaces.
6MD61 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
The relays can be supplied as part of an in-
tegrated Siemens system offering all substa- 6MD63 V4.6 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 V4.2
tion control and protection. In addition, 6MD663/4 V4.6 V4.2 V4.2
the relays can also be integrated into other 7SA522 V4.6 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2
control systems via standard protocols. An
integrated system offers type-tested func- 7SA6.. V4.6 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2
tions, consistent configuration and opti- 7SD52. V4.6 V4.0 V4.21 V4.21
mally coordinated communication 7SD61 V4.6 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2
protocols. SICAM PAS and SICAM 1703
7SJ600 V1.0
are two proven systems available from
Siemens. These systems, also offer Ethernet 7SJ602 V1.0 / V3.5 V3.5 V3.5
communication with IEC 61850. 7SJ61/62/63 V4.6 V4.0 V4.2 V4.2 V4.2
For situations where you would like to 7SJ64 V4.6 V4.0 V4.4 V4.4 V4.4
integrate SIPROTEC units into other 7S*80 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
control systems we can offer open com-
munication interfaces. In addition to the 7UM61 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1 V4.1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol that is available 7UM62 V4.6 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.1
in almost all relays we can also offer other 7UT6. V4.61)
V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
communication protocols for SIPROTEC 4
units like PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS or 7VE6 V4.6 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
DNP 3.0. IEC 61850 is available 7VK61 V4.6 V4.0 V4.0 V4.0
since Oct. 2004.
1) Not 7UT612

4 Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations overseas use
The table on page 4/7 shows which com- IEC 60870-5-103 protocol the serial DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
munication protocols are available in the Protocol) for the station and network con-
The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
various SIPROTEC relays starting with the trol levels, SIPROTEC units behave as
national standard for the transmission of
firmware version. The latest version can be DNP slaves, supplying their information to
protective data and fault recordings. All
found on the Internet at a master system or receiving information
messages from the unit (and also control
www. siprotec.com. from it. Information is assignable to a
commands) can be transferred via pub-
mapping file with DIGSI.
IEC 61850 protocol lished, Siemens-specific extensions.
Since Oct. 2004, the Ethernet-based PROFIBUS-DP protocol

IEC 61850 protocol is the worldwide
PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
standard for protection and control sys-
protocol in industrial automation. Via
tems used by power supply corporations,
PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
4 Siemens was the first manufacturer to
their information available to a SIMATIC
support the protocol in its devices. By
controller or, in the control direction, re-
means of this protocol, information can
ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
also be exchanged directly between bay
Measured values can also be transferred.
units so as to enable the creation of simple
The information is assignable to a map-
masterless systems for bay and system in-
ping file with DIGSI.
terlocking. Access to the units via the
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
MODBUS RTU protocol
It will also be possible to retrieve operating
This uncomplicated, serial protocol is
and fault messages and fault recordings via
mainly used in industry and by power sup-
a browser. This Web monitor will also
ply corporations, and is supported by a
provide a few items of unit specific infor-
number of unit vendors. SIPROTEC units
mation in browser windows.
behave as MODBUS slaves, making their
information available to a master or re-
ceiving information from it. Information
is assignable to a mapping file with DIGSI.
Substation control port B Port C

IEC 61850 IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-DP MODBUS DNP 3.0 DIGSI
Alarms F with F with F with F with F with F with
(relay Ý central unit) time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp time stamp
Commands F F F F F F
(BC/central unit Ý relay)
Measured values F F F F F F
Time F F F F F 1)
synchronization
Fault records F F Separate port Separate port Separate port
(sampled values) (with DIGSI)2) (with DIGSI)2) (with DIGSI)2)
Protection settings F Separate port Separate port Separate port Separate port F
(with DIGSI) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3) (with DIGSI)3)
Parameter group F F F F F F
switchover
1) There is no time synchronization via this proto- 3) This protocol does not support the transmission
col. For time synchronization purposes it is pos- of protection settings. Only setting groups can
sible to use a separate time synchronization be changed. For this purpose you should use the
interface (Port A in SIPROTEC 4 relays). service interface or the front operating interface
2) The transmission of fault records is not part of together with DIGSI.
the protocol. They can be read out with DIGSI
via the service interface Port C or the front oper-
ating interface.

4 Communication
Integration into the SICAM power automation system
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with The ability to link SICAM/ SIPROTEC to
the SIMATIC-based SICAM power auto- other substation control, protection and
mation system. The SICAM family com- automation components is assured, thanks
prises the following components: to open interfaces such as IEC 60870-5-103
protocol and the Ethernet-based IEC
• SICAM 1703, the modern telecontrol sys- 61850 protocol. Other protocols like
tem with automation and programmable PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and MODBUS
logic functions are also supported.
• SICAM PAS, the substation automation
system based on dedicated hardware
Data management and communication is

one of the strong points of the SICAM /
SIPROTEC 4 system. Powerful engineering 4
tools make working with SICAM conve-
nient and easy. SIPROTEC 4 units are opti-
mally matched for use in SICAM PAS. With
SICAM and SIPROTEC 4 continuity exists
at three crucial points:
• Data management
• Software architecture
• Communication

4 Communication
Integration into substation automation system
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with

the SICAM substation automation system.
Over the low-cost electrical RS485 bus,
the units exchange information with
the control system. Units featuring
IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces can be con-
nected to SICAM interference free and
radially by fiber-optic link. Through this
interface, the system is open for the con-
nection of units of other manufacturers.
Fig. 4/7 Communication structure with substation automation system

4 Communication
Integration into the SICAM PAS power automation system
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use with Together with Ethernet/IEC 61850, an in-
the SICAM power automation system to- terference-free optical solution is also pro-
gether with IEC 61850 protocol. Via the vided (see Fig. 4/9). The Ethernet interface
100 Mbit/s Ethernet bus, the units are in the relay includes an Ethernet switch.
linked electrically or optically to the station Thus, the installation of expensive external
PC with PAS. Connection may be simple Ethernet switches can be avoided. The re-
or redundant. The interface is standard- lays are linked in an optical ring structure.
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
Integrated SNMP (Simple Network
of units of other manufacturers to the
Management Protocol) facility allows the
Ethernet bus. Units featuring an
supervision of the network from the sta-
IEC 60870-5-103 interface or other serial
tion controller.
protocols are connected via the Ethernet
station bus to SICAM PAS by means of
serial/Ethernet converters (see Fig. 4/8). 4
DIGSI and the Web monitor can also be
used over the same station bus.
Fig. 4/8 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS

with electrical Ethernet interface

4 Communication
Integration into a substation automation system of other makes

Thanks to the standardized interfaces,
IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP3.0,
MODBUS, PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units
can also be integrated into non-Siemens sys-
tems or in SIMATIC S5/S7. Electrical RS485
or optical interfaces are available. The opti-
mum physical data transfer medium can be
chosen thanks to opto-electrical converters.
Thus, the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring
in the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
cal connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
Fig. 4/9 Ethernet-based system with SICAM PAS

with optical Ethernet interface
Solution without substation control system

Ethernet-based communication with opti-
cal Ethernet interface between SIPROTEC
protection relays without substation con-
trol offers many advantages:
• Fast remote access via DIGSI 4

• High-speed setting and parameterization
with DIGSI 4
• Interlocking between different field de-
vices and exchange of binary signals via
GOOSE messages of IEC 61850
• Common time synchronization of all re-
lays from central time synchronization
server (eg. SICLOCK)
For automation of new substations (or
plants) and modernization of existing
substations you get future investment se-
curity, without additional investment.
Fig. 4/10 Ethernet-based system with optical Ethernet interface

and migration of relays with serial protocol

Overcurrent Protection Page
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs 5/3
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay 5/11
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/19
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 Numerical Overcurrent,
Motor and Overload Protection Relay 5/31
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/55
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/83
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 Multifunction Protection Relay 5/121 5
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization 5/161
5

5 Overcurrent Protection / 7SJ45
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay Powered by CTs
Function overview
• Operation without auxiliary voltage via

integrated CT power supply
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Low power consumption:
LSP2339-afp.tif
1.4 VA at IN (of the relay)

• Easy mounting due to compact housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
Protection functions
• 2-stage overcurrent protection
• Definite-time and inverse-time
Fig. 5/1 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 numerical
overcurrent protectiona rely characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
powered by current • High-current stage I>> or calculated 5
transformers (CT) earth-current stage IE> or IEp>
selectable
• Trip with pulse output (24 V DC /
0.1 Ws) or relay output (changeover
contact)
Description • Repetition of trip during circuit-breaker
failure (relays with pulse output)
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical • Combination with electromechanical
overcurrent protection relay which is relays is possible due to the emulation
primarily intended as a radial feeder or algorithm
transformer protection (backup) in elec-
trical networks. It provides definite-time Monitoring functions
and inverse-time overcurrent protection • Hardware and software are continu-
according to IEC and ANSI standards. ously monitored during operation
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply Front design
from the current transformers. • Simple setting via DIP switches
(self-explaining)
• Settings can be executed without
auxiliary voltage – no PC
• Integrated mechanical trip indication
optionally
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting

Application
The SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45 is a numerical

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks. It provides definite-time and
inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards.
The convenient setting with DIP switches
is self-explanatory and simple.
The 7SJ45 relay does not require auxiliary
voltage supply. It imports its power supply
(1.4 VA at IN, sum of all phases) from the
current transformers.
Impulse output for low-energy trip release
or contact output for additional auxiliary
transformer are available. An optional
5 integrated trip indication shows that a trip
occurred.
ANSI IEC Protection functions Fig. 5/2 Typical application

50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
Construction
Within its compact housing the protection

LSP2391-afp.tif
relay contains all required components for:

• Measuring and processing
• Alarm and command output
• Operation and indication (without a PC)
Fig. 5/3 Application in distribution switchgear
• Optional mechanical trip indication
• Auxiliary supply from current trans-
formers
• Maintenance not necessary
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ45 relays can in general be
installed into the existing cutouts in
cubicles. Alternative constructions are
available (surface mounting and flush
mounting). The compact housing permits
LSP2340-afp.tif
easy mounting, and a version for the most

adverse environmental conditions, even
with extreme humidity, is also
available.
Fig. 5/4 Screw-type terminals

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents IL1
(A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51). For the second
stage, the user can choose between a
high-current stage for phase currents I>>
(50) or a normal stage for calculated earth
currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behaviour of
electromechanical relays.
Fig. 5/5 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic 5
The influence of high-frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.
Fig. 5/6 Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
Available inverse-time characteristics

Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3
Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •
Very inverse • •
Extremely inverse • •

Connection diagrams
Pulse output or relay output are optionally

available.
Pulse output
These relays require a low-energy trip
release (24 V DC/0.1 Ws) in the circuit-
breaker, and are intended for modern
switchgear. In case of circuit-breaker
failure, a repetition of the tripping signal
is initiated.
Fig. 5/7 Connection of 3 CTs with pulse output
Fig. 5/8 Connection diagram

7SJ45 with impulse output
Relay output
These relays can be applied with all
conventional switchgear. A transformer
that provides the trip circuit energy, must
be connected in the current transformer
circuit.
Fig. 5/9 Connection of 3 CTs with trigger transformer and relay output

7SJ45 with relay output

Technical data
General unit data EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Analog input Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
System frequency IN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) EN 50263 (product standards)
EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Current transformer inputs EN 61000-6-2
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A IEC 61000-4 (basic standards)
current IN High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
At IN = 1 / 5 A Approx. 1.4 VA at IN (relay) duration ≥2 s
Rating of current transformer Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
circuit IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
Thermal (r.m.s.) 50 · IN for 1 s EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
15 · IN for 10 s Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
2 · IN continuous field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
Dynamic (peak) 100 · IN for half a cycle IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
Recommended primary current 10 P 10, 2.5 VA class III
transformers or according to the requirements and Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
required tripping power
5
field, pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, 30 V/M; 1890 MHz;
class III repetition frequency
Pulse output (7SJ45XX-0*)
200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Number 1 pulse output
Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst duration
24 V DC / 0.1 Ws
IEC 60255-22-4 and = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Relay output (7SJ45XX-1*) IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Number 1 changeover contact High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Circuit groups to earth:
Break 30 VA Measuring inputs, binary outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
40 W resistive Across circuit groups:
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 ms 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz; Ri = 150 Ω
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current) IEC 60255-22-6 and
IEC 61000-4-6, class III
Unit design
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
Adaptable for rail mounting (recom- IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
mended for local mounting only)
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
cover and terminal blocks) class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
Weight (mass) approx. 1.5 kg Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Housing Not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Front IP 51 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
Rear IP 20 capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per ≥ 2 s;
Protection of personnel IP1X not across open contacts both polarities; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
UL-listing Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Listed under “69CA”.
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Electrical tests
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
Specifications
IEC CISPR 22 class B
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
See also standards for individual tests
Insulation tests
Standards IEC 60255-5
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
All circuits except for pulse output-earth
Voltage test (type test)
across open command contacts 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz, 1 min
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s

Technical data
Mechanical stress tests Functions

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated,
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz step 0.5 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
60 to 150 Hz; 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
each 3 shocks in both directions The set time delays are pure
of the 3 axes delay times.
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude Setting range / steps
5 IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(vertical vector) 3-phase supply: see note* or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN
(horizontal vector) (earth calculated) or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration 3-phase supply: see note*
(vertical vector) Delay times TIp (IEC) 0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Delay times D (ANSI) 0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Trip times
During transport (flush mounting)
Total time delay impulse output Approx. 32 ms
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Total time delay relay output Approx. 38 ms
Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
2 g acceleration Tolerances
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Time behavior for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
of the 3 axes Deviation of the measured values
as a result of various interferences
Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
Climatic stress tests
0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Temperatures
Frequency in the range of < 10 %
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
With continuous current
Harmonics <1%
2IN: –20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F
up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DC components <5%
storage
Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
– 5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to
95 % relative humidity; condensation
not permissible.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III
* Note: The device allows minimum setting values of 0.5 IN (3-phase).

With single supply, operation is ensured from 0.8 IN (7SJ45XX-0*; pulse
output) or 1.3 IN (7SJ45XX-1*; relay output) onwards (printed on the
front).

Technical data CE conformity

This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.
Description Order No.

Selection and ordering data
SIPROTEC easy 7SJ45
numerical overcurrent protection relay powered by CTs 7SJ450¨– ¨¨¨00 – ÄA¨
Current transformer IN 5
1A 1
5A 5
Trip
Pulse output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 0
Relay output (for further details refer to “Accessories”) 1
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel flush mounting E
Region-specific functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
Indication (flag)
Without 0
With 1
Accessories Protection relay with pulse output

Low energy trip release 3AX1104-2B
Protection relay with relay output

Auxiliary transformers for the trip circuit (30 VA CTs recommended)
1A 4AM5065-2CB00-0AN2
5A 4AM5070-8AB00-0AN2
Current transformer-operated trip release

0.5 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2A
1 A (rated operating current) 3AX1102-2B

Dimension drawings in mm / inch
Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC easy
Panel cutout
Fig. 17/18
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for panel flush mounting
Fig. 17/19
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for rail mounting

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46

Numerical Overcurrent Protection Relay
Function overview
• Universal application due to integrated

wide range AC/DC power supply.
• Standard current transformers
(1 A/5 A)
• Easy mounting due to compact
LSP2353-afp.tif
housing
• Easy connection via screw-type
terminals
• Definite-time and inverse-time
Fig. 5/11 SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46 characteristics (IEC/ANSI)
numerical overcurrent protection relay • High-current stage I>> or calculated
earth-current stage IE> or IEp> 5
selectable
• Two command outputs for “trip” or
“pickup”
• Combination with electromechanical
relays is possible due to the emulation
Description algorithm
Monitoring functions
• One live contact for monitoring
overcurrent protection relay which is
primarily intended as a radial feeder or • Hardware and software are continu-
transformer protection (backup) in elec- ously monitored during operation
trical networks. It provides definite-time
Front design
and inverse-time overcurrent protection
according to IEC and ANSI standards. • Simple setting via DIP switches
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC (self-explaining)
auxiliary power supply with a wide range • Settings can be executed without
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its auxiliary voltage – no PC
application. • Individual phase pickup indication with
stored or not stored LEDs
• Trip indication with separate LED
Additional features
• Optional version available for most
adverse environmental conditions
(condensation permissible)
• Flush mounting or surface (rail)
mounting

Application

overcurrent protection relay which is pri-
marily intended as a radial feeder or trans-
former protection (backup) in electrical
networks.
It provides definite-time and inverse-time
overcurrent protection according to IEC
and ANSI standards. The convenient set-
ting with DIP switches is self-explanatory
and simple.
The 7SJ46 relay has an AC and DC
auxiliary power supply with a wide range
allowing a high degree of flexibility in its
application. Phase-selective indication of
protection pickup is indicated with LEDs.
5 ANSI IEC Protection functions

50 I>> Instantaneous overcurrent
protection
50, 51 I>t, Ip Time-overcurrent Fig. 5/12 Typical application
protection (phase)
50N, IE>t, IEp Time-overcurrent
51N protection (earth)
Construction
Within its compact housing the protection

relay contains all required components for:
• Measuring and processing
LSP2390-afp.tif
• Pickup and command output

• Operation and indication Fig. 5/13 Application in distribution
(without a PC) switchgear
• Wide range AC/DC power supply
• Maintenance not necessary (no battery)
The housing dimensions of the units are
such that the 7SJ46 relays can in general be
installed into the existing panel cutouts.
Alternative constructions are available (rail
mounting and flush mounting). The com-
pact housing permits easy mounting, and a
version for the most adverse environmen-
tal conditions, even with extreme
LSP2354-afp.tif
humidity, is also available.
Fig. 5/14 Screw-type terminals

The overcurrent function is based on

phase-selective measurement of the three
phase currents.
The earth (ground) current IE (Gnd) is
calculated from the three line currents
IL1 (A), IL2 (B), and IL3 (C).
The relay has always a normal stage for
phase currents I> (50/51).
For the second stage, the user can choose
between a high-current stage for phase
currents I>> (50) or a normal stage for
calculated earth currents IE> (50N/51N).
The inverse-time overcurrent protection
with integrating measurement method
(disk emulation) emulates the behavior
of electromechanical relays. 5
Fig. 5/15 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
The influence of high frequency transients
and transient DC components is largely
suppressed by the implementation of
numerical measured-value processing.

Moderately inverse/normal inverse • •

Connection diagrams
The 7SJ46 has a trip contact, a contact

which is adjustable for trip or pickup,
and a live contact for the self-monitoring
function.
5 Fig. 5/17 Connection of 3 CTs
Fig. 5/18 Connection diagram 7SJ46

Technical data
General unit data Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Analog input all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
intervals of 1 s
System frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
Current transformer inputs
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22,
Rated current, normal earth 1 or 5 A EN 50263 (product standards)
current IN EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Power consumption EN 61000-6-2
Per phase at IN = 1 A Approx. 0.01 VA at IN IEC 61000-4 (generic standards)
Per phase at IN = 5 A Approx. 0.2 VA at IN (relay) High-frequency tests 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
Rating of current transformer IEC 60255-22-1, class III Ri = 200 Ω; 400 surges/s;
circuit duration ≥ 2 s
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 · IN for 1 s Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge; 8 kV air
30 · IN for 10 s IEC 60255-22-2, class III discharge; both polarities;
4 · IN continuous EN 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Dynamic (peak) 250 · IN for half a cycle Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Auxiliary voltage AC/DC powered field, amplitude-modulated 80 %; 1 kHz; AM
5
Input voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (± 20 %) IEC 60255-22-3 and IEC 61000-4-3,
60 to 230 V AC (–20 %, +15 %) class III
Power consumption DC – power supply: Approx. 1.5 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
AC – power supply: Approx. 3 VA field, pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
at 110 V approx. IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III 30 V/m 1810 MHz; repetition
5.5 VA at 230 V frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Output relays Fast transient interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length
IEC 60255-22-4 and = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both
Number 2 (normally open), 1 live contact
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Contact rating Make 1000 W/VA
High-energy surge voltage, Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
Break 30 VA
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
40 W resistive
25 VA at L/R ≤ 50 Auxiliary voltage circuit groups to earth:
ms 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 µF
between circuit groups:
Rated contact voltage ≤ 250 V DC or ≤ 240 V AC
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Permissible current per contact 5 A continuous
Measuring inputs, binary outputs circuit groups to earth:
30 A for 0.5 s (inrush current)
2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Unit design between circuit groups:
Housing Flush mounting DIN 43700/IEC 61554 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF
Adaptable for rail mounting Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 %;
recommended for local mounting only amplitude-modulated. 1 kHz; AM; Ri = 150 Ω
Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 78.5 x 147 x 205.8 (incl. transparent IEC 60255-22-6 and IEC 61000-4-6,
cover and terminal blocks) class III
Weight (mass) approx. 1 kg Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous;
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529 IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 5 s; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Housing
Front IP 51 Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak, polarity alternating)
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12, 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
Rear IP 20 class III 50 MHz , Ri = 200 Ω, duration ≥ 2 s
Protection of personnel IP 1X Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
UL-listing capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 shots per s;
Listed under “69CA”. not across open contacts duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 and 120 surges per s; both polari-
Electrical tests
not across open contacts ties; duration ≥ 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
Specifications
Radiated electromagnetic inter- 35 V/m 25 MHz to 1000 MHz
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) ference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL508
EMC tests for interference emission; type test
See also standards for individual tests
Standard EN 50081–* (generic)
Insulation tests
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
auxiliary voltage IEC CISPR 22, class B
Voltage test (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min EN 55022, DIN EN VDE 0878
all circuits except auxiliary supply Part 22
Voltage test (routine test) 3.5 kV DC; 30 s; both polarities Interference field strength 30 MHz to 1000 MHz,
auxiliary supply IEC CISPR 22 class B
Voltage test (type test)
Across open contacts 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min
Across open live contact 1.0 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz; 1 min

Technical data
Mechanical stress test Functions

Vibration, shock and seismic vibration Overcurrent protection
During operation Definite time (DT O/C ANSI 50/51)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range / steps
Vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup I>> (phases) 2 IN to 20 IN or deactivated, step 0.5 IN
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: Current pickup I> (phases) 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60068-2-6 ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
60 to 150 Hz; Current pickup IE> 0.5 IN to 6.2 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
1 g acceleration (earth calculated)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Delay times TI>> 0 to 1575 ms, step 25 ms
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Delay times TI> 0 to 6300 ms, step 100 ms
Shock IEC 60225-21-2; class I Semi-sinusoidal The set time delays are pure delay times.
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
each 3 shocks in both directions
of the 3 axes Current pickup Ip (phases) 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Current pickup IEp> 0.5 IN to 4 IN or deactivated, step 0.1 IN
IEC 60255-21-3; class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4.0 mm amplitude (earth calculated)
5 IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal vector)

1 to 8 Hz: ± 2.0 mm amplitude
Delay times TIp (IEC)
Delay times D (ANSI)
0.05 to 3.15 s, step 0.05 s
0.5 to 15.00 s, step 0.25 s
(vertical vector)
Trip times
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
(horizontal vector) Switch on to fault, relay output Approx. 38 ms
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Reset ratio Approx. 0.95 (with definite time)
(vertical vector) Approx. 0.91 (with inverse time)
Frequeny sweep 1 octave/min Tolerances
Definite time (DT O/C 50/51)
During transport (flush mounting) Current pickup I>>, I>, IE> 5 % of the set value or
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
Vibration Sinusoidal Delay times T 1 % or 30 ms
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; Inverse time (IEC or ANSI 51)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: Pickup thresholds 5 % of the set value or
2 g acceleration 5 % of IN (at threshold < IN)
frequency sweep 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Time behaviour for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % or 50 ms
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Deviation of the measured values as a
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 15 g acceleration, duration 11 ms, result of various interferences
IEC 60068-2-27 each 3 shocks in both directions Frequency in the range of < 2.5 %
of the 3 axes 0.95 <f/fN < 1.05
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal Frequency in the range of < 10 %
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 10 g acceleration, duration 16 ms, 0.9 <f/fN < 1.1
IEC 60068-2-29 each 1000 shocks in both directions Harmonics <1%
of the 3 axes up to 10 % 3rd and 5th harmonic
DC components <5%
Climatic stress tests Auxiliary supply voltage DC in <1%
Temperatures the range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.2
Temperatures during service –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F Auxiliary supply voltage AC in the < 1 %
with continuous current 4 IN: range of 0.8 ≤ Vaux/Vaux N ≤ 1.15
–20 °C to +55 °C / –4 °F to +131 °F Temperature in the range of < 0.5 %/10 K
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F –5 °C to 70 °C / 23 °F to 158 °F
storage
Maximum temperature during –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F CE conformity
transport This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Humidity nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
Permissible humidity class Annual mean value ≤ 75 % relative to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).
(standard) humidity; on 30 days per year up to This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255.
95 % relative humidity; condensation The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
not permissible. industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Permissible humidity class Condensation is permissible according This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
(condensation proof) to IEC 60654-1, class III in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No.

SIPROTEC easy 7SJ46
numerical overcurrent protection relay 7SJ460¨– 1¨¨00 – ÄA0
Current transformer IN
1A 1
5A 5
Unit design
For rail mounting B
For panel-flush mounting E
Region-specific/functions
Region World, 50/60 Hz; standard A
Region World, 50/60 Hz; condensation-proof B
IEC / ANSI
IEC 0
ANSI 1
5


SIPROTEC 7SJ600
Numerical Overcurrent, Motor and Overload Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Overcurrent-time protection
• Earth-fault protection
• Overload protection
• Negative-sequence protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Motor protection
• Starting time supervision
• Locked rotor
Control functions
• Commands for control of a circuit- 5
Fig. 5/19 SIPROTEC 7SJ600 breaker
numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay • Control via keyboard,
DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
Measuring functions
• Operational measured values I
Description
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical • Fault event logging with time stamp
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its (buffered)
primary use in radial distribution networks • 8 oscillographic fault records
and motor protection, can also be em-
• Continuous self-monitoring
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection. Communication
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides definite- • Via personal computer and DIGSI 3 or
time and inverse-time overcurrent protec- DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3)
tion along with overload and negative- • Via RS232 – RS485 converter
sequence protection for a very comprehen- • Via modem
sive relay package. In this way, equipment • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 2 kV-isolated
such as motors can be protected against
• RS485 interface
asymmetric and excessive loading. Asym-
metric short-circuits with currents that can Hardware
be smaller than the largest possible load •3 current transformers
currents or phase interruptions are reliably
•3 binary inputs
detected.
•3 output relays
•1 live status contact

Application
Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be em-
ployed as backup for feeder, transformer
and generator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ600 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent
protection along with overload and nega-
tive-sequence protection for a very com-
prehensive relay package. In this way,
equipment such as motors can be pro-
tected against asymmetric and excessive
loading. Asymmetric short-circuits with
5 currents that can be smaller than the larg-
est possible load currents or phase inter-
ruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows Fig. 5/20 Function diagram
simple control of a circuit-breaker or
disconnector (electrically operated/motor-
ized switch) via the integrated HMI,
DIGSI 3 or DIGSI 4 (≥ 4.3) or SCADA
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).
ANSI IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection
(negative-sequence protection)
49 ϑ> Thermal overload protection
48 Starting time supervision
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

Construction Protection functions The definite-time overcurrent protection

for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
needed for overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
The definite-time overcurrent function is instantaneous-tripping element (I>>>).
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective measurement of Intentional trip delays can be parameteriz-
values the three phase currents and/or earth cur- ed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds for the
• Operation and display rent. low-set and high-set overcurrent
• Output of signals and trip commands Optionally, the earth (ground) current IE elements. The instantaneous zone I>>>
trips without any intentional delay. The
• Input and evaluation of binary signals (Gnd) is calculated or measured from the
definite-time overcurrent protection for
three line currents IL1(IA), IL2(IB) and
• SCADA interface (RS485) the earth (ground) current has a low-set
IL3(IC).
• Power supply. overcurrent element (IE>) and a high-set
The rated CT currents applied to the overcurrent element (IE>>).
SIPROTEC 7SJ600 can be 1 or 5 A. Intentional trip delays can be parameteri-
This is selectable via a jumper inside the zed from 0.00 to 60.00 seconds.
relay.
Two different housings are available. The
flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting version 5
has terminals accessible from the rear. The
surface-mounting version has terminals
accessible from the front.
Fig. 5/22 Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
Inverse-time characteristics
In addition, invese-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL)
LSP2002-afpen.tif
can be activated.
Fig. 5/21
Rear view of flush-mounting housing
Available inverse-time characteristic

Characteristics acc.to ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Long inverse • •
Moderately inverse •
Definite inverse •
I squared T •

Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)


The thermal overload protection function
provides tripping or alarming based on a
thermal model calculated from phase
currents.
Thermal overload protection without
preload
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the
Fig. 5/24 Tripping characteristic of the negative-sequence protection function
following tripping characteristic applies
only when
I ≥ 1.1 ⋅ IL Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup
For different thermal time constants TL, I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
the tripping time t is calculated in accor- The negative-sequence protection (see Fig. wired from a manual close contact, it is
5 dance with the following equation: 5/24) detects a phase failure or load unbal- possible to switch the overcurrent pickup
35
t= 2
⋅ TL ance due to network asymmetry. Interrup- settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
⎛ ⎞I tions, short-circuits or crossed connections grammable duration of time. After the set
⎜ ⎟ −1 to the current transformers are detected. time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
⎝ IL ⎠
matically return to their original setting.
I = Load current Furthermore, low level single-phase and
This can compensate for initial inrush
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults be-
I2 = Pickup current when energizing a circuit without compro-
yond a transformer) as well as phase inter-
mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent
TL = Time multiplier ruptions can be detected.
elements during steady state conditions.
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN This function is especially useful for mo-
tors since negative sequence currents cause 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure
Thermal overload protection with preload impermissible overheating of the rotor. (AR, ANSI 79)
The thermal overload protection with con- In order to detect the unbalanced load, the Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-
sideration of preload current constantly ratio of negative phase-sequence current to reclosing of a feeder which has previously
updates the thermal model calculation rated current is evaluated. been disconnected by time-overcurrent
regardless of the magnitude of the phase protection.
currents. The tripping time t is calculated I2 = Negative-sequence current
in accordance with the following tripping T12 = Tripping time Trip circuit supervision
characteristic (complete memory in accor- (ANSI 74TC)
dance with IEC 60255-8). Transformer protection
One or two binary inputs can be used for
2 2
The high-set element permits current co- the trip circuit monitoring.
⎛ I ⎞ ⎛ I pre ⎞ ordination where the overcurrent element
⎜ ⎟ −⎜ ⎟
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ functions as a backup for the lower-level Control
t = τ ⋅ ln 2 protection relays, and the overload func-
⎛ I ⎞ The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
⎜ ⎟ −1 tion protects the transformer from thermal
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ overload. Low-current single-phase faults opened and closed without command feed-
on the low voltage side that result in nega- back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
t = Tripping time after beginning of tive phase-sequence current on the high- be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
the thermal overload voltage side can be detected with the nega- HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
τ = 35.5 · TL tive-sequence protection. connected to the interface.
Ipre
= Pre-load current
TL = Time multiplier
I = Load current
k = k factor (in accordance with
IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
IN = Rated (nominal) current
For further details please refer to

part 2 “Overview”.

If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a circuit-
breaker bypassing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
Busbar protection
(Reverse interlocking)
Binary inputs can be used to block any of
the six current stages. Parameters are as-
signed to decide whether the input circuit
is to operate in open-circuit or closed-cir-
5
cuit mode. In this case, reverse interlocking
provides high-speed busbar protection in
radial or ring power systems that are
opened at one point. The reverse inter-
locking principle is used, for example,
in medium-voltage power systems and
in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds
a busbar section with several medium-
voltage outgoing feeders. Fig. 5/25 Reverse interlocking
Motor protection Features
For short-circuit protection, e.g. elements

I>> (50) and IE (50N) are available. The
stator is protected against thermal overload
by ϑs> (49), the rotor by I2> (46), starting
time supervision (48).
Motor starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

The start-up monitor protects the motor
against excessively long starting. This can
occur, for example, if the rotor is blocked,
if excessive voltage drops occur when the
motor is switched on or if excessive load Fig. 5/26 Wiring communication
torques occur. The tripping time depends For convenient wiring of the RS485 bus,
on the current. use bus cable system 7XV5103 (see part 15 of this catalog).
2
⎛I ⎞
tTRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max
⎝ I rms ⎠
Serial data transmission • General fault detection
I A PC can be connected to ease setup of the • General trip
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio N
I start relay using the Windows-based program • Phase current IL2
approx. 0.94 DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows. • User-defined message
It can also be used to evaluate up to 8
tTRIP = Tripping time • Breaker control
oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
Istart = Start-up current of the motor and 1 event log containing up to 30 opera- • Oscillographic fault recording
tstart max = Maximum permissible starting tional indications. The SIPROTEC 7SJ600
time transmits a subset of data via
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
Irms = Actual current flowing

Connection diagrams
Fig. 5/27 Fig. 5/28

Connection of 3 CTs with measurement Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
of the phase currents of the earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/29
Fig. 5/30
Connection of 2 CTs only for isolated or
Sensitive earth-fault protection
resonant-earthed (grounded) power systems
(3 -times increased sensitivity)
Fig. 5/31 Example of typical wiring

Technical data
General unit data Heavy-duty (command) contacts

CT circuits Trip relays, number 2 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Contacts per relay 2 NO
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) Switching capacity
Overload capability current path Make 1000 W / VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Break 30 W / VA
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Switching voltage 250 V
4 x IN continuous Permissible current
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Continuous 5A
Power consumption For 0.5 s 30 A
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Design
at IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Housing 7XP20 Refer to part 15 for
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter dimension drawings
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24, 48 V DC/± 20 % Weight
permissible variations 60, 110/125 V DC/± 20 % Flush mounting /cubicle mount- Approx. 4 kg
220, 250 V DC/± 20 % ing
115 V AC/–20 % +15 %
230 V AC/–20 % +15 %
Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg 5
Degree of protection acc. to
Superimposed AC voltage, EN 60529
peak-to-peak Housing IP51
at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Terminals IP21
at limits of admissible voltage ≤6%
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W Serial interface
Energized Approx. 4 W Interface, serial; isolated
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V DC Standard RS485
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Binary inputs
Connection Data cable at housing terminals, two
Number 3 (marshallable) data wires, one frame reference, for
Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC connection of a personal computer
or similar; core pairs with individual
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA and common screening, screen must
of operating voltage be earthed (grounded), communica-
Pickup threshold, reconnectable by tion possible via modem
solder bridges Transmission speed As delivered 9600 baud
Rated aux. voltage min. 1200 baud,
24/48/60 V DC Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC max. 19200 baud
Vdrop-out < 8 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC Electrical tests
Vdrop-out < 45 V DC
Specifications
Signal contacts
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Signal/alarm relays 2 (marshallable)
Insulation test
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Switching capacity
High-voltage test (routine test)
Make 1000 W / VA
Except DC voltage supply input 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Break 30 W / VA
and RS485
Switching voltage 250 V Only DC voltage supply input 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5A and RS485
High-voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of trip 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Between open contacts of alarm 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
relays
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs,
all circuits, class III 0.5 J, 3 positive and 3 negative
impulses at intervals of 5 s

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
(product standard) During operation
EN 50082-2 (generic standard),
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303 Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-2-1 and
IEC 60068-2
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 μs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges/s, duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm
IEC 60255-21-1, class1 amplitude, 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge, IEC 60068-2-6 acceleration
IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities, Sweep rate 1 octave/min
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri=330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency Shock Half-sine, acceleration 5 g, duration
field IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 11 ms, 3 shocks in each direction
Non-modulated, 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz of 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III
Amplitude modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1, 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Pulse modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
5 IEC 61000-4-3, class III frequency, 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/bursts 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-4 and 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-4, class III polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, (vertical axis)
radio-frequency fields, 80 % AM, 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
amplitude modulated 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 601000-4-6, class III During transport
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to Sweep rate 1 octave/min
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation, 50 shots 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
(common mode) per s, duration 2 s, Ri = 150 Ω Shock Half-sine, acceleration 15 g ,
to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 11 ms, 3 shocks in each
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 surges IEC 60068-2-27 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per s, both polarities, duration 2 s, Continuous shock Half-sine, acceleration 10 g
(commom mode) Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 duration 16 ms, 1000 shocks in each
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, IEC 60068-2-29 direction of 3 orthogonal axes
ence, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), Climatic stress tests
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and
50 MHz, decaying oscillation, Temperatures
Ri = 50 Ω Recommended temperature
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests during operation –5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
> 55 °C decreased display contrast
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Permissible temperature
Conducted interference voltage, aux. 150 kHz to 30 MHz
during operation –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
voltage CISPR 22, EN 55022,
during storage –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
DIN VDE 0878 Part 22,
during transport –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F
limit value class B
(Storage and transport with
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz standard works packaging)
CISPR 11, EN 55011, DIN VDE
Humidity
0875 Part 11, limit value class A
Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
humidity, on 30 days per year
95 % relative humidity,
condensation not permissible

Technical data
Functions Tolerances
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Pickup values 5%
Delay time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value ± 2 %
Setting range/steps and 0.5 ≤ I/IN ≤ 24 current tolerance, at least 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
earth IE> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ Influencing variables
phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01), or ∞ 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2
phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) +23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
and IE>> Frequency, range: ≤ 8 % referred to theoretical time
The set times are pure delay times 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 value
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Negative-sequence overcurrent protection (ANSI 46)
At 2 x setting value, without Approx. 35 ms
meas. repetition Setting range/steps
At 2 x setting value, with meas. Approx. 50 ms Tripping stage 8 % to 80 % of IN
repetition I2> in steps of 1 % 8 % to 80 % of IN
Pickup times for I>>> at 2 x I2>> in steps of 1 %
Approx. 20 ms Time delays T(I2>), T(I2>>) 0.00 s to 60.00 s
setting value
in steps of 0.01s 5
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE> Approx. 35 ms Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
I>>> Approx. 65 ms
Pickup times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tripping stage I2>, tripping Approx. 60 ms 75 ms
Overshot time Approx. 25 ms stage I2>>
But with currents I/IN>1.5 Approx. 200 ms 310 ms
Tolerances
(overcurrent case) or
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value
negative-sequence current
IE>, IE>>
< (set value +0.1 x IN)
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset times At fN = 50 Hz 60 Hz
Influencing variables
Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 35 ms 42 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range: ≤1%
tripping stage I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reset ratios
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C Tripping stage I2>, Approx. 0.95 to 0.01 x IN
Frequency, range: ≤ 1.5 % tripping stage I2>>
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 Tolerances
Frequency, range: ≤ 2.5 % Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 with current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Harmonics with current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤1% Stage delay times ± 1 % or 10 ms
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1%
Influence variables
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N) Auxiliary DC voltage, range: ≤1%
Setting range/steps 0.8 ≤Vaux /VauxN ≤ 1.2
Overcurrent pickup phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1) Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
earth IEp = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01) –5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Time multiplier for Ip, IEp (IEC charac.) 0.05 to 3.2 s
Frequency,
Tp (steps 0.01 s)
range: 0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 2 % of IN
(ANSI charac.) 0.5 to 15 s
range: 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
(steps 0.1 s)
Auto-reclosure (option) (ANSI 79)
Overcurrent pickup phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1), or ∞
phase I>>> = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1), or ∞ Number of possible shots 1 up to 9
earth IE>> = 0.05 to 25 Auto-reclose modes 3-pole
(steps 0.01), or ∞ Dead times for 1st to 3rd shot 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
Delay time T for I>>, IE>> 0 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) for 4th and any further 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
shot
Tripping time characteristics acc. to IEC
Reclaim time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
Drop-out threshold Approx. 1.03 x Ip Lock-out time after 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out time Approx. 35 ms unsuccessful AR
Tripping time characteristics acc. to ANSI / IEEE Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip Duration of RECLOSE command 0.01s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Drop-out threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip Control
alternatively: disk emulation
Number of devices 1
Evaluation of breaker control None

Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) Fault recording

(total memory according to IEC 60255-8) Measured values IL1, IL2, IL3
Setting ranges Start signal Trip, start release, binary input
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fault storage Max. 8 fault records
Thermal alarm stage Θalarm /Θtrip 50 to 99 % referred to trip tempera- Total storage time (fault detec- Max. 5 s, incl. 35 power-fail safe
ture rise (steps 1 %) tion or trip command = 0 ms) selectable pre-trigger and
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) post-fault time
stand-still kτ Max. storage period per fault 0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
event Tmax
Reset ratios Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01s)
Θ/Θtrip Reset below Θalarm Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms at 50 Hz
Tolerances 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms at
Referring to k ⋅ IN ± 5 % (class 5 % acc. to 60 Hz
IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ± 5 % ± 2 s (class 5 % acc. to
IEC 60255-8) Additional functions
5 Influence variables referred to k ⋅ IN Operational measured values

Auxiliary DC voltage in the range ≤ 1 % Operating currents IL1, IL2, IL3
of 0.8 ≤ Vaux / VauxN ≤ 1.2 Measuring range 0 % to 240 % IN
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 % / 10 K Tolerance 3 % of rated value
–5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C Thermal overload values
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Calculated temperature rise Θ/Θtrip
Frequency, range: ≤1%
Measuring range 0 % to 300 %
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05
Tolerance 5 % referred to Θtrip
Without pickup value IL / IN 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Fault event logging
Memory time multiplier TL 1 to 120 s (steps 0,1 s)
Storage of indications of the last 8
(= t6 -time)
faults
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94
Time assignment
Tolerances
Resolution for operational
Referring to pickup threshold ±5%
indications 1s
1.1· IL
Resolution for fault event
Referring to trip time ±5% ±2s
indications 1 ms
Influence variables Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Auxiliary DC voltage in the range ≤ 1 %
Trip circuit supervision
of 0.8 ≤ Vaux / VauxN ≤ 1.2
Temperature, range: ≤ 0.5 %/10 K With one or two binary inputs
–5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ +40 °C Circuit-breaker trip test
+23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ +104 °F
Frequency, range: ≤1% With live trip or trip/reclose cycle
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 (version with auto-reclosure)
Starting time supervision (motor protection)
Setting ranges CE conformity
Permissible starting current 0.4 to 20 (steps 0.1) This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
IStart/IN nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Permissible starting time tStart 1 to 360 s (steps 0.1 s) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
2 (Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
⎛I ⎞
Tripping characteristic t = ⎜ Start ⎟ ⋅ t for I rms > I Start This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
⎝ I rms ⎠
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Reset ratio Irms / IStart Approx. 0.94 The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Tolerances
Pickup value 5% This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Delay time 5 % of setting value or 330 ms in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.


7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay 7SJ600¨– ¨Ä¨0 – ¨D¨¨
Binary input voltage 24 to 250 V DC with isolated RS485 port
Rated current at 50/60 Hz

1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5
Rated auxiliary voltage

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC2) 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC2) 5
230 V AC3) 6
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
Terminal connection on top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E
Languages 5
English, German, Spanish, French, Russian 0
Auto-reclosure (option)
Without 0
With 1
Control
Without A
With B
UL-Listing
Without UL-listing 0
With UL-listing 1
Accessories Converter RS232 (V.24) - RS485*

With communication cable for the
7SJ600 numerical overcurrent, motor and overload protection relay
Length 1 m
PC adapter
With power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700- 0oo004)
With power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700- 1oo004)
Converter, full-duplex,
fiber-optic cable RS485 with built-in power supply unit
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650- 0BA00
LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail for 19” rack C73165-A63-C200-1
Manual for 7SJ600

Mounting rail English C53000-G1176-C106-7
Spanish C53000-G1178-C106-1
French C53000-G1177-C106-3
Sample order
7SJ600, 1 A, 60 - 125 V, flush mounting, ARC 7SJ6001-4EA00-1DA0
1) Rated current can be selected by
means of jumpers.
Converter V.24 -RS485, 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
Manual, English C53000-G1176-C106-7
2) Transition between the two auxiliary
voltage ranges can be selected by or visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
means of jumpers.
3) Only when position 16 is not “1” (with UL-listing).
4) Possible versions see part 13.
* RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud
RS485 bus cable and adaptor 7XV5103-oAAoo;
see part 13.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/32
Connection diagram according to IEC standard

SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Multifunction Overcurrent and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Feeder protection
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Directional sensitive earth-fault
detection
• Displacement voltage
• Disk emulation
LSP2136-afpen.tif
• Breaker failure protection
• Cold load pickup
• Auto-reclosure
• Trip circuit supervision 5
Motor protection
Fig. 5/33 SIPROTEC 7SJ602 • Starting time supervision
multifunction protection relay
• Locked rotor
• Restart inhibit
• Undercurrent monitoring
Description • Temperature monitoring
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical over- Control functions
current relay which, in addition to its primary • Commands for control of a circuit-
use in radial distribution networks and motor breaker
protection, can also be employed as backup
• Control via keyboard, DIGSI 4 or
for line, transformer and generator differential
SCADA system
protection. The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides
definite-time and inverse-time overcurrent Measuring functions
protection along with overload and unbal- • Operational measured values I, V
anced-load (negative-sequence) protection • Power measurement P, Q, S, Wp, Wq
for a very comprehensive relay package.
• Slavepointer
For applications with earth-current detection
• Mean values
two versions are available: One version with
four current transformer inputs for non- Monitoring functions
directional earth (ground) fault detection and • Fault event logging with time stamp
a second version with three current inputs (buffered)
(2 phase, 1 earth/ground) and one voltage
• 8 oscillographic fault records
input for directional earth (ground) fault
detection. • Continuous self-monitoring
The flexible communication interfaces are Communication interfaces
open for modern communication architec- • System interface
tures with control systems. − IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− PROFIBUS-DP
− MODBUS RTU/ASCII
• Front interface for DIGSI 4
Hardware
• 4 current transformers or
• 3 current + 1 voltage transformers
• 3 binary inputs
• 4 output relays
• 1 live status contact

Application
Wide range of applications

The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is a numerical
overcurrent relay which, in addition to its
primary use in radial distribution networks
and motor protection, can also be employed
as backup for feeder, transformer and gener-
ator differential protection.
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 provides defi-
nite-time and inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection along with overload and negative se-
quence protection for a very comprehensive
relay package. In this way, equipment such as
motors can be protected against asymmetric
and excessive loading. Asymmetric short-
circuits with currents that can be smaller
than the largest possible load currents or
5 phase interruptions are reliably detected.
The integrated control function allows
simple control of a circuit-breaker or dis-
connector (electrically operated/motorized
switch) via the integrated HMI, DIGSI or
SCADA.
1) alternatively; see “Selection and ordering data” for details
Fig. 5/34 Function diagram
ANSI No. IEC Protection functions

50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
IE>, IE>>
51, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
67Ns/50Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Directional/non-directional sensitive earth-fault detection
64 VE> Displacement voltage
50BF Breaker failure protection
79 Auto-reclosure
66/86 Restart inhibit
37 I< Undercurrent monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,
e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
74TC Trip circuit supervision breaker control

Construction Protection functions
The relay contains all the components Definite-time characteristics

needed for
The definite-time overcurrent function is
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured based on phase-selective evaluation of the
values three phase currents and earth current.
• Operation and display The definite-time overcurrent protection
for the 3 phase currents has a low-set
• Output of signals and trip commands
overcurrent element (I>), a high-set
• Input and evaluation of binary signals overcurrent element (I>>) and a high-set
instantaneous element (I>>>). Intentional
• SCADA interface
trip delays can be set from 0 to 60 seconds
(RS485, RS232, fiber-optic)
for all three overcurrent elements.
• Power supply.
The definite-time overcurrent protection
The rated CT currents applied to the for the earth (ground) current has a
SIPROTEC 7SJ602 can be 1 A or 5 A. This low-set overcurrent element (IE>) and a
is selectable via a jumper inside the relay. high-set overcurrent element (IE>>). In- Fig. 5/37
Two different housings are available. The tentional trip delays can be parameterized Definite-time overcurrent characteristic
5
flush-mounting version has terminals acces- from 0 to 60 seconds.
sible from the rear. The surface-mounting
version has terminals accessible from the Inverse-time characteristics
front. Retrofitting of a communication In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
module, or replacement of an existing com- tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be ac-
munication module with a new one are both tivated.
possible.
Reset characteristics
For easier time coordination with electrome-
chanical relays, reset characteristics accord-
ing to ANSI C37.112 and IEC 60255-3 /
BS 142 standards are applied. When using
the reset characteristic (disk emulation), a
reset process is initiated after the fault cur-
rent has disappeared.
This reset process corresponds to the reverse Fig. 5/38
movement of the Ferraris disk of an electro- Inverse-time overcurrent characteristic
LSP2137-afpen.tif
mechanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
Fig. 5/35
Rear view of flush-mounting housing Available inverse-time characteristics
Inverse • •
Short inverse •
LSP2138-afpen.tif
I squared T •
Fig. 5/36
RI/RD-type
View from below showing system
interface (SCADA) with FO connection
(for remote communications)

(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection
(ANSI 64, 67Ns)
The direction of power flow in the zero se-
quence is calculated from the zero-sequence
current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. For
networks with an isolated neutral, the reac-
tive current component is evaluated; for
compensated networks the active current
component or residual resistive current is
evaluated. For special network conditions,
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or
low-resistance earthed networks with
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
characteristics can be rotated approximately
± 45 degrees (cosine/sinus).
5 Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
can be implemented: tripping or in “signal-
ling only mode”.
It has the following functions: Fig. 5/39 Directional determination using cosine measurements
• TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
• Two instantaneous elements or one Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Thermal overload protection with preload
instantaneous plus one inverse The thermal overload protection function The thermal overload protection with con-
characteristic. provides tripping or alarming based on a sideration of preload current constantly
• Each element can be set in forward, thermal model calculated from phase cur- updates the thermal model calculation
reverse, or non-directional. rents. regardless of the magnitude of the phase
currents. The tripping time t is calculated
The ambient temperature or the temperature
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection in accordance with the following tripping
of the coolant can be detected serially via an
(ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N) characteristic (complete memory in
external temperature monitoring box (also
accordance with IEC 60255-8).
For high-resistance earthed networks, a called thermo-box). If there is no thermo-
2 2
sensitive input transformer is connected to box it is assumed that the ambient tempera- ⎛ I ⎞ ⎛ Ipre ⎞
a phase-balance neutral current transformer tures are constant. ⎜ ⎟ −⎜ ⎟
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
(also called core-balance CT).
Thermal overload protection t = τ ⋅ ln 2
⎛ I ⎞
without preload: ⎜ ⎟ −1
⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
For thermal overload protection without
consideration of the preload current, the t = Tripping time after
following tripping characteristic applies only beginning of the
when thermal overload
τ = 35.5 · TL
I ≥ 1.1 · IL Ipre = Preload current
For different thermal time constants TL, the I = Load current
tripping time t is calculated in accordance k = k factor (in accordance
with the following equation: with IEC 60255-8)
ln = Natural logarithm
35 TL = Time multiplier
t= 2
⋅ TL
⎛I⎞ IN = Rated (nominal) current
⎜ ⎟ −1
⎝ IL ⎠
I = Load current
IL = Pickup current
TL = Time multiplier
The reset threshold is above 1.03125 · I/IN

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of
an upstream (higher-level) protection re-
lay. Breaker failure is detected if after a trip
command, current is still flowing in the
faulted circuit. As an option it is possible
to make use of the circuit-breaker position Fig. 5/40 Tripping characteristics of the negative-sequence protection function
indication.
Negative-sequence protection (I2>>, Cold load pickup

I2>/ANSI 46 Unbalanced-load protection)
By means of a binary input which can be
The negative-sequence protection (see wired from a manual close contact, it is
Fig. 5/40) detects a phase failure or load possible to switch the overcurrent pickup 5
unbalance due to network asymmetry. settings to less sensitive settings for a pro-
Interruptions, short-circuits or crossed grammable duration of time. After the set
connections to the current transformers time has expired, the pickup settings auto-
are detected. matically return to their original setting.
Furthermore, low level single-phase and This can compensate for initial inrush
two-phase short-circuits (such as faults when energizing a circuit without compro-
beyond a transformer) as well as phase mising the sensitivity of the overcurrent
interruptions can be detected. elements during steady state conditions.
This function is especially useful for motors 3-pole multishot auto-reclosure

since negative-sequence currents cause im- (AR, ANSI 79)
permissible overheating of the rotor.
Auto-reclosure (AR) enables 3-phase auto-
In order to detect the unbalanced load, the reclosing of a feeder which has previously
ratio of negative phase-sequence current to been disconnected by time-overcurrent
rated current is evaluated. protection.
I2 = negative-sequence current Trip circuit supervision
T12 = tripping time (ANSI 74TC)
Transformer protection One or two binary inputs can be used for
trip circuit monitoring.
The high-set element permits current coor-
dination where the overcurrent element Control
functions as a backup for the lower-level
protection relays, and the overload function The relay permits circuit-breakers to be
protects the transformer from thermal over- opened and closed without command feed-
load. Low-current single-phase faults on back. The circuit-breaker/disconnector may
the low voltage side that result in negative be controlled by DIGSI, or by the integrated
phase-sequence current on the high-voltage HMI, or by the LSA/SCADA equipment
side can be detected with the negative- connected to the interface.
sequence protection.

If switched onto a fault, instantaneous trip-
ping can be effected. If the internal control
function is used (local or via serial inter-
face), the manual closing function is avail-
able without any additional wiring. If the
control switch is connected to a circuit-
breaker by-passing the internal control
function, manual detection using a binary
Busbar protection (Reverse interlocking)

Binary inputs can be used to block any of the
six current stages. Parameters are assigned to
decide whether the input circuit is to operate
in open-circuit or closed-circuit mode. In
5 this case, reverse interlocking provides high-
speed busbar protection in radial or ring
power systems that are opened at one point.
The reverse interlocking principle is used, for
example, in medium-voltage power systems
and in switchgear for power plants, where a
high-voltage system transformer feeds a
busbar section with several medium-voltage
outgoing feeders.
Fig. 5/41 Reserve interlocking

Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)

Starting time supervision protects the motor
against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur when excessive load torque occurs, ex-
cessive voltage drops occur within the motor
or if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current.
The tripping time is calculated according to
the following equation:
2
⎛I ⎞
tTRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅t start max
⎝ I rms ⎠
IN
for Irms > Istart, reset ratio approx. 0.94
I start
Fig. 5/42 Starting time supervision
tTRIP = tripping time 5

Istart = start-up current of the motor
tstart max = maximum permissible starting
time
Irms = actual current flowing
Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86)

If a motor is started up too many times in
succession, the rotor can be subject to
thermal overload, especially the upper
edges of the bars. The rotor temperature is
calculated from the stator current and the
temperature characteristic is shown in a
schematic diagram. The reclosing lockout
only permits startup of the motor if the ro-
tor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up.
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)

With this function, a sudden drop in cur- Fig. 5/43 Restart inhibit
rent, which may occur due to a reduced
motor load, is detected. This can cause
shaft breakage, no-load operation of
pumps or fan failure. Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) Additional functions
A temperature monitoring box with a total Measured values
of 6 measuring sensors can be used for
temperature monitoring and detection by The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
the protection relay. The thermal status of acquired current and voltage along with the
motors, generators and transformers can be power factor, active and reactive power. The
monitored with this device. Additionally, following functions are available for meas-
the temperature of the bearings of rotating ured value processing:
machines are monitored for limit value vio- • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
lation. The temperatures are measured with
the help of temperature detectors at various
• Voltages VL1, VE (67NS) if existing
locations of the device to be protected. This • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
data is transmitted to the protection relay • Power factor (cos ϕ),
via a temperature monitoring box (also • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
called thermo-box or RTD-box)
reverse power flow
(see “Accessories”).
• Mean as well as minimum and maxi-
mum current, voltage and power values

Communication
With respect to communication, particular Fig. 5/44
emphasis has been placed on high levels of RS232/RS485 electrical
communication module
LSP2163-afp.eps
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of
standards common in energy automation.
The design of the communication modules
permits interchangeability.
Local PC interface
The SIPROTEC 7SJ602 is fitted with an
RS232 PC front port. A PC can be con-
nected to ease set-up of the relay using the
Windows-based program DIGSI which
runs under MS-Windows. It can also be Fig. 5/45
used to evaluate up to 8 oscillographic fault PROFIBUS fiber-optic double ring
records, 8 fault logs and 1 event log con- communication module
taining up to 30 events.
5 System interface on bottom of the unit
LSP2164-afp.eps
A communication module located on the
bottom part of the unit incorporates op-
tional equipment complements and readily
permits retrofitting. It guarantees the ability
to comply with the requirements of different
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or a protection
system and supports a variety of commu-
nication protocols and interface designs,
depending on the module connected.
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol

IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally stan-
dardized protocol for the efficient commu-
nication in the protected area.
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
of protection device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
standard for communications and is sup-
ported by a number of PLC and protection
device manufacturers. Fig. 5/46 System solution/communication
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU is an industry-recognized
device manufacturers.

Typical connections 7SJ6021/7SJ6025
CT connections
Fig. 5/47 Standard
• Phase current measured
• Earth current measured
(e. g. core balance CT)
Fig. 5/48 Standard connection
• Connection of 3 CTs with residual
connection for neutral fault
Fig. 5/49 • Isolated networks only
Fig. 5/47
Connection of 4 CTs with
measurement of the earth 5
(ground) current
Fig. 5/48
Connection of 3 CTs with
residual connection for
neutral fault
Fig. 5/49
Connection of 2 CTs
only for isolated or
resonant-earthed
(grounded) power
systems

Typical connections
7SJ6022/7SJ6026
Fig. 5/50
Connection of 3 CTs with measurement
5 of the sensitive earth (ground) current
Fig. 5/52
Fig. 5/51 Connection of 3 CTs and 1 VT with
Connection of 3 CTs with directional measurement of the earth (ground)
earth (ground)-fault detection current and one phase voltage
Fig. 5/53 Example of typical wiring

Technical data
General unit data Alarm relays 1

CT circuits Contacts per relay 1 NO/NC (form A/B)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (settable) Switching capacity
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A or < 8 A (settable) Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz (selectable) 25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms
Power consumption Switching voltage 250 V
Current input at IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA
at IN = 5 A < 0.3 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
For sensitive earth-fault Approx. 0.05 VA Binary inputs
detection at 1 A
Number 3 (configurable)
Overload capability
Thermal (r.m.s) 100 x IN for 1 s Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
30 x IN for 10 s Current consumption, Approx. 1.8 mA
4 x IN continuous independent of operating voltage
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Pickup threshold, selectable via
Overload capability if equipped bridges
with sensitive earth-fault current Rated aux. voltage
transformer
Thermal (r.m.s.) 300 A for 1 s
24/48/60/110 V DC Vpickup ≥ 19 V DC
110/125/220/250 V DC Vpickup ≥ 88 V DC
5
100 A for 10 s Permissible maximum voltage 300 V DC
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Connection (with screws)
Current terminals
Voltage transformer
Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 11 mm, d1 = 5 mm
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V
Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Power consumption at VN = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Overload capability in voltage connector sleeve
path (phase-neutral voltage) Wire size 2.0 - 5.3 mm2 (AWG 14-10)
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous
Voltage terminals
Power supply Connection ring cable lugs Wmax = 10 mm, d1 = 4 mm
Power supply via integrated Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
DC/DC converter Direct connection Solid conductor, flexible lead,
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux / 24/48 V DC/± 20 % connector sleeve
permissible variations 60/110 V DC/± 20 % Wire size 0.5 - 3.3 mm2 (AWG 20-12)
110/125/220/250 V DC/± 20 %
Unit design
115 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 %
230 V AC/- 20 %, + 15 % Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
to dimension drawings, part 15
Superimposed AC voltage,
peak-to-peak Degree of protection
At rated voltage ≤ 12 % acc. to EN 60529
At limits of admissible voltage ≤6% For the device
in surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption Approx. 3 to 6 W, depending on
in flush-mounting housing
operational status and selected
front IP 51
auxiliary voltage
rear IP 20
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 110 V AC/DC
For personal safety IP 2x with closed protection cover
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC
Weight
Binary outputs Flush mounting/ Approx. 4 kg
Trip relays 4 (configurable) cubicle mounting
Contacts per relay 1 NO/form A Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
(Two contacts changeable to
NC/form B, via jumpers) Serial interfaces
Switching capacity Operating interface
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 VA, 40 W resistive Connection At front side, non-isolated, RS232,
25 VA with L/R ≤ 50 ms 9-pin subminiature connector
Switching voltage 250 V Operation With DIGSI 4.3 or higher
Permissible current Transmission speed As delivered 19200 baud, parity: 8E1
Continuous 5A Min. 1200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A Max. 19200 baud
Permissible total current Distance 15 m
For common potential:
Continuous 5A
For 0.5 s 30 A

Technical data
System interface (bottom of unit) System interface (bottom of unit), cont’d

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol MODBUS RTU / ASCII
Connection Isolated interface for data transmission Isolated interface for data transfer
Transmission rate Min. 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud to a control center
As delivered 9600 baud Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
RS232/RS485 acc. to ordered Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4
version RS485
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector on the Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
bottom part of the housing
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Test voltage 500 V AC recommended
RS232 maximum distance 15 m Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
RS485 maximum distance 1000 m Fiber-optic
Fiber-optic Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
Connector type ST connector on the bottom part optic connection
of the housing Optical wavelength 820 nm
5 Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 μm
Laser class 1 acc. to For glass fiber 50/125 µm or 62.5/125 μm
EN 60825-1/-2 or 62.5/125 µm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
Bridgeable distance Max. 1.5 km Idle state of interface “Light off”
No character position Selectable, setting as supplied
„light off”
Electrical tests
PROFIBUS-DP
Specifications
Isolated interface for data transfer
to a control center
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud Insulation tests
Transmission reliability Hamming distance d = 4 High-voltage tests (routine test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50 Hz
all circuits except for auxiliary
RS485 voltage, binary inputs and
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector communication interfaces
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; High-voltage tests (routine test) 3.5 kV DC
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; Auxiliary voltage and binary in-
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud puts
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth High-voltage tests (routine test) 500 V (r.m.s. value); 50 Hz
Fiber optic only isolated communication
interfaces
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection Impulse voltage tests (type test) 5 kV (peak value), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J,
all circuits, except 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm communication interfaces intervals of 5 s
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1-2 For glass fiber 50/125 μm
or 62.5/125 μm
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22,
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
(product standard)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles DIN 57435 Part 303
Idle state of interface Settable, setting as supplied “light off” High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 μs; 400 surges per s;
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III test duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge,
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities, 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3, class III duration > 10 s
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz,
field, pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % PM

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests, (cont’d) Mechanical stress tests
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Vibration, shock and seismic vibration
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; During operation
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms;
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
test duration 1 min and IEC 60068-2
Surge voltage IEC 61000-4-5, class III Pulse: 1.2/50 µs Vibration Sinusoidal
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit (common IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm ampli-
mode): 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Across contacts (diff. mode): 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
1 kV, 2 Ω, 18 µF Sweep rate 1 octave/min
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Measuring inputs, From circuit to circuit (common
binary inputs/outputs mode): 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF; Shock Half-sine,
Across contacts (diff. mode): IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
1 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF 3 shocks in each direction of
3 orthogonal axes
Conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) 5
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), (horizontal axis)
capability 1 to 1.5 MHz damped wave; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; duration 2 s (vertical axis)
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω; Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
capability 50 surges per s, both polarities; During transportation
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω; Standards Acc. to IEC 60255-21
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and IEC 60068-2
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE Std C37.90.2 IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value), IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 60694/ IEC 61000-4-12 polarity alternating Sweep rate 1 octave/min
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Ri = 200 Ω; Shock Half-sine,
EMC tests interference emission; type tests IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) 3 orthogonal axes
Conducted interferences, 150 kHz to 30 MHz Continuous shock Half-sine,
only auxiliary voltage limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class I acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC/CISPR 22 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz 3 orthogonal axes
IEC/CISPR 22 limit class B
Harmonic currents on incoming Unit belongs to class D Climatic stress tests
lines of system at 230 V AC (applies only to units with > 50 VA
IEC 61000-3-2 power consumption) Temperatures
Voltage fluctuation and flicker Limit values are adhered to Recommended temperature
range on incoming lines of system During operation –5 °C to +55 °C /23 °F to 131 °F,
at 230 V AC (> 55 °C decreased display contrast)
IEC 61000-3-3 Limit temperature
During operation –20 °C to +70 °C /–4 °F to 158 °F
During storage –25 °C to +55 °C /–13 °F to 131 °F
During transport –25 °C to +70 °C /–13 °F to 158 °F
(Storage and transport
with standard works packaging)
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average: ≤ 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity, on 56 days per year 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity, condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!
nounced temperature changes that
could cause condensation.

Technical data
Functions Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51/51N)

Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Setting ranges/steps
Setting ranges/steps Low-set overcurrent element
Low-set overcurrent element Phase Ip I/IN = 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Phase I> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Earth IEp I/IN = 0.05 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Earth IE> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
High-set overcurrent element (IEC charac.) Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Time multiplier for Ip, IEp
Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞ (ANSI charac.) D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
Instantaneous tripping High-set overcurrent element
Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞ Phase I>> I/IN = 0.1 to 25 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Delay times T for I>, IE>, I>>, Earth IE>> I/IN = 0.05 to 25 (steps 0.01); or ∞
IE>> and I>>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) Instantaneous tripping
The set times are pure delay times Phase I>>> I/IN = 0.3 to 12.5 (steps 0.1); or ∞
Pickup times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Delay time TI>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
At 2 x setting value, Approx. 25 ms Tripping time characteristic
without meas. repetition acc. to IEC See page 5/33
5 At 2 x setting value, Approx. 35 ms Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x Ip
with meas. repetition
Reset threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
Pickup times for I>>> Approx. 15 ms alternatively disk emulation
at 2 x setting value
Dropout time
Reset times I>, I>>, IE>, IE>> Approx. 40 ms 50 Hz Approx. 50 ms
Reset time I>>> Approx. 50 ms 60 HZ Approx. 60 ms
Reset ratios Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Overshot time Approx. 55 ms Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
Tolerances rated value
Pickup values I>, I>>, I>>>, 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
IE>, IE>> rated value and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance;
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms at least 30 ms
Influencing variables Influencing variables
Auxiliary voltage, range: Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Temperature, range:
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F -23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range Frequency, range:
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % time value
Harmonics Tripping characteristic
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% acc. to ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Up to 10 % of 5th harmonic ≤1% Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x Ip
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x Ip
alternatively disk emulation
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
rated value
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
and 0.5 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
30 ms
Auxiliary voltage, range:
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range:
-5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value

Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault protection (directional/non-directional) Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns), cont’d
Definite-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 50Ns) Temperature, range:
Setting ranges/steps -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Low-set element IEE> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
or ∞ (deactivated) Frequency, range: ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 time value
or ∞ (deactivated) Tripping characteristic acc. to
Delay times T for IEE> and IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) ANSI/IEEE See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.06 x IEEp
Pickup times IEE>, IEE>>
Dropout threshold, Approx. 1.03 x IEEp
At 2 x setting value Approx. 35 ms alternatively disk emulation
without meas. repetition
Tolerances
At 2 x setting value Approx. 55 ms Pickup threshold 5 % of setting value or 5 % of
with meas. repetition rated value
Reset times IEE>, IEE>> Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value
At 50 Hz Approx. 65 ms and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; at least
At 60 Hz Approx. 95 ms 30 ms
Reset ratios
Overshot time
Approx. 0.95
Approx. 55 ms
5
Tolerances 0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Pickup values IEE>, IEE>> 5 % of setting value or 5 % of Temperature, range:
rated value -5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
Delay times T 1 % of setting value or 10 ms 23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Influencing variables Frequency, range:
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 8 %, referred to theoretical
time value
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Temperature, range: Direction detection (ANSI 67Ns)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Direction measurement IE, VE (measured)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Measuring principle Active/reactive measurement
Frequency, ranges: Measuring enable
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1.5 % For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.2
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 2.5 % (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
Harmonics Reset ratio Approx. 0.8
Up to 10 % of 3rd harmonic ≤ 1% Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ
Up to 10 % of 5rd harmonic ≤1%
Direction vector -45 ° to +45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Inverse-time earth-fault protection (ANSI 51Ns)
Dropout delay TReset Delay 1 to 60 s (steps 1 s)
Setting ranges/steps
Low-set element IEEp I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.4 (steps 0.001) Angle correction for cable In 2 operating points F1 and F2
converter
Time multiplier for IEEp Tp = 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s) (for resonant-earthed system)
(IEC characteristic)
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Time multiplier for IEEp D = 0.5 to 15 s (steps 0.1 s)
(ANSI characteristic) Current values I1, I2
For sensitive input I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.6
High-set element IEE>> I/IEEN = 0.003 to 1.5 (steps 0.001); (in steps of 0.001 I/IEEN)
or ∞ (deactivated)
Measuring tolerance 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Delay time T for IEE>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) acc. to DIN 57435
Tripping time characteristic Angle tolerance 3°
acc. to IEC See page 5/33
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x IEEp Displacement voltage (ANSI 64)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.03 x IEEp Displacement voltage, measured VE >/VN = 0.02 to 1.3 (steps 0.001)
alternatively disk emulation Measuring time Approx. 60 ms
Dropout time Pickup delay time 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
50 Hz Approx. 50 ms Time delay 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s)
60 Hz Approx. 60 ms
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
Tolerances
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % of rated Measuring tolerance
value VE (measured) 3 % of setting value, or 0.3 V
Timing period for 2 ≤ I/IEEp ≤ 20 5 % of theoretical value Operating time tolerances 1 % of setting value, or 10 ms
and 0.5 ≤ I/IEEN ≤ 24 ± 2 % current tolerance; The set times are pure delay times
at least 30 ms
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%

Technical data
Thermal overload protection with memory (ANSI 49) with preload Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges Setting ranges/steps
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.40 to 2 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> 8 to 80 % to IN (steps 1 %)
Thermal time constant τth 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Delay times T (I2>), T (I2>>) 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Thermal warning stage 50 to 99 % referred to trip Lower function limit At least one phase current ≥ 0.1 x IN
Θalarm/Θtrip temperature rise (steps 1 %) Pickup times at fN = 50 Hz at fN = 60 Hz
Prolongation factor at motor 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 60 ms Approx. 75 ms
stand-still kτ But with currents I/IN > 1.5
Reset ratios (overcurrent case) or negative-
Θ/Θtrip Reset below 0.99 Θalarm sequence current < (set value
Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99 +0.1 x IN) Approx. 200 ms Approx. 310 ms
Tolerances Reset times
Referring to k · IN ±5% Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 35 ms Approx. 42 ms
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8)
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Reset ratios
(class 5 % acc. to IEC 60255-8) Tripping stages I2> and I2>> Approx. 0.9 to 0.01 x IN
5 Influencing variables Tolerances

Auxiliary DC voltage, range Pickup values I2>, I2>>
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Current I/IN ≤ 1.5 ± 1 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
Temperature, range Current I/IN > 1.5 ± 5 % of IN ± 5 % of set value
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Delay times T (I2>) and T (I2>>) ± 1 % but min. 10 ms
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1%
Thermal overload protection without memory (ANSI 49) without preload Temperature, range
Setting ranges –5 °C ≤ Θamb +40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F
Pickup value IL/IN = 0.4 to 4 (steps 0.1)
Frequency, range
Time multiplier tL (= t6 -time) 1 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s)
0.98 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.02 ≤ 1 % of IN
Reset ratio I/IL Approx. 0.94 0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤ 5 % of IN
Tolerances
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Referring to pickup ± 5 % of setting value or 5 %
Number of possible shots 1 to 9, configurable
threshold 1.1 IL of rated value
Referring to trip time ±5%±2s Auto-reclosure modes 3-pole
Influencing variables Dead times for 1st and any 0.05 s to 1800 s (steps 0.01 s)
further shot
Auxiliary DC voltage, range
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ 1.2 ≤1% Blocking time after successful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
Temperature, range Lock-out time after unsuccessful AR 0.05 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
- 5 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ + 40 °C / ≤ 0.5 %/10 K Reclaim time after manual close 0.50 s to 320 s (steps 0.01 s)
23 °F ≤ Θamb ≤ 104 °F Duration of reclose command 0.01 s to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency, range
0.95 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.05 ≤1% Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Trip circuit supervision With one or two binary inputs
Breaker failure protection
Circuit-breaker trip test Trip/reclosure cycle
Pickup of current element CB I>/IN = 0.04 to 1.0 (steps 0.01) Control
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (steps 0.01 s) Number of devices 1
Pickup times (with internal start) is contained in the delay time Evaluation of breaker contact None
(via control) is contained in the delay time
(with external start) is contained in the delay time
Dropout time Approx. 25 ms
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms

Technical data
Motor protection Thermo-box (instead of system interface) (ANSI 38)

Setting ranges/steps Number of temperature sensors Max. 6
Rated motor current/ Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω
transformer rated current Imotor/IN = 0.2 to 1.2
(in steps of 0.1) Installation drawing “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator”
or “Bearing” or “Other”
Start-up current of the motor Istart/Imotor = 0.4 to 20
(in steps of 0.1) Limit values for indications
For each measuring detector
Permissible start-up time tstart max 1 to 360 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Warning temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48) (stage 1) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
or ∞ (no indication)
Pickup threshold Ipickup/Imotor = 0.4 to 20 Alarm temperature -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
(in steps of 0.1) (stage 2) -58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
Tripping time characteristic 2
⎛I ⎞
t TRIP = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max
⎝ Irms ⎠ Additional functions
5
For Irms > Ipickup
Istart = Start-up current of the For currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE
motor in A (Amps) primary or in % IN
Irms = Current actually flowing Range 10 to 240 % IN
Ipickup = Pickup threshold, from Tolerance 3 % of measured value
which the motor start-up For voltages VL1-E, in kV primary or in %
is detected Range 10 to 120 % of VN
tstart max = Maximum permissible Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
starting time
tTRIP = Tripping time
For sensitive earth-current IEE, IEEac, IEEreac
detection (r.m.s., active and reactive current)
Reset ratio Irms/Ipickup Approx. 0.94 in A (kA) primary, or in %
Tolerances Range 0 to 160 % IEEN
Pickup values 5 % of setting value or 5 % rated Tolerance ≤ 3 % of measured value
value Power/work
S Apparent power in kVA, MVA, GVA
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66/86)
S/VA (apparent power) For V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Setting ranges/steps typically < 6 %
Rotor temperature compensation 0 to 60 min (in steps of 0.1min)
time TCOMP P Active power, in kW, MW, GW
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) P/Watts (active power) For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
time Trestart < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
Maximum permissible number 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Q Reactive power, In kvar, Mvar, Gvar
of warm starts nw Q/Var (reactive power) For |sin ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) < 6 %, for V/VN, I/IN = 50 to 120 %
warm start nc - nw cos ϕ, total and phase-selective -1 to +1
Extension factor for cooling 1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Power factor cos ϕ For |cos ϕ| = 0.707 to 1, typically
simulation of the rotor <5%
(running and stop)
nc − 1 Metering
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
nc + Wp kWh In kWh, MWh, GWh forward
Θrestart = Temperature limit
- Wp kWh In kWh reverse
below which restarting
+ Wq kvarh In kvarh inductive
is possible
- Wq kvarh In kvarh, Mvarh, Gvarh capacitive
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term mean values
rotor overtemperature
(= 100 % in operational Mean values 15, 30, 60 minutes mean values
measured value IL1 dmd in A, kA Pdmd in kW
Θrot/Θrot trip) IL2 dmd in A, kA Qdmd in kvar
nc = Number of permissible IL3 dmd in A, kA Sdmd in kVA
start-ups from cold
state

Threshold IL < /IN = 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay time for IL< 0 to 320 s (in steps of 0.1 s)

Technical data
Min/max. LOG (memory) CE conformity

Measured values With date and time This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
Reset automatic Time of day (settable in minutes) munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
Time range (settable in days; to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
1 to 365, ∞) and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
(Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
Reset manual Via binary input
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
Via keyboard
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Via communication
Part 303).
Min./max. values of primary cur- IL1; IL2; IL3
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
rents
Min./max. values of primary volt- VL1-E
This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
ages
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with
Min./max. values of power S Apparent Power the generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive
P Active power and standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Q Reactive power
Power factor cos ϕ
5
Min./max. values of primary cur-
rents mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
Min./max. values of power mean
value Pdmd, Qdmd, Sdmd
Fault event log
Storage Storage of the last 8 faults
Time assignment
Resolution for operational
indications 1s
Resolution for fault event
indications 1 ms
Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Fault recording
Storage Storage of max. 8 fault events
Total storage time (fault detection Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
or trip command = 0 ms) post-fault time
Max. storage period per fault
event Tmax 0.30 s to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 s to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Sampling rate at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per ms
Sampling rate at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
Backup battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
type CR ½ AA
Self-discharge time > 5 years
“Battery fault” battery charge warn-
ing

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ö¨¨ – ö¨
motor protection relay
Measuring inputs (4 x I), default settings
IN = 1 A1), 15th position only with A 1
IN = 5 A1), 15th position only with A 5
Measuring inputs (1 x V, 3 x I), default settings

See next
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.003 to 1.5 A), page
15th position only with B and J 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (IEE = 0.015 to 7.5 A),
15th position only with B and J 6
Auxiliary voltage
24/48 V DC, binary input threshold 19 V 2
60/110 V DC2), binary input threshold 19 V3) 4
110/125/220/250 V DC, 115/230 V AC2) binary input threshold 88 V3) 5
Unit design 5
Surface-mounting housing, terminals on top and bottom B
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
Region-specific default and language settings

Region World, 50/60 Hz, ANSI/IEC characteristic,
languages: English, German, French, Spanish, Russian B
System port (on bottom of unit)

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103, electrical RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS4854) 8
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 9 L 0 E
Command (without process check back signal)

Without command 0
With command 1
Measuring / fault recording

Oscillographic fault recording 1
Oscillographic fault recording, slave pointer, mean values, min./max. values 3

means of jumpers.
voltage ranges can be selected by
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be
selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.
4) Temperature monitoring box
7XV5662-oAD10, refer
to part 13.


7SJ602 multifunction overcurrent and 7SJ602o-ooooo-oooo
motor protection relay
ANSI No. Description
Basic version
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection TOC phase
I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
49 Overload protection
74TC Trip circuit supervision
50BF Breaker-failure protection
Cold load pickup
1)
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F A
Basic version + directional ground/earth-fault detection
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
5 46
Cold load pickup
Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection F B 2)
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring

50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
46 Negative sequence/unbalanced load protection
2)
Voltage and power measuring F J
Basic version + motor protection
50N/51N Ground/earth-fault protection TOC ground/earth IE>, IE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
37 Undercurrent/loss of load monitoring
1)
66/86 Restart inhibit H A
Basic version + directional ground/earth fault protection + motor protection
67Ns Directional sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
64 Displacement voltage
Cold load pickup
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H B
Basic version + sensitive ground/earth-fault detection + measuring + motor protection
50Ns/51Ns Sensitive ground/earth-fault detection IEE>, IEE>>, IEp
Cold load pickup
Voltage and power measuring
2)
66/86 Restart inhibit H J
Auto-reclosure (ARC)
1) Only with position 7 = 1 or 5
Without auto-reclosure ARC 0
2) Only with position 7 = 2 or 6 79 With auto-reclosure ARC 1

Accessories Description Order No.

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection units
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition,
device templates, Comtrade Viewer, electronic manual included
as well as “Getting started” manual on paper, connecting cables (copper)
Basis
Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
(authorization by serial number) 7XS5400-0AA00
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
SIGRA 4
(generally contained in DIGSI Professional, but can be ordered additionally)
Software for graphic visualization, analysis and evaluation of fault records.
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs on CD-ROM.
Authorization by serial number. 7XS5410-0AA00 5
Temperature monitoring box
24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Connecting cable (contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector) 7XV5100-4
Cable between temperature monitoring box and SIPROTEC 4 unit
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ602

English please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
Spanish please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
Description Order No. Size of Supplier

LSP2093-afp.eps
package
Terminal safety cover
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Voltage/current terminal 8-pole C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens

for current terminals Short-circuit links
LSP2289-afp.eps
For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
Your local Siemens representative
can inform you on local suppliers.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/54

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/55

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Side view / screw-type terminals View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 17/20
7SJ602 with7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting,
terminals at rear
Fig. 17/21
7SJ602 with 7XP20 housing
for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom

SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61
Multifunction Protection Relay
Function overview
• Time-overcurrent protection
(definite-time/inverse-time/user-def.)
• Sensitive earth-fault detection
• Intermittent earth-fault protection
• High-impedance restricted earth fault
• Inrush restraint
• Motor protection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
SIPV6_116.eps
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection
• Overload protection 5
• Temperature monitoring
Fig. 5/56 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 multifunction protection relay
with text (left) and graphic display • Negative-sequence protection
• Auto-reclosure
• Lockout
Description Control functions/programmable logic

• Commands for control of a
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 relays can be used circuit-breaker and of isolators
for line protection of high and medium • Position of switching elements is shown
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
on the graphic display
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com-
pensated neutral point. When protecting • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
motors, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 is suitable DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
for asynchronous machines of all sizes. • User-defined logic with CFC
The relay performs all functions of backup (e.g. interlocking)
protection supplementary to transformer
differential protection.
• Operational measured values I
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
breaker, further switching devices and
• Slave pointer
automation functions. The integrated
programmable logic (CFC) allows the
• Time metering of operating hours
user to implement their own functions, • Trip circuit supervision
e. g. for the automation of switchgear • 8 oscillographic fault records
(interlocking). The user is also allowed • Motor statistics
to generate user-defined messages.
Communication interfaces
The flexible communication interfaces • System interface
are open for modern communication – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
architectures with control systems. – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
• Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/8/11 binary inputs
• 4/8/6 output relays

Application
LSA2959-egpen.eps
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ61 unit is a numerical Line protection Backup protection

protection relay that also performs control The relay is a non-directional overcurrent re- The 7SJ61can be used universally for backup
and monitoring functions and therefore sup- lay which can be used for line protection of protection.
ports the user in cost-effective power system high and medium-voltage networks with
management, and ensures reliable supply of earthed (grounded), low-resistance earthed, Flexible protection functions
electric power to the customers. Local opera- isolated or compensated neutral point.
tion has been designed according to ergo- By configuring a connection between a
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read display standard protection logic and any measured
Motor protection or derived quantity, the functional scope of
was a major design aim.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ61 relay is the relays can be easily expanded by up to
Control suitable for asynchronous machines of all 20 protection stages or protection functions.
sizes.
The integrated control function permits con- Metering values
trol of disconnect devices, earthing switches Transformer protection
or circuit-breakers via the integrated opera- Extensive measured values, limit values and
tor panel, binary inputs, DIGSI 4 or the con- The relay performs all functions of backup metered values permit improved system
trol and protection system (e.g. SICAM). The protection supplementary to transformer management.
present status (or position) of the primary differential protection. The inrush sup-
equipment can be displayed, in case of de- pression effectively prevents tripping by in-
vices with graphic display. A full range of rush currents.
command processing functions is provided. The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
Programmable logic tion faults on the transformer.
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.

Application

IE>, IE>>, IE>>>
50Ns, 51Ns IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp Sensitive earth-fault protection
– Cold load pick-up (dynamic setting change)
– IE> Intermittent earth fault
87N High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection) 5

51M Load jam protection
14 Locked rotor protection
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box),

Construction
Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack size (text display variants) and
1/2-rack size (graphic display variants) are
the available housing widths of the 7SJ61
relays referred to a 19" module frame sys-
tem. This means that previous models can
always be replaced. The height is a uniform
244 mm for flush-mounting housings and
266 mm for surface-mounting housing. All
LSP2099-afpen.eps
cables can be connected with or without

ring lugs.
In the case of surface mounting on a panel,
the connection terminals are located above
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and bot-
tom of the housing. Fig. 5/59 Rear view with screw-type, 1/3-rack size

Time-overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-selective
measurement of the three phase currents and
the earth current (four transformers). Three
definite-time overcurrent protection ele-
ments (DMT) exist both for the phases and
for the earth. The current threshold and the
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent pro-
tection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
5 Fig. 5/60 Fig. 5/61

Definite-time overcurrent protection Inverse-time overcurrent protection

Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint Flexible protection functions

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint. The 7SJ61 units enable the user to easily
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during add on up to 20 protective functions. To
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di- this end, parameter definitions are used to
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional normal elements (I>, Ip) are link a standard protection logic with any
When using the reset characteristic (disk blocked. chosen characteristic quantity (measured
emulation), a reset process is initiated after or derived quantity). The standard logic
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change consists of the usual protection elements
process corresponds to the reverse move- For time-overcurrent protection functions such as the pickup message, the parameter-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome- the initiation thresholds and tripping times definable delay time, the TRIP command,
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation). can be switched via binary inputs or by a blocking possibility, etc. The mode of
time control. operation for current quantities can be
User-definable characteristics three-phase or single-phase. The quantities
Instead of the predefined time characteris- can be operated as greater than or less than
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris- stages. All stages operate with protection
tics can be defined by the user for phase and priority. Protection stages/functions attain-
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/ able on the basis of the available character-
time value pairs may be programmed. They istic quantities:
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in Function ANSI No.
DIGSI 4.
I>, IE> 50, 50N
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1> 50N, 46
Binary input

Settable dropout delay times

If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50Ns, mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
51Ns/50N, 51N) tent faults, the long dropout times of the
electromechanical devices (several hundred
For high-resistance earthed networks, a
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
sensitive input transformer is connected to
of time grading. Clean time grading is only
a phase-balance neutral current trans-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
former (also called core-balance CT).
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
The function can also be operated in the in- out times can be defined for certain functions
sensitive mode as an additional short- circuit such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
protection. short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.
Intermittent earth-fault protection
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result Multiple reclosures can be defined by the
Fig. 5/62 High-impedance restricted
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults user and lockout will occur if a fault is earth-fault protection
either simply cease at some stage or develop present after the last reclosure. The follow-
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit- ing functions are possible:
overload function is automatically adapted
5
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults to the ambient conditions. If there is no
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal • Separate settings for phase and earth faults RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect temperatures are constant.
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure
and interrupt the current pulses, some of (RAR) and up to nine delayed auto- High-impedance restricted earth-fault
which can be very brief. reclosures (DAR) protection (ANSI 87N)
The selectivity required with intermittent
earth faults is achieved by summating the • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip The high-impedance measurement princi-
duration of the individual pulses and by command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51) ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
method for detecting earth faults, espe-
triggering when a (settable) summed time is • Blocking option of the ARC via binary
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
inputs plied to motors, generators and reactors
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC when these are operated on an earthed net-
period.
work.
• The overcurrent elements can either be
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) blocked or operated non-delayed depend- When the high-impedance measurement
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is ing on the auto-reclosure cycle principle is applied, all current transform-
ers in the protected area are connected in
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip • Dynamic setting change of the
parallel and operated on one common re-
command, another command can be initi- overcurrent elements can be activated de- sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
ated using the breaker failure protection pending on the ready AR measured (see Fig. 5/61). In the case of
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
upstream (higher-level) protection relay. Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) tecting the current through the (external)
Breaker failure is detected if after a trip com- For protecting cables and transformers, resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted an overload protection with an integrated ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to
circuit. As an option it is possible to make use pre-warning element for temperature and limit the voltage in the event of an internal
of the circuit-breaker position indication. current can be applied. The temperature is fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
calculated using a thermal homogeneous- age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) tion. At the same time, this results in
body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
(Negative-sequence protection) smoothing of the voltage without any
which takes account both of the energy en-
noteworthy reduction of the average value.
In line protection, the two-element phase- tering the equipment and the energy losses. If no faults have occurred and in the event
balance current/negative-sequence protec- The calculated temperature is constantly of external faults, the system is at equilib-
tion permits detection on the high side of adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is rium, and the voltage through the resistor
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and taken of the previous load and the load is approximately zero. In the event of in-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low fluctuations. ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch leads to a voltage and a current flow
For thermal protection of motors (espe-
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec- through the resistor R.
cially the stator) a further time constant
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the
can be set so that the thermal ratios can be The current transformers must be of the
transformer.
detected correctly while the motor is rotat- same type and must at least offer a separate
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient core for the high-impedance restricted
temperature or the temperature of the earth-fault protection. They must in par-
coolant can be detected serially via an ex- ticular have the same transformation ratio
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis- and an approximately identical knee-point
tance-temperature detector box, also called voltage. They should also demonstrate only
RTD-box). The thermal replica of the minimal measuring errors.
Protection functions/Functions
n Motor protection
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48)
Starting time supervision protects the
motor against long unwanted start-ups
that might occur when excessive load
torque occurs, excessive voltage drops
occur within the motor or if the rotor is
locked. Rotor temperature is calculated
from measured stator current. The trip-
ping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠
I = Actual current flowing
5 IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
start Fig. 5/63
t = Tripping time
IA = Rated motor starting current Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Motor statistics
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current (2 times, Sudden high loads can cause slowing down Essential information on start-up of the mo-
for warm and cold motor) and blocking of the motor and mechanical tor (duration, current, voltage) and general
damages. The rise of current due to a load information on number of starts, total oper-
The characteristic (equation) can be adapt- jam is being monitored by this function ating time, total down time, etc. are saved as
ed optimally to the state of the motor by (alarm and tripping). The overload protec- statistics in the device.
applying different tripping times TA in tion function is too slow and therefore not
dependence of either cold or warm motor suitable under these circumstances. Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
state. For differentiation of the motor state Methods for determining circuit-breaker
the thermal model of the rotor is applied. Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) contact wear or the remaining service life
(Negative-sequence protection) of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte-
If the trip time is rated according to the
above formula, even a prolonged start-up The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur- nance intervals to be aligned to their actual
and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up rent protection detects a phase failure or load degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced
current) will be evaluated correctly. The unbalance due to network asymmetry and maintenance costs.
tripping time is inverse (current depend- protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
There is no mathematically exact method
ent). perature rise.
of calculating the wear or the remaining
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to Restart inhibit (ANSI 66/86) service life of circuit-breakers that takes
detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous into account the arc-chamber's physical
tripping is effected. If a motor is started up too many times in conditions when the CB opens. This is why
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther- various methods of determining CB wear
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38) mal overload, especially the upper edges of have evolved which reflect the different op-
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated erator philosophies. To do justice to these,
Up to 2 temperature monitoring boxes with from the stator current. The reclosing lock- the devices offer several methods:
a total of 12 measuring sensors can be used out only permits start-up of the motor if the
for temperature monitoring and detection by rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a • I
the protection relay. The thermal status of complete start- up (see Fig. 5/62). • Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
motors, generators and transformers can be
monitored with this device. Additionally, the Emergency start-up • Σ i 2t
temperature of the bearings of rotating ma- The devices additionally offer a new
chines are monitored for limit value viola- This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the method for determining the remaining
tion. The temperatures are being measured service life:
with the help of temperature detectors at var- thermal replica as long as the binary input is
active. It is also possible to reset the thermal • Two-point method
ious locations of the device to be protected.
This data is transmitted to the protection re- replica to zero.
lay via one or two temperature monitoring
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/78).
With this function, a sudden drop in current,
that can occur due to a reduced motor load, is
detected. This may be due to shaft breakage,
no-load operation of pumps or fan failure.

The status of primary equipment or auxil-

iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
contacts and communicated to the 7SJ61
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic
via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible to
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/63) and
detect and indicate both the OPEN and
the breaking current at the time of contact
CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
opening serve as the basis for this method.
ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
After CB opening, the two-point method
position.
calculates the number of still possible
switching cycles. To this end, the two The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on controlled via:
the device. These are specified in the CB's
technical data. – integrated operator panel
– binary inputs
All of these methods are phase-selective and – substation control and protection system
a limit value can be set in order to obtain an – DIGSI 4
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex-
ceeds the limit value during determination Automation / user-defined logic
of the remaining service life.
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
Commissioning
graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
for the automation of switchgear or substa- 5
Commissioning could hardly be easier and tion. Functions are activated via function
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of keys, binary input or via communication Fig. 5/64 CB switching cycle diagram
the binary inputs can be read individually interface.
and the state of the binary outputs can be
set individually. The operation of switch- Switching authority Assignment of feedback to command
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
Switching authority is determined accord- The positions of the circuit-breaker or
devices) can be checked using the switch-
ing to parameters and communication. switching devices and transformer taps are
ing functions of the bay controller. The
analog measured values are represented as If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local acquired by feedback. These indication in-
wide-ranging operational measured values. switching operations are possible. The fol- puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
lowing sequence of switching authority is ing command outputs. The unit can there-
To prevent transmission of information to fore distinguish whether the indication
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
the control center during maintenance, the change is a consequence of switching opera-
“REMOTE”.
bay controller communications can be dis- tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of
abled to prevent unnecessary data from being Command processing state.
transmitted. During commissioning, all indi- All the functionality of command process-
cations with test marking for test purposes ing is offered. This includes the processing Chatter disable
can be connected to a control and protection of single and double commands with or
system. Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
without feedback, sophisticated monitor- a configured period of time, the number of
ing of the control hardware and software, status changes of indication input exceeds a
Test operation
checking of the external process, control specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
During commissioning, all indications can actions using functions such as runtime input is blocked for a certain period, so that
be passed to an automatic control system for monitoring and automatic command ter- the event list will not record excessive opera-
test purposes. mination after output. Here are some typi- tions.
cal applications:
n Control and automatic functions
• Single and double commands using 1,
Control 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
In addition to the protection functions, the • User-definable bay interlocks
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
• Operating sequences combining several
and monitoring functions that are required
switching operations such as control of
for operating medium-voltage or high-
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and
voltage substations.
earthing switches
The main application is reliable control of • Triggering of switching operations, indi-
switching and other processes. cations or alarm by combination with
existing information

Metered values
Functions
If an external meter with a metering pulse
Indication filtering and delay output is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit
can obtain and process metering pulses via
Binary indications can be filtered or de-
an indication input.
layed.
The metered values can be displayed and
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
passed on to a control center as an accumu-
potential at the indication input. The indica-
lation with reset.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt-
age is still present after a set period of time. In
Switchgear cubicles
the event of indication delay, there is a wait
for high/medium voltage
for a preset time. The information is passed
on only if the indication voltage is still pres- All units are designed specifically to meet
ent after this time. the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
Indication derivation
In general, no separate measuring instru-
A further indication (or a command) can be ments or additional control components
derived from an existing indication. Group are necessary.
5 indications can also be formed. The volume
LSP2077f.eps
of information to the system interface can
thus be reduced and restricted to the most
important signals.
Measured values
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
acquired current. The following functions
are available for measured value process-
ing:
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (50Ns) Fig. 5/65
• Symmetrical components NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
I1, I2, 3I0
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
current values
• Operating hours counter
• Mean operating temperature of overload
function
• Limit value monitoring
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
can be derived from this limit value indi-
cation.
In a certain range of very low measured
values, the value is set to zero to suppress
interference.

System interface protocols (retrofittable)

Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con- the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automation control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit- to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run. protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible directly between bay units so as to set up sim-
to optimally integrate units into the changing ple masterless systems for bay and system in-
communication infrastructure, for example terlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
increasingly in the power supply sector in the
years to come). IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-

Fig. 5/66
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can messages from the unit and also control
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- commands can be transferred by means of 5
tection operation program. Commissioning published, Siemens-specific extensions to
tools and fault analysis are also built into the the protocol.
program and are available through this inter- Redundant solutions are also possible.
face. Optionally it is possible to read out and alter
individual parameters (only possible with the
Rear-mounted interfaces1) redundant module).
A number of communication modules
suitable for various applications can be fit- PROFIBUS-DP protocol
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the protocol in industrial automation. Via
modules can be easily replaced by the user. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
The interface modules support the follow- information available to a SIMATIC control-
ing applications: ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
• Time synchronization interface mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
All units feature a permanently integrated values can also be transferred.
electrical time synchronization interface.
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in MODBUS RTU protocol Fig. 5/67
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units This uncomplicated, serial protocol is Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
via time synchronization receivers. mainly used in industry and by power sup- and IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
• System interface ply corporations, and is supported by a
Communication with a central control number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
system takes place through this interface. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
Radial or ring type station bus topologies their information available to a master or
can be configured depending on the cho- receiving information from it.
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can A time-stamped event list is available.
exchange data through this interface via
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can
also be operated by DIGSI.
• Service interface
The service interface was conceived for
remote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. On all units, it can be an
electrical RS232/RS485 or an optical inter-
face. For special applications, a maximum
of two temperature monitoring boxes
(RTD-box) can be connected to this inter-
face as an alternative.
1) For units in panel surface-mounting housings

please refer to note on page 5/77.

Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol

Power supply corporations use the serial
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol) for
the station and network control levels.
SIPROTEC units function as DNP slaves,
supplying their information to a master sys-
tem or receiving information from it.
System solutions for protection and station

control
Together with the SICAM power automa-
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec-
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via
the optical double ring, the units exchange
information with the control system.
5
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic
link. Through this interface, the system is
open for the connection of units of other
manufacturers (see Fig. 5/65).
Fig. 5/67
Because of the standardized interfaces, System solution/communication
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated
into systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in-
terfaces are available. The optimum physi-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus,
LSP3.01-0021.tif
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system
solution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via
the 100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
linked with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is standard-
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Fig. 5/68
of units of other manufacturers to the Optical Ethernet communication module
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
the units can also be used in other manu-
facturers’ systems (see Fig. 5/66).

Typical connections
n Connection of current
and voltage transformers
Standard connection
For earthed networks, the earth current is
obtained from the phase currents by the
residual current circuit.
Fig. 5/69
Residual current
circuit
5
Fig. 5/70
Sensitive earth
current detection

Overview of connection types

Type of network Function Current connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current transformers
phase/earth non-directional required, phase-balance neutral current transformer
possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
transformers required
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase
phases non-directional current transformers possible
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Phase-balance neutral current transformers
protection required
Compensated networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current
5
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in-
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
nal occurs whenever the circuit is
interrupted.
Fig. 5/71 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs

Technical data
General unit data Electrical tests

Measuring circuits Specification
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Standards IEC 60255
Current transformer ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
UL508
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable)
Insulation tests
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A
Power consumption
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase all circuits except for auxiliary
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization
Overload capability
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
30 x Inom for 10 s Communication ports 500 V AC
4 x Inom continuous and time synchronization
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
Overload capability if equipped with all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
sensitive earth-fault CT
Thermal (effective) 300 A for 1 s
ports and time synchronization,
class III
at intervals of 5 s 5
100 A for 10 s EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(product standard)
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V DIN 57435 Part 303
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–330 V IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
AC 92–138 V 184–265 V and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Ripple voltage, peak-to-peak ≤ 12 % Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Power consumption IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
Quiescent Approx. 3 W and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Energized Approx. 7 W Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC field, non-modulated
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Binary inputs/indication inputs field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
IEC 61000-4-3; class III
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611, 7SJ612,
7SJ613 7SJ614 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
Number 3 8 11 IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Voltage range 24–250 V DC Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Pickup threshold Modifiable by plug-in jumpers IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities;
Pickup threshold DC 19 V 88 V
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/125 V 110/220/250 V
High-energy surge voltages
Response time/drop-out time Approx. 3.5 ms (Surge)
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage) IEC 61000-4-5; class III
energized Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF
Binary outputs/command outputs
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Type 7SJ610 7SJ611, 7SJ612, across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
7SJ613 7SJ614
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
Number command/indication relay 4 8 6 amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A IEC 61000-4-6, class III
indication relay (2 contacts changeable to Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous
NC/form B, via jumpers) IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz
A/B Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Permissible current 5 A continuous, 30 A for 0.5 s making
current, 2000 switching cycles

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) Climatic stress tests
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s Temperatures
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humi-
It is recommended to arrange the dity; on 56 days a year up to 95 %
5 Units with a detached operator
panel must be installed in a metal
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
that could cause condensation.
Mechanical stress tests Unit design
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Housing 7XP20
During operation Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Weight
1/3 19’’, surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
1/3 19’’, flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration 1/2 19’’, surface-mounting housing 7.5 kg
frequency sweep 1 octave/min 1/2 19’’, flush-mounting housing 6.5 kg
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Degree of protection
Shock Semi-sinusoidal acc. to EN 60529
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms; Surface-mounting housing IP 51
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Operator safety IP 2x with cover
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Serial interfaces
(vertical axis) Operating interface (front of unit)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
(horizontal axis) 9-pin subminiature connector
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
(vertical axis) min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
During transportation Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude; RS232/RS485
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
Connection
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C”
Shock Semi-sinusoidal detached operator panel
IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal top/bottom part
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft
of 3 axes
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) PROFIBUS-FMS/DP

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B to a control center
to a control center Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud, RS485
Connection
RS232/RS485 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
Connection
detached operator panel
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
detached operator panel top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
top/bottom part
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Fiber optic 5
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connection
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
optic connection surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/99
with two-tier terminal on the Optical wavelength 820 nm
top/bottom part
Optical wavelength 820 nm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
RS485 to a control center
Connection Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For surface-mounting housing (not available) For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
with two-tier terminal on the surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
top/bottom part detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
top/bottom part
IEC 61850 protocol
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 recommended
- to a control center
- with DIGSI Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 100 Mbit Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
Ethernet, electrical connection
Connection Two RJ45 connectors surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B" detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/77
Ethernet, optical Permissible path attenuaion Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Connection Integr. LC connector for FO connection Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
Distance 1.5 km/0.9 miles

Technical data
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Inrush blocking

Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>,
(SUB-D) Ip, IEp
(terminal with surface-mounting Lower function limit phases At least one phase current
housing) (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA 1)
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) Lower function limit earth Earth current (50 Hz and 100 Hz)
Functions ≥ 125 mA 1)
Definite-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 50, 50N) Upper function limit (setting range) 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
(ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) Dynamic setting change
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) Controllable function Pickup, tripping time
Setting ranges Start criteria Current criteria,
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) CB position via aux. contacts,
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) binary input,
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) auto-reclosure ready
5 Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Time control 3 timers
Times Current criteria Current threshold
Pickup times (without inrush (reset on dropping below threshold;
restraint, with inrush restraint monitoring with timer)
+ 10 ms) (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 50 Ns, 51Ns)
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
Dropout times Approx. 40 ms
Setting ranges
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Tolerances For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51, 51N) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating mode phase protection 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Times
(ANSI 51) (L1 and L3) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Setting ranges Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
(IEC characteristics)
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Trip characteristics User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, current and delay time values
extremely inverse, long inverse Setting ranges
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup threshold IEEp
moderately inverse, very inverse, For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
extremely inverse, definite inverse For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value User defined
pairs of current and time delay Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout setting Times
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx. Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp
0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances Tolerances
Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) Pickup threshold
Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
30 ms Dropout times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value ≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual
30 ms Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
(I / k ⋅I nom) −( I pre / k ⋅I nom )

High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase 2 2
overcurrent protection Tripping characteristic t = τ th⋅ ln

(I / k ⋅I nom) −1
2
Setting ranges For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8
Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) t = Tripping time
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) τth = Temperature rise time constant
Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times I = Load current
Pickup times Ipre = Preload current
Minimum Approx. 20 ms k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
protection relay
Tolerances
Dropout ratios
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
5 % of setting value or
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Tolerances 5
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold
1) Number of reclosures 0 to 9
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Program for phase fault
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, negative
gation time sequence, binary input
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Program for earth fault
mulation time Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements, sensitive
earth-fault protection, binary input
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s)
accumulation Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
three-phase fault detected by a protec-
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1)
tive element, binary input,
intermittent earth fault
last TRIP command after the reclosing
Times cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Pickup times reclosing),
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms TRIP command by the breaker failure
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms protection (50BF),
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms opening the CB without ARC
initiation,
Tolerances external CLOSE command
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Setting ranges
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) (separate for phase and earth
Setting ranges and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
CLOSE detection
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference reclosure
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) dynamic blocking
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ factor constant with the machine running time
(in steps of 0.1) Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
The delay times of the following protection function can be altered
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip,
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp

Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) (cont'd) Times

Additional functions Lockout (final trip), Pickup times Approx. 35 ms
delay of dead-time start via binary Dropout times Approx. 35 ms
input (monitored), Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
dead-time extension via binary input Tolerances
(monitored), Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
co-ordination with other protection Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
relays, Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
circuit-breaker monitoring,
evaluation of the CB contacts Setting ranges
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges (IEC characteristics)
Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(ANSI characteristics)
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A1)
Times
Pickup times Trip characteristics
with internal start is contained in the delay time IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
5 with external start is contained in the delay time extremely inverse

Dropout times Approx. 25 ms ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
very inverse, extremely inverse
Tolerances
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Dropout
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 47, 50, 50N) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold
Operating modes/measuring ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
quantities
3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0 Tolerances
1-phase I, IE, IE sens. Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Without fixed phase relation Binary input Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
value Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Setting ranges Setting ranges
Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Current ratio I2 / I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Sensitive earth current IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) time TSTARTUP, warm motor
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Temperature threshold cold motor 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Times
Tripping time characteristic
Pickup times, phase quantities 2
t = ⎛⎜ STARTUP ⎞⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
I
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms For I > IMOTOR START
⎝ I ⎠
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Pickup times, symmetrical
components ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms current
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms I = Actual current flowing
Binary input Approx. 20 ms TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Dropout times motor starting current
Phase quantities < 20 ms t = Tripping time in seconds
Symmetrical components < 30 ms Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Binary input < 10 ms
Tolerances
Tolerances Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Phase quantities 1 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Symmetrical components 2 % of setting value or 100 mA1)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Current threshold for
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) close signal detection
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Tolerances
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Additional functions

Setting ranges Operational measured values
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) Currents In A (kA) primary, in A secondary
to rated motor current IL1, IL2, IL3 or in % Inom
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom Positive-sequence component I1
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Negative-sequence component I2
Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) IE or 3I0
TStart Max Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Tolerance1) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME Temperature overload protection In %
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) Θ/ΘTrip
warm starts Range 0 to 400 %
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) Tolerance1) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
warm starts
Temperature restart inhibit In %
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
ΘL/ΘL Trip
simulations of rotor at zero speed
kτ at STOP Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance1)
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip
5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
In %
5
kτ RUNNING
Reclose time TReclose In min
Restarting limit
n −1 Current of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm⋅ c detection IEE secondary
nc
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
which restarting is possi- RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
ble box"
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Long-term averages
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
(= 100 % in operational
measured value Frequency of updates Adjustable
Θrot/Θrot trip) Long-term averages
nc = Number of permissible of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
start-ups from cold state
Max. / Min. report
Report of measured values With date and time
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
measured values Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
0 to 1439 min)
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Time frame and starting time adjust-
Temperature detectors able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Reset, manual Using binary input,
Number of temperature Max. 6 using keypad,
detectors per box via communication
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or I1 (positive-sequence component)
“Bearing” or “Other”
Thresholds for indications Min./Max. values for overload pro- Θ/ΘTrip
For each measuring detector tection
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) I1 (positive-sequence component)
or ∞ (no indication) Local measured values monitoring
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F)
for I>Ibalance limit
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Fault recording
Recording of indications of the last
8 power system faults
3 power system ground faults
1) At rated frequency.

Technical data
Time stamping Setting group switchover of the function parameters

Resolution for event log 1 ms Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
(operational annunciations) Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
Resolution for trip log 1 ms interface or binary input
(fault annunciations) Control
Maximum time deviation 0.01 % Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
(internal clock) outputs
Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah, Interlocking Programmable
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Fault" for insufficient battery charge Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
Oscillographic fault recording
Control commands Single command / double command
Maximum 8 fault records saved, 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
memory maintained by buffer bat-
tery in case of loss of power supply Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Recording time Total 20 s Local control Control via menu,
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording assignment of a function key
5 Sampling rate for 50 Hz

and memory time adjustable
1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle) control system
(e.g. SICAM),
Statistics DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
CE conformity
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle) nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Circuit-breaker wear electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 Directive 73/23/EEC).
• 2-point method This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
(remaining service life) man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
• Σi2t
Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea- The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
sured values on TRIP command, up to man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
8 digits, phase-selective limit values,
monitoring indication This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Motor statistics generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1) standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %)
Motor start-up data: of the last 5 start-ups
– start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
Display range Up to 7 digits
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Trip circuit monitoring
With one or two binary inputs
Commissioning aids
Phase rotation field check,
operational measured values,
circuit-breaker/switching device
test,
creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal
(telegram format IRIG-B000),
binary input,
communication


7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact 0
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 2 see
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 3 next
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 4 page
Measuring inputs ( 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 1
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.001 A)
Position 15 only with B 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with A 5
Position 15 only with B 6
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A 7 5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V4) AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Region-specific default settings/function versions and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), selectable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), selectable C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian, selectable F
System interface (Port B): Refer to page 5/77

No system interface 0
Protocols see page 5/77
Service interface (Port C)

No interface at rear side 0
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
Measuring/fault recording
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Fault recording 1
voltage ranges can be selected by Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by means of jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version …/EE.
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
6) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
7) starting from device version .../GG
and FW-Version V4.82


code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo–oooo
Designation ANSI No. Description
Basic version Control
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection I>, I>>, I>>>, Ip
50N/51N Earth-fault protection IE>, IE>>, IE>>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities
derived from current): Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
49 Overload protection (with 2 time constants)
46 Phase balance current protection
37 Undercurrent monitoring
4 setting groups, cold-load pickup
Inrush blocking
5 86 Lockout F A
n IEF Intermittent earth fault P A
n 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F B 2)
n IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
Intermittent earth fault P B 2)
n Motor IEF 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
Intermittent earth fault
48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics R B 2)
n Motor 50Ns/51Ns Sensitive earth-fault detection (non-directional)
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics H B 2)
n Motor 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics H A
ARC Without 0
79 With auto-reclosure 1
ATEX100 Certification
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9 3)
n Basic version included

IEF = Intermittent earth fault
1) 50N/51N only with insensitive earth-current transformer

when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) Sensitive earth-current transformer
only when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) This variant will be supplied with a previous firmware version.

Order numbers for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ61 multifunction protection relay 7SJ61oo – ooooo – oooo–ooo
System interface (on rear of unit, Port B)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber, ST connector 3
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 1) 5
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
5
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L 0H
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 2) 9 L 0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RSJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)2) 9 L 0S
1) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”, please order 7SJ6 unit with RS485 port and separate fiber-optic converters.
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-4AB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00).
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”.
Sample order Position Order No. + Order code

7SJ6125-5EC91-3FA1+L0G
6 I/O’s: 11 BI/6 BO, 1 live status contact 2

7 Current transformer: 5 A 5
8 Power supply: 110 to 250 V DC, 115 V AC to 230 V AC 5
9 Unit version: Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals E
10 Region: US, English language (US); 60 Hz, ANSI C
11 Communication: System interface: DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
13 Measuring/fault recording: Extended measuring and fault records 3
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version FA

DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition
Basis Full version with license for 10 computers, on CD-ROM
Professional DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA (fault record analysis),
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00
Professional + IEC 61850

Complete version:
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for control displays),
DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)
+ IEC 61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00
IEC 61850 System configurator

Software for configuration of stations with IEC 61850 communication under
5 DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition
Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
License for 10 PCs. Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM 7XS5460-0AA00
SIGRA 4
Can also be used for fault records of devices of other manufacturers (Comtrade
format). Running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM. 7XS5410-0AA00

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Varistor/Voltage Arrester
Voltage arrester for high-impedance REF protection
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin con.) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XV5100-4
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ61

English C53000-G1140-C118-x 1)
1) x = please inquire for latest edition (exact Order No.).

Accessories Description Order No. Size of package Supplier
LSP2289-afp.eps
Voltage/current terminal 18-pole/12-pole C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens
Mounting rail
1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827396-1 1 AMP
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin
connector connector taped on reel
Crimping tool for Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)

and matching female 0-539668-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
5
Short-circuit links
for current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens
for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links
for current termi- for other terminals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
nals
1) Your local Siemens representative


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/72
7SJ610 connection diagram
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 15 of this catalog.

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface-mounting version
refer to the manual (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).

Connection diagram
7SJ611x-x B xxx-xxxx
7SJ611x-x D xxx-xxxx
7SJ611, E
7SJ613 E
LSA2820-dgpen.eps
Fig. 5/73
7SJ611, 7SJ613 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ612, E
7SJ614 7SJ614x-x D xxx-xxxx
E
LSA2822-dgpen.eps
Fig. 5/74
7SJ612, 7SJ614 connection diagram


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
• Sensitive dir. earth-fault detection
LSP2299-afpen.eps
SIPV6_116.eps
– Undercurrent monitoring
– Starting time supervision
– Restart inhibit
– Locked rotor
– Load jam protection
• Overload protection 5
Fig. 5/75 SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 multifunction protection relay • Under-/overvoltage protection
with text (left) and graphic display • Under-/overfrequency protection
• Phase-sequence monitoring
Description • Synchro-check
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 relays can be used • Lockout
for line protection of high and medium
• Auto-reclosure
voltage networks with earthed (grounded),
low-resistance earthed, isolated or com- Control functions/programmable logic
pensated neutral point. With regard to • Commands f. ctrl of CB and of isolators
motor protection, the SIPROTEC 4 7SJ62 • Position of switching elements is shown
is suitable for asynchronous machines of on the graphic display
all sizes. The relay performs all functions • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
of backup protection supplementary to DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
transformer differential protection. • User-defined logic with CFC
7SJ62 is featuring the "flexible protection (e.g. interlocking)
functions". Up to 20 protection functions Monitoring functions
can be added according to individual • Operational measured values V, I, f
requirements. Thus, for example, a rate- • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
of-frequency-change protection or reverse • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
power protection can be implemented.
• Slave pointer
The relay provides control of the circuit- • Trip circuit supervision
breaker, further switching devices and • Fuse failure monitor
automation functions. The integrated • 8 oscillographic fault records
programmable logic (CFC) allows the • Motor statistics
user to implement their own functions,
e. g. for the automation of switchgear
(interlocking). The user is also allowed • System interface
to generate user-defined messages. – IEC 60870-5-103/ IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
The flexible communication interfaces
– DNP 3.0/MODBUS RTU
are open for modern communication
architectures with control systems.
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF77
Hardware
• 4 current transformers
• 3/4 voltage transformers
• 8/11 binary inputs
• 8/6 output relays

Application
LSA2958-egpen.eps

protection relay that also performs control The 7SJ62 units can be used for line pro- The 7SJ62can be used universally for
and monitoring functions and therefore tection of high and medium-voltage net- backup protection.
supports the user in cost-effective power works with earthed (grounded), low-
system management, and ensures reliable resistance earthed, isolated or compensated Flexible protection functions
supply of electric power to the customers. neutral point.
Local operation has been designed accord- By configuring a connection between a
ing to ergonomic criteria. A large, easy-to- standard protection logic and any mea-
Synchro-check sured or derived quantity, the functional
read display was a major design aim.
In order to connect two components of a scope of the relays can be easily expanded
Control power system, the relay provides a synchro- by up to 20 protection stages or protection
check function which verifies that switching functions.
The integrated control function permits ON does not endanger the stability of the
control of disconnect devices, earthing power system. Metering values
switches or circuit-breakers via the inte-
grated operator panel, binary inputs, Extensive measured values, limit values
Motor protection and metered values permit improved
DIGSI 4 or the control and protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status When protecting motors, the 7SJ62 relay is system management.
(or position) of the primary equipment suitable for asynchronous machines of all
can be displayed, in case of devices with sizes.
graphic display. A full range of command
processing functions is provided. Transformer protection
The relay performs all functions of backup
Programmable logic protection supplementary to transformer
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) differential protection. The inrush sup-
allow the user to implement their own pression effectively prevents tripping by
functions for automation of switchgear inrush currents.
(interlocking) or a substation via a graphic The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
user interface. The user can also generate protection detects short-circuits and insu-
user-defined messages. lation faults on the transformer.

Application
50, 50N I>, I>>, I>>>, IE>, IE>>, IE>>> Definite time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)
51, 51V, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse time-overcurrent protection (phase/neutral), phase function with voltage-dependent option
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage
– IIE> Intermittent earth fault
50BF Breaker failure protection 5

79 Auto-reclosure
25 Synchro-check
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
47 V2>, phase-sequence Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box), e.g. bearing temperature monitoring
27, 59 V<, V> Undervoltage/overvoltage protection
59R dV/dt Rate-of-voltage-change protection
32 P<>, Q<> Reverse-power, forward-power protection
55 cos ϕ Power factor protection
81O/U f>, f< Overfrequency/underfrequency protection
81R df/dt Rate-of-frequency-change protection
21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques and

housing with many advantages
1/3-rack size (text display variants) and
1/2-rack size (graphic display variants) are
the available housing widths of the 7SJ62 re-
lays, referred to a 19" module frame system.
This means that previous models can always
be replaced. The height is a uniform 244 mm
for flush-mounting housings and 266 mm
LSP2099-afpen.eps
for surface-mounting housing. All cables can
be connected with or without ring lugs.
and below in the form of screw-type termi-
nals. The communication interfaces are
located in a sloped case at the top and
5 bottom of the housing. Fig. 5/79 Rear view with screw-type terminals, 1/3-rack size
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51V, 51N)
This function is based on the phase-
selective measurement of the three phase
currents and the earth current (four trans-
formers). Three definite-time overcurrent
protection elements (DMT) exist both for
the phases and for the earth. The current
threshold and the delay time can be set
within a wide range. In addition, inverse-
time overcurrent protection characteristics
(IDMTL) can be activated.
The inverse-time function provides – as
an option – voltage-restraint or voltage-
controlled operating modes.
Fig. 5/77 Fig. 5/78
Available inverse-time characteristics User-definable characteristics
Characteristics acc. to ANSI/IEEE IEC 60255-3 Instead of the predefined time characteris-
Inverse • • tics according to ANSI, tripping character-
istics can be defined by the user for phase
Short inverse • and earth units separately. Up to 20 cur-
rent/time value pairs may be programmed.
Long inverse • • They are set as pairs of numbers or graphi-
Moderately inverse • cally in DIGSI 4.
Very inverse • • Inrush restraint
Extremely inverse • • The relay features second harmonic re-
straint. If the second harmonic is detected
during transformer energization, pickup of
Reset characteristics non-directional and directional normal el-
ements are blocked.
For easier time coordination with emulation), a reset process is initiated after
electromechanical relays, reset characte- the fault current has disappeared. This
Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
ristics according to ANSI C37.112 and reset process corresponds to the reverse
IEC 60255-3 /BS 142 standards are applied. movement of the Ferraris disk of an elec- For directional and non-directional time-
When using the reset characteristic (disk tromechanical relay (thus: disk emulation). overcurrent protection functions the initia-
tion thresholds and tripping times can be
switched via binary inputs or by time control.
Directional time-overcurrent protection

(ANSI 67, 67N)
Directional phase and earth protection are
separate functions. They operate in parallel
to the non-directional overcurrent ele-
ments. Their pickup values and delay times
can be set separately. Definite-time and in-
verse-time characteristics are offered. The
tripping characteristic can be rotated about
± 180 degrees. Fig. 5/80
By means of voltage memory, Directional characteristic of
the directional
directionality can be determined reliably time-overcurrent
even for close-in (local) faults. If the protection
switching device closes onto a fault and the
voltage is too low to determine direction,
directionality (directional decision) is
made with voltage from the voltage mem- 5
ory. If no voltage exists in the memory,
tripping occurs according to the coordina-
tion schedule.
For earth protection, users can choose
whether the direction is to be determined
via zero-sequence system or negative-se-
quence system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero volt-
age tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.
Directional comparison protection

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of Fig. 5/81
sections fed from two sources with instan- Directional determination
taneous tripping, i.e. without the disad- using cosine measurements
vantage of time coordination. The direc- for compensated networks
tional comparison protection is suitable
if the distances between the protection
stations are not significant and pilot wires For networks with an isolated neutral, the • Each element can be set in forward,
are available for signal transmission. In reactive current component is evaluated; reverse, or non-directional.
addition to the directional comparison for compensated networks, the active cur- • The function can also be operated in the
protection, the directional coordinated rent component or residual resistive cur- insensitive mode as an additional
time-overcurrent protection is used for rent is evaluated. For special network short-circuit protection.
complete selective backup protection. If conditions, e.g. high-resistance earthed
operated in a closed-circuit connection, networks with ohmic-capacitive earth-fault (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
an interruption of the transmission line is current or low-resistance earthed networks (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
detected. with ohmic-inductive current, the tripping
characteristics can be rotated approxi- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection mately ± 45 degrees. sensitive input transformer is connected
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) to a phase-balance neutral current trans-
Two modes of earth-fault direction detec- former (also called core-balance CT).
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- tion can be implemented: tripping or
works, the direction of power flow in the “signalling only mode”. The function can also be operated in the
zero sequence is calculated from the zero- insensitive mode as an additional short-
sequence current I0 and zero-sequence It has the following functions: circuit protection.
voltage V0. • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
• Two instantaneous elements or one
instantaneous plus one user-defined
characteristic.

Protection functions High-impedance restricted earth-fault

protection (ANSI 87N)
Intermittent earth-fault protection The high-impedance measurement princi-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due ple is an uncomplicated and sensitive
to insulation weaknesses in cables or as a method for detecting earth faults, espe-
result of water penetrating cable joints. cially on transformers. It can also be ap-
Such faults either simply cease at some plied to motors, generators and reactors
stage or develop into lasting short-circuits. when these are operated on an earthed
During intermittent activity, however, network.
star-point resistors in networks that are When the high-impedance measurement
impedance-earthed may undergo thermal principle is applied, all current transform-
overloading. The normal earth-fault pro- ers in the protected area are connected in
tection cannot reliably detect and interrupt parallel and operated on one common re-
the current pulses, some of which can be sistor of relatively high R whose voltage is
very brief. measured (see Fig. 5/82). In the case of
The selectivity required with intermittent 7SJ6 units, the voltage is measured by de-
earth faults is achieved by summating the tecting the current through the (external)
duration of the individual pulses and by resistor R at the sensitive current measure-
5 triggering when a (settable) summed time ment input IEE. The varistor V serves to Fig. 5/82 High-impedance restricted
earth-fault protection
is reached. The response threshold IIE> limit the voltage in the event of an internal
evaluates the r.m.s. value, referred to one fault. It cuts off the high momentary volt-
systems period. age spikes occurring at transformer satura-
tion. At the same time, this results in
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) smoothing of the voltage without any
(Negative-sequence protection) noteworthy reduction of the average value.
In line protection, the two-element phase- If no faults have occurred and in the event
balance current/negative-sequence protec- of external faults, the system is at equilib-
tion permits detection on the high side of rium, and the voltage through the resistor
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and is approximately zero. In the event of in-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low ternal faults, an imbalance occurs which
side of a transformer (e.g. with the switch leads to a voltage and a current flow
group Dy 5). This provides backup protec- through the resistor R.
tion for high-resistance faults beyond the The current transformers must be of the
transformer. same type and must at least offer a separate
core for the high-impedance restricted
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) earth-fault protection. They must in par-
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit ticular have the same transformation ratio
is not disconnected upon issuance of a trip and an approximately identical knee-point
command, another command can be initi- voltage. They should also demonstrate only
ated using the breaker failure protection minimal measuring errors.
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g.
of an upstream (higher-level) protection
relay. Breaker failure is detected if, after a
trip command, current is still flowing in
the faulted circuit. As an option, it is possi-
ble to make use of the circuit-breaker posi-
tion indication.

Flexible protection functions

The 7SJ62 units enable the user to easily
add on up to 20 protective functions. To
this end, parameter definitions are used to
link a standard protection logic with any
chosen characteristic quantity (measured
or derived quantity) (Fig. 5/80). The stand- dv /dt
ard logic consists of the usual protection
elements such as the pickup message, the
parameter-definable delay time, the TRIP
command, a blocking possibility, etc. The
mode of operation for current, voltage, LSA4113-aen.eps
power and power factor quantities can be
three-phase or single-phase. Almost all
quantities can be operated as greater than Fig. 5/83 Flexible protection functions
or less than stages. All stages operate with
protection priority.
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
5
Protection stages/functions attainable on
the basis of the available characteristic Multiple reclosures can be defined by the For protecting cables and transformers,
quantities: user and lockout will occur if a fault is an overload protection with an integrated
present after the last reclosure. The follow- pre-warning element for temperature and
Function ANSI No. ing functions are possible: current can be applied. The temperature is
calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
I>, IE> 50, 50N • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
V<, V>, VE>, dV/dt 27, 59, 59R, 64 • Separate settings for phase and earth faults which takes account both of the energy en-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure tering the equipment and the energy losses.
3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1 50N, 46
3V0>, V1><, V2>< 59N, 47 (RAR) and up to nine delayed The calculated temperature is constantly
auto-reclosures (DAR) adjusted accordingly. Thus, account is
P><, Q>< 32 taken of the previous load and the load
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip fluctuations.
cos ϕ (p.f.)>< 55
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67)
f>< 81O, 81U For thermal protection of motors (espe-
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary cially the stator) a further time constant
df/dt>< 81R inputs can be set so that the thermal ratios can be
For example, the following can be imple- • ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC detected correctly while the motor is rotat-
ing and when it is stopped. The ambient
mented: • The directional and non-directional ele-
temperature or the temperature of the
• Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R) ments can either be blocked or operated
coolant can be detected serially via an ex-
non-delayed depending on the auto-
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection reclosure cycle
ternal temperature monitoring box (resis-
(ANSI 81R) tance-temperature detector box, also called
• Dynamic setting change of the directional RTD- box). The thermal replica of the
Synchro-check (ANSI 25) and non-directional elements can be acti- overload function is automatically adapted
vated depending on the ready AR to the ambient conditions. If there is no
In case of switching ON the circuit-
RTD-box it is assumed that the ambient
breaker, the units can check whether the
temperatures are constant.
two subnetworks are synchronized.
Voltage-, frequency- and phase-angle-
Settable dropout delay times
differences are being checked to determine
whether synchronous conditions are If the devices are used in parallel with elec-
existent. tromechanical relays in networks with in-
termittent faults, the long dropout times
of the electromechanical devices (several
hundred milliseconds) can lead to prob-
lems in terms of time grading. Clean time
grading is only possible if the dropout time
is approximately the same. This is why the
parameter of dropout times can be defined
for certain functions such as time-over-
current protection, earth short-circuit and
phase-balance current protection.

n Motor protection
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calcu-
lated from the stator current. The reclosing
lockout only permits start-up of the motor
if the rotor has sufficient thermal reserves
for a complete start-up (see Fig. 5/84).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lock-
out via a binary input by storing the state
of the thermal replica as long as the binary
5 input is active. It is also possible to reset
the thermal replica to zero.
Fig. 5/84
Temperature monitoring (ANSI 38)
Up to two temperature monitoring boxes The characteristic (equation) can be shaft breakage, no-load operation of
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be adapted optimally to the state of the motor pumps or fan failure.
used for temperature monitoring and de- by applying different tripping times TA in
tection by the protection relay. The ther- dependence of either cold or warm motor Motor statistics
mal status of motors, generators and state. For differentiation of the motor state Essential information on start-up of the
transformers can be monitored with this the thermal model of the rotor is applied. motor (duration, current, voltage) and
device. Additionally, the temperature of If the trip time is rated according to the general information on number of starts,
the bearings of rotating machines are mon- above formula, even a prolonged start-up total operating time, total down time, etc.
itored for limit value violation. The tem- and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up are saved as statistics in the device.
peratures are being measured with the help current) will be evaluated correctly. The
of temperature detectors at various loca- tripping time is inverse (current depend- n Voltage protection
tions of the device to be protected. This ent).
data is transmitted to the protection relay Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
via one or two temperature monitoring A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to The two-element overvoltage protection
boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/115). detect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous detects unwanted network and machine
tripping is effected. overvoltage conditions. The function can
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) operate either with phase-to-phase,
Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) phase-to-earth, positive phase-sequence
Starting time supervision protects the mo-
tor against long unwanted start-ups that Sudden high loads can cause slowing down or negative phase-sequence system voltage.
might occur in the event of excessive load and blocking of the motor and mechanical Three-phase and single-phase connections
torque or excessive voltage drops within damages. The rise of current due to a load are possible.
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. Rotor jam is being monitored by this function
temperature is calculated from measured (alarm and tripping). Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
stator current. The tripping time is calcu- The overload protection function is too The two-element undervoltage protection
lated according to the following equation: slow and therefore not suitable under these provides protection against dangerous
circumstances. voltage drops (especially for electric ma-
for I > IMOTOR START chines). Applications include the isolation
2
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) of generators or motors from the network
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠ (Negative-sequence protection) to avoid undesired operating states and a
possible loss of stability. Proper operating
I = Actual current flowing The negative-sequence / phase-balance
conditions of electrical machines are best
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor current protection detects a phase failure
evaluated with the positive-sequence quan-
start or load unbalance due to network asym-
tities. The protection function is active
t = Tripping time metry and protects the rotor from imper-
over a wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55
IA = Rated motor starting current missible temperature rise.
to 65 Hz)1). Even when falling below this
TA = Tripping time at rated motor frequency range the function continues to
starting current (2 times, for Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
work, however, with a greater tolerance
warm and cold motor) With this function, a sudden drop in cur- band.
rent, which can occur due to a reduced
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is available
motor load, is detected. This may be due to for fN = 50/60 Hz.


switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/107)
and the breaking current at the time of
The function can operate either with
contact opening serve as the basis for this
phase-to-phase, phase-to-earth or positive
method. After CB opening, the two-point
phase-sequence voltage and can be
method calculates the number of still pos-
monitored with a current criterion.
sible switching cycles. To this end, the two
Three-phase and single-phase connections
points P1 and P2 only have to be set on the
are possible.
device. These are specified in the CB's tech-
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) nical data.
Frequency protection can be used for over- All of these methods are phase-selective
frequency and underfrequency protection. and a limit value can be set in order to ob-
Electric machines and parts of the system tain an alarm if the actual value falls below
are protected from unwanted speed devia- or exceeds the limit value during determi-
tions. Unwanted frequency changes in the nation of the remaining service life.
network can be detected and the load can
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.)
be removed at a specified frequency set-
ting. Additional functions, which are not time
Frequency protection can be used over a
critical, can be implemented via the CFC 5
using measured values. Typical functions
wide frequency range (40 to 60, 50 to
include reverse power, voltage controlled
70 Hz)1). There are four elements (select-
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and Fig. 5/85 CB switching cycle diagram
able as overfrequency or underfrequency)
zero-sequence voltage detection.
and each element can be delayed sepa-
rately. Blocking of the frequency protec- contacts and communicated to the 7SJ62
Commissioning via binary inputs. Therefore it is possible
tion can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element. Commissioning could hardly be easier and to detect and indicate both the OPEN and
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of CLOSED position or a fault or intermedi-
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) the binary inputs can be read individually ate circuit-breaker or auxiliary contact
and the state of the binary outputs can be position.
The integrated fault locator calculates the
set individually. The operation of switch- The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect
The results are displayed in Ω, kilometers controlled via:
devices) can be checked using the switch- – integrated operator panel
(miles) and in percent of the line length.
ing functions of the bay controller. The an- – binary inputs
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring alog measured values are represented as – substation control and protection system
wide-ranging operational measured values. – DIGSI 4
Methods for determining circuit-breaker To prevent transmission of information to
contact wear or the remaining service life the control center during maintenance, the Automation / user-defined logic
of a circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB mainte- bay controller communications can be dis-
nance intervals to be aligned to their actual abled to prevent unnecessary data from be- With integrated logic, the user can set, via a
degree of wear. The benefit lies in reduced ing transmitted. During commissioning, all graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
maintenance costs. indications with test marking for test pur- for the automation of switchgear or substa-
poses can be connected to a control and tion. Functions are activated via function
There is no mathematically exact method
protection system. keys, binary input or via communication
of calculating the wear or the remaining
interface.
service life of circuit-breakers that takes
into account the arc-chamber's physical Test operation
Switching authority
conditions when the CB opens. This is why During commissioning, all indications can
various methods of determining CB wear be passed to an automatic control system Switching authority is determined accord-
have evolved which reflect the different op- for test purposes. ing to parameters and communication.
erator philosophies. To do justice to these, If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
the devices offer several methods: n Control and automatic functions switching operations are possible. The fol-
• I lowing sequence of switching authority is
Control
laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
• Σ I , with x = 1... 3
x
In addition to the protection functions, the “REMOTE”.
• Σ i 2t SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
and monitoring functions that are required Command processing
The devices additionally offer a new for operating medium-voltage or high-
method for determining the remaining All the functionality of command process-
voltage substations. ing is offered. This includes the processing
service life:
The main application is reliable control of of single and double commands with or
• Two-point method
switching and other processes. without feedback, sophisticated monitor-
ing of the control hardware and software,
The status of primary equipment or auxil-
1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is checking of the external process, control
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary
actions using functions such as runtime

All units are designed specifically to meet

Functions
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
applications.
monitoring and automatic command ter-
mination after output. Here are some typi- In general, no separate measuring instru-
cal applications: ments (e.g., for current, voltage, frequency,
…) or additional control components are
• Single and double commands using 1,
necessary.
1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
• User-definable bay interlocks Measured values
• Operating sequences combining several The r.m.s. values are calculated from the
switching operations such as control of acquired current and voltage along with
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and the power factor, frequency, active and
earthing switches reactive power. The following functions
• Triggering of switching operations, in- are available for measured value process-
dications or alarm by combination with ing:
existing information • Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns)
Assignment of feedback to command • Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1
5 • Symmetrical components
LSP2077f.eps
The positions of the circuit-breaker or
switching devices and transformer taps are I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
acquired by feedback. These indication in- • Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
puts are logically assigned to the corre- (P, Q: total and phase selective)
sponding command outputs. The unit can • Power factor (cos ϕ),
therefore distinguish whether the indica- (total and phase selective)
tion change is a consequence of switching
operation or whether it is a spontaneous • Frequency
change of state. • Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and
reverse power flow
Chatter disable
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, Fig. 5/86
current and voltage values NXAIR panel (air-insulated)
in a configured period of time, the number
of status changes of indication input ex- • Operating hours counter
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the • Mean operating temperature of overload
indication input is blocked for a certain function
period, so that the event list will not record
excessive operations.
Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands
Indication filtering and delay
Binary indications can be filtered or de- cation.
layed.
Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in In a certain range of very low measured
potential at the indication input. The indi- values, the value is set to zero to suppress
cation is passed on only if the indication interference.
voltage is still present after a set period of
time. In the event of indication delay, there Metered values
is a wait for a preset time. The information For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
is passed on only if the indication voltage is late an energy metered value from the
still present after this time. measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the SIPROTEC 4 unit can
A further indication (or a command) can obtain and process metering pulses via an
be derived from an existing indication. indication input.
Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system inter-
passed on to a control center as an accu-
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
mulation with reset. A distinction is made
the most important signals.
between forward, reverse, active and reac-
tive energy.
Switchgear cubicles for
high/medium voltage


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con- the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automa- control systems used by power supply cor-
tion standards. Communication can be porations. Siemens was the first manufac-
extended or added on thanks to modules turer to support this standard. By means of
for retrofitting on which the common pro- this protocol, information can also be ex-
tocols run. Therefore, also in the future it changed directly between bay units so as
will be possible to optimally integrate units to set up simple masterless systems for bay
into the changing communication infra- and system interlocking. Access to the
structure, for example in Ethernet net- units via the Ethernet bus is also possible
works (which will also be used increasingly with DIGSI.
in the power supply sector in the years to
come). IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter- Fig. 5/87
national standard for the transmission of IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the protective data and fault recordings. All
front of all the units. All of the unit’s func- messages from the unit and also control 5
tions can be set on a PC by means of the commands can be transferred by means of
DIGSI 4 protection operation program. published, Siemens-specific extensions to
Commissioning tools and fault analysis are the protocol.
also built into the program and are avail- Redundant solutions are also possible.
able through this interface. Optionally it is possible to read out and
alter individual parameters (only possible
Rear-mounted interfaces1) with the redundant module).
suitable for various applications can be fit- PROFIBUS-DP protocol
ted in the rear of the flush-mounting hous- PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
ing. In the flush-mounting housing, the protocol in industrial automation. Via
modules can be easily replaced by the user. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make
The interface modules support the follow- their information available to a SIMATIC
ing applications: controller or, in the control direction, re-
• Time synchronization interface ceive commands from a central SIMATIC.
All units feature a permanently integrated Measured values can also be transferred.
electrical time synchronization interface.
MODBUS RTU protocol Fig. 5/88
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units This uncomplicated, serial protocol is IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
via time synchronization receivers. mainly used in industry and by power sup-
• System interface ply corporations, and is supported by a
Communication with a central control number of unit manufacturers. SIPROTEC
system takes place through this interface. units function as MODBUS slaves, making
Radial or ring type station bus topologies their information available to a master or
can be configured depending on the cho- receiving information from it. A time-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can stamped event list is available.
The service interface was conceived for re-
mote access to a number of protection


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol

DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol)
for the station and network control levels.
supplying their information to a master
system or receiving information from it.
System solutions for protection and

station control
5 Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
Fig. 5/90
LSP3.01-0021.tif

the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
lished.
ized, thus also enabling direct connection Fig. 5/89
of units of other manufacturers to the Optical Ethernet communication module
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/91
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/92
Sensitive earth-
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/93
Residual current
circuit with
directional element

Typical connections
Connection for compensated networks

The figure shows the connection of two
phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in com-
pensated networks.
Fig. 5/94 shows sensitive directional
earth-fault detection.
Fig. 5/94
Sensitive directional
earth-fault detection
with directional
element for phases
5
Connection for isolated-neutral
or compensated networks only
If directional earth-fault protection is not
used, the connection can be made with
only two phase current transformers.
Directional phase short-circuit protection
can be achieved by using only two primary
transformers.
Fig. 5/95
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks
Connection for the synchro-check function

The 3-phase system is connected as refer-
ence voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages as
well as a single-phase voltage, in this case
a busbar voltage, that has to be checked for
synchronism.
Fig. 5/96
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for the
synchro-check


Type of network Function Current connection Voltage connection
(Low-resistance) earthed network Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current -
phase/earth non-directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformer possible
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current -
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection or
phases directional transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- Phase-to-earth connection or
phases directional current transformers possible phase-to-phase connection
(Low-resistance) earthed networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 phase-current Phase-to-earth connection required
earth directional transformers required, phase-balance
neutral current transformers possible
5
Isolated networks Sensitive earth-fault Residual circuit, if earth current 3 times phase-to-earth connection or
protection > 0.05 IN on secondary side, other- phase-to-earth connection with open
wise phase-balance neutral current delta winding
Compensated networks Sensitive earth-fault protection Phase-balance neutral current Phase-to-earth connection with open
cos ϕ measurement transformers required delta winding required
n Connection of circuit-breaker
Undervoltage releases
Undervoltage releases are used for auto-
matic tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when volt-
age across the coil drops below the trip
limit. In Fig. 5/97, tripping occurs due to
failure of DC supply voltage, by automatic
opening of the live status contact upon Fig. 5/97 Undervoltage release with make contact (50, 51)
failure of the protection unit or by short-
circuiting the trip coil in event of network
fault.
In Fig. 5/98 tripping is by failure of auxil-

iary voltage and by interruption of tripping
circuit in the event of network failure.
Upon failure of the protection unit, the
tripping circuit is also interrupted, since
contact held by internal logic drops back
into open position.
Fig. 5/98 Undervoltage trip with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)


monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil
including its incoming cables. An alarm
signal occurs whenever the circuit is inter-
rupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs can be stored like LEDs
and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
occur after the lockout state is reset.
Reverse-power protection for dual supply

(ANSI 32R)
5 If power is fed to a busbar through two
parallel infeeds, then in the event of any Fig. 5/99 Trip circuit supervision with 2 binary inputs
fault on one of the infeeds it should be
selectively interrupted. This ensures a con-
tinued supply to the busbar through the
remaining infeed. For this purpose, direc-
tional devices are needed which detect a
short-circuit current or a power flow from
the busbar in the direction of the infeed.
The directional time-overcurrent protec-
tion is usually set via the load current. It
cannot be used to deactivate low-current
faults. Reverse-power protection can be set
far below the rated power. This ensures
that it also detects power feedback into the
line in the event of low-current faults with
levels far below the load current.
Reverse-power protection is performed via
the “flexible protection functions” of the
7SJ62.
Fig. 5/100 Reverse-power protection for dual supply

Technical data
General unit data Binary outputs/command outputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ621, 7SJ622
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) 7SJ623, 7SJ624
7SJ625 7SJ626
Current transformer
Command/indication relay 8 6
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable)
Contacts per command/ 1 NO / form A
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A indication relay (Two contacts changeable to NC/form
Power consumption B, via jumpers)
at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A/B
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Overload capability
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
30 x Inom for 10 s 25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
4 x Inom continuous Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability if equipped with 30 A for 0.5 s making current,
sensitive earth-fault CT
2000 switching cycles 5
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous Electrical tests
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Specification
Voltage transformer Standards IEC 60255
Type 7SJ621, 7SJ623, 7SJ625, ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2,
7SJ622 7SJ622 7SJ626 UL508
Number 3 4 4 Insulation tests
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Measuring range 0 V to 170 V Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase voltage and RS485/RS232 and
Overload capability in voltage path time synchronization
(phase-neutral voltage) Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC
Thermal (effective) 230 V continuous
Communication ports 500 V AC
Auxiliary voltage and time synchronization
Rated auxiliary DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
voltage Vaux AC 115/230 V all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Permissible tolerance DC 19–58 V 48–150 V 88–300 V ports and time synchronization, at intervals of 5 s
AC 92-138 V 184–265 V class III
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
peak-to-peak Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
Power consumption (product standard)
Quiescent Approx. 4 W EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
Energized Approx. 7 W DIN 57435 Part 303
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V ≥ 110 V DC High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
loss/short circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V ≥ 24 V DC IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
auxiliary voltage ≥ 200 ms at 115 V/230 V AC and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Binary inputs/indication inputs Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Type 7SJ621, 7SJ622, IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge;
7SJ623, 7SJ624, and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
7SJ625 7SJ626 Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Number 8 11 field, non-modulated
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III
Voltage range 24–250 V DC
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz;
Pickup threshold modifiable by plug-in jumpers field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz
Pickup threshold 19 V DC 88 V DC IEC 61000-4-3; class III
For rated control voltage 24/48/60/ 110/125/ Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition
110/125 V 220/250 V DC field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Response time/drop-out Approx. 3.5
time Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms;
Power consumption 1.8 mA (independent of operating voltage)
energized

Technical data
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests (cont'd) During transportation
High-energy surge voltages Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
(Surge) Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5; class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-6, class III Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz of 3 axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s; Climatic stress tests
5 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Temperatures
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
interference amplitude and pulse-modulated Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 temperature, tested for 96 h
Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating) ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, (Legibility of display may be
Ri = 200 Ω impaired above +55 °C /+131 °F)
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests permanent storage
Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification) – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F
Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz transport
only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B Humidity
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days a year up to
Units with a detached operator units in such a way that they are not 95 % relative humidity; condensation
panel must be installed in a metal exposed to direct sunlight or not permissible!
cubicle to maintain limit class B pronounced temperature changes
Unit design
Mechanical stress tests
Housing 7XP20
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15
During operation
Weight
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Surface-mounting housing 4.5 kg
Vibration Sinusoidal Flush-mounting housing 4.0 kg
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm amplitude; Degree of protection
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration acc. to EN 60529
frequency sweep 1 octave/min Surface-mounting housing IP 51
20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Shock Semi-sinusoidal Operator safety IP 2x with cover
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
(vertical axis)
(horizontal axis)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)

Technical data
Serial interfaces IEC 61850 protocol

Operating interface (front of unit) Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, - to a control center
9-pin subminiature connector - with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud Transmission rate 100 Mbit
Service/modem interface (rear of unit) Ethernet, electrical
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box Connection Two RJ45 connectors
For flush-mounting housing/ mounting location "B"
RS232/RS485
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Connection Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “C” Ethernet, optical
detached operator panel Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable For flush-mounting housing/
connection
Mounting location "B" 5
top/bottom part surface-mounting housing with
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
System interface (rear of unit)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol to a control center
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
to a control center
RS485
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection
Connection detached operator panel
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
surface-mounting housing with with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
detached operator panel top/bottom part
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
top/bottom part 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Fiber optic
Fiber optic Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- connection
optic connection For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” surface-mounting housing with
surface-mounting housing with detached operator panel
detached operator panel For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
with two-tier terminal on the top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/136
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
RS485
Connection to a control center
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
For surface-mounting housing (not available)
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) (cont'd) Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional

RS485 (ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
Connection phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” Setting ranges
detached operator panel Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing: Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
top/bottom part (IEC characteristics)
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth (ANSI characteristics)
Fiber-optic Undervoltage threshold 10.0 to 125.0 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
V< for release Ip
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection Trip characteristics
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
surface-mounting housing with extremely inverse, long inverse
detached operator panel ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse,
5 For surface-mounting housing
with two-tier terminal at the
At the bottom part of the housing
Important: Please refer to footnotes extremely inverse, definite inverse
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/136 User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Optical wavelength 820 nm pairs of current and time delay
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout setting
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) 0.95 · pickup threshold
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D) Tolerances
(terminal with surface-mounting Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
housing) Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
+ 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional)
30 ms
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
Functions ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
30 ms
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) Direction detection
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase For phase faults
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) With voltage memory for measure-
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) ment voltages that are too low
Setting ranges Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Pickup phase elements 1)
0.5 to 175 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
unlimited;
Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) For three-phase faults dynamically
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) unlimited;
Times Steady-state approx. 7 V
Pickup times (without inrush phase-to-phase
restraint, with inrush restraint For earth faults
+ 10 ms)
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0
Non-directional Directional or with negative-sequence quantities
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms 3V2, 3I2
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for
Direction sensitivity
I/Inom ≥ 0.3
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Tolerances measured;
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) 3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms calculated
Negative-sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1)
Tolerances (phase angle error under
reference conditions)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical

Technical data
Inrush blocking Tolerances

Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip, Pickup threshold
IEp (directional, non-directional) For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Lower function limit phases At least one phase current Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
(50 Hz and 100 Hz) W 125 mA1)
Lower function limit earth Earth current Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
(50 Hz and 100 Hz) W 125 mA1) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
Upper function limit 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
(setting range) current and delay time values
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Setting ranges
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Dynamic setting change For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Controllable function Directional and non-directional User defined
pickup, tripping time Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Start criteria Current criteria, Times
CB position via aux. contacts, Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp 5
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Time control 3 timers
Tolerances
Current criteria Current threshold Pickup threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold; For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
monitoring with timer) For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual
Setting ranges
Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
Pickup threshold 3V0> 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
(calculated)
Measuring method “cos ϕ / sin ϕ”
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Times
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Tolerances For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.2 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V For normal input 0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system Reduction of dir. area α Red.dir.area 1 ° to 15 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Measuring principle Voltage measurement (phase-to-earth) Tolerances
Setting ranges Pickup measuring enable
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) Angle tolerance 3°
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V Measuring method “ϕ (V0 / I0)”
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults 3I0 and 3V0 calculated
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Minimum voltage Vmin, measured 0.4 to 50 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Minimum voltage Vmin, calculated 10 to 90 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges Phase angle ϕ - 180° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Delta phase angle Δ ϕ 0° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Tolerances
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Angle tolerance 3°
Times Angle correction for cable CT
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Angle correction F1, F2
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 Current value I1, I2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Note: Due to the high sensitivity the linear range of the measuring input IN
with integrated sensitive input transformer is from 0.001 A to 1.6 A. For cur-
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase t = Tripping time

overcurrent protection τth = Temperature rise time constant
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> I = Load current
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Ipre = Preload current
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) k = Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Times Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
Pickup times protection relay
Minimum Approx. 20 ms
Typical Approx. 30 ms Dropout ratios
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
5 Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Number of reclosures 0 to 9
Intermittent earth-fault protection Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
Setting ranges Program for phase fault

Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Pickup threshold (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
1)
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A (in steps of 0.01 A) binary input
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Program for earth fault
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
gation time protection, binary input
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
mulation time
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) tive element, binary input,
accumulation last TRIP command after the reclosing
Number of pickups for 2 to 10 (in steps of 1) cycle is complete (unsuccessful
intermittent earth fault reclosing),
TRIP command by the breaker failure
Times
protection (50BF),
Pickup times
opening the CB without ARC initia-
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
tion, external CLOSE command
Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms Setting ranges
Tolerances (separate for phase and earth
1)
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges
reclosure
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01) Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min) dynamic blocking
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) time
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ factor constant with the machine running
Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 0.1)
Rated overtemperature (for Inom) 40 to 200 °C (in steps of 1 °C)
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − (I pre / k ⋅ I nom ) (setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
2 2
Tripping characteristic
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
(I / k ⋅ I nom ) − 1
2
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Additional functions Lockout (final trip), delay of dead-time
start via binary input (monitored),
dead-time extension via binary input
(monitored), co-ordination with other
protection relays, circuit-breaker moni-
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. toring, evaluation of the CB contacts

Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz

Setting ranges Range fN ± 5 Hz
Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Voltage difference (V2 – V1) InkVprimary,inVsecondaryorin%Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Times Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times
with internal start is contained in the delay time Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz
with external start is contained in the delay time Range fN ± 5 Hz
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Tolerances Angle difference (α2 – α1) In °

Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1) Range 0 to 180 °
Delay time 1 % or 20 ms Tolerance*) 0.5 °
Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25) Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
Operating mode • Synchro-check Operating modes / measuring
Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line quantities
• Dead-bus / live-line 3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, dV/dt, P,
• Dead-bus and dead-line 1-phase Q, cos ϕ I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
• Bypassing Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input 5
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
Voltages value
Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Setting ranges
(in steps of 1 V) Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase) Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
(in steps of 1 V) Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus check 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase) Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
(in steps of 1 V) Displacement voltage VE 2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
(in steps of 1 V) Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV) Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
transformer V2nom fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Voltage change dV/dt 4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
ΔV-measurement Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (insteps of 0.01)
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
(in steps of 1 V) Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 1V Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Δf-measurement Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 15 mHz Times
Pickup times
Δα-measurement Current, voltage
Δα-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °) (phase quantities)
(α2>α1; α2>α1) With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
Tolerance 2° With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for Δf ≤ 1 Hz Current, voltages
10 ° for Δf > 1 Hz (symmetrical components)
Adaptation With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °) With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Power
transformers V1/V2 Typical Approx. 120 ms
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms
Times
thresholds)
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms
Power factor 300 to 600 ms
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rate-of-frequency change
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
With 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Voltage change dV/dt
For 2 times pickup value Approx. 220 ms
Measuring values of synchro-check function
Binary input Approx. 20 ms
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Voltage to be synchronized V2 InkVprimary,inVsecondaryorin%Vnom
Range 10to120%Vnom
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
*) With rated frequency.

Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Dropout times Setting ranges
Current, voltage (phase < 20 ms Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
quantities) Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
Current, voltages (symmetrical < 30 ms Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
components) time TSTARTUP, cold motor
Power Permissible starting time 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
Typical < 50 ms TSTARTUP, warm motor
Maximum < 350 ms Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %)
Power factor < 300 ms cold motor
Frequency < 100 ms Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms time TLOCKED-ROTOR
Voltage change < 220 ms Tripping time characteristic 2
t = ⎛⎜
Binary input < 10 ms I STARTUP ⎞
For I > IMOTOR START ⎟ ⋅ TSTARTUP
Tolerances ⎝ I ⎠
Pickup threshold ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Current 0.5 % of setting value or 50 mA1) current
Current (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 100 mA1) I = Actual current flowing
5
components) TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Voltage 0.5 % of setting value or 0.1 V motor starting current
Voltage (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 0.2 V t = Tripping time in seconds
components)
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Power factor 2 degrees Tolerances
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
10 mHz (at V = VN) Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s
Voltage change dV/dt 5 % of setting value or 1.5 V/s Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Setting ranges
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46) Current threshold for 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps 0.01 A)
alarm and trip
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2) Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Blocking duration after 0 to 600 s (in steps 0.01 s)
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) CLOSE signal detection
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Tolerances
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay time
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A 1) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Times Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Pickup times Approx. 35 ms Setting ranges
Dropout times Approx. 35 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3 to rated motor current
Tolerances IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
TStart Max
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Setting ranges Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
(IEC characteristics) warm starts
Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
(ANSI characteristics) warm starts
Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 50 A 1) Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
simulations of rotor at zero
Trip characteristics speed kτ at STOP
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Extension factor for cooling time 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
extremely inverse constant with motor running
ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, kτ RUNNING
very inverse, extremely inverse nc − 1
Restarting limit Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value nc
Dropout Θrestart = Temperature limit below
IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value, which restarting is possible
(without disk emulation) which is approx. 0.95 · pickup threshold Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value rotor overtemperature
Tolerances (= 100 % in operational
Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1) measured value
Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated) Θrot/Θrot trip)
+2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms 1) For Inom = 1 A, nc = Number of permissible
all limits divided by 5. start-ups from cold state

Technical data
Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) Tolerances

Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V
measured values Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Temperature detectors Number of frequency elements 4

Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Setting ranges
Number of temperature Max. 6 Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
detectors per box Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Dropout differential = |pickup 0.02 Hz to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or threshold - dropout threshold|
“Bearing” or “Other” Delay times
Undervoltage blocking, with 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Thresholds for indications positive-sequence voltage V1 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Pickup times Approx. 150 ms
or ∞ (no indication) Dropout times Approx. 150 ms
Stage 2 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Dropout
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
5
Tolerances
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Pickup thresholds
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN)
Operating modes/measuring 10 mHz (at V = VN)
quantities Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
phase-to-phase voltages or Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
phase-to-earth voltages
Output of the fault distance in Ω primary and secondary,
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
in km or miles line length,
phase-phase voltage
in % of line length
Setting ranges
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a
Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
protection element, via binary input
dependent on voltage 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
connection and chosen 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
measuring quantity Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001)
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001)
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Tolerances
IMIN" Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω
Times VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
Dropout times As pickup times and IK/Inom ≥ 1
Tolerances Additional functions
Pickup thresholds 1 % of setting value or 1 V Operational measured values
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Currents In A (kA) primary,
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom
Operating modes/measuring Positive-sequence component I1
quantities Negative-sequence component I2
IE or 3I0
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or
negative phase-sequence voltage or Range 10 to 200 % Inom
phase-to-phase voltages or Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
phase-to-earth voltages Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
phase-phase voltage Phase-to-phase voltages
Setting ranges VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Pickup thresholds V>, V>> Positive-sequence component V1
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) Negative-sequence component V2
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Range 10 to 120 % Vnom
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) and in % of Snom
Times Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Dropout times As pickup times
P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated in
1) For Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5. 2) At rated frequency. kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom

Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Range 0 to 120 % Snom V1 (positive-sequence component)
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom protection
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and I1 (positive-sequence component);
in % Snom Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance2) 1 % of Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with for I>Ibalance limit
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated for V>Vlim
Range - 1 to + 1 Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Tolerance2) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 (ACB)
5 Frequency f In Hz Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
(ACB)
Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Tolerance2) 20 mHz Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
expansions via CFC
Temperature overload protection In %
Θ/ΘTrip Fuse failure monitor
For all network types With the option of blocking affected
protection functions
Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 Fault recording
Temperature restart inhibit In % Recording of indications of the last

ΘL/ΘL Trip 8 power system faults
Range 0 to 400 % Recording of indications of the last

Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8 3 power system ground faults
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % Time stamping
Reclose time TReclose In min Resolution for event log 1 ms

(operational annunciations)
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA second-
detection (total, real, and reactive ary Resolution for trip log 1 ms
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive (fault annunciations)
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Maximum time deviation 0.01 %

Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA (internal clock)
RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
box" type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery
Fault" for insufficient battery charge
Long-term averages
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
Maximum 8 fault records saved,
Frequency of updates Adjustable memory maintained by buffer bat-
Long-term averages tery in case of loss of power supply
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Recording time Total 20 s
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) and memory time adjustable
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
Sampling rate for 50 Hz 1 sample/1.25 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Max. / Min. report Sampling rate for 60 Hz 1 sample/1.04 ms (16 samples/cycle)
Report of measured values With date and time Energy/power
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes, Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
0 to 1439 min) Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
Time frame and starting time adjust- demand)
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I > 0.1 Inom, V > 0.1 Vnom
Reset, manual Using binary input, and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
using keypad,
via communication Statistics
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
I1 (positive-sequence component) Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
commands (segregated according
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
Technical data
Circuit-breaker wear CE conformity

Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
• 2-point method (remaining service nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
life) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
• Σi2t Directive 73/23/EEC).
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea- This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
sured values on TRIP command, up to man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
monitoring indication Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
The unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Motor statistics
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1)
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h)
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %)
Active energy and reactive energy See operational measured values
Motor start-up data: Of the last 5 start-ups
– Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– Start-up current (primary)
– Start-up voltage (primary)
0 A to 1000 kA
0 V to 100 kV
(resolution 1 A)
(resolution 1 V)
5
Display range Up to 7 digits
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
Commissioning aids
circuit-breaker/switching device
test, creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
binary input,
communication
Setting group switchover of the function parameters
Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
Switchover performed Via keypad, DIGSI, system (SCADA)
interface or binary input
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
outputs
Interlocking Programmable
Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
position
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
Local control Control via menu,
assignment of a function key
Remote control Via communication interfaces,
using a substation automation and
control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)


7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
Housing, inputs, outputs
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status-contact 1
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 3 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status-contact 2
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status-contact 3 see
Housing 1/3 19”, 4 line text display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status-contact 4 next
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 8 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 5 page
Housing 1/2 19”, graphic display, 4 x U, 4 x I, 11 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact 7) 6
Measuring inputs (3 x V / 4 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Position 15 only with A, C, E, G 1
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
5 Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 DC3) 4
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminal top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal, (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E

Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French, selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, selectable E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian (language selectable) F
Region RU, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Russian(language can be changed) G


1) Rated current can be selected by No interface at rear side 0
means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wave length, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by means of
jumpers.
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
4) 230 V AC, starting from device version
…/EE.
7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
6) When using the temperature monitoring
box at an optical interface, the additional
RS485 fiber-optic converter
7XV5650-0oA00 is required.
7) starting from device version .../GG
and FW-Version V4.82


7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection via
50/50N Flexible protection functions (index quantities derived
from current): Additional time-overcurrent protection
stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent protection
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
5
86 Lockout
n V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency
27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
n IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
rate-of-frequency-change protection
Intermittent earth fault P E
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth F C
n Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
27/59 Under-/overvoltage
rate-of-frequency-change protection F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,

earth-fault phases and earth
detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F D 2)
Directional V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
earth-fault 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
detection 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n 81O/U Under-/overfrequency
F F 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n Basic version included detection 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
V, P, f = Voltage, power, n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
frequency protection Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection
1) Only with insensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7.
2) For isolated/compensated networks
only with sensitive earth-current
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6. Continued on next page


code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
derived from current): Additional time-
overcurrent protection
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent
protection
47 Phase sequence
5 59N/64 Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
n 66/86 Restart inhibit
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
2)
rate-of-frequency-change protection H F
Directional Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
earth-fault Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
2)
rate-of-frequency-change protection HH
Directional Motor IEF V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n Basic version included 48/14 Starting time supervision, locked rotor
V, P, f = Voltage, power, 66/86 Restart inhibit
frequency protection 51M Load jam protection, motor statistics
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
Dir = Directional overcurrent protection 81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
IEF = Intermittent earth fault 27/47/59(N) Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
1) Only with insensitive earth-current 32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
2)
transformer when position 7 = 1, 5, 7. rate-of-frequency-change protection RH


code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨–¨¨¨¨
derived from current): Additional time-
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time overcurrent
protection
47 Phase sequence
59N/64 Displacement voltage 5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
27/47/59(N)Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
rate-of-frequency-change protection HG
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics HA
ARC, fault locator, synchro-check Without 0
21FL With fault locator 2
79, 21FL With auto-reclosure, with fault locator 3
25 With synchro-check4) 4 5)
25, 79, 21FL With synchro-check4), auto-reclosure,
fault locator 7 5)
For protection of explosion-protected motos (increased-safety type of protection "e" Z X 9 9 3)
V, P, f = Voltage, power,
frequency protection
transformer when position 7 = 2, 6.
3) This variant will be supplied with a
previous firmware version.
4) Synchro-check (no asynchronous
switching), one function group; available
only with devices 7SJ623 and 7SJ624
5) Ordering option only available for devices
7SJ623 and 7SJ624

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ62 multifunction protection relay 7SJ62oo – ooooo – ¨¨¨¨–ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
1)
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
1)
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0D
2)
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L 0 E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0G
2)
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L 0H
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 2) 9 L 0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 2) 9 L 0 S
For single ring, please order converter 6GK1502-2CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
For double ring, please order converter 6GK1502-3CB10, not available with position 9 = “B”.
The converter requires a 24 V AC power supply (e.g. power supply 7XV5810-0BA00)
2) Not available with position 9 = “B”

7SJ6225-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC

DIGSI 4
Complete version:
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)

DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition
5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Varistor/Voltage arrester
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ62

English C53000-G1140-C207-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
2 1)

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

1)
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
Short-circuit links
nals


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/101 7SJ621 connection diagram

For the allocation of the terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/102 7SJ622 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ623, E
E
LSA4734a-en.eps
Fig. 5/103 7SJ623, 7SJ625 connection diagram


Connection diagram
7SJ624, E
E
LSA4735a-en.eps
Fig. 5/104 7SJ624, 7SJ626 connection diagram


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Temperature monitoring 5
Fig. 5/105 • Under-/overvoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 multifunction
protection relay • Under-/overfrequency protection
• Auto-reclosure
Description
• Fault locator
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 can be used as a • Lockout
protective control and monitoring relay for
distribution feeders and transmission lines Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. Regarding • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
the time-overcurrent/directional time- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
overcurrent protection the characteristics
• Extended user-defined logic with CFC
can be either definite time, inverse time or
(e.g. interlocking)
user-defined.
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 is equipped with
motor protection applicable for asynchron- • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
ous machines of all sizes. Motor protection • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
comprises undercurrent monitoring, • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
starting time supervision, restart inhibit, • Slave pointer
locked rotor. • Trip circuit supervision
The relay provides easy-to-use local control • Fuse failure monitor
and automation functions. The number of • 8 oscillographic fault records
controllable switchgear depends only on the
number of available inputs and outputs. The Communication interfaces
integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows • System interface
the user to implement their own functions, – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- – PROFIBUS-FMS /-DP
locking). The user is able to generate user- – DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
defined messages as well.
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF77

Application

protection relay that also performs control
The 7SJ63 units can be used for line protec- The relays can be used universally for backup
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks protection.
ports the user in cost-effective power system
with earthed (grounded), low-resistance
management, and ensures reliable supply of
earthed, isolated or compensated neutral Metering values
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
point.
tion has been designed according to ergo- Extensive measured values, limit values and
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic metering values permit improved systems
Motor protection
display was a major design aim. management.
When protecting motors, the 7SJ63 relays
Control are suitable for asynchronous machines of
all sizes.
The integrated control function permits con-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper-
Transformer protection
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers
via the integrated operator panel, binary in- The 7SJ63 units perform all functions of
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection backup protection supplementary to trans-
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or former differential protection. The inrush
position) of the primary equipment can be suppression effectively prevents tripping by
displayed. 7SJ63 supports substations with inrush currents.
single and duplicate busbars. The number of
The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to
protection detects short-circuits and insula-
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs
tion faults on the transformer.
and outputs available. A full range of com-
mand processing functions is provided.
Programmable logic
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC)
allow the user to implement their own func-
locking) or a substation via a graphic user
interface. The user can also generate user-
defined messages.

Application
50, 50N I>, I>> Definite-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral)

IE>, IE>>
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection (definite/inverse, phase/neutral),
IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir Directional comparison protection
59N/64 VE/V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

5
79 Auto-reclosure
46 I2> Phase-balance current protection (negative-sequence protection)
47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device (RTD-box)

21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
These are the available housing widths of
the 7SJ63 relays, referred to a 19" module
frame system. This means that previous
models can always be replaced. The height
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
is a uniform 244 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/107 Fig. 5/108
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing
with screw-type terminals with covered connection terminals and wirings
5 mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
nals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The commu-
nication interfaces are located in a sloped
case at the top and bottom of the housing.
The housing can also be supplied optionally
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/109), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/109
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/111
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/110
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type terminals

(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N)
the earth current (four transformers). Two
delay time can be set within a wide range.
In addition, inverse-time overcurrent
protection characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated.
Fig. 5/112 Fig. 5/113 5


Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and non-directional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.


(ANSI 67, 67N)
to the non-directional overcurrent elements.
Their pickup values and delay times can be
set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristic is offered. The tripping charac-
teristic can be rotated about ± 180 degrees.
By means of voltage memory, directionality
can be determined reliably even for close-in Fig. 5/114
(local) faults. If the switching device closes Directional characteristic
onto a fault and the voltage is too low to de- of the directional time-
termine direction, directionality (direc-
tional decision) is made with voltage from
5 the voltage memory. If no voltage exists in
the memory, tripping occurs according to
the coordination schedule.
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable). Using nega-
tive-sequence variables can be advantageous
in cases where the zero voltage tends to be
very low due to unfavorable zero-sequence
impedances.

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be- Fig. 5/115
tween the protection stations are not signifi- Directional determination
cant and pilot wires are available for signal using cosine measurements
transmission. In addition to the directional for compensated networks
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
e.g. high-resistance earthed networks with (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
for complete selective backup protection. If
ohmic-capacitive earth-fault current or (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns / 50N, 51N)
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an
low-resistance earthed networks with
interruption of the transmission line is de- For high-resistance earthed networks, a
ohmic-inductive current, the tripping char-
tected. sensitive input transformer is connected to
acteristics can be rotated approximately
a phase-balance neutral current transformer
± 45 degrees.
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection (also called core-balance CT).
(ANSI 64, 67Ns, 67N) Two modes of earth-fault direction detection
The function can also be operated in the
can be implemented: tripping or “signalling
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- insensitive mode as an additional short-
only mode”.
works, the direction of power flow in the zero circuit protection.
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen- It has the following functions:
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0.
For networks with an isolated neutral, the re- • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE.
active current component is evaluated; for • Two instantaneous elements or one
compensated networks, the active current instantaneous plus one user-defined
component or residual resistive current is characteristic.
evaluated. For special network conditions, • Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.
• The function can also be operated in the
insensitive mode as an additional
short-circuit protection.
Protection functions When the high-impedance measurement

principle is applied, all current transformers
Intermittent earth-fault protection in the protected area are connected in parallel
and operated on one common resistor of rel-
Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to atively high R whose voltage is measured (see
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result Fig. 5/116). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt-
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults age is measured by detecting the current
either simply cease at some stage or develop through the (external) resistor R at the sensi-
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit- tive current measurement input IEE. The
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in varistor V serves to limit the voltage in the
networks that are impedance-earthed may event of an internal fault. It cuts off the high
undergo thermal overloading. The normal momentary voltage spikes occurring at trans-
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect former saturation. At the same time, this re-
and interrupt the current pulses, some of sults in smoothing of the voltage without any
which can be very brief. noteworthy reduction of the average value.
The selectivity required with intermittent If no faults have occurred and in the event of
earth faults is achieved by summating the external faults, the system is at equilibrium,
duration of the individual pulses and by and the voltage through the resistor is ap-
triggering when a (settable) summed time is proximately zero. In the event of internal Fig. 5/116 High-impedance restricted
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a earth-fault protection 5
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems voltage and a current flow through the resis-
period. tor R.
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) The current transformers must be of the
For protecting cables and transformers,
(Negative-sequence protection) same type and must at least offer a separate
an overload protection with an integrated
In line protection, the two-element phase- pre-warning element for temperature and
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
balance current/negative-sequence protec- current can be applied. The temperature is
lar have the same transformation ratio and
tion permits detection on the high side of calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and body model (according to IEC 60255-8),
age. They should also demonstrate only min-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side which takes account both of the energy en-
imal measuring errors.
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group tering the equipment and the energy losses.
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
high-resistance faults beyond the trans- justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
former. Multiple reclosures can be defined by the the previous load and the load fluctuations.
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres-
For thermal protection of motors (especially
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) ent after the last reclosure. The following
the stator) a further time constant can be set
functions are possible:
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is so that the thermal ratios can be detected
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip • 3-pole ARC for all types of faults correctly while the motor is rotating and
command, another command can be initi- • Separate settings for phase and earth faults when it is stopped. The ambient temperature
ated using the breaker failure protection or the temperature of the coolant can be de-
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure tected serially via an external temperature
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an
(RAR) and up to nine delayed monitoring box (resistance-temperature de-
upstream (higher-level) protection relay.
auto-reclosures (DAR) tector box, also called RTD- box). The ther-
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com-
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted • Starting of the ARC depends on the trip mal replica of the overload function is auto-
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) matically adapted to the ambient conditions.
use of the circuit-breaker position indication. If there is no RTD-box it is assumed that the
• Blocking option of the ARC via binary ambient temperatures are constant.
inputs
High-impedance restricted earth-fault
protection (ANSI 87N) • ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC Settable dropout delay times
The high-impedance measurement principle • The directional and non-directional ele- If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method ments can either be blocked or operated mechanical relays in networks with intermit-
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans- non-delayed depending on the auto- tent faults, the long dropout times of the
formers. It can also be applied to motors, reclosure cycle electromechanical devices (several hundred
milliseconds) can lead to problems in terms
generators and reactors when these are • Dynamic setting change of the directional
operated on an earthed network. of time grading. Clean time grading is only
and non-directional elements can be acti-
possible if the dropout time is approximately
vated depending on the ready AR
the same. This is why the parameter of drop-
out times can be defined for certain functions
such as time-overcurrent protection, earth
short-circuit and phase-balance current pro-
tection.

n Motor protection
succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
out only permits start-up of the motor if the
rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
complete start-up (see Fig. 5/117).
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
via a binary input by storing the state of the
thermal replica as long as the binary input is
5 active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
replica to zero. Fig. 5/117

Up to two temperature monitoring boxes If the trip time is rated according to the Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be above formula, even a prolonged start-up
The two-element undervoltage protection
used for temperature monitoring and detec- and reduced voltage (and reduced start-up
provides protection against dangerous volt-
tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta- current) will be evaluated correctly. The trip-
age drops (especially for electric machines).
tus of motors, generators and transformers ping time is inverse (current dependent).
Applications include the isolation of genera-
can be monitored with this device. Addition- A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- tors or motors from the network to avoid
ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat- tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- undesired operating states and a possible loss
ing machines are monitored for limit value ping is effected. of stability. Proper operating conditions of
violation. The temperatures are being meas- electrical machines are best evaluated with
ured with the help of temperature detectors Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
at various locations of the device to be pro- (Negative-sequence protection) tion function is active over a wide frequency
tected. This data is transmitted to the protec- range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
tion relay via one or two temperature moni- The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
falling below this frequency range the func-
toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/153). rent protection detects a phase failure or load
tion continues to work, however, with a
unbalance due to network asymmetry and
greater tolerance band.
Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14) protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
perature rise. The function can operate either with the pos-
Starting time supervision protects the motor itive phase-sequence system voltage (default)
against long unwanted start-ups that might Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) or with the phase-to-phase voltages, and can
occur in the event of excessive load torque or be monitored with a current criterion.
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or With this function, a sudden drop in current,
which can occur due to a reduced motor Three-phase and single-phase connections
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is are possible.
calculated from measured stator current. The load, is detected. This may be due to shaft
tripping time is calculated according to the breakage, no-load operation of pumps or fan Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
following equation: failure.
Frequency protection can be used for over-
for I > IMOTOR START n Voltage protection frequency and underfrequency protection.
2
Electric machines and parts of the system are
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) protected from unwanted speed deviations.
⎝ I ⎠ Unwanted frequency changes in the network
The two-element overvoltage protection de-
I = Actual current flowing tects unwanted network and machine can be detected and the load can be removed
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor overvoltage conditions. The function can op- at a specified frequency setting. Frequency
start erate either with phase-to-phase voltage (de- protection can be used over a wide frequency
t = Tripping time fault) or with the negative phase-sequence range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). There are four
IA = Rated motor starting current system voltage. Three-phase and single-phase elements (selectable as overfrequency or
TA = Tripping time at rated motor connections are possible. underfrequency) and each element can be
starting current delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency
protection can be performed if using a binary
input or by using an undervoltage element.
for fN = 50/60 Hz.

Protection functions/Functions Commissioning

Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
The fault locator specifies the distance to a binary inputs can be read individually and
fault location in kilometers or miles or the the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
reactance of a second fault operation. vidually. The operation of switching ele-
ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring can be checked using the switching functions
of the bay controller. The analog measured
Methods for determining circuit-breaker values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
contact wear or the remaining service life of a ational measured values. To prevent trans-
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance mission of information to the control center
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree during maintenance, the bay controller com-
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- munications can be disabled to prevent un-
nance costs. necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
There is no mathematically exact method of ing commissioning, all indications with test
calculating the wear or the remaining service marking for test purposes can be connected
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account to a control and protection system.
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when
Test operation
5
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re- During commissioning, all indications can
flect the different operator philosophies. To be passed to an automatic control system for Fig. 5/118 CB switching cycle diagram
do justice to these, the devices offer several test purposes.
methods:
n Control and automatic functions Switching authority
• I
Switching authority is determined according
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3 Control
to parameters, communication or by key-
The devices additionally offer a new method In addition to the protection functions, the operated switch (when available).
for determining the remaining service life: SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
• Two-point method and monitoring functions that are required switching operations are possible. The fol-
for operating medium-voltage or high-volt- lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
age substations. down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/118) and
the breaking current at the time of contact The main application is reliable control of “REMOTE”.
opening serve as the basis for this method. switching and other processes. Key-operated switch
After CB opening, the two-point method cal-
The status of primary equipment or auxiliary 7SJ63 units are fitted with key-operated
culates the number of still possible switching
devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- switch function for local/remote changeover
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2
tacts and communicated to the 7SJ63 via bi- and changeover between interlocked switch-
only have to be set on the device. These are
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect ing and test operation.
specified in the CB's technical data.
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED
All of these methods are phase-selective and position or a fault or intermediate cir- Command processing
a limit value can be set in order to obtain an cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position.
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex- All the functionality of command processing
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
ceeds the limit value during determination
controlled via: gle and double commands with or without
of the remaining service life.
– integrated operator panel feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
Customized functions (ANSI 32, 51V, 55, etc.) – binary inputs control hardware and software, checking of
– substation control and protection system the external process, control actions using
Additional functions, which are not time functions such as runtime monitoring and
critical, can be implemented via the CFC us- – DIGSI 4
automatic command termination after out-
ing measured values. Typical functions input. Here are some typical applications:
Automation / user-defined logic
clude reverse power, voltage controlled
overcurrent, phase angle detection, and zero- With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Single and double commands using 1,
sequence voltage detection. graphic interface (CFC), specific functions 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
for the automation of switchgear or substa- • User-definable bay interlocks
tion. Functions are activated via function
keys, binary input or via communication
interface.
earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations, indi-
cations or alarm by combination with
1) The 45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz range is
available for fN= 50/60 Hz
existing information

Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ63 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Assignment of feedback to command

switching devices and transformer taps are
5 acquired by feedback. These indication in-
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there-
fore distinguish whether the indication Fig. 5/119
change is a consequence of switching opera- Typical wiring for 7SJ632 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change Binary output BO4 and BO5 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
of state.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Binary indications can be filtered or delayed.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt- Fig. 5/120 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
motor-controlled three-position switch
age is still present after a set period of time.
In the event of indication delay, there is a
wait for a preset time. The information is
passed on only if the indication voltage is
still present after this time.
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
important signals.
Fig. 5/121 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

Functions Metered values

For internal metering, the unit can calculate
Measured values an energy metered value from the measured
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac- current and voltage values. If an external me-
quired current and voltage along with the ter with a metering pulse output is available,
power factor, frequency, active and reactive the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
power. The following functions are available metering pulses via an indication input.
for measured value processing: The metered values can be displayed and
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made be-
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1 tween forward, reverse, active and reactive
• Symmetrical components energy.
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0
Measuring transducers
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective) • Characteristic with knee
For measuring transducers it sometimes
• Power factor (cos ϕ)
makes sense to extend a small range of the
(total and phase-selective)
• Frequency
input value, e.g. for the frequency that is
only relevant in the range 45 to 55, 55 to
5
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVarh, forward and 65 Hz. This can be achieved by using a
LSP2078-afp.eps
reverse power flow knee characteristic.
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum • Live-zero monitoring
current and voltage values 4 - 20 mA circuits are monitored for
open-circuit detection.
• Mean operating temperature of overload Switchgear cubicles
function for high/medium voltage
• Limit value monitoring All units are designed specifically to meet
Limit values are monitored using pro- Fig. 5/122
the requirements of high/medium-voltage
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
applications.
cation. In general, no separate measuring instru-
ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
• Zero suppression measuring transducer ...) or additional
In a certain range of very low measured control components are necessary.
interference.


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
the worldwide standard for protection and
nection to industrial and power automation
control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended
rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run.
protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
directly between bay units so as to set up
to optimally integrate units into the changing
simple masterless systems for bay and system
communication infrastructure, for example
interlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI.
years to come).
Serial front interface The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an interna-
Fig. 5/123
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front tional standard for the transmission of pro- IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can tective data and fault recordings. All mes-
5 be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- sages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the published, Siemens-specific extensions to the
program and are available through this inter- protocol.
face.
PROFIBUS-DP protocol
Rear-mounted interfaces1) PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
A number of communication modules suit- protocol in industrial automation. Via
able for various applications can be fitted in PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In information available to a SIMATIC control-
the flush-mounting housing, the modules ler or, in the control direction, receive com-
can be easily replaced by the user. mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
The interface modules support the following values can also be transferred.
applications:
MODBUS RTU protocol
• Time synchronization interface
All units feature a permanently integrated This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
electrical time synchronization interface. used in industry and by power supply corpo-
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in rations, and is supported by a number of unit
manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as Fig. 5/124
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units
MODBUS slaves, making their information Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
via time synchronization receivers. IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
• System interface available to a master or receiving information
Communication with a central control from it. A time-stamped event list is avail-
system takes place through this interface. able.
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho-
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol


control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri-
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
mation with the control system.
5
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/123). Fig. 5/125
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
LSP3.01-0021.tif
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu-

bicles and an interference-free optical con-
nection to the master can be established.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus
also enabling direct connection of units of
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus.
Fig. 5/126
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also Optical Ethernet communication module
be used in other manufacturers’ systems for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
(see Fig. 5/124).

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/127
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/128
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/129
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

Typical connections

phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage
of the open delta winding and a phase-
balance neutral current transformer for the
earth current. This connection maintains
maximum precision for directional earth-
fault detection and must be used in compen-
sated networks.
Figure 5/130 shows sensitive directional
Fig. 5/130
with directional
element for phases
5
Fig. 5/131

used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.
Fig. 5/132
Isolated-neutral or
compensated
networks


Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase -
5 neutral current transformers possible
Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails
and manual electric tripping is no longer
possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Fig. 5/133, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
Fig. 5/133 Undervoltage release with make contact ( 50, 51)

In Fig. 5/134 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.

cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

and reset using the LED reset key. The lock- Fig. 5/134 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)
5
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.
Fig. 5/136 Trip circuit supervision with 1 binary input

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 11 24 20 37 33
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V DC
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 1…6 / 8…19 / 25…36;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 7 / 20…24 / 37
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ633 7SJ635 7SJ636
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 8 11 11 14 14
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper) / form A / B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive /
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Overload capability in voltage path
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
(phase-neutral voltage)
2000 switching cycles
Power relay (for motor control)
Measuring transducer inputs
Type 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
Type 7SJ633 7SJ636
7SJ633
Number 2 2 7SJ636
Input current DC 0 - 20 mA Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8)
Input resistance 10 Ω Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Power consumption 5.8 mW at 24 mA Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter) Break 1000 W / VA at 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V Switching voltage ≤ 250 V DC
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V Permissible current 5 A continuous,
Ripple voltage, ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage 30 A for 0.5 s
peak-to-peak
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 4 W 5.5 W 7W
Energized Approx. 10 W 16 W 20 W
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 V 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ631 7SJ632 7SJ635
7SJ633 7SJ636
Quiescent Approx. 3 W 5W 7W
Energized Approx. 12 W 18 W 23 W
Backup time during ≥ 200 ms
loss/short-circuit of
auxiliary alternating voltage

Technical data
Electrical tests Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
Specification capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;

ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
UL508 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Insulation tests Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity

IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Ri = 200 Ω
all circuits except for auxiliary EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
voltage and RS485/RS232 and
time synchronization Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz

only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
and time synchronization Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses Units with a detached operator panel
class III
at intervals of 5 s must be installed in a metal cubicle
to maintain limit class B 5
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 Mechanical stress tests
(product standard) Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
EN 50082-2 (generic specification) During operation
DIN 57435 Part 303
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s Vibration Sinusoidal
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz Shock Semi-sinusoidal
field, non-modulated IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-3; class III IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 % (vertical axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; (horizontal axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms; 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities; (vertical axis)
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
High-energy surge voltages
(Surge) During transportation
IEC 61000-4-5; class III Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF Vibration Sinusoidal
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
capability damped wave; 50 surges per s; of 3 axes

Technical data
Climatic stress tests System interface (rear of unit)

Temperatures IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h to a control center
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to +158 °F Transmission rate Factory setting: 9600 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 9600 baud, max. 19200 baud
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F RS232/RS485
ing temperature acc. to
IEC 60255-6 Connection
(Legibility of display may be im- For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
paired above +55 °C /+131 °F) surface-mounting housing with
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F detached operator panel
permanent storage For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C /-13 °F to +158 °F with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
transport top/bottom part
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft
Humidity
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
5 It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % rela- Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
units in such a way that they are tive humidity; condensation not Fiber optic
not exposed to direct sunlight or permissible!
pronounced temperature changes Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for
that could cause condensation. fiber-optic connection
Unit design surface-mounting housing with
Housing 7XP20 detached operator panel
Dimensions See dimension drawings, part 15 of For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
this catalog with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part
Weight in kg Housing width 1/2 Housing width 1/1
Surface-mounting housing 7.5 15 Optical wavelength 820 nm
Flush-mounting housing 6.5 13 Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Housing for detached operator 8.0 15 Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
panel IEC 61850 protocol
Detached operator panel 2.5 2.5
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3
Degree of protection - to a control center
acc. to EN 60529 - with DIGSI
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 - between SIPROTEC 4 relays
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20;
Operator safety IP 2x with cover Transmission rate 100 Mbit
Ethernet, electrical
Serial interfaces Connection Two RJ45 connectors
Operating interface (front of unit) For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel, detached operator panel
9-pin subminiature connector
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft
Transmission rate min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
Ethernet, optical
Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO
min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B"
RS232/RS485 surface-mounting housing with
Connection
Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
detached operator panel PROFIBUS-FMS/DP
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable to a control center
top/bottom part
Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft

Technical data
RS485 Functions
Connection Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, (ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
detached operator panel phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3)
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Setting ranges
top/bottom part Pickup phase elements I>, I>> 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud; Pickup earth elements IE>, IE>> 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud; Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud; Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Times
Pickup times (without inrush
Fiber optic restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms)
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO connec-
For flush-mounting housing/ tion, mounting location “B” Non-directional Directional
surface-mounting housing with With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
With five times the setting value
Dropout times
Approx. 20 ms
Approx. 40 ms
40 ms
5
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174
Tolerances
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles (ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N)
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
to a control center
Setting ranges
Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
RS485 Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Connection (IEC characteristics)
For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector, Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B” (ANSI characteristics)
detached operator panel Trip characteristics
For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing: IEC Normal inverse, very inverse,
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable extremely inverse, long inverse
top/bottom part ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units moderately inverse, very inverse,
recommended extremely inverse, definite inverse
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value
Fiber-optic pairs of current and time delay
Dropout setting
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
connection Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B” 0.95 · pickup threshold
surface-mounting housing with With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip
Tolerances
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
1)
top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/174 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Optical wavelength 820 nm 30 ms
Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles 30 ms
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
(SUB-D)
(terminal with surface-mounting
housing)

Technical data
Direction detection (Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns)
For phase faults Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64)
Polarization With cross-polarized voltages; Setting ranges
With voltage memory for measure- Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 170 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
ment voltages that are too low Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
lated)
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86° Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults unlimited; Times
For three-phase faults dynamically Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
unlimited;
Steady-state approx. 7 V phase-to-phase Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V)
For earth faults Tolerances
Pickup threshold VE (measured) 3 % of setting value or 0.3 V
Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
or with negative-sequence quantities Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
3V2, 3I2 Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system
Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
5 Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°) Measuring principle Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage, Setting ranges
measured; Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage, Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
calculated
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303
3V2, 3I2 3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence cur-
rent1) Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Tolerances (phase angle error un- Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns)
der reference conditions) Setting ranges
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>>
Inrush blocking For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>, Ip,
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
IEp (directional, non-directional)
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Lower function limit 1.25 A1)
Times
Upper function limit (setting 1.5 to 125 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional)
range) Approx. 80 ms (directional
Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %) Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF Tolerances
Dynamic setting change Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
pickup, tripping time Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Start criteria Current criteria, Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns)
CB position via aux. contacts, User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs of
binary input, current and delay time values
auto-reclosure ready I
Logarithmic inverse
t = TIEEpmax − TIEEp ⋅ ln
Time control 3 timers I EEp
Current criteria Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold; Setting ranges
monitoring with timer) Pickup threshold IEEp
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
User defined
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Logarithmic inverse
Time multiplier TIEEp mul 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Delay time TIEEp 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Min time delay TIEEpmin 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Max. time delay TIEEpmax 0 to 32 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
Times Times
Pickup times Approx. 60 ms (non-directional) Pickup times
Approx 80 ms (directional) Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp
Tolerances
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1)
Pickup threshold IEEp 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≤ I/IEEp Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
≤ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns) Setting ranges
Direction measurement IE and VE measured or Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Setting ranges Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature
Measuring enable IRelease direct. (in steps of 1 %)
0.25 to 150 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A)
For normal input
Measuring method cos ϕ and sin ϕ Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time 5
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °) kτ factor constant with the machine running
Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s) (in steps of 0.1)
Angle correction for cable CT
Angle correction F1, F2 0 ° to 5 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( I pre / k ⋅ I nom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
Current value I1, I2
For sensitive input 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln
(I / k ⋅ Inom) − 1
2
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 2 % of the setting value or 1 mA
Angle tolerance 3° t =
Tripping time
High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase τth =
Temperature rise time constant
overcurrent protection I =
Load current
Ipre =
Preload current
Setting ranges k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435
Pickup thresholds I>, I>> Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A) Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the
For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A) protection relay
Dropout ratios
Times Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm
Pickup times Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Minimum Approx. 20 ms I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97
Typical Approx. 30 ms
Dropout times Approx. 30 ms Tolerances
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.5 With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8
Tolerances Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A; Number of reclosures 0 to 9
5 % of setting value or Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A Program for phase fault
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
Intermittent earth-fault protection (dir., non-dir.), negative sequence,
binary input
Setting ranges
Program for earth fault
Pickup threshold Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) (dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) protection, binary input
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
gation time
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
mulation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) reclosing),
accumulation TRIP command by the breaker failure
protection (50BF),
opening the CB without ARC initiation,
intermittent earth fault
external CLOSE command
1) At Inom = 1 A,
all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) (cont'd) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)

Dead time 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Pickup current 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
(separate for phase and earth Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
and individual for shots 1 to 4) (IEC characteristics)
Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s) Time multiplier D 0.5 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
CLOSE detection (ANSI characteristics)
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Functional limit All phase currents ≤ 20 A1)
reclosure Trip characteristics
Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
dynamic blocking inverse
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse,
Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s) very inverse, extremely inverse
time Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) Dropout
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s) IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
5 Action time
ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
Tolerances
individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4 Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞): Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
delay of dead-time start via binary input Setting ranges
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
(monitored),
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01)
dead-time extension via binary input
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s)
(monitored),
time TSTARTUP
co-ordination with other protection
relays,
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
time TLOCKED-ROTOR
evaluation of the CB contacts Tripping time characteristic 2
I
For I > IMOTOR START
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF) ⎝ I ⎠
Setting ranges
ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
Pickup threshold CB I> 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
current
Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) I = Actual current flowing
Times TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Pickup times motor starting current
with internal start is contained in the delay time t = Tripping time in seconds
start via control is contained in the delay time Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
with external start is contained in the delay time Tolerances
Dropout times Approx. 25 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Tolerances Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
Setting ranges
Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Delay times 1 % or 10 ms

Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Setting ranges Operating modes/measuring
Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1) quantities
to rated motor current 3-phase Positive-sequence component or small-
IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom est of the phase-to-phase voltages
Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
Max. permissible starting time 3 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s) phase-phase voltage
TStart Max Setting ranges
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 min to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min) Pickup thresholds V<, V<<
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 min to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min) 3-phase, phase-earth 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V)
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME connection
Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1) 3-phase, phase-phase 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts connection
Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1) 1-phase connection 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
warm starts
Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1) Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
simulations of rotor at zero speed Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
kτ at STOP Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
IMIN"
Extension factor for cooling time
constant with motor running
0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Dropout threshold r ·V<(<) Max. 130 V for phase-phase voltages
5
kτ RUNNING Max. 225 V phase-earth voltages
Restarting limit Times
nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅ Pickup times V<, V<<, V1<, V1<< Approx. 50 ms
nc Dropout times As pickup times
Tolerances
Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V
which restarting is possi-
ble
Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
rotor overtemperature Operating modes/measuring
(= 100 % in operational quantities
measured value
Θrot/Θrot trip) 3-phase Negative-sequence component or
nc = Number of permissible largest of the phase-to-phase voltages
start-ups from cold state 1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or
phase-phase voltage
Setting ranges
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic Pickup thresholds V>, V>>
measured values 3-phase, phase-earth connec- 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V)
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) tion, largest phase-phase
voltage
Temperature detectors
3-phase, phase-phase connec- 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 tion, largest phase-phase
Number of temperature Max. 6 voltage
detectors per box 3-phase, negative-sequence 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω voltage
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or 1-phase connection 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Thresholds for indications Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
Pickup times V2>, V2>> Approx. 60 ms
Dropout times As pickup times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Tolerances
or ∞ (no indication) Pickup thresholds 3 % of setting value or 1 V

Technical data
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated
Number of frequency elements 4 in kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and
in % Snom
Setting ranges
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 45.5 to 54.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 55.5 to 64.5 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Tolerance2) 2 % of Snom
Delay times 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with
positive-sequence voltage V1 Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom
Times cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated

Pickup times Approx. 150 ms Range - 1 to + 1
Dropout times Approx. 150 ms Tolerance2) 3 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707
Dropout Frequency f In Hz
Δf = pickup value - dropout value Approx. 20 mHz Range fnom ± 5 Hz
Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05 Tolerance2) 20 mHz
Tolerances Temperature overload protection In %
Pickup thresholds Θ/ΘTrip
Frequency 10 mHz
5 Undervoltage blocking
Delay times
3 % of setting value or 1 V
3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Range
Tolerance2)
0 to 400 %
5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) Temperature restart inhibit In %
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Output of the fault distance In Ω secondary,
in km / mile of line length Range 0 to 400 %
Tolerance2) 5 % class accuracy per IEC 60255-8
Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a protec-
tion element, via binary input Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In %
Setting ranges Reclose time TReclose In min
Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km1) (in steps of 0.0001) Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA
0.001 to 3 Ω/mile1) (in steps of 0.0001) detection (total, real, and reactive secondary
Tolerances current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω Range 0 mA to 1600 mA
VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for Tolerance2) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA
dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1
Measuring transducer
and IK/Inom ≥ 1
Operating range 0 to 24 mA
Accuracy range 1 to 20 mA
Additional functions Tolerance2) 1.5 %, relative to rated value of 20 mA
Operational measured values For standard usage of the measurement transducer for pressure and
Currents InA(kA)primary, inAsecondaryorin%Inom temperature monitoring
IL1, IL2, IL3 Operating measured value Pressure in hPa
Positive-sequence component I1 Operating range (presetting) 0 hPa to 1200 hPa
Negative-sequence component I2 Operating measured value tem- Temp in °C / °F
IE or 3I0 perature
Operating range (presetting) 0 °C to 240 °C or 32 °F to 464 °F
Range 10 to 200 % Inom
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom RTD-box See section "Temperature monitoring
box"
Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Long-term averages
Phase-to-phase voltages Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minuets
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VE or V0
Positive-sequence component V1 Frequency of updates Adjustable
Negative-sequence component V2 Long-term averages
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA)
Tolerance2) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr)
and in % of Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated
in kW (MW or GW) primary and in
% Snom
Range 0 to 120 % Snom
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom 1) At rated frequency.

Technical data
Max. / Min. report Energy/power

Report of measured values With date and time Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh
Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh)
(in minutes, 0 to 1439 min) demand)
Time frame and starting time adjust- Tolerance1) ≤ 5 % for I > 0.5 Inom, V > 0.5 Vnom and
able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞) ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707
Reset, manual Using binary input, Statistics
using keypad, Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits
via communication
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits
Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3, commands (segregated according
I1 (positive-sequence component) to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle)
Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E Circuit-breaker wear
V1 (positive-sequence component)
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1 Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3
• 2-point method (remaining service
Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency life)
Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
protection
Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
sured values on TRIP command, up to
5
I1 (positive-sequence component); monitoring indication
Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd Operating hours counter
Local measured values monitoring Display range Up to 7 digits
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor, Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current
for I>Ibalance limit threshold (BkrClosed IMIN)
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor, Trip circuit monitoring
for V>Vlim
Current sum |iL1 + iL2 + iL3 + kiE ⋅ iE| > limit value,
with Commissioning aids
I CT PRIM / I earth CT SEC Phase rotation field check,
k iE = earth operational measured values,
CT PRIM / CT SEC
circuit-breaker / switching device
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise test,
(ACB) creation of a test measurement
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise report
(ACB) Clock
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal
expansions via CFC (telegram format IRIG-B000),
Fault recording binary input,
communication
8 power system faults Control
Recording of indications of the last Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
3 power system ground faults outputs
Time stamping Interlocking Programmable
Resolution for event log 1 ms Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
(operational annunciations) position
Resolution for trip log 1 ms Control commands Single command / double command
(fault annunciations) 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Maximum time deviation 0.01 % Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
(internal clock) Local control Control via menu,
Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah, control with control keys
type CR 1/2 AA, message "Battery Remote control Via communication interfaces,
Fault" for insufficient battery charge using a substation automation and
Oscillographic fault recording control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem)
memory maintained by buffer bat-
tery in case of loss of power supply
Recording time Total 5 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording
and memory time adjustable

Technical data

Number of available setting groups 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
CE conformity
nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
5 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in


Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO), measuring transducer
Housing 1/2 19”, 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status contact 2
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
4 power relays, 1 live status contact 3 see
next
Housing 1/1 19”, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 5 page
8 (4) power relays, 1 live status contact 6
Measuring inputs (3 x V, 4 x I)
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 6 5
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 4
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminals top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminals, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
For panel flush mounting , screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs) E
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/ring-type cable lugs),
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G

Region FR, IEC/ANSI language: French, selectable D
Region World, IEC/ANSI language: Spanish, selectable E


1) Rated current can be selected by means No interface at rear side 0
of jumpers. DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
2) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5), electrical RS485 2
voltage ranges can be selected by DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box5)6), optical 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 3
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be Measuring/fault recording
selected per binary input by means of Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
jumpers.
4) 230 V AC, starting from
unit version .../EE
5) Temperature monitoring box 6) When using the temperature monitoring box at an optical interface,
7XV5662-oAD10, refer the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter
to “Accessories”. 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.


50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
47 Phase sequence
5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout F A
n V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F E
n IEF V, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
47 Phase sequence F C
n Dir V, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
81O/U Under-/overfrequency F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
Intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n F D 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent, phases and earth
earth-fault 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault
n Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H F 2)
n Basic version included continued on next page

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection


code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63oo – ooooo – oooo–oooo
50/51 Time-overcurrent protection
I>, I>>, Ip, reverse interlocking
50N/51N Earth-fault protection
IE>, IE>>, IEp
50N/51N Earth-fault protection via insensitive
47 Phase sequence
5
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
81O/U Under-/overfrequency H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
81O/U Under-/overfrequency R H 2)
n Motor V, f 67/67N Direction determination for
Dir overcurrent, phases and earth
81O/U Under-/overfrequency HG
66/86 Restart inhibit HA
ARC, fault locator Without 0
For protection of explosion-protected motors (increased-safety type of protection “e”) Z X 9 9 3)

V, f = Voltage, frequency protection
3) This variant might be supplied
with a previous firmware version.

Order number for system port B Description Order No. Order

code
7SJ63 multifunction protection relay 7SJ63oo – ooooo – oooo–ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2
1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
1
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector ) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
2
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0E
5 DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G
2
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector ) 9 L0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L0R
2)
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 9 L0S

7SJ6325-5EC91-3FC1+L0G

12 Communication: DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
14/15 Protection function package: Basic version plus directional TOC FC

DIGSI 4
Complete version:

5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ63

English C53000-G1140-C147-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2091-afp.eps
LSP2090-afp.eps
Crimp connector CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)

Crimp connector: Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

Crimping tool for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afp.eps
LSP2092-afp.eps
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP 1)

Short-circuit links
nals


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/137
*) For pinout of communication ports

see part 15 of this catalog.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/138
*) For pinout of communication ports 1) Power relays are intended to directly control
see part 15 of this catalog. motorized switches. The power relays are
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
(http://www.siemens.com/siprotec). out the power supply. The power relay pairs
are BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7. If used for protection
purposes only one binary output of a pair can
be used.

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/139
For the allocation of the terminals of the panel interlocked so only one relay of each pair
surface-mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
be used.
Connection diagram
*) For pinout of communica-

tion ports see part 15 of
this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
refer to the manual
(http://www.siemens.
com/siprotec).
1) Power relays are intended
to directly control motor-
ized switches. The power
relays are interlocked so
only one relay of each pair
can close at a time, in or-
der to avoid shorting
out the power supply.
The power relay pairs are
BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7,
BO16/BO17 and
BO18/BO19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.
Fig. 5/140

Connection diagram

this catalog.
For the allocation of the
terminals of the panel
surface-mounting version
refer to the manual
com/siprotec).
BO4/BO5, BO6/BO7,
BO16/BO17 and
BO18/BO19. If used for
protection purposes only
one binary output of a pair
can be used.
Fig. 5/141


SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64
Multifunction Protection Relay with Synchronization
Function overview
• Directional time-overcurrent
protection
• Sensitive dir./non-dir. earth-fault
detection
LSP2316-afpen.tif
• Under-/overvoltage protection
• Under-/overfrequency protection 5
Fig. 5/142 • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 multifunction • Power protection (e.g. reverse, factor)
protection relay
• Synchronization
The relay provides easy-to-use local control
Description • Auto-reclosure
and automation functions. The number of
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 can be used as a controllable switchgear depends only on the
• Fault locator
protective control and monitoring relay for number of available inputs and outputs. The • Lockout
distribution feeders and transmission lines integrated programmable logic (CFC) allows Control functions/programmable logic
of any voltage in networks that are earthed the user to implement their own functions, • Flexible number of switching devices
(grounded), low-resistance earthed, e.g. for the automation of switchgear (inter- • Position of switching elements is shown
unearthed, or of a compensated neutral point locking). CFC capacity is much larger com- on the graphic display
structure. The relay is suited for networks pared to 7SJ63 due to extended CPU power. • Local/remote switching via key-
that are radial or looped, and for lines with The user is able to generate user-defined operated switch
single or multi-terminal feeds. The messages as well. • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 is equipped with a syn- DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
The flexible communication interfaces are
chronization function which provides the • Extended user-defined logic with CFC
open for modern communication architec-
operation modes ‘synchronization check’ (e.g. interlocking)
tures with control systems.
(classical) and ‘synchronous/asynchronous
switching’ (which takes the CB mechanical
delay into consideration). Motor protection • Operational measured values V, I, f,...
comprises undercurrent monitoring, starting • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
time supervision, restart inhibit, locked ro- • Circuit-breaker wear monitoring
tor, load jam protection as well as motor • Slave pointer
statistics. • Trip circuit supervision
The 7SJ64 is featuring the "flexible protection • Fuse failure monitor
functions". Up to 20 protection functions can • 8 oscillographic fault records
be added according to individual require- • Motor statistics
ments. Thus, for example, rate-of-fre- Communication interfaces
quency-change protection or reverse power • System interface
protection can be implemented. – IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850
– PROFIBUS-FMS / DP
– DNP 3.0 / MODBUS RTU
• Additional interface for temperature
detection (RTD-box)
• Time synchronization via
IRIG B/DCF77

Application
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 unit is a numerical Programmable logic Motor protection

protection relay that also performs control
The integrated logic characteristics (CFC) When protecting motors, the relays are suit-
and monitoring functions and therefore sup-
allow users to implement their own func- able for asynchronous machines of all sizes.
ports the user in cost-effective power system
management, and ensures reliable supply of
locking) or a substation via a graphic user Transformer protection
electric power to the customers. Local opera-
interface. Due to extended CPU power, the
tion has been designed according to ergo- The 7SJ64 units perform all functions of
programmable logic capacity is much larger
nomic criteria. A large, easy-to-read graphic backup protection supplementary to trans-
compared to 7SJ63. The user can also gene-
display was a major design aim. former differential protection. The inrush
rate user-defined messages.
suppression effectively prevents tripping by
Control inrush currents.
Line protection
The integrated control function permits con- The high-impedance restricted earth-fault
The 7SJ64 units can be used for line protec-
trol of disconnect devices (electrically oper- protection detects short-circuits and insula-
tion of high and medium-voltage networks
ated/motorized switches) or circuit-breakers tion faults of the transformer.
with earthed, low-resistance earthed, isolated
via the integrated operator panel, binary in-
or compensated neutral point.
puts, DIGSI 4 or the control and protection Backup protection
system (e.g. SICAM). The present status (or
Synchronization The relays can be used universally for backup
position) of the primary equipment can be
protection.
displayed. 7SJ64 supports substations with In order to connect two components of a
single and duplicate busbars. The number of power system, the relay provides a synchro-
elements that can be controlled (usually 1 to nization function which verifies that switch-
5) is only restricted by the number of inputs ing ON does not endanger the stability of the By configuring a connection between a
and outputs available. A full range of com- power system. standard protection logic and any measured
mand processing functions is provided. or derived quantity, the functional scope of
The synchronization function provides the
the relays can be easily expanded by up to
operation modes ‘synchro-check’ (classical)
20 protection stages or protection functions.
and ‘synchronous/asynchronous switching’
(which takes the c.-b. mechanical delay into Metering values
consideration).
Extensive measured values, limit values and
metered values permit improved system
management.

Application

IE>, IE>>, IE>>>
50, 50N I>>>>, I2> Additional definite-time overcurrent protection stages

IE>>>> (phase/neutral) via flexible protection functions
51, 51V, 51N Ip, IEp Inverse-time overcurrent protection (phase/neutral),

phase function with voltage-dependent option
67, 67N Idir>, Idir>>, Ip dir Directional time-overcurrent protection

IEdir>, IEdir>>, IEp dir (definite/inverse, phase/neutral)
59N/64 VE, V0> Displacement voltage, zero-sequence voltage

5
79M Auto-reclosure
25 Synchronization

47 V2>, phase seq. Unbalance-voltage protection and/or phase-sequence

monitoring
38 Temperature monitoring via external device,

59R dV/dt Rate-of-voltage-change protection
32 P<>, Q<> Reverse-power, forward-power protection
55 cos ϕ Power factor protection
81R df/dt Rate-of-frequency-change protection
21FL Fault locator

Construction
Connection techniques
and housing with many advantages
1/3, 1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
the 7SJ64 relays, referred to a 19” module
LSP2299-bfpen.tif
LSP2174-afp.tif
housings and 266 mm for surface-
mounting housings for all housing widths.
All cables can be connected with or without
ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as
an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated Fig. 5/144 Fig. 5/145
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Flush-mounting housing Front view of 7SJ64 with 1/3x19" housing
with screw-type terminals
5 mounting on a panel, the connection termi-
with a detached operator panel (refer to
Fig. 5/146), or without operator panel, in
order to allow optimum operation for all
types of applications.
LSP2196-afp.eps
Fig. 5/146
Housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afpen.eps
Fig. 5/148
Communication interfaces in a
sloped case in a surface-mounting
housing
Fig. 5/147

(ANSI 50, 50N, 51,51V, 51N)
the earth current (four transformers). Three
delay time can be set in a wide range. In
addition, inverse-time overcurrent protec-
tion characteristics (IDMTL) can be
activated. The inverse-time function pro-
vides – as an option – voltage-restraint or
voltage-controlled operating modes.
With the "flexible protection functions", fur-
ther definite-time overcurrent stages can be
implemented in the 7SJ64 unit. Fig. 5/149 Fig. 5/150 5

Inverse • •
Short inverse •
Reset characteristics Inrush restraint

For easier time coordination with electro- The relay features second harmonic restraint.
mechanical relays, reset characteristics If the second harmonic is detected during
according to ANSI C37.112 and transformer energization, pickup of non-di-
IEC 60255-3 / BS 142 standards are applied. rectional and directional normal elements
When using the reset characteristic (disk are blocked.
emulation), a reset process is initiated after
the fault current has disappeared. This reset Cold load pickup/dynamic setting change
process corresponds to the reverse move-
For directional and nondirectional time-
ment of the Ferraris disk of an electrome-
overcurrent protection functions the initia-
chanical relay (thus: disk emulation).
User-definable characteristics
Instead of the predefined time characteris-
tics according to ANSI, tripping characteris-
tics can be defined by the user for phase and
earth units separately. Up to 20 current/
time value pairs may be programmed. They
are set as pairs of numbers or graphically in
DIGSI 4.


(ANSI 67, 67N)
to the non-directional overcurrent elements.
Their pickup values and delay times can be
set separately. Definite-time and inverse-time
characteristic is offered. The tripping charac-
teristic can be rotated about ± 180 degrees.
By means of voltage memory, directionality
can be determined reliably even for close-in Fig. 5/151
(local) faults. If the switching device closes Directional characteristic
onto a fault and the voltage is too low to de- of the directional time-
termine direction, directionality (direc-
tional decision) is made with voltage from
5 the voltage memory. If no voltage exists in
the memory, tripping occurs
according to the coordination schedule.
whether the direction is to be determined via
zero-sequence system or negative-sequence
system quantities (selectable).
Using negative-sequence variables can be
advantageous in cases where the zero voltage
tends to be very low due to unfavorable
zero-sequence impedances.

(cross-coupling)
It is used for selective protection of sections
fed from two sources with instantaneous
tripping, i.e. without the disadvantage of
time coordination. The directional compari-
son protection is suitable if the distances be-
tween the protection stations are not signifi- Fig. 5/152
cant and pilot wires are available for signal Directional determination
using cosine measurements
transmission. In addition to the directional for compensated networks
comparison protection, the directional coor-
dinated time-overcurrent protection is used
for complete selective backup protection. If For special network conditions, e.g. high-re- • The function can also be operated in the
operated in a closed-circuit connection, an sistance earthed networks with ohmic-capac- insensitive mode, as an additional
interruption of the transmission line is de- itive earth-fault current or low-resistance short-circuit protection.
tected. earthed networks with ohmic-inductive
current, the tripping characteristics can be (Sensitive) earth-fault detection
(Sensitive) directional earth-fault detection rotated approximately ± 45 degrees. (ANSI 50Ns, 51Ns/50N, 51N)
(ANSI 64, 67Ns/67N)
Two modes of earth-fault direction detection For high-resistance earthed networks, a
For isolated-neutral and compensated net- can be implemented: tripping or “signalling sensitive input transformer is connected to a
works, the direction of power flow in the zero only mode”. phase-balance neutral current transformer
sequence is calculated from the zero-sequen- (also called core-balance CT).
ce current I0 and zero-sequence voltage V0. It has the following functions:
The function can also be operated in the
For networks with an isolated neutral, the • TRIP via the displacement voltage VE. insensitive mode, as an additional short-
reactive current component is evaluated; • Two instantaneous elements or one circuit protection.
for compensated networks, the active current instantaneous plus one user-defined
component or residual resistive current is characteristic.
evaluated. • Each element can be set in forward,
reverse, or non-directional.


Intermittent (re-striking) faults occur due to
insulation weaknesses in cables or as a result
of water penetrating cable joints. Such faults
either simply cease at some stage or develop
into lasting short-circuits. During intermit-
tent activity, however, star-point resistors in dv /dt
networks that are impedance-earthed may
undergo thermal overloading. The normal
earth-fault protection cannot reliably detect
and interrupt the current pulses, some of
which can be very brief. LSA4113-aen.eps
The selectivity required with intermittent

earth faults is achieved by summating the Fig. 5/153 Flexible protection functions
duration of the individual pulses and by
triggering when a (settable) summed time is
reached. The response threshold IIE> evalu- 5
ates the r.m.s. value, referred to one systems • Blocking option of the ARC via binary Protection stages/functions attainable on the
period. inputs basis of the available characteristic quantities:
• ARC can be initiated externally or via CFC
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) • The directional and non-directional ele- Function ANSI No.
(Negative-sequence protection) ments can either be blocked or operated I>, IE> 50, 50N
In line protection, the two-element phase- non-delayed depending on the auto-
V<, V>, VE>, dV/dt 27, 59, 59R, 64
balance current/negative-sequence protec- reclosure cycle
tion permits detection on the high side of • Dynamic setting change of the directional 3I0>, I1>, I2>, I2/I1 50N, 46
3V0>, V1><, V2>< 59N, 47
high-resistance phase-to-phase faults and and non-directional elements can be acti-
phase-to-earth faults that are on the low side vated depending on the ready AR P><, Q>< 32
of a transformer (e.g. with the switch group • The AR CLOSE command can be given cos ϕ (p.f.)>< 55
Dy 5). This provides backup protection for synchronous by use of the synchroniza-
high-resistance faults beyond the trans- tion function. f>< 81O, 81U
former. df/dt>< 81R
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) For example, the following can be imple-
The 7SJ64 units enable the user to easily add
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit is mented:
on up to 20 protective functions. To this end,
not disconnected upon issuance of a trip parameter definitions are used to link a stan- • Reverse power protection (ANSI 32R)
command, another command can be initi- dard protection logic with any chosen char- • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
ated using the breaker failure protection acteristic quantity (measured or derived (ANSI 81R)
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g. of an quantity) (Fig. 5/153). The standard logic
upstream (higher-level) protection relay. consists of the usual protection elements Synchronization (ANSI 25)
Breaker failure is detected if, after a trip com- such as the pickup message, the parameter- • In case of switching ON the circuit-breaker,
mand, current is still flowing in the faulted definable delay time, the TRIP command, a the units can check whether the two
circuit. As an option, it is possible to make blocking possibility, etc. The mode of opera- subnetworks are synchronized (classic
use of the circuit-breaker position indication. tion for current, voltage, power and power synchro-check). Furthermore, the syn-
factor quantities can be three-phase or chronizing function may operate in the
Auto-reclosures (ANSI 79) single-phase. Almost all quantities can be “Synchronous/asynchronous switching”
Multiple reclosures can be defined by the operated as greater than or less than stages. mode. The unit then distinguishes be-
user and lockout will occur if a fault is pres- All stages operate with protection priority. tween synchronous and asynchronous
ent after the last reclosure. The following networks:
functions are possible: In synchronous networks, frequency differ-
ences between the two subnetworks are
• 3-pole ARC for all types of faults
almost non-existant. In this case, the circuit-
• Separate settings for phase and earth faults breaker operating time does not need to be
• Multiple ARC, one rapid auto-reclosure considered. Under asynchronous condition,
(RAR) and up to nine delayed however, this difference is markedly larger
auto-reclosures (DAR) and the time window for switching is
• Starting of the ARC depends on the trip shorter. In this case, it is recommended to
command selection (e.g. 46, 50, 51, 67) consider the operating time of the circuit-
breaker.

Protection functions n Motor protection

The command is automatically pre-dated
by the duration of the operating time of the If a motor is started up too many times in
circuit-breaker, thus ensuring that the con- succession, the rotor can be subject to ther-
tacts of the CB close at exactly the right time. mal overload, especially the upper edges of
the bars. The rotor temperature is calculated
Up to 4 sets of parameters for the synchro- from the stator current. The reclosing lock-
nizing function can be stored in the unit. out only permits start-up of the motor if the
This is an important feature when several rotor has sufficient thermal reserves for a
circuit-breakers with different operating complete start-up (see Fig. 5/155).
times are to be operated by one single relay.
Emergency start-up
This function disables the reclosing lockout
For protecting cables and transformers, via a binary input by storing the state of the
an overload protection with an integrated thermal replica as long as the binary input is
pre-warning element for temperature and active. It is also possible to reset the thermal
current can be applied. The temperature is replica to zero.
Fig. 5/154 High-impedance restricted
5 calculated using a thermal homogeneous-
earth- fault protection
which takes account both of the energy en-
tering the equipment and the energy losses. Up to two temperature monitoring boxes
The varistor V serves to limit the voltage in with a total of 12 measuring sensors can be
The calculated temperature is constantly ad-
the event of an internal fault. It cuts off the used for temperature monitoring and detec-
justed accordingly. Thus, account is taken of
high momentary voltage spikes occurring at tion by the protection relay. The thermal sta-
the previous load and the load fluctuations.
transformer saturation. At the same time, tus of motors, generators and transformers
For thermal protection of motors (especially this results in smoothing of the voltage with- can be monitored with this device. Addition-
the stator), a further time constant can be set out any noteworthy reduction of the average ally, the temperature of the bearings of rotat-
so that the thermal ratios can be detected value. If no faults have occurred and in the ing machines are monitored for limit value
correctly while the motor is rotating and event of external faults, the system is at equi- violation. The temperatures are being meas-
when it is stopped. The ambient temperature librium, and the voltage through the resistor ured with the help of temperature detectors
or the temperature of the coolant can be de- is approximately zero. In the event of internal at various locations of the device to be pro-
tected serially via an external temperature faults, an imbalance occurs which leads to a tected. This data is transmitted to the protec-
monitoring box (resistance-temperature voltage and a current flow through the resis- tion relay via one or two temperature moni-
detector box, also called RTD- box). The tor R. toring boxes (see “Accessories”, page 5/175).
thermal replica of the overload function is
The current transformers must be of the
automatically adapted to the ambient condi-
same type and must at least offer a separate
tions. If there is no RTD-box it is assumed
that the ambient temperatures are constant.
earth-fault protection. They must in particu-
lar have the same transformation ratio and
High-impedance restricted earth-fault
an approximately identical knee-point volt-
protection (ANSI 87N)
age. They should also demonstrate only
The high-impedance measurement principle minimal measuring errors.
is an uncomplicated and sensitive method
for detecting earth faults, especially on trans- Settable dropout delay times
formers. It can also be applied to motors,
If the devices are used in parallel with electro-
generators and reactors when these are oper-
mechanical relays in networks with
ated on an earthed network.
intermittent faults, the long dropout times
When the high-impedance measurement of the electromechanical devices (several
principle is applied, all current transformers hundred milliseconds) can lead to problems
in the protected area are connected in parallel in terms of time grading. Clean time grading
and operated on one common resistor of rel- is only possible if the dropout time is
atively high R whose voltage is measured (see approximately the same. This is why the pa-
Fig. 5/154). In the case of 7SJ6 units, the volt- rameter of dropout times can be defined for
age is measured by detecting the current certain functions such as time-overcurrent
through the (external) resistor R at the sensi- protection, earth short-circuit and phase-
tive current measurement input IEE. balance current protection.

Starting time supervision (ANSI 48/14)

against long unwanted start-ups that might
occur in the event of excessive load torque or
excessive voltage drops within the motor, or
if the rotor is locked. Rotor temperature is
calculated from measured stator current. The
tripping time is calculated according to the
following equation:
for I > IMOTOR START
2
t = ⎛⎜ A ⎞⎟ ⋅ TA
I
⎝ I ⎠
I = Actual current flowing
IMOTOR START = Pickup current to detect a motor
t
start
= Tripping time
5
IA = Rated motor starting current Fig. 5/155
TA = Tripping time at rated motor
starting current (2 times, for warm
and cold motor) Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) n Voltage protection
(Negative-sequence protection)
The characteristic (equation) can be adapted Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
optimally to the state of the motor by apply- The negative-sequence / phase-balance cur-
The two-element overvoltage protection
ing different tripping times TA in dependence rent protection detects a phase failure or load
detects unwanted network and machine
of either cold or warm motor state. For dif- unbalance due to network asymmetry and
overvoltage conditions. The function can
ferentiation of the motor state the thermal protects the rotor from impermissible tem-
operate either with phase-to-phase, phase-
model of the rotor is applied. perature rise.
to-earth, positive phase-sequence or negative
If the trip time is rated according to the above Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37) phase-sequence voltage. Three-phase and
formula, even a prolonged start-up and re- single-phase connections are possible.
duced voltage (and reduced start-up current) With this function, a sudden drop in current,
will be evaluated correctly. The tripping time which can occur due to a reduced motor Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
is inverse (current dependent). load, is detected. This may be due to shaft
The two-element undervoltage protection
breakage, no-load operation of pumps or fan
A binary signal is set by a speed sensor to de- provides protection against dangerous volt-
failure.
tect a blocked rotor. An instantaneous trip- age drops (especially for electric machines).
ping is effected. Motor statistics Applications include the isolation of genera-
tors or motors from the network to avoid
Load jam protection (ANSI 51M) Essential information on start-up of the mo- undesired operating states and a possible loss
tor (duration, current, voltage) and general of stability. Proper operating conditions of
Sudden high loads can cause slowing down information on number of starts, total oper- electrical machines are best evaluated with
and blocking of the motor and mechanical ating time, total down time, etc. are saved as the positive-sequence quantities. The protec-
damages. The rise of current due to a load statistics in the device. tion function is active over a wide frequency
jam is being monitored by this function range (45 to 55, 55 to 65 Hz)1). Even when
(alarm and tripping). falling below this frequency range the func-
The overload protection function is too slow tion continues to work, however, with a
and therefore not suitable under these cir- greater tolerance band.
cumstances. The function can operate either with
phase-to-phase, phase-to-earth or positive
phase-sequence voltage, and can be moni-
tored with a current criterion.
Three-phase and single-phase connections
are possible.
Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)

frequency and underfrequency protection.
Electric machines and parts of the system are
for fN = 50/60 Hz.

Protection functions/Functions Commissioning

Commissioning could hardly be easier and is
protected from unwanted speed deviations. fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of the
Unwanted frequency changes in the network binary inputs can be read individually and
can be detected and the load can be removed the state of the binary outputs can be set indi-
at a specified frequency setting. Frequency vidually. The operation of switching ele-
protection can be used over a wide frequency ments (circuit-breakers, disconnect devices)
range (40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz)1). There are four can be checked using the switching functions
elements (selectable as overfrequency or of the bay controller. The analog measured
underfrequency) and each element can be values are represented as wide-ranging oper-
delayed separately. Blocking of the frequency ational measured values. To prevent trans-
protection can be performed if using a binary mission of information to the control center
input or by using an undervoltage element. during maintenance, the bay controller com-
munications can be disabled to prevent un-
Fault locator (ANSI 21FL) necessary data from being transmitted. Dur-
The integrated fault locator calculates the ing commissioning, all indications with test
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault. marking for test purposes can be connected
The results are displayed in Ω, kilometers to a control and protection system.
5 (miles) and in percent of the line length.
Test operation
Circuit-breaker wear monitoring During commissioning, all indications can
Methods for determining circuit-breaker be passed to an automatic control system for Fig. 5/156 CB switching cycle diagram
contact wear or the remaining service life of a test purposes.
circuit-breaker (CB) allow CB maintenance
intervals to be aligned to their actual degree n Control and automatic functions Switching authority
of wear. The benefit lies in reduced mainte- Control Switching authority is determined according
nance costs. to parameters, communication or by key-
In addition to the protection functions, the operated switch (when available).
There is no mathematically exact method of SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control
calculating the wear or the remaining service If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
and monitoring functions that are required switching operations are possible. The fol-
life of circuit-breakers that takes into account for operating medium-voltage or high-volt-
the arc-chamber's physical conditions when lowing sequence of switching authority is laid
age substations. down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
the CB opens. This is why various methods of
determining CB wear have evolved which re- The main application is reliable control of “REMOTE”.
flect the different operator philosophies. To switching and other processes.
Key-operated switch
do justice to these, the devices offer several The status of primary equipment or auxiliary
methods: devices can be obtained from auxiliary con- 7SJ64 units are fitted with key-operated
switch function for local/remote changeover
• I tacts and communicated to the 7SJ64 via bi-
nary inputs. Therefore it is possible to detect and changeover between interlocked switch-
• Σ I x, with x = 1... 3
and indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED ing and test operation.
• Σ i 2t
position or a fault or intermediate cir-
The devices additionally offer a new method cuit-breaker or auxiliary contact position. Command processing
for determining the remaining service life: All the functionality of command processing
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be
• Two-point method controlled via: is offered. This includes the processing of sin-
The CB manufacturers double-logarithmic gle and double commands with or without
switching cycle diagram (see Fig. 5/181) and – integrated operator panel feedback, sophisticated monitoring of the
the breaking current at the time of contact – binary inputs control hardware and software, checking of
opening serve as the basis for this method. – substation control and protection system the external process, control actions using
After CB opening, the two-point method cal- – DIGSI 4 functions such as runtime monitoring and
culates the number of still possible switching automatic command termination after out-
cycles. To this end, the two points P1 and P2 Automation / user-defined logic put. Here are some typical applications:
only have to be set on the device. These are With integrated logic, the user can set, via a • Single and double commands using 1,
specified in the CB's technical data. graphic interface (CFC), specific functions 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
All of these methods are phase-selective and a for the automation of switchgear or substa- • User-definable bay interlocks
limit value can be set in order to obtain an • Operating sequences combining several
alarm if the actual value falls below or ex- keys, binary input or via communication
ceeds the limit value during determination of interface.
the remaining service life. earthing switches
• Triggering of switching operations,
1) The 40 to 60, 50 to 70 Hz range is
indications or alarm by combination
available for fN = 50/60 Hz. with existing information

Functions
Motor control
The SIPROTEC 4 7SJ64 with high perfor-
mance relays is well-suited for direct activa-
tion of the circuit-breaker, disconnector and
earthing switch operating mechanisms in
automated substations.
Interlocking of the individual switching de-
vices takes place with the aid of programma-
ble logic. Additional auxiliary relays can be
eliminated. This results in less wiring and
engineering effort.
Assignment of feedback to command

acquired by feedback. These indication in- 5
puts are logically assigned to the correspond-
ing command outputs. The unit can there-
fore distinguish whether the indication Fig. 5/157
change is a consequence of switching opera- Typical wiring for 7SJ642 motor direct control (simplified representation without fuses)
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change of Binary output BO6 and BO7 are interlocked so that only one set of contacts are closed at a time.
state.
Chatter disable
Chatter disable feature evaluates whether, in
a configured period of time, the number of
status changes of indication input exceeds a
specified figure. If exceeded, the indication
input is blocked for a certain period, so that
the event list will not record excessive opera-
tions.

Binary indications can be filtered or delayed.
tion is passed on only if the indication volt- Fig. 5/158 Example: Single busbar with circuit-breaker and
motor-controlled three-position switch
age is still present after a set period of time.
In the event of indication delay, there is a
wait for a preset time. The information is
passed on only if the indication voltage is
A further indication (or a command) can be
derived from an existing indication. Group
indications can also be formed. The volume
important signals.
Fig. 5/159 Example: Circuit-breaker interlocking

Functions Metered values

For internal metering, the unit can calculate
Measured values an energy metered value from the measured
The r.m.s. values are calculated from the ac- current and voltage values. If an external me-
quired current and voltage along with the ter with a metering pulse output is available,
power factor, frequency, active and reactive the SIPROTEC 4 unit can obtain and process
power. The following functions are available metering pulses via an indication input.
for measured value processing: The metered values can be displayed and
• Currents IL1, IL2, IL3, IE, IEE (67Ns) passed on to a control center as an accumula-
tion with reset. A distinction is made between
• Voltages VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3, VL3L1,
forward, reverse, active and reactive energy.
Vsyn
• Symmetrical components Switchgear cubicles
I1, I2, 3I0; V1, V2, V0 for high/medium voltage
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S
(P, Q: total and phase-selective) All units are designed specifically to meet
• Power factor (cos ϕ) the requirements of high/medium-voltage
(total and phase-selective) applications.
5 • Frequency In general, no separate measuring instru-
LSP2078-afp.eps
• Energy ± kWh, ± kVArh, forward and ments (e.g. for current, voltage, frequency
reverse power flow measuring transducer ...) or additional
• Mean as well as minimum and maximum control components are necessary.
current and voltage values
function
• Limit values are monitored using pro-
grammable logic in the CFC. Commands Fig. 5/160
can be derived from this limit value indi- NX PLUS panel (gas-insulated)
cation.
In a certain range of very low measured
interference.


Communication
IEC 61850 protocol
In terms of communication, the units offer
substantial flexibility in the context of con-
nection to industrial and power automation
control systems used by power supply corpo-
standards. Communication can be extended
rations. Siemens was the first manufacturer
or added on thanks to modules for retrofit-
to support this standard. By means of this
ting on which the common protocols run.
protocol, information can also be exchanged
Therefore, also in the future it will be possible
directly between bay units so as to set up
to optimally integrate units into the changing
simple masterless systems for bay and system
communication infrastructure, for example
interlocking. Access to the units via the
in Ethernet networks (which will also be used
Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI. It
is also possible to retrieve operating and fault
years to come).
messages and fault recordings via a browser.
This Web monitor also provides a few items
Serial front interface Fig. 5/161
of unit-specific information in browser IEC 60870-5-103: Radial fiber-optic connection
There is a serial RS232 interface on the front windows.
of all the units. All of the unit’s functions can
be set on a PC by means of the DIGSI 4 pro- IEC 60870-5-103 protocol 5
tection operation program. Commissioning
tools and fault analysis are also built into the The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
program and are available through this international standard for the transmission of
face. protective data and fault recordings. All mes-
sages from the unit and also control com-
Rear-mounted interfaces1) mands can be transferred by means of pub-
lished, Siemens-specific extensions to the
A number of communication modules suit- protocol.
able for various applications can be fitted in Redundant solutions are also possible.
the rear of the flush-mounting housing. In Optionally it is possible to read out and alter
the flush-mounting housing, the modules individual parameters (only possible with
can be easily replaced by the user. the redundant module).
The interface modules support the following
applications: PROFIBUS-DP protocol
• Time synchronization interface PROFIBUS-DP is the most widespread
All units feature a permanently integrated protocol in industrial automation. Via
electrical time synchronization interface. PROFIBUS-DP, SIPROTEC units make their
It can be used to feed timing telegrams in Fig. 5/162
information available to a SIMATIC control-
IRIG-B or DCF77 format into the units Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
ler or, in the control direction, receive com- IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
via time synchronization receivers. mands from a central SIMATIC. Measured
• System interface values can also be transferred.
Communication with a central control
system takes place through this interface. MODBUS RTU protocol
Radial or ring type station bus topologies
can be configured depending on the cho- This uncomplicated, serial protocol is mainly
sen interface. Furthermore, the units can used in industry and by power supply corpo-
exchange data through this interface via rations, and is supported by a number of unit
Ethernet and IEC 61850 protocol and can manufacturers. SIPROTEC units function as
also be operated by DIGSI. MODBUS slaves, making their information
available to a master or receiving information
from it. A time-stamped event list is available.
units via DIGSI. It can be an electrical
RS232/RS485 interface. For special appli-
cations, a maximum of two temperature
monitoring boxes (RTD-box) can be con-
nected to this interface as an alternative.
• Additional interface
Up to 2 RTD-boxes can be connected via
this interface.


Communication
DNP 3.0 protocol


control
Together with the SICAM power automation
system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with
optical double ring, the units exchange infor-
5 mation with the control system.
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system is open
for the connection of units of other manu-
facturers (see Fig. 5/161). Fig. 5/163
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into
systems of other manufacturers or in
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter-
faces are available. The optimum physical
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the
LSP3.01-0021.tif
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the

cubicles and an interference-free optical con-
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system solu-
tion is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are linked
with PAS electrically or optically to the sta-
tion PC. The interface is standardized, thus
also enabling direct connection of units of
other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus. Fig. 5/164
With IEC 61850, however, the units can also Optical Ethernet communication module
for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet-switch
be used in other manufacturers’ systems
(see Fig. 5/162).

Typical connections
Standard connection
Fig. 5/165
Residual current
circuit without
directional element
5
Fig. 5/166
Sensitive earth
current detection
without directional
element
Fig. 5/167
Residual current
circuit with directional
element

Typical connections

phase-to-earth voltages and the VE voltage of
the open delta winding and a phase-earth
neutral current transformer for the earth
current. This connection maintains maxi-
mum precision for directional earth- fault
detection and must be used in compensated
networks.
Fig. 5/168 shows sensitive directional
Fig. 5/168
with directional
element for phases
5

used, the connection can be made with only
two phase current transformers. Directional
phase short-circuit protection can be
achieved by using only two primary trans-
formers.
Fig. 5/169
Isolated-neutral
or compensated
networks
Connection for the

synchronization function
The 3-phase system is connected as reference
voltage, i. e. the outgoing voltages as well as a
single-phase voltage, in this case a busbar
voltage, that has to be synchronized.
Fig. 5/170
Measuring of the
busbar voltage and
the outgoing feeder
voltage for synchroni-
zation


Isolated or compensated networks Time-overcurrent protection Residual circuit, with 3 or 2 phase- -
neutral current transformers possible 5
n Application examples The vector group of the transformer can be

considered by setting parameters. Thus no
Synchronization function
external circuits for vector group adaptation
When two subnetworks must be intercon- are required.
nected, the synchronization function moni-
This synchronism function can be applied in
tors whether the subnetworks are synchro-
conjunction with the auto-reclosure function
nous and can be connected without risk of
as well as with the control function CLOSE
losing stability.
commands (local/remote).
As shown in Fig. 5/171, load is being fed from
a generator to a busbar via a transformer. It is
assumed that the frequency difference of the
2 subnetworks is such that the device deter-
mines asynchronous system conditions.
The voltages of the busbar and the feeder
should be the same when the contacts are
made; to ensure this condition the synchro-
nism function must run in the “synchro-
nous/asynchronous switching” mode.
In this mode, the operating time of the CB
can be set within the relay.
Differences between angle and frequency can
then be calculated by the relay while taking
into account the operating time of the CB.
From these differences, the unit derives the
exact time for issuing the CLOSE command Fig. 5/171 Measuring of busbar and feeder voltages for synchronization
under asynchronous conditions.
When the contacts close, the voltages will be
in phase. 1) Synchronization function
2) Auto-reclosure function

Undervoltage releases are used for automatic
tripping of high-voltage motors.
Example:
DC supply voltage of control system fails and
manual electric tripping is no longer possible.
Automatic tripping takes place when voltage
across the coil drops below the trip limit. In
Figure 5/172, tripping occurs due to failure of
DC supply voltage, by automatic opening of
the live status contact upon failure of the
protection unit or by short-circuiting the trip
coil in event of a network fault.
5
Fig. 5/172 Undervoltage release with make contact 50, 51
In Fig. 5/173 tripping is by failure of auxiliary

voltage and by interruption of tripping cir-
cuit in the event of network failure. Upon
failure of the protection unit, the tripping
circuit is also interrupted, since contact held
by internal logic drops back into open posi-
tion.
Fig. 5/173 Undervoltage release with locking contact (trip signal 50 is inverted)


cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal
Lockout (ANSI 86)

and reset using the LED reset key. The lock-
out state is also stored in the event of supply
voltage failure. Reclosure can only occur after
the lockout state is reset.
Reverse-power protection for dual supply

(ANSI 32R)
If power is fed to a busbar through two paral- 5
lel infeeds, then in the event of any fault on
one of the infeeds it should be selectively in-
terrupted. This ensures a continued supply to
the busbar through the remaining infeed. For
this purpose, directional devices are needed
which detect a short-circuit current or a
power flow from the busbar in the direction
of the infeed. The directional time-
overcurrent protection is usually set via the
load current. It cannot be used to deactivate
low-current faults. Reverse-power protection
can be set far below the rated power. This
ensures that it also detects power feedback
into the line in the event of low-current faults
with levels far below the load current.
Reverse-power protection is performed via
the “flexible protection functions” of the
7SJ64.
Fig. 5/175 Reverse-power protection for dual supply

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs/indication inputs

Measuring circuits Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
System frequency 50 / 60 Hz (settable) Number (marshallable) 7 15 20 33 48
Current transformer Voltage range 24 - 250 V DC
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (settable) Pickup threshold modifiable
Option: sensitive earth-fault CT IEE < 1.6 A by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption Pickup threshold DC 19 V DC 88 V DC

at Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA per phase For rated control voltage DC 24/48/60/110/ 110/125/220/250 V DC
at Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA per phase 125 V DC
for sensitive earth-fault CT at 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Power consumption 0.9 mA (independent of operating voltage)
Overload capability energized for BI 8…19 / 21…32;
Thermal (effective) 100 x Inom for 1 s 1.8 mA for BI 1…7 / 20/33…48
30 x Inom for 10 s Binary outputs/command outputs
4 x Inom continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 250 x Inom (half cycle) Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
Overload capability if equipped with Command/indication relay 5 13 8 11 21
5 sensitive earth-fault CT
indication relay
100 A for 10 s
Live status contact 1 NO / NC (jumper)/form A/B
15 A continuous
Dynamic (impulse current) 750 A (half cycle) Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA
Voltage transformer Break 30 W / VA / 40 W resistive/
25 W at L/R ≤ 50 ms
Rated voltage Vnom 100 V to 225 V
Measuring range 0 V to 200 V
Power consumption at Vnom = 100 V < 0.3 VA per phase
30 A for 0.5 s making current,
Overload capability in voltage path 2000 switching cycles
(phase-neutral voltage)
Power relay (for motor control)
Type 7SJ640 7SJ642 7SJ645 7SJ647
Auxiliary voltage (via integrated converter)
7SJ641
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux DC 24/48 V 60/125 V 110/250 V
Number 0 2 (4) 4 (8) 4 (8)
Permissible tolerance DC 19 - 58 V 48 - 150 V 88 - 300 V
Number of contacts/relay 2 NO / form A
Ripple voltage, peak-to-peak ≤ 12 % of rated auxiliary voltage
Switching capacity Make 1000 W / VA at
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645 7SJ647 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
7SJ642
Break 1000 W / VA at
Quiescent Approx. 5 W 5.5 W 6.5 W 7.5 W 48 V … 250 V / 500 W at 24 V
Energized Approx. 9 W 12.5 W 15 W 21 W
Backup time during ≥ 50 ms at V > 110 V DC
loss/short-circuit of ≥ 20 ms at V > 24 V DC
30 A for 0.5 s
auxiliary direct voltage
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux AC 115 / 230 V
Permissible tolerance AC 92 - 132 V / 184 - 265 V
Power consumption 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645 7SJ647
7SJ642
Quiescent Approx. 7 W 9W 12 W 16 W
Energized Approx. 12 W 19 W 23 W 33 W
Backup time during loss/short-circuit ≥ 200 ms
of auxiliary alternating voltage

Technical data
Electrical tests Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;

Specification interference amplitude and pulse-modulated
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Standards IEC 60255
ANSI C37.90, C37.90.1, C37.90.2, Damped wave 2.5 kV (peak value, polarity
UL508 IEC 60694 / IEC 61000-4-12 alternating)
100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
Insulation tests Ri = 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz Standard EN 50081-* (generic specification)
voltage and RS485/RS232 and Conducted interferences 150 kHz to 30 MHz
time synchronization only auxiliary voltage IEC/CISPR 22 Limit class B
Auxiliary voltage 3.5 kV DC Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz

IEC/CISPR 11 Limit class B
and time synchronization Units with a detached operator panel
must be installed in a metal cubicle to
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak value); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J maintain limit class B
all circuits, except communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
class III
at intervals of 5 s
5
EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 During operation
(product standard) Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
EN 50082-2 (generic specification)
DIN 57435 Part 303 Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz; +/- 0.075 mm ampli-
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value); 1 MHz; τ =15 ms; IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
and VDE 0435 Part 303, class III frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air gap discharge; Shock Semi-sinusoidal
and EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms;
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
field, non-modulated Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-3 (Report) class III IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz; IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-3; class III (vertical axis)
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, on duration 50 % (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Fast transient interference/burst 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, burst length = 15 ms; 1 cycle in 3 perpendicular axes
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min During transportation
High-energy surge voltages Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2

(Surge) Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5; class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary voltage From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz; 2 g acceleration,
across contacts: 1 kV; 2 Ω ;18 µF frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Binary inputs/outputs From circuit to circuit: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF 20 cycles in 3 perpendicular axes
across contacts: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, Class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in both directions of 3 axes
IEC 61000-4-6, class III Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m; 50 Hz, 3 s IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT, 50 Hz of 3 axes
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak value), 1 to 1.5 MHz

capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω

Technical data
Climatic stress tests Serial interfaces

Temperatures Operating interface (front of unit)
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C /-13 °F to +185 °F Connection Non-isolated, RS232; front panel,
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h 9-pin subminiature connector
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C /-4 °F to -158 °F Transmission rate Factory setting 115200 baud,
temperature, tested for 96 h min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C /+25 °F to +131 °F Service/modem interface (rear of unit)
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6 Isolated interface for data transfer Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/RTD-box
(Legibility of display may be impaired
above +55 °C /+131 °F) Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C /-13 °F to +131 °F min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
permanent storage RS232/RS485
transport Connection
Humidity
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative hu- detached operator panel
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days a year up to 95 % For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
5 units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
exposed to direct sunlight or permissible! top/bottom part
pronounced temperature changes Distance RS232 15 m /49.2 ft
Unit design
Type 7SJ640 7SJ641 7SJ645
7SJ642 7SJ647 Additional interface (rear of unit)
Housing 7XP20 Isolated interface for data transfer Port D: RTD-box
Dimensions See dimension drawings, Transmission rate Factory setting 38400 baud,
part 15 of this catalog min. 4800 baud, max. 115200 baud
Weight in kg Housing Housing Housing RS485

width 1/3 width 1/2 width 1/1 Connection
Surface-mounting housing 8 11 15 For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
Flush-mounting housing 5 6 10 surface-mounting housing with mounting location “D”
Housing for detached detached operator panel
operator panel – 8 12 For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
Detached operator panel – 2.5 2.5 with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Degree of protection top/bottom part
acc. to EN 60529 Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Flush-mounting housing Front: IP 51, rear: IP 20; Fiber optic
Operator safety IP 2x with cover
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-
optic connection
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “D”
with two-tier terminal at the
top/bottom part
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles

Technical data
System interface (rear of unit) PROFIBUS-FMS/DP

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol Isolated interface for data transfer Port B
Isolated interface for data transfer Port B to a control center
to a control center Transmission rate Up to 1.5 Mbaud
Transmission rate Factory setting 9600 baud, RS485
min. 1200 baud, max. 115200 baud Connection
Connection surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing:
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing: top/bottom part
with two-tier terminal on the shielded data cable Distance 1000 m/3300 ft ≤ 93.75 kbaud;
top/bottom part 500 m/1500 ft ≤ 187.5 kbaud;
Distance RS232 Max. 15 m/49 ft 200 m/600 ft ≤ 1.5 Mbaud;
100 m/300 ft ≤ 12 Mbaud
Test voltage Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
500 V AC against earth
Fiber optic 5
Fiber optic
Connection fiber-optic cable Integr. ST connector for FO
Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber- For flush-mounting housing/ connection, mounting location “B”
optic connection surface-mounting housing with
detached operator panel For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
with two-tier terminal on the Important: Please refer to footnotes
For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing top/bottom part 1)
and 2) on page 5/215
with two-tier terminal on the
top/bottom part Optical wavelength 820 nm
Optical wavelength 820 nm Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km/0.99 miles
1500 kB/s 530 m/0.33 miles
Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
MODBUS RTU, ASCII, DNP 3.0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant
RS485 to a control center
Connection Transmission rate Up to 19200 baud
surface-mounting housing with RS485
detached operator panel Connection
For surface-mounting housing (not available) For flush-mounting housing/ 9-pin subminiature connector,
with two-tier terminal on the surface-mounting housing with mounting location “B”
top/bottom part detached operator panel
Distance RS485 Max. 1 km/3300 ft For surface-mounting housing At bottom part of the housing:
with two-tier terminal at the shielded data cable
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth top/bottom part
IEC 61850 protocol Distance Max. 1 km/3300 ft max. 32 units
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE802.3 recommended
- to a control center Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
- with DIGSI
- between SIPROTEC 4 relays Fiber-optic
Transmission rate 100 Mbit Connection fiber-optic cable Integrated ST connector for fiber-optic
connection
Ethernet, electrical For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location “B”
Connection Two RJ45 connectors surface-mounting housing with
For flush-mounting housing/ Mounting location "B" detached operator panel
surface-mounting housing with For surface-mounting housing At the bottom part of the housing
detached operator panel with two-tier terminal at the Important: Please refer to footnotes
1)
Distance Max. 20 m / 65.6 ft top/bottom part and 2) on page 5/215
Test voltage 500 V AC against earth Optical wavelength 820 nm
Ethernet, optical Permissible path attenuation Max 8 dB. for glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Connection Intergr. LC connector for FO Distance Max. 1.5 km/0.9 miles
For flush-mounting housing/ connection Mounting location "B"
Optical wavelength 1300 nmm

Technical data
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Tolerances

Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Pickup/dropout thresholds Ip, IEp 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
(SUB-D) Pickup time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 5 % of reference (calculated) value
(terminal with surface-mounting + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
housing) 30 ms
Dropout ratio for 0.05 ≤ I/Ip 5 % of reference (calculated) value
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) ≤ 0.9 + 2 % current tolerance, respectively
Functions 30 ms
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional Direction detection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 67, 67N) For phase faults
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase Polarization With cross-polarized voltages;
phase protection (ANSI 50) (L1 and L3) With voltage memory for measure-
Number of elements (stages) I>, I>>, I>>> (phases) ment voltages that are too low
IE>, IE>>, IE>>> (earth) Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Setting ranges Rotation of reference voltage Vref,rot - 180° to 180° (in steps of 1°)
Pickup phase elements 0.5 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Direction sensitivity For one and two-phase faults
Pickup earth elements 0.25 to 175 A or ∞1) (in steps of 0.01 A) unlimited;
5 Delay times T 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
For three-phase faults dynamically
unlimited;
Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Steady-state approx. 7 V
Times phase-to-phase
Pickup times (without inrush For earth faults
restraint, with inrush restraint
+ 10 ms) Polarization With zero-sequence quantities 3V0,
3I0 or with negative-sequence
Non-directional Directional quantities 3V2, 3I2
With twice the setting value Approx. 30 ms 45 ms
With five times the setting value Approx. 20 ms 40 ms Forward range Vref,rot ± 86°
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I/Inom ≥ 0.3 Zero-sequence quantities 3V0, 3I0 VE ≈ 2.5 V displacement voltage,
Tolerances measured;
Pickup 2 % of setting value or 50 mA 1)
3V0 ≈ 5 V displacement voltage,
Delay times T, TDO 1 % or 10 ms calculated
Inverse-time overcurrent protection, directional/non-directional Negative -sequence quantities 3V2 ≈ 5 V negative-sequence voltage;
(ANSI 51, 51N, 67, 67N) 3V2, 3I2
3I2 ≈ 225 mA negative-sequence
Operating mode non-directional 3-phase (standard) or 2-phase current 1)
phase protection (ANSI 51) (L1 and L3)
Tolerances (phase angle error
Setting ranges under reference conditions)
Pickup phase element IP 0.5 to 20 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
1)
For phase and earth faults ± 3 ° electrical
Pickup earth element IEP 0.25 to 20 A or ∞ 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Inrush blocking
(IEC characteristics) Influenced functions Time-overcurrent elements, I>, IE>,
Time multiplier D 0.05 to 15 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Ip, IEp (directional, non-directional)
(ANSI characteristics) Lower function limit phases At least one phase current
Undervoltage threshold V< for 10.0 to 125.0 V (in steps of 0.1 V) (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA1)
release Ip Lower function limit earth Earth current
Trip characteristics (50 Hz and 100 Hz) ≥ 125 mA1)
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, Upper function limit 1.5 to 125 A 1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
extremely inverse, long inverse (setting range)
ANSI Inverse, short inverse, long inverse
moderately inverse, very inverse, Setting range I2f /I 10 to 45 % (in steps of 1 %)
extremely inverse, definite inverse Crossblock (IL1, IL2, IL3) ON/OFF
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 value Dynamic setting change
pairs of current and time delay
Controllable function Directional and non-directional
Dropout setting pickup, tripping time
Without disk emulation Approx. 1.05 · setting value Ip for
Start criteria Current criteria,
Ip/Inom ≥ 0.3, corresponds to approx.
0.95 · pickup threshold CB position via aux. contacts,
With disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · setting value Ip binary input,
auto-reclosure ready
Time control 3 timers
Current criteria Current threshold
(reset on dropping below threshold;
monitoring with timer)

Technical data
(Sensitive) earth-fault detection (ANSI 64, 50 Ns, 51Ns, 67Ns) Delay times in linear range 7 % of reference value for 2 ≥ I/IEEp
Displacement voltage starting for all types of earth fault (ANSI 64) ≥ 20 + 2 % current tolerance, or 70 ms
Setting ranges Logarithmic inverse Refer to the manual

Pickup threshold VE> (measured) 1.8 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Logarithmic inverse with knee point Refer to the manual
Pickup threshold 3V0> (calcu- 10 to 225 V (in steps of 0.1 V) Direction detection for all types of earth-faults (ANSI 67Ns)
lated)
Measuring method “cos ϕ/sin ϕ”
Delay time TDelay pickup 0.04 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Additional trip delay TVDELAY 0.1 to 40000 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Times
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Measuring principle Active/reactive power measurement
Dropout ratio 0.95 or (pickup value -0.6 V) Setting ranges
Measuring enable IRelease direct.
Tolerances
Pickup threshold 3V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Direction phasor ϕCorrection - 45 ° to + 45 ° (in steps of 0.1 °)
Reduction of dir. area αRed.dir.area 1 ° to 15 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Phase detection for earth fault in an unearthed system Dropout delay TReset delay 1 to 60 s (in steps of 1 s)
Measuring principle Voltage measurement
(phase-to-earth)
Tolerances
Pickup measuring enable 5
Setting ranges For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
Vph min (earth-fault phase) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V) For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Angle tolerance 3°
Vph max (unfaulted phases) 10 to 100 V (in steps of 1 V)
Measuring method “ϕ (V0/I0)”
Measuring tolerance 3 % of setting value, or 1 V
acc. to DIN 57435 part 303 Direction measurement IE and VE measured or
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults
Minimum voltage Vmin. measured 0.4 to 50 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 50Ns) Minimum voltage Vmin. calculated 10 to 90 V (in steps of 1 V)
Setting ranges Phase angle ϕ -180° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Pickup threshold IEE>, IEE>> Delta phase angle Δ ϕ 0° to 180° (in steps of 0.1°)
Tolerances
Delay times T for IEE>, IEE>> 0 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pickup threshold 3 V0 (calculated) 3 % of setting value or 3 V
Angle tolerance 3°
Times
Angle correction for cable CT
Angle correction F1, F2 0° to 5° (in steps of 0.1°)
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95
Current value I1, I2
Tolerances
Pickup threshold
For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
For normal input 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1) High-impedance restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) / single-phase
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 20 ms overcurrent protection
Earth-fault pickup for all types of earth faults Setting ranges
Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 51Ns) Pickup thresholds I>, I>>
For sensitive input 0.003 to 1.5 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.001 A)
User-defined characteristic Defined by a maximum of 20 pairs For normal input 0.25 to 175 A1) or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
of current and delay time values Delay times TI>, TI>> 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Times
Pickup threshold IEEp Pickup times
For sensitive input 0.001 A to 1.4 A (in steps of 0.001 A) Minimum Approx. 20 ms
For normal input 0.25 to 20 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Typical Approx. 30 ms
User defined Dropout times Approx. 30 ms
Time multiplier T 0.1 to 4 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Tolerances
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · IEEp 1 % rated current at Inom = 1 or 5 A;
Dropout ratio Approx. 1.05 · IEEp 5 % of setting value or
3 % rated current at Inom = 0.1 A
Tolerances
Pickup threshold
For sensitive input 2 % of setting value or 1 mA
rents greater than 1.6 A, correct directionality can no longer be guaranteed.

Technical data
Intermittent earth-fault protection Program for earth fault

Setting ranges Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements
(dir., non-dir.), sensitive earth-fault
Pickup threshold protection, binary input
For IE IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
For 3I0 IIE> 0.25 to 175 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) Blocking of ARC Pickup of protection functions,
For IEE IIE> 0.005 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A) three-phase fault detected by a protec-
Pickup prolon- TV 0 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) last TRIP command after the reclosing
gation time cycle is complete (unsuccessful
Earth-fault accu- Tsum 0 to 100 s (in steps of 0.01 s) reclosing),
mulation time TRIP command by the breaker failure
Reset time for Tres 1 to 600 s (in steps of 1 s) protection (50BF),
accumulation opening the CB without ARC initiation,
external CLOSE command
intermittent earth fault Setting ranges
Times
(separate for phase and earth
Pickup times
and individual for shots 1 to 4)
Current = 1.25 · pickup value Approx. 30 ms
5 Current ≥ 2 · pickup value Approx. 22 ms Blocking duration for manual- 0.5 s to 320 s or 0 (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout time Approx. 22 ms CLOSE detection
Blocking duration after 0.5 s to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerances reclosure
Pickup threshold IIE> 3 % of setting value, or 50 mA1) Blocking duration after 0.01 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Times TV, Tsum, Tres 1 % of setting value or 10 ms dynamic blocking
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Setting ranges Circuit-breaker supervision 0.1 to 320 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
time
Factor k 0.1 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Max. delay of dead-time start 0 to 1800 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s)
Time constant 1 to 999.9 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Maximum dead time extension 0.5 to 320 s or ∞(in steps of 0.01 s)
Warning overtemperature 50 to 100 % with reference
Θalarm/Θtrip to the tripping overtemperature Action time 0.01 to 320 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(in steps of 1 %) The delay times of the following protection function
Current warning stage Ialarm 0.5 to 20 A (in steps of 0.01 A) can be altered individually by the ARC for shots 1 to 4
(setting value T = T, non-delayed T = 0, blocking T = ∞):
Extension factor when stopped 1 to 10 with reference to the time con-
I>>>, I>>, I>, Ip, Idir>>, Idir>, Ipdir
kτ factor stant with the machine running
IE>>>, IE>>, IE>, IEp, IEdir>>, IEdir>, IEdir
(in steps of 0.1)
Additional functions Lockout (final trip),
delay of dead-time start via binary input
(I / k ⋅ I nom) − ( Ipre / k ⋅ Inom )
Tripping characteristic 2 2
(monitored),
For (I/k · Inom) ≤ 8 t = τ th ⋅ ln dead-time extension via binary input
(I / k ⋅ Inom) − 1
2
(monitored),
co-ordination with other protection relays,
t =
Tripping time
evaluation of the CB contacts
τth =
Temperature rise time constant
I =
Load current Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50 BF)
Ipre =
Preload current Setting ranges
k =
Setting factor acc. to VDE 0435 Pickup thresholds 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Part 3011 and IEC 60255-8
Inom = Rated (nominal) current of the Delay time 0.06 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
protection relay Times
Dropout ratios Pickup times
Θ/ΘTrip Drops out with ΘAlarm with internal start is contained in the delay time
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99 with external start is contained in the delay time
I/IAlarm Approx. 0.97 Dropout times Approx. 25 ms
With reference to k · Inom Class 5 acc. to IEC 60255-8 Pickup value 2 % of setting value (50 mA)1)
With reference to tripping time 5 % +/- 2 s acc. to IEC 60255-8 Delay time 1 % or 20 ms
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Synchro- and voltage check (ANSI 25)
Number of reclosures 0 to 9 Operating modes • Synchro-check

Shot 1 to 4 individually adjustable • Asynchronous/synchronous
Program for phase fault Additional release conditions • Live-bus / dead line
Start-up by Time-overcurrent elements • Dead-bus / live-line
(dir., non-dir.), negative sequence, • Dead-bus and dead-line
binary input • Bypassing

Technical data
Voltages Negative-sequence current detection (ANSI 46)

Max. operating voltage Vmax 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase) Definite-time characteristic (ANSI 46-1 and 46-2)
(in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
Min. operating voltage Vmin 20 to 125 V (phase-to-phase) Pickup current I2>, I2>> 0.5 to 15 A or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 A)
(in steps of 1 V) Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
V< for dead-line / dead-bus 1 to 60 V (phase-to-phase) Dropout delay time TDO 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
check (in steps of 1 V)
V> for live-line / live-bus check 20 to 140 V (phase-to-phase)
(in steps of 1 V) Times
Primary rated voltage of 0.1 to 800 kV (in steps of 0.01 kV)
transformer V2nom
Dropout ratio Approx. 0.95 for I2 /Inom > 0.3
Tolerances 2 % of pickup value or 2 V
Drop-off to pickup ratios approx. 0.9 (V>) or 1.1 (V<) Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
ΔV-measurement Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
Voltage difference 0.5 to 50 V (phase-to-phase) Inverse-time characteristic (ANSI 46-TOC)
(in steps of 1 V) Setting ranges
Tolerance 1V 0.5 to 10 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Δf-measurement
Pickup current
Time multiplier T 0.05 to 3.2 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 5
(IEC characteristics)
Δf-measurement (f2>f1; f2<f1) 0.01 to 2 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance 15 mHz
(ANSI characteristics)
Δα-measurement
Δα-measurement 2 ° to 80 ° (in steps of 1 °)
Trip characteristics
(α2>α1; α2>α1)
IEC Normal inverse, very inverse, extremely
Tolerance 2°
inverse
Max. phase displacement 5 ° for Δf ≤ 1 Hz ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very in-
10 ° for Δf > 1 Hz verse, extremely inverse
Circuit-breaker operating time Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 · I2p setting value
CB operating time 0.01 to 0.6 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Dropout
Threshold ASYN ↔ SYN IEC and ANSI Approx. 1.05 · I2p setting value,
Threshold synchronous / 0.01 to 0.04 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) ANSI with disk emulation Approx. 0.90 · I2p setting value
asynchronous
Tolerances
Adaptation Pickup threshold 3 % of the setting value or 50 mA1)
Vector group adaptation by angle 0 ° to 360 ° (in steps of 1 °) Time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 5 % of setpoint (calculated)
Different voltage 0.5 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) +2 % current tolerance, at least 30 ms
transformers V1/V2 Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R)
Times Operating modes / measuring
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms quantities
Max. duration TSYN DURATION 0.01 to 1200 s; ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 3-phase I, I1, I2, I2/I1, 3I0, V, V1, V2, 3V0, dV/dt, P, Q,
Supervision time TSUP VOLTAGE 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) cos ϕ
1-phase I, IE, IE sens., V, VE, P, Q, cos ϕ
Closing time of CB TCB close 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Without fixed phase relation f, df/dt, binary input
Tolerance of all timers 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold value
Measuring values of synchro-check function Setting ranges
Reference voltage V1 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.15 to 200 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Current ratio I2/I1 15 to 100 % (in steps of 1 %)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (in steps of 0.001 A)
Voltage to be synchronized V2 In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Voltages V, V1, V2, 3V0 2 to 260 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Displacement voltage VE 2 to 200 V (in steps of 0.1 V)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Power P, Q 0.5 to 10000 W (in steps of 0.1 W)
Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Frequency of V1 and V2 f1, f2 in Hz Frequency fN = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Range fN ± 5 Hz fN = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz Rate-of-frequency change df/dt 0.1 to 20 Hz/s (in steps of 0.01 Hz/s)
Voltage difference (V2 – V1) In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom Voltage change dV/dt 4 V/s to 100 V/s (in steps of 1 V/s)
Range 10 to 120 % Vnom Dropout ratio >- stage 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01)
Tolerance*) ≤1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom Dropout ratio <- stage 0.7 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01)
Dropout differential f 0.02 to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Frequency difference (f2 – f1) In mHz
Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Range fN ± 5 Hz
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Tolerance*) 20 mHz
Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Angle difference (α2 – α1) In °
Range 0 to 180 ° *) With rated frequency.
Tolerance*) 0.5 ° 1) At Inom = 1 A, all limits divided by 5.

Technical data
Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59, 81R) (cont'd) Tripping time characteristic 2
I
Times for I > IMOTOR START
⎝ I ⎠
Pickup times
Current, voltage ISTARTUP = Rated motor starting
(phase quantities) current
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms I = Actual current flowing
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 20 ms TSTARTUP = Tripping time for rated
Current, voltages motor starting current
(symmetrical components) t = Tripping time in seconds
With 2 times the setting value Approx. 40 ms
With 10 times the setting value Approx. 30 ms Dropout ratio IMOTOR START Approx. 0.95
Power Tolerances
Typical Approx. 120 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Maximum (low signals and Approx. 350 ms Delay time 5 % or 30 ms
thresholds)
Power factor 300 to 600 ms Load jam protection for motors (ANSI 51M)
Frequency Approx. 100 ms Setting ranges
Rate-of-frequency change Current threshold for
with 1.25 times the setting value Approx. 220 ms alarm and trip 0.25 to 60 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
5 Voltage change dV/dt Approx. 220 ms Delay times 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
for 2 times pickup value Blocking duration after
Binary input Approx. 20 ms CLOSE signal detection 0 to 600 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Dropout times Tolerances
Current, voltage (phase quantities) < 20 ms Pickup threshold 2 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current, voltages (symmetrical Delay time 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
components) < 30 ms Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66)
Power
Setting ranges
Typical < 50 ms
Maximum < 350 ms Motor starting current relative 1.1 to 10 (in steps of 0.1)
Power factor < 300 ms to rated motor current
Frequency < 100 ms IMOTOR START/IMotor Nom
Rate-of-frequency change < 200 ms Rated motor current IMotor Nom 1 to 6 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A)
Voltage change < 220 ms Max. permissible starting time 1 to 320 s (in steps of 1 s)
Binary input < 10 ms TStart Max
Equilibrium time TEqual 0 to 320 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Tolerances
Minimum inhibit time 0.2 to 120 min (in steps of 0.1 min)
Pickup threshold
TMIN. INHIBIT TIME
Current 0.5 % of setting value or 50 mA1)
Current (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 100 mA1) Max. permissible number of 1 to 4 (in steps of 1)
components) warm starts
Voltage 0.5 % of setting value or 0.1 V Difference between cold and 1 to 2 (in steps of 1)
Voltage (symmetrical 1 % of setting value or 0.2 V warm starts
components) Extension k-factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
Power 1 % of setting value or 0.3 W simulations of rotor at zero
Power factor 2 degrees speed kτ at STOP
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN) Extension factor for cooling 0.2 to 100 (in steps of 0.1)
10 mHz (at V = VN) time constant with motor
Rate-of-frequency change 5 % of setting value or 0.05 Hz/s running kτ RUNNING
Voltage change dV/dt 5 % of setting value or 2 V/s Restarting limit
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms nc − 1
Θ restart = Θ rot max perm ⋅
Starting time monitoring for motors (ANSI 48) nc
Setting ranges Θrestart = Temperature limit below
Motor starting current ISTARTUP 2.5 to 80 A1) (in steps of 0.01) which restarting is possi-
Pickup threshold IMOTOR START 2 to 50 A1) (in steps of 0.01) ble
Permissible starting 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) Θrot max perm = Maximum permissible
time TSTARTUP , COLD MOTOR
Permissible starting 0.5 to 180 s (in steps of 0.1 s) (= 100 % in operational
time TSTARTUP, WARM MOTOR measured value
Temperature threshold 0 to 80 % (in steps of 1 %) Θrot/Θrot trip)
cold motor nc = Number of permissible
Permissible blocked rotor 0.5 to 120 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 s) start-ups from cold state
time TBLOCKED-ROTOR Undercurrent monitoring (ANSI 37)
Signal from the operational Predefined with programmable logic
measured values

Technical data
Temperature monitoring box (ANSI 38) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

Temperature detectors Number of frequency elements 4
Connectable boxes 1 or 2 Setting ranges
Number of temperature Max. 6 Pickup thresholds for fnom = 50 Hz 40 to 60 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
detectors per box Pickup thresholds for fnom = 60 Hz 50 to 70 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Type of measuring Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Dropout differential 0.02 Hz to 1.00 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz)
Mounting identification “Oil” or “Environment” or “Stator” or
= |pickup threshold - dropout threshold|
Thresholds for indications Undervoltage blocking, with 10 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V)
For each measuring detector positive-sequence voltage V1
Stage 1 -50 °C to 250 °C (in steps of 1 °C) Times
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
or ∞ (no indication) Dropout times Approx. 75 ms
-58 °F to 482 °F (in steps of 1 °F) Dropout
or ∞ (no indication) Ratio undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.05
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) Tolerances

Pickup thresholds
Operating modes/measuring quantities
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or
Frequency 5 mHz (at V = VN, f = fN)
10 mHz (at V = VN) 5
phase-to-phase voltages or Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
phase-to-earth voltages Delay times 3 % of the setting value or 10 ms
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Fault locator (ANSI 21FL)
phase-phase voltage
Output of the fault distance In Ω primary or secondary,
Setting ranges in km / miles of line length,
Pickup thresholds V<, V<< in % of line length
dependent on voltage 10 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
connection and chosen 10 to 210 V (in steps of 1 V) Starting signal Trip command, dropout of a pro-
measuring quantity tection element, via binary input
Dropout ratio r 1.01 to 3 (in steps of 0.01) Setting ranges

Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Reactance (secondary) 0.001 to 1.9 Ω/km2) (in steps of 0.0001)
Current Criteria "Bkr Closed 0.2 to 5 A1) (in steps of 0.01 A) 0.001 to 3 Ω/mile2) (in steps of 0.0001)
IMIN" Tolerances
Times Measurement tolerance acc. to 2.5 % fault location, or 0.025 Ω
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms VDE 0435, Part 303 for sinusoi- (without intermediate infeed) for
Dropout times As pickup times dal measurement quantities 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 ° and VK/Vnom ≥ 0.1 and
IK/Inom ≥ 1
Tolerances
Pickup thresholds 0.5 % of setting value or 1 V
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Additional functions
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Operational measured values
Operating modes/measuring quantities Currents In A (kA) primary,
3-phase Positive phase-sequence voltage or IL1, IL2, IL3 in A secondary or in % Inom
negative phase-sequence voltage or Positive-sequence component I1
phase-to-phase voltages or Negative-sequence component I2
phase-to-earth voltages IE or 3I0
1-phase Single-phase phase-earth or Range 10 to 200 % Inom
phase-phase voltage Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % Inom
Setting ranges Phase-to-earth voltages In kV primary, in V secondary or in % Vnom
Pickup thresholds V>, V>> VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
dependent on voltage 40 to 260 V (in steps of 1 V) Phase-to-phase voltages
connection and chosen 40 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, VSYN,
measuring quantity 2 to 150 V (in steps of 1 V) VE or V0
Dropout ratio r 0.9 to 0.99 (in steps of 0.01) Positive-sequence component V1
Delay times T 0 to 100 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Negative-sequence component V2
Times Range 10 to 120 % Vnom

Pickup times V Approx. 50 ms Tolerance3) 1 % of measured value or 0.5 % of Vnom
Pickup times V1, V2 Approx. 60 ms S, apparent power In kVAr (MVAr or GVAr) primary and
Dropout times As pickup times in % of Snom
Tolerances Range 0 to 120 % Snom
Pickup thresholds 0.5 % of setting value or 1 V Tolerance3) 1 % of Snom
Times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 %

2) At Inom = 1 A, all limits multiplied with 5.

Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Max. / Min. report

P, active power With sign, total and phase-segregated in Report of measured values With date and time
kW (MW or GW) primary and in % Snom Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
Range 0 to 120 % Snom 0 to 1439 min)
Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom Time frame and starting time adjustable
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with Reset, manual Using binary input,
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom using keypad,
Q, reactive power With sign, total and phase-segregated in via communication
kVAr (MVAr or GVAr)primary and in Min./Max. values for current IL1, IL2, IL3,
% Snom I1 (positive-sequence component)
Range 0 to 120 % Snom Min./Max. values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
Tolerance1) 1 % of Snom V1 (positive-sequence component)
for V/Vnom and I/Inom = 50 to 120 % VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
and ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.707 to 1 with
Snom = 3 ⋅ Vnom ⋅ I nom Min./Max. values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
cos ϕ, power factor (p.f.) Total and phase segregated Min./Max. values for overload Θ/ΘTrip
5 Range - 1 to + 1
protection
Tolerance1) 2 % for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ ≥ 0.707 Min./Max. values for mean values IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd
I1 (positive-sequence component);
Frequency f In Hz Sdmd, Pdmd, Qdmd
Range fnom ± 5 Hz Local measured values monitoring
Tolerance1) 20 mHz
Current asymmetry Imax/Imin > balance factor,
Temperature overload protection In % for I>Ibalance limit
Θ/ΘTrip
Voltage asymmetry Vmax/Vmin > balance factor,
Range 0 to 400 % for V>Vlim
Current phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Temperature restart inhibit In % (ACB)
ΘL/ΘL Trip
Voltage phase sequence Clockwise (ABC) / counter-clockwise
Range 0 to 400 % (ACB)
Limit value monitoring Predefined limit values, user-defined
Restart threshold ΘRestart/ΘL Trip In % expansions via CFC
Reclose time TReclose In min Fuse failure monitor
Currents of sensitive ground fault In A (kA) primary and in mA For all types of networks With the option of blocking affected
detection (total, real, and reactive secondary protection functions
current) IEE, IEE real, IEE reactive
Range 0 mA to 1600 mA Fault recording
Tolerance1) 2 % of measured value or 1 mA Recording of indications of the
RTD-box See section “Temperature monitoring last 8 power system faults
box” Recording of indications of the
Synchronism and voltage check See section “Synchronism and voltage last 3 power system ground faults
check” Time stamping
Long-term averages Resolution for event log 1 ms
Time window 5, 15, 30 or 60 minutes (operational annunciations)
Frequency of updates Adjustable Resolution for trip log 1 ms
(fault annunciations)
Long-term averages
of currents IL1dmd, IL2dmd, IL3dmd, I1dmd in A (kA) Maximum time deviation 0.01 %
of real power Pdmd in W (kW, MW) (internal clock)
of reactive power Qdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) Battery Lithium battery 3 V/1 Ah,
of apparent power Sdmd in VAr (kVAr, MVAr) type CR 1/2 AA, message “Battery Fault”
for insufficient battery charge
memory maintained by buffer
battery in case of loss of power
supply
Recording time Total 20 s
Pre-trigger and post-fault recording and
memory time adjustable

Technical data
Energy/power Control
Meter values for power in kWh (MWh or GWh) and kVARh Number of switching units Depends on the binary inputs and
Wp, Wq (real and reactive power (MVARh or GVARh) outputs
demand) Interlocking Programmable
Tolerance1) ≤ 2 % for I >0.1 Inom, V > 0.1 Vnom Circuit-breaker signals Feedback, close, open, intermediate
and ⏐cos ϕ⏐ (p.f.) ≥ 0.707 position
Statistics Control commands Single command / double command
Saved number of trips Up to 9 digits 1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
Number of automatic reclosing Up to 9 digits Programmable controller CFC logic, graphic input tool
commands (segregated according Local control
to 1st and ≥ 2nd cycle) Units with small display Control via menu,
Circuit-breaker wear assignment of a function key
Methods • ΣIx with x = 1 .. 3 Units with large display Control via menu,
• 2-point method control with control keys
(remaining service life) Remote control Via communication interfaces,
• Σi2t using a substation automation and
Operation Phase-selective accumulation of mea-
sured values on TRIP command, up to
control system (e.g. SICAM),
DIGSI 4 (e.g. via modem) 5
8 digits, phase-selective limit values, CE conformity
monitoring indication This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Motor statistics nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Total number of motor start-ups 0 to 9999 (resolution 1) electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Total operating time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Total down-time 0 to 99999 h (resolution 1 h) Directive 73/23/EEC).
Ratio operating time/down-time 0 to 100 % (resolution 0.1 %) This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Active energy and reactive energy See operational measured values man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Motor start-up data: Of the last 5 start-ups Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
– Start-up time 0.30 s to 9999.99 s (resolution 10 ms)
– Start-up current (primary) 0 A to 1000 kA (resolution 1 A)
– Start-up voltage (primary) 0 V to 100 kV (resolution 1 V)
Display range Up to 7 digits generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Criterion Overshoot of an adjustable current standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Commissioning aids
circuit-breaker / switching device
test,
creation of a test measurement
report
Clock
binary input,
communication
Number of available setting 4 (parameter group A, B, C and D)
groups


7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64oo – ooooo – oooo
Housing, binary inputs and outputs
Housing 1/3 19”, 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live status contact,
text display 4 x 20 character (only for 7SJ640)
9th position only with: B, D, E 0 see next page
Housing 1/2 19”, 15 BI, 13 BO (1 NO/NC or 1a/b contact), 1 live status
contact, graphic display 1
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 8 BO, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status
Iph = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
5 Position 15 only with B, D, F, H 2
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A1) (min. = 0.25 A)
Iph = 5 A1), Ie = 1 A1) (min. = 0.05 A)
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 V DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC3) 5
Unit version
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals, detached operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing A
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier terminals on top/bottom B
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals (direct connection/
ring-type cable lugs), detached operator panel, panel mounting in
low-voltage housing C
Flush-mounting housing, plug-in terminals (2/3 pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
Surface-mounting housing, screw-type terminals
(direct connection/ring-type cable lugs), without operator panel,
panel mounting in low-voltage housing F
Surface-mounting housing, plug-in terminals,
without operator panel, panel mounting in low-voltage housing G

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US) (language selectable) C
Region FR, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: French (language selectable) D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish (language selectable) E
Region IT, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Italian (language selectable) F
Region RU, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: Russian(language can be changed) G
1) Rated current can be selected by means of

jumpers
means of jumpers.
selected per binary input by
means of jumpers.


code
7SJ64 multifunction protection relay with synchronization 7SJ64oo – ooooo – oooo ooo
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS232 1 see
following
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, RS485 2 pages
1)
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm wavelength, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L0B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L0D
MODBUS, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 2) 9 L0E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G 5
2)
DNP 3.0, 820 nm wavelength, ST connector 9 L0H
2)
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, redundant, RS485, RJ45 connector 9 L0P
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100) 2) 9 L0S
Only Port C (service interface)
Port C and D (service and additional interface) 9 M oo

Port C (service interface)
Port D (additional interface)

RTD-box3), 820 nm fiber, ST connector 4) A
RTD-box3), electrical RS485 F
Fault recording 1
Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values, fault recording 3
3) Temperature monitoring box 7XV5662-oAD10, refer to “Accessories”.
4) When using the RTD-box at an optical interface, the additional RS485 fiber-optic converter 7XV5650-0oA00 is required.


50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault protection through
47 Phase sequence
74TC Trip circuit supervision; 4 setting groups,
5 86
cold-load pickup; inrush blocking
Lockout F A
n V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
rate-of-frequency-change protection F E
n IEF V, P, f 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
81 O/U Under-/overfrequency
n Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth F C
n Dir V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth
rate-of-frequency-change protection F G
n Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
phases and earth; intermittent earth fault P C
Directional Dir 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n 87N High-impedance restricted earth fault F D 2)
Directional V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection
detection 27/59 Under-/overvoltage
n 81O/U Under-/overfrequency
F F 2)
Directional Dir IEF 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
n Basic version included Intermittent earth fault P D 2)
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency
protection


50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
47 Phase sequence
5
74TC Trip circuit supervision, 4 setting groups,
cold-load pickup, inrush blocking
86 Lockout
Directional 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
detection
n F B 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67Ns Directional sensitive earth-fault detection,
rate-of-frequency-change protection H F 2)
Directional Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
rate-of-frequency-change protection H H 2)
Directional Motor IEF V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for
27/59 Undervoltage/overvoltage
81O/U Underfrequency/overfrequency
V, P, f = Voltage, power, frequency 32/55/81R current and voltages): Voltage, power, p.f.,
protection rate-of-frequency-change protection R H 2)
only with sensitive earth-current Continued on next page


code
7SJ64 multifunction protection relay
with synchronization 7SJ64ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨
50N/51N Insensitive earth-fault
protection via IEE function: IEE>, IEE>>, IEEp1)
derived from current):
Additional time-overcurrent
protection stages I2>, I>>>>, IE>>>>
51 V Voltage-dependent inverse-time
5 47
59N/64
Phase sequence
Displacement voltage
Inrush blocking
86 Lockout
n Motor V, P, f 67/67N Direction determination for overcurrent,
Dir phases and earth
27/47/59(N)Flexible protection (index quantities derived from
rate-of-frequency-change protection HG
51M Load jam protection, motor statistics HA
ARC, fault locator, synchronization
Without 0
25 With synchronization 4
25, 79, 21FL With synchronization, auto-reclosure,
fault locator 7
For protection of explosion-protected motos (increased-safety type of protection "e" Z X 9 9 2)

2) This variant might be supplied
with a previous firmware version.

DIGSI 4
Complete version:

5
SIGRA 4

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
125 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 256 C53207-A401-D76-1
240 Vrms; 600 A; 1S/S 1088 C53207-A401-D77-1
Connecting cable
- length 5 m /16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m /82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m /164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50
Manual for 7SJ64

English C53000-G1140-C20 7-x 1)

LSP2289-afp.eps
Mounting rail
1)
taped on reel
LSP2090-afp.eps
LSP2091-afp.eps
2 1)

2
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2
0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
2-pin 3-pin

LSP2093-afp.eps
1)
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
5 and matching female 1-734387-1 1 AMP
Short-circuit links
Short-circuit links Short-circuit links for other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens
for current termi- for other terminals
nals Mounting rail for 19" rack C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens


Connection diagram
Fig. 5/176

For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/177

For allocation of terminals of the panel surface mounting version

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/178
For allocation of terminals of the panel surface interlocked so only one relay of each pair
mounting version refer to the manual can close at a time, in order to avoid shorting
be used.

Connection diagram

this catalog. For allocation
of terminals of the panel
surface mounting version
refer to the manual
com/siprotec).
BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9,
BO13/BO14, BO15/BO16.
If used for protection pur-
poses only one binary out-
put of a pair can be used.
Fig. 5/179

Connection diagram

BO6/BO7, BO8/BO9,
BO13/BO14, BO15/BO16.
If used for protection pur-
poses only one binary out-
put of a pair can be used.
Fig. 5/180
7SJ647 connection diagram part 1;
continued on following page

Connection diagram
Fig. 5/181
part 2
*) For pinout of communication ports see part 15 of this catalog. For allocation of terminals of
the panel surface mounting version refer to the manual (http://www.siemens.com/siprotec).

Distance Protection Page
SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels 6/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines 6/45
6
6

6 Distance Protection / 7SA6
SIPROTEC 4 7SA6
Distance Protection Relay for all Voltage Levels
Function overview
• Non-switched distance protection with
6 measuring systems (21/21N)
• High resistance earth-fault protection
for single and three-pole tripping (50N,
51N, 67N)
• Earth-fault detection in isolated and
resonant-earthed networks
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power-swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
• Phase overcurrent protection (50/51/67)
LSP2318-afp.tif
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50STUB)
Fig. 6/1 • Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4
7SA6 distance protection relay (59/27)
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
6
• Auto-reclosure (79)
• Synchro-check (25)
Description • Breaker failure protection (50BF)
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA6 distance protection • Thermal overload protection (49)
relay is a universal device for protection, Control function
control and automation on the basis of the • Commands f. ctrl. of CBs and isolators
SIPROTEC 4 system. Its high level of flexi-
bility makes it suitable to be implemented at Monitoring functions
all voltage levels. With this relay you are ide- • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
ally equipped for the future: it offers security • Self-supervision of the relay
of investment and also saves on operating • Measured-value supervision
costs.
• Event logging/fault logging
− High-speed tripping time • Oscillographic fault recording
− Impedance setting range allows very small • Switching statistics
settings for the protection of very short Front design
lines
• Easy operation w. numeric keys
− Self-setting detection for power swing • Function keys
frequencies up to 7 Hz
• LEDs for local alarm
− Current transformer saturation detector • PC front port for convenient relay
prevents non-selective tripping by dis- setting
tance protection in the event of CT satu-
ration. Communication interfaces
− Phase-segregated teleprotection for im- • Front interface for connecting a PC
proved selectivity and availability • System interface for connecting to a
− Digital relay-to-relay communication by control system via various protocols
means of an integrated serial protection – IEC 61850 Ethernet
data interface – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT) – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
– DNP 3.0
• 1 serial protection data interface for
teleprotection
• Rear-side service/modem interface
– IRIG-B or DCF 77 or
– system interface

Cost-effective power system management

Application ANSI Protection functions
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical relays 21/21N Distance protection
The distance protection relay 7SA6 is which also provide control and monitoring
non-switched incorporating all the addi- functions and therefore support the user in FL Fault locator
tional functions for protection of overhead view of a cost-effective power system man- 50N/51N Directional earth-fault protection
lines and cables at all voltage levels from agement. The security and reliability of
67N
5 to 765 kV. power supply is increased as a result of min-
imizing the use of hardware. 50/51/67 Backup overcurrent protection
All methods of neutral point connection
(resonant earthing, isolated, solid or The local operation has been designed ac- 50 STUB STUB-bus overcurrent stage
low-resistance earthing) are reliably dealt cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy- 68/68T Power swing detection/tripping
with. The unit can issue single or three-pole to-read backlit displays are provided.
TRIP commands as well as CLOSE com- 85/21 Teleprotection for distance protection
mands. Consequently both single-pole, The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- 27WI Weak-infeed protection
three-pole and multiple auto-reclosure is sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a benchmark-level of perfor- 85/67N Teleprotection for earth-fault protection
possible.
mance in protection and control. If the re- 50HS Switch-onto-fault protection
Teleprotection functions as well as quirements for protection, control or
earth-fault protection and sensitive 50BF Breaker-failure protection
interlocking change, it is possible in the ma-
earth-fault detection are included. Power jority of cases to implement such changes by 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
swings are detected reliably and means of parameterization using DIGSI 4 81O/U Over/underfrequency protection
non-selective tripping is prevented. The unit without having to change the hardware.
operates reliably and selectively even under The use of powerful microcontrollers and 25 Synchro-check
6 the most difficult network conditions. the application of digital measured-value 79 Auto-reclosure
conditioning and processing largely sup-
presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC components. 86 Lockout (CLOSE command inter-
locking)
49 Thermal overload protection
IEE Sensitive earth-fault detection
Fig. 6/2 Function diagram 1) Teleprotection schemes can use

conventional signaling or serial
data exchange

Construction
Connection techniques and housing with

many advantages
1/3, 1/2, 2/3, and 1/1-rack sizes:
the 7SA6 relays, referred to a 19" module
models can always be replaced. The height is
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
a uniform 245 mm for flush-mounting
housings and 266 mm for surface-mounting
housings for all housing widths. All cables
can be connected with or without ring lugs.
Plug-in terminals are available as an option.
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface Fig. 6/3 Fig. 6/4
mounting on a panel, the connection termi- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
with screw-type terminals covered connection terminals and wirings
with a detached operator panel (refer to 6
Fig. 6/5), in order to allow optimum opera-
tion for all types of applications.
LSP2244-afp.eps
Fig. 6/5 Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals and detached operator panel
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 6/7
Com munication interfaces
in a sloped case in a surface-
mounting housing
Fig. 6/6
Surface-mounting housing with screw-type
terminals

Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N)

The main function of the 7SA6 is a non-
switched distance protection. By parallel
calculation and monitoring of all six imped-
ance loops, a high degree of sensitivity and
selectivity is achieved for all types of fault.
The shortest tripping time is less than one
cycle. All methods of neutral-point connec-
tion (resonant earthing, isolated, solid or
low-resistance earthing) are reliably dealt
with. Single-pole and three-pole tripping is
possible. Overhead lines can be equipped
with or without series capacitor compensa-
tion. Fig. 6/8
Four pickup methods Impedance fault detection Z<
with quadrilateral characteristic
The following pickup methods can be em-
ployed alternatively:
• Overcurrent pickup I>>
6 • Voltage-dependent overcurrent pickup
V/I
• Voltage-dependent and phase angle-
dependent overcurrent pickup V/I/ϕ
• Impedance pickup Z<
Load zone
The pickup mode with quadrilateral imped-
ance pickup (Z<) is fitted with a variable
load zone. In order to guarantee a reliable
discrimination between load operation and
short-circuit (especially on long high loaded
lines), the relay is equipped with a selectable
load encroachment characteristic. Imped-
ances within this load encroachment char-
acteristic prevent the distance zones from
unwanted tripping. Fig. 6/9 Fig. 6/10
Voltage and angle-dependent overcurrent Angle pickup for the V / I / ϕ fault detection
Absolute phase-selectivity fault detection V / I / ϕ
The 7SA6 distance protection incorporates a
well-proven, highly sophisticated phase se-
lection algorithm. The pickup of unfaulted
phases is reliably eliminated. This phase se-
lection algorithm achieves single-pole trip-
ping and correct distance measurement in a
wide application range. Interference to dis-
tance measurement caused by parallel lines
can be compensated by taking the earth cur-
rent of the parallel system into account.
This parallel line compensation can be taken
into account both for distance measure-
ment and for fault locating.
Fig. 6/11
Distance zones with circle
characteristic

Seven distance zones

Six independant distance zones and one
separate overreach zone are available. Each
distance zone has dedicated time stages,
partially separate for single-phase and
three-phase faults. Earth faults are detected
by monitoring the earth current 3I0 and the
zero-sequence voltage 3V0. The quadrilateral
tripping characteristic allows use of separate
settings for the X and the R directions. Differ-
ent R settings can be employed for earth and
phase faults. This characteristic offers advan-
tages in the case of faults with fault resistance.
For applications to medium-voltage cables
LSP2208-afp.tif
with low line angles, it may be advantageous
to select the distance zones with the optional
circle characteristic.
All the distance protection zones can be set to Fig. 6/12 Power swing current and voltage wave forms
forward, reverse or non-directional.
Optimum direction detection

Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) The carrier send and receive signals are
available as binary inputs and outputs and 6
Use of voltages, which are not involved with Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
can be freely assigned to each physical relay
the short-circuit loop, and of voltage mem- short-circuits, load fluctuations, auto-
input or output. At least one channel is re-
ories for determination of the fault direction reclosures or switching operations can cause
quired for each direction.
ensure that the results are always reliable. power swings in the transmission network.
During power swings, large currents along Common transmission channels are power-
Elimination of interference signals with small voltages can cause unwanted line carrier, microwave radio and fiber-
Digital filters render the unit immune to in- tripping of distance protection relays. To optic links. A serial protection data interface
terference signals contained in the measured avoid uncontrolled tripping of the distance for direct connection to a digital communi-
values. In particular, the influence of DC protection and to achieve controlled trip- cation network or fiber-optic link is avail-
components, capacitive voltage transform- ping in the event of loss of synchronism, the able.
ers and frequency changes is considerably 7SA6 relay is equipped with an efficient
7SA6 also permits the transfer of phase-
reduced. A special measuring method is em- power swing detection function. Power
selective signals. This feature is particularly
ployed in order to assure protection selec- swings can be detected under symmetrical
advantageous as it ensures reliable single-
tivity during saturation of the current load conditions as well as during single-pole
pole tripping, if single-pole faults occur on
transformers. auto-reclosures.
different lines. The transmission methods
are suitable also for lines with three ends
Measuring voltage monitoring Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection
(three-terminal lines). Phase-selective trans-
Tripping of the distance protection is (ANSI 85-21) mission is also possible with multi-end ap-
blocked automatically in the event of failure plication, if some user-specific linkages are
A teleprotection function is available for fast
of the measuring voltage, thus preventing implemented by way of the integrated CFC
clearance of faults up to 100 % of the line
spurious tripping. logic.
length. The following operating modes may
The measuring voltage is monitored by the
be selected: During disturbances in the signaling chan-
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail- • POTT nel receiver or on the transmission circuit,
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the the teleprotection function can be blocked
• Directional comparison pickup
voltage transformer protection switch oper- via a binary input signal without losing the
ates and in this case the EMERGENCY defi- • Unblocking zone selectivity.
nite-time overcurrent protection can be • PUTT acceleration with pickup
The control of the overreach zone Z1B
activated. • PUTT acceleration with Z1B (zone extension) can be switched over to the
• Blocking auto-reclosure function.
Fault locator
• Pilot-wire comparison Transient blocking (current reversal guard)
The integrated fault locator calculates the • Reverse interlocking is provided for all the release and blocking
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault. methods in order to suppress interference
• DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
The results are displayed in ohms, kilome- signals during tripping of parallel lines.
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
ters (miles) and in percent of the line length.
Trip function).
Parallel line compensation and load current
compensation for high-resistance faults is
also available.

The undervoltage measuring elements can

be blocked by means of a minimum current
Direct transfer tripping criterion and by means of binary inputs.
Under certain conditions on the power sys- Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)
tem it is necessary to execute remote trip-
ping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA6 relay Frequency protection can be used for
is equipped with phase-selective phase- overfrequency and underfrequency protec-
selective “external trip inputs” that can be tion. Unwanted frequency changes in the
assigned to the received inter-trip signal for network can be detected and the load can be
this purpose. removed at a specified frequency setting.
Frequency protection can be used over a
Weak-infeed protection: wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
echo and/or trip (ANSI 27 WI) 65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive each element can be delayed separately.
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided. Directional earth-fault protection for
If no fault detector is picked up at the weak- high-resistance faults (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
infeed end of the line, the signal received
here is returned as echo to allow accelerated In an earthed network it may happen that
tripping at the strong infeed end of the line. the distance protection´s sensitivity is not
It is also possible to initiate phase-selective sufficient to detect high-resistance earth
6 tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase- faults. The 7SA6 protection relay therefore
offers protection functions for faults of this t=
014
.
Tp
selective single-pole or three-pole trip is
(I / I p )
0 .02
nature. −1
issued if a permissive trip signal (POTT or
Unblocking) is received and if the phase- The earth-fault protection can be used with Fig. 6/13 Normal inverse
earth voltage drops correspondingly. As an three definite-time stages and one inverse-
option, the weak infeed logic can be time stage (IDMT).
equipped according to a French specifica-
tion. Inverse-time characteristics according to
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage (see “Technical data”). A 4th definite-time
protection (ANSI 59, 27) stage can be applied instead of the 1st in-
verse-time stage.
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that
are operating at no-load or that are only An additional logarithmic inverse-time
lightly loaded. The 7SA6 contains a number characteristic is also available.
of overvoltage measuring elements. Each The direction decision is determined by the
measuring element is of two-stage design. earth current and the zero-sequence voltage
The following measuring elements are avail- or by the negative-sequence components V2
able: and I2. In addition or as an alternative, the
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage direction can be determined with the earth
current of an earthed power transformer and
LSP2209-afp.tif
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage the zero-sequence voltage. Dual polarization

• Zero-sequence overvoltage applications can therefore be fulfilled. Alter-
The zero-sequence voltage can be natively, the direction can be determined by
connected to the 4th voltage input or evaluation of zero-sequence power. Each
be derived from the phase voltages. overcurrent stage can be set in forward or re-
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local verse direction or in both directions
end or calculated for the remote end of (non-directional).
the line (compounding) The function is equipped with special digital
• Negative-sequence overvoltage filter algorithms, providing the elimination Fig. 6/14
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring of higher harmonics. This feature is particu- Transient earth-fault relay 7SN60
elements can be effected either at the local larly important for small zero-sequence
circuit-breaker or at the remote station by fault currents which usually have a high
means of a transmitted signal. content of 3rd and 5th harmonic.
The 7SA6 is fitted, in addition, with three

two-stage undervoltage measuring elements:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage

Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault STUB bus overcurrent protection

overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS) (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous Instantaneous tripping is required when en- The STUB bus overcurrent protection is a
switch-onto-fault tripping can be activated ergizing a faulty line. In the event of large separate definite-time overcurrent stage. It
separately for each stage as well. fault currents, the high-speed switch-onto- can be activated via a binary input signaling
Different operating modes can be selected. fault overcurrent stage can initiate very fast that the line isolator (disconnector) is open.
The earth-fault protection is suitable for three-pole tripping.
Separate settings are available for phase and
three-phase and, optionally, for single- With smaller fault currents, instantaneous earth faults.
phase tripping by means of a sophisticated tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos-
phase selector. It may be blocked during the sible with the overreach distance zone Z1B Auto-recIosure (ANSI 79)
dead time of single-pole auto-reclose or with pickup.
cycles or during pickup of the distance pro- The 7SA6 relay is equipped with an auto-
tection. The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de- reclosure function (AR). The function in-
tected via the binary input “manual close” cludes several operating modes:
Tele (pilot) protection for directional or automatically via measurement.
• 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
earth-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N) faults; different dead times are available
Earth-fault detection in systems with a
The directional earth-fault protection can star-point that is not effectively earthed depending on the type of fault
be combined with the available signaling • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
methods: In systems with an isolated or resonant no reclosing for multi-phase faults
earthed (grounded) star-point, single-phase
• Directional comparison earth faults can be detected. The following • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
and for 2-phase faults without earth, no
• BLOCKING functions are integrated for this purpose:
reclosing for multi-phase faults 6
• UNBLOCKING • Detection of an earth fault by monitoring • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
The transient blocking function (current re- of the displacement voltage 3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
versal guard) is also provided in order to • Determination of the faulted phase by faults
suppress interference signals during tripping measurement of the phase-to-earth volt- • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
of parallel lines. age and 2-phase faults without earth and
• Determination of the earth-fault direction 3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase
The pilot functions for distance protection
by highly accurate measurement of the ac- faults
and for earth-fault protection can use the
same signaling channel or two separate and tive and reactive power components in • Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
redundant channels. the residual earth fault current.
• Interaction with an external device for
• Alarm or trip output can be selected in the auto-reclosure via binary inputs and
Backup overcurrent protection event of an earth-fault in the forward di- outputs
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67) rection.
• Control of the internal AR function by
• Operation measurement of the active and external protection
The 7SA6 provides a backup overcurrent reactive component in the residual earth
protection. Two definite-time stages and current during an earth-fault. • Interaction with the internal or an
one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail- external synchro-check
able, separately for phase currents and for Earth-fault direction detection can also be • Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
the earth current. The application can be ex- effected on the basis of the transient iary contacts
tended to a directional overcurrent protec- earth-fault principle by interfacing with the
tion (ANSI 67) by taking into account the additional unit 7SN60 (see Fig. 6/14). Pro- In addition to the above-mentioned operat-
decision of the available direction detection cedures for logging, time stamping and ing modes, several other operating princi-
elements. Two operating modes are event recording for the network control ples can be employed by means of the
selectable. The function can run in parallel system are standardized by the 7SA6. integrated programmable logic (CFC).
to the distance protection or only during
failure of the voltage in the VT secondary Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
circuit (emergency operation).
The 7SA6 relay incorporates a two-stage
The secondary voltage failure can be de- breaker failure protection to detect failures
tected by the integrated fuse failure monitor of tripping command execution, for exam-
or via a binary input from a VT miniature ple, due to a defective circuit-breaker. The
circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip). current detection logic is phase-selective
and can therefore also be used in single-pole
Inverse-time characteristics according to tripping schemes. If the fault current is not
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided interrupted after a settable time delay has
(see “Technical data”). expired, a retrip command or a busbar trip
command will be generated. The breaker
failure protection can be initiated by all in-
tegrated protection functions, as well as by
external devices via binary input signals.

•Protection functions This secondary voltage interruption can be Negative active jQ Positive active
detected by means of the integrated fuse power (-P) power (+P)
Auto-recIosure (cont’d) (ANSI 79) failure monitor. Immediate blocking of dis-
tance protection and switching to the
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder backup-emergency overcurrent protection
protection allows evaluation of the line-side is provided for all types of secondary voltage
voltages. A number of voltage-dependent failures.
supplementary functions are thus available:
Additional measurement supervision jA
• DLC functions are P
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
effected only when the line is deenergized • Symmetry of voltages and currents
jB
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo- • Broken-conductor supervision
sure). • Summation of currents and voltages S1
• ADT • Phase-sequence supervision.
LSA_5018a en eps
The adaptive dead time is employed only
if auto-reclosure at the remote station was Directional power protection
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
ment). The 7SA6 has a function for detecting the Fig. 6/15 Monitoring of active power direction
• RDT power direction by measuring the phase an-
Reduced dead time is employed in con- gle of the positive-sequence system's power.
Fig. 6/15 shows an application example dis- jQ Inductive (+Q)
junction with auto-reclosure where no
teleprotection method is employed: playing negative active power. An indication
6 When faults within the zone extension is issued in the case when the measured an-
but external to the protected line are gle ϕ (S1) of the positive-sequence system
switched off for rapid auto-reclosure power is within the P - Q - level sector.
(RAR), the RDT function decides on the This sector is between angles ϕ A and ϕ B.
basis of measurement of the return volt- Via CFC the output signal of the directional
age from the remote station which has not monitoring can be linked to the "Direct jA
tripped whether or not to reduce the dead Transfer Trip (DTT)" function and thus, as P
reverse power protection, initiate tripping of jB
time.
the CB.
Synchronism check (ANSI 25) Fig. 6/16 shows another application display-
ing capacitive reactive power. In the case of S1
Where two network sections are switched in
LSA_5019a en eps
by control command or following a 3-pole overvoltage being detected due to long lines
auto-reclosure, it must be ensured that both under no-load conditions it is possible to
select the lines where capacitive reactive Capacitive (-Q)
network sections are mutually synchronous.
For this purpose a synchro-check function power is measured. Fig. 6/16 Monitoring of reactive power
is provided. After verification of the net-
work synchronism, the function releases the Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
CLOSE command. Alternatively, reclosing Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
One or two binary inputs for each circuit-
can be enabled for different criteria, e.g. breaker pole can be used for monitoring the For thermal protection of cables and trans-
checking that the busbar or line is not carry- circuit-breaker trip coils including the con- formers an overload protection with an
ing a voltage (dead line or dead bus). necting cables. An alarm signal is issued early-warning stage is provided. The ther-
whenever the circuit is interrupted. mal replica can be generated with the maxi-
Fuse failure monitoring and other mum or mean value of the respective
supervision functions Lockout (ANSI 86) overtemperatures in the three phases, or
The 7SA6 relay provides comprehensive su- with the overtemperature corresponding to
Under certain operating conditions it is ad-
pervision functions covering both hardware the maximum phase current.
visable to block CLOSE commands after a
and software. Furthermore, the measured TRIP command of the relay has been issued. The tripping time characteristics are expo-
values are continuously checked for plausi- Only a manual “RESET” command un- nential functions according to IEC 60255-8
bility. Therefore the current and voltage blocks the CLOSE command. The 7SA6 is and they take account of heat loss due to the
transformers are also included in this super- equipped with such an interlocking logic. load current and the accompanying drop in
vision system. temperature of the cooling medium. The
If any measured voltage is not present due previous load is therefore taken into ac-
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt- count in the tripping time with overload. A
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis- settable alarm stage can output a current or
tance protection would respond with an temperature-dependent indication before
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage. the tripping point is reached.

BCD-coded output of fault location

The fault location calculated by the unit can
be output for remote indication in BCD
code. The output of the fault location is
made in percent of the set line length with
3 decimal digits.
Analog output 0 to 20 mA
Some measured values can be output as an-
alog values (0 to 20 mA). On a plug-in
module (Fig. 6/21) two analog channels are
made available. Up to two plug-in modules
can be installed in the 7SA6. As an option, 2,
4 or no analog channels are available (please
refer to the selection and ordering data).
The measured values available for output
are listed in the technical data.
LSP2819.tif
Commissioning and fault event analyzing

Special attention has been paid to commis- Fig. 6/17 Web Monitor: Supported commissioning by phasor diagram 6
be displayed and activated directly. This can
simplify the wiring check significantly for
the user. The operational and fault events
and the fault records are clearly arranged.
For applications with serial protection data
interface, all currents, voltages and phases
are available via communication link at each
local unit, displayed at the front of the unit
with DIGSI 4 or with WEB Monitor1).
A common time tagging facilitates the com-
parison of events and fault records.
WEB Monitor - Internet technology simplifies

visualization
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 operat-
ing program, the relay contains a WEB
LSP2818.tif
server that can be accessed via a telecommu-

nication link using a browser (e.g. Internet
Explorer). The advantage of this solution is Fig. 6/18 Web Monitor: Display of the protection direction
to operate the unit with standard software
tools and at the same time make use of the
Intranet/Internet infrastructure. Apart from
numeric values, graphical displays in partic-
ular provide clear information and a high
degree of operating reliability. Of course, it
is also possible to call up detailed measured
value displays and annunciation buffers. By
emulation of the integrated unit operation
on the PC it is also possible to adjust se-
lected settings for commissioning purposes.


Communication
The time synchronization interface is a stan-
With respect to communication, particular dard feature in all units. The supported for-
emphasis is placed on the customer require- mats are IRIG-B and DCF77.
ments in energy automation:
• Every data item is time-stamped at the Reliable bus architecture
source, i.e. where it originates. • RS485 bus
• Already during the process of communi- With this data transmission via copper
cation, information is assigned to the conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
cause thereof (e.g. assignment of the indi- ences are largely eliminated by the use of
cation “circuit-breaker TRIP” to the cor- twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a
responding command). unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any problem.
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks • Fiber-optic double ring circuit
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im- Fig. 6/19
files). The user has access to these features mune to electromagnetic interference. IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
without any additional programming ef- Upon failure of a section between two conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
fort. units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance. It is
• For the safe execution of a control com- usually impossible to communicate with
mand the corresponding data telegram is a unit that has failed. Should a unit fail,
6 initially acknowledged by the unit which there is no effect on the communication
will execute the command. After the re- with the rest of the system.
lease and execution of the command a
feedback signal is generated. At every stage Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
of the control command execution partic- communication
ular conditions are checked. If these are
not satisfied, command execution may be Communication modules for retrofitting
terminated in a controlled manner. are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4 unit
range. These ensure that, where different
The units offer a high degree of flexibility by communication protocols (IEC 61850,
supporting different standards for connec- IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc.)
tion to industrial and power automation are required, such demands can be met. For
systems. By means of the communication fiber-optic communication, no external
modules, on which the protocols run, ex- converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
change and retrofit is possible. Therefore,
the units will also in future allow for opti- IEC 61850 protocol
mal adaptation to changing communication Fig. 6/20
infrastructure such as the application of The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
Ethernet networks which are already widely the worldwide standard for protection and and IEC 61850
applied in the power supply sector. control systems used by power supply cor-
porations. Siemens was the first manufac-
Local PC interface turer to support this standard. By means of
this protocol, information can also be ex-
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible changed directly between bay units so as to
from the front of the unit permits quick ac- set up simple masterless systems for bay and
cess to all parameters and fault event data. system interlocking. Access to the units via
The use of the DIGSI 4 operating program the Ethernet but is also possible with DIGSI.
is particularly advantageous during commis- It is also possible to retrieve operating and
sioning. fault records as well as fault recordings via a
browser. This Web monitor will also pro-
Service/modem interface vide a few items of unit-specific information
7SA6 units are always fitted with a rear-side in browser windows.
hardwired service interface, optionally as
RS232 or RS485. In addition to the
front-side operator interface, a PC can be con-
nected here either directly or via a modem.

Communication
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internation-
ally standardized protocol for effi-
cient communication with
protection relays. IEC 60870-5-103
is supported by a number of protec-
tion device manufacturers and is
LSP3.01-0021.tif
used worldwide. Supplements for
control functions are defined in the
manufacturer-specific part of this
Fig. 6/21 Fig. 6/22
standard.
820 nm fiber-optic communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module for
IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
PROFIBUS-DP
LSP2163-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
LSP2207-afp.tif
communications standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
protection device manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Pro- 6
tocol, Version 3) is an internation-
ally recognized protection and bay
unit communication protocol.
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible. Fig. 6/23 Fig. 6/24
RS232/RS485 electrical communication module Output module 0 to 20 mA, 2 channels
Analog outputs 0 to 20 mA
2 or 4 analog output interfaces for
transmission of measured or fault
location values are available for the
7SA6. Two analog output interfaces
are provided in an analog output
module. Up to two analog output
modules can be inserted per unit.
Fig. 6/25
Communication

• Signaling for directional earth-fault pro- The link to a multiplexed communication

Communication
tection – directional comparison for high network is made by separate communica-
System solutions for protection and station resistance faults in solidly earthed systems tion converters (7XV5662). These have a fi-
• Echo-function ber-optic interface with 820 nm and ST
control
connectors to the protection relay. The link
Together with the SICAM power automa- • Two and three-terminal line applications to the communication network is optionally
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with can be implemented without additional an electrical X21 or a G703.1 interface. If the
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri- logic connection to the multiplexor supports
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the • Interclose command transfer with the IEEE C37.94, a direct fibre optic connection
optical double ring, the units exchange in- auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time” to the relay is possible using the FO30 mod-
formation with the control system. Units (ADT) mode ule.
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces • 28 remote signals for fast transfer of
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via For operation via copper wire communica-
binary signals
the RS485 bus or connected in star by fi- tion (pilot wires), a modern communica-
• Flexible utilisation of the communication tion converter for copper cables is available.
ber-optic link. Through this interface, the
channels by means of the programmable This operates with both the two-wire and
system is open for the connection of units of
CFC logic three-wire copper connections which were
other manufacturers (see Fig. 6/25).
• Display of the operational measured val- used by conventional differential protection
Because of the standardized interfaces, ues of the opposite terminal(s) with systems before. The communication con-
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated into phase-angle information relative to a verter for copper cables is designed for 5 kV
systems of other manufacturers or in common reference vector insulation voltage. An additional 20 kV iso-
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter- lation transformer can extend the field of
• Clock synchronization: the clock in only
faces are available. The optimum physical applications of this technique into ranges
one of the relays must be synchronized
6 data transfer medium can be chosen thanks
from an external so called “Absolute Mas-
with higher insulation voltage requirements.
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the With SIPROTEC 4 and the communication
ter” when using the serial protection data
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu- converter for copper cables a digital fol-
interface. This relay will then synchronize
bicles and an interference-free optical con- low-up technique is available for two-wire
the clock of the other (or the two other
nection to the master can be established. protection systems (typical 15 km) and all
relays in 3 terminal applications) via the
three-wire protection systems using existing
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- protection data interface.
copper communication links.
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
• 7SA522 and 7SA6 can be combined via
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are Communication data:
the protection data interface.
the station PC. The interface is standard- The communication possibilities are identi- • Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
ized, thus also enabling direct connection of cal to those for the line differential protec- 64 kBit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
units of other manufacturers to the Ethernet tion relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The following 512 kBit/s; IEEE C37.94
bus. With IEC 61850, however, the units options are available: • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
can also be used in other manufacturers’ (in steps of 0.1 ms)
systems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103 in- • FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm,
• Protocol HDLC
terface are connected with PAS via the 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
1.5 km for link to communication • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
Ethernet station bus by means of se-
networks via communication converters and ITU
rial/Ethernet converters. DIGSI and the
Web monitor can also be used via the same or for direct FO cable connection • Each protection relay possesses a unique
station bus. • FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm, relay address
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to • Continuous communication link supervi-
Serial protection data interface 3.5 km, for direct connection via sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
multi-mode FO cable not constitute an immediate danger, if
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
• FO171): For direct connection
implemented using digital serial communi- cal availability, per minute and hour, of
up to 25 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
cation. The 7SA6 is capable of remote relay
fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector the serial protection data interface can be
communication via direct links or multi- displayed.
plexed digital communication networks. • FO181): For direct connection
The serial protection data interface has the up to 60 km3) 1300 nm, for mono-mode Figure 6/26 shows four applications for the
following features: fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector serial protection data interface on a two-
terminal line.
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal- • FO191): For direct connection
ing for distance protection, optionally up to 100 km3) 1550 nm, for mono-mode
with POTT or PUTT schemes fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
• FO301): For transmission with the
IEEE C37.94 standard.
1) For flush-mounting housing.
2) For surface-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
fiber-optic module OMA1 will be delivered
together with an external repeater.

Communication
Fig. 6/26
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line

Communication
Three-terminal lines can also be protected

with a tele (pilot) protection scheme by us-
ing SIPROTEC 4 distance protection relays.
The communication topology may then be
a ring or a chain topology, see Fig. 6/27. In a
ring topology a loss of one data connection
is tolerated by the system. The topology is
re-routed to become a chain topology
within less than 100 ms. To reduce commu-
nication links and to save money for com-
munications, a chain topology may be
generally applied.
Ring topology
Chain topology
Fig. 6/27 Ring or chain communication topology

Typical connection
Connection for current and voltage

transformers
3 phase current transformers with neutral
point in the line direction, I4 connected as
summation current transformer (=3I0):
Holmgreen circuit
3 voltage transformers, without connection
of the broken (open) delta winding on the
line side; the 3V0 voltage is derived inter-
nally.
Fig. 6/28 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
Alternative current measurement

6
The 3 phase current transformers are con-
nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to a
separate neutral core-balance CT, thus per-
mitting a high sensitive 3I0 measurement.
Note: Terminal Q7 of the I4 transformer
must be connected to the terminal of the
core balance CT pointing in the same direc-
tion as the neutral point of the phase cur-
rent transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is
effected in accordance with Fig. 6/28, 6/32
or 6/33.
Fig. 6/29 Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive

earth-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

Typical connection
Alternative current connection

point in the line direction, I4 connected to a
current transformer in the neutral point of
an earthed transformer for directional
earth-fault protection. The voltage connec-
tion is effected in accordance with Fig. 6/28,
6/32 or 6/33.
Fig. 6/30 Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring

neutral current of an earthed power transformer
6 Alternative current connection

point in the line direction, I4 connected to
summation current of the parallel line for
parallel line compensation on overhead
lines. The voltage connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/28, 6/32 or 6/33.

the earth current of a parallel line

Typical connection
Alternative voltage connection

3 phase voltage transformers, V4 connected
to broken (open) delta winding (Ven) for
additional summation voltage monitoring
and earth-fault directional protection.
The current connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/28, 6/29, 6/30
and 6/31.
Fig. 6/32 Alternative connection of voltage transformers for measuring the

displacement voltage (e-n voltage)
Alternative voltage connection 6

to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-earth
voltage may be employed as the busbar volt-
age. Parameterization is carried out on the
unit. The current connection is effected in
accordance with Fig. 6/28, 6/29, 6/30
and 6/31.

busbar voltage

Technical data
General unit data Output contacts

Analog inputs “Unit ready” contact 1 NC/NO contact1)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) (live status contact)
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Command/indication relay

Quantity
Rated voltage Vnom 80 to 125 V (selectable)
7SA610*-*A/E/J 5 NO contacts, 3 NC/NO contact1)
Power consumption 7SA610*-*B/F/K 5 NO contacts,
With Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA 7SA6*1*-*A/E/J 12 NO contacts, 4 NC/NO contacts1)
With Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA 7SA6*1*-*B/F/K 8 NO contacts, 4 power relays2)
For IE, sensitive with 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA 7SA6*2*-*A/E/J 19 NO contacts, 5 NC/NO contacts1)
Voltage inputs ≤ 0.10 VA 7SA6*2*-*B/F/K 26 NO contacts, 6 NC/NO contacts1)
Overload capacity of current circuit 7SA6*2*-*C/G/L 11 NO contacts, 8 power relays2)
(r.m.s.) NO/NC contact
Thermal 500 A for 1 s
Switching capacity
150 A for 10 s
Make 1000 W / VA
20 A continuous
Break, high-speed trip outputs 1000 W / VA
Dynamic (peak value) 1250 A (half cycle)
Break, contacts 30 VA
Earth current Break, contacts (for resistive load) 40 W
Sensitive 300 A for 1 s Break, contacts
100 A for 10 s (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
15 A continuous
Switching voltage 250 V
6 Dynamic (peak value)
Thermal overload capacity of volt-
750 A (half cycle)
230 V continuous
Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
5 A continuous
age circuit
Operating time, approx.
Auxiliary voltage
NO contact 8 ms
Rated voltages 24 to 48 V DC NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
60 to 125 V DC Fast NO contact 5 ms
110 to 250 V DC High-speed NO trip outputs < 1 ms
and 115 to 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Power relay
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 % for direct control of disconnector
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % actuator motors
(peak-to-peak) Switching capacity
Power consumption Make for 48 to 250 V 1000 W/ VA
Quiescent Approx. 5 W Break for 48 to 250 V 1000 W/ VA
Energized Approx. 12 W to 18 W, depending on Make for 24 V 500 W/ VA
design Break for 24 V 500 W/ VA
Bridging time during failure of the Switching voltage 250 V
auxiliary voltage Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
For Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms 5 A continuous
For Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms
Max. operating time 30 s
Binary inputs
Permissible relative operating time 1%
Quantity
LEDs
7SA610*-*A/E/J 5
7SA610*-*B/F/K 7 Quantity
7SA6*1*-*A/E/J 13 RUN (green) 1
7SA6*1*-*B/F/K 20 ERROR (red) 1
7SA6*2*-*A/E/J 21 LED (red),
7SA6*2*-*B/F/K 29 function can be assigned
7SA6*2*-*C/G/L 33 7SA610 7
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar 7SA6*1/2/3 14
Pickup threshold 17 or 73 or 154 V DC, bipolar
Functions are freely assignable
Pickup/reset voltage thresholds 19 V DC/10 V DC or 88 V DC/44 V DC,
Ranges are settable by means of or 176 V DC/88 V DC bipolar
jumpers for each binary input (3 nominal ranges 17/73/154 V DC)
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at 220 V
with a recovery time >60 ms
1) Can be set via jumpers.

2) Each pair of power relays is mechanically
interlocked to prevent simultaneous closing.

Technical data
Unit design PROFIBUS fiber-optic

Housing 7XP20 Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM4)
Dimensions Refer to part 15 f. dimension drawings Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Degree of protection acc. to Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
EN 60529 Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Surface-mounting housing IP 51 Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m
Flush-mounting housing Protection data interface
Front IP 51
Rear IP 50 Quantity 1
For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
Weight with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors
Flush-mounting 1/3 x 19" 4 kg nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
housing 1/2 x 19" 6 kg tion to a communication converter,
2/3 x 19" 8 kg 820 nm
1/1 x 19" 10 kg FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
Surface-mounting 1/3 x 19" 6 kg for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors
housing 1/2 x 19" 11 kg 820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 16 dB
1/1 x 19" 19 kg FO301): for direct fibre-optic For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
connection to a multiplexor using ST connectors
Serial interfaces IEEE C37.94 standard Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
Operating interface for DIGSI 4 (front of unit)
Connection Non-isolated, RS232,
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector 6
Permissible fiber attenuation 13 dB
(SUB-D) FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
setting as supplied: 38400 baud;
parity 8E1 FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
Time synchronization Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB
DCF77/ IRIG-B signal (format IRIG-B000) Relay communication equipment
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/RS422 or
(SUB-D) G703.1 interface
housing) External communication converter Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1
for linking the optical 820 nm inter- interface settable by jumper
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option Baud rate settable by jumper
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4 / modem / service with clock recovery) to the
X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of the
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector communication network
(SUB-D)
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz FO interface with 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m recovery multi- mode fiber to protection relay
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
System interface communication network
IEC 61850 Ethernet Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type ter-
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol minal to the communication network
PROFIBUS-FMS
PROFIBUS-DP External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
DNP 3.0 External communication converter Typical distance: 15 km max.
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector for linking the optical 820 nm inter-
(SUB-D) face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud with clock recovery) to pilot wires.
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz FO interface for 820 nm with clock
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m recovery Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m mode fiber to protection relay, 128 kbit
PROFIBUS RS485 Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kBd; 100 m at 12 MBd

4) Conversion with external OLM
2) For surface-mounting housing. For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal fiber-optic module (OMA1) with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and
will be delivered together with an external repeater. Order Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external repeater.

Technical data
Electrical tests Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz

Specifications capability, IEEE Std C37.90.1 τ = 50 μs; 400 surges per second,
test duration 2 s, Ri = 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length = 15 ms
IEEE Std C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508
capability, IEEE Std C37.90.1 repition rate 300 ms, ; both polarities;
VDE 0435
test duration 1 min; Ri = 50 Ω
Further standards see “Individual func-
tions” Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
interference IEEE Std C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Insulation tests
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternating
Standards IEC 60255–5 and 60870-2-1 IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz;
High-voltage test (routine test) Ri = 200 Ω
All circuits except for power 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz EMC tests for noise emission; type test
supply, binary inputs, Standard EN 61000-6-3 (generic standard)
high-speed outputs,
communication and time Radio noise voltage to lines, only 150 kHz to 30 MHz
synchronization interfaces auxiliary voltage Limit class B
IEC-CISPR 22
Auxiliary voltage, binary 3.5 kV DC
inputs and high-speed outputs
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
(routine test)
Harmonic currents on the network Class A limits are observed
only isolated communication 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz lead at 230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-2
interfaces and time synchroniza-
6 tion interface (routine test) Voltage fluctuations and flicker Limits are observed
on the network incoming feeder at
Impulse voltage test (type test) 230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-3
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 Ws,
cation interfaces and time 3 positive and 3 negative impulses in
synchronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s Mechanical stress test
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Standards IEC 60255-6/-22 (product standard) During operation
EN 61000-6-2 (generic standard), Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
VDE 0435 part 301
DIN VDE 0435-110
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 μs; IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s, frequency sweep 1 octave/min
VDE 0435 Section 303, class III Ri = 200 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
and IEC 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
Irradiation with HF field, frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz: 80 % AM; directions
sweep 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III 10 V/m; 800 to 960 MHz: 80 % AM; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
1 kHz IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 10 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz: 80 % AM; 1 kHz 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with HF field, single fre- 10 V/m; 80, 160, 450. 900 MHz; (vertical axis)
quencies 80 % AM; 1 kHz; duty cycle > 10 s 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-31, IEC 61000-4-3, 900 MHz; 50 % PM, repetition fre- (horizontal axis)
class III quency 200 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
amplitude/pulse modulated (vertical axis)
Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities; During transport
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs Vibration Sinusoidal
(SURGE), IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Differential mode:1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
Analog measurement inputs, binary Common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Shock Semi-sinusoidal
inputs, relays output Differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz directions
Power system frequency magnetic 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
field IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz both directions

Technical data
Climatic stress tests Inclination angle for 30° to 90° (step 1°)
Standard IEC 60255-6 quadrilateral characteristic
Temperatures Zone setting Zr 0.050 to 600 Ω(1 A)/0.010 to 120 Ω(5 A)
(for circle characteristic) (step 0.001 Ω)
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
and -2, test Bd Threshold angle α for increased 10 to 90 ° (step 1°)
resistance tolerance (circle charac.)
Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
temperature, tested for 96 h Overcurrent pickup I>> 0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(Legibility of display may be im- (for I>>, V, V/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F) Minimum current pickup I> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F (for V, V/ϕ> and Z<) (step 0.01 A)
ing temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6 Minimum current pickup Iϕ> 0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F (for V/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F Undervoltage pickup (for V
transport and V/ϕ>)
VPH-e< 20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Humidity VPH-PH< 40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative Load angle pickup (for V/ϕ>)
It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days per year up to Load angle ϕ 30 ° to 80 °
units in such a way that they are not 93 % relative humidity; condensation Load angle ϕ 90 ° to 120 °
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- is not permitted.
Load zone (for Z<) Impedances within the load zone do
not cause pickup in pickup mode Z<; 6
Load zones for phase-to-phase and
phase-to-earth faults can be set sepa-
Functions rately
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N) Load angle 20 ° to 60 °
Resistance 0.1 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω (5A)
Types of pickup Overcurrent pickup (I>);
Voltage-dependent overcurrent Earth-fault detection
pickup (V); Earth current 3I0> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 A to 20 A (5A)
Voltage-dependent and phase an- (step 0.01 A)
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
(V / ϕ>); for earthed networks 1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
Impedance pickup (Z<) for resonant-earthed networks 10 to 200 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
Types of tripping Three-pole for all types of faults; Earth impedance matching
Single-pole for single-phase faults / Parameter formats RE/RL and XE/XL or k0 and ϕ (k0)
otherwise three-pole; Separately settable for Distance protection zone Z1 and
Single-pole for single-phase faults and higher distance zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z6)
two-pole phase-to-phase faults / RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to +7.00 (step 0.01)
otherwise three-pole k0 and ϕ (k0) 0 to 4 (step 0.01) and - 135 ° to 135 °
(step 0.01 °)
Characteristic Quadrilateral or circle
Parallel line matching For parallel compensation
Distance protection zones 7, 1 of which as controlled zone RM/RL and XM/XL 0 to 8 (step 0.01)
All zones can be set to forward, re-
verse, non-directional or inactive Phase preference on double Phase preference or no preference
earth-faults in resonant-earthed / (selectable)
Timer stages for tripping delay 7 for multi-phase faults
non-earthed networks
3 for single-phase faults
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s) Direction decision for all types of With fault-free voltages and/or volt-
Zone setting X 0.050 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A) faults age memory
(for distance zones and Z< starting) (step 0.001 Ω) Direction sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
Resistance setting
(for quadrilateral distance zones and
Z< starting)
Phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω (1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω (5A)
phase-to-earth faults (step 0.001 Ω)
Line angle 10 ° to 89 °

Technical data
Times Weak-infeed protection (ANSI 27-WI)

Shortest trip time Approx. 17 ms for fN = 50 Hz Operating modes with carrier (sig- Echo
(measured at the fast relay; Approx. 15 ms for fN = 60 Hz nal) reception and no fault detection Echo and trip with undervoltage
refer to the terminal
connection diagram) Undervoltage phase-earth 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Shortest trip time (measured at Approx. 12 ms at 50 Hz Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
the high-speed trip outputs) Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
Echo impulse 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Reset time Approx. 30 ms
Tolerances
Tolerances For sinusoidal measured variables
Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Response values (in conformity Timer 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
with DIN 57435, Part 303)
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
V and I ≤ 5 % of setting value
Angle (ϕ) ≤3° Direct phase-selective tripping via Alternatively with or without
binary input auto-reclosure
ΔX
Impedances ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° Trip time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
(in conformity with DIN 57435, X
Timer tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Part 303) ΔR
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 60 ° Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
R
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of change of
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms the impedance vector and monitoring
Fault locator of the vector path
6 Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz
X, R (primary) in Ω quency
Distance in kilometers or in % of line Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or
length power swing tripping for out-of-step
Start of calculation With trip, with reset of pickup, with conditions
binary input Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked; Z1/Z1B blocked;
Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω/km(1A) / 0.001 to Z2 to Z6 blocked; Z1, Z1B, Z2
1.3 Ω/km(5A) blocked
(step 0.001 Ω/km) Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities swing blocking types of faults
≤ 2.5 % line length for Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50 (N), 51 (N), 67)
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/Vnom > 0.1
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary
BCD-coded output of fault location circuit or always active
Indicated value Fault location in % of the line length Characteristic 2 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
Output signals Max. 10: stage, 1 definite-time Stub-protection
d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %], stage
d[10 %], d[20 %], d[40 %], d[80 %], Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
d[100 %], d[release] switch-onto-fault
Indication range 0 % to 195 % Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N)
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21) Phase current pickup IPH>> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
Modes of operation PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT; (step 0.01 A)
PUTT (acceleration with pickup); Earth current pickup 3I0>> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
POTT; Directional comparison; (step 0.01 A)
Reverse interlocking
Phase current pickup IPH> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A)
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking;
(step 0.01 A)
Blocking
Earth current pickup 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
Additional functions Echo function
(step 0.01 A)
(refer to weak-infeed function)
Transient blocking for schemes with Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
measuring range extension Tolerances
Transmission and reception signals Phase-selective signals available for Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN
maximum selectivity with single-pole Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
tripping; signals for 2- and 3-end- Operating time Approx. 25 ms
lines

Technical data
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N) Tolerances

Phase current pickup IP 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A) Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
(step 0.01 A) Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Earth current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) Command / pickup times 3I0>>> Approx. 30 ms
(step 0.01 A) and 3I0>>
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse; Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time inverse 3I0, 4th stage
Tripping time characteristics acc. to Inverse; short inverse; long inverse; Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N)
ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse; Earth-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(not for DE region, see selection and extremely inverse; definite inverse (step 0.01 A)
ordering data 10th position) Neutral (residual) current trans-
Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) former with normal sensitivity
(refer to ordering data, position 7)
Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DIP = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s) 0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M ) (step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
former with high sensitivity (refer to
Tolerances ordering data, position 7)
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse;
Directional earth-fault overcurrent protection IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long time
for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
(not for region DE, see selection and moderately inverse; very inverse; 6
Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
ordering data, position 10) extremely inverse; definite inverse
stage or 4 definite-time stages or
3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage Inverse logarithmic tripping charac- 3I 0
teristics (not for regions DE and US, t = T3 I 0 Pmax − T3 I 0 P ln
Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single- 3 I 0p
see selection and ordering data,
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
position 10)
multi-phase faults selectable for every
stage Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s)
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage Time multiplier for IEC charac. T Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage Time multiplier for ANSI charac. D DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s)
switch-onto-fault Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
Influence of harmonics Inverse logarithmic pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1)
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M)
nd Tolerance
Stages 3 and 4 2 and higher harmonics are com-
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50N) Zero-sequence voltage protection V 0inverse
Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A) 2s

(step 0.01 A) Tripping characteristic t=
V0
− V 0inv min
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A) 4
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Zero-sequence power-dependent stage
(step 0.01 A)
Compensated zero-sequence power Sr = 3I0 ⋅ 3V0 ⋅ cos (ϕ - ϕcomp.)
Neutral (residual) current trans-
former with normal sensitivity Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
(refer to ordering data, position 7); Measured signals for direction 3I0 and 3V0 or
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) decision 3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
(step 0.001 A) of an earthed power transformer) or
Neutral (residual) current trans- 3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
former with high sensitivity (refer to system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
ordering data, position 7) automatic selection of zero-sequence
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) or negative-sequence quantities de-
(step 0.01 A) pendent on the magnitude of the
Neutral (residual) current trans- component voltages
former with normal sensitivity Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
(refer to ordering data, position 7);
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) Min. current IY 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A) (of earthed transformers) (step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current trans- Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
former with high sensitivity Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
(refer to ordering data, position 7) (step 0.01 A)
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated

Technical data
Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage Time delays
Component of the 2nd harmonic 10 to 45 % of the fundamental Time delay for all stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
(step 1 %)
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms
Max. current, which cancels inrush 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
current blocking (step 0.01 A) Command/pickup time for 3V0 Approx. 30 ms or 65 ms (settable)
stages
Tele (pilot) protection
Tolerances
For directional earth-fault protection (ANSI 85-67N) Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Operating modes Directional comparison, blocking, Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
unblocking Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
Additional functions Echo (see function “weak infeed”); Number of frequency elements 4
transient blocking for schemes with Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz
parallel lines (in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
Send and receive signals Suitable for 2 and 3 end-lines 55.5 to 64.5 Hz
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection (in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
(ANSI 50HS) Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
Operating mode Active only after CB closing; Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth)
instantaneous trip after pickup Pickup times Approx. 80 ms
Pickup current I>>> 1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A) Dropout times Approx. 80 ms
(step 0.01 A) Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz
6 Reset ratio Approx. 0.90 Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Frequency 15 mHz for VPH-PH: 50 to 230 V
Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Shortest tripping time
With reference to fast relays Approx. 12 ms Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
With high-speed trip to outputs Approx. 8 ms Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip for Thermal alarm stage ΘAlarm/ΘTrip 50 to 100 % referred to tripping
remote end temperature (steps 1 %)
Overvoltage protection Current-based alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) (steps 0.01 A)
(phase-earth overvoltage) Calculating mode for Θmax, Θmean, Θ with Imax
overtemperature
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-phase overvoltage) I 2 − I pre
2
Pickup time characteristic t = τ ln

I − (k I nom)
2 2
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
formers or calculated by the relay) Reset ratio
(zero-sequence overvoltage) Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99
Θ/ΘTrip Approx. 0.99
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) I/ IAlarm Approx. 0.97
(positive-sequence overvoltage)
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence voltage or Overload measured values Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3;
calculated remote positive- Θ/ΘTrip
sequence voltage (compounding) Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC 60255-8
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
(negative-sequence overvoltage)
Number of stages 2
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
Undervoltage protection (step 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
(phase-earth undervoltage) Additional functions End-fault protection
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) CB pole discrepancy monitoring
(phase-phase undervoltage) Drop-off (overshoot) time, internal ≤ 15 ms, typical; 25 ms, max.
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Tolerances
(positive-sequence undervoltage) Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Blocking of undervoltage prot. stages Minimum current; binary input Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Reset ratio (settable) 1.01 to 1.20 (step 0.01)

Technical data
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Delay times 0 to 320 s (step 0.01 s)

Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8 Pickup time Approx. 50 ms
Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole Earth-fault measured values Active and reactive component
Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check of earth-fault current IEEac, IEEreac
check ADT – adaptive dead time Tolerances
RDT – reduced dead time Voltage limit values ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 V
Dead times T1-PH, T3-PH, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Current limit values ≤ 10 % of setting value
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
Additional functions Synchro-check request per trip circuit
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command to the remote Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)
end
Check of CB ready state Additional functions
Blocking with manual CLOSE
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT Representation Primary, secondary and percentage
Healthy line voltage PH-E 30 to 90 V (step 1 V) referred to rated value
Dead line voltage PH-E 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
6
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IE sensitve; I1; I2; IY;
Tolerances 3I0PAR
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Tolerances Typ. 0.3 % of indicated measured
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V value or 0.5 % Inom
Synchro-check (ANSI 25) Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0,
Initiate options Auto-reclosure; V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven
Manual CLOSE control Tolerances Typ. 0.25 % of indicated measured
Control commands value or 0.01 % Vnom
Operating modes Power with direction indication P, Q, S
With auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Tolerances
Line dead/busbar live
P: for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
Line live/busbar dead
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
Line and busbar dead
Q: for ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
Bypassing
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
For manual closure
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1%
and control commands As for auto-reclosure
120 %
Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Frequency f
Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz) Tolerance ≤ 10 mHz
Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1°) Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Tolerance for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 0.02
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Earth, XPhase-Earth
networks indication 3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms Earth-fault measured values Active and reactive component
Tolerances of earth-fault current IEEac, IEEreac
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Overload measured values Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3;
Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 1 V Θ/ΘTrip
Earth-fault detection for compensated / isolated networks Long-term mean values
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0 1 to 150 V (step 1 V) Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
Phase selection with phase voltages 10 to 100 V (step 1 V) 15 min / 15 min
V< and V> Synchronization instant Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every
Directional determination Active / reactive power measurements hour
Minimum current for directional 3 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA) Values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
determination
Angle correction for core-balance 0 to 5 ° at 2 operating points
CT (step 0.1 °)
Operating modes Only indication; indication and trip

Technical data
Minimum/maximum memory Further additional functions

Indication Measured values with date and time Measured value supervision Current sum
Resetting Cyclically Current symmetry
Via binary input Voltage sum
Via the keyboard Voltage symmetry
Via serial interface Phase sequence
Fuse failure monitor
Values Power direction
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Earth;
3 x VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Indications
P+; P-; Q+; Q-; S; f; power factor (+); Operational indications Buffer size 200
power factor (–) System disturbance indication Storage of indications of the last
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S 8 faults, buffer size 600
Energy meters Earth-fault indication Storage of indications of the last
8 faults, buffer size 200
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP-; WQ+; WQ-
Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Tolerance
CB pole
for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5 %
Sum of breaking current per phase
Vnom and I > 50 % Inom
Breaking current of last trip operation
Analog measured value output 0 to 20 mA Max. breaking current per phase
Number of analog channels 2 per plug-in module Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
Alternatively 1 or 2 or no plug-in TRIP/CLOSE per phase
6 module (Refer to ordering data,
position 11 and Order code for
Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
cycle
position 12)
Commissioning support Operational measured values, c.-b.
Indication range 0 to 22 mA
test, status display of binary inputs,
Selectable measured values Fault location [%]; setting of output relays, generation
fault location [km]; VL23 [%]; IL2 of indications for testing serial inter-
[%]; |P| [%]; |Q| [%]; faces
breaking current Imax-primary
Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
Max. burden 350 Ω
CE conformity
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relat-
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary ing to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
voltage supply fails and concerning electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle (Low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC).
Total storage time > 15 s This conformity is proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in accordance
with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement with the generic
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directive and with
and contents can be freely configured the standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage directive.
by the user
This device is designed and produced for industrial use.
Max. number of displayed binary 100
The product conforms with the international standard of the series
channels
IEC 60255 and the German standard VDE 0435.
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
indication inputs and indication /
command outputs
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole
Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
Interlocking Freely configurable
Local control Control via menu, function keys,
control keys (if available)
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI,
pilot wires


7SA61 distance protection relay for all voltage levels
Housing, number of LEDs
7SA61¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-öo¨
123
Housing width 1/3 19", 7 LEDs 0 see pages 6/32
to 6/35
Housing width 1/2 19", 14 LEDs 1
Measuring input (4 x V, 4 x I)
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
- 4-line backlit display, IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- function keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
- numerical keys, IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- PC interface
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush- Surface-

indica- command relay4) trip output relay5) mounting mounting mounting
tion outputs incl. housing/ housing/ housing/
6
inputs live status screw-type plug-in screw-type
contact terminals terminals terminals
For 7SA610
5 4 5 n A
5 4 5 n E
5 4 5 n J
7 6 n B
7 6 n F
7 6 n K
For 7SA611
13 5 12 n A
13 5 12 n E
13 5 12 n J
13 4 8 5 n M
13 4 8 5 n N
13 4 8 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n F
20 9 4 n K
For 7SA612
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n E
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
means of jumpers. 21 12 8 5 n P
21 12 8 5 n R
voltage ranges can be selected by 29 21 12 n B
means of jumpers. 29 21 12 n F
29 21 12 n K
3) The binary input thresholds are
selectable in three stages by means of 29 20 8 5 n N
jumpers, exception: versions with 29 20 8 5 n Q
power relays have some binary inputs 29 20 8 5 n S
with only two binary input thresh- 33 12 8 n C
olds. 33 12 8 n G
4) Fast relays are identified in the 33 12 8 n L
terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of For 7SA613
disconnector actuator motors. 21 13 12 n A
Each pair of contacts is mechanically 21 12 8 5 n M
interlocked to prevent simultaneous
closure.


7SA63¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-öo¨
123
Housing width 1/2 19", 14 LEDs 1 see pages 6/32
LSA2539-agpen.eps
to 6/35
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
Operator panel with: IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
- backlit graphic display for IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
single-line diagram IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- control keys,
- key-operated switches, Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, binary inputs)
- function keys, 24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V3) 2
- numerical keys, 60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V3) 4
- PC interface 110 to 250 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V3) 5
Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush- Surface-

indica- command relay4) trip outputs relay5) mounting mounting mounting
tion- outputs incl. housing/ housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in screw-type
contact terminals terminals terminals
6 For 7SA631
13 5 12 n A
13 5 12 n E
13 5 12 n J
13 4 8 5 n M
13 4 8 5 n N
13 4 8 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n F
20 9 4 n K
For 7SA632
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n E
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
21 12 8 5 n P
21 12 8 5 n R
29 21 12 n B
29 21 12 n F
29 21 12 n K
29 20 8 5 n N
29 20 8 5 n Q
29 20 8 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n G
33 12 8 n L
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.

2) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three stages by means of jumpers, exception:
versions with power relays have some binary inputs with only two binary inputs thresholds.
4) Fast relays are identified in the terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actuator motors.
Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.


7SA64¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-öo¨
123
see pages 6/32
LSA2540-agpen.eps

to 6/35
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1
IPH = 1 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
Units with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
detached operator panel with IPH = 5 A1), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
- backlit graphic display
- control keys
- key-operated switches
- function keys
- numerical keys
- PC interface
Binary/ Indication/ Fast High-speed Power Flush- Flush-
indica- command relay4) trip outputs relay5) mounting mounting
tion- outputs incl. housing/ housing/
inputs live status screw-type plug-in
contact terminals terminals
For 7SA641
13 5 12 n A 6
13 5 12 n J
13 4 8 5 n M
13 4 8 5 n P
20 9 4 n B
20 9 4 n K
For 7SA642
21 13 12 n A
21 13 12 n J
21 12 8 5 n M
21 12 8 5 n R
29 21 12 n B
29 21 12 n K
29 20 8 5 n N
29 20 8 5 n S
33 12 8 n C
33 12 8 n L
1) Rated current can be selected by means of jumpers.

3) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three stages by means of jumpers, exception:
versions with power relays have some binary inputs with only two binary inputs thresholds.
4) Fast relays are identified in the terminal connection diagram.
5) Power relay for direct control of disconnector actuator motors.
Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order code

7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6ö¨-¨¨¨¨¨-öo¨ ¨¨¨
123
Region-specific default settings / language settings
1)
see pages
Region DE, language: German A 6/33 to 6/35
Region World, language: English (GB) B
Region US, language: English (US) C
Region FR, French D
Region World, Spanish E
Region World, Italian F
Region World, language: Russian G
Region World, language: Polish H
Port B
Empty 0
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), electrical RS485 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave2), optical 3), double ring 3), ST connector 6
2 analog outputs, each 0.....20 mA 7
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP, optical 820 nm, double ring 3), ST connector 9 L 0 B
6 System interface, DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector3) 9 L 0 H
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, electrical, duplicate,
RJ45 plug connectors 9 L 0 R
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector4) 9 L 0 S
1) Definitions for region-specific default settings and functions:

Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC
inverse characteristic can be selected, directional earth (ground)
fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic, no direction decision
with zero-sequence power Sr; distance protection can be selected with
quadrilateral or circle characteristic.
Region US: preset to f = 60 Hz and line length in miles, ANSI inverse
characteristic only, directional earth (ground) fault protection:
no logarithmic inverse characteristic, no direction decision
with zero-sequence power Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic.
Region World: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional earth (ground) fault
protection: no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr,
no U0 inverse characteristic.
Region FR: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional earth (ground)
fault protection: no U0 inverse characteristic, no logarithmic inverse
characteristic, weak infeed logic selectable between French specification
and world specification.
2) For SICAM energy automation systems.
3) Optical double ring interfaces are not available with surface mounting housings.
4) For surface mounting housing applications please order the relay with electrical Ethernet interface
and use a separate fiber-optic switch.


7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6ö¨-¨¨¨¨¨-öo¨ ¨¨¨
123
Port C and port D see pages
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232, 6/34 and 6/35
Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485,
Port D: empty 2
Port C and Port D installed 9 M oo
Port C
DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232 1
Port D
Protection data interface: optical 820 nm, two ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks 1) A
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
Two analog outputs, each 0...20 mA K
Protection data interface: optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO cable length up to 24 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2) G
FO cable length up to 60 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)3) H
Protection data interface: optical 1550 nm, LC-Duplex connector 6
FO cable length up to 100 km for direct connection via mono-mode FO cable2)4) J
FO30 optical 820 nm, 2-ST-connector, length of optical fibre up to 1.5 km
for multimode fibre, for communication networks with IEEEC37.94 interface
or direct optical fibre connection (not available for surface mounted housing) S
1) For suitable communication 3) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
converters 7XV5662 (optical to attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
G703.1/X21/RS422 or optical to pilot to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
wire) see "Accessories". element.
2) For surface -mounting housing appli- 4) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
cations an internal fiber-optic module attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
820 nm will be delivered in combina- to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
tion with an external repeater. element.


7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨
Functions 1
Trip mode Thermal overload BCD-coded output
protection (ANSI 49) for fault location
3-pole 0
3-pole n 1
3-pole n 2
3-pole n n 3
1/3-pole 4
1/3-pole n 5
1/3-pole n 6
1/3-pole n n 7
Functions 2
Distance protection Power swing de- Parallel line
pickup (ANSI 21, 21N) tection (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
I> A
V B
Quadrilateral (Z<) C
Quadrilateral (Z<), V / ϕ D
Quadrilateral (Z<) n F
6 Quadrilateral (Z<), V / ϕ n G
V n 1) J
Quadrilateral (Z<) n 1) K
Quadrilateral (Z<), V / ϕ n 1) L
Quadrilateral (Z<) n n 1) N
Quadrilateral (Z<), V / ϕ n n 1) P
Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro- Breaker failure pro- Over/undervoltage protection
(ANSI 79) check (ANSI 25) tection (ANSI 50BF) V>, V< (ANSI 27, 59)
Over/underfrequency protection
(ANSI 81)
A
n B
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R
Functions 4
Directional earth- Earth-fault Measured values
fault protection, detection extended
earthed networks compensated/ Min, max, mean
(ANSI 50N, 51N, isolated
67N) networks
0
n 1
n2) 2
n2) n 3
1) Only with position 7 of n 4
Order No. = 1 or 5. n n 5
2) Only with position 7 of n n2) 6
Order No. = 2 or 6. n n2) n 7


7SA6 distance protection relay for all voltage levels 7SA6¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨
Preferential types
Functions 1
ed
n
ea
lat
n
ed
di l
le
ks r e on
ks te na
n
tio
. m x-
.m
po
on
so
tio
th
or fo cti
or sa tio
in , e
l)
ro n
tec
le
3-
ar
cti
ax
tec
y p io
ra
tw al te
po
m es
tw en ec
de
nc ect
or
/ϕ late
e
re
ne ion ro
k
tio re
d, alu
I>
ne omp dir
n
ot
3-
ec
su
p
tio
ec lu
ng
e1
ue ot
</
pr
/I> dri
pe e
de d v
ch
e,
t
ec ult
clo
ot fai
m lin
eq pr
r c ul
wi
a
I>
od
od
d
V
o-
ns
V< (qua
ten re
fo -fa
dir -fa
oa
-re
rs
pr ker
Fr ge
co llel
m
up
up
hr
u
t
erl
rth
rth
we
lta
s
to
nc
ea
ra
ip
ip
ea
ck
ck
<
Ov
Au
Vo
Po
Pa
Ea
Ea
Tr
Tr
Br
Sy
M
Pi
Pi
Basic version
n n n 1 AB 0
n n n n 1 AB 1
6
Medium voltage, cables
n n n n n n n1) n 3 BD 6
1)
n n n n n n n n n 3 BD7
Medium voltage, overhead lines
n n n n n n n n1) n 3 BM 6
1)
n n n n n n n n n n 3 BM 7
High voltage, cables
n n n n n n n n n n 3 GH4
n n n n n n n n n n n 3 GH5
High voltage, overhead lines
n n n n n n n2) n n n n n n 7 P R4
2)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n 7 P R5
1) Only with position 7 of Order No. = 2 or 6.



DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional
Basis
Professional

6 DIGSI, running under MS Windows 2000 or XP Professional Edition
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional.
Incl. templates, electronic manual with license for 10 PCs.
Connecting cable (copper)

Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector) and protection unit (9-pin connector)
Voltage transformer miniature circuit-breaker
Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A;
overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Manual for 7SA6
English, V4.61 and higher C53000-G1176-C156-5


Opto-electric communication converters
Optical to X21/RS422 or G703.1 7XV5662-0AA00
Optical to pilot wires 7XV5662-0AC00
Additional interface modules

Protection data interface FO 5, OMA1, 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A351-D651-1
Protection data interface FO 17, 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A322-B115-3
Optical repeaters
Serial repeater (2-channel), opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
LC-Duplex connector, 24 km 7XV5461-0BG00
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km 7XV5461-0BH00
LC-Duplex connector, 100 km 7XV5461-0BJ00
6
Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package
LSP2089-afpen.tif
Connector 2-pin C73334-A1-C35-1 1 Siemens 6/35

3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 6/36
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
1)
Fig. 6/34 Mounting rail for 19" rack connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)

1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
Fig. 6/35 Fig. 6/36 tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP
1)
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP
19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 6/34

LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Short-circuit links For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 6/37

For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 6/38
Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 6/4

small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 6/4
Fig. 6/37 Fig. 6/38
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link
for current con- for voltage contacts/
tacts indications contacts
1) Your local Siemens representative can inform you on

local suppliers.

Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/39
Connection diagram
Fig. 6/40
Serial interfaces
1) Starting from unit version ..../EE.

Connection diagram
LSA2532-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/41
Connection diagram
Note: For serial interfaces see Fig. 6/40.

Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/42
Connection diagram
1) Starting from unit version .../EE.

2) High-speed trip outputs in versions 7SA6*1*-*M, 7SA*1*-*N, 7SA*1*-*P.
Time advantage of high-speed relays over fast relays: approx. 5 ms
3) Time advantage with fast relay approx. 3 ms.
4) Version with 3-pole tripping.
5) Version with 1/3-pole tripping.

Connection diagram
LSA2545-agpen.eps
Fig. 6/43
Connection diagram

2) Each pair of contacts is mechanically interlocked to prevent simultaneous closure.

Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps
1) 7SA613 is only available in a

2/3 x 19" flush-mounting
housing.
2) Starting from unit version
.../EE
3) Time advantage with fast
relay approx. 3 ms.
4) High-speed trip outputs in
versions 7SA6*2*-*M,
7SA6*2*-*P, 7SA6*2*-*R.
Time advantage of high-speed
relays over fast relays:
approx. 5 ms Fig. 6/44
5) Version with 3-pole tripping. Connection diagram

Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps
1) Starting from unit version

.../EE.
versions 7SA6*2*-*N,
7SA6*2*-*Q, 7SA6*2*-*S.
3) Time advantage with fast
relay approx. 3 ms.
5) Version with 1/3-pole
tripping.
Time advantage of high-
speed relays over fast relays:
approx. 5 ms.
Note: For serial interfaces
see Fig. 6/40. Fig. 6/45 Connection diagram

Connection diagram
LSA2546-agpen.eps

2) Each pair of contacts is
mechanically interlocked
to prevent simultaneous closure.

SIPROTEC 4 7SA522
Distance Protection Relay for Transmission Lines
Function overview
• High resistance ground (earth)-fault
protection for single- and three-pole
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
• Tele (pilot) protection (85)
• Fault locator (FL)
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
LSP2309-afpen.tif
• Phase-overcurrent protection (50/51/67)

• STUB bus overcurrent protection
(50 STUB)
• Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS)
• Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
• Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
• Auto-reclosure (79)
Fig. 6/47 SIPROTEC 4 • Synchro-check (25)
7SA522 distance protection relay • Breaker failure protection (50BF) 6
Control functions
• Commands f. control of CB and isolators
Description
The SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 relay provides • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
full-scheme distance protection and incor-
• Self-supervision of the relay
porates all functions usually required for
the protection of a power line. The relay is • Measured-value supervision
designed to provide fast and selective fault • Event logging/fault logging
clearance on transmission and subtrans- • Oscillographic fault recording
mission cables and overhead lines with or • Switching statistics
without series capacitor compensation.
The power system star point can be solid Front design
or resistance grounded (earthed), reso- • User-friendly local operation with
nant-earthed via Peterson coil or isolated. numeric keys
The 7SA522 is suitable for single-pole and • LEDs for local alarm
three-pole tripping applications with and • PC front port for convenient
without tele (pilot) protection schemes. relay setting
The 7SA522 incorporates several protective • Function keys
functions usually required for transmission
line protection.
• Front interface for connecting a PC
− High-speed tripping time • System interface for connecting to a
− Suitable for cables and overhead lines control system via various protocols
with or without series capacitor compen- – IEC 61850 Ethernet
sation – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− Self-setting power swing detection for
– DNP 3.0
power swing frequencies upt to 7 Hz
• 2 serial protection data interfaces for
− Digital relay-to-relay communication for tele (pilot) protection
two and three terminal topologies • Rear-side service/modem interface
− Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT) • Time synchronization via IRIG B or
DCF77 or system interface
Hardware
• Binary inputs: 8/16/24
• Output relays: 16/24/32
• High-speed trip outputs: 5 (optional)

Cost-effective power system management

Application ANSI Protection function
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re- 21/21N Distance protection
The 7SA522 relay provides full-scheme dis- lays which also provide control and moni-
tance protection and incorporates all func- toring functions and therefore support the FL Fault locator
tions usually required for the protection of user in view of a cost-effective power sys- 50N/51N Directional earth(ground)-fault
a power line. The relay is designed to pro- tem management. The security and reli- protection
67N
vide fast and selective fault clearance on ability of power supply is increased as a
transmission and subtransmission cables result of minimizing the use of hardware. 50/51/67 Backup overcurrent protection
and overhead lines with or without series 50 STUB STUB-bus overcurrent stage
capacitor compensation. This contributes The local operation has been designed ac-
towards improved stability and availability cording to ergonomic criteria. Large, 68/68T Power swing detection/tripping
of your electrical power transmission sys- easy-to-read backlit displays are provided.
85/21 Teleprotection for distance protec-
tem. The power system star point can be The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- tion
solid or impedance grounded (earthed), sign and a degree of functionality which 27WI Weak-infeed protection
resonant-earthed via Peterson coil or represents a benchmark-level of perfor-
isolated. The 7SA522 is suitable for single mance in protection and control. If the re- 85/67N Teleprotection for earth(ground)-
and three-pole tripping applications with fault protection
quirements for protection, control and in-
and without tele (pilot) protection terlocking change, it is possible in the 50HS Switch-onto-fault protection
schemes. majority of the cases to implement such 50BF Breaker failure protection
The effect of apparent impedances in changes by means of parameterization us-
ing DIGSI 4 without having to change the 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage protec-
unfaulted fault loops is eliminated by a so- tion
phisticated and improved method which hardware.
6 uses pattern recognition with symmetrical The use of powerful microcontrollers and
81O/U Over/underfrequency protection
components and load compensation. The the application of digital measured-value 25 Synchro-check
correct phase selection is essential for se- conditioning and processing largely sup- 79 Auto-reclosure
lective tripping and reliable fault location. presses the influence of higher-frequency
transients, harmonics and DC compo- 74TC Trip circuit supervision
During network power swings, an im-
proved power swing blocking feature pre- nents. 86 Lockout (CLOSE command
interlocking)
vents the distance protection from
unwanted tripping and optionally provides Features
controlled tripping in the event of loss of • High speed tripping time
synchronism (out of step). This function • Suitable for cables and overhead lines with
guarantees power transmission even under or without series capacitor compensation
critical network operating conditions. • Self setting power swing detection fo fre-
quencies up to 7 Hz
• Digital relay-to-relay communication for
two and three terminal topologies
• Adaptive auto-reclosure (ADT)
Fig. 6/48
Single-line diagram

Construction

many advantages
1/2 and 1/1-rack sizes
the SIPROTEC 4 7SA522 relays, referred to
a 19" module frame system. This means
that previous models can always be re-
placed. The height is a uniform 245 mm
for flush-mounting housings and 266 mm
for surface-mounting housings for all
housing widths. All cables can be con-
nected with or without ring lugs. Plug-in
terminals are available as an option.
LSP2310-afpen.tif
It is thus possible to employ prefabricated
cable harnesses. In the case of surface
mounting on a panel, the connection ter-
minals are located above and below in the
form of screw-type terminals. The com-
munication interfaces are located in a
sloped case at the top and bottom of the 6
housing. Fig. 6/49
Housing widths 1/2 x 19” and 1/1 x 19”
LSP2174-afp.tif
Fig. 6/50
Rear view with screw-type terminals and
serial interfaces
LSP2166-afp.tif
Fig. 6/51
Rear view with terminal covers and
wiring


The main function of the 7SA522 is a
full-scheme distance protection. By parallel
calculation and monitoring of all six im-
pedance loops, a high degree of sensitivity
and selectivity is achieved for all types of
faults. The shortest tripping time is less
than one cycle. Single-pole and three-pole
tripping is possible. The distance protec-
tion is suitable for cables and overhead
lines with or without series capacitor com-
pensation.
Mho and quadrilateral characteristics
The 7SA522 relay provides quadrilateral as
well as mho zone characteristics. Both Fig. 6/52
characteristics can be used separately for Distance protection:
phase and ground (earth) faults. Resistance quadrilateral characteristic
ground (earth) faults can, for instance, be
covered with the quadrilateral characteris-
6 tic and phase faults with the mho charac-
teristic.
Load zone
In order to guarantee a reliable discrimina-
tion between load operation and short-cir-
cuit - especially on long high loaded lines -
the relay is equipped with a selectable load
encroachment characteristic. Impedances
within this load encroachment characteris-
tic prevent the distance zones from un-
wanted tripping.
Absolute phase-selectivity
The 7SA522 distance protection incorpo-
rates a well-proven, highly sophisticated Fig. 6/53
phase selection algorithm. The pickup of Distance protection:
unfaulted loops is reliably eliminated to mho characteristic
prevent the adverse influence of currents
and voltages in the fault-free loops. This
phase selection algorithm achieves single-
pole tripping and correct distance mea-
surement in a wide application range. The quadrilateral tripping characteristic Mho
permits separate setting of the reactance X The mho tripping characteristic provides
Parallel line compensation and the resistance R. The resistance section sound phase respectively memory polariza-
The influence of wrong distance measure- R can be set separately for faults with and tion for all distance zones. The diagram
ment due to parallel lines can be compen- without earth involvement. This character- shows characteristic without the expansion
sated by feeding the neutral current of the istic has therefore an optimal performance due to polarizing. During a forward fault
parallel line to the relay. Parallel line com- in case of faults with fault resistance. The the polarizing expands the mho circle
pensation can be used for distance protec- distance zones can be set forward, reverse towards the source so that the origin is
tion as well as for the fault locator. or non-directional. Sound phase polariza- included. This mho circle expansion guar-
tion and voltage memory provides a dy- antees safe and selective operation for all
7 distance zones namically unlimited directional sensitivity. types of faults, even for close-in faults.
Six independant distance zones and one
separate overreach zone are available. Each
distance zone has dedicated time stages,
partly separate for single-phase or
multi-phase faults. Ground (earth) faults
are detected by monitoring the neutral
current 3I0 and the zero-sequence voltage
3V0.

Elimination of interference signals

Digital filters render the unit immune to
interference signals contained in the mea-
sured values. In particular, the influence of
DC components, capacitive voltage trans-
formers and frequency changes is consider-
ably reduced. A special measuring method
is employed in order to assure protection
selectivity during saturation of the current
transformers.
Measuring voltage monitoring
LSP2311-afp.tif
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of fail-
ure of the measuring voltage, thus prevent-
ing spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the Fig. 6/54
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance Power swing current and voltage wave forms
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch op- 6
erates and, in this case, the EMERGENCY
definite-time overcurrent protection can
be activated.
Fault locator
The integrated fault locator calculates the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault.
LSP2312-afp.tif
The result is displayed in ohms, miles, kilo-
Fig. 6/55
meters or in percent of the line length. Par-
allel line and load current compensation is Power swing
circle diagram
also available.
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)

Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load fluctuations, − PUTT, permissive underreaching zone 7SA522 also permits the transfer of
transfer trip phase-selective signals. This feature is par-
auto-reclosures or switching operations
ticularly advantageous as it ensures reliable
can cause power swings in the transmission − POTT, permissive overreaching zone single-pole tripping, if two single-pole
network. During power swings, large cur- transfer trip faults occur on different lines. The trans-
rents along with small voltages can cause
unwanted tripping of distance protection − UNBLOCKING mission methods are suitable also for lines
with three ends (three-terminal lines).
relays. To avoid uncontrolled tripping of − BLOCKING
the distance protection and to achieve con- Phase-selective transmission is also possi-
− DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans-
trolled tripping in the event of loss of syn- ble with multi-end applications, if some
fer trip (together with Direct Transfer
chronism, the 7SA522 relay is equipped user-specific linkages are implemented by
Trip function)
with an efficient power swing detection way of the integrated CFC logic. During
function. Power swings can be detected The carrier send and receive signals are disturbances in the transmission receiver
under symmetrical load conditions as well available as binary inputs and outputs and or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
as during single-pole auto-reclosures. can be freely assigned to each physical relay protection function can be blocked by a bi-
input or output. At least one channel is re- nary input signal without losing the zone
Tele (pilot) protection for distance quired for each direction. selectivity. The control of the overreach
protection (ANSI 85-21) zone Z1B (zone extension) can be switched
Common transmission channels are
A teleprotection function is available for over to the auto-reclosure function. A
power-line carrier, microwave radio and
fast clearance of faults up to 100 % of the transient blocking function (Current re-
fiber-optic links. A serial protection data
line length. The following operating modes versal guard) is provided in order to sup-
interface for direct connection to a digital
may be selected: press interference signals during tripping
communication network or fiber-optic
of parallel lines.
link is available as well.

Alternatively, the direction can be deter-

mined by evaluation of zero-sequence
power. Each overcurrent stage can be set in
Direct transfer tripping
forward or reverse direction or for both di-
Under certain conditions on the power rections (non-directional).
system it is necessary to execute remote
As an option, the 7SA522 relay can be pro-
tripping of the circuit-breaker. The 7SA522
vided with a sensitive neutral (residual)
relay is equipped with phase-selective
current transformer. This feature provides
"external trip inputs" that can be assigned
a measuring range for the neutral (resid-
to the received inter-trip signal for this
ual) current from 5 mA to 100 A with a
purpose.
nominal relay current of 1 A and from
Weak-infeed protection: echo and/or trip 5 mA to 500 A with a nominal relay
(ANSI 27 WI) current of 5 A. Thus the ground(earth)-
fault overcurrent protection can be applied
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive with extreme sensitivity.
schemes during weak or zero infeed situa-
tions, an echo function is provided. The function is equipped with special digi-
If no fault detector is picked up at the tal filter algorithms, providing the elimina-
weak-infeed end of the line, the signal tion of higher harmonics. This feature
received here is returned as echo to allow is particularly important for low zero-
accelerated tripping at the strong infeed sequence fault currents which usually have
end of the line. It is also possible to initiate a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics.
Inrush stabilization and instantaneous
6 tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase-
switch-onto-fault trip can be activated sep-
selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is issued if a 0.14
permissive trip signal (POTT or Unblock- arately for each stage as well. t= Tp
(I I p )
0.02
ing) is received and if the phase-earth volt- −1
Different operating modes can be selected.
age drops correspondingly. As an option, The ground(earth)-fault protection is suit-
the weak infeed logic can be equipped ac- able for three-phase and, optionally, for Fig. 6/56 Normal inverse
cording to a French specification. single-phase tripping by means of a sophis-
ticated phase selector. It may be blocked The application can be extended to a direc-
Directional ground(earth)-fault protection during the dead time of single-pole auto- tional overcurrent protection (ANSI 67) by
for high-resistance faults reclose cycles or during pickup of the dis- taking into account the decision of the
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) tance protection. available direction detection elements.
In grounded (earthed) networks, it may Two operating modes are selectable. The
happen that the distance protection sensi- Tele (pilot) protection for directional
ground(earth)-fault protection function can run in parallel to the distance
tivity is not sufficient to detect high-resis- protection or only during failure of the
tance ground (earth) faults. The 7SA522 (ANSI 85-67N)
voltage in the VT secondary circuit (emer-
protection relay therefore has protection The directional ground(earth)-fault gency operation).
functions for faults of this nature. overcurrent protection can be combined
with one of the following teleprotection The secondary voltage failure can be de-
The ground (earth)-fault overcurrent protected by the integrated fuse failure moni-
tection can be used with 3 definite-time schemes:
tor or via a binary input from a VT
stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMT). • Directional comparison miniature circuit-breaker (VT m.c.b. trip).
A 4th definite-time stage can be applied in- • BLOCKING
stead of the one inverse-time stage. Inverse-time characteristics according to
• UNBLOCKING IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
Inverse-time characteristics according to (see “Technical data”).
The transient blocking function (current
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided
reversal guard) is also provided in order to
(see “Technical data”). An additional loga- STUB bus overcurrent protection
rithmic inverse-time characteristic is also suppress interference signals during trip-
ping of parallel lines. (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
available.
The pilot functions for distance protection The STUB bus overcurrent protection is
The direction decision can be determined a separate definite-time overcurrent stage.
by the neutral current and the zero- and for ground(earth)-fault protection can
use the same signaling channel or two sep- It can be activated from a binary input
sequence voltage or by the negative- signalling that the line isolator (discon-
sequence components V2 and I2. In addi- arate and redundant channels.
nector) is open.
tion or as an alternative to the directional Settings are available for phase and
determination with zero-sequence voltage, Backup overcurrent protection
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67) ground(earth)-faults.
the star-point current of an grounded
(earthed) power transformer may also be The 7SA522 provides a backup overcurrent
used for polarization. Dual polarization protection. Two definite-time stages and
applications can therefore be fulfilled. one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) are avail-
able, separately for phase currents and for
the neutral (residual) current.

Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) In addition to the above-mentioned oper-

ating modes, several other operating prin-
ciples can be employed by means of the
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto- frequency and underfrequency protection.
integrated programmable logic (CFC).
fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS) Unwanted frequency changes in the net-
work can be detected and the load can be Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
Instantaneous tripping is possible when
removed at a specified frequency setting. protection allows evaluation of the line-
energizing a faulty line. In the event of
Frequency protection can be used over a side voltages. A number of voltage-
large fault currents, the high-speed
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to dependent supplementary functions are
switch-onto-fault overcurrent stage can
65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable thus available:
initiate very fast 3-pole tripping.
as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
With lower fault currents, instantaneous
• DLC
each element can be delayed separately.
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos-
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) effected only when the line is deenergized
sible with the overreach distance zone Z1B
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo-
or just with pickup in any zone.
The 7SA522 relay incorporates a two-stage sure).
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de- circuit-breaker failure protection to detect • ADT
tected via the binary input “manual close” failures of tripping command execution, The adaptive dead time is employed only
or automatically via measurement. for example due to a defective circuit- if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
breaker. The current detection logic is successful (reduction of stress on equip-
Overvoltage protection, phase-segregated and can therefore also be ment).
undervoltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) used in single-pole tripping schemes. • RDT
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that If the fault current is not interrupted after Reduced dead time is employed in con-
are operating at no-load or that are only a time delay has expired, a retrip com- junction with auto-reclosure where no
tele-protection method is employed:
6
lightly loaded. The 7SA522 contains a mand or the busbar trip command will be
number of overvoltage measuring ele- generated. The breaker failure protection When faults within the zone extension, but
ments. Each measuring element is of can be initiated by all integrated protection external to the protected line, are switched
two-stage design. The following measuring functions as well as by external devices via off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the
elements are available: binary input signals. RDT function decides on the basis of mea-
surement of the return voltage from the
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) remote station which has not tripped
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage whether or not to reduce the dead time.
• Zero-sequence overvoltage The 7SA522 relay is equipped with an
The zero-sequence voltage can be con- auto-reclose function (AR). The function Synchronism check (ANSI 25)
nected to the 4th voltage input or be de- includes several operating modes:
Where two network sections are switched
rived from the phase voltages. • 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of in by control command or following a
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local faults; different dead times are available 3-pole, it must be ensured that both net-
end or calculated for the remote end of depending the type of fault work sections are mutually synchronous.
the line (compounding). • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults, For this purpose, a synchronism-check
• Negative-sequence overvoltage no reclosing for multi-phase faults function is provided. After verification of
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring ele- • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults the network synchronism the function re-
ments can be effected either at the local cir- and for 2-phase faults without earth, no leases the CLOSE command. Alternatively,
cuit-breaker or at the remote station by reclosing for multi-phase faults reclosing can be enabled for different crite-
means of a transmitted signal. • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and ria, e.g., checking that the busbar or line is
3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase not carrying a voltage (dead line or dead
The 7SA522 is fitted, in addition, with faults bus).
three two-stage undervoltage measuring
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
elements:
and 2-phase faults without earth and
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage 3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage • Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
• Positive-sequence undervoltage • Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and out-
The undervoltage measuring elements can puts
be blocked by means of a minimum cur-
• Control of the integrated AR function by
rent criterion and by means of binary in-
external protection
puts.
• Interaction with the internal or an exter-
nal synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
iary contacts

Protection functions Negative active jQ Positive active

power (-P) power (+P)
Fuse failure monitoring and other

supervision functions
The 7SA522 relay provides comprehensive
monitoring functions covering both hard-
ware and software. Furthermore, the mea- jA
sured values are continuously checked for
plausibility. Therefore the current and P
voltage transformers are also included in
this monitoring system. jB
If any measured voltage is not present due S1

to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt-
LSA_5018a en eps
age transformer secondary circuit, the dis-
tance protection would respond with an
unwanted trip due to this loss of voltage.
This secondary voltage interruption can be Fig. 6/57 Monitoring of active power direction
detected by means of the integrated fuse
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of
distance protection and switching to the jQ Inductive (+Q)
backup-emergency protection is provided
6 for all types of secondary voltage failures.
Additional measurement supervision func-
tions are
• Symmetry of voltages and currents
• Broken-conductor supervision jA
• Summation of currents and voltages P
jB
• Phase-sequence supervision
Directional power protection

S1
The 7SA522 has a function for detecting
LSA_5019a en eps
the power direction by measuring the

phase angle of the positive-sequence sys- Capacitive (-Q)
tem's power. Fig. 6/57 shows an applica-
tion example displaying negative active Fig. 6/58 Monitoring of reactive power
power. An indication is issued in the case
when the measured angle ϕ (S1) of the
positive-sequence system power is within Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
the P - Q - level sector. This sector is be- One or two binary inputs for each circuit
tween angles ϕ A and ϕ B. breaker pole can be used for monitoring
Via CFC the output signal of the direc- the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
tional monitoring can be linked to the connecting cables. An alarm signal is is-
"Direct Transfer Trip (DTT)" function and sued whenever the circuit is interrupted.
thus, as reverse power protection, initiate
tripping of the CB. Lockout (ANSI 86)
Fig.6/58 shows another application dis- Under certain operating conditions, it is ad-
playing capacitive reactive power. In the visable to block CLOSE commands after a
case of overvoltage being detected due to TRIP command of the relay has been issued.
long lines under no-load conditions it is Only a manual “Reset” command unblocks
possible to select the lines where capacitive the CLOSE command. The 7SA522 is
reactive power is measured. equipped with such an interlocking logic.

Commissioning and fault event analyzing

be displayed and activated directly. This
can simplify the wiring check significantly
for the user. The operational and fault
events and the fault records are clearly ar-
ranged. For applications with serial protec-
tion data interface, all currents, voltages
and phases are available via communica-
tion link at each local unit, displayed at the
front of the unit with DIGSI 4 or with
WEB Monitor.
A common time tagging facilitates the
LSP2818.tif
comparison of events and fault records.
WEB Monitor – Internet technology Fig. 6/59 Web Monitor: Display of the protection direction
simplifies visualization
In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 oper-
ating program, the relay contains a WEB 6
server that can be accessed via a telecom-
munication link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this
solution is to operate the unit with stan-
dard software tools and at the same time
make use of the Intranet/Internet infra-
structure. Apart from numeric values,
graphical displays in particular provide
clear information and a high degree of op-
erating reliability. Of course, it is also pos-
sible to call up detailed measured value
displays and annunciation buffers. By em-
ulation of the integrated unit operation on
the PC it is also possible to adjust selected
settings for commissioning purposes.
LSP2820.tif
Fig. 6/60 Web monitor: Supported commissioning by phasor diagram

Communication
The time synchronization interface is a
With respect to communication, particular standard feature in all units. The supported
emphasis is placed on the customer re- formats are IRIG-B and DCF77.
quirements in energy automation:
Reliable bus architecture
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
• The communication system automatically With this data transmission via copper
handles the transfer of large data blocks conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data ences are largely eliminated by the use of
files). The user has access to these features twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of
without any additional programming ef- a unit, the remaining system continues to
fort. operate without any problems.
• For the safe execution of a control com-
• Fiber-optic double ring circuit
mand the corresponding data telegram is
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
initially acknowledged by the device Fig. 6/61
which will execute the command. After mune to electromagnetic interference.
IEC 60870-5-103 star type RS232 copper conduc-
Upon failure of a section between two
the release and execution of the command tor connection or fiber-optic connection
a feedback signal is generated. At every units, the communication system con-
stage of the control command execution tinues to operate without disturbance.
particular conditions are checked. If these It is usually impossible to communicate
with a unit that has failed. Should the
6 are not satisfied, command execution may
be terminated in a controlled manner. unit fail, there is no effect on the com-
munication with the rest of the system.
The units offer a high degree of flexibility
by supporting different standards for con- Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
nection to industrial and power automa- communication
tion systems. By means of the Communication modules for retrofitting
communication modules, on which the are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
protocols run, exchange and retrofit is pos- unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
sible. Therefore, the units will also in fu- ent communcation protocols (IEC 61850,
ture allow for optimal adaptation to IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc)
changing communication infrastructure are required, such demands can be met.
such as the application of Ethernet net- For fiber-optic communication, no exter-
works which are already widely applied in nal converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
the power supply sector.
IEC 61850 protocol
Local PC interface Fig. 6/62
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible the worldwide standard for protection and Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet and
from the front of the unit permits quick IEC 61850
control systems used by power supply cor-
access to all parameters and fault event porations. Siemens was the first manufac-
data. The use of the DIGSI 4 operating turer to support this standard. By means of
program is particularly advantageous dur- this protocol, information can also be ex-
ing commissioning. changed directly between bay units so as to
set up simple masterless systems for bay and
Service/modem interface system interlocking. Access to the units via
By means of the RS 485/RS 232 interface, it the Ethernet but is also possible with DIGSI.
is possible to efficiently operate a number It is also possible to retrieve operating and
of protection units centrally via DIGSI 4. fault records as well as fault recordings via a
Remote operation is possible on connec- browser. This Web monitor will also pro-
tion of a modem. This offers the advantage vide a few items of unit-specific information
of rapid fault clarification, especially in the in browser windows.
case of unmanned power plants. With the
optical version, centralized operation can
be implemented by means of a star
coupler.

Communication
LSP2162-afp.tif
ally standardized protocol for
efficient communication with
protection relays.
LSP2164-afp.tif
IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a
number of protection relay manu-
facturers and is used worldwide.
Supplements for control functions
are defined in the manufacturer-
specific part of this standard. Fig. 6/63 Fig. 6/64
820 nm fiber-optic communication module PROFIBUS fiber-optic double ring communication module
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial
communication standard and is
supported by a number of PLC and
LSP2163-afp.tif
protection relay manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
LSP3.01-0021.tif
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network 6
Protocol, Version 3) is an interna-
tionally recognized protection and
bay unit communication protocol.
SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 and
Level 2 compatible. Fig. 6/65 Fig. 6/66
RS232/RS485 electrical communication module Fiber-optic Ethernet communication module
System solutions for protection and for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
station control
Together with the SICAM power
automation system, SIPROTEC 4
can be used with PROFIBUS-FMS.
Over the low-cost electrical RS485
bus, or interference-free via the
optical double ring, the units
exchange information with the
control system. Units equipped
with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
can be connected to SICAM in par-
allel via the RS485 bus or con-
nected in star by fiber-optic link.
Through this interface, the system
is open for the connection of units
of other manufacturers (see Fig.
6/67).
Fig. 6/67 Communication

Communication
• 28 remote signals for fast transfer of For operation via copper wire communica-
binary signals tion (pilot wires), a modern communica-
Because of the standardized interfaces, • Flexible utilization of the communication tion converter for copper cables is
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated channels by means of the programmable available. This operates with both the
into systems of other manufacturers or in CFC logic two-wire and three-wire copper connec-
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in- • Display of the operational measured tions which were used by conventional
terfaces are available. The optimum physi- values of the opposite terminal(s) with differential protection systems before. The
cal data transfer medium can be chosen phase-angle information relative to a communication converter for copper ca-
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus, common reference vector bles is designed for 5 kV insulation voltage.
the RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in • Clock synchronization: the clock in only An additional 20 kV isolation transformer
the cubicles and an interference-free opti- one of the relays must be synchronized can extend the field of applications of this
cal connection to the master can be estab- from an external so called “Absolute Mas- technique into ranges with higher insula-
lished. ter” when using the serial protection data tion voltage requirements. With
interface. This relay will then synchronize SIPROTEC 4 and the communication con-
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- verter for copper cables a digital follow-up
the clock of the other (or the two other re-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the technique is available for two-wire protec-
lays in 3 terminal applications) via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are tion systems (typical 15 km) and all
protection data interface.
linked with PAS electrically or optically to three-wire protection systems using exist-
the station PC. The interface is standard- • 7SA522 and 7SA6 can be combined via
ing copper communication links.
ized, thus also enabling direct connection the protection data interface.
of units of other manufacturers to the Communication data:
The communication possibilities are iden-
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, tical to those for the line differential pro- • Supported network interfaces G703.1 with
the units can also be used in other manu- tection relays 7SD5 and 7SD610. The 64 kbit/s; X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or
6 facturers’ systems. Units with an IEC following options are available: 512 kbit/s; IEEE C37.94
60870-5-103 interface are connected with
• FO51), OMA12) module: Optical 820 nm, • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
PAS via the Ethernet station bus by means (in steps of 0.1 ms)
of serial/Ethernet converters. DIGSI and 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to
1.5 km for link to communication net- • Protocol HDLC
the Web monitor can also be used via the
works via communication converters or • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
same station bus.
for direct FO cable connection and ITU
Serial protection data interface • FO61), OMA22) module: Optical 820 nm, • Each protection relay possesses a unique
2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to relay address
The tele (pilot) protection schemes can be 3.5 km, for direct connection via multi- • Continuous communication link supervi-
implemented using digital serial communi- mode FO cable sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
cation. The 7SA522 is capable of remote
• FO171): for direct connection not constitute an immediate danger, if
relay communication via direct links or they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
multiplexed digital communication net-
fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector cal availability, per minute and hour, of
works. The serial protection data interface
has the following features: • FO181): for direct connection the serial protection data interface can be
up to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode displayed.
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal- fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector Figure 6/68 shows four applications for
ing for distance protection, optionally • FO191): for direct connection the serial protection data interface on a
with POTT or PUTT schemes up to 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode two-terminal line.
• Signaling for directional ground(earth)- fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
fault protection – directional comparison • 1)
FO30 : for transmission with the IEEE
for high-resistance faults in solidly earthed C37.94 standard
systems.
• Echo-function The link to a multiplexed communication
network is made by separate communica-
• Two and three-terminal line applications
can be implemented without additional tion converters (7XV5662). These have a
logic fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST
connectors to the protection relay. The
• Interclose command transfer with the
auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time” link to the communication network is op-
(ADT) mode tionally an electrical X21 or a G703.1 inter-
face. If the connection to the multiplexor
• Redundant communication path
switchover is possible with the 7SA522 supports IEEE C37.94 a direct fibre optic
when 2 serial protection data interfaces connection to the relay is possible using
are installed the FO30 module.

fiber-optic module (OMA1) will be delivered
together with an external repeater.

Communication
Fig. 6/68
Communication topologies for the serial protection data interface on a two-terminal line

Communication
Three-terminal lines can also be protected

with a tele (pilot) protection scheme by
using SIPROTEC 4 distance protection re-
lays. The communication topology may
then be a ring or a chain topology, see
Fig. 6/69. In a ring topology a loss of one
data connection is tolerated by the system.
The topology is re-routed to become a
chain topology within less than 100 ms.
To reduce communication links and to
save money for communications, a chain
topology may be generally applied.
Ring topology
Chain topology
Fig. 6/69
Ring or chain communication topology

Typical connection
Connection for current

Holmgreen circuit
nally.
Fig. 6/70 Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
Alternative current measurement 6

nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to
a separate neutral core-balance CT, thus
permitting a high sensitive 3I0 measure-
ment.
core-balance CT pointing in the same di-
rection as the neutral point of the phase
current transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is ef-
fected in accordance with Fig. 6/70, 6/74
or 6/75.
Fig. 6/71 Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive

ground(earth)-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

Typical connection

a current transformer in the neutral point
of a grounded (earthed) transformer for
directional ground(earth)-fault protection.
The voltage connection is effected in

neutral current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer
6 Alternative current connection

the summation current of the parallel line
for parallel line compensation on overhead

the ground (earth) current of a parallel line

Typical connection

and ground(earth)-fault directional pro-
tection. The current connection is effected
in accordance with Fig. 6/70, 6/71, 6/72
and 6/73.


6
to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-
ground(earth) voltage may be employed as
the busbar voltage. Parameterization is car-
ried out on the unit. The current connec-
tion is effected in accordance with
Fig. 6/70, 6/71, 6/72 and 6/73.

busbar voltage

Technical data
Analog input Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) Function can be assigned
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Switching capacity

Make 1000 W/VA
Rated voltage 80 to 125 V (selectable) Break, high-speed trip outputs 1000 W/VA
Power consumption Break, contacts 30 VA
In CT circuits with Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break, contacts (for resistive load) 40 W
In CT circuits with Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA
In the CT circuit for high sensitive Approx. 0.05 VA Break, contacts 25 VA
ground(earth)-fault protection (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms)
(refer to ordering code) at 1 A Switching voltage 250 V
In VT circuits Approx. 0.10 VA
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s
Thermal overload capacity 5 A continuous
In CT circuits 500 A for 1 s
150 A for 10 s Operating time, approx.
20 A continuous NO contact 8 ms
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 300 A for 1 s NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
ground(earth)-fault protection 100 A for 10 s Fast NO contact 5 ms
(refer to ordering code) 15 A continuous High-speed NO trip outputs < 1 ms
In VT circuits 230 V continuous per phase LEDs
Dynamic overload capacity Quantity
6 In CT circuits 1250 A (one half cycle) RUN (green) 1
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 750 A (one half cycle) ERROR (red) 1
ground(earth)-fault protection Indication (red), 14
(refer to ordering code) function can be assigned
Auxiliary voltage Unit design
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC Housing 7XP20
60 to 125 V DC Dimension 1/2 x 19” or 1/1 x 19”
110 to 250 V DC Refer to ordering code, and see
and 115 V AC with 50/60 Hz dimension drawings, part 15
Permissible tolerance of the rated -20 % to +20 % Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
auxiliary voltage
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Max. superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % Flush-mounting housing
(peak-to-peak) Front IP 51
Power consumption Rear IP 50
During normal operation Approx. 8 W For the IP 20 with terminal cover put on
During pickup with all inputs and Approx. 18 W terminals
outputs activated Weight
Bridging time during auxiliary Flush-mounting housing
voltage failure 1/2 x 19” 6 kg
Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms 1/1 x 19” 10 kg
Surface-mounting housing
Binary inputs
1/2 x 19” 11 kg
Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 (refer to ordering code) 1/1 x 19” 19 kg
Functions are freely assignable
Pickup/Reset voltage thresholds 19 V DC/10 V DC or 88 V DC/44 V DC
Serial interfaces
Ranges are settable by means of or 176 V DC/88 V DC, bipolar
jumpers for each binary input (3 nominal ranges 17/73/154 V DC) Operating interface, front of unit for DIGSI 4
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA Connection Non-isolated, RS232,
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at
(SUB-D)
220 V with a recovery time > 60 ms.
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
parity 8E1
DCF77/IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000)
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
housing)

Technical data
Service/modem interface (operating interface 2) Relay communication equipment
(refer to ordering code) For DIGSI 4 / modem / service External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00 with X21/RS422 or
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector G703.1 interface
Dielectric test 500 V/ 50 Hz External communication converter Electrical X21/RS422 or G703.1
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m for linking the optical 820 nm inter- interface settable by jumper
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 with Baud rate settable by jumper
Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector clock recovery) to the
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm X21/RS422/G703.1 interface of the
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber communication network
Distance max. 1.5 km FO interface with 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
System interface recovery mode fiber to protection relay
Electrical X21/RS422 interface 64/128/512 kbit (settable by jumper)
(refer to ordering code) IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 max. 800 m, 15-pin connector to the
PROFIBUS-FMS communication network
PROFIBUS-DP Electrical G703.1 interface 64 kbit/s max. 800 m, screw-type ter-
DNP 3.0 minal to the communication network
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud External communication converter Typical distance: 15 km
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz for linking the optical 820 nm inter-
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m face of the unit (FO5/OMA1 option
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m w. clock recovery) to pilot wires.
PROFIBUS RS485
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
FO interface for 820 nm
with clock recovery
Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm multi-
mode fiber to protection relay,
6
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 128 kbit
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud; Electrical interface to pilot wires 5 kV-isolated
100 m at 12 Mbaud
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Electrical tests
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM4) Specifications
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm IEEE Std C37.90.0/.1/.2; UL 508
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber VDE 0435
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km 1500 kbit/s 530 m Further standards see “Individual func-
tions”
Protection data relay interfaces
Insulation tests
Quantity Max. 2 (refer to ordering code)
Standards IEC 60255–5 and 60870-2-1
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors High-voltage test (routine test)
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- All circuits except for power 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
tion to a communication converter, supply, binary inputs,
820 nm high-speed outputs,
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, communication and time
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors synchronization interfaces
820 nm Auxiliary voltage, binary 3.5 kV DC
FO301): for direct fibre-optic For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, inputs and high-speed outputs
connection to a multiplexor using ST connectors (routine test)
IEEE C37.94 standard only isolated communication 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, interfaces and time synchroniza-
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector tion interface (routine test)
FO181): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, Impulse voltage test (type test)
60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 Ws,
FO191): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, synchronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
1) For flush-mouting housing.

3) For surface-mounting housing the internal fiber-optic module (OMA1)
will be delivered together with an external repeater.
For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and
Order Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external re-
peater.

Technical data
Electrical tests (cont'd) Mechanical stress test

EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
Standards IEC 60255-6/-22 (product standard) During operation
EN 61000-6-2 (generic standard), Standards IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
VDE 0435 part 301
DIN VDE 0435-110
IEC 60255–21–1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 μs; IEC 60068–2–6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s, frequency sweep 1 octave/min
VDE 0435 Section 303, class III Ri = 200 Ω 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF; IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
and IEC 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω IEC 60068–2–27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
Irradiation with HF field, frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz: 80 % AM; directions
sweep 1 kHz Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-3 (report) class III 10 V/m; 800 to 960 MHz: 80 % AM; IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
1 kHz IEC 60068–3–3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 10 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz: 80 % AM; 1 kHz 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Irradiation with HF field, single fre- 10 V/m; 80, 160, 450. 900 MHz; (vertical axis)
quencies 80 % AM; 1 kHz; duty cycle > 10 s 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-31, IEC 61000-4-3, 900 MHz; 50 % PM, repetition fre- (horizontal axis)
class III quency 200 Hz 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
6 amplitude/pulse modulated (vertical axis)
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polarities; During transport
Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min Standards IEC 60255–21 and IEC 60068–2
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs
(SURGE),
IEC 60255–21–1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III
IEC 60068–2–6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
Differential mode:1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
Analog measurement inputs, binary Common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
inputs, relays output Differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF Shock Semi-sinusoidal
IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; IEC 60068–2–27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz directions
Power system frequency magnetic 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
field
IEC 60255–21–2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz
IEC 60068–2–29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
both directions
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil- 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz
ity, IEEE Std C37.90.1 τ = 50 μs; 400 surges per second,
test duration 2 s, Ri = 200 Ω Climatic stress tests
Fast transient surge withstand capa- 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length = 15 ms Standard IEC 60255-6
bility, IEEE Std C37.90.1 repition rate 300 ms, ; both polarities; Temperatures
test duration 1 min; Ri = 50 Ω
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
and -2, test Bd
ence IEEE Std C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat- Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz; temperature, tested for 96 h
Ri = 200 Ω (Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
EMC tests for noise emission; type test
Recommended permanent operat- -5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
Standard EN 61000-6-3 (generic standard) ing temperature acc. to
Radio noise voltage to lines, only 150 kHz to 30 MHz IEC 60255-6
auxiliary voltage Limit class B – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 permanent storage
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B transport
Harmonic currents on the network Class A limits are observed Humidity
lead at 230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-2
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative hu-
Voltage fluctuations and flicker Limits are observed It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days per year up to 93 %
on the network incoming feeder at units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation is not
230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-3 exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permitted.

Technical data
Certifications Tolerances For sinusoidal quantities
UL listing 7SA522*-*A* ΔX
Models with threaded terminals 7SA522*-*C* ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
X
7SA522*-*D*
UL recognition 7SA522*-*J* ΔR
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
Models with plug-in terminals 7SA522*-*L* R
7SA522*-*M*
ΔZ
≤ 5 % for -30 ° ≤ (ϕ SC - ϕline) ≤ +30 °
Z
Functions
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Operating times
Distance protection zones 7, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
Minimum trip time Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz
zones can be set forward or/and
with fast relays Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz
reverse
Time stages for tripping delay 7 for multi-phase faults with high-speed relays Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated 3 for single-phase faults Reset time Approx. 30 ms
(steps 0.01 s)
Fault locator
Characteristic (refer to ordering code)
Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω
Selectable separately for phase and quadrilateral and/or
X, R (primary) in Ω
ground (earth) faults MHO
Distance in kilometers or miles
Time range 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Distance in % of line length
Line angle ϕ L 10 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °) Start of calculation With trip, with pickup reset 6
Inclination angle for quadrilateral 30° to 90° (step 1°) Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω / km(1A) /
characteristic 0.001 to 1.3 Ω / km(5A) or
Quadrilateral reactance reach X 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) 0.005 to 10 Ω / mile (1A) /
(step 0.001 Ω) 0.001 to 2 Ω / mile (5A)
(step 0.001 Ω / unit)
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A) Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
phase-to-ground(earth) faults (step 0.001Ω) ≤ 2.5 % line length for
30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/VN > 0.10
MHO impedance reach ZR 0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A)
(step 0.01 Ω) BCD-coded output of fault location
Minimum phase current I 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) Indicated value Fault location in % of the line length
(step 0.01 A) Output signals Max. 10:
Ground(earth)-fault pickup d[1 %], d[2 %], d[4 %], d[8 %],
Neutral (residual) current 3 I0 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) d[10 %], d[20 %], d[401 %], d[80 %],
(Ground current) (step 0.01 A) d[100 %], d[release]
Zero-sequence voltage 3V0 1 to 100 V (step 1V) or deactivated Indication range 0 % to 195 %
Zero-sequence compensation Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)
selectable input formats RE/RL and XE/XL Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of impedance
k0 and ϕ(k0) vector change and monitoring of the
Separately selectable for zones Z1 vector path
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5) Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz
RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to 7 (step 0.01) quency
k0 0 to 4 (step 0.001) Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power
ϕ(k0) -135 to 135 ° (steps 0.01 °) swing tripping (out-of-step tripping)
Parallel line mutual compensation (refer to ordering code) Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked
RM/RL and XM/XL 0.00 to 8 (step 0.01) Z1/Z1B blocked
Z2 to Z6 blocked
Load encroachment Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked
Minimum load resistance 0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
(step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all
swing blocking types of faults
Maximum load angle 20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
Directional decision for all types of With sound phase polarization
faults and/or voltage memory
Directional sensitivity Dynamically unlimited

Technical data
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21) Inverse-time stage
Operating modes POTT Current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A)
PUTT, DUTT inverse-time stage 3I0 (step 0.01 A)
Directional comparison: Blocking With normal neutral (residual)
Directional comparison: Unblocking current CT (refer to ordering code)
Directional comparison hybrid 0.003 to 4 A(1A) / 0.015 to 20 A(5A)
(POTT and echo with weak-infeed (step 0.001 A)
protection) With high sensitive neutral (residual)
Transient blocking logic For overreaching schemes current CT (refer to ordering code)
(current reversal guard) Characteristics according Normal inverse, very inverse,
Send and receive signals Suitable for 2- and 3- terminal lines, to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse,
phase-segregated signals for selective Time multiplier for Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01s) or deacti-
single-phase tripping selectable IEC T characteristics vated
Direct transfer trip (DTT) Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip
Direct phase-selective tripping Alternatively with or without Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
via binary input auto-reclosure
Tolerances
Trip time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Operating time for 2 ≤ I / Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse,
Directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N) to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse,
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Characteristics 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
6 Phase selector
stage or 4 definite-time stages
Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
Time dial
Pickup threshold
0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or deactivated
Approx. 1.1 x M
phase faults or 3-pole tripping for Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
multi-phase faults selectable for every
stage Tolerances
Operating time for 2 ≤ M ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
Characteristic according to 3I 0
Instantaneous trip after switch- Selectable for every stage logarithmic inverse characteristic t = T3I 0 P max − T3I 0 P ln
onto-fault 3 I 0p
Influence of harmonics Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I / Ip (step 0.1)
Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering Characteristic according to compen- Sr = 3I0 ⋅ 3V0 ⋅ cos (ϕ - ϕ comp.)
Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com- sated zero-sequence power
(I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Polarizing quantities for directional 3I0 and 3V0 or
Definite-time stage decision 3I0 and 3V0 and IE (grounded
Pickup definite-time stage 1, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) (earthed) power transformer) or
(step 0.01 A) 3I2 and 3V2 (negative sequence) or
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) zero-sequence power Sr or automatic
(step 0.01 A) selection of zero-sequence or nega-
tive-sequence quantities dependent
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 3I0 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) on the magnitude of the component
(step 0.01 A) voltages
With normal neutral (residual) cur-
rent CT (refer to ordering code) Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
0.003 to 25 A(1A) / 0.015 to 125 A(5A) Ground (earth) current IE of 0.05 to 1 A(1A) / 0.25 to 5 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) grounded (earthed) power trans- (step 0.01 A)
With high sensitive neutral (residual) former
current CT (refer to ordering code) Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup definite-time stage 4, 3I0 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A(1A) / 0.25 to 5 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) (step 0.01 A)
With normal neutral (residual) cur-
rent CT (refer to ordering code) 2nd harmonic ratio 10 to 45 % of fundamental (step 1 %)
0.003 to 4 A(1A) / 0.015 to 20 A(5A) for inrush restraint
(step 0.01 A)
With high sensitive neutral (residual) Maximum current, overriding in- 0.5 to 25 A(1A) / 2.5 to 125 A(5A)
current CT (refer to ordering code) rush restraint (step 0.01 A)
Time delay for definite-time stages 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Tele (pilot) protection for directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent
protection (ANSI 85-67N)
Tolerances
Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom Operating modes Directional comparison: Pickup
Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Directional comparison: Blocking
Directional comparison: Unblocking
Pickup times
Definite-time stages 1 and 2 Approx. 30 ms Transient blocking logic For schemes with parallel lines
Definite-time stages 3 and 4 Approx. 40 ms Send and receive signals Suitable for 2- and 3- terminal lines

Technical data
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI) STUB bus overcurrent protection (ANSI 50(N)STUB)
Operating modes with carrier Echo Operating modes Active only with open isolator posi-
(signal) reception Echo and trip with undervoltage tion (signaled via binary input)
Undervoltage phase – ground 2 to 70 V (step 1 V) Characteristic 1 definite-time stage
(earth) Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable
Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) fault
Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) Pickup phase current 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
Tolerances (step 0.01 A)
Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of setting value or 0.5 V Pickup neutral (residual) current 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A)
Timer ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms (step 0.01 A)
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67) Time delay, separate for phase and 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Operating modes Active only with loss of VT secondary ground (earth) stage or deactivated
circuit or always active Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages / Tolerances
1 inverse-time stage, Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
1 definite-time Stub-protection stage Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Instantaneous trip after switch-onto- Selectable for every stage Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
fault (ANSI 50HS)
Definite-time stage Operating mode Active only after CB closing;
instantaneous trip after pickup
Pickup definite-time stage 1, phase
current
0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) Pickup current 1 to 25 A(1A) / 5 to 125 A(5A) 6
Pickup definite-time stage 1, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) (step 0.01 A)
(residual) current (step 0.01A) Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Pickup definite-time stage 2, phase 0.1 to 25 A(1A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5A) Tolerances
current (step 0.01A) Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom
Pickup definite-time stage 2, neutral 0.05 to 25 A(1A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5A) Operating time
(residual) current (step 0.01 A) With fast relays Approx. 13 ms
Time delay for definite-time stages 0.0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated With high-speed trip outputs Approx. 8 ms
Tolerances Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)

Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % of Inom Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip im-
Delay times ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms pulse for remote end, only indication
Operating time Approx. 25 ms Overvoltage protection
Inverse-time stage Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
Phase current starting 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 20 A(5A) (phase-earth overvoltage)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Neutral (residual) current starting 0.05 to 4 A(1A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5A) (phase-phase overvoltage)
for inverse-time stage (step 0.01 A) Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Characteristic according Normal inverse, very inverse, (3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
to IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse, long time inverse formers or calculated by the relay)
Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti- (zero-sequence overvoltage)
vated Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip (positive-sequence overvoltage)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip Measured voltage Local positive-sequence
voltage or calculated
Tolerances remote positive-sequence
Operating time for 2 ≤ I / Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms voltage (compounding)
Characteristics according Inverse, short inverse, long inverse, Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
to ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse, very inverse, (negative-sequence overvoltage)
extremely inverse, definite inverse
Time dial DIP 0.50 to 15 s (step 0.01) or deacti-
vated
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M (M = I/Ip)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
Tolerances

Technical data
Undervoltage protection Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
(phase-earth undervoltage) Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1- or 3-pole
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V) Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
(phase-phase undervoltage) check ADT – adaptive dead time
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) RDT – reduced dead time
(positive-sequence undervoltage) Dead times T1-PH, T3-PH, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
stages
Time delays
Additional functions Synchro-check request
Time delay for 3 V0 stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s)or deactivated 3-phase intertripping
Time delay for all other over- and 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated InterCLOSE command
undervoltage stages to the remote end
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms Check of CB ready state
Command/pickup time for 3V0 Approx. 30 ms or 65 ms (settable)
stages Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
RDT
Tolerances Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
6
Tolerances
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Number of frequency elements 4 Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Manual CLOSE control
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz Control commands
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Operating modes
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-earth) with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Line dead/busbar live
Line live/busbar dead
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms Line and busbar dead
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Bypassing
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A For manual closure
Tolerances and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Frequency 15 mHz for VPH-PH: 50 to 230 V Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
Number of stages 2
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A) Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
networks
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Tolerances
Additional functions End-fault protection Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
CB pole discrepancy monitoring Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V
Reset time 12 ms, typical; 25 ms max. Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Tolerances Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
per trip circuit
Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)

Technical data
Additional functions Control
Operational measured values Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage indication inputs and indication /
referred to rated value command outputs
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IGnd sensitve; I1; I2; IY; 3I0PAR Control commands Single command / double command
Tolerances Typical 0.3 % of indicated measured
value or 0.5 % Inom Feed back CLOSE, TRIP, intermediate position
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0, Interlocking Freely configurable

V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven Local control Control via menu, function keys
Tolerances Typical 0.25 % of indicated measured Remote control Control protection, DIGSI, pilot
value or 0.01 Vnom wires
Power with direction indication P, Q, S Further additional functions
Tolerances Measurement supervision Current sum
P: for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 % Current symmetry
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Voltage sum
Q: for ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 % Voltage symmetry
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Voltage phase sequence
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1 % Fuse failure monitor
120 % Power direction
Frequency f Annunciations
Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz Event logging
Fault logging
Buffer size 200
Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
6
Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
buffer size 600
Tolerance for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 3 %
Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground CB pole
indication 3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase Sum of breaking current per phase
Long-term mean values Breaking current of last trip operation
Max. breaking current per phase
Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
15 min / 15 min Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle 3-phase
TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
Synchronization instant Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every
hour Setting range
Dead time for c.b. TRIP/CLOSE 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
cycle
Minimum/maximum memory
Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB.
Indication Measured values with date and time test, status display of binary indica-
Resetting Cyclically tion inputs, setting of output relays,
Via binary input generation of indications for testing
Via the keyboard serial interfaces
Via serial interface Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
Values
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground;
CE conformity
3 x VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1;
P+; P–; Q+; Q–; S; f; power factor This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European
(+); power factor (–) Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relat-
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S ing to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
and concerning electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits
Energy meters
(Low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC).
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ–
This conformity is proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in accordance
Tolerance with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement with the generic
for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5% standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directive and with
Vnom and I> 50 % Inom the standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage directive.
Oscillographic fault recording This device is designed and produced for industrial use.
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0 PAR The product conforms with the international standard of the series
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven IEC 60255 and the German standard VDE 0435.
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary
voltage supply fails
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Total storage time > 15 s
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
and contents can be freely configured
by the user
channels

7SA522 distance protection relay
for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ oo¨
14243
Current transformer see following
IPH = 1 A1), IGnd = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A) 1 pages
IPH = 1 A1), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 2
IPH = 5 A1), IGnd = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A) 5
IPH = 5 A1), IGnd = high sensitive (min. = 0.003 A) 6
(Order code position 7 = 2 or 6 not available
with position 14 = K, M, N, Q)
24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V DC3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), binary input threshold 17 V DC3) 4
110 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V DC3) 5
220 to 250 V DC2), 115 V AC, binary input threshold 154 V DC3) 6
t
9”
ac
/
o1
nt
als ng
g- un nal g/
/
co
ng
dt
in si
s
ts
n
ut
m ou
us
m usi
scr ce- inal usi

pu
rre
np
s
tat
ter g h
ut
ter ho
rfa rm g ho
efe
ou l/co ion i
es
ew mo s
Fa s, in and
pe tin
i
Flu type ting
hr
rip
rel l. liv
te tin
-ty un
at
idt
ut m
- n
dic
ed
tp m
ew u
gw
6
s
o
ay
e
in
scr h-m
plu -m
-sp
in
in
ry
sh
us
na
gh
na
s
st
Flu
Ho
Sig
Hi
Su
Bi
8 4 12 – 1/2 n A
8 4 12 – 1/2 n E
8 4 12 – 1/2 n J
16 12 12 – 1/1 n C
16 12 12 – 1/1 n G
16 12 12 – 1/1 n L
16 4 15 5 1/1 n N
16 4 15 5 1/1 n Q
16 4 15 5 1/1 n S
24 20 12 – 1/1 n D
24 20 12 – 1/1 n H
24 20 12 – 1/1 n M
24 12 15 5 1/1 n P
24 12 15 5 1/1 n R
24 24 3 5 1/1 n T
22 32 12 – 1/1 n U
24 4 18 10 1/1 n W
Region-specific default settings/language settings (language selectable)

Region DE, language: German A
Region World, language: English (GB) B
Region US, language: English (US) C
Region FR, language: French D
Region World, language: Spanish E
Region World, language: Italian F
Region World, language: Russian G
Region World, language: Polish H
Regulation on region-specific presettings and function versions:
Region DE: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, only IEC,
directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr
Region US: preset to f = 60 Hz and line length in miles, ANSI inverse characteristic only,
1) Rated current can be selected by means directional ground-(earth) fault protection: no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
of jumpers. no direction decision with zero-sequence power Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
2) Transition between the three auxiliary Region World: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
voltage ranges can be selected by no direction decision with zero-sequence Sr, no U0 inverse characteristic
means of jumpers. Region FR: preset to f = 50 Hz and line length in km, directional ground-(earth) fault protection:
3) The binary input thresholds can be no U0 inverse characteristic, no logarithmic inverse characteristic,
selected by means of jumpers. weak infeed logic selectable between French specification and World specification.

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Order Code

for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
123
Port B see
Empty 0 following
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1 pages
System interface, IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 1) 4
System interface, PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 1)2) 6
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
System interface, PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm optical, double ring, ST connector2)9 L 0 B
System interface, DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
System interface, DNP 3.0, 820 nm optical, ST connector 2) 9 L 0 H
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, electrical, duplicate,
RJ45 plug connector 9 L 0 R
System interface, IEC 61850, 100 Mbit/s Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector5) 9 L 0 S
Port C and/or Port D

Empty 0
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI/modem, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2
Port C: DIGSI/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector; Port D: empty 3 6
With Port D 9 Moo
Port C
Empty 0
DIGSI/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Port D
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable or communication networks3) A
For direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
FO30 optical 820 nm, 2-ST-connector, length of optical fibre up to 1.5 km for multimode fibre,
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct optical fibre connection (not available for
surface mounted housing) S
1) For SICAM energy automation system.

2) Optical double ring interfaces are not
available with surface-mounting hous- 5) For surface-mounting housing appli-
ings. Please, order the version with cations please order the relay with
RS485 interface and a separate electri- electrical Ethernet interface and use
cal/ optical converter. a separate fiber-optic switch.
3) Suitable communication converters 6) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/ attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
RS422 or optical to pilot wire or optical to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
to ISDN) see “Accessories”. element.
4) For surface-mounting housing appli- 7) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
cations an internal fiber-optic mod- attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
ule 820 nm will be delivered in com- to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
bination with an external repeater. element.


for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
123
Functions 1 and Port E see next
Trip mode 3-pole; Port E: empty 0 page
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; Port E: empty 4
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location, Port E: empty 5
With Port E 9 N oo
Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole 0
Trip mode 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 1
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole 4
Trip mode 1 and 3-pole; BCD-coded output for fault location 5
Port E
Protection data interface:
FO5: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 1.5 km
for communication networks1) or direct connection via multi-mode FO cable A
FO6: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST connectors, FO cable length up to 3.5 km
6 for direct connection via multi-mode FO cable B
FO17: Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex connector
FO30: Optical 820 nm, 2-ST-connector, length of optical fibre up to 1.5 km for multimode fibre,
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct optical fibre connection (not available for
surface mounted housing) S
1) Suitable communication converters 3) For distances less than 25 km, two optical
7XV5662 (optical to G703.1/X21/ attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
RS422 or optical to pilot wire) see to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
"Accessories". element.
2) For surface -mounting housing appli- 4) For distances less than 50 km, two optical
cations an internal fiber-optic module attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 are required
820 nm will be delivered in combina- to avoid optical saturation of the receiver
tion with an external repeater. element.


for transmission lines 7SA522¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ oo¨
Functions 2
Distance protection characteristic Power swing detection Parallel line
(ANSI 21, 21N) (ANSI 68, 68T) compensation
Quadrilateral C
Quadrilateral and/or MHO E
Quadrilateral n F
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n H
Quadrilateral n1) K
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n1) M
Quadrilateral n n1) N
Quadrilateral and/or MHO n n1) Q
Functions 3
Auto-reclosure Synchro-check Breaker failure protection Over-/undervoltage
(ANSI 79) (ANSI 25) (ANSI 50BF) protection (ANSI 27, 59)
Over-/underfrequency
protection (ANSI 81)
A
n B 6
n C
n n D
n E
n n F
n n G
n n n H
n J
n n K
n n L
n n n M
n n N
n n n P
n n n Q
n n n n R
Functions 4
Direction ground(earth)-fault Measured values, extended
protection, grounded (earthed) Min, max, mean
networks (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
0
n 1
n 4
n n 5


DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional,
Basis
Professional
+ IEC61850 system configurator 7XS5403-0AA00

6 Optional package for DIGSI 4 Basis or Professional
SIGRA 4

Manual for 7SA522
English, V4.61 and higher C53000-G1176-C155-5
Opto-electric communication converters

Optical to X21/RS422 or G703.1 7XV5662-0AA00
Optical to pilot wires 7XV5662-0AC00

Optical repeaters

Accessories Description Order No. Size of Supplier Fig.

package
LSP2089-afpen.tif
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 6/78
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 6/76 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Crimping For Type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
Fig. 6/77 Fig. 6/78 For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)

LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps

Safety cover for Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 6/51
terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 6/51
Fig. 6/79 Fig. 6/80 6
for current con- for voltage con-
tacts tacts
1) Your local Siemens representative can inform you on local suppliers.

Connection diagram, IEC
Fig. 6/81
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
Fig. 6/81a Fig. 6/82

Additional setting by jumpers: Serial interfaces
Separation of common circuit of BO8 to BO12 with
jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching of BO13, BO14,
BO15 as NO contact or NC contact with jumpers.

Fig. 6/83a
Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of BO8
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. 6
Switching of BO13, BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers.
Fig. 6/83
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
1) High-speed trip outputs in versions

7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ, 7SA522x-xS.
Note: For serial interfaces see Figure 6/82.

Fig. 6/84a
6 to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.

versions 7SA522x-xP,
7SA522x-xR, 7SA522x-xT. Fig. 6/84
Note: For serial interfaces Housing 1/1 x 19”, maximum version 7SA522x-xD, 7SA522x-xH, 7SA522x-xM, 7SA522x-xP, 7SA522x-xR and
see Figure 6/82. 7SA522x-xT with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF

Connection diagram, ANSI
Fig. 6/85a
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82. 6
Fig. 6/85
Housing 1/2 x 19”, basic version 7SA522x-xA, 7SA522x-xE and 7SA522x-xJ
with 8 binary inputs and 16 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF

Fig. 6/86a
6 to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.
Fig. 6/86
Housing 1/1 x 19”, medium version 7SA522x-xC, 7SA522x-xG, 7SA522x-xL, 7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ and
7SA522x-xS with 16 binary inputs and 24 binary outputs, hardware version .../FF
1) High-speed trip outputs in versions

7SA522x-xN, 7SA522x-xQ, 7SA522x-xS.

Fig. 6/87a
to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81, X82.
6

versions 7SA522x-xP,
7SA522x-xR, 7SA522x-xT. Fig. 6/87
Note: For serial interfaces Housing 1/1 x 19”, maximum version 7SA522x-xD, 7SA522x-xH and 7SA522x-xM
see Figure 6/82. with 24 binary inputs and 32 binary outputs, hardware version ../FF


Line Differential
Protection Page
SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay 7/3
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends 7/17
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53
Multi-End Differential Protection Relay for Two to Six Line Ends 7/43
7
7

7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD60
SIPROTEC 7SD60
Numerical Pilot-Wire Current Differential Protection Relay
Function overview
Differential protection relay for overhead

lines and cables
• Current differential protection with ex-
ternal summation current transformer
4AM49 (87L)
• Suitable for use for distances of
approx. 12 km max. via two pilot wires
(1200 Ω loop resistance)
• Differential protection can be com-
LSP2001-afpen.tif
bined with an overcurrent release

• Pilot-wire monitoring function
• Bidirectional remote tripping
• Circuit-breaker intertripping at the
Fig. 7/1 remote station
SIPROTEC 7SD600 • Seal-in of the TRIP command until
numerical current differential protection relay
manual reset (Lockout function)
• Minimal current transformer
requirements due to integrated
Description saturation detector
7
• Restraint against inrush/undelayed trip
The 7SD600 relay is a numerical current for high differential fault currents
differential protection relay, simple to set,
• Emergency overcurrent protection
operating in conjunction with the remote
station via a two pilot-wire link. It is con- Operational measured values
nected to the primary current transformers • Local and remote current
via an external summation current trans-
former. The primary field of application • Differential current
of the relay is protection of short overhead • Restraint current
lines and cables with two line ends. How-
ever, transformers and reactors may be lo- Monitoring functions
cated within the protection zone. Features • Hardware
like inrush restraint, lockout, modern • Firmware
PCM-intertrip facilities, full self-monitor-
ing facilities, local and remote interroga-
• Spill current supervision
tion are integrated in the unit. Hardware
• Local operation by means of integrated
keyboard
• LCD display for settings and analysis
• Housing
– Flush-mounting housing 1/6
19" 7XP20
– Surface-mounting housing 1/6
19" 7XP20
Communication
• Via personal computer and DIGSI 3
• Via RS232↔RS485 converter
• With modem
• With substation control system via
• 2 kV isolated RS485 interface,
bus connection possible

Application Construction
The 7SD60 relay is a numerical current The compact 7SD60 protection relay
differential protection relay, simple to set, contains all the components for:
and is operated in conjunction with the
remote station via a two pilot-wire link. • Measured-value acquisition and
evaluation
It is connected to the primary current trans- • Operation and LCD indications
formers via an external summation current
• Alarm and command contacts
transformer. The unit operates internally on
the summated current taken from the sec- • Input and evaluation of binary signals
ondary side of the summation current • Data transmission via the RS485
transformer. The link to the remote station bus interface to DIGSI or a substation
is realized by means of a pair of symmetrical control system
pilot wires allowing distances of up to ap- • Auxiliary voltage supply
proximately 12 km. Adaptation to the pi- The primary current transformers are con-
lot-wire resistance is effected by means of nected to the 4AM49 summation current
software within the unit. Therefore, match- transformer. At the rated current value of
ing is not necessary. either 1 A or 5 A, the latter outputs a cur-
The primary field of application of the unit rent of 20 mA which is measured by the
is protection of short overhead lines and ca- 7SD60 unit. The summation current trans-
bles with two line ends. However, transformer is supplied together with the pro-
formers and reactors may be located within tection unit, if so ordered.
the protection zone. The unit can be fitted The unit can be supplied in two different
with inrush restraint in such cases. A differ- housings. The one for flush mounting in a
ential protection instantaneous tripping panel or cubicle has connection terminals
7 stage is also provided in this case. Vector at the rear.
group adaptation is not effected inside the
unit and must, if necessary, be effected by The version for panel surface mounting is
means of a matching current transformer. supplied with terminals accessible from the
front. Alternatively, the unit can be sup-
The 7SD60 can be fitted with a pilot-wire plied with two-tier terminals arranged
monitoring function. In addition to moni- above and below the unit.
toring the pilot-wire link to the remote sta-
tion, this also includes bidirectional circuit-
breaker intertripping and a remote tripping
command.
If the differential protection becomes inac-
tive due to a pilot-wire failure, the relay has
an emergency overcurrent function as an
option. It includes one definite-time
overcurrent stage and can be delayed.
This unit substitutes the 7SD24 steady-
state differential protection. However,
LSP2002-afpen.tif
direct interoperation with the 7SD24 is not

possible. On replacement of a 7SD24, its
external summation current transformer
can be used as the input transformer for
the 7SD60.
ANSI Fig. 7/2

Rear view flush-mountig housing
87L, 87T ΔI for lines/cables, transformers
85 Intertrip, remote trip
86 Lockout function
50 Single-stage, definite-time emergency

Mode of operation of the differential pro-

tection relay
An external summation current transformer
4AM49, which can be supplied as an acces-
sory either in a 1 A or a 5 A version, allows
any secondary currents of the primary cur-
rent transformers (see Fig. 7/3) to be
connected. The standard ratios of the three
primary windings of the summation current
transformer are IL1:IL2:IL3 = 5:3:4
(IL1:IL3:IL0 = 2:1:3) (see Fig. 7/6). In con-
sequence, the sensitivity of the tripping
characteristic for single-phase faults is ap-
preciably higher compared to that for
two-phase and three-phase faults. Since the
current on such faults is often weak, an am-
plification factor of 1.7 to 2.8 referred to the
symmetrical response value is achieved.
Fig. 7/3
Other sensitivity values can, however, be 7SD60 line differential protection for operation with two pilot wires
obtained by altering the connections at the
summation CT.
With a symmetrical three-phase current of
1 x IN, the secondary current of the summa-
tion current transformer is 20 mA.
7
The 7SD60 measures and digitalizes the
current IM1 of the local relay by means of a
sensitive current input (see Fig. 7/6). A volt-
age drop occurs across a fixed-value resistor
Rb installed in the unit. With a through-
flowing load or a through- flowing short-
circuit current, the voltage drop at both
ends of the line is approximately equal but
of opposite polarity, so that no current
flows through the pilot wire. On occurrence
of an internal fault, different values are ob-
tained for the voltage drop across Rb at both
ends. In consequence, a current Ia flows
through the pilot wire, which is measured
by means of the current transformer. In
conjunction with the pilot- wire resistance
(available as a parameter in the unit) and
the internal resistor Ra, it is possible to cal-
culate the differential current from the mea- Fig. 7/4
sured current flowing through the pilot Trip characteristic of differential protection
wire. As soon as an adjustable value is
reached, the protection relay trips the line at
both ends. Trip characteristic of the to the rated current of the line; sensitive
Matching of the sensitivity of the unit for differential protection relay setting is possible even when the current
different values of pilot-wire resistance is transformer rated currents and the line
The main function of the unit is current
effected by the firmware of the unit during rated currents differ by as much as a factor
comparison protection. The trip character-
parameter setting, so that time-consuming of 2. Differences in the current transforma-
istic is fixed and takes into account both the
matching of the pilot-wire resistance is tion ratios at the ends of the line must,
linear and the non-linear errors of the cur-
unnecessary. however, be compensated for by means of
rent transformers. It is only necessary to set
external matching current transformers.
the tripping value IDiff>, although the stan-
dard setting is suitable for most applica- In some cases, this can be realized by the
tions. It should be parameterized according summation current transformer.

Pilot-wire link / pilot-wire monitoring Lockout of the TRIP command with manual
reset
The link to the remote station comprises a
Overcurrent release / differential current symmetrical pair of wires (e.g. telephone The TRIP command can be locked-out after
monitoring lines). The maximum permissible distance tripping. In particular, in the case of trans-
The differential protection function can be between two stations is approximately formers within the protection zone,
combined with an additional overcurrent 12 km. 7XR9513 (20 kV) or 7XR9515 reclosure of the line is normally effected
release. To this end, the criteria “overcur- (5 kV) isolation transformers can be em- only after the cause of the fault has been as-
rent” and “differential current” are linked ployed for potential isolation against inter- certained by the user. Manual reset is possi-
logically so that a TRIP command is given ference induced by longitudinal voltages ble either via the operator panel (with
out by the differential function only when where the pilot wires run parallel to power password) or via a binary input. As a result,
a differential current and an overcurrent cables over long distances. premature reclosure of the circuit-breaker is
coexist. prevented. The logic state of the TRIP com-
Since the pilot wires form an integral part of
mand remains stored even during failure of
By this means it is often possible to avoid the differential protection, these are nor-
the auxiliary supply voltage, so that it is still
malfunctioning due to pilot-wire short- mally monitored continuously. This func-
present on restoration of the auxiliary sup-
circuit or wire-break of a connection be- tion is available as an option. To achieve
ply voltage.
tween a current transformer and the sum- this, 2 kHz pulses with a defined pulse width
mation current transformer. For this ratio are transmitted to the remote relay via Inrush restraint / instantaneous tripping
purpose, the 7SD60 is fitted with an addi- the pilot wires. Detection of a fault in the pi- stage
tional differential current monitoring func- lot-wire link results in blocking of the dif-
ferential protection. Where transformers or reactors are located
tion, which can effectively block the
within the protection zone, inrush restraint
differential protection after a delay of some
Emergency overcurrent protection can be supplied as an option. This inrush
seconds on reaching of an adjustable value
restraint evaluates the second harmonic of
of differential current in conjunction with If the differential protection becomes inac-
the differential current, which is typical for
simultaneous operational current IM1 within tive due to a pilot-wire failure or an internal
inrush phenomena. If the second har-
the load range. or external blocking of the differential func-
7 tion, the relay offers a single-stage, defi-
monic value of the differential current re-
ferred to the fundamental frequency
Saturation detector nite-time overcurrent function. It works
exceeds a preset value, tripping by the dif-
with the local flowing operational current
Improved stability on single-ended satura- ferential protection is blocked. In the case
IM1. The pickup value and the delay time are of high-current internal faults, whose am-
tion of the primary current transformers is
settable via parameters in the device. plitude exceeds the inrush current peak,
ensured by means of an integrated satura-
tion detector. It provides additional stabil- tripping can be carried out instanta-
Circuit-breaker intertripping / remote trip-
ity during external faults. 5 ms are enough neously.
ping
time to measure an external fault due to a
Vector group adaptation is not effected in-
high restraint and small differential cur- Normally, tripping is effected at both sta-
side the unit and must, where necessary, be
rent. Indication is done within the addi- tions as a result of current comparison.
brought about by means of an external
tional restraint area (see Fig. 7/4). If – due Tripping at one end only can occur when
matching transformer scheme.
to CT saturation – the differential current an overcurrent release is used or with
flows into the trip area, the differential trip short-circuit currents only slightly above
is blocked for a certain time. Transient sat- the tripping value. Circuit-breaker
uration of current transformers caused by intertripping can be parameterized in the
decaying DC components in the short- unit with integral pilot-wire monitor, so
circuit current can thus be recognized. that definite tripping at both ends of the
line is assured.
As a result, the requirements on the cur-
rent transformers are reduced so that they In addition, it is possible by means of a bi-
are only required to conduct the steady- nary input to output a remote tripping
state through-flowing short-circuit current command for both directions. The com-
without saturation. mand transmission time is approximately
80 ms.

Features
Serial data transmission

As standard, the unit is fitted with an
RS485 interface. This is suitable for con-
nection to a bus and allows up to 32 de-
vices to be connected via a two-wire serial
interface (use of a third core for earth is
recommended). A PC is connected via this
interface using an RS232↔RS485 con-
verter, thus allowing the DIGSI operator
program to be used, by means of which Fig. 7/4
PC-aided planning, parameter setting and Bus communication via RS485 interface
evaluation can be performed. By this read- For convenient wiring of RS485 bus, use bus cable system 7XV5103
out, it is also possible to output the fault (see part 13 of this catalog).
recordings stored by the unit on occur-
rence of faults.
Using an RS485↔820 nm optical

converter as an accessory (7XV5650,
7XV5651), it is possible to provide an in-
terference-free and isolated link to a cen-
tral control system or a remote control
system employing DIGSI, thus allowing
economically viable configurations to be
used, e.g. for remote diagnostics.
7
The serial interface can also be set to the
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol (VDEW - Asso-
ciation of German Utilities - interface),
thus allowing the unit to be integrated in a
substation control system. However, only 2
messages (ready for operation and the
trip signal) and the fault recording are
available.
For this reason, it is recommended to use
the 7SD610 unit combined with an exter-
nal communication converter for pilot
wires in those cases in which integration in
the substation control system is a prime
consideration.

Connection diagrams
Fig. 7/6
Standard connection L1-L3-E,
suitable for all types of networks
Fig. 7/7
Protection configuration with
main (7SD60) and backup
overcurrent (7SJ60) protection
Fig. 7/8
Typical circuit for auxiliary voltage supply

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs

Input circuits Number 3 (marshallable)
Rated current IN 20 mA without summation current Operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
transformer 1 or 5 A with summation Current consumption, energized Approx. 2.5 mA
current transformer independent of operating voltage
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz parameterizable Pick-up threshold reconnectable By solder bridges
Thermal overload capability Rated aux. voltages 24/48/60 V DC
current path Vpick-up ≥ 17 V DC
Continuous 2 x IN Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
For 10 s 30 x IN Rated aux. voltages
For 1 s 100 x IN 110/125/220/250 V DC
Auxiliary voltage Vpick-up ≥ 74 V DC
Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Auxiliary voltage via integrated
DC/DC converter Unit design
Rated auxiliary DC voltage/ 24/48 V DC /19 to 58 V DC Housing 7XP20
permissible variations 60/110/125 V DC /48 to 150 V DC Dimensions For dimensions, see dimension
220/250 V DC /176 to 300 V DC drawings, part 15
Superimposed AC voltage Vaux ≤ 12 % at rated voltage Weight
Peak-to-peak ≤ 6 % at limits of admissible voltage With housing for surface
Power consumption mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Quiescent Approx. 2 W With housing for flush
Energized Approx. 4 W mounting/cubicle mounting Approx. 4 kg
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms (at Vaux ≥ 100 V AC/DC) Degree of protection acc. to
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms (at Vaux ≥ 24 V DC) EN 60529
Rated auxiliary voltage AC Vaux/ 115 V AC / 88 to 133 V AC
Housing IP 51 7
Terminals IP 21
permissible variations
Serial interface (Isolated)
Command contacts
Standard RS485
Number of relays 2 (marshallable)
Test voltage 2.8 kV DC for 1 min
Contacts per relay 2 NO or 1 NO
Connection Via wire to housing terminals,
Switching capacity 2 data transmission lines,
Make 1000 W/VA 1 earthing cable for connection to an
Break 30 W/VA RS485↔RS232 converter, cables have
Switching voltage 250 V to be shielded, screen has to be
Permissible current earthed Setting at supply: 9600 baud
Continuous 5A Baud rate Min. 1200 baud; max. 19200 baud
For 0.5 s 30 A
Signal contacts
Number of relays 3 (2 marshallable)
Contacts per relay 1 CO
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
Permissible current 5A

Technical data
Electrical tests High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity)

Specification Document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
decaying oscillation; Ri = 50 Ω
Standards IEC 60255-5 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests
Insulation tests
Standard EN 50081- (generic standard)
Voltage test (routine test)
All circuits except DC voltage 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz
supply lines, auxiliary voltage only,
and RS485 2.8 kV DC EN 55022, VDE 0878 Part 22,
Only DC voltage supply and CISPR 22, limit value, limit class B
RS485 Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
Impulse voltage test (type test) EN 55011, VDE 0875 Part 11,
All circuits, class III 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 μs, 0.5 J; IEC CISPR 11, limit value,
3 positive and 3 negative impulses at limit class A
intervals of 5 s
Test crosswise: Mechanical dynamic tests
Measurement circuits, pilot Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
wire connections, power sup-
ply, binary inputs, class III, During operation
(no tests crosswise over open Standards IEC 60255-21; IEC 60068-2
contacts, RS458 interface ter-
minals)
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz; ± 0.035 mm amplitude;
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 0.5 g acceleration;
Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22 sweep rate 1 octave/min; 20 cycles in
(international product standard) 3 orthogonal axes
7 EN 50082-2 (generic standard)

VDE 0435, Part 303 (German product
Shock
IEC 60255-21-2, class I
Half-sine
5 g acceleration, duration 11 ms,
standard) 3 shocks in each direction of 3
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 μs; orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-1, 400 surges; duration 2 s Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
VDE 0435 Part 303; class III IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz; ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Electrostatic discharge 4/6 kV contact discharge; IEC 60068-2-6 (horizontal axis)
IEC 60255-22-2, EN 61000-4-2; 8 kV air discharge; both polarities; 1 to 8 Hz; ± 1.5 mm amplitude
class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω (vertical axis)
8 to 35 Hz; 1 g acceleration
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m 27 to 500 MHz (horizontal axis)
non-modulated 8 to 35 Hz; 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 60255-22-3 class III (vertical axis)
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m 80 to 1000 MHz; AM 80 %; Sweep rate 1 octave/min
amplitude-modulated 1 kHz 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-3; class III During transport
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m, 900 MHz; repetition rate Standards IEC 60255-21; IEC 60068-2
pulse-modulated 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; Vibration Sinusoidal
class III IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 Hz to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-2-6 8 Hz to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Fast transients/bursts 2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length = 15 Sweep rate 1 octave/min
IEC 60255-22-3, IEC 61000-4-4, ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both polar- 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
class IV ities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min
Shock Half-sine
Line-conducted RF 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
amplitude-modulated AM 80 %; 1 kHz 3 shocks
IEC 61000-4-6, class III IEC 60068-2-27 Shocks in each direction of 3 or-
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m; 50 Hz, continuous thogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8; class IV; 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz; 0.5 mT,
EN 60255-6 50 Hz Continuous shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil- 2.5 to 3 kV (peak), 1 MHz to IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of
ity ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 (common 1.5 MHz decaying oscillation; 3 orthogonal axes
mode) 50 shots per s; duration 2 s;
Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand capa- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 shots per s
bility ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 (common both polarities; duration 2 s;
mode) Ri = 80 Ω
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 10 to 20 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz;
ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated

Technical data
Climatic stress test Pilot-wire monitoring and

Temperatures intertripping (optional)
Monitoring signal 2000 Hz, pulse-code modulation
Standards EN 60255-6, IEC 60255-6
Alarm signal delay 1 to 60 s (step 1 s)
DIN VDE 0435 Part 303
Inherent delay time of Approx. 65 ms
Recommended temperature -5 to +55 °C (>55 °C/131 °F decreased
intertripping
display contrast)
Extension of the intertripping 0 to 5 s (step 0.01 s)
Limit temperature signal
During service -20 to +70 °C - 4 to +158 °F
During storage -25 to +55 °C -13 to +131 °F Emergency overcurrent protection
During transport -25 to +70 °C -13 to +158 °F Setting ranges
(Storage and transport with Overcurrent pickup value
standard works packing!) IM1 / INline 0.1 to 15 (step 0.1)
Humidity Delay time 0.0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s )
It is recommended to arrange the Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative Remote trip
units in such a way that they are not humidity, on 30 days a year up to Note Tripping of the remote end
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- 95 % relative humidity, condensation circuit-breaker for units with
nounced temperature changes that not permissible! pilot-wire monitoring only
could cause condensation
Setting ranges
Prolongation time for 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
Functions transmission to remote station
Line differential protection Delay time for reception from the 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
remote station
Note All current values refer to the Prolongation time for reception 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
symmetrical current using standard from the remote station
connection
Setting ranges Tolerances
Delay time/release delay 1 % and 10 ms respectively
7
Current threshold I1 I/IN Line: 0 to 1.5 (step 0.01)
(release by local station current) Inherent delay
Differential current I/IN Line: 0.5 to 2.5 (step 0.01) Transmission time without delay Approx. 80 ms
Delay time t 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
Lockout function
Restraint by 2nd harmonic
Lockout seal-in of trip command For differential protection and remote
(see Fig. 7/4)
2fN /fN 10 to 80 % trip until reset
Reset ratio Approx. 0.7 – drop-off ratio Lockout reset By means of binary input and/or local
(IRestraint = 0) operator panel/DIGSI
Inherent delays
TRIP time for two-end supply Approx. 20 to 28 ms without restraint Additional functions
at 4 x set value by 2nd harmonic
Approx. 32 to 42 ms with restraint by Operational measured values
2nd harmonic Operational currents I1, I2, IDiff, Irestraint
Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms Measurement range 0 to 240 % IN
Tolerance (I1) 3 % of rated value or of measured
Tolerances at preset values under value
reference conditions
Local station current threshold ± 3 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN Fault event recording Storage of the events relating to the
Differential current ± 5 % of setpoint, min. 0.02 x IN last 8 faults
Influence parameters Time-tagging
Auxiliary supply voltage ≤1% Resolution for operational events 1 s
0.8 ≤ Vaux/VauxN ≤ x 1.15 for fault events 1 ms
Temperature in range ≤ 1 %/10 K Fault recording (max. 8 faults)
0 °C ≤ Θamb ≤ 40 °C Storage time (from response Total of 5 s max., pre-trigger and
Frequency in range 0.9 ≤ f/fN ≤ 1.1 ≤ 4 % or trip command) post-fault time settable
Pilot wires Maximum length per
Number 2 recording Tmax 0.30 to 5.00 s (step 0.01 s)
Symmetric telephone pairs are recom- Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
mended with loop resistance Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (step 0.01 s)
73 Ω/km and capacitance 60 nF/km
Time resolution at 50 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.66 ms
Core-to-core asymmetry at 800 Hz Max. 10-3 Time resolution at 60 Hz 1 instantaneous value per 1.38 ms
Maximum loop resistance 1200 Ω Circuit-breaker test Using test circuit
Permissible induced longitudinal
voltages
On direct connection of the ≤ 1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of the
pilot wires test voltage of the pilot wires
For connection via isolating ≥ 1.2 kV, however, max. 60 % of the
transformer test voltage of the pilot wires and max.
60 % of the test voltage of the isolat-
ing transformers

Technical data
4AM4930 summation current transformer CE conformity

Power consumption in the circuit with standard connection This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
L1-L3-E (Fig. 7/6) referred to the through-flowing rated current nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
(7SD600 unit in operation). electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
in phase (approx. VA) Directive 73/23/EEC).
IN L1 L2 L3 This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
1A Single-phase 2.2 1.3 1.7
Symmetrical three-phase 0.6 0.2 0.35 This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
5A Single-phase 3.5 1.5 2.2 accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Symmetrical three-phase 0.7 0.2 0.5
Connections 4AM4930-7DB 4AM4930-6DB

CT rated current IN = 1 A IN = 5 A
Number of turns
Primary windings A to B 5 1
C to D 10 2
E to F 15 3
G to H 30 6
I to K 30 6
K to L 30 6
L to M 60 12
7 Secondary windings
Thermal rating
Y to Z 1736 1736
Continuous cur- A to B 4.5 20

rent in Amperes C to D 4.5 20
E to F 4.5 20
G to H 4.5 20
I to K 1.2 6.5
K to L 1.2 6.5
L to M 1.2 6.5
Y to Z 0.2 0.2
Secondary rated cur- Y to Z 20 mA 20 mA
rent with standard con-
nection (see Fig. 7/6)
and symmetrical
3-phase current
I scc max (ext. fault)
Requirements for the K'ssc ≥
current transformers I pn
and:
(CT)
3 (K' ssc . I pn )end 1 4
≤ ≤
4 (K' ssc . I pn )end 2 3
K' ssc1 = effective symmetrical short-circuit

current factor end 1
K' ssc2 = effective symmetrical short-circuit
current factor end 2
I scc max = maximum symmetrical short-circuit current
Ipn = CT rated primary current


7SD60 numerical pilot-wire current comparison protection relay 7SD600¨-¨Ä¨0-¨DA0
Rated current; rated frequency
20 mA, 50/60 Hz; without external summation current transformer 0
1 A, 50/60 Hz; with external summation CT 4AM4930-7DB00-0AN2 1
5 A, 50/60 Hz; with external summation CT 4AM4930-6DB00-0AN2 5

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals at the side B
with terminals on top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E
Operating language
English – alternatively either German or Spanish can be selected 0
Scope of functions
Differential protection 0
Differential protection, inrush restraint 1
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip 2
Differential protection, pilot-wire monitoring, remote trip, inrush restraint 3
7
Accessories DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional)
Basis
Professional
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 and
XP Professional).
Connecting cable
Cable between PC/notebook (9-pin connector)
and protection unit (9-pin connector)


Converter R232 (V.24) - RS485*
With connecting cable 1 m, PC adapter,
with plug-in power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700-0oo001)
With plug-in power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700-1oo001)
Converter RS485-FO
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 250 V AC
Single optical interface 7XV5650-0BA00
Double optical interface (cascadable) 7XV5651-0BA00
Summation current transformer

1 A, 50/60 Hz, for 7SD600 4AM4930-7DB00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz, for 7SD600 4AM4930-6DB00-0AN2
Isolating transformer
Up to 20 kV 7XR9513
Up to 5 kV 7XR9515
Manual for 7SD60

English E50417-G1176-C069-A3
1) Possible versions see part 13.

RS485 bus cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoo; see part 13.

Connection diagram
Fig. 7/9 Connection diagram of the 7SD60 current differential protection

Dimension drawings for 1/6 x 19" housing (7XP20)
Side view View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 17/15
7 Housing for panel flush mounting/
cubicle mounting, terminals at rear (1/6 x 19")
Front view Side view
Fig. 17/16
Housing for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom (1/6 x 19")

SIPROTEC 4 7SD61
Differential Protection Relay for Two Line Ends
Function overview
• Differential protection for universal use
with power lines and cables on all volt-
age levels with phase-segregated mea-
surement (87L)
• Two line ends capability
• Suitable for transformers in protected
zones (87T)
• Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a
transformer is within the protection zone
• Well-suited for serial compensated lines
LSP2247-afpen.tif
• Two independent differential stages:

one stage for sensitive measuring for high-
resistance faults and one stage for high-
current faults and fast fault clearance
• Breaker-failure protection (50BF)
Fig. 7/10 • Phase and earth overcurrent protection
SIPROTEC 4 7SD61 with directional element (50, 50N, 51,
differential protection relay 51N, 67, 67N)
• Phase-selective intertripping (85)
• Overload protection (49)
Digital data communication for differential • Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
Description
current measurement is effected via fiber- • Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
7
The 7SD610 relay is a differential protection optic cables, networks or pilot wires con- • Auto-reclosure single/three-pole (79)
relay suitable for all types of applications nections, so that the line ends can be quite
far apart. The serial protection data interface Control functions
and incorporating all those functions re-
quired for differential protection of lines, (R2R interface) of the relay can flexibly be • Command and inputs for ctrl. of CB
cables and transformers. Transformers and adapted to the requirements of all existing and disconnectors (isolators)
compensation coils within the differential communication media. If the communica-
protection zone are protected by means of tion method is changed, flexible retrofitting
of communication modules to the existing • Self-supervision of the relay
integrated functions, which were previously
configuration is possible. • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
to be found only in transformer differential
protection. It is also well-suited for complex • 8 oscillographic fault records
Apart from the main protection function,
applications such as series and parallel com- • CT-secondary current supervision
i.e. the differential protection, the 7SD610
pensation of lines and cables. has a full range of configurable emergency • Event logging / fault logging
and / or back-up protection functions such • Switching statistics
It is designed to provide differential and di-
rectional back-up protection for all voltage as phase and earth overcurrent protection Front design
levels and types of networks. The relay fea- with directional elements if voltage trans- • User-friendly local operation
formers are connected. Overload, under-
tures high speed and phase-selective short- • PC front port for convenient relay setting
circuit measurement. The unit is thus suit- and over-voltage/frequency and breaker-
failure protection round off the functional • Function keys and 8 LEDs f. local alarm
able for single-phase and three-phase fault
clearance. scope of the 7SD610. Communication interfaces
• 1 serial protection data (R2R) interface
• Front interface for PC connection
• System interface
− IEC 61850 Ethernet
− IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and
MODBUS
• Service / modem interface (rear)
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B,
Features
• Browser-based commissioning tool
• Direct connection to digital communi-
cation networks

The units measure the delay time in the

Application ANSI
communication network and adaptively
match their measurements accordingly. The 87L ΔI for lines/cables
The 7SD610 relay is a differential protection
relay suitable for all types of applications units can be operated through pilot wires or 87T ΔI for lines / cables with
and incorporating all those functions re- twisted telephone pairs at typical distances transformers
quired for differential protection of lines, of 8 km by means of special converters.
87N Restricted earth-fault
cables and transformers. The serial communication interfaces for protection
Transformers and compensation coils data transmission between the ends are re- 85 Phase-selective
within the differential protection zone are placeable by virtue of plug-in modules and intertrip, remote trip
protected by means of integrated functions, can easily be adapted to multi-mode and
86 Lockout function
which were previously to be found only in mono-mode fiber-optic cables and to leased
transformer differential protection. It is also lines within the communication networks. 50 50N Three-stage overcurrent
well-suited for complex applications such as Secure, selective and sensitive protection of 51 51N 67 67N protection with directional
series and parallel compensation of lines elements
two-end lines can now be provided by
and cables. means of these relays. 50HS Instantaneous high-current
tripping (switch-onto-fault)
It is designed to provide protection for all
voltage levels and types of networks; two 79 Single or three-pole
line ends may lie within the protection zone. auto-reclosure with new
adaptive technology
The relay features very high-speed and
phase-selective short-circuit measurement. 49 Overload protection
The unit is thus suitable for single and 50BF Breaker failure protection
three-phase fault clearance. The necessary
restraint current for secure operation is cal- 59 27 Over/undervoltage
culated from the current transformer data protection
by the differential protection unit itself. 81O/U Over/underfrequency
7 Digital data communication for differential
protection
current measurement is effected via fiber- 74TC Trip circuit supervision

optic cables, digital communication net-
works or pilot wires, so that the line ends
can be quite far apart. Thanks to special
product characteristics, the relay is particu-
larly suitable for use in conjunction with
digital communication networks.
Fig. 7/11

Application
Typical applications employing fiber-
optic cables or communication networks
Four applications are shown in Fig. 7/12.
The 7SD610 differential protection relay is
connected to the current transformers and
to the voltage transformers at one end of the
cable, although only the currents are re-
quired for the differential protection func-
tion. The voltage connection improves,
among other things, the frequency measure-
ment and allows the measured values and
the fault records to be extended. Direct con-
nection to the other units is effected via
mono-mode fiber-optic cables and is thus
immune to interference.
Five different modules are available. In the
case of direct connection via fiber-optic
cables, data communication is effected at
512 kbit/s and the command time of the
protection unit is reduced to 15 ms. Parallel
compensation (for the load currents)
is provided within the protection zone of
the cable. By means of the integrated inrush
restraint, the differential protection relay
can tolerate the surge on switching-on of
7
the cable and the compensation reactors,
and thus allows sensitive settings to be used
under load conditions.
7SD610 offers many features to reliably and
safely handle data exchange via communi-
cation networks.
Depending on the bandwidth available a
communication converter for G703-64 kbit/s
or X21-64/128/512 kbit/s can be selected. For
higher communication speed a communica-
tion converter with G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s)
max. 1.5 km with max. 1.5 km with
or G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s) is available. 62.5 μm/125 μm 62.5 μm/125 μm
Furthermore the 7SD610 supports the multi-mode fiber multi-mode fiber
SIPV6.010en.eps
IEEE C37.94 interface with 1/2/4 and 8 MUX Communication MUX

timeslots. IEEE C37.94 network IEEE C37.94
The connection to the communication

converter is effected via a cost-effective FO30 with ST connectors FO30 with ST connectors
820 nm interface with multi-mode fiber.
This communication converter converts
the optical input to electrical signals in ac-
cordance to the specified telecommunica-
tion interface.
The fourth example shows the relays being
connected via a twisted pilot pair. Data
exchange and transmission is effected via
pilot wires of a typical length of 15 km.
Here a transformer is in the protected zone.
In this application, 7SD610 is set like a
transformer differential relay. Vector group
matching and inrush restraint is provided
by the relay.
Fig. 7/12

• Differential and restraint current are

Construction Protection functions monitored continuously during normal
operation and are displayed as operational
The 7SD610 is available in a housing width Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T, 87N) measured values.
of 1/3, referred to a 19” module frame sys-
The differential protection function has the • High stability during external faults even
tem. The height is a uniform 245 mm for
following features: with different current transformers satu-
flush-mounting housings and 266 mm for
ration level. For an external fault, only
surface-mounting housings. • Measurements are performed separately 5 ms of saturation-free time are necessary
All cables can be connected with or without for each phase; thus the trip sensitivity is to guarantee the stability of the differential
cable ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are avail- independent of the fault type. protection.
able as an option, it is thus possible to em- • An adaptive measurement method with • Single-phase short-circuits within the
ploy prefabricated cable harnesses. In the high sensitivity for differential fault cur- protection zone can be cleared using a
case of surface mounting on a panel, the rents below the rated current offers the time delay, whereas multi-phase faults are
connection terminals are located above and detection of highly resistive faults. This cleared instantaneously. Because of this
below in the form of screw-type terminals. trip element uses special filters, which function, the unit is optimally suited for
The communication interfaces are located offer high security even with high level applications in inductively compensated
on the same sides of the housing. For di- DC components in the short-circuit cur- networks, where differential current can
mensions, please refer to “Dimension draw- rent. The trip time of this stage is about occur as a result of charge transfer phe-
ings”. 35 ms, the pickup value is about 10 % of nomena on occurrence of a single-phase
the rated current. earth fault within the protection zone,
• A high-set differential trip stage which thus resulting in undesired tripping by the
clears differential fault currents higher differential protection relay. Undesired
than the rated current within 15 ms offers tripping of the differential protection can
fast tripping time and high-speed fault be suppressed by making use of the provi-
clearance time. A high-speed charging sion for introduction of a time delay on
comparison method is employed for this occurrence of single-phase faults.
function.
7 • When a long line or cable is switched on
• With transformers or compensation coils
in the protection zone, the sensitive re-
at one end, transient peaks of the charge sponse threshold IDiff> can be blocked by
current load the line. To avoid a higher
LSP2236-afpen.tif
an inrush detection function. Like in

setting of the sensitive differential trip transformer differential protection, it
stage, this setpoint may be increased for a works with the second harmonic of the
settable time. This offers greater sensitivity measured current compared with the fun-
under normal load conditions. damental component. Blocking is cancel-
• A special feature of the unit is led when an adjustable threshold value of
parameterization of the current trans- the short-circuit current is reached, so
Fig. 7/13 former data. The unit automatically cal- that very high current faults are switched
culates the necessary restraint current by off instantaneously.
means of the previously entered current • In the case of transformers within the
transformer error. The unit thus adap- protection zone, vector group adaptation
tively matches the working point on the and matching of different current trans-
tripping characteristic so that it is no lon- former ratios is carried out within the
ger necessary for the user to enter charac- unit. The interference zero current, which
teristic settings. flows through the earthed winding, is
• Different current-transformer ratios may eliminated from the differential current
be employed at the ends of the line. measurement. The 7SD610 thus behaves
A mismatch of 1:8 is permissible. like a transformer differential relay whose
• Differential protection tripping can be ends, however, can be quite far apart.
guarded with overcurrent pickup. In this • A more sensitive protection for trans-
case, pickup of the protection relay is ini- formers within the protection zone is
tiated only on simultaneous presence of given by measurement of the star-point
differential current and overcurrent. current on an earthed winding. Therefore
• Easy to set tripping characteristic. Because the IE current measurement input has to
the relay works adaptively, only the set- be used.
point IDiff> (sensitive stage) and IDiff>>
(high-set current differential stage) must
be set according to the charge current of
the line/cable.

• Continuous measurement of the trans-

Protection functions mission delay time to the remote line end.
Taking into account the delay time in dif-
If the sum of the phase currents of a wind-
ferential current measurement and com-
ing is compared with the measured star-
pensation thereof, including monitoring
point current, a sensitive earth-current
of a settable maximum permissible delay
differential protection (REF) can be im-
time of 30 ms.
plemented. This function is substantially
more sensitive than the differential pro- • Generation of alarm signals on disturbed
communication links. Statistical values for
tection during faults to earth in a winding,
the percentage availability of the commu-
detecting fault currents as small as 10 % of
nication links per minute and per hour
the transformer rated current.
are available as operational measured val-
ues.
Characteristics of differential protection
communciation through the remote relay • With a GPS high-precision 1-s pulse from
interfaces a GPS receiver the relays can be syncro-
nized with an absolute, exact time at each
The 7SD610 is ideally adapted for applica- line end. In this way, the delay in the re-
tion in communication networks. ceive and transmit path can be measured Fig. 7/14
The data required for measurement of dif- exactly. With this optional feature the re- Tripping characteristic
ferential currents and numerous other vari- lay can used in communication networks
ables are exchanged between the protection where this delay times are quite different.
units in the form of synchronous serial tele- Possible modes of operation
grams employing the full duplex mode. The Phase-selective intertrip of the differential protection section
telegrams are secured using 32-bit check- and remote trip/indications
sums so that transmission errors in a com- Special modes of operation such as the
Normally the differential current is calcu- “Commissioning mode” and “Test opera-
munication network are detected immedi-
ately. Moreover, each telegram carries a
lated for each line end nearly at the same
time. This leads to fast and uniform tripping
tion” are advantageous for commissioning 7
time stamp accurate to a microsecond, thus and servicing the units.
times. Under weak infeed conditions, es-
allowing measurement and monitoring of pecially when the differential function is • In general, an alarm indication is gener-
the continuous transmission delay times. combined with an overcurrent pickup, a ated on interruption of the communica-
• Data communication is immune to elec- phase-selective intertrip offers a tripping of tion links and an attempt is made to
tromagnetic interference, since fiber-optic both line ends. re-establish the communication link.
cables are employed in the critical region, The units operate in the emergency mode,
• 7SD610 has 4 intertrip signals which are provided that these have been parameter-
e.g. in the relay house or relay room. transmitted in high-speed mode (20 ms) ized.
• Monitoring of each individual incoming to the other terminals. These intertrip sig-
telegram and of overall communication • The complete configuration can also be
nals can also be initiated and transmitted used in a testing mode. The local end is in
between the units, no need of supplemen- by an external relay via binary inputs. In
tary equipment. The check sum (correct- an operating mode, which, for example,
cases where these signals are not em- allows the pickup values to be tested. The
ness of the telegram contents), the address ployed for breaker intertripping, other
of the neighboring unit and the transmis- current values received from the remote
alternative information can be rapidly end of the line are set to zero, so as to
sion delay time of the telegram are moni- transmitted to the remote end of the line.
tored. achieve defined test conditions. The re-
• In addition, four high-speed remote com- mote-end unit ignores the differential
• Unambiguous identification of each unit mands are available, which can be intro- currents, which occur as a result of test-
is ensured by assignment of a settable duced either via a binary input or by ing, and blocks differential protection and
communication address within a differen- means of an internal event and then ra- breaker intertripping. It may optionally
tial protection topology. Only those units pidly communicated to the other end. operate in the backup protection mode.
mutually known to each other can coop- • Provided that the circuit-breaker auxiliary
erate. Incorrect interconnection of the • Differential protection is activated in the
contacts are wired to binary inputs at the commissioning mode. However, test cur-
communication links results in blocking line ends, the switching status of the cir-
of the protection system. rents injected at one end of the line and
cuit-breakers is indicated and evaluated at which generate a differential current do
• Detection of telegrams, which are re- the remote ends of the line. Otherwise the not lead to output of a TRIP command
flected back to the transmitting unit switching status is derived from the mea- by the differential protection or to breaker
within the communication network. sured current. intertripping. All those indications that
• Detection of path switching in a commu- would actually occur in conjunction with
nication network. Automatic restraint of a genuine short-circuit are generated and
the protection function until measure- displayed. TRIP commands can be issued
ment of the parameters of the new com- by the backup protection.
munication link has been completed.

Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault

overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS)
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Instantaneous tripping is possible when
A built-in overload protection with a cur- energizing a faulty line. On large fault
rent and thermal alarm stage is provided for currents, the high-speed switch-onto-fault
thermal protection of cables and transform- overcurrent stage can initiate very fast
ers. three-pole tripping.
The trip time characteristics are exponential Circuit-breaker closure onto a faulty line
functions according to IEC 60255-8. The is also possible provided that the circuit-
preload is considered in the trip times for breaker auxiliary contacts of the remote
overloads. end are connected and monitored. If an
overcurrent arises on closing of the cir-
An adjustable alarm stage can initiate an cuit-breaker at one end of a line (while the
alarm before tripping is initiated. other end is energized) the measured cur-
rent can only be due to a short-circuit. In
Overcurrent protection this case, the energizing line end is tripped
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 67, 67N) instantaneously.
The 7SD610 provides a three-stage over- In the case of circuit-breaker closure, the
current protection. Two definite-time stages auto-reclosure is blocked at both ends of
and one inverse-time stage (IDMT) are the line to prevent a further unsuccessful
available, separately for phase currents and closure onto a short-circuit.
for the earth current. Two operating modes If circuit-breaker intertripping to the re- 0,14
t= 0,02
Tp
(backup, emergency) are selectable. Two mote end is activated, intertripping is also ( I I p ) −1
stages e.g. can run in backup mode, whereas blocked.
the third stage is configured for emergency Fig. 7/15 Inverse
7 operation, e.g. during interruption of the Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
protection communication and/or failure of • Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
the voltage in the VT secondary circuit. The The 7SD610 relay is equipped with an iary contacts
secondary voltage failure can be detected by auto-reclose function (AR). The function
includes several operating modes: In addition to the above-mentioned operat-
the integrated fuse failure monitor or via a
ing modes, several other operating princi-
binary input from a VT miniature cicuit- • 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of ples can be employed by means of the
breaker (VT m.c.b. trip). faults; different dead times are available integrated programmable logic (CFC).
The following ANSI/IEC inverse-time depending the type of fault
characteristics are available: • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults, Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
no reclosing for multi-phase faults protection allows evaluation of the line-side
• Inverse voltages. A number of voltage-dependent
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
supplementary functions are thus available:
• Short inverse and for 2-phase faults without earth, no
reclosing for multi-phase faults • DLC
• Long inverse • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
• Moderately inverse 3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase effected only when the line is deenergized
faults (prevention of asynchronous breaker
• Very inverse • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults closure).
• Extremely inverse and 2-phase faults without earth and • ADT
3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults The adaptive dead time is employed only
• Definite inverse
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
If VTs are connected, separate stages with • Interaction with an external device for successful (reduction of stress on equip-
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and out- ment).
directional measurement are available, two
puts • RDT
definite-time and two inverse-time stages
(each for phase and earth). Using the for- • Control of the integrated AR function by Reduced dead time is employed in con-
external protection junction with auto-reclosure where no
ward pickup indication as a signal to the re-
• Adaptive auto-reclosure. Only one line tele-protection method is employed:
mote end, a 100 % protection coverage of
end is closed after the dead time. If the When faults within the zone extension, but
the line can be operated in parallel to the
fault persists this line end is switched off. external to the protected line, are switched
differential protection.
Otherwise the other line ends are closed off for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the
via a command over the communication RDT function decides on the basis of mea-
links. This avoids stress when heavy fault surement of the return voltage from the
currents are fed from all line ends again. remote station which has not tripped
whether or not to reduce the dead time.
• Interaction with an external synchro-
check

Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U)

Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) frequency and underfrequency protection.
The 7SD610 relay incorporates a two-stage Unwanted frequency changes in the net-
breaker failure protection to detect the fail- work can be detected and the load can be
ure of tripping command execution, for removed at a specified frequency setting.
example, due to a defective circuit-breaker. Frequency protection can be used over a
The current detection logic is phase- wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
segregated and can therefore also be used 65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
in single-pole tripping schemes. If the fault as overfrequency or underfrequency) and
current is not interrupted after a settable each element can be delayed separately.
time delay has expired, a retrip command
or a busbar trip command is generated. The
breaker failure protection can be initiated by
all integrated protection functions as well as
by external devices via binary input signals.
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage pro-

tection (ANSI 59, 27)
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that
are operating at no-load or are only lightly
loaded. The 7SD610 contains a number of
overvoltage measuring elements. Each mea-
suring element is of two-stage design. The
following measuring elements are available:
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
7
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
The zero-sequence voltage can be con-
nected to the 4th voltage input or be de-
rived from the phase voltages.
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the local
end or calculated for the remote end of
the line (compounding).
• Negative-sequence overvoltage
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring ele-
ments can be effected either at the local cir-
cuit-breaker or at the remote station by
means of a transmitted signal.
The 7SD610 is fitted, in addition, with three
two-stage undervoltage measuring
elements:
• Phase-to-earth undervoltage
• Phase-to-phase undervoltage
• Positive-sequence undervoltage
be blocked by means of a minimum current
criterion and by means of binary inputs.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

Monitoring and supervision functions and reset using the LED reset key. The lock-
The 7SD610 relay provides comprehensive out state is also stored in the event of supply
monitoring functions covering both hard- voltage failure. Reclosure can only be issued
ware and software. Furthermore, the mea- after the lockout state is reset.
sured values are continuously checked for
plausibility. Therefore the current and volt- Local measured values
age transformers are also included in this The measured values are calculated from
monitoring system. the measured current and voltage signals
along with the power factor (cos ϕ), the
Current transformer / Monitoring functions frequency, the active and reactive power.
A broken wire between the CTs and relay Measured values are displayed as primary
inputs under load may lead to malopera- or secondary values or in percent of the
tion of a differential relay if the load cur- specific line rated current and voltage. The
rent exceeds the differential setpoint. The relay uses a 20 bit high-resolution AD con-
7SD610 provides fast broken wire super- verter and the analog inputs are factory-
vision which immediatelly blocks all line calibrated, so a high accuracy is reached.
ends if a broken wire condition is measured The following values are available for mea-
by a local relay. This avoids maloperation sured-value processing:
due to broken wire condition. Only the • Currents 3 x IPhase, 3 I0, IE, IE sensitive
phase where the broken wire is detected is
• Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground, 3 x VPhase-Phase,
blocked. The other phases remain under
3 V0,Ven,
differential operation.
• Symmetrical components I1, I2, V1, V2
7 Fuse failure monitoring • Real power P (Watt), reactive power
Q (Var), apparent power S (VA)
If any measured voltage is not present due • Power factor PF (= cos ϕ)
to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt- • Frequency f
age transformer secondary circuit the dis-
• Differential and restraint current per
phase
This secondary voltage interruption can be • Availability of the data connection to the
detected by means of the integrated fuse remote line ends per minute and per hour
failure monitor. Immediate blocking of • Regarding delay time measuring with the
distance protection is provided for all types GPS-version the absolute time for trans-
of secondary voltage failures. mit and receive path is displayed sepa-
rately.
Additional measurement supervision
functions are Limit value monitoring: Limit values
are monitored by means of the CFC.
• Symmetry of voltages and currents Commands can be derived from these limit
• Summation of currents and voltages value indications.

breaker pole can be used for monitoring the
circuit-breaker trip coils including the con-
necting cables. An alarm signal is issued
whenever the circuit is interrupted.

Measured values at remote line ends

Every two seconds the currents and voltages
are freezed at the same time at all line ends
and transmitted via the communication
link. At a local line end, currents and volt-
ages are thus available with their amount
and phases (angle) locally and remotely.
This allows checking the whole configura-
tion under load conditions. In addition, the
differential and restraint currents are also
displayed. Important communication mea-
surements, such as delay time or faulty tele-
grams per minute/hour are also available as
measurements. These measured values can
be processed with the help of the CFC logic
editor.
Commissioning
LSP2845.tif
be displayed and activated directly. This can
simplify the wiring check significantly for
the user. The operational and fault events Fig. 7/16
and the fault records are clearly arranged. Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram 7
Furthermore, all currents and optional volt-
ages and phases are available via communi-
cation link at the local relay and are dis-
played in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or with the
Web Monitor.
The operational and fault events and fault
records from all line ends share a common
time tagging which allows to compare
events registered in the different line ends
on a common time base.
WEB Monitor – Internet technology

ing program, the relay contains a WEB
server that can be accessed via a telecommu-
nication link using a browser (e.g. Internet
Explorer). The advantage of this solution is
to operate the unit with standard software
tools and at the same time make use of the
Intranet/Internet infrastructure. This pro-
LSP2846.tif
gram shows the protection topology and

comprehensive measurements from local
and remote line ends. Local and remote
measurements are shown as phasors and the
Fig. 7/17
breaker positions of each line end are de-
Browser-aided commissioning:
picted. It is possible to check the correct Differential protection tripping characteristic
connection of the current transformers or
the correct vector group of a transformer.
Stability can be checked by using the operat- Event log and trip log messages are also
ing characteristic as well as the calculated available. Remote control can be used, if the
differential and restraint values in the local front panel cannot be accessed.
browser windows.

Switching authority Indication derivation

Functions
Switching authority is determined accord- A further indication (or a command) can be
n Control and automation functions ing to parameters, communication or by derived from an existing indication. Group
Control key-operated switch (when available). indications can also be formed. The volume
In addition to the protection functions, the If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control switching operations are possible. The fol-
important signals.
and monitoring functions that are required lowing sequence of switching authority is
for operating medium-voltage or high- laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
Transmission lockout
voltage substations. “REMOTE”
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
The main application is reliable control of Every switching operation and change of
vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
switching and other processes. breaker position is kept in the status indica-
tion to the control center during work on
tion memory. The switch command source,
The status of primary equipment or auxil- a circuit bay.
switching device, cause (i.e. spontaneous
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary change or command) and result of a switch-
contacts and communicated via binary in- ing operation are retained. Test operation
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and During commissioning, all indications can
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED posi- Assignment of feedback to command be passed to an automatic control system
tion or a fault or intermediate circuit- for test purposes.
breaker or auxiliary contact position. The positions of the circuit-breaker or
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be acquired by feedback. These indication in-
controlled via: puts are logically assigned to the corre-
− integrated operator panel sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indication
− binary inputs
change is a consequence of switching opera-
− substation control and protection system
7 − DIGSI 4
tion or whether it is a spontaneous change
of state (intermediate position).
Command processing Chatter disable

All the functionality of command process- The chatter disable feature evaluates
ing is offered. This includes the processing whether, in a configured period of time, the
of single and double commands with or number of status changes of indication in-
without feedback, sophisticated monitoring put exceeds a specified figure. If exceeded,
of the control hardware and software, the indication input is blocked for a certain
checking of the external process, control ac- period, so that the event list will not record
tions using functions such as runtime moni- excessive operations.
toring and automatic command
termination after output. Here are some Filter time
typical applications:
All binary indications can be subjected to
• Single and double commands using 1, a filter time (indication suppression).
• User-definable bay interlocks Indication filtering and delay
switching operations such as control of Indications can be filtered or delayed.
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
earthing switches potential at the indication input. The indi-
• Triggering of switching operations, indication is passed on only if the indication
cations or alarm by combination with voltage is still present after a set period of
existing information time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
Automation / user-defined logic is passed on only if the indication voltage is
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
interface.

Commissioning aid via a standard Web

Functions
browser
With respect to communication, particular In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a stan-
emphasis has been placed on high flexibility, dard browser can be connected to the local
data security and use of customary stand- PC interface or to the service interface (refer
ards in the field of energy automation. The to “Commissioning program”). The relays
concept of the communication modules include a small Web server and sends its
allows interchangeability on the one hand, HTML pages to the browser via an estab-
and, on the other hand, is open for future lished dial-up network connection.
standards.
Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
Local PC interface communication
The PC interface provided on the front Communication modules for retrofitting
panel on the unit allows the parameters, are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4 unit
status and fault event data to be rapidly ac- range. These ensure that, where different
cessed by means of the DIGSI 4 operating communication interfaces (electrical or op-
program. Use of this program is particularly Fig. 7/18
tical) and protocols (IEC 61850 Ethernet,
IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
advantageous during testing and commis- IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0, conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
sioning. MODBUS, DIGSI, etc.) are required, such
demands can be met.
Rear-mounted interfaces
The service and system communication in- Safe bus architecture
terfaces are located at the rear of the unit. • RS485 bus
In addition, the 7SD610 is provided with a With this data transmission via copper
protection interface. The interface comple- conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
ment is variable and retrofitting is possible ences are largely eliminated by the use of 7
without any difficulty. These interfaces twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a
ensure that the requirements for different unit, the remaining system continues to
communication interfaces (electrical and operate without any disturbances.
optical) and protocols can be met. • Fiber-optic double ring circuit
The interfaces are designed for the following The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
applications: mune to electromagnetic interference.
Service / modem interface units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.
By means of the RS485 interface, it is possi-
ble to efficiently operate a number of pro- It is generally impossible to communicate
tection units centrally via DIGSI 4. Remote with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to
operation is possible on connection of a fail, there is no effect on the communication Fig. 7/19
modem. This offers the advantage of rapid with the rest of the system. Bus structure for station bus with
fault clarification, especially in the case of Ethernet and IEC 61850
unmanned power plants.
In the case of the 7SD610, a PC with a
standard browser can be connected to the
service interface (refer to “Commissioning
program”).
System interface
This interface is used to carry out commu-
nication with a control or protection and
control system and supports a variety of
communication protocols and interface de-
signs, depending on the module connected.

Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
LSP2164-afpen.tif
turer to support this standard. By means of
changed directly between bay units so as to
set up simple masterless systems for bay ans
system interlocking. Access to the units via
the Ethernet bus is also possible with DIGSI. Fig. 7/20 Fig. 7/21
RS232/RS485 electrical communication module PROFIBUS communication module, optical double-ring
IEC 60870-5-103
LSP2162-afpen.tif
used worldwide.
PROFIBUS-DP
LSP3.01-0021.tif
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized
7 standard for communications and is sup-
Fig. 7/22 Fig. 7/23
MODBUS RTU IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units are
fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with
DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a num-
ber of protection device manufacturers.
Fig. 7/24
System solution: Communications

Communication
• Two terminal line applications can be of this technique into ranges with higher
implemented without additional logic insulation voltage requirements. The con-
System solutions for protection and station • Interclose command transfer with the nection via FO cable to the relay is interfer-
control auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time” ence-free. With SIPROTEC 4 and the com-
(ADT) mode munication converter for copper cables a
Together with the SICAM power automa- • 4 remote signals for fast transfer of digital follow-up technique is available for
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with binary signals two-wire protection systems (up to 8 km)
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost electri- and all three-wire protection systems using
cal RS485 bus, or interference-free via the • Flexible utilization of the communica-
existing copper communication links.
optical double ring, the units exchange in- tion channels by means of the program-
formation with the control system. mable CFC logic Different communication converters are
listed under "Accessories".
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces The protection data interfaces have different
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via options to cover new and existing commu- Communication data:
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic link. nication infrastructures. • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
Through this interface, the system is open • FO51), OMA12) module: and ITU
for the connection of units of other manu- 820 nm fiber-optic interface with clock • Each protection relay possesses a unique
facturers (see Fig. 7/18). recovery/ST connectors for direct connec- relay address
Because of the standardized interfaces, tion with multi-mode FO cable up to • Continuous communication link supervi-
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated 1.5 km for the connection to a communi- sion: Individual faulty data telegrams do
into systems of other manufacturers or in cation converter. not constitute an immediate danger, if
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical inter- • FO61), OMA22) module: they occur only sporadically. The statisti-
faces are available. The optimum physical 820 nm fiber-optic interface/ST connec- cal availability, per minute and hour, of
data transfer medium can be chosen thanks tors for direct connection up to 3.5 km the serial protection data interface can be
to opto-electrical converters. Thus, the with multi-mode FO cable. displayed.
RS485 bus allows low-cost wiring in the cu- • Supported network interfaces
bicles and an interference-free optical con-
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x X21/RS422 with 64 or 128 or 512 kbit/s;
or G703-64 kbit/s and G703-E1
7
• FO171): For direct connection
(2,048 kbit/s) or G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s)
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode
or IEEE C37.94.
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
• Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are • FO181): For direct connection up to
(in steps of 0.1 ms)
linked with PAS electrically or optically to 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode fiber
the station PC. The interface is standard- 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector • Protocol HDLC
ized, thus also enabling direct connection • FO191): For direct connection up to
of units of other manufacturers to the 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, the fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector
units can also be used in other manufactur- • FO30: 820 nm fiber-optic interface/ST
ers' systems (see Fig. 7/19). connectors for direct connection up to
Via modem and service interface, the pro- 1.5 km and for connections to a IEEE
tection engineer has access to the protection C37.94 multiplexer interface.
devices at all times. This permits remote
maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic testing). The link to a multiplexed communication
network is made by separate communica-
Parallel to this, local communication is pos- tion converters (7XV5662). These have a
sible, for example, during a major inspec- fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and 2 ST
tion. connectors to the protection relay. The link
to the communication network is option-
Serial protection data interface ally an electrical X21/G703-64 kbit/s or
(R2R interface) G703-E1/-T1 interface. Furthermore the
The 7SD610 provides one protection data IEEE C37.94 interface is supported by the
interface to cover two line end applications. FO30 module.
In addition to the differential protection For operation via copper wire communica-
function, other protection functions can use tion (pilot wires or twisted telephone pair),
this interface to increase selectivity and sen- a modern communication converter for
sitivity as well as covering advanced applica- copper cables is available. This operates with
tions. both the two-wire and three-wire copper
connections which were used by conven-
• Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal- tional differential protection systems before. 1) For flush-mounting housing.
ing using the directional stages of the The communication converter for copper 2) For surface-mounting housing.
overcurrent protection with POTT or cables is designed for 5 kV insulation volt-
PUTT schemes 3) For surface-mounting housing the internal
age. An additional 20 kV isolation trans- FO module OMA1 will be delivered together
former can extend the field of applications with an external repeater.

Communication
Communication possibilities between relays
Fig. 7/25 Fig. 7/26

Direct optical link up to 1.5 km/3.5 km, 820 nm Direct optical link up to 25/60 km with 1300 nm
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm
Fig. 7/27 Fig. 7/28

Connection to a communication network CC-XG Connection to a communication network CC-2M
max. 1.5 km with

62.5 μm/125 μm
7SD52/53 multi-mode fiber
MUX Communication
7SD610
IEEE C37.94 network
FO30
SIPV6.011en.eps
FO30 with ST connectors
Fig. 7/29 Fig. 7/30

Connection to a communication network via IEEE C37.94 Connection to a pilot wire

Typical connection
Connection to current and voltage

transformers
A typical connection is to the phase CT. The
residual current at the IE input is formed by
summation of the phase currents. This en-
sures optimum supervision functions for
the current.
Optionally, voltages are measured by means
of voltage transformers and are fed to the
unit as a phase-to-earth voltage. The zero
voltage is derived from the summation volt-
age by calculation performed in the unit.
As a matter of fact, the 7SD610 unit does Fig. 7/31
not require any voltage transformers for Typical connection to current transformers
operation of the differential protection.

of a grounded (earthed) transformer for re-
stricted earth-fault protection (REF) or di-
rectional ground (earth)-fault protection. 7
Fig. 7/32
Typical connection to current transformers with optional voltage inputs
Fig. 7/33 Fig. 7/34

Connection for transformer with restricted Alternative connection of current transformers for measuring neutral
earth-fault protection (REF) current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer

Technical data
General unit data LEDs

Analog inputs Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) RUN (green) 1
ERROR (red) 1
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (selectable) LED (red), function can be 7
Rated voltage VN 80 to 125 V (selectable) assigned
Power consumption Unit design
in CT circuits with IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Housing 7XP20 For dimensions refer to dimension
with IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA drawings, part 15
in VT circuits Approx. 0.1 VA
Degree of protection
Thermal overload capacity IN acc. to EN 60529
in CT circuits (for IN = 5 A) 100 A for 1 s Surface-mounting housing IP 51
30 IN for 10 s Flush-mounting housing
4 IN continuous front IP 51
Dynamic (peak value) 250 IN (half sine) rear IP 50
In VT circuits for highly sensitive for the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
earth-fault protection 300 A for 1 s Weight
100 A for 10 s Flush-mounting housing
15 A continuous 1/3 x 19" 4 kg
in VT circuits 230 V per phase continuous Surface-mounting housing
Auxiliary voltage 1/3 x 19" 6 kg
Rated voltages 24 to 48 V DC
Ranges are settable by 60 to 125 V DC1) Serial interfaces
means of jumpers 110 to 250 V DC1)
and 115 V AC (50/60 Hz)1) Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser (front of unit)
7 Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 % Connection Non-isolated, RS232,

front panel, 9-pin subminiature
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % connector (SUB-D)
(peak-to-peak)
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud, setting as
Power consumption supplied: 38400 baud; parity 8E1
Under normal operating conditions Approx. 8 W
During pickup with all Approx. 18 W Time synchronization (rear of unit DCF77/IRIG-B signal format IRIG-B000)
inputs and outputs activated Connection 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Bridging time during failure of the (terminals with surface-mounting
auxiliary voltage housing)
Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms Voltage levels 5, 12 or 24 V (optional)
Binary inputs Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
Number 7 (marshallable) Service interface (op. interface 2) for DIGSI 4/modem/service/browser
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar (rear of unit)
Pickup threshold 17 or 73 V (selectable) Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Functions are freely assignable Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
Minimum pickup threshold Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
Ranges are settable by means of 17 or 73 V DC, bipolar
jumpers for each binary input System interface (rear of unit)
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC Refer to ordering code IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA PROFIBUS-DP
Output relay DNP 3.0, MODBUS
Command / indication relay Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Number 5 (marshallable)
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
1 alarm contact (not marshallable)
Switching capacity Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m
Make 1000 W/VA
For fiber-optic cable ST connector
Break 30 VA
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Break (with resistive load) 40 W
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 µm fiber
Break (with L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 W
Distance (spanned) Max. 1.5 km
5 A continuous
1) Ranges are settable by means of jumpers.

Technical data
System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
PROFIBUS RS485 External communication converter
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz to interface between relays, optical
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 820 nm interface and a pilot wire or
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kbd; 100 m at 12 Mbd twisted telephone pair.
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Typical distance 15 km
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock re- Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) covery multi-mode FO cable
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for 62.5/125 μm fiber Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Distance 500 kbit/s 1.6 km; 1500 kbit/s 530 m
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
Protection data interface (R2R interface) mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct con- ST connectors adjusted
nection up to 1.5 km or for connec- Permissible fiber attenuation: 8 dB Electrical tests
tion to a comm. converter, 820 nm
Specification
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
interface for direct connection ST connectors Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
up to 3.5 km, 820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation: 16 dB ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
UL 508
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1
For further standards see
FO30: Fiber-optic interface to sup- For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, “Individual functions”
port the IEEE C37.94 interface and ST connectors
Insulation tests
for direct fiber – optic connection Permissible fiber attenuation: 8 dB
up to 1.5 km Standards IEC 60255-5
FO171): for direct connection
up to 24 km3), 1300 nm
For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
LC-Duplex connector
Voltage test (100 % test) 7
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
Permissible fiber attenuation: 13 dB supply, binary inputs and
FO181): for direct connection For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, communication interfaces
up to 60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB
inputs (100 % test)
FO191): for direct connection For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm,
up to 100 km3), 1550 nm LC-Duplex connector RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 / 60 Hz
Permissible fiber attenuation: 29 dB cation interfaces and time
synchronization interface
Relay communication equipment
(100 % test)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00
Impulse voltage test (type test)
for communication networks X21/G703-64 kbit/s
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J
External communication converter cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
to interface between the relays, opti- chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
cal 820 nm interface and the
X21/RS422/G703-64 kbit/s interface EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
of a communication device Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by jum- (product standards) (type tests)
pers. Baud rate selectable by jumpers EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
DIN 57435 part 303
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s;
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air dis-
G703-64 kbit/s electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type IEC 60255-22-2, class IV charge; both polarities; 150 pF;
communication device terminal EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AD00 Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
for communication networks with G703-E1 or G703-T1 non-modulated
External communication converter IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
to interface between the relays, Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
optical 820 nm interfac and G703-E1 amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
or G703-T1 interface of a communi- IEC 61000-4-3, class III
cation network
Inputs: 2 fiber-optic inputs 820 nm, Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125µm
1 RS232 input multi-mode 1 FO cable to device side
Output:
G703.5 E1: 2,048 kbit/s 1) For flush-mounting housing.
G703.6 T1: 1,554 kbit/s 2) For surface mounting housing.
Electrical interface on max. 800 m, screw-type terminal 3) For surface mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
communication network will be delivered together with an external repeater.

Technical data
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition Mechanical dynamic tests
pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 % Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
ENV 50204, class III
During operation
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; Vibration Sinusoidal
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
test duration 1 min IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs frequency sweep 1 octave/min
(SURGE), 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III Shock Half-sinusoidal
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
12 Ω; 9 μF IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV; directions
2 Ω; 18 μF Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
binary output relays 42 Ω; 0.5 μF IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis),
Differential (transversal) mode: 1 kV; 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
42 Ω; 0.5 μF (vertical axis),
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; (horizontal axis),
modulated 1 kHz 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-6, class III (vertical axis),
Magnetic field with power 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
frequency 50 Hz 0.5 mT; 50 Hz 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; During transport
7 IEC 60255-6
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second, Vibration Sinusoidal
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s, Ri = 150 to 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
capability second; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s;
Ri = 80 Ω Shock Half-sinusoidal
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
ence directions
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat- IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz; IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes
Ri = 200 Ω in both directions
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard) Climatic stress test
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz Temperatures
lines, Limit class B
only auxiliary voltage Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Temporarily permissible operating –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
(Legibility of display may be im-
paired above +55 °C / +131 °C)
– Limiting temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F
permanent storage
transport
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress; Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days in the year up to
units in such a way that they are 93 % relative humidity; moisture con-
not exposed to direct sunlight or densation during operation is not per-
pronounced temperature changes mitted

Technical data
Functions Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)

Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T) Phase current pickup Ip 0.1 to 4 A (1A) / 0.5 to 20 A (5A)
Sensitive differential current trip stage IDiff> (step 0.01 A)
Setting range Earth current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
IDiff> IN secondary 1 A 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A) (step 0.01 A)
secondary 5 A 0.5 to 100 A Phase current pickup Ip > 0.1 to 4 A(1 A) / 0.5 to 20 A(5 A)
Tripping time Typical 35 ms with FO cable with directional element (step 0.01 A)
IDiff> 2 x IDiff > (setting value) Earth current pickup 3I0P > 0.05 to 25(1 A) / 0.25 to 20 A(5 A)
High current differential trip stage IDiff>> with directional element (step 0.01 A)
Setting range Tripping characteristics

IDiff>> secondary 1 A 0.8 to 100 A (steps 0.01 A) Tripping time characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse; ex-
secondary 5 A 4.0 to 50 A IEC 60255-3 tremely inverse; long time inverse
Tripping time Typical 16 ms with FO cable Tripping time characteristics acc. to Inverse; short inverse; long inverse;
IDiff> 2 x IDiff >> (setting value) ANSI/IEEE moderately inverse; very inverse;
Vector group adaption with transformers in the differential zone (not for DE region, see selection and extremely inverse; definite inverse
ordering data 10th position)
Adaption of connection sympol 0 to 11 (x 30°)(step 1)
Time multiplier for IEC characteris- Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) or
Neutral point connection Grounded (earthed) or not grounded tics T deactivated
(earthed)(for each winding)
Time multiplier for ANSI DIP = 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or
Inrush restaint characteristics D deactivated
Restraint ratio Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
2nd harmonic I2fn/IfN 10 % to 45 % (step 1 %)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M )
Max. current for restraint 1.1 A to 25 A1) (step 0.1 A)
Tolerances
Crossblock function Can be switched on and off Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms 7
Max. operative time for crossblock 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s) or Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
Toper crossblk deactivated (operating up to release) (ANSI 50HS)
Backup / emergency overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67, 67N) Operating mode Active only with connected auxiliary
Operating modes Backup (always active) or emergency contacts
(e.g. loss of data connection) Characteristic 2 independent stages
Characteristic 2 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time Pickup current I>>> 0.1 to 15 A (1A) / 0.5 to 75 A (5A)
stage (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N) Pickup current I>>>> 1 to 25 A (1A) / 5 to 125 A (5A)
Phase current pickup Iph>> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
Earth current pickup 3I0>> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Tolerances
(step 0.01 A) or deactivated Current starting ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN
Phase current pickup Iph> 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
(step 0.01 A)
Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
Earth current pickup 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) Operating modes with line voltage Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole,
check adaptive AR
Phase current pickup Iph > 0.1 to 25 A(1 A) / 0.5 to 125 A(5 A) Discrimination between successful and
with directional element non-successful reclose attempts
Earth current pickup 3I0 > 0.05 to 25 A(1 A) / 0.25 to 125 A(5 A) Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0.01 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
with directional element (step 0.01 A) vated
Time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti-
Tolerances vated
Current pickup ≤ 3 % setting value or 1 % of IN Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s)
Delay times ± 1 % setting value or 10 ms
Operating time Approx. 25 ms CLOSE command duration 0.01 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Tolerances
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V

Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Dropout times Approx. 30 ms

Number of stages 2 Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
Tolerances
(step 0.01 A)
Frequency 12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V
Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated Delay times 1 % of the setting value or 10 ms
Additional functions CB synchronism monitoring Restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N)
Reset time 10 ms, typical Multiple availability 2 times (option)
Tolerances Settings
Current limit value ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN Differential current IREF >/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Limit angle ϕ REF 110 ° (fixed)
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Operating modes Local tripping or only indication or deactivated (no trip)
Overvoltage protection The set times are pure delay times
Operating times
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvoltage) or deactivated Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 35 30
(phase-phase overvoltage) or deactivated At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 33 29
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26 23
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans- or deactivated
formers or calculated by the relay) Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
(zero-sequence overvoltage) Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Multiple availability 3 times (option)
7 (positive-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Characteristics
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence Definite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 >
voltage or calculated Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P
remote positive-sequence Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely
voltage (compounding) inverse, long-time inverse
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
(negative-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated inverse, extremely inverse, definite
Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01) inverse, short inverse, long inverse
Undervoltage protection Alternatively, user-specified
trip and reset characteristics
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation
(phase-ground (earth) undervoltage) or deactivated
Current stages
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-phase undervoltage) High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated
or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) TIPh >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated or deactivated (no trip)
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input 3I0 >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
stages or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Reset ratio 1.05 T3I0 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip)
Time delays
Definite-time stages IPh > 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Time delay for all over- and 0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated or deactivated (stage ineffective)
undervoltage stages TIPh 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Command / pickup time Approx. 40 ms or deactivated (no trip)
Tolerances 3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V or deactivated (stage ineffective)
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) or deactivated (no trip)
Number of frequency elements 4
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz
55.5 to 64.5 Hz
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth))

Technical data
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Fault record storage

Acc. to IEC TIP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) Measured analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3IDiff
or deactivated (no trip) 3 x VPhase, 3V0, 3IRestraint
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Max. number of available recordings 8, backed up by battery if auxiliary
T3I0P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) voltage supply fails
or deactivated (no trip) Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Total storage time Approx. 10 s
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number
or deactivated (no trip) and contents can be freely configured
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) by the user
D3I0P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Further additional functions

or deactivated (no trip) Measured value supervision Current sum
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) Current symmetry
Voltage sum
Setting range Voltage symmetry
Factor k to IEC 60255.8 0.1 to 4 (steps 0.01) Voltage phase sequence
Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min) Fuse failure monitor
Thermal alarm stage ΘAlarm/ΘTrip 50 to 100 % referred to tripping tem- Indications
perature (steps 1 %) Operational indications Buffer size 200
Current-based alarm stage Ialarm 0.1 to 4 A(1A) / 0.5 to 5 A(5A) System disturbance indication Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
(steps 0.01 A) buffer size 600
Calculating mode for Θmax, Θmean, Θ with Imax Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
overtemperature CB pole
I 2 − I pre
7
2
Pickup time characteristic t = τ ln Breaking current of last trip operations

I − (k I N )
2 2
Max. breaking current per phase
Reset ratio Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
Θ/ΘAlarm Approx. 0.99 TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
Θ/ΘTrip Approx. 0.99 Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
I / IAlarm Approx. 0.99 cycle
Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC 60255-8 Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB test,
Additional functions status display of binary indication in-
puts, setting of output relays, genera-
Operational measured values tion of indications for testing serial
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage interfaces, commissioning support via
referred to rated value Web-browser, test mode, commis-
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; IE; I1; I2 sioning mode
Tolerances
10 to 50 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % IN CE conformity
50 to 200 % IN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
3V0, V1, V2, Ven electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Tolerances electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
10 to 50 % VN Typical ≤ 1 % of 50 % VN Directive 73/23/EEC).
50 to 200 % VN Typical ≤ 1 % of measured value This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Power with direction indication P, Q, S
Tolerances
P: for |cos ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
I/IN = 50 to 120 % industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Q: for |sin ϕ| = 0.7 to 1 and V/VN, Typical ≤ 3 % This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
I/IN = 50 to 120 % accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
S: for V/VN , I/IN = 50 to 120 % Typical ≤ 2 % generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Frequency f standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz
Power factor p.f. (cos ϕ)
Remote measurements 3 x IPhase-Earth; 3 I0, 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3V0
Overload measured values Θ/Θ Trip L1; Θ/Θ Trip L2; Θ/Θ Trip L3;
Θ/Θ Trip

Selection and ordering data Description Order No. Short code

7SD61 numerical line differential protection 7SD610 ¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
87L SIPROTEC 4 for two-line ends,
allows transformers in the protection zone
Current transformers
Iph = 1 A 1), Ie = 1 A 1) 1
Iph = 5 A 1), Ie = 5 A 1) 5 see next page
Auxiliary voltage
(Power supply, BI operating voltage)
24 to 48 V DC, trigger level binary input 19 V 3) 2
60 to 125 V DC 2), trigger level binary input 19 V 3) 4
110 to 250 V DC 2), 115 to 230 V AC,
trigger level binary input 88 V 3) 5
110 to 250 V DC 2), 115 to 230 V AC,
trigger level binary input 176 V 3) 6
Housing, number of binary inputs/outputs

Flush-mounting housing with screw-type terminals
1/3 19", 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live-status contact B
1/3 19", 7 BI, 5 BO, 1 live-status contact F
Flush-mounting housing with plug-in term.,
1/3 19", 7 BI, 5 BO , 1 live-status contact K
7 Region-specific default settings/

function versions and language settings
Region DE, German language (language changeable) A
Region world, English language (language changeable) B
Region US, US-English language (language changeable) C
Region world, French language (language changeable) D
Region world, Spanish language (language changeable) E
Region world, Italian language (language changeable) F
System interfaces, functions and hardware

Without system interface 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electric RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electric RS485 2
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Further protocols see supplement L 9 L 0¨
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 A

PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 4) B
MODBUS, RS485 D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector 4) E
DNP 3.0, RS485 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 4) H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet electrical, double, RS45 connector (EN 100) R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch
optical, double, LC connector 5) S
BI = Binary input
BO = Binary output
1) Rated current 1/5 A can be selected by means of jumpers.

3) Setting of the BI thresholds can be made for each binary input via jumpers in 3 steps.
4) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = F). For the surface mounted version, please order a device with the appropriate
electrical RS485 interface and an external FO-converter
5) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = F) please order the relay with electrical interface and use a separate fiber-optic switch


7SD61 numerical line differential protection 7SD610 ¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
87L SIPROTEC 4 (continued)
DIGSI/Modem interface (on rear of device) and protection interface 1 9 M ¨¨

DIGSI/Modem interface (on rear of device)
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
Protection data interface 1

FO5: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST-plugs, line length up to 1.5 km via multimode FO cable
for communication converter or direct FO connection 1) A
for direct FO connection B
FO17: Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex-plugs, line length up to 24 km 2)
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 2) G
FO18: Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex-plugs, line length up to 60 km
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 2)3) H
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 2)4) J
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct FO connection 5) S
Functions 1
Trip mode 3-pole only without auto reclosure 0
Trip mode 3-pole only with auto reclosure
Trip mode 1- and 3-pole without auto reclosure
1
2
7
Trip mode 1- and 3-pole with auto reclosure 3
Back-up functions
with emergency or back-up overcurrent protection B
without with emergency or back-up overcurrent and breaker failure protection C
with directional – emergency or back-up overcurrent protection R
with directional – emergency or back-up overcurrent and breaker failure protection S
Additional functions 1
4 Remote commands/ Transformer Voltage-/frequence Restricted earth fault
24 Remote indications expansions protection (low impedance)
A
n B
n E
n n F
n J
n n K
n n N
n n n P
n n n S
n n n n T
without external GPS synchronisation of differential protection 0

with external GPS synchronisation of differential protection 1
1) Communication converter 7XV5662, see Accessories.

2) Device for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = F) will be delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00.
3) For distances less than 25 km a set of optical attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the receiver element.
4) For distances less than 50 km a set of optical attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the receiver element.
5) Only available in flush-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = B, K).


Opto-electric communication converter CC-XG (connection to communication network)
Converter to interface to X21 or RS422 or G703-64 kbit/s synchronous
communication interfaces
Connection via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 μm or 50 / 120 μm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via X21/RS422 or G703-64 kbit/s interface 7XV5662-0AA00
Opto-electric communication converter CC-2M to G703-E1/-T1 communication networks

with 2,048 / 1,554 kbit/s
Converter to interface between optical 820 nm interface and G703-E1/-T1 interface
of a communication network
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50/120 µm and
820 nm wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via G703-E1/-T1 interface 7XV5662-0AD00
Opto-electric communication converter (connection to pilot wire)

Converter to interface to a pilot wire or twisted telephone pair (typical 15 km length)
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 μm or 50/120 μm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector;
max. distance 1.5 km, screw-type terminals to pilot wire 7XV5662-0AC00

Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable, ST connector, 1.5 km C53207-A351-D651-1
Further modules
Protection data interface mod. opt. 1300 nm, mono-mode FO cable,
7 LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
LC-Duplex connector, 60 km C53207-A351-D656-1
Protection data interface mod. opt. 820 nm, multi-mode FO cable,
ST connector, 1.5 km support of IEEE C37.94 C53207-A351-D658-1
Optical repeaters
Time synchronizing unit with GPS output

GPS 1 sec pulse and time telegram IRIG B/DCF 77 7XV5664-0AA00
Isolation transformer (20 kV) for pilot wire communication 7XR9516

Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A; overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14


DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional)
Basis
Professional
Complete version:
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional).
Connecting cable
7
Manual for 7SD61 V4.6
English C53000-G1176-C145-4
LSP2089-afpen.tif

package
Fig. 7/35 Mounting rail for 19" rack 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 7/37
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)

0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
Fig. 7/36 Fig. 7/37 0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
19" mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 7/35

Fig. 7/38 Fig. 7/39
Short-circuit link for Short-circuit link for Safety cover for Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
current terminals voltage terminals/ terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
indications terminals


Connection diagram
7
Fig. 7/40
Connection diagram
Fig. 7/41
Serial interfaces

7 Line Differential Protection / 7SD52/53
SIPROTEC 4 7SD52/53
Multi-End Differential and Distance Protection in One Relay
Function overview
• Differential protection with phase-
segregated measurement (87L, 87T)
• Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a
transformer is within the protection zone
• Sensitive meas. stage f. high-resist. faults
LSP2173f.eps

• High resistance ground (earth)-fault
protection for single and three-pole
tripping (50N/51N/67N)
LSP2314-afp.eps
• Phase-selective intertripping (85)
• Earth-fault detection in isolated and
resonant-earthed networks
• Tele (pilot) protection (85/21, 85/67N)
Fig. 7/42 • Weak-infeed protection (27WI)
SIPROTEC 4 • Fault locator (FL)
7SD52/53 differential protection relay
• Power swing detection/tripping (68/68T)
(50, 50N, 51, 51N)
The units measure the delay time in the • STUB bus protection (50 STUB)
Description
communication networks and adaptively • Switch-onto-fault protection (50HS) 7
The 7SD52/53 relay provides full scheme match their measurements accordingly. • Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
differential protection and incorporates all A special GPS-option allows the use of the • Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
functions usually required for the protec- relays in communication networks, where • Auto-reclosure (79), Synchro-check (25)
tion of power lines. It is designed for all the delay time in the transmit and receive • Breaker failure protection (50BF)
power and distribution levels and protects path may be quite different. • Overload protection (49)
lines with two up to six line ends. The relay • Lockout function (86)
is designed to provide high-speed and The 7SD52/53 has the following features:
phase-selective fault clearance. The relay Control functions
− 2 full-scheme main protections in one
uses fiber-optic cables or digital communi- unit (differential and distance protec-
• Commands f. ctrl of CB and isolators
cation networks to exchange telegrams and tion) Monitoring functions
includes special features for the use in mul-
− High-speed tripping 10 - 15 ms • Self-supervision of relay and protection
tiplexed communication networks. Also
pilot wires connections can be used with − The serial protection data interfaces data (R2R) communication
an external converter. This contributes to- (R2R interfaces) of the relays can flexibly • Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
ward improved reliability and availability be adapted to the requirements of all • Measured-value supervision
of the electrical power system. communication media available. • Oscillographic fault recording
− If the communication method is • Event logging/fault logging
The relay is suitable for single and changed, flexible retrofitting of commu-
three-phase tripping applications for two • Switching statistics
nication modules to the existing configu-
up to six line ends. Also, transformers and ration is possible. Front design
compensation coils within the differential − Tolerates loss of one data connection in • User-friendly local operation
protection zone are protected as are serial a ring topology (routing in 120 ms). The • PC front port for relay setting
and parallel-compensated lines and cables. differential protection scheme is fully • Function keys and 14 LEDs f. local alarm
The relays may be employed with any type available in a chain topology.
of system earthing. Communication interfaces
− Browser-based commissioning tool.
The relay also provides a full-scheme and • 2 serial protection data (R2R) interfaces
non-switched distance protection as an op- − Fault locator for one and two terminal for ring and chain topology
measurement for high accuracy on long
tional main 2 protection. Several telepro- • Front interface for connecting a PC
lines with high load and high fault resis-
tection schemes ensure maximum selectiv-
tance. • System interface for connection to a
ity and high-speed tripping time. control system via various protocols
− Capacitive charge current compensation
– IEC 61850 Ethernet
increases the sensitivity of the differential
– IEC 60870-5-103
protection on cables and long lines.
– PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP and DNP 3.0
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B or
Application
ANSI ANSI
87L Δ I for lines / cables 50HS Instantaneous high-current
tripping (switch-onto-fault)
87T Δ I for lines / cables 59 27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
with transformers protection
87N Low impedance restricted 81O/U Over/underfrequency protec-
earth-fault protection for tion
transformers
85 Phase-selective 25 Synchro-check
intertrip, remote trip
86 Lockout function 79 Single or three-pole
auto-reclosure with new
adaptive technology
21 21N Distance protection 49 Overload protection
FL Fault locator 50BF Breaker failure protection
68 68T Power swing detec- 74TC Trip circuit supervision
tion/tripping
85/21 Teleprotection for distance 50-STUB STUB bus protection
protection
27WI Weak-infeed protection
7 50N 51N Directional earth(ground)-

fault protection
67N
85/67N Teleprotection for earth
(ground)-fault protection
50 50N Three-stage overcurrent

protection
51 51N
*) Option
Fig. 7/43

Application The link to the other relays is made by The 7SD52/53 offers many features to
multi-mode or mono-mode FO cables. reliably and safely handle data exchange
Typical applications There are 5 options available, which corre- via communication networks.
spondingly cover:
SIPROTEC 7SD52/53 is a full-scheme dif- Depending on the bandwidth available in
ferential protection relay for two up to six • 820 nm, up to 1.5 km, multi-mode the communication system, 64, 128 or
line ends, incorporating all the additional • 820 nm, up to 3.5 km, multi-mode 512 kbits/s can be selected for the X21
functions for protection of overhead lines • 1300 nm, up to 24 km, mono-mode (RS422) interface; the G703 interface with
and cables at all voltage levels. Also trans- • 820 nm support of the IEEE C37.94 64 kbit/s, and G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s) or
formers and compensation coils within interface G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s). Furthermore the
7SD610 supports the IEEE C37.94 interface
the protection zone are protected. The • 1300 nm, up to 60 km, mono-mode
with 1/2/4 and 8 timeslots.
7SD52/53 is suitable for single-pole and • 1550 nm, up to 100 km, mono-mode
three-pole tripping. The power system star The connection to the communication
point can be solid or impedance-grounded Direct fiber-optic connection offers high- device is effected via cost-effective 820 nm
(earthed), resonant-earthed via Peterson speed data exchange with 512 kbit/s and interface with multi-mode FO cables.
coil or isolated. On the TAP-line, the improves the speed for remote signaling. A communication converter converts the
7SD52/53 differential relay is connected to At the main line two differential relays are optical to electrical signals. This offers an
current (CT) and optionally voltage (VT) connected to CTs. The communication is interference-free and isolated connection
transformers. For the differential func- made via a multiplexed communication between the relay and the communication
tions, only CTs are necessary. By con- network. device.
necting the relay to VTs, the integrated
"main 2" distance protection can be ap-
plied (full-scheme, nonswitched). There-
fore, no separate distance protection relay
is required.
Fig. 7/44 Application for three line ends (Ring topology)
Cost-effective power system management The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform The use of powerful microcontrollers and
design and a degree of functionality which the application of digital measured-value
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re-
represents a benchmark-level of perfor- conditioning and processing largely sup-
lays which also provide control and moni-
mance in protection and control. If the presses the influence of higher-frequency
toring functions and therefore support the
requirements for protection, control or transients, harmonics and DC compo-
user in view of a cost-effective power sys-
interlocking change, it is possible in the nents.
tem management. The security and reli-
majority of cases to implement such
ability of power supply is increased as a
changes by means of parameterization
result of minimizing the use of hardware.
using DIGSI 4 without having to change
The local operation has been designed the hardware.
according to ergonomic criteria. Large,
easy- to-read backlit displays are provided.

Construction

many advantages
1/3, 1/2, 2/3, and 1/1-rack sizes:
the 7SD52/53 relays, referred to a 19" mod-
ule frame system. This means that previous
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
housings and 266 mm for surface-mount-
ing housings for all housing widths. All ca-
bles can be connected with or without ring
lugs. Plug-in terminals are available as an
option. It is thus possible to employ pre-
fabricated cable harnesses. In the case of Fig. 7/45 Fig. 7/46
surface mounting on a panel, the connec- Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
tion terminals are located above and below
in the form of screw-type terminals. The
communication interfaces are located in
a sloped case at the top and bottom of the
housing.
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 7/48
mounting housing
Fig. 7/47
terminals

• Differential and restraint currents are
monitored continuously during normal
Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T, 87N) operation and are displayed as opera-
tional measurements.
The differential protection function has the • High stability during external faults even
following features: with different current transformers satu-
• It is possible to select the operating mode ration level. For an external fault, only
as "main" or as "main 1", if the back-up 5 ms saturation-free time are necessary
distance protection is activated as to guarantee the stability of the differen-
"main 2". tial configuration.
• Measurements are performed separately • With transformers or compensation coils
for each phase; thus the trip sensitivity is in the protection zone, the sensitive trip
independent of the fault type. stage can be blocked by an inrush detec-
tion function. It works with the second
• An adaptive, sensitive measurement
harmonic of the measured current which
method with high sensitivity for differen-
is compared with the fundamental com-
tial fault currents below the rated current
ponent.
offers the detection of highly resistive
faults. This trip element uses special fil- • With transformers in the protection Fig. 7/49 Tripping characteristic
ters, which offers high security even with zone, vector group adaptation and
high level DC-components in the short- matching of different CT ratios are • Data communication is immune to
circuit current. The trip time of this stage carried out in the relay. Additionally, the electromagnetic interference because
is about 30 ms. zero-sequence current flowing through fiber-optic cables are employed in the
an earthed neutral is eliminated from the critical region
• A high-set differential trip stage which
clears differential fault currents higher
differential measurement. The 7SD52/53 • Supervision of each individual incoming
therefore works like a transformer differ- telegram and of the entire communica-
than the rated current within 10 – 15 ms
ential relay, whereas the line ends may be tion path between the units without
offers fast tripping time and high-speed
fault clearence time.
far away. additional equipment. 7
• A more sensitive protection for trans- •
• When a long line or cable is switched on, Unambiguous identification of each unit
formers within the protection zone is is ensured by assignment of a settable
transient charge currents load the line.
given by measurement of the star-point communication address within a differ-
To avoid a higher setting of the sensitive
current on an earthed winding. There- ential protection topology. Only those
differential trip stage, this setpoint may
fore the IE current measuring input has units mutually known to each other can
be increased for a settable time. This of-
to be used. cooperate. Incorrect interconnection of
fers greater sensitivity under normal load
If the sum of the phase currents of wind- the communication links results in
conditions.
ing is compared with the measured blocking of the protection system.
• With the setting of the CT-errors the star-point current, a sensitive earth-cur-
relay automatically calculates the re- • Detection of reflected telegrams in the
rent differential protection (REF) can be communication system.
straint/stabilization current and adapts implemented.
its permissible sensitivity according to • Detection of delay time changes in
This function is substantially more sensi-
the CT’s data in the differential configu- communication networks.
tive than the differential protection dur-
ration, optimizing sensitivity. ing faults to earth in a winding, detecting • Measurement of the delay time to the
• Different CT ratios at the line ends are fault currents as small as 10 % of the remote line ends with dynamic compen-
handled inside the relay. The mismatch transformer rated current. sation of the delay in the differential
of 1 to 6 is allowed. measurement. Supervision of the maxi-
• The differential protection trip can be Enhanced communication features for mum permissible delay time is included.
guarded with an overcurrent pickup. communication networks • Generation of alarms on heavily dis-
Thus differential current and overcur- turbed communication links. Faulty
rent lead to a final trip decision. The data required for the differential telegram counters are available as
• Easy to set tripping characteristic. calculations are cyclically exchanged in operational measurement.
Because the relay works adaptively, only full-duplex mode in form of synchronous, • With a GPS high-precision 1-s pulse from
the setpoint IDiff > (sensitive stage) and serial telegrams between the protection a GPS receiver the relays can be synchro-
IDiff >> (high-set current differential units. The telegrams are secured with CRC nized with an absolute, exact time at each
stage) must be set according to the check sums, so that transmission errors in line end. In this way, the delay in the re-
charge current of the line/cable. a communication network are immediately ceive and transmit path can be measured
detected.
• With an optional capacitive charge cur- exactly. With this optional feature the relay
rent compensation, the sensitivity can be can be used in communication networks
increased to 40 % of the normal setting where this delay times are quite different.
of IDIFF>. This function is recommended
for long cables and long lines.

Phase-selective intertrip and remote

trip/indications
Normally the differential fault current is
calculated for each line end nearly at the
same time. This leads to fast and uniform
tripping times. Under weak infeed condi-
tions, especially when the differential func-
tion is combined with an overcurrent
pickup a phase-selective intertrip offers a
tripping of all line ends.
• 7SD52/53 has 4 intertrip signals which are
transmitted in high-speed (< 20 ms) to
the other line ends. These intertrip signals
can also be initiated by an external relay
via binary inputs and therefore be used to
indicate, for example, a directional deci-
Fig. 7/50 Differential protection in ring or chain topology
sion of the backup distance relay.
• In addition, 4 high-speed remote trip sig-
nals are available, which may be initiated • In a ring topology, one line end can be
by an external or internal event. logged out from the differential protec-
• 24 remote signals can be freely assigned tion topology for service or maintenance
to inputs and outputs at each line end reasons by a signal via binary input.
7 and are circulating between the different
devices.
Checks for the breaker position and load
current are made before this logout is ini-
tiated. In a chain topology, the relays at
Communication topologies / modes of the end of the line can be logged out from
operation the differential protection topology.
• The whole configuration can be set up
The differential relays may work in a ring into a test mode. All functions and indi-
or daisy chain line topology. Use of a test cations are available except the breakers
mode offer advantages under commission- are not tripped. The local relay can be
ing and service conditions. tested and no trip or intertrip reaction is
• The system tolerates the loss of one data effected by the other relays.
connection in a ring topology. The ring
topology is rerouted within 20 ms form-
ing then a chain topology, while the dif-
ferential protection function is
immediately reactivated.
• When the communication connections
need to be reduced or when these are not
available, the whole system is able to
function without interruption as chain
topology. At the line ends, only cost-
effective 7SD52/53 relays with one pro-
tection data interface are necessary for
this application.
• The two-end line is a special case, be-
cause when the main connection is inter-
rupted, the communication switches
over from a main path to a secondary
path. This hot standby transmission
function ensures a high availability of the
system and protects differential protec-
tion against communication route failure
on important lines.


7SD52/53 provides a non-switched dis-
tance protection featuring all well-proven
algogrithms of 7SA522 and 7SA6. It is pos-
sible to select the operating mode "main"
or "main 2", if the back-up differential is
activated as "main 1". By parallel calcula-
tion and monitoring of all six impedance
loops, a high degree of sensitivity and se-
lectivity is achieved for all types of faults.
The shortest tripping time is less than one
cycle. All methods of neutral-point con-
nection (resonant earthing, isolated, solid
or low-resistance earthing) are reliably
dealt with. Single and three-pole tripping is
Fig. 7/51
possible. Overhead lines can be equipped Distance protection:
with or without series capacitor compensa- quadrilateral characteristic
tion.
Quadrilateral and mho characteristics
The 7SD52/53 relay provides quadrilateral
as well as mho zone characteristics. Both
characteristics can be used separately for
phase and ground (earth) faults. Resistance
ground (earth) faults can, for instance, be 7
covered with the quadrilateral characteris-
tic and phase faults with the mho charac-
teristic.
Alternatively, the quadrilateral characteris-
tic is available with 4 different pickup
methods:
• Overcurrent pickup I>>
• Voltage-dependent overcurrent pickup
V/I Fig. 7/52
• Voltage-dependent and phase angle- Distance protection:
dependent overcurrent pickup V/I/ϕ mho characteristic
• Impedance pickup Z<
Load zone
Parallel line compensation be set separately for faults with and with-
In order to guarantee a reliable discrimi- out earth involvement. This characteristic
nation between load operation and short- The influence of wrong distance measure-
has therefore an optimal performance in
circuit – especially on long high loaded ment due to parallel lines can be compen-
case of faults with fault resistance. The dis-
lines – the relay is equipped with a select- sated by feeding the neutral current of the
tance zones can be set forward, reverse or
able load encroachment characteristic. parallel line to the relay. Parallel line com-
non-directional. Sound phase polarization
Impedances within this load encroachment pensation can be used for distance protec-
and voltage memory provides a dynami-
characteristic prevent the distance zones tion as well as for fault locating.
cally unlimited directional sensitivity.
from unwanted tripping.
7 distance zones
Mho
Absolute phase-selectivity 6 independent distance zones and one se-
parate overreach zone are available. Each The mho tripping characteristic provides
The distance protection incorporates a
distance zone has dedicated time stages, sound phase respectively memory polariza-
well-proven highly sophisticated phase se-
partly separate for single-phase or multi- tion for all distance zones. The diagram
lection algorithm. The pickup of unfaulted
phase faults. Ground (earth) faults are de- shows characteristic without the expansion
loops is reliably eliminated to prevent the
tected by monitoring the neutral current due to polarizing. During a forward fault
adverse influence of currents and voltages
3I0 and the zero-sequence voltage 3V0. the polarizing expands the mho circle
in the fault-free loops. This phase selection
towards the source so that the origin is
algorithm achieves single-pole tripping and
The quadrilateral tripping characteristic per- included. This mho circle expansion guar-
correct distance measurement in a wide
mits separate setting of the reactance X and antees safe and selective operation for all
application range.
the resistance R. The resistance section R can types of faults, even for close-in faults.

Elimination of interference signals

Digital filters render the unit immune to
interference signals contained in the meas-
ured values. In particular, the influence of
DC components, capacitive voltage trans-
formers and frequency changes is consider-
ably reduced. A special measuring method
is employed in order to assure protection
selectivity during saturation of the current
transformers.
Measuring voltage monitoring
Tripping of the distance protection is
blocked automatically in the event of fail-
ure of the measuring voltage, thus prevent-
ing spurious tripping.
The measuring voltage is monitored by the Fig. 7/53
integrated fuse failure monitor. Distance Power swing current and voltage wave forms
protection is blocked if either the fuse fail-
ure monitor or the auxiliary contact of the
voltage transformer protection switch op-
erates and, in this case, the EMERGENCY
definite-time overcurrent protection can
7 be activated.
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T)

Dynamic transient reactions, for instance
short-circuits, load fluctuations,
auto-reclosures or switching operations
Fig. 7/54
can cause power swings in the transmission
Power swing
network. During power swings, large cur- circle diagram
rents along with small voltages can cause
unwanted tripping of distance protection
relays. To avoid uncontrolled tripping of
the distance protection and to achieve con-
trolled tripping in the event of loss of syn-
chronism, the 7SD52/53 relay is equipped • DUTT, direct underreaching zone trans- Phase-selective transmission is also possi-
with an efficient power swing detection fer trip (together with Direct Transfer ble with multi-end applications, if some
function. Power swings can be detected Trip function) user-specific linkages are implemented by
under symmetrical load conditions as well way of the integrated CFC logic. During
as during single-pole auto-reclosures. The carrier send and receive signals are disturbances in the transmission receiver
available as binary inputs and outputs and or on the transmission circuit, the tele-
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection can be freely assigned to each physical relay protection function can be blocked by a bi-
(ANSI 85-21) input or output. At least one channel is re- nary input signal without losing the zone
quired for each direction. selectivity. The control of the overreach
A teleprotection function is available for zone Z1B (zone extension) can be switched
fast clearance of faults up to 100 % of the Common transmission channels are
power-line carrier, microwave radio and over to the auto-reclosure function.
line length. The following operating modes A transient blocking function (Current re-
may be selected: fiber-optic links. The serial protection data
interface can be used for direct connection versal guard) is provided in order to sup-
• PUTT, permissive underreaching zone to a digital communication network, fiber- press interference signals during tripping
transfer trip optic or pilot-wire link as well. of parallel lines.
• POTT, permissive overreaching zone
7SD52/53 also permits the transfer of
transfer trip
phase-selective signals. This feature is par-
• UNBLOCKING ticularly advantageous as it ensures reliable
• BLOCKING single-pole tripping, if two single-pole
• Directional comparison pickup faults occur on different lines. The trans-
• Pilot-wire comparison mission methods are suitable also for lines
• Reverse interlocking with three ends (three-terminal lines).

power. Each overcurrent stage can be set in

forward or reverse direction or for both di-
Direct transfer tripping rections (non-directional). As an option
the 7SD52/53 relay can be provided with a
Under certain conditions on the power sensitive neutral (residual) current trans-
system it is necessary to execute remote former. This feature provides a measuring
tripping of the circuit-breaker. The range for the neutral (residual) current
7SD52/53 relay is equipped with phase- from 5 mA to 100 A with a nominal relay
selective “external trip inputs” that can be current of 1 A and from 5 mA to 500 A
assigned to the received inter-trip signal with a nominal relay current of 5 A. Thus
for this purpose. the ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection can be applied with extreme sensi-
Weak-infeed protection: echo and/or trip tivity.
(ANSI 27 WI)
The function is equipped with special digi-
To prevent delayed tripping of permissive tal filter algorithms, providing the elimina-
schemes during weak or zero infeed situation of higher harmonics. This feature
tions, an echo function is provided. is particularly important for low zero-
If no fault detector is picked up at the sequence fault currents which usually have
weak-infeed end of the line, the signal a high content of 3rd and 5th harmonics.
received here is returned as echo to allow Inrush stabilization and instantaneous
accelerated tripping at the strong infeed switch-onto-fault trip can be activated sep-
end of the line. It is also possible to initiate arately for each stage as well.
tripping at the weak-infeed end. A phase- 0.14
Different operating modes can be selected. t= ⋅ Tp
(I I )
0.02
selective 1-pole or 3-pole trip is issued if a p −1
The ground(earth)-fault protection is suit-
permissive trip signal (POTT or Unblock-
able for three-phase and, optionally, for
ing) is received and if the phase-earth volt- Fig. 7/55 Normal inverse
age drops correspondingly. As an option,
single-phase tripping by means of a sophis-
ticated phase selector. It may be blocked
7
the weak-infeed logic can be equipped ac-
during the dead time of single-pole auto- protection and the distance protection
cording to a French specification.
reclose cycles or during pickup of the dis- or only during interruption of the protec-
tance protection. tion communication and/or failure of
Directional ground(earth)-fault protection
for high-resistance faults the voltage in the VT secondary circuit
Tele (pilot) protection for directional (emergency operation). The secondary
(ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
ground(earth)-fault protection voltage failure can be detected by the inte-
In grounded (earthed) networks, it may (ANSI 85-67N) grated fuse failure monitor or via a binary
happen that the distance protection sensi- input from a VT miniature circuit-breaker
The directional ground(earth)-fault
tivity is not sufficient to detect high-resis- (VT m.c.b. trip).
overcurrent protection can be combined
tance ground (earth) faults. The 7SD52/53
with one of the following teleprotection The following inverse-time characteristics
protection relay has therefore protection
schemes: according to IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE
functions for faults of this nature.
• Directional comparison are provided:
The ground (earth)-fault overcurrent pro-
tection can be used with 3 definite-time • BLOCKING • Inverse
stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMT). • UNBLOCKING • Short inverse
A 4th definite-time stage can be applied in- The transient blocking function (current • Long inverse
stead of the 1st inverse-time stage. reversal guard) is also provided in order to • Moderately inverse
Inverse-time characteristics according to suppress interference signals during trip- • Very inverse
IEC 60255-3 and ANSI/IEEE are provided ping of parallel lines. • Extremely inverse
(see “Technical data”). An additional loga- The pilot functions for distance protection • Definite inverse
rithmic inverse-time characteristic is also and for ground(earth)-fault protection can
available. use the same signaling channel or two sep- STUB bus overcurrent protection
arate and redundant channels. (ANSI 50(N)-STUB)
The direction decision can be determined
by the neutral current and the zero- The STUB bus overcurrent protection is
sequence voltage or by the negative- Backup overcurrent protection a separate definite-time overcurrent stage.
sequence components V2 and I2. In addi- (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N) It can be activated from a binary input
tion or as an alternative to the directional The 7SD52/53 provides a backup over- signaling the line isolator (disconnector) is
determination with zero-sequence voltage, current protection. Two definite-time open. Settings are available for phase and
the star-point current of a grounded stages and one inverse-time stage (IDMTL) ground (earth)-faults.
(earthed) power transformer may also be are available, separately for phase currents
used for polarization. Dual polarization and for the neutral (residual) current. Two
applications can therefore be fulfilled. operating modes are selectable. The func-
Alternatively, the direction can be deter- tion can run in parallel to the differential
mined by evaluation of zero-sequence

Tripping by the overvoltage measuring Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)

elements can be effected either at the local
The 7SD52/53 relay is equipped with an
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto- circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
auto-reclose function (AR). The function
fault overcurrent protection (ANSI 50HS) means of a transmitted signal.
includes several operating modes:
The 7SD52/53 is fitted, in addition, with
Instantaneous tripping is possible when • 3-pole auto-reclosure for all types of
energizing a faulty line. In the event of three two-stage undervoltage measuring
faults; different dead times are available
large fault currents, the high-speed elements:
depending the type of fault
switch-onto-fault overcurrent stage can • Phase-to-earth undervoltage • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
initiate very fast 3-pole tripping. • Phase-to-phase undervoltage no reclosing for multi-phase faults
With lower fault currents, instantaneous • Positive-sequence undervoltage • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
tripping after switch-onto-fault is also pos- and for 2-phase faults without earth, no
sible reclosing for multi-phase faults
be blocked by means of a minimum cur-
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
− if the breaker positions at the line ends rent criterion and by means of binary in-
puts. 3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase
are monitored and connected to the re-
faults
lays. This breaker position monitor offers
a high-speed trip during switch-onto- Frequency protection (ANSI 81O/U) • 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults
fault conditions. and 2-phase faults without earth and
Frequency protection can be used for over- 3-pole auto-reclosure for other faults
− with the overreach distance zone Z1B or
just with pickup in any zone.
frequency and underfrequency protection. • Multiple-shot auto-reclosure
Unwanted frequency changes in the net- • Interaction with an external device for
The switch-onto-fault initiation can be de- work can be detected and the load can be auto-reclosure via binary inputs and
tected via the binary input "manual close" removed at a specified frequency setting. outputs
or automatically via measurement. Frequency protection can be used over a
• Control of the integrated AR function
wide frequency range (45 to 55, 55 to
by external protection
Fault locator 65 Hz). There are four elements (selectable
7 as overfrequency or underfrequency) and • Adaptive auto-reclosure. Only one line
The integrated fault locator calculates the each element can be delayed separately. end is closed after the dead time. If the
fault impedance and the distance-to-fault. fault persists this line end is switched off.
The result is displayed in ohms, miles, Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Otherwise the other line ends are closed
kilometers or in percent of the line length. via a command over the communication
Parallel line and load current compensa- The 7SD52/53 relay incorporates a two- links. This avoids stress when heavy fault
tion is also available. stage breaker failure protection to detect currents are fed from all line ends again.
the failure of tripping command execution, • Interaction with the internal or an exter-
As an option for a line with two ends, a for example due to a defective ciruit- nal synchro-check
fault locator function with measurement breaker. The current detection logic is
at both ends of the line is available. • Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil-
phase-segregated and can therefore also iary contacts
Thanks to this feature, accuracy of mea- be used in single-pole tripping schemes. If
surement on long lines under high load the fault current is not interrupted after a In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
conditions and high fault resistances is settable time delay has expired, a retrip ating modes, several other operating prin-
considerably increased. command or a busbar trip command is ciples can be employed by means of the
generated. The breaker failure protection integrated programmable logic (CFC).
Overvoltage protection, undervoltage can be initiated by all integrated protection
protection (ANSI 59, 27) Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder
functions as well as by external devices via protection allows evaluation of the
A voltage rise can occur on long lines that binary input signals. line-side voltages. A number of voltage-
are operating at no-load or are only lightly dependent supplementary functions are
loaded. The 7SD52/53 contains a number thus available:
of overvoltage measuring elements. Each
measuring element is of two-stage design. • DLC
The following measuring elements are By means of dead-line check, reclosure is
available: effected only when the line is
deenergized (prevention of asynchro-
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage nous breaker closure).
• Phase-to-phase overvoltage • ADT
• Zero-sequence overvoltage The adaptive dead time is employed only
The zero-sequence voltage can be con- if auto-reclosure at the remote station
nected to the 4th voltage input or be de- was successful (reduction of stress on
rived from the phase voltages. equipment).
• Positive-sequence overvoltage of the lo-
cal end or calculated for the remote end
of the line (compounding).

Monitoring and supervision functions Local measured values

The 7SD52/53 relay provides comprehen- The measured values are calculated from
• RDT sive monitoring functions covering both the measured current and voltage signals
Reduced dead time is employed in con- hardware and software. Furthermore, the along with the power factor (cos ϕ), the
junction with auto-reclosure where no measured values are continuously checked frequency, the active and reactive power.
tele-protection method is employed: for plausibility. Therefore the current and Measured values are displayed as primary
When faults within the zone extension, voltage transformers are also included in or secondary values or in percent of the
but external to the protected line, are this monitoring system. specific line rated current and voltage. The
switched off for rapid auto-reclosure relay uses a 20 bit high-resolution AD con-
(RAR), the RDT function decides on the Current transformer / Monitoring functions verter and the analog inputs are factory-
basis of measurement of the return volt- calibrated, so a high accuracy is reached.
age from the remote station which has not A broken wire between the CTs and relay
The following values are available for mea-
tripped whether or not to reduce the dead inputs under load may lead to malopera-
sured-value processing:
time. tion of a differential relay if the load cur-
rent exceeds the differential setpoint. The • Currents 3 x IPhase, 3 I0, IE, IE sensitive
Synchronism check (ANSI 25) 7SD52/53 provides fast broken wire super- • Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground, 3 x VPhase-Phase,
vision which immediatelly blocks all line 3 V0,Ven, VSYNC, VCOMP
Where two network sections are switched ends if a broken wire condition is mea- • Symmetrical components I1, I2, V1, V2
in by control command or following a sured by a local relay. This avoids mal-
3-pole auto-reclosure, it must be ensured • Real power P (Watt), reactive power
operation due to broken wire condition.
that both network sections are mutually Q (Var), apparent power S (VA)
Only the phase where the broken wire is
synchronous. For this purpose, a synchro- detected is blocked. The other phases • Power factor PF (= cos ϕ)
nism-check function is provided. After remain under differential operation. • Frequency f
verification of the network synchronism • Differential and restraint current per
the function releases the CLOSE com- Fuse failure monitoring phase
mand. Alternatively, reclosing can be en- • Load impedances with directional indica-
If any measured voltage is not present due
abled for different criteria, e.g., checking
that the busbar or line is not carrying a to short-circuit or open circuit in the volt-
tion 7
3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground
voltage (dead line or dead bus). age transformer secondary circuit the dis-
3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase
• Long term mean values
Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49) 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q-; S
This secondary voltage interruption can be
A built-in overload protection with a cur- detected by means of the integrated fuse • Minimum/maximum memory
rent and thermal alarm stage is provided failure monitor. Immediate blocking of 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground
for the thermal protection of cables and distance protection is provided for all types 3 x VPhase-Phase, 3V0; V1; P+; P-; Q+; Q-; S;
transformers. The trip time characteristics of secondary voltage failures. f; power factor (+); power factor (-);
are exponential functions according to from mean values
IEC 60255-8. The preload is thus consid- Additional measurement supervision func- 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S
ered in the trip times for overloads. An tions are • Energy meters
adjustable alarm stage can initiate an alarm • Symmetry of voltages and currents Wp+; Wp-; WQ+; WQ-
before tripping is initiated. • Summation of currents and voltages • Availability of the data connection to the
remote line ends per minute and per hour
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) • Regarding delay time measuring with the
GPS-version the absolute time for trans-
One or two binary inputs for each circuit- mit and receive path is displayed sepa-
breaker pole can be used for monitoring rately.
the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
connecting cables. An alarm signal is is- Limit value monitoring: Limit values
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted. are monitored by means of the CFC.
Commands can be derived from these
Lockout (ANSI 86) limit value indications.

and reset using the LED reset key. The
lockout state is also stored in the event of
supply voltage failure. Reclosure can only
be issued after the lockout state is reset.

Measured values at remote line ends

Every two seconds the currents and volt-
ages are freezed at the same time at all
line ends and transmitted via the commu-
nication link. At a local line end, currents
and voltages are thus available with their
amount and phases (angle) locally and re-
motely. This allows checking the whole
configuration under load conditions. In
addition, the differential and restraint cur-
rents are also displayed. Important com-
munication measurements, such as delay
time or faulty telegrams per minute/hour
are also available as measurements. These
measured values can be processed with the
help of the CFC logic editor.
Commissioning
LSP2845.tif
be displayed and activated directly. This
can simplify the wiring check significantly Fig. 7/56
for the user. The operational and fault Browser-aided commissioning: Phasor diagram
7 events and the fault records are clearly
arranged.
Furthermore, all currents and optional
voltages and phases are available via com-
munication link at the local relay and are
displayed in the relay, with DIGSI 4 or with
the Web Monitor.
The operational and fault events and fault
records from all line ends share a common
time tagging which allows to compare
events registered in the different line
ends on a common time base.
WEB Monitor – Internet technology

In addition to the universal DIGSI 4 oper-
ating program, the relay contains a WEB
server that can be accessed via a telecom-
munication link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this
solution is to operate the unit with stan-
dard software tools and at the same time
LSP2846.tif
make use of the Intranet/Internet infra-

structure. This program shows the protec-
tion topology and comprehensive Fig. 7/57
measurements from local and remote line Browser-aided commissioning:
ends. Local and remote measurements are Differential protection tripping characteristic
shown as phasors and the breaker
positions of each line end are depicted. It is Stability can be checked by using the oper- Event log and trip log messages are also
possible to check the correct connection of ating characteristic as well as the calculated available. Remote control can be used, if
the current transformers or the correct differential and restraint values in the the local front panel cannot be accessed.
vector group of a transformer. browser windows.
If the distance protection is active, then the
valid zone characteristic (quadrilateral/
mho) is displayed.

Switching authority Indication derivation

Switching authority is determined accord- A further indication (or a command) can
n Control and automation functions ing to parameters, communication or by be derived from an existing indication.
Control key-operated switch (when available). Group indications can also be formed. The
volume of information to the system inter-
In addition to the protection functions, the If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local
face can thus be reduced and restricted to
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control switching operations are possible. The fol-
the most important signals.
and monitoring functions that are required lowing sequence of switching authority is
for operating medium-voltage or high- laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program,
Transmission lockout
voltage substations. “REMOTE”
A data transmission lockout can be acti-
The main application is reliable control of Every switching operation and change of
switching and other processes. breaker position is kept in the status indi-
tion to the control center during work on
cation memory. The switch command
The status of primary equipment or auxil- source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon- a circuit bay.
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary taneous change or command) and result
contacts and communicated via binary in- of a switching operation are retained. Test operation
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and During commissioning, all indications can
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED po- Assignment of feedback to command be passed to an automatic control system
sition or a fault or intermediate circuit- for test purposes.
breaker or auxiliary contact position. The positions of the circuit-breaker or
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be acquired by feedback. These indication in-
controlled via: puts are logically assigned to the corre-
− integrated operator panel sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
− binary inputs
tion change is a consequence of switching
− substation control and protection system operation or whether it is a spontaneous
− DIGSI 4
7
change of state (intermediate position).
Command processing Chatter disable

ing is offered. This includes the processing whether, in a configured period of time,
of single and double commands with or the number of status changes of indication
without feedback, sophisticated monitor- input exceeds a specified figure. If ex-
ing of the control hardware and software, ceeded, the indication input is blocked for
checking of the external process, control a certain period, so that the event list will
actions using functions such as runtime not record excessive operations.
mination after output. Here are some typi- Filter time
cal applications:
All binary indications can be subjected to
• Single and double commands using 1, a filter time (indication suppression).
• User-definable bay interlocks Indication filtering and delay
switching operations such as control of Indications can be filtered or delayed.
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
earthing switches potential at the indication input. The indi-
• Triggering of switching operations, indication is passed on only if the indication
cations or alarm by combination with voltage is still present after a set period of
existing information time. In the event of indication delay, there
is a wait for a preset time. The information
Automation/user-defined logic is passed on only if the indication voltage is
for the automation of switchgear or substa-
interface.

Commissioning aid via a standard Web

Communication
browser
With respect to communication, particular In the case of the 7SD52/53, a PC with a
emphasis has been placed on high levels of standard browser can be connected to the
flexibility, data integrity and utilization of local PC interface or to the service interface
standards common in energy automation. (refer to “Commissioning program”).
The design of the communication modules The relays include a small Web server that
permits interchangeability on the one sends its HTML pages to the browser via
hand, and on the other hand provides an established dial-up network connection.
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet). Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Local PC interface
Communication modules for retrofitting
The PC interface accessible from the front are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
of the unit permits quick access to all pa- unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
rameters and fault event data. Of particular ent communication interfaces (electrical or Fig. 7/58
advantage is the use of the DIGSI 4 operat- optical) and protocols (IEC 61850 IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
ing program during commissioning. Ethernet, IEC 60870-5-103, conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP, DNP 3.0, DIGSI,
Rear-mounted interfaces etc.) are required, such demands can be
met.
Two communication modules located on
the rear of the unit incorporate optional
equipment complements and readily per- Safe bus architecture
mit retrofitting. They assure the ability to • RS485 bus
comply with the requirements of different With this data transmission via copper
7 communication interfaces. conductors electromagnetic fault influ-
The interfaces make provision for the fol- ences are largely eliminated by the use
lowing applications: of twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure
of a unit, the remaining system continues
• Service /modem interface to operate without any disturbances.
By means of the RS232/RS485 or optical • Fiber-optic double ring circuit
interface, it is possible to efficiently oper- The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
ate a number of protection units cen- mune to electromagnetic interference.
trally via DIGSI 4 or standard browser. Upon failure of a section between two
Remote operation is possible on connec- units, the communication system con-
tion of a modem. This offers the advan- tinues to operate without disturbance.
tage of rapid fault clarification, especially
in the case of unmanned power plants. It is generally impossible to communicate Fig. 7/59
With the optical version, centralized op- with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to Bus structure for station bus with
eration can be implemented by means of fail, there is no effect on the communica- Ethernet and IEC 61850
a star coupler. tion with the rest of the system.
This interface is used to carry out com-
munication with a control or protection
and control system and supports a var-
iety of communication protocols and in-
terface designs, depending on the mod-
ule connected.

Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850
protocol is the worldwide standard
for protection and control systems
used by power supply corpora-
LSP2164-afpen.tif
tions. Siemens was the first manu-
facturer to support this standard.
By means of this protocol, infor-
mation can also be exchanged
directly between bay units so as to
set up simple masterless systems Fig. 7/60 Fig. 7/61
for bay and system interlocking. RS232/RS485 electrical communication module PROFIBUS communication module, optical double-ring
Access to the units via the Ethernet
bus is also possible with DIGSI.
LSP2162-afpen.tif
IEC 60870-5-103
ally standardized protocol for the
efficient communication in the
protected area. IEC 60870-5-103 is
supported by a number of protec-
LSP3.01-0021.tif
tion device manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
7
PROFIBUS-DP
Fig. 7/62 Fig. 7/63
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-
recognized standard for communi- IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch
cations and is supported by a num-
ber of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network
Protocol Version 3) is a messaging-
based communication protocol.
The SIPROTEC 4 units are fully
Level 1 and Level 2 compliant with
DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by
a number of protection device
manufacturers.
Fig. 7/64
System solution: Communications

In addition to the differential protection The link to a multiplexed communication

Communication
function, other protection functions can network is made by separate communica-
System solutions for protection and station use this interface to increase selectivity and tion converters (7XV5662). These have
control sensitivity as well as covering advanced ap- a fiber-optic interface with 820 nm and
plications. 2 ST connectors to the protection relay.
Together with the SICAM power automa- The link to the communication network
tion system, SIPROTEC 4 can be used with • Fast phase-selective teleprotection signal-
is optionally an electrical X21 or a
PROFIBUS-FMS. Over the low-cost elec- ing for distance protection, optionally
G703/-E1/-T1 interface. Furthermore the
trical RS485 bus, or interference-free via with POTT or PUTT schemes
IEEE C37.94 interface is supported by the
the optical double ring, the units exchange • Two and three-terminal line applications FO30 module.
information with the control system. can be implemented without additional
logic For operation via copper wire communica-
Units featuring IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces • Signaling for directional ground(earth)- tion (pilot wires or twisted telephone pair),
can be connected to SICAM in parallel via fault protection – directional compari- a modern communication converter for
the RS485 bus or radially by fiber-optic son for high-resistance faults in solidly copper cables is available. This operates
link. Through this interface, the system is earthed systems with both the two-wire and three-wire
open for the connection of units of other copper connections which were used by
• Echo function
manufacturers (see Fig. 7/58). conventional differential protection sys-
• Interclose command transfer with the
tems before. The communication con-
Because of the standardized interfaces, auto-reclosure “Adaptive dead time”
verter for copper cables is designed for
SIPROTEC units can also be integrated (ADT) mode
5 kV insulation voltage. An additional
into systems of other manufacturers or in • 28 remote signals for fast transfer of 20 kV isolation transformer can extend the
SIMATIC. Electrical RS485 or optical in- binary signals field of applications of this technique into
terfaces are available. The optimum physi- Flexible utilization of the communication ranges with higher insulation voltage re-
cal data transfer medium can be chosen channels by means of the programmable quirements. The connection via FO cable
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus, CFC logic to the relay is interference-free. With
SIPROTEC 4 and the communication con-
7 the cubicles and an interference-free opti-
The protection data interfaces have differ-
ent options to cover new and existing com- verter for copper cables a digital follow-up
munication infrastructures. technique is available for two-wire protec-
lished.
tion systems (typical 8 km) and all
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so- • FO51), OMA12) module: three-wire protection systems using exist-
lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the 820 nm fiber-optic interface with clock ing copper communication links.
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are recovery/ST connectors for direct con-
nection with multi-mode FO cable up to Different communication converters are
1.5 km for the connection to a commu- listed under "Accessories".
ized, thus also enabling direct connection nication converter. Communication data:
of units of other manufacturers to the • FO61), OMA22) module:
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however, 820 nm fiber-optic interface/ST connec- • 32-bit CRC-check according to CCITT
the units can also be used in other manu- tors for direct connection up to 3.5 km and ITU
facturers' systems (see Fig. 7/59). with multi-mode FO cable. • Each protection relay possesses a unique
relay address
Via modem and service interface, the pro- • Continuous communication link super-
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x
tection engineer has access to the protec- vision: Individual faulty data telegrams
tion devices at all times. This permits • FO171): For direct connection do not constitute an immediate danger,
remote maintenance and diagnosis (cyclic up to 24 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode if they occur only sporadically. The sta-
testing). fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector tistical availability, per minute and hour,
Parallel to this, local communication is • FO181): For direct connection up to of the serial protection data interface can
possible, for example, during a major in- 60 km3), 1300 nm, for mono-mode fiber be displayed.
spection. 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector • Supported network interfaces X21/RS422
• FO191): For direct connection up to with 64 or 128 or 512 kbit/s; or G703-
Serial protection data interface 100 km3), 1550 nm, for mono-mode 64 kbit/s and G703-E1 (2,048 kbit/s) or
(R2R interface) fiber 9/125 μm, LC-Duplex connector G703-T1 (1,554 kbit/s).
• FO30: 820 nm fiber-optic interface/ • Max. channel delay time 0.1 ms to 30 ms
As an option, the 7SD52/53 provides one
ST connectors for direct connection (in steps of 0.1 ms) or IEEE C37.94.
or two protection data interfaces to cover
two up to six line end applications in ring
up to 1.5 km and for connections to a • Protocol HDLC
IEEE C37.94 multiplexer interface.
or chain topology and hot standby com-
munication between two line ends.

1) For flush-mounting housing. FO module OMA1 will be delivered
2) For surface-mounting housing. together with an external repeater.

Communication
Communication possibilities between relays
Fig. 7/65 Fig. 7/66

Direct optical link up to 1.5 km/3.5 km, 820 nm Direct optical link up to 25/60 km with 1300 nm
or up to 100 km with 1550 nm
Fig. 7/67 Fig. 7/68

Connection to a communication network CC-XG Connection to a communication network CC-2M
max. 1.5 km with

62.5 μm/125 μm
7SD52/53 multi-mode fiber
MUX Communication
7SD610
IEEE C37.94 network
FO30
SIPV6.011en.eps
FO30 with ST connectors
Fig. 7/69 Fig. 7/70

Connection to a communication network via IEEE C37.94 Connection to a pilot wire

Typical connection
Typical connection for current

Holmgreen circuit
nally.
Note:
Voltage inputs are always available in the
relay. But there is no need to connect it to
voltage transformers for the differential
protection function.
Fig. 7/71
Example of connection for current and voltage transformers
Alternative current measurement

7 nected in the usual manner. The neutral
point is in line direction. I4 is connected to
a separate neutral core-balance CT, thus
permitting a high sensitive 3I0 measure-
ment.
core-balance CT pointing in the same di-
rection as the neutral point of the phase
current transformers (in this case in line
direction). The voltage connection is ef-
fected in accordance with Fig. 7/71, 7/76
or 7/77.
Fig. 7/72
Alternative connection of current transformers for sensitive
ground(earth)-current measuring with core-balance current transformers

Typical connection

of a grounded (earthed) transformer for
directional ground(earth)-fault protection.
The voltage connection is effected in ac-
cordance with Fig. 7/71, 7/76 or 7/77.

neutral current of a grounded (earthed) power transformer

the summation current of the parallel line 7
for parallel line compensation on overhead

the ground (earth) current of a parallel line
Fig. 7/75 Connection of current transformer with

restricted earth-fault protection (REF)

Typical connection

and ground(earth)-fault directional pro-
tection. The current connection is effected
in accordance with Fig. 7/71, 7/72, 7/73
and 7/74.


7 to busbar voltage transformer for synchro-
check.
Note: Any phase-to-phase or phase-to-
ground(earth) voltage may be employed
as the busbar voltage. Parameterization is
carried out on the unit. The current con-
nection is effected in accordance with
Fig. 7/71, 7/72, 7/73 and 7/74.

busbar voltage

Technical data

Analog inputs Quantity
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) RUN (green) 1
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (selectable, controlled by ERROR (red) 1
firmware) Indication (red), function can be 14
Rated voltage 80 to 125 V (selectable) assigned
Power consumption Unit design
In CT circuits with IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Housing 7XP20 See dimension drawings, part 15
In CT circuits with IN = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA 1/2 x 19″ or 1/1 x 19″
In VT circuits Approx. 0.10 VA
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
Thermal overload capacity Surface-mounting housing IP 51
In CT circuits 500 A for 1 s Flush-mounting housing
150 A for 10 s Rear IP 50
4 x IN continuous Front IP 51
In VT circuits 230 V, continuous per phase For the terminals IP 2x with cover cap
Dynamic overload capacity Weight
In CT circuits 1250 A (half cycle) Flush-mounting housing
In the CT circuit for high sensitive 1/2 x 19″ 6 kg
earth-fault protection 1/1 x 19″ 10 kg
(refer to ordering code) Surface-mounting housing
Auxiliary voltage 1/2 x 19″ 11 kg
1/1 x 19″ 19 kg
Rated voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC 1)
110 to 250 V DC 1) Serial interfaces (front of unit)
and 115 V AC with 50/60 Hz1)
Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser 7
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 %
Connection Front panel, non-isolated, RS232,
Max. superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % 9-pin subminiature connector
(peak-to-peak)
Power consumption
Time synchronization (rear of unit)
During normal operation Approx. 8 W
During pickup with all inputs Approx. 18 W IRIG-B/DCF77/SCADA or 1 sec pulse from GPS (format IRIG-B000)
and outputs activated Connection 9-pin subminiature connector
Bridging time during auxiliary (SUB-D)
voltage failure Vaux 110 V AC/DC ≥ 50 ms Voltage levels 5 or 12 or 24 V
Binary inputs Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
Quantity 8 or 16 or 24 Service interface (operating interface 2) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
Function can be assigned
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
Minimum permissible voltage 19 or 88 or 176 V DC, bipolar Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
Range is selectable with jumpers (3 operating ranges) Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
for each binary input Distance for RS485, depends on Max. 1000 m
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC the baud rate
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA Fiber-optic Integrated ST connector
Output relays
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 µm
Quantity 16 or 24 or 32 Distance Max. 1.5 km
Function can be assigned
System interface
Switching capacity
(refer to ordering code) IEC 61850 Ethernet
Make 1000 W /VA
IEC 60870-5-103
Break 30 VA
PROFIBUS-FMS
Break (for resistive load) 40 W
PROFIBUS-DP
Break (for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
DNP 3.0
Permissible current 30 A for 0.5 s Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud
5 A continuous Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz
1) Ranges are settable by means of jumpers.

Technical data
System interface, continued External communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00 for pilot wires
PROFIBUS RS485 External communication converter
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz to interface between relays, optical
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud 820 nm interface and a pilot wire or
Distance 1 km at 93.75 kB; 100 m at 12 MB twisted telephone pair.
PROFIBUS fiber-optic2) Typical distance 15 km
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector Fiber-optic 820 nm with clock Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM2) recovery multi-mode FO cable
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Pilot wire Screw-type terminal 5 kV isolated
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm Permissible time delay (duration of data transmission)
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km, 1500 kB/s 530 m
Delay of telegrams due to trans- Max. 30 ms per transmission path
Protection data interface (R2R interface) mission for one unit to the other. Permissible max. value can be
FO51), OMA12): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm, Delay is constantly measured and selected
with clock recovery for direct connec- ST connectors adjusted
tion up to 1.5 km or for connection to Permissible fiber attenuation 8 dB
a communication converter, 820 nm
Electrical tests
FO61), OMA22): Fiber-optic interface For multi-mode fiber 62.5/125 μm,
Specifications
for direct connection up to 3.5 km, ST connectors
820 nm Permissible fiber attenuation 16 dB Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
New fiber-optic interfaces, series FO1x
UL 508
FO171): for direct connection up to For mono-mode fiber 9/125 μm, For further standards see
24 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector “Individual functions”
Insulation tests
7 60 km3), 1300 nm LC-Duplex connector
Permissible fiber attenuation 29 dB Voltage test (100 % test)
All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
supply, binary inputs and
Relay communication equipment
inputs (100 % test)
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AA00
RS485/RS232 rear side communi- 500 V (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
for communication networks X21/G703-64 kbit/s
cation interfaces and time
External communication converter to synchronization interface
interface between the relays, optical (100 % test)
820 nm interface and the X21(RS422)
G703-64 kbit/s interface of a commu- Impulse voltage test (type test)
nication device All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J
cation interfaces and time syn- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
X21/G703, RS422 selectable by jump- chronization interface, class III intervals of 5 s
ers. Baud rate selectable by jumpers
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Input: fiber-optic 820 nm Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
with clock recovery multi-mode FO cable to device side Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(product standards) (type tests)
Output: X21 (RS422) electrical 64/128/512 kbit (selectable by jumper) EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
interface on communication device max. 800 m, 15-pin connector DIN 57435 part 303
G703-64 kbit/s electrical interface on 64 kbit/s, max. 800 m, screw-type High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
communication device terminal IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s;
External communication converter 7XV5662-0AD00 VDE 0435 part 303, class III test duration 2 s
for communication networks with G703-E1 or G703-T1 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
External communication converter to IEC 60255-22-2, class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
interface between the relays, optical EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
820 nm interface and G703-E1 or Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
G703-T1 interface of a communica- non-modulated
tion network. IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Inputs: 2 fiber-optic inputs 820 nm, Max. 1.5 km with 62.5/125µm Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
1RS232 input multi-mode 1 FO cable to device side amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Output: IEC 61000-4-3, class III
G703.5 E1: 2,048 kbit/s
G703.6 T1: 1,554 kbit/s
Electrical interface on communica- max. 800 m, screw-type terminal
tion network 1) For flush-mounting housing.
3) For surface-mounting housing the internal FO module OMA1
will be delivered together with an external repeater.

Technical data
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition During transport

pulse-modulated IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 % Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Fast transients, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms; IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; frequency sweep 1 octave/min
both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
test duration 1 min
Shock Half-sinusoidal
High-energy surge voltages (SURGE) IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 61000-4-5, installation class III IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
Auxiliary supply Common mode: 2 kV, 12 Ω, 9 µF of the 3 axes
Differential mode: 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 µF
Measurements inputs, binary inputs, Common mode: 2 kV, 42 Ω, 0.5 µF IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
binary outputs Differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 µF IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks each in both directions
Line-conducted HF, amplitude-mod- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; of the 3 axes
ulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; Climatic stress tests
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz; 0.5 mT; 50 MHz
IEC 60255-6 Temperatures
Oscillatory surge withstand capability 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Damped wave; 50 surges per second; and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges temperature, tested for 96 h
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second; Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
both polarities; duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz (Legibility of display may be im- 7
ence, IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse-modulated paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
Damped oscillations IEC 60894, 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity permanent storage
IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
1, 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω transport
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Humidity
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard) Permissible humidity stress Yearly average ≤ 75 % relative humid-
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 56 days in the year up to 93 %
lines, only auxiliary supply, Limit class B units in such a way, that they are not relative humidity; condensation is not
IEC-CISPR 22 exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permitted
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz nounced temperature changes that
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B could cause condensation.
Mechanical dynamic tests Functions
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Differential protection (ANSI 87L, 87T)
During operation Sensitive normal trip stage IDiff>
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting range of

IDiff > secondary 1 A 0.1 to 20 A (step 0.1)
Vibration Sinusoidal secondary 5 A 0.5 to 100 A
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Tripping time (three line ends) 50 Hz
frequency sweep 1 octave/min IDiff > 2.5 × IDiff > (setting) Min. 27 ms
20 cycles in 3 othogonal axes Typ. 29 ms
60 Hz
Shock Half-sinusoidal Min. 24 ms
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, Typ. 26 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
of the 3 axes Delay time of IDiff> trip stage
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Delay time 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude Capacitive current load compensation
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis),
Restraint ratio
IC STAB / ICN 2 to 4 (steps 0.1)
(vertical axis),
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration High-set fast trip stage IDiff>>
(horizontal axis), Setting range
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration IDiff>> secondary 1 A 0.8 to 100 A (step 0.1)
(vertical axis), secondary 5 A 4 to 500 A (step 0.5)
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Tripping time (three line ends) Min. 9 ms1)
IDiff ≥ 2.5 × IDiff >> (setting) Typ. 12 ms1)
1) Ordering option with high-speed contacts required.
Technical data
Vector group adaptation with transformers in the differential zone Ground(earth)-fault pickup
Adaptation of connection symbol 0 to 11 (x 30 °) (step 1) Neutral (residual) current 3I0 0.05 to 4 A (1A)/ 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(Ground current) (step 0.01 A)
Neutral point connection Grounded (earthed) or not grounded
(earthed) (for each winding) Zero-sequence voltage 3V0>
for earthed networks 1 to 100 V (step 1 V) or deactivated
Inrush restraint for resonant-earthed networks 10 to 200 V (step 1 V)
Restraint ratio Zero-sequence compensation
2nd harmonic I2fN/IfN 10 % to 45 % (step 1 %) Selectable input formats RE/RL and XE/XL
Max. current for restraint 1.1 A to 25 A1) (step 0.1 A) k0 and ϕ(k0)
Crossblock function Can be switched on and off Separately selectable for zones Z1
higher zones (Z1B, Z2 to Z5)
Max. operative time for crossblock 0 to 60 s (step 0.01 s) or
Toper crossblk deactivated (operating up to release) RE/RL and XE/XL -0.33 to 7 (step 0.01)
Distance protection (ANSI 21, 21N) k0 0 to 4 (step 0.001)
ϕ(k0) -135 to 135 ° (step 0.01 °)
Distance protection zones 6, 1 of which as controlled zone, all
zones can be set forward or/and Parallel line mutual compensation (refer to ordering code)
reverse RM/RL and XM/XL 0.00 to 8 (step 0.01)
Time stages for tripping delay 6 for multi-phase faults Phase reference on double Phase preference or no preference
3 for single-phase faults earth-faults in resonant-earthed/ (selectable)
Setting range 0 to 30 s or deactivated (steps 0.01 s) non-earthed network
Characteristic (refer to ordering code) Load encroachment
Selectable separately for phase quadrilateral and/or Minimum load resistance 0.10 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.02 to 120 Ω(5A)
and ground (earth) faults Mho (only impedance pickup) (step 0.001 Ω) or deactivated
Types of pickup Overcurrent pickup (I>); Maximum load angle 20 to 60 ° (step 1 °)
Voltage-dependent overcurrent Directional decision for all types of With sound phase polarization and/or
7 pickup (V); faults voltage memory
Voltage-dependent and phase an-
gle-dependent overcurrent pickup Directional sensitivity Dynamically unlimited
(V / ϕ>); Tolerances For sinusodial quantities
Impedance pickup (Z<) Impedances
ΔX
Types of tripping Three-pole for all types of faults; (in conformity with DIN 57435, ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 90 °
Part 303) X
Single-pole for single-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole; ΔR
≤ 5 % for 0 ° ≤ ϕ SC ≤ 60 °
Single-pole for single-phase faults and R
two-pole phase-to-phase faults /
otherwise three-pole ΔZ
≤ 5% for-30°≤ (ϕ SC -ϕline)≤+30°
Time range 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Z
Line angle ϕ L 30 ° to 89 ° (step 1 °) Response values (in conformity
with DIN 57435, Part 303)
Inclination angle for quadrilateral 30° to 90° (step 1°)
V and I ≤ 5 % of setting value
characteristic
Angle (ϕ) ≤3°
Quadrilateral reactance reach X 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
(step 0.001 Ω)
Quadrilateral resistance reach R
for phase-to-phase faults and 0.05 to 600 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 120 Ω(5A)
phase-to-ground(earth) faults (step 0.001Ω) Operating times
Mho impedance reach ZR 0.05 to 200 Ω(1A) / 0.01 to 40 Ω(5A) Minimum trip time Approx. 17 ms at 50 Hz
(step 0.01 Ω) with fast relays Approx. 15 ms at 60 Hz
Minimum phase current I 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
with high-speed relays Approx. 10 ms at 60 Hz
(step 0.01 A)
Reset time Approx. 30 ms
Overcurrent pickup I>> 0.25 to 10 A (1A) / 1.25 to 50 A (5A)
(for I>>, V, V/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
Minimum current pickup I> 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A)
(for V, V/ϕ> and Z<) (step 0.01 A)
Minimum current pickup Iϕ> 0.1 to 8 A (1A) / 0.5 to 40 A (5A)
(for V, V/ϕ>) (step 0.01 A)
Undervoltage pickup (for V and
V/ϕ>)
Vph-e< 20 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Vph-ph< 40 to 130 V (step 1 V)
Load angle pickup (for V/ϕ>)
Load angle ϕ 30 ° to 80 °
Load angle ϕ 90 ° to 120 °
1) Secondary data for IN = 1 A; with IN = 5 A the values must be multiplied.

Technical data
Power swing detection (ANSI 68, 68T) Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51, 51N)
Power swing detection principle Measurement of the rate of imped- Phase current pickup 0.1 to 4 A (1A) /0.5 to 20 A (5A)
ance vector change and monitoring (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
of the vector path Neutral (residual) current pickup 0.05 to 4 A (1A) /0.25 to 20 A (5A)
Max. detectable power swing fre- Approx. 7 Hz (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
quency Characteristics
Operating modes Power swing blocking and/or power Characteristics Normal inverse
swing tripping (out-of-step tripping) according to IEC 60255-3 Very inverse
Power swing blocking programs All zones blocked Extremely inverse
Z1/Z1B blocked Long time inverse
Z2 to Z5 blocked Time multiplier Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s)
Z1, Z1B, Z2 blocked or deactivated
Detection of faults during power Reset of power swing blocking for all Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I / Ip
swing blocking types of faults
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I / Ip
Tele (pilot) protection for distance protection (ANSI 85-21)
Tolerances
Modes of operation PUTT (Z1B acceleration); DUTT Operating time for 2 ≤I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms
PUTT (acceleration with pickup);
POTT; Directional comparison; Characteristics Inverse
Reverse interlocking according to ANSI/IEEE Short inverse
Pilot-wire comparison; Unblocking; Long inverse
Blocking Moderately inverse
Very inverse
Additional functions Echo function Extremely inverse
(refer to weak-infeed function) Definite inverse
Transient blocking for schemes with
Time dial 0.5 to 15 (step 0.01) or deactivated
7
measuring range extension
Transmission and reception signals Phase-selective signals available for Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x M
maximum selectivity with single-pole Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x M
tripping; signals for 2 and 3-end-
Tolerances
lines
Direct transfer trip (DTT)
Instantaneous high-speed switch-onto-fault overcurrent protection
Direct phase-selective tripping via Alternatively with or without (ANSI 50HS)
binary input auto-reclosure
Operating mode Active only after c.b. closing;
Trip time delay 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated instantaneous trip after pickup
Timer tolerance ± 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Characteristic 2 definite-time stages
Backup overcurrent protection (ANSI 50N, 51N) Pickup current I >>> 0.1 to 15 A (1A) /0.5 to 75 A (5A)
Operating modes Active only with loss of data (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
connection and voltage or always Pickup current I >>>> 1 to 25 A (1A)/5 to 125 A (5A)
active (step 0.01 A) or deactivated
Characteristics 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time Reset ratio Approx. 0.95
stage
Tolerances < 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50, 50N )
Directional ground (earth)-fault overcurrent protection
Pickup definite time stage 1, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) for high-resistance faults in systems with earthed star point
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated (ANSI 50N, 51N, 67N)
Pickup definite-time stage 1, 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Characteristic 3 definite-time stages / 1 inverse-time
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated stage or 4 definite-time stages or
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) 3 definite-time stages / 1 V0invers. stage
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Phase selector Permits 1-pole tripping for single-
Pickup definite-time stage 2, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) phase faults or 3-pole tripping for
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated multi-phase faults
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 0.1 to 25 A (1A) / 0.5 to 125 A (5A) Inrush restraint Selectable for every stage
phase current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Instantaneous trip after Selectable for every stage
Pickup definite-time stage 3, 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) switch-onto-fault
neutral (residual) current (step 0.01 A) or deactivated Influence of harmonics
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s, (step 0.01 s) or deactivated Stages 1 and 2 (I>>> and I>>) 3rd and higher harmonics are com-
pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Tolerances
Current pickup ≤ 3 % of set value or 1 % of IN Stages 3 and 4 2nd and higher harmonics are com-
Delay times ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms (I> and inverse 4th stage) pletely suppressed by digital filtering
Operating time Approx. 25 ms

Technical data
Definite-time stage (ANSI 50N) Zero-sequence voltage protection V0inverse

Pickup value 3I0>>> 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
2s
(step 0.01 A) Tripping characteristic t =
V0
Pickup value 3I0>> 0.2 to 25 A (1A) / 1 to 125 A (5A) − V 0inv min
4
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup value 3I0> 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A) Direction decision (ANSI 67N)
(step 0.01 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer Measured signals for direction deci- 3I0 and 3V0 or
with normal sensitivity sion 3I0 and 3V0 and IY (star point current
(refer to ordering data, position 7); of an earthed power transformer) or
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A) 3I2 and 3V2 (negative-sequence
(step 0.001 A) system) or zero-sequence power Sr or
Neutral (residual) current transformer automatic selection of zero-sequence
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering or negative-sequence quantities de-
data, position 7) pendent on the magnitude of the com-
ponent voltages
Pickup value 3I0, 4th stage 0.05 to 25 A (1A) / 0.25 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.01 A) Min. zero-sequence voltage 3V0 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
Neutral (residual) current transformer Min. current IY (of grounded 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
with normal sensitivity (refer to order- (earthed) transformers) (step 0.01 A)
ing data, position 7); Min. negative-sequence voltage 3V2 0.5 to 10 V (step 0.1 V)
0.003 to 25 A (1A) / 0.015 to 125 A (5A)
(step 0.001 A) Min. negative-sequence current 3I2 0.05 to 1 A (1A) / 0.25 to 5 A (5A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer (step 0.01 A)
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering Inrush current blocking, capable of being activated for each stage
data, position 7)
Component of the 2nd harmonic 10 to 45 % of the fundamental
Time delay for definite-time stages 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
7
(step 1 %)
Tolerances Max. current, which cancels inrush 0.5 to 25 A (1A) / 2.5 to 125 A (5A)
Current pickup ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 % IN current blocking (step 0.01 A)
Tele (pilot) protection for directional ground(earth)-fault overcurrent
Command / pickup times 3I0>>> Approx. 30 ms protection (ANSI 85-67N)
and 3I0>>
Operating modes Directional comparison: Pickup
Command / pickup times 3I0> and Approx. 40 ms Directional comparison: Blocking
3I0, 4th stage Directional comparison: Unblocking
Inverse-time stage (ANSI 51N) Additional functions Echo (see function "weak infeed");
Ground (earth)-current pickup 3I0P 0.05 to 4 A (1A) / 0.25 to 20 A (5A) transient blocking for schemes with
(step 0.01 A) parallel lines
Neutral (residual) current transformer Transmission and reception signals Phase-selective signals available for
with normal sensitivity maximum selectivity with single-pole
(refer to ordering data, position 7) tripping; signals for 2 and 3-end-lines
0.003 to 4 A (1A) / 0.015 to 20 A (5A)
Weak-infeed protection with undervoltage (ANSI 27WI)
(step 0.001 A)
Neutral (residual) current transformer Operating modes with carrier Echo
with high sensitivity (refer to ordering (signal) reception Echo and trip with undervoltage
data, position 7) Undervoltage phase – ground 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Tripping characteristics acc. to Normal inverse; very inverse; (earth)
IEC 60255-3 extremely inverse; long inverse Time delay 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
ANSI/IEEE tripping characteristic Inverse; short inverse; long inverse; Echo impulse 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
(not for region DE, refer to ordering moderately inverse; very inverse; Tolerances
data, position 10) extremely inverse; definite inverse Voltage threshold ≤ 5 % of set value or 0.5 V
Inverse logarithmic tripping charac- Timer ± 1 % of set value or 10 ms
3I 0
teristics (not for regions DE and US, t = T3 I 0 Pmax − T3 I 0 P ⋅ ln Fault locator
refer to ordering data, position 10) 3 I 0p
Output of the distance to fault X, R (secondary) in Ω
Pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/Ip (step 0.1 s) X, R (primary) in Ω
Time multiplier for IEC T character- Tp = 0.05 to 3 s (step 0.01 s) Distance in kilometers or in % of line
istics length
Time multiplier for ANSI D charac- DI0P = 0.5 to 15 s (step 0.01 s) Start of calculation With trip, with reset of pickup, with
teristics binary input
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 x I/Ip (ANSI: I/Ip = M) Reactance per unit length 0.005 to 6.5 Ω/km(1A) / 0.001 to
1.3 Ω/km(5A)
Inverse logarithmic pickup threshold 1.1 to 4.0 x I/I0P (step 0.1) (step 0.0001 Ω/km)
Reset threshold Approx. 1.05 x I/I0P (ANSI: I/Ip = M) Tolerance For sinusoidal quantities
Tolerance ≤ 2.5 % line length for
Operating time for 2 ≤ I/Ip ≤ 20 ≤ 5 % of setpoint ± 15 ms 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 ° and VSC/Vnom > 0.1

Technical data
Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27) Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Operating modes Local tripping or only indication Number of stages 2
Overvoltage protection Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A(1A) / 0.25 to 100 A(5A)
(step 0.01 A)
Pickup values VPH-Gnd>>, VPH-Gnd> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) overvoltage) or deactivated Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Additional functions End-fault protection
(phase-phase overvoltage) or deactivated CB pole discrepancy monitoring
Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> Reset time Approx. 15 ms, typical; 25 ms max.
1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(3V0 can be measured via V4 trans- or deactivated Tolerances
formers or calculated by the relay) Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
(zero-sequence overvoltage) Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V) Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79)
(positive-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8
Measured voltage Local positive-sequence Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1 or 3-pole
voltage or calculated
remote positive-sequence Operating modes with line voltage DLC – dead-line check
voltage (compounding) check ADT – adaptive dead time
RDT – reduced dead time
Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
(negative-sequence overvoltage) or deactivated Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Undervoltage protection
Pickup values VPH-Gnd<<, VPH-Gnd< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-ground (earth) undervoltage) or deactivated Additional functions Synchro-check request
Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 175 V (step 0.1 V)
3-phase intertripping
InterCLOSE command
7
(phase-phase undervoltage) or deactivated to the remote end
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) Check of CB ready state
(positive-sequence undervoltage) or deactivated Blocking with manual CLOSE
Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT,
stages RDT
Healthy line voltage 30 to 90 V (step 1 V)
Reset ratio 1.05 Dead line 2 to 70 V (step 1 V)
Time delays Tolerances
Time delay for all over- and 0 to 100 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
undervoltage stages Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V
Command / pickup time Approx. 30 ms Synchro-check (ANSI 25)
Tolerances Initiate options Auto-reclosure;
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 0.5 V Manual CLOSE control
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Control commands
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Operating modes
with auto-reclosure Synchro-check
Number of frequency elements 4
Setting range 45.5 to 54.5 Hz Line live/busbar dead
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 50 Hz Line and busbar dead
55.5 to 64.5 Hz Bypassing
(in steps of 0.01) at fnom = 60 Hz For manual closure
Delay times 0 to 600 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) and control commands As for auto-reclosure
Operating voltage range 6 to 230 V (phase-to-ground (earth)) Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup times Approx. 80 ms Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz)
Dropout times Approx. 80 ms Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1 °)
Hysteresis Approx. 20 mHz Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Dropout condition Voltage = 0 V and current = 0 A
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Tolerances networks
Frequency 12 m Hz for V = 29 to 230 V
Tolerances
Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 2 V

Technical data
Restricted earth-fault protection (ANSI 87N) Thermal overload protection (ANSI 49)
Multiple availability 2 times (option) Setting ranges
Factor k acc. to IEC 60255-8 1 to 4 (steps 0.01)
Settings
Time constant τ 1 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Differential current IREF >/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Temperature alarm stage Θalarm/Θtrip 50 to 100 % in relation to the trip
Limit angle ϕ REF 110 ° (fixed) temperature
Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Current alarm stage Ialarm
or deactivated (no trip) Secondary 1 A 0.1 to 4 A (step 0.1)
The set times are pure delay times Secondary 5 A 0.5 to 20 A (step 0.1)
Operating times
I 2 − I pre
2
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz Trip time characteristic t = τ ln
I 2 − (k ⋅ I N )
2
At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 30 25 Reset ratios

At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 28 24 Θ / Θalarm Approx. 0.99
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26 23 Θ / Θtrip Approx. 0.99
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7 I / Ialarm Approx. 0.99
Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents Tolerances Class 10 % acc. to IEC
Multiple availability 3 times (option) Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
Characteristics Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Definite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 > Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2
Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P per trip circuit
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely Indication relay 1 to 30 s (step 1 s)
inverse, long-time inverse
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
7 inverse, extremely inverse, definite
Additional functions
inverse, short inverse, long inverse Operational measured values
Alternatively, user-specified Representation Primary, secondary and percentage
trip and reset characteristics referred to rated value
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Currents 3 x IPhase; 3I0; IGnd sensitve; I1; I2; IY;
Current stages 3I0PAR
3 x IDiff, 3 x IStab
High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
TIPh >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) or 0.5 % Inom
or deactivated (no trip) Voltages 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0,
3I0 >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven , VCOMP
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Tolerances ≤ 0.5 % of indicated measured value
T3I0 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) or 0.5 % Vnom
or deactivated (no trip) Power with direction indication P, Q, S
Tolerances
P: for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 %
TIPh 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
or deactivated (no trip) Q: for ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1 %
3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 %
or deactivated (stage ineffective) S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1 %
T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) 120 %
or deactivated (no trip) Frequency f
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Tolerance ≤ 20 mHz
Acc. to IEC TIP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) Power factor PF (cos ϕ)
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Load impedances with directional 3 x RPhase-Ground, XPhase-Ground
T3I0P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) indication 3 x RPhase-Phase, XPhase-Phase
Overload measured values Θ/ΘTrip L1; Θ/ΘTrip L2; Θ/ΘTrip L3;
Inverse-time stages IP 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Θ/ΘTrip
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) Long-term mean values
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Interval for derivation of mean value 15 min / 1 min; 15 min / 3 min;
15 min / 15 min
D3I0P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) Synchronization instant Every ¼ hour; every ½ hour; every
hour
Values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; P+; P-; Q; Q+; Q–; S

Technical data
Minimum/maximum memory Further additional functions
Indication Measured values with date and time Measurement supervision Current sum
Resetting Cyclically Current symmetry
Via binary input Voltage sum
Via the keyboard Voltage symmetry
Via serial interface Voltage phase sequence
Values
Min./max. of measured values 3 x IPhase; I1; 3 x VPhase-Ground; 3 x Annunciations
VPhase-to-phase; 3V0; V1; Event logging Buffer size 200
P+; P–; Q+; Q–; S; f; power factor Fault logging Storage of signals of the last 8 faults,
(+); power factor (–) buffer size 800
Min./max. of mean values 3 x IPhase; I1; P; Q; S Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Energy meters c.b. pole
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ– Breaking current of last trip operation
Tolerance Max. breaking current per phase
for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5% Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle 3-phase
Vnom and I> 50 % Inom TRIP/CLOSE cycle per phase
Oscillographic fault recording Setting range 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0, 3I0PAR, 3I0 Gnd sensitive, Dead time for CB TRIP/CLOSE 0.00 to 30 s (step 0.01 s)
3 x IDiff, 3 x IStab cycle
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven, Vx Commissioning support Operational measured values
Max. number of available recordings 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary Circuit-breaker test
voltage supply fails Read binary test
Initiate binary inputs
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle
7
Set binary outputs
Total storage time Approx. 15 s Set serial interface outputs
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; number Lockout of a device
and contents can be freely configured Test mode ot the differential
by the user protection topology
channels CE conformity
Control This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary / nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
indication inputs and indication / electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
command outputs electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
1, 1 plus 1 common or 2 pole This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Local control Control via menu, function keys industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI, pilot This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
wires in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the


7SD5 combined multi-end line differential protection 7SD5 ¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
with distance protection
123
Device type1)
Two-terminal differential relay with 4-line display 2 2
Two-terminal differential relay with grapical display 3 2
Multi-terminal differential relay with 4-line display 2 3 see next page
Multi-terminal differential relay with graphical display 3 3
Measurement input
Iph = 1 A 2), Ie = 1 A 2) 1
Iph = 1 A 2), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.005 A) 2
Iph = 5 A 2), Ie = 5 A 2) 5
Iph = 5 A 2), Ie = sensitive (min. = 0.005 A) 6
Auxiliary voltage (Power supply, BI trigger level)

24 to 48 V DC, trigger level binary input 19 V 4) 2
60 to 125 V DC 3), trigger level binary input 19 V 4) 4
110 to 250 V DC 3), 115 V AC, trigger level binary input 88 V 4) 5
220 to 250 V DC 3), 115 V AC. trigger level binary input 176 V 4) 6
Binary / Signal / Fast High Speed 6) Housing Flush- Flush- Surface-

indication command relays 5) trip outputs width mounting mounting mounting
inputs outputs incl. referred housing / housing / housing /
one live to 19" screw-type plug-in screw-type
7 contact terminals terminals terminals
8 4 12 – 1/2 n A
8 4 12 – 1/2 n E
8 4 12 – 1/2 n J
16 12 12 – 1/1 n C
16 12 12 – 1/1 n G
16 12 12 – 1/1 n L
16 4 15 5 1/1 n N
16 4 15 5 1/1 n Q
16 4 15 5 1/1 n S
24 20 12 – 1/1 n D
24 20 12 – 1/1 n H
24 20 12 – 1/1 n M
24 12 15 5 1/1 n P
24 12 15 5 1/1 n R
24 12 15 5 1/1 n T
24 4 18 10 1/1 n W
Region-specific default/language settings and funtion versions

Region GE, German language (can be changed) A
Region world, English language (can be changed) B
Region US, US-English language (can be changed) C
Region world, French language (can be changed) D
Region world, Spanish language (can be changed) E
Region world, Italian language (can be changed) F
1) Redundant prot. data interface for Hot-Standby- 4) The binary input thresholds are selectable in three stepy by
service is possible with a two terminal differential means of jumpers.
relay (second prot. data interface is needed) 5) Fast relays are indentified in the terminal diagram.
2) Rated current 1/5 A can be selected by the means The time advantage compared to signal/command outputs
of jumpers. is approx. 3 ms, mainly for protection commands
3) Transition between three auxiliary voltage ranges 6) High-speed trip outputs are identified in the in the terminal diagram.
can be selected by means of jumpers. The time advantage compared to fast relays is approx. 5 ms


7SD5 combined multi-end line differential protection 7SD52 ¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
with distance protection (continued)
System interfaces
IEC protocol, electrical RS232 1 see next
IEC protocol, electrical RS485 2 page
IEC protocol, optical 820 nm, ST-plug 3
PROFIBUS FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS FMS Slave, optical 820 nm, twin-ring, ST-plug 6
Further protocols see supplement L 9 L0 ¨
PROFIBUS DP slave, RS485 A

PROFIBUS DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 1) B
DNP 3.0, RS485 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Etherrnet, electrical, double, RS45 connector (EN100) R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, with integrated switch
optical, double, LC-connector (EN100) 2) S
DIGSI/Modem interface (on rear of device) and protection interface 1

See additional indication M 9 M¨¨
DIGSI/Modem interface (on rear of device)

Without DIGSI-interface on rear 0 7
DIGSI 4, electric RS232 1
DIGSI 4, electric RS485 2
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST plug 3
Protection data interface 1

FO5: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST-plugs, line length up to 1.5 km
via multimode FO cable for communication converter or direct FO connection 3) A
via multimode FO cable for direct FO connection B
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 4) G
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 4)5) H
via monomode FO cable for direct FO connection 4)6) J
via multimode FO cable for communication networks with
IEEE C37.94 interface or direct FO connection 7) S
1) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R). For the surface mounted version,
please order a device with the appropriate electrical RS485 interface and an external FO-converter
2) Not possible for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R) please order the relay with electrical interface and
use a separate fiber-optic switch.
4) Device for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R) will be delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00.
5) For distances less than 25 km a set of optical attenuators 7XV5107-0AA00 must be installed to avoid saturation of the receiver element
7) Only available in flush-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 ⫽, E/G/H/Q/R).


7SD5 combined multi-end line differential protection 7SD52 ¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
Functions 1 / Protection data interface 2

Trip mode
Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) see next
Synchrocheck (ANSI 25) page
3-pole without without 0
3-pole with without 1
1-/3-pole without without 2
1-/3-pole with without 3
3-pole without with 4
3-pole with with 5
1-/3-pole without with 6
1-/3-pole with with 7
With protection data interface 2 see additional specification N
Relays (Ord.-No. 6 = 2) are available with a second protection data interface (Hot Standby) 9 N ¨¨
Functions 1
Trip mode
Synchrocheck (ANSI 25)
3-pole without without 0
3-pole with without 1
1-/3-pole without without 2
7 1-/3-pole
3-pole
with
without
without
with
3
4
3-pole with with 5
1-/3-pole without with 6
1-/3-pole with with 7
Protection interface 2
for communication converter or direct FO connection 1) A
for direct FO connection B
FO17: Optical 1300 nm, LC-Duplex-plugs, line length up to 24 km via monomode FO cable
for direct FO connection 2) G
for direct FO connection 2)3) H
for direct FO connection 2)4) J
FO 30: Optical 820 nm, 2 ST-plugs, line length up to 1.5 km via multimode FO cable
for communication networks with IEEE C37.94 interface or direct FO connection 5) S

2) Device for surface mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 = E/G/H/Q/R) will be delivered with external repeater 7XV5461-0Bx00.
5) Only available in flush-mounting housing (Order No. pos. 9 ⫽‚ E/G/H/Q/R).


7SD5 combined multi-end line differential protection 7SD5 ¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨¨ - ¨¨¨
Functions
Time overcurrent protection/
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N, 50BF)
Earth fault protection (ANSI 67N)
Distance protection (Pickup Z<, polygon, MHO, parallel line comp.)
Power Swing detection (ANSI 21, 21N, 68, 68T)
Distance protection (Ipickup I>,-VI/ϕ, -Z<),
polygon, parallel line comp. 2), power swing det. (ANSI 21, 21N, 68, 68T)
Earth fault detection for
isolated/compensated networks 1)
with without without without without C

with without without with without D
with without with without without E
with with without without without F
with with without with without G
with with with without without H
with without without without with J
with without without with with K
with with without without with L
with with without with with M
4 Remote commands/24 Remote indications 7
Transformer expansions
Fault locator
Voltage protection, frequence protection (ANSI 27, 50)
Restricted earth fault low impedance (ANSI 87N) 2)
with without 1-side measuring without without J

with without 1-side measuring with without K
with without 2-side measuring without without L
with without 2-side measuring with without M
with with 1-side measuring without without N
with with 1-side measuring with without P
with with 2-side measuring without without Q
with with 2-side measuring with without R
with with 1-side measuring without with S
with with 1-side measuring with with T
with with 2-side measuring without with U
with with 2-side measuring with with V
Measured values, extended, Min/Max values
External GPS synchronization
Capacitive current load compensation
without without without 0

without with without 1
with without without 2
with with without 3
without without with 4
without with with 5
with without with 6
with with with 7
1) Only available with Order No. Pos. 7 = 2 or 6

2) Only available with Order No. Pos. 7 = 1 or 5


Opto-electric communication converter CC-XG (connection to communication network)
Converter to interface to X21 or RS422 or G703-64 kbit/s synchronous
Connection via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 μm or 50 / 120 μm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via X21/RS422 or G703-64 kbit/s interface 7XV5662-0AA00
Opto-electric communication converter CC-2M to G703-E1/-T1 communication networks

with 2,048/1,554 kbit/s
Converter to interface between optical 820 nm interface and G703-E1/-T1 interface
of a communication network
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm or 50/120 µm and
820 nm wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector, max. distance 1.5 km
Electrical connection via G703-E1/-T1 interface 7XV5662-0AD00
Opto-electric communication converter (connection to pilot wire)

Converter to interface to a pilot wire or twisted telephone pair (typical 15 km length)
Connection via FO cable for 62.5/125 μm or 50/120 μm and 820 nm
wavelength (multi-mode FO cable) with ST connector;
max. distance 1.5 km, screw-type terminals to pilot wire 7XV5662-0AC00

Further modules
7 LC-Duplex connector, 24 km C53207-A351-D655-1
Optical repeaters
Time synchronizing unit with GPS output

GPS 1 sec pulse and time telegram IRIG B/DCF 77 7XV5664-0AA00
Isolation transformer (20 kV) for pilot wire communication 7XR9516

Rated current 1.6 A; thermal overload release 1.6 A; overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14


DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional)
Basis
Professional
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows (Windows 2000 or XP Professional).
Connecting cable
Manual for 7SD522/523 V4.6

7
English C53000-G1176-C169

package
LSP2089-afpen.tif

3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 7/80
Fig. 7/78 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
1)

2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP

Fig. 7/79 Fig. 7/80 1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps

Fig. 7/81 Fig. 7/82
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
for current for voltage small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
contacts contacts/
indications 1) Your local Siemens representative
contacts can inform you on local suppliers.

Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/85
Separation of common circuit of
BO8 to BO12 with jumpers X80, X81,
X82. Switching of BO14, BO15 as NO
contact or NC contact with jumpers
7 X41, X42, X43.
Fig. 7/83 Basic version in housing 1/2 x 19” with 8 binary inputs
and 16 binary outputs
1) Configuration of binary outputs

until Hardware-version /EE.
For advanced flexibility see
Fig. 7/85. Fig. 7/84 Serial interfaces

Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/87

contact or NC contact with jumpers 7
X41, X42, X43.
*) For unit version 7SD52xx-xN/S/Q Fig. 7/86 Medium version in housing 1/1 x 19”
high-speed contacts

Fig. 7/87.

Connection diagram
BO8
BO9
BO10
BO11
BO12
BO13
BO14
BO15
Fig. 7/89
contact or NC contact with jumpers
7 X41, X42, X43.
Fig. 7/88 Maximum version in housing 1/1 x 19”

*) For unit version 7SD52xx-xR/P/T
high-speed contacts

Fig. 7/89.

Transformer
Differential Protection Page
SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 Differential Protection Relay

for Transformers, Generators, Motors and Busbars 8/3
8
8

8 Transformer Differential Protection / 7UT6
SIPROTEC 4 7UT6 Differential Protection Relay

for Transformers, Generators, Motors and Busbars
Function overview
• Differential protection for 2- up to

5-winding transformers (3-/1-phase)
• Differential protection for motors and
generators
• Differential protection for short 2 up to
5 terminal lines
• Differential protection for busbars up
to 12 feeders (phase-segregated or with
summation CT)
LSP2456-afpen.tif
7UT633/635
• Differential protection with phase-
segregated measurement
7UT613 • Sensitive measuring for low-fault
currents
• Fast tripping for high-fault currents
Fig. 8/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UT612
7UT6 differential protection relay for transformers, • Restraint against inrush of transformer
generators, motors and busbars • Phase /earth overcurrent protection
• Overload protection with or without
temperature measurement
Description • Negative-sequence protection
The SIPROTEC 7UT6 differential protec- 7UT613 and 7UT63x only feature full cov- • Breaker failure protection
tion relays are used for fast and selective erage of applications without external re- • Low/high-impedance restricted earth
fault clearing of short-circuits in trans- lays by the option of multiple protection fault (REF) 8
formers of all voltage levels and also in functions e.g. overcurrent protection is • Voltage protection functions (7UT613/633)
rotating electric machines like motors and available for each winding or measurement
generators, for short lines and busbars. location of a transformer. Other functions Control functions
The protection relay can be parameterized
are available twice: earth-fault differential • Commands for control of circuit-
protection, breaker failure protection and breakers and isolators
for use with three-phase and single-phase
overload protection. Furthermore, up to
transformers. • 7UT63x: Graphic display shows posi-
12 user-defined (flexible) protection func-
tions may be activated by the customer tion of switching elements, local/remote
The specific application can be chosen by
parameterization. In this way an optimal with the choice of measured voltages, cur- switching by key-operated switch
adaptation of the relay to the protected rents, power and frequency as input vari- • Control via keyboard, binary inputs,
object can be achieved. ables. DIGSI 4 or SCADA system
In addition to the differential function, a The relays provide easy-to-use local con- • User-defined logic with CFC
backup overcurrent protection for 1 wind- trol and automation functions. Monitoring functions
ing/star point is integrated in the relay. The integrated programmable logic (CFC)
Optionally, a low or high-impedance re- allows the users to implement their own
stricted earth-fault protection, a negative- functions, e.g. for the automation of • Trip circuit supervision
sequence protection and a breaker failure switchgear (interlocking). User-defined • Oscillographic fault recording
protection can be used. 7UT613 and messages can be generated as well. • Permanent differential and restraint
7UT633 feature 4 voltage inputs. With this The flexible communication interfaces are current measurement, extensive scope
option an overvoltage and undervoltage open for modem communication architec- of operational values
protection is available as well as frequency tures with control system.
protection, reverse / forward power pro- Communication interfaces
tection, fuse failure monitor and overexci- • PC front port for setting with DIGSI 4
tation protection. With external tempera- • System interface
ture monitoring boxes (thermo-boxes)
IEC 61850 Ethernet
temperatures can be measured and moni-
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol,
tored in the relay. Therefore, complete
thermal monitoring of a transformer is
PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP,
possible, e.g. hot-spot calculation of the oil MODBUS or DNP 3.0
temperature. • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)/
temperature monitoring (thermo-box)
• Time synchronization via IRIG-B/DCF 77
Application
The numerical protection relays 7UT6 are
primarily applied as differential protection
on
– transformers
7UT612: 2 windings
7UT613/633: 2 up to 3 windings
7UT635: 2 up to 5 windings,
– generators
– motors
– short line sections
– small busbars
– parallel and series reactors.
The user selects the type of object that is to
be protected by setting during configura-
tion of the relay. Subsequently, only those
parameters that are relevant for this partic-
ular protected object need to be set. This
concept, whereby only those parameters
relevant to a particular protected object
need to be set, substantially contributed to
a simplification of the setting procedure.
Only a few parameters must be set. There-
fore the new 7UT6 relays also make use of
and extend this concept. Apart from the
protected plant objects defined in the
7UT6, a further differential protection
function allows the protection of
8 – single busbars with up to 12 feeders.
The well-proven differential measuring al-
gorithm of the 7UT51 relay is also used in
the new relays, so that a similar response
with regard to short-circuit detection, trip-
ping time saturation detection and inrush
restraint is achieved.

Application
7UT613/33
Protection functions ANSI No. Three-phase Single-phase Auto- Generator/ Busbar, Busbar,
7UT612
7UT635
transformer transformer transformer Motor 3-phase 1-phase
Differential protection 87T/G/M/L 1 1 1 X X X X X X

Earth-fault differential protection 87 N 1 2 2 X X X*) X – –
Overcurrent-time protection, phases 50/51 1 3 3 X X X X X –
Overcurrent-time protection 3I0 50/51N 1 3 3 X – X X X –
Overcurrent-time protection, earth 50/51G 1 2 2 X X X X X X
Overcurrent-time protection, 1 1 1 X X X X X X
single-phase
Negative-sequence protection 46 1 1 1 X – X X X –
Overload protection IEC 60255-8 49 1 2 2 X X X X X –
Overload protection IEC 60354 49 1 2 2 X X X X X –
Overexcitation protection *) V/Hz 24 – 1 – X X X X X X
Overvoltage protection *) V> 59 – 1 – X X X X – –
Undervoltage protection *) V< 27 – 1 – X X X X – –
Frequency protection *) f>, f< 81 – 1 – X X X X – –
Reverse power protection *) -P 32R – 1 – X X X X – –
Forward power protection*) P>, P< 32F – 1 – X X X X – –
Fuse failure protection 60FL – 1 – X X X X – –
Breaker failure protection 50 BF 1 2 2 X X X X X –
External temperature monitoring 38 X X X X X X X X X
(thermo-box)
Lockout 86 X X X X X X X X X 8
Measured-value supervision X X X X X X X X X
Trip circuit supervision 74 TC X X X X X X X X X
Direct coupling 1 X X X X X X X X X
Direct coupling 2 X X X X X X X X X
Operational measured values X X X X X X X X X
Flexible protection functions 27, 32, 47, – 12 12 X X X X X X
50, 55, 59, 81
X Function applicable
– Function not applicable in this application
*) Only 7UT613/63x
Construction
The 7UT6 is available in three housing

widths referred to a 19" module frame
system. The height is 243 mm.
– 1/3 (7UT612),
– 1/2 (7UT613),
– 1/1 (7UT633/635) of 19”
All cables can be connected with or with-
out cable ring lugs. Plug-in terminals are
available as an option, it is thus possible to
employ prefabricated cable harnesses. In
LSP2236F.tif
the case of surface mounting on a panel,

and below in the form of screw-type termi- Fig. 8/3
nals. The communication interfaces are lo- Rear view with screw-type terminals
cated on the same sides of the housing. For
dimensions please refer to the dimension
drawings (part 15).

Differential protection for transformers

(ANSI 87T)
When the 7UT6 is employed as fast and
selective short-circuit protection for trans-
formers the following properties apply:
• Tripping characteristic according to
Fig. 8/4 with normal sensitive IDIFF> and
high-set trip stage IDIFF>>
• Vector group and ratio adaptation
• Depending on the treatment of the trans-
former neutral point, zero-sequence cur-
rent conditioning can be set with or
without consideration of the neutral cur-
rent. With the 7UT6, the star-point cur-
rent at the star-point CT can be measured
and considered in the vector group treat-
ment, which increases sensitivity by one
third for single-phase faults.
• Fast clearance of heavy internal trans-
Fig. 8/4
former faults with high-set differential Tripping characteristic with preset transformer parameters for three-phase faults
element IDIFF>>.
• Restrain of inrush current with 2nd har-
monic. Cross-block function that can be
limited in time or switched off.
• Restrain against overfluxing with a choice
of 3rd or 5th harmonic stabilization is only
8 active up to a settable value for the funda-
mental component of the differential
current.
• Additional restrain for an external fault
with current transformer saturation
(patented CT-saturation detector from
7UT51).
Fig. 8/5
• Insensitivity to DC current and current
3-winding transformers (1 or 3-phase)
transformer errors due to the freely pro-
grammable tripping characteristic and
fundamental filtering.
• The differential protection function can
be blocked externally by means of a binary
input.

Protection functions Differential protection for single-phase

busbars (see Fig. 8/7)
Sensitive protection by measurement of (ANSI 87L)
star-point current (see Fig. 8/6)
The short-circuit protection is character-
(ANSI 87N/87GD)
ized by the large number of current mea-
Apart from the current inputs for detec- suring inputs. The scope of busbar
tion of the phase currents on the sides of protection ranges from a few bays e.g. in
the protected object, the 7UT6 also con- conjunction with one and a half cir-
tains normal sensitivity IE and high sensi- cuit-breaker applications, to large stations
tivity IEE current measuring inputs. having up to more than 50 feeders. In par-
Measurement of the star-point current of ticular in smaller stations, the busbar pro-
an earthed winding via the normal sensi- tection arrangements are too expensive.
tivity measuring input, and consideration With the 7UT6 relays the current inputs
of this current by the differential protec- may also be used to achieve a cost-effective
tion, increases the sensitivity during inter- busbar protection system for up to 12 feed-
nal single-phase faults by 33 %. If the sum ers (Fig. 8/7). This busbar protection func-
of the phase currents of a winding is com- tions as a phase-selective protection with
pared with the star-point current measured 1 or 5 A current transformers, whereby the
Fig. 8/6
with the normal sensitivity input IE, a sen- protected phase is connected. All three
High-impedance differential protection
sitive earth current differential protection phases can therefore be protected by apply-
can be implemented (REF). ing three relays. Furthermore a sin-
gle-phase protection can be implemented
This function is substantially more sensi- by connecting the three-phase currents via
tive than the differential protection during a summation transformer. The summation
faults to earth in a winding, detecting fault transformer connection has a rated current
currents as small as 10 % of the trans- of 100 mA.
former rated current.
The selectivity of the protection can be im-
Furthermore, this relay contains a proved by monitoring the current magni-
high-impedance differential protection in- tude in all feeders, and only releasing the
put. The sum of the phase currents is com- differential protection trip command when 8
pared with the star-point current. A the overcurrent condition is also met. The
voltage-dependent resistor (varistor) is ap- security measures to prevent maloperation
plied in shunt (see Fig. 8/6). Via the sensi- resulting from failures in the current trans-
tive current measuring input IEE, the former secondary circuits can be improved
voltage across the varistor is measured; in in this manner. This overcurrent release
the milli-amp range via the external resis- may also be used to implement a breaker
tor. The varistor and the resistor are failure protection. Should the release signal
mounted externally. An earth fault results not reset within a settable time, this indi-
in a voltage across the varistor that is larger cates that a breaker failure condition is Fig. 8/7
than the voltage resulting from normal present, as the short-circuit was not Simple busbar protection with phase-selective
current transformer errors. A prerequisite configuration
switched off by the bay circuit-breaker. Af- 7UT612: 7 feeders
is the application of accurate current trans- ter expiry of the time delay the circuit- 7UT613/633: 9 feeders
formers of the class 5P (TPY) which ex- breakers of the infeeds to the busbar may 7UT635: 12 feeders
hibit a small measuring error in the be tripped.
operational and overcurrent range. These
current transformers may not be the same Differential protection for generators and
as used for the differential protection, as motors (see Fig. 8/8)
the varistor may cause rapid saturation of (ANSI 87G/M)
this current transformers.
Equal conditions apply for generators, mo-
Both high-impedance and low-impedance tors and series reactors. The protected zone
REF are each available twice (option) for is limited by the sets of current transfomers
transformers with two earthed windings. at each side of the protected object.
Thus separate REF relays are not required.
Fig. 8/8
Generator/motor differential protection

Protection functions Overexcitation protection Volt/Hertz Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)

(ANSI 24) (7UT613/633 only) (7UT613/633 only)
n Backup protection functions
The overexcitation protection serves for The undervoltage protection evaluates the
Overcurrent-time protection detection of an unpermissible high induc- positive-sequence components of the volt-
(ANSI 50, 50N, 51, 51N) tion (proportional to V/f) in generators or ages and compares them with the thresh-
Backup protection on the transformer is transformers, which leads to a thermal old values. There are two stages available.
achieved with a two-stage overcurrent pro- overloading. This may occur when starting
The undervoltage function is used for
tection for the phase currents and 3I0 for up, shutting down under full load, with
asynchronous motors and pumped-storage
the calculated neutral current. This func- weak systems or under isolated operation.
stations and prevents the voltage-related
tion may be configured for one of the sides The inverse characteristic can be set via
instability of such machines.
or measurement locations of the protected seven points derived from the manufac-
object. The high-set stage is implemented turer data. The function can also be used for monitor-
as a definite-time stage, whereas the nor- In addition, a definite-time alarm stage ing purposes.
mal stage may have a definite-time or in- and an instantaneous stage can be used.
verse-time characteristic. Optionally, IEC Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) (7UT613/633 only)
or ANSI characteristics may be selected for
the inverse stage. The overcurrent protec- One or two binary inputs can be used for This protection prevents insulation faults
tion 3I0 uses the calculated zero-sequence monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in- that result when the voltage is too high.
current of the configured side or measure- cluding its incoming cables. An alarm sig-
ment location. nal occurs whenever the circuit is Either the maximum line-to-line voltages
Multiple availability: 3 times (option) interrupted. or the phase-to-earth voltages (for
low-voltage generators) can be evaluated.
Overcurrent-time protection for earth Lockout (ANSI 86) The measuring results of the line-to-line
(ANSI 50/51G) voltages are independent of the neutral
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays) point displacement caused by earth faults.
The 7UT6 feature a separate 2-stage can be stored like LEDs and reset using the This function is implemented in two
overcurrent-time protection for the earth. LED reset key. The lockout state is also stages.
As an option, an inverse-time characteris- stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
tic according to IEC or ANSI is available. ure. Reclosure can only occur after the Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
8 In this way, it is possible to protect e.g. a
resistor in the transformer star point
lockout state is reset. (7UT613/633 only)
against thermal overload, in the event of a External trip coupling The frequency protection prevents imper-
single-phase short-circuit not being cleared missible stress of the equipment (e.g. tur-
For recording and processing of external bine) in case of under or overfrequency.
within the time permitted by the thermal
trip information via binary inputs. They It also serves as a monitoring and control
rating.
are provided for information from the element.
Multiple availability: 3 times (option)
Buchholz relay or specific commands and
act like a protective function. Each input The function has four stages; the stages can
Phase-balance current protection (ANSI 46) be implemented either as underfrequency
(Negative-sequence protection) initiates a fault event and can be individu-
ally delayed by a timer. or overfrequency protection. Each stage
Furthermore a negative-sequence protec- can be delayed separately.
tion may be defined for one of the sides or Even in the event of voltage distortion, the
measurement locations. This provides sen- frequency measuring algorithm reliably
sitive overcurrent protection in the event identifies the fundamental waves and de-
of asymmetrical faults in the transformer. termines the frequency extremely precisely.
The set pickup threshold may be smaller Frequency measurement can be blocked by
than the rated current. using an undervoltage stage.
If a faulted portion of the electrical circuit
is not disconnected upon issuing of a trip
command, another command can be initi-
ated using the breaker failure protection
which operates the circuit-breaker, e.g.,
of an upstream (higher-level) protection
relay.
Multiple availability: 2 times (option)

Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R)

(7UT613/633 only)
The reverse-power protection monitors the
direction of active power flow and picks up
when the mechanical energy fails. This
function can be used for operational shut-
down (sequential tripping) of the genera-
tor but also prevents damage to the steam
turbines. The reverse power is calculated
from the positive-sequence systems of cur-
rent and voltage. Asymmetrical power sys-
tem faults therefore do not cause reduced
LSP2376-afp.tif
measuring accuracy. The position of the
emergency trip valve is injected as binary
information and is used to switch between
two trip command delays. When applied
for motor protection, the sign (±) of the
active power can be reversed via param-
eters. Fig. 8/9
Temperature measurement and monitoring with external thermo-boxes
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
(7UT613/633 only)
Monitoring of the active power produced Thermal monitoring of transformers The oil temperature must be registered via
by a generator can be useful for starting up the thermo-box for the implementation of
The importance of reducing the costs of
and shutting down generators. One stage this function. An alarm warning stage and
transmitting and distributing energy by
monitors exceeding of a limit value, while final alarm stage is issued when the maxi-
optimizing the system load has resulted in
another stage monitors falling below an- mum hot-spot temperature of the three
other limit value. The power is calculated
the increased importance of monitoring
the thermal condition of transformers.
legs exceeds the threshold value. 8
using the positive-sequence component of
This monitoring is one of the tasks of the For each transformer leg a relative rate of
current and voltage. The function can be
monitoring systems, designed for medium ageing, based on the ageing at 98 °C is indi-
used to shut down idling motors.
and large transformers. Overload protec- cated as a measured value. This value can
Flexible protection functions tion based on a simple thermal model, and be used to determine the thermal condi-
(7UT613/63x only) using only the measured current for evalu- tion and the current thermal reserve of
ation, has been integrated in differential each transformer leg. Based on this rate of
For customer-specific solutions up to 12 protection systems for a number of years. ageing, a remaining thermal reserve is indi-
flexible protection functions are available cated in % for the hottest spot before the
and can be parameterized. Voltages, cur- The ability of the 7UT6 to monitor the
alarm warning and final alarm stage is
rents, power and frequency from all mea- thermal condition can be improved by se-
reached.
surement locations can be chosen as rial connection of a temperature monitor-
inputs. Each protection function has a ing box (also called thermo-box or RTD-
settable threshold, delay time, blocking in- box) (Fig. 8/9). The temperature of up to
put and can be configured as a 1-phase or 12 measuring points (connection of
3-phase unit. 2 boxes) can be registered. The type of sen-
sor (Pt100, Ni100, Ni120) can be selected
Monitoring functions individually for each measuring point.
Two alarm stages are derived for each mea-
The relay comprises high-performance suring point when the corresponding set
monitoring for the hardware and software. threshold is exceeded.
The measuring circuits, analog-digital Alternatively to the conventional overload
conversion, power supply voltages, battery, protection, the relay can also provide a hot-
memories and software sequence spot calculation according to IEC 60345.
(watch-dog) are all monitored. The hot-spot calculation is carried out sep-
The fuse failure function detects failure of arately for each leg of the transformer and
the measuring voltage due to short-circuit takes the different cooling modes of the
or open circuit of the wiring or VT and transformer into consideration.
avoids overfunction of the undervoltage
elements in the protection functions.
(7UT613/633 only)

Measured values
The operational measured values and sta-
tistic value registering in the 7UT6, apart
from the registration of phase currents
and voltages (7UT613/633 only) as pri-
mary and secondary values, comprises the
following:
• Currents 3-phase IL1, IL2, IL3, I1, I2, 3I0 for
each side and measurement location
• Currents 1-phase I1 to I12
for each feeder and further inputs Ix1 to Ix4
• Voltages 3-phase VL1, VL2, VL3, VL1L2, VL2L3,
VL3L1, V1, V2, V0 and 1-phase VEN, V4
• Phase angles of all 3-phase/ 1-phase cur-
rents and voltages
• Power Watts, Vars, VA/P, Q, S (P, Q: total
LSP2821.tif
and phase selective)
• Power factor (cos ϕ),
• Frequency Fig. 8/10
• Energy + kWh, + kVarh, forward and Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Phasor diagram
reverse power flow
• Min./max. and mean values of VPH-PH,
VPHE, VE, V0, V1, V2, IPH, I1, I2, 3I0, IDIFF,
IRESTRAINT, S, P, Q, cos ϕ, f
•
8 Operating hours counter
• Registration of the interrupted currents
and counter for protection trip com-
mands
function
• Measured temperatures of external
thermo-boxes
• Differential and restraint currents of
differential protection and REF
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
late an energy metered value from the
LSP2822.tif
measured current and voltage values.

The 7UT6 relays may be integrated into
monitoring systems by means of the di- Fig. 8/11
verse communication options available in Commissioning via a standard Web browser: Operating characteristic
the relays. An example for this is the con-
nection to the SITRAM transformer moni- ing functions of the bay controller. The an- be indicated as primary or secondary val-
toring system with PROFIBUS-DP alog measured values are represented as ues. The differential protection bases its
interface. wide-ranging operational measured values. pickup thresholds on the rated currents of
To prevent transmission of information to the transformer. The referred differential
Commissioning and operating aids the control center during maintenance, the and stabilising (restraint) currents are
bay controller communications can be dis- available as measured values per phase.
Commissioning could hardly be easier and abled to prevent unnecessary data from be- If a thermo-box is connected, registered
is fully supported by DIGSI 4. The status of ing transmitted. During commissioning, all temperature values may also be displayed.
the binary inputs can be read individually indications with test marking for test pur- To check the connection of the relay to the
and the state of the binary outputs can be poses can be connected to a control and primary current and voltage transfor-
set individually. The operation of switch- protection system. mers, a commissioning measurement is
ing elements (circuit-breakers, disconnect All measured currents and voltages provided.
devices) can be checked using the switch- (7UT613/633 only) of the transformer can

Protection functions Command processing Chatter disable

This measurement function works with
ing is offered. This includes the processing whether, in a configured period of time,
only 5 to 10 % of the transformer rated
of single and double commands with or the number of status changes of indication
current and indicates the current and the
without feedback, sophisticated monitor- input exceeds a specified figure. If ex-
angle between the currents and voltages
ing of the control hardware and software, ceeded, the indication input is blocked for
(if voltages applied). Termination errors
checking of the external process, control a certain period, so that the event list will
between the primary current transfomers
actions using functions such as runtime not record excessive operations.
and input transformers of the relay are
easily detected in this manner. Filter time
mination after output. Here are some typi-
The operating state of the protection may cal applications:
All binary indications can be subjected to a
therefore be checked online at any time.
• Single and double commands using 1, 1 filter time (indication suppression).
The fault records of the relay contain the
plus 1 common or 2 trip contacts
phase and earth currents as well as the cal- Indication filtering and delay
culated differential and restraint currents. • User-definable bay interlocks
The fault records of the 7UT613/633 relays • Operating sequences combining several Indications can be filtered or delayed.
also contain voltages. switching operations such as control of Filtering serves to suppress brief changes in
circuit-breakers, disconnectors and potential at the indication input. The indi-
Browser-based commissioning aid earthing switches cation is passed on only if the indication
The 7UT6 provides a commissioning and • Triggering of switching operations, in- voltage is still present after a set period of
test program which runs under a standard dications or alarm by combination with time. In the event of indication delay, there
internet browser and is therefore inde- existing information is a wait for a preset time. The information
pendent of the configuration software pro- is passed on only if the indication voltage is
vided by the manufacturer. Automation / user-defined logic still present after this time.
For example, the correct vector group of With integrated logic, the user can set, via a Indication derivation
the transformer may be checked. These graphic interface (CFC), specific functions
values may be displayed graphically as vec- for the automation of switchgear or substa- A further indication (or a command) can
tor diagrams. tion. Functions are activated via function be derived from an existing indication.
Group indications can also be formed. The
The stability check in the operating charac- keys, binary input or via communication
interface. volume of information to the system inter- 8
teristic is available as well as event log and face can thus be reduced and restricted to
trip log messages. Remote control can be the most important signals.
Switching authority
used if the local front panel cannot be ac-
cessed. Switching authority is determined accord- Transmission lockout
ing to parameters, communication or by
n Control and automation functions key-operated switch (when available). A data transmission lockout can be acti-
Control If a source is set to “LOCAL”, only local tion to the control center during work on
switching operations are possible. The fol- a circuit bay.
In addition to the protection functions, the lowing sequence of switching authority is
SIPROTEC 4 units also support all control laid down: “LOCAL”; DIGSI PC program, Test operation
and monitoring functions that are required “REMOTE”
for operating medium-voltage or high- During commissioning, all indications can
voltage substations. Every switching operation and change of be passed to an automatic control system
breaker position is kept in the status indi- for test purposes.
The main application is reliable control of cation memory. The switch command
switching and other processes. source, switching device, cause (i.e. spon-
The status of primary equipment or auxil- taneous change or command) and result of
iary devices can be obtained from auxiliary a switching operation are retained.
contacts and communicated via binary in-
puts. Therefore it is possible to detect and Assignment of feedback to command
indicate both the OPEN and CLOSED po- The positions of the circuit- breaker or
sition or a fault or intermediate circuit- switching devices and transformer taps are
breaker or auxiliary contact position. acquired by feedback. These indication in-
The switchgear or circuit-breaker can be puts are logically assigned to the corre-
controlled via: sponding command outputs. The unit can
therefore distinguish whether the indica-
– integrated operator panel tion change is a consequence of switching
– binary inputs operation or whether it is a spontaneous
– substation control and protection system change of state (intermediate position).
– DIGSI 4

Communication Commissioning aid via a standard Web

browser
With respect to communication, particular
In the case of the 7UT6, a PC with a stand-
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
ard browser can be connected to the local
PC interface or to the service interface (re-
standards common in energy automation.
fer to “Commissioning program”). The re-
The design of the communication modules
lays include a small Web server and send
permits interchangeability on the one
their HTML-pages to the browser via an
hand, and on the other hand provides
established dial-up network connection.
openness for future standards (for exam-
ple, Industrial Ethernet). Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
communication
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
of the unit permits quick access to all pa-
unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
rameters and fault event data. Of particular
ent communication interfaces (electrical or
advantage is the use of the DIGSI 4 operat-
optical) and protocols (IEC 61850 Ethernet, Fig. 8/12
ing program during commissioning.
IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP, IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0, DIGSI, etc.) are conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
Rear-mounted interfaces
required, such demands can be met.
Two communication modules located on
the rear of the unit incorporate optional Safe bus architecture
equipment complements and readily per-
• RS485 bus
mit retrofitting. They assure the ability to
With this data transmission via copper
comply with the requirements of different
conductors electromagnetic fault influ-
ences are largely eliminated by the use of
The interfaces make provision for the fol- twisted-pair conductor. Upon failure of a
lowing applications: unit, the remaining system continues to
operate without any disturbances.
8 • Service interface (Port C/Port D1))
In the RS485 version, several protection
units can be centrally operated with The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
DIGSI 4. On connection of a modem, re- mune to electromagnetic interference.
mote control is possible. Via this interface Upon failure of a section between two
communication with thermo-boxes is units, the communication system contin-
executed. ues to operate without disturbance.
• System interface (Port B) It is generally impossible to communicate
This interface is used to carry out com- with a unit that has failed. If a unit were to
munication with a control or protection fail, there is no effect on the communica-
Fig. 8/13
and control system and supports a variety tion with the rest of the system.
Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
of communication protocols and interface und IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
designs, depending on the module con-
nected.
1) Only for 7UT613/633/635

Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
IEC 61850 Ethernet
turer to support this standard. By means
of this protocol, information can also be
exchanged directly between bay units so as
to set up simple masterless systems for bay Fig. 8/14
and system interlocking. Access to the RS232/RS485 electrical communication module
units via the Ethernet bus is also possible
with DIGSI.
IEC 60870-5-103
LSP2162-afpen.tif
used worldwide.
PROFIBUS-DP
Fig. 8/15
PROFIBUS-DP is an industry-recognized 820 nm fiber-optic communication module
MODBUS RTU 8
LSP2164-afpen.tif

Fig. 8/16
DNP 3.0 PROFIBUS communication module,
optical double-ring
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
Version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units
are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
with DNP 3.0.
DNP 3.0 is supported by a number of
protection device manufacturers.
Fig. 8/17
LSP3.01-0021.tif
Optical Ethernet communication module

for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch

Communication

control
Because of the standardized interfaces,
the cubicles and an interference-free opti- Fig. 8/18
cal connection to the master can be estab- System solution: Communications
lished.
For IEC 61850, an interoperable system so-
8 lution is offered with SICAM PAS. Via the
100 Mbits/s Ethernet bus, the units are
ized, thus also enabling direct connection
of units of other manufacturers to the
Ethernet bus. With IEC 61850, however,

Typical connections
Fig. 8/19
Standard connection to a transformer
without neutral current measurement
Fig. 8/20
Connection to a transformer
with neutral current measurement

Typical connections
LSA4023-cen.eps
Fig. 8/21
Connection of transformer differential protection
with high impedance REF (I8) and neutral current
measurement at I7

Typical connections
Fig. 8/22
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with current transformer between
starpoint and earthing point
Fig. 8/23
Connection example to a single-phase power
transformer with only one current transformer
(right side)

Typical connections
Fig. 8/24
Connection to a three-phase auto-transformer
with current transformer between starpoint
and earthing point
Fig. 8/25
Generator or motor protection

Typical connections
Fig. 8/26
Connection 7UT612 as single-phase busbar protection for 7 feeders, illustrated for phase L1
8
Fig. 8/27
Connection 7UT612 as busbar protection for feeders, connected via external summation current transformers (SCT) –
partial illustration for feeders 1, 2 and 7

Typical connections
Fig. 8/28
Connection example 7UT613 for a
three-winding power transformer

Typical connections
Fig. 8/29
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-winding power transformer
with current transformers between starpoint and earthing point, additional connection
for high-impedance protection; IX3 connected as high-sensitivity input

Typical connections
Fig. 8/30
Connection example 7UT613 for a three-phase auto-transformer
with three-winding and current transformer between starpoint and earthing point

Typical connections
Fig. 8/31
Connection example 7UT635 for a three-winding power transformer
with 5 measurement locations (3-phase) and neutral current measurement

Typical connections
Fig. 8/32
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
(7UT613 and 7UT633 only)
Fig. 8/33
Voltage transformer connection
to 3 star-connected voltage transformers
with additional delta winding
(e-n-winding) (7UT613 and 7UT633 only)

Technical data
General unit data Switching capacity

Analog inputs Make 1000 W / VA
Break 30 VA
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) Break (with resistive load) 40 W
Rated current 0.1 or 1 or 5 A Break (with L/R w 50 ms) 25 W
(selectable by jumper, 0.1 A) Switching voltage 250 V
Power consumption 7UT Permissible total current 30 A for 0.5 seconds
In CT circuits 612 613 633 635 5 A continuous
with IN = 1 A; in VA approx. 0.02 0.05 0.05 0.05
with IN = 5 A; in VA approx. 0.2 0.3 0.3 0.3
NO contact 8 ms
with IN = 0.1 A; in VA approx. 0.001 0.001 0.001 0.001
NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
sensitive input; in VA approx. 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.05
Fast NO contact 5 ms
Overload capacity IN High-speed*) NO trip outputs < 1 ms
In CT circuits
LEDs
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 IN for 1 s
30 IN for 10 s Quantity 7UT
4 IN continuous 612 613 633 635
Dynamic (peak value) 250 IN (half cycle) RUN (green) 1 1 1 1
In CT circuits for ERROR (red) 1 1 1 1
highly sensitive input IEE LED (red), function can 7 14 14 14
Thermal 300 A for 1 s be assigned
100 A for 10 s Unit design
15 A continuous
Dynamic 750 A (half cycle) Housing 7XP20 For dimensions please refer
to dimension drawings part 15
Rated voltage (7UT613/633 only) 80 to 125 V
Power consumption per phase w 0.1 VA Degree of protection
at 100 V acc. to IEC 60529
For the device
Overload capacity in surface-mounting housing IP 51
Thermal (r.m.s.) 230 V continuous in flush-mounting housing
Auxiliary voltage front IP 51
Rated voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC
rear
For personal safety
IP 50
IP 2x with closed protection cover 8
110 to 250 V DC and Housing 7UT
115 V AC (50/60 Hz), 230 V AC 612 613 633 635
Permissible tolerance -20 to +20 % Size, referred to 19” frame 1/3 1/2 1/1 1/1
Superimposed AC voltage w 15 % Weight, in kg
(peak-to-peak) Flush-mounting housing 5.1 8.7 13.8 14.5
Power consumption (DC/AC) 7UT Surface-mounting housing 9.6 13.5 22.0 22.7
612 613 633 635
Quiescent; in W approx. 5 6/12 6/12 6/12 Serial interfaces
Energized; in W approx. 7 12/19 20/28 20/28 Operating interface 1 for DIGSI 4 or browser
depending on design
Connection Front side, non-isolated, RS232,
Bridging time during 9-pin subminiature connector
failure of the auxiliary voltage (SUB-D)
Vaux W 110 V W 50 ms
Transmission rate in kbaud 7UT612: 4.8 to 38.4 kbaud
Binary inputs Setting as supplied: 7UT613/633/635: 4.8 to 115 kbaud
Functions are freely assignable 38.4 kbaud, parity 8E1
Quantity marshallable 7UT Distance, max. 15 m
612 613 633 635 Time synchronization DCF77 / IRIG-B signal / IRIG-B000
3 5 21 29
Connection Rear side, 9-pin subminiature
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar connector (SUB-D) (terminals with
Minimum pickup threshold 19 or 88 V DC (bipolar) surface-mounting housing)
Ranges are settable by means of Voltage levels 5, 12 or 24 V (optional)
jumpers for each binary input
Service interface (operating interface 2) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
Isolated RS232/RS485/FO 9-pin subminiature connector
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA (SUB-D)
Output relay Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz
Command / indication / Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m / 49.2 ft
alarm relay Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m / 3300 ft
Distance for FO 1.5 km (1 mile)
Quantity 7UT
each with 1 NO contact 612 613 633 635
(marshallable) 4 8 24 24
1 alarm contact, with 1 NO or
NC contact (not marshallable) *) With high-speed contacts all operating times are reduced by 4.5 ms.

Technical data
System interface Electrical tests

IEC 61850 Specifications
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI Standards IEC 60255 (Product standards)
Connection ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", UL 508
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit acc. Insulation tests
to IEEE802.3 Standards IEC 60255-5 and 60870-2-1
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz Voltage test (100 % test)
Transmission Speed 100 Mbits/s All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
Distance 20 m/66 ft supply, binary inputs and
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
Connection inputs (100 % test)
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B",
LC connector receiver/transmitter RS485/RS232 rear side 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz / 60 Hz
for surface-mounting case Not available communication interfaces
Optical wavelength λ = 1350 nm and time synchronization
Transmission Speed 100 Mbits/s interface (100 % test)
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 glass fiber 50/125 μm or Impulse voltage test (type test)
glass fiber 62/125μm All circuits except for 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J
Permissible path attenuation Max. 5 dB for glass fiber 62.5/125μm communication interfaces 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Distance Max. 800 m/0.5 mile and time synchronization at intervals of 5 s
IEC 60870-5-103 interface, class III
Isolated RS232/RS485/FO 9-pin subminiature connector EMC tests for interference immunity
(SUB-D) Standards IEC 60255-6, 60255-22
Baud rate 4800 to 19200 baud (product standards)
Dielectric test 500 V/50 Hz EN 6100-6-2 (generic standard)
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m DIN 57435 / Part 303
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms;
For fiber-optic cable IEC 60255-22-1, class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s;
8 Connector type ST connector DIN 57435 / Part 303, class III Ri = 200 Ω
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities;
Distance Max. 1.5 km EN 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
PROFIBUS RS485 (-FMS/-DP) Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Connector type 9-pin subminiature frequency sweep, 80 % AM; 1 kHZ
connector (SUB-D) IEC 60255-22-3,
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud IEC 61000-4-3 class III
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz
Distance Max. 1000 m (3300 ft) Irradiation with RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80, 160, 450, 900 MHz,
at w 93.75 kbaud modulated, single frequencies, 80 % AM;
IEC 60255-22-3, duration > 10 s
PROFIBUS fiber optic (-FMS/-DP) IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Only for flush-mounting hous- ST connector
ing Optical interface with OLM1) Irradiation with RF field, pulse- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
For surface-mounting housing Max. 1.5 Mbaud modulated, single frequencies, frequency 200 Hz;
Baud rate λ = 820 nm IEC 60255-22-3, IEC 61000-4-3/ duty cycle 50 % PM
Optical wavelength Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm ENV 50204, class III
Permissible attenuation 500 kbaud 1.6 km (0.99 miles) Fast transients interference, bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Distance 1500 kbaud 530 m (0.33 miles) IEC 60255-22-4 and burst length = 15 ms;
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both
DNP 3.0 RS485 / MODBUS RS485 polarities;
Connector type 9-pin subminiatur connector (SUB-D) Ri = 50; test duration 1 min
Baud rate Max. 19200 baud High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz (SURGE), IEC 61000-4-5, installa-
Distance Max. 1000 m (3300 ft) tion class III
DNP 3.0 Optical/MODBUS FO Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
Connector type ST connector 2kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Differential (transversal) mode:
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm 1kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
Distance 1.5 km (1 mile) Analog inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitude) mode:
binary outputs 2kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
1) Conversion with external OLM Differential (transversal) mode:
For fiber-optic interface please complete Order No. at 11th position 1kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 (DP RS485) and Order code L0A and addi- Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
tionally order: modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10
For double ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-4AB10

Technical data
Electrical tests (cont’d) Climatic stress tests

EMC tests for interference immunity (cont’d) Temperatures
Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
IEC 61000-4-8, IEC 60255-6 class IV 50 Hz, 0.5 mT; 50 Hz and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 μs; Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Damped wave; 400 surges per temperature, tested for 96 h
second; duration 2 s; Ri = 200 Ω Recommended permanent operating -5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst 15 ms; temperature acc. to IEC 60255-6
capability, ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 repetition rate 300 ms; (Legibility of display may be
both polarities; duration 1 min.; impaired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
Ri = 80 Ω – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to +131 °F
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alternat- permanent storage
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 MHz and – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω transport
EMC tests for interference emission (type test) Humidity
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard) Permissible humidity stress Yearly average w 75 % relative
It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days in the year up
Conducted interference, 150 kHz to 30 MHz units in such a way that they are not to 93 % relative humidity;
only auxiliary supply Limit class B exposed to direct sunlight or condensation not permitted
IEC-CISPR 22 pronounced temperature changes
Radio interference field strenght 30 to 1000 MHz that could cause condensation.
CE conformity
Mechanical stress tests This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration Communities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States re-
During operation lating to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive
89/336/EEC) and electrical equipment designed for use within certain volt-
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
age limits (“Low voltage” Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2
IEC 60068-2-6
10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/ 8
Part 303).
frequency sweep 1 octave/min.
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Further applicable standards: ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1.
Shock Half-sinusoidal This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the ge-
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of neric standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
the 3 axes standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
(vertical axis)
(horizontal axis)
(vertical axis)
During transport
IEC 60255-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
the 3 axes
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks on each of the 3 axes in
both directions

Technical data
Functions Generators, motors, reactors

Differential protection Operating times
General Pickup time/dropout time with sin-
Pickup values gle-side infeed
Differential current IDIFF > /INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01) Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
High-current stage IDIFF >> /INobj 0.5 to 35.0 (steps 0.1) 7UT 612
or deactivated (stage ineffective) IDIFF >, min. 38 35
IDIFF >>, min. 19 17
Pickup on switch-on 1.0 to 2.0 (steps 0.1)
(factor of IDIFF >) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 30
Add-on stabilization on external fault 2.00 to 15.00 (steps 0.01) 7UT 613/63x
(ISTAB > set value) Iadd-on /INobj 2 to 250 cycles (steps 1 cycle) IDIFF >, min. 30 27
action time or deactivated (effective until dropoff) IDIFF >>, min. 11 11
Tolerances (at preset parameters) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46
IDIFF > stage and characteristic 5 % of set value Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
IDIFF >> stage 5 % of set value Busbars, short lines
Time delays Differential current monitor
Delay of IDIFF > stage TI-DIFF> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Steady-state differential 0.15 to 0.80 (steps 0.01)
or deactivated (no trip) current monitoring
Delay of IDIFF >> stage TI-DIFF >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) IDIFF mon/INobj
or deactivated (no trip) Delay of blocking with differential 1 to 10 s (steps 1 s)
Time tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms current monitoring
The set times are pure delay times TDIFF mon
Transformers Feeder current guard
Harmonic stabilization Trip release Iguard/INobj 0.20 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
by feeder current guard or 0 (always released)
Inrush restraint ratio 10 to 80 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN Operating times
Stabilization ratio further (n-th) 10 to 80 % (steps 1 %) Pickup time/dropout time with sin-
8 harmonic (optional 3rd or 5th) gle-side infeed
InfN/IfN Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Crossblock function Can be activated / deactivated 7UT 612
max. action time for crossblock 2 to 1000 AC cycles (steps 1 cycle) IDIFF >, min. 25 25
or 0 (crossblock deactivated) IDIFF >>, min. 19 17
or deactivated (active until dropout)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30
Operating times
7UT 613/63x
Pickup time/dropout time with sin- IDIFF >, min. 11 11
gle-side infeed IDIFF >>, min. 11 11
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz Dropout time (in ms), approx. 54 46
7UT 612 Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
IDIFF >, min. 38 35
7UT 613/63x
IDIFF >, min. 30 27
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7
Current matching for transformers
Vector group adaptation 0 to 11 (x 30 °) (steps 1)
Star-point conditioning Earthed or non-earthed
(for each winding)

Technical data
Restricted earth-fault protection Current stages (cont’d)

Multiple availability 2 times (option) Tolerances
Settings Definite time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated current
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Differential current IREF >/INobj 0.05 to 2.00 (steps 0.01)
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IP w 1.15;
Limit angle ϕ REF 110 ° (fixed) or 1.05 w I/3IOP w 1.15
Time delay TREF 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
or deactivated (no trip) for 2 w I/IP w 20
The set times are pure delay times and TIP/s W 1;
Operating times or 2 w I/3I0P w 20
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz and T3I0P/s W 1
7UT 612 Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 40 38 for 2 w I/IP w 20
At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 37 32 and DIP/s W 1;
or 2 w I/3I0P w 20
and D3I0P/s W 1
7UT 613/63x The set definite times are pure delay times.
At 1.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 35 30
At 2.5 · setting value IREF >, approx. 33 29 Operating times of the definite-time stages
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 26 23 Pickup time/dropout time phase current stages
Dropout ratio, approx. 0.7 Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Overcurrent-time protection for phase and residual currents 7UT612
Multiple availability 3 times (option) Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18
Characteristics With inrush restraint, min. 40 35
Definite-time stages (DT) IPh >>, 3I0 >>, IPh >, 3I0 > Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30
Inverse-time stages (IT) IP, 3I0P 7UT613/6x
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11
inverse, long-time inverse
With inrush restraint, min. 33 29
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very
inverse, extremely inverse, definite
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 35 35 8
inverse, short inverse, long inverse Pickup time/dropout time residual current stages
Alternatively, user-specified Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
trip and reset characteristics 7UT 612
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Without inrush restraint, min. 40 35
Current stages With inrush restraint, min. 40 35
High-current stages IPh >> 0.10 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30
7UT613/6x
TIPh >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Without inrush restraint, min. 21 19
3I0 >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) With inrush restraint, min. 31 29
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Dropout time (in ms), approx. 45 43
T3I0 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Dropout ratios
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
or deactivated (stage ineffective) Inrush blocking
TIPh 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
or deactivated (no trip) (2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
3I0 > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
T3I0 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) Crossblock function between phases Can be activated/deactivated
max. action time for crossblock 0.00 to 180 s (steps 0.01 A)
Acc. to IEC TIP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
T3I0P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s)
Acc. to ANSI DIP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
3I0P 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
D3I0P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) 1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
or deactivated (no trip) for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

Technical data
Overcurrent-time protection for earth current Dynamic cold-load pickup for overcurrent-time protection
Multiple availability 3 times (option) Time control
Characteristics Start criterion Binary input from circuit-breaker
Definite-time stages (DT) IE >>, IE > auxiliary contact or current criterion
Inverse-time stages (IT) IEP (of the assigned side)
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely CB open time TCB open 0 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
inverse, long-time inverse Active time TActive time 1 to 21600 s (= 6 h) (steps 1 s)
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very Accelerated dropout time
inverse, extremely inverse, definite TStop time 1 to 600 s (= 10 min) (steps 1 s) or de-
inverse, short inverse, long inverse activated (no accelerated dropout)
Alternatively, user-specified trip and
Setting ranges and changeover values
reset characteristics
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation Dynamic parameters of current Setting ranges and steps are the same
pickup and delay times or time as for the functions to be influenced
Current stages multipliers
High-current stage IE >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Single-phase overcurrent-time protection
Current stages
TIE >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
or deactivated (no trip) High-current stage I >> 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
Definite-time stage IE > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
TT >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
TIE > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Definite-time stage I > 0.05 to 35.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
0.003 to 1.500 A 2) (steps 0.001 A)
Acc. to IEC TIEP 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated (stage ineffective)
TI > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Inverse-time stages IEP 0.05 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) or deactivated (no trip)
Acc. to ANSI DIEP 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
8
Tolerances Currents 3 % of set value or
or deactivated (no trip) 1 % of rated current at IN = 1 A or 5 A;
Tolerances 5 % of set value or
Definite time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated 3 % of rated current at IN = 0.1 A
current Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms
The set definite times are pure delay times.
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IEP w 1.15
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz Operating times
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and TIEP/s W 1 Pickup time/dropout time
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and DIEP/s W 1 Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
The set definite times are pure delay times. 7UT612
Minimum 20 18
Operating times of the definite-time stages
Pickup time/dropout time
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz 7UT613/63x
7UT 612 Minimum 14 13
Without inrush restraint, min. 20 18 Dropout time (in ms), approx. 25 22
With inrush restraint, min. 40 35 Dropout ratios
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
7UT613/63x
Without inrush restraint, min. 11 11
With inrush restraint, min. 33 29
Dropout ratios
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I/IN W 0.5
Inrush blocking
Inrush blocking ratio 10 to 45 % (steps 1 %)
(2nd harmonic) I2fN/IfN
Lower operation limit I > 0.2 A 1)
Max. current for blocking 0.30 to 25.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A; 2) Secondary values for high-sensitivity current

for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5. input I8, independent of rated current.

Technical data
Unbalanced load protection (Negative-sequence protection) Overload protection using a thermal replica (cont’d)
Characteristics Tripping characteristics
Definite-time stages (DT) I2 >>, I2 > Tripping characteristic 2 2
⎛ I ⎞ − ⎛⎜
Ipre ⎞
⎜ ⎟ ⎟
for I/(k · IN) w 8 ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠ ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
Inverse-time stages (IT) I2P t = τ · In
2
Acc. to IEC Inverse, very inverse, extremely ⎛ I ⎞ −1
⎜ ⎟
inverse ⎝ k ⋅ IN ⎠
Acc. to ANSI Inverse, moderately inverse, very t Tripping time

inverse, extremely inverse τ Heating-up time constant
Reset characteristics (IT) Acc. to ANSI with disk emulation I Actual load current
Operating range 0.1 to 4 A 1) Ipre Preload current
k Setting factor IEC 60255-8
Current stages IN Rated current of the protected
High-current stage I2 >> 0.10 to 3.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) object
TI2 >> 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Dropout ratios
1) Θ/Θtrip Dropout at Θalarm
Definite-time stage I2 > 0.10 to 3.00 A (steps 0.01 A)
TI2 > 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Θ/Θalarm Approx. 0.99
or deactivated (no trip) I/Ialarm Approx. 0.97
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Tolerances
Acc. to IEC TI2P 0.05 to 3.20 s (steps 0.01 s) (with one 3-phase measuring location)
or deactivated (no trip) Referring to k · IN 3 % or 10 mA 1);
Inverse-time stages I2P 0.10 to 2.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) class 3 % acc. IEC 60255-8
Acc. to ANSI DI2P 0.50 to 15.00 s (steps 0.01 s) Referring to tripping time 3 % or 1 s at fN = 50/60 Hz
or deactivated (no trip) for I/(k · IN) > 1.25
Tolerances Frequency influence referring to k · IN
Definite-time Currents 3 % of set value or 1 % of rated current
Times 1 % of set value or 10 ms In the range 0.9 w f/fN w 1.1 1 % at fN = 50/60 Hz
Inverse time Currents Pickup at 1.05 w I/IEP w 1.15 Hot-spot calculation and determination of the ageing rate
Acc. to IEC Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz Thermo-box
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and TIEP/s W 1 (temperature monitoring box) 8
Acc. to ANSI Times 5 % ± 15 ms at fN = 50/60 Hz Number of measuring points From 1 thermo-box
for 2 w I/IEP w 20 and DIEP/s W 1 (up to 6 temperature sensors) or
The set definite times are pure delay times. from 2 thermo-boxes
Operating times of the definite-time stages (up to 12 temperature sensors)
Pickup time/dropout time For hot spot calculation one tempera-
ture sensor must be connected.
Pickup time (in ms) at frequency 50 Hz 60 Hz
Cooling
7UT612
Cooling method ON (oil natural)
Minimum 50 45 OF (oil forced)
Dropout time (in ms), approx. 30 30 OD (oil directed)
7UT613/63x Oil exponent Y 1.6 to 2.0 (steps 0.1)
Minimum 41 34 Hot spot to top-oil gradient Hgr 22 to 29 (steps 1)
Annunciation thresholds
Dropout ratios
Warning temperature hot spot 98 to 140 °C (steps 1 °C)
Current stages Approx. 0.95 for I2/IN W 0.5 208 to 284 °F (steps 1 °F)
Thermal overload protection Alarm temperature hot spot 98 to 140 °C (steps 1 °C)
Overload protection using a thermal replica 208 to 284 °F (steps 1 °F)
Multiple availability 2 times (option) Warning ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001)
Setting ranges Alarm ageing rate 0.125 to 128.000 (steps 0.001)
Factor k acc. IEC 60255-8 0.10 to 4.00 (steps 0.01)
Time constant τ 1.0 to 999.9 min (steps 0.1 min)
Cooling down factor at motor
stand-still (for motors)Kτ-factor 1.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.1)
Thermal alarm stage Θalarm/Θtrip 50 to 100 % referred to trip
temperature rise (steps 1 %)
Current-based alarm stage 0.10 to 4.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
Ialarm
Start-up recognition 0.60 to 10.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A)
(for motors) Istart-up or deactivated
(no start-up recognition)
Emergency start run-on time 10 to 15000 s (steps 1 s)
1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;
(for motors) Trun-on
for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

Technical data
Thermo-boxes for overload protection Undervoltage protection (definite-time and inverse-time function) (ANSI 27)
Thermo-boxes (connectable) 1 or 2 Setting range
Number of temperature sensors per Max. 6 Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<, 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
thermo-box Vp< (positive sequence as phase-
to-phase values)
Measuring type Pt 100 Ω or Ni 100 Ω or Ni 120 Ω Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Annuciation thresholds Time multiplier TM 0.1 to 5 s (steps 0.01 s)
For each measuring point: Times
Warning temperature (stage 1) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F) Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
or deactivated (no warning) Drop-off ratio V<, V<<, Vp< 1.01 or 0.5 V
Alarm temperature (stage 2) -50 to 250 °C (steps 1 °C) Tolerances
-58 to 482 °F (steps 1 °F) Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
or deactivated (no alarm) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Breaker failure protection Inverse-time characteristic 1 % of measured value of voltage
Multiple availability 2 times (option) Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
Current flow monitoring 0.04 to 1.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V)
for the respective side (maximum phase-to-phase voltage
or phase-to-earth-voltage)
Dropoff to pickup ratio Approx. 0.9 for I W 0.25 A 1)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup tolerance 5 % of set value or 0.01 A 1)
Times
Breaker status monitoring Binary input for CB auxiliary contact Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
Starting conditions Drop-off times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms
For breaker failure protection Internal trip Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
External trip (via binary input) Tolerances
Times Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Pickup time Approx. 2 ms (7UT613/63x) and
Frequency protection (ANSI 81)
8 approx. 3 ms (7UT612) with
measured quantities present; Setting ranges
Approx. 20 ms after switch-on of Steps; selectable f>, f< 4
measured quantities, fN = 50/60 Hz Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Time delays T 3 stages 0 to 100 s, 1 stage up to 600 s
Reset time 50 Hz 60 Hz
(incl. output relay), approx. Undervoltage blocking V1< (steps 0.01 s)
10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
7UT612 30 ms 30 ms
Times
7UT613/63x 25 ms 25 ms
Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Delay times for all stages 0.00 to 60.00 s; deactivated Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
(steps 0.01 s)
Drop-off difference Δf Approx. 20 mHz
Time tolerance 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Overexitation protection (Volt / Hertz) (7UT613 / 633 only)
Tolerances
Setting ranges Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Characteristic values of V/f 1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4
and assigned times t (V/f) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Setting ranges
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
Times (in ms) (alarm and V/f>>-stage) 50 Hz 60 Hz
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value, Times
approx. 36 31 Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off times, approx. 28 23 Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Tolerances
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
V/f-Pickup 3 % of set value
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Tolerances
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
1) Secondary values based on IN = 1 A;

for IN = 5 A they must be multiplied by 5.

Technical data
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F) Trip circuit supervision

Setting ranges Trip circuits
Forward power PForw.</SN 0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Number of supervised trip circuits 1
Forward power PForw.>/SN 1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Operation of each trip circuit With 1 binary input or with 2 binary
inputs
Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz); Flexible protection functions (ANSI 27, 32, 47, 50, 55, 59,81)
(accurate measuring) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz) N°. of selectable stages 12
Pickup time Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
(fast measuring) Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz) Operating modes / measuring Measurement location or side
Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz); quantities selectable
(accurate measuring) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz) 3-phase I, I1, I2, 3I0, V, V1, V2, V0, P, Q, cos ϕ
Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz); 1-phase I, IE, IE sens., V, P, Q, cos ϕ
Drop-off time (fast measuring) Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz) Without fixed phase relation f, binary input
Pickup when Exceeding or falling below threshold
Drop-off ratio PForw.< 1.1 or 0.5 % of SN value
Drop-off ratio PForw.> Approx. 0.9 or – 0.5 % of SN
Setting ranges
Tolerances Current I, I1, I2, 3I0, IE 0.05 to 35 A (steps of 0.01 A)
Active power PForw.<, PForw.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value Sens. earth curr. IE sens. 0.001 to 1.5 A (steps of 0.001 A)
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value Voltages V, V1, V2, V0 1 to 170 V (steps of 0.1 V)
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring Displacement voltage VE 1 to 200 V (steps of 0.1 V)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Power P, Q 1.6 to 3000 W (steps of 0.1 W)
External trip commands Power P, Q (side) 0.01 to 17 P/SN, Q/SN, (steps of 0.01)
Power factor (cos ϕ) - 0.99 to + 0.99 (steps of 0.01)
Binary inputs
Frequency fN = 50/60 Hz 10 to 66 Hz (steps of 0.01 Hz)
Number of binary inputs 2
for direct tripping Pickup delay time 0 to 60 s (steps of 0.01 s)
Trip delay time 0 to 3600 s (steps of 0.01 s)
Operating time Approx. 12.5 ms min. Dropout delay time 0 to 60 s (steps of 0.01 s)
Approx. 25 ms typical
Times On request (see Manual)
Delay time 0.00 to 60.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
Dropout times
Tolerances
On request (see Manual)
On request (see Manual)
8
Expiration tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms
The set definite times are pure delay times. Additional functions
Transformer annunciations Operational measured values
External annunciations Buchholz warning – Operational measured values IL1; IL2; IL3
Buchholz tank of currents, 3-phase for each side in A primary and secondary
Buchholz tripping and measurement location and % of IN
Tolerance at IN = 1 or 5 A 1 % of measured value or 1 % of IN
Measured quantities supervision
Tolerance at IN = 0.1 A 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN
Current symmetry |Imin| / |Imax| < BAL. FAKT. I – Operational measured values 3I0; I1; I2
(for each measurement location) if Imax / IN > BAL. I LIMIT / IN of currents, 3-phase for each side in A primary and secondary
BAL. FAKT. I 0.10 to 0.90 (steps 0.01) and measurement location and % of IN
BAL. I LIMIT 0.10 to 1.00 A 1) (steps 0.01 A) Tolerance 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN
Voltage symmetry |Vmin| / |Vmax| < BAL. FAKT. – Operational measured values
(if voltages applied) if |Vmax| > BALANCE V-LIMIT of currents
Voltage sum |VL1+ VL2+ VL3- kV · VEN| > 25 V 1-phase for each measurement in A primary and secondary
(if voltages applied) location and % of IN
Tolerance at IN = 1 or 5 A 1 % of measured value or 1 % of IN
Current phase sequence IL1 before IL2 before IL3 (clockwise)
Tolerance at IN = 0.1 A 2 % of measured value or 2 % of IN
or
IL1 before IL3 before IL2 For high-sensitivity inputs in A primary and secondary
(counter-clockwise) Tolerance 1 % of measured value or 2 mA
if |IL1|, |IL2|, |IL3| > 0.5 IN Feeder Further High-sensitivity
Voltage phase sequence VL1 before VL2 before VL3 7UT612 I1 to I7 I7 to I8 I8
(if voltages applied) (clockwise) or 7UT613 I1 to I9 Ix1 to Ix3 Ix3
VL1 before VL3 before VL2 7UT633 I1 to I9 Ix1 to Ix3 Ix3
(counter-clock) 7UT635 I1 to I12 Ix1 to Ix4 Ix3, Ix4
if |VL1|, |VL2|, |VL3| > 40 V/H3
– Phase angles of currents, ϕ (IL1); ϕ (IL2); ϕ (IL3) in °,
Broken wire Unexpected instantaneous current 3-phase for each measurement referred to ϕ (IL1)
value and current interruption or location
missing zero crossing Tolerance 1 ° at rated current
detects failure of the measured
voltage

Technical data
Operational measured values (cont'd) Max. / Min. / Mean report

– Phase angles of currents, Report of measured values With date and time from all sides
7UT612 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I8) and measurement locations
7UT613 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I9), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix3) Reset, automatic Time of day adjustable (in minutes,
7UT633 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I9), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix4) 0 to 1439 min)
7UT635 ϕ (I1) to ϕ (I12), ϕ (Ix1) to ϕ (Ix4) Time frame and starting time adjust-
1-phase for each measurement able (in days, 1 to 365 days, and ∞)
location in °, referred to ϕ (I1) Reset, manual Using binary input,
Tolerance 1 ° at rated current using keypad,
– Operational measured values of in kV primary and V secondary via communication
voltages (7UT613/633 only) and % of VN Min./max./mean values for current IL1, IL2, IL3,
3-phase (if voltage applied) VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E, I1 (positive-sequence component)
VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1, I2 (negative-sequence component),
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value or + 0.2 V 3I0, IDIFF L1, IDIFF L2, IDIFF L3,
V1, V2, V0, IRESTR.L1, IRESTR.L2, IRESTR.L3
Tolerance 0.4 % of measured value or + 0.4 V Min./max./mean values for voltages VL1-E, VL2-E, VL3-E
1-phase (if voltage applied) VEN or V4 V1 (positive-sequence component)
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value or + 0.2 V V2 (negative-sequence component)
– Phase angles of voltages ϕ (VL1-E)), ϕ (VL2-E), ϕ (VL3-E)), ϕ V0, VE, VL1-L2, VL2-L3, VL3-L1
(7UT613/633 only, if voltages (V4), ϕ (VEN) Min./max./mean values for power S, P, Q, cos ϕ, frequency
applied)
Tolerance 1 ° at rated voltage Min./max. for mean values see above
– Operational measured values f Fault event log
of frequency in Hz and % of fN Storage of the messages With a total of max. 200 messages
Range 10 to 75 Hz of the last 8 faults
Tolerance 1 % within range fN ± 10 % and I W IN Fault recording
– Operational measured values Number of stored fault records Max. 8
of power S P Q
Storage period Max. 5 s for each fault,
7UT612 x – – (start with pickup or trip) Approx. 5 s in total
8
7UT613 x x x
7UT
7UT633 x x x
612 613 633 635
7UT635 x – –
Sampling rate at fN = 50 Hz 600 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz 800 Hz
S (apparent power) Applied or rated voltage
Sampling rate at fN = 60 Hz 720 Hz 960 Hz 960 Hz 960 Hz
P (active power) Only if voltage applied,
Switching statistics
7UT613/633 only
Number of trip events caused by
Q (reactive power) Only if voltage applied,
7UT6
7UT613/633 only,
in kVA; MVA; GVA primary Total of interrupted currents caused Segregated for each pole, each side
by 7UT6 and each measurement location
– Operational measured value of cos ϕ (p.f.)
Operating hours Up to 7 decimal digits
power factor Only if voltage applied,
Criterion Excess of current threshold
7UT613/633 only
Real-time clock and buffer battery
– Overexcitation V/f
Only if voltage applied, Resolution for operational messages 1 ms
7UT613/633 only Resolution for fault messages 1 ms
Tolerance 2 % of measured value
Buffer battery 3 V/1 Ah, type CR 1/2 AA
– Operational measured values ΘL1; ΘL2; ΘL3; Θres, Self-discharging time
for thermal value referred to tripping approx. 10 years
temperature rise Θtrip Time synchronization
– Operational measured values Θthermo-box1 to Θthermo-box12 Operating modes:
(Overload protection acc. in °C or °F relative aging rate,
to IEC 60354) load reserve Internal Internal via RTC
IEC 60870-5-103 External via system interface
– Measured values of IDIFF L1; IDIFF L2; IDIFF L3; (IEC 60870-5-103)
differential protection IREST L1; IREST L2; IREST L3 Time signal IRIG B External via IRIG B
in % of operational rated current Time signal DCF77 External, via time signal DCF77
Tolerance (with preset values) 2 % of measured value or Time signal synchro-box External, via synchro-box
2 % of IN (50/60 Hz) Pulse via binary input External with pulse via binary input
3 % of measured value or
3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)
– Measured values of IDIFFREF; IRestREF
restricted earth-fault protection in % of operational rated current
Tolerance (with preset values) 2 % of measured value or
2 % of IN (50/60 Hz)
3 % of measured value or
3 % of IN (16.7 Hz)


7UT612 differential protection relay 7UT612o-¨¨¨ö-oÄ0 ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars
Housing 1/3 x 19”; 3 BI, 4 BO, 1 live status contact, 7 I, IEE1)
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

24 to 48 V DC, binary input threshold 17 V 2) 2
60 to 125 V DC 3), binary input threshold 17 V 2) 4
110 to 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V 2) 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, two-tier terminals on top and bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2/3-pole AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminals, (direct wiring/ring lugs) E
Region-specific default settings/function and language settings

Region DE, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language German;
selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language English (GB);
selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, ANSI/IEC, language English (US);
selectable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish;
selectable E
System interface (Port B ) on rear

No system interface 0 8
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, electrical RS485 4
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single loop, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double loop, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double loop, ST connector4) 9 L 0B
MODBUS, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Etherent, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)5) 9 L 0S
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high.

2) The binary input thresholds are selectable
in two stages by means of jumpers.
3) Transition between the two auxiliary voltage
ranges can be selected by means of jumpers.
4) With surface-mounting housing:
only RS485 interface available.
5) If position 9 = “B” (surface-mounting housing),
please order relay with electrical Ethernet inter-
face and use a separate FO switch. See next page


7UT612 differential protection relay 7UT612o - ¨¨¨ö-oÄ0
DIGSI 4/browser/modem interface (Port C) on rear/temperature monitoring box connection

No DIGSI 4 port 0
DIGSI 4/browser, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4/browser or temperature monitoring box1), electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4/browser or temperature monitoring box1), 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector 3
Functions
Measured values/monitoring functions
Basic measured values 1
Basic measured values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot acc. to IEC, overload factor) 4
Differential protection + basic functions

Differential protection for transformer, generator, motor, busbar (87)
Overload protection for one winding (49), Lockout (86)
Overcurrent-time protection (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection (50N/51N): 3I0>, 3I0>>, 3I0P (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization) A
Differential protection + basic functions + additional functions

Restricted earth fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth fault protection, high impedance (87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC), breaker failure protection (50BF), unbalanced load protection (46) B
1) External temperature monitoring

box required.


7UT613 differential protection relay 7UT613o-¨¨¨ö-oöo ¨¨¨
Housing 1/2 x 19”; 5 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact, 11 I, IEE1)
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

110 to 250 V DC1), 115/230 V AC, binary input threshold 73 V2) 5
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting housing with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting housing with screw-type terminals E
Region-specific default settings/language settings

Region DE, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language German; selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language English (GB); selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, ANSI/IEC, language English (US); selectable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language French; selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language Spanish; selectable E

IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS232 1 8
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector4) 9 L 0 B
DNP 3.0, electrical RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Etherent, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)5) 9 L 0 S
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high.

2) The binary input thresholds are selectable
in two stages by means of jumpers.
face and use a separate FO switch. see next page


7UT613 differential protection relay 7UT613o-¨¨¨ö - ooö ¨¨¨
Port C and Port D

Port C: DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2

DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485 2

Thermo-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
Thermo-box, electrical RS485 F

Extended measured values, min./max. values, mean values 2
Extended measured values, min./max., mean values, transformer monitoring functions
(connection to thermo-box/hot spot, overload factor) 4

Overload protection according to IEC for one side (49)
Lock out (86)
Overcurrent-time protection phases (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
Overcurrent-time protection 3 I0 (50N/51N): 3 I0>, 3 I0>>, 3 I0P (inrush stabilization)
A
8
Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization)
Differential protection + basic functions + additional current functions

Restricted earth-fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth-fault protection, high impedance
(87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Unbalanced load protection (46)
Breaker failure protection (50BF)
High-sensitivity overcurrent-time protection/tank leakage protection (64), O/C 1-phase B
Additional voltage functions

Without voltage functions A
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy/measurement B
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy measurement
+ Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
+ Frequency protection (81)
+ Directional power protection (32R/F)
+ Fuse failure monitor (60FL) C
Additional functions (general)

Without 0
Multiple protection functions (50, 51, 50N/G, 87N, 50BF, 49)1) 1
Flexible protection functions 2
Multiple + flexible protection functions 3
1) Available if selected on position 14.


7UT63o differential protection relay 7UT63¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars,
graphic display
Housing, inputs and outputs
Housing 1/1 x 19”, 21 BI, 24 BO, 1 live status contact
12 current inputs (11 I, IEE1));
4 voltage inputs (1 x 3-phase + 1 x 1-phase) 3
Housing 1/1 x 19”, 29 BI, 24 BO, 1 live status contact
16 current inputs (14 I, 2 IEE1)) 5
Rated current
IN = 1 A 1
IN = 5 A 5

Unit design
Surface-mounting with two-tier terminals B
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals D
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals E
Surface mounting with two-tier terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts N
Flush-mounting with plug-in terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts P
Flush-mounting with screw-type terminals, with 5 high-speed trip contacts Q
Region-specific default settings/language settings

8
Region DE, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI language German; selectable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI language English (GB); selectable B
Region US, 60/50 Hz, ANSI/IEC language English (US); selectable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language French; selectable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI language Spanish; selectable E

PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector4) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector4) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820, double ring, ST connector4) 9 L 0 B
1) Sensitivity selectable normal/high. DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector4) 9 L 0 H
2) The binary input thresholds are IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector (EN 100) 9 L 0 R
selectable in two stages by means IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector (EN 100)5) 9 L 0 S
of jumpers.
face and use a separate FO switch. see next page


7UT63o differential protection relay 7UT63¨¨-¨¨¨ö-¨¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
for transformers, generators, motors and busbars,
graphic display
Port C and Port D

Port C: DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232; Port D: empty 1
Port C: DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485; Port D: empty 2

DIGSI 4/modem/thermo-box, electrical RS485 2

Thermo-box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
Thermo-box, electrical RS485 F

Extended measured values, min./max. values, mean values 2
Extended measured values, min./max. values, mean values,
transformer monitoring functions (connection to thermo-box/hot spot, overload factor) 4

Overload protection according to IEC for one side (49)
Lock out (86)
Overcurrent-time protection phases (50/51): I>, I>>, IP (inrush stabilization)
8 Overcurrent-time protection 3 I0 (50N/51N): 3 I0>, 3 I0>>, 3 I0P (inrush stabilization)

Overcurrent-time protection earth (50G/51G): IE>, IE>>, IEP (inrush stabilization) A
Differential protection + basic functions + additional current functions

Restricted earth-fault protection, low impedance (87N)
Restricted earth-fault protection, high impedance
(87N without resistor and varistor), O/C 1-phase
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
Unbalanced load protection (46)
Breaker failure protection (50BF)
High-sensitivity overcurrent-time protection/tank leakage protection (64), O/C 1-phase B
Additional voltage functions (only with 7UT633)

Without voltage functions A
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy/measurement B
With overexcitation protection and voltage/power/energy measurement
+ Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
+ Frequency protection (81)
+ Directional power protection (32R/F)
+ Fuse failure monitor (6FL) C
Additional functions (general)

Without 0
Multiple protection functions (50, 51, 50N/G, 87N, 50BF, 49)1) 1
Flexible protection functions 2
Multiple + flexible protection functions 3
1) Available if selected on position 14

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition),
Basis
Professional
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default and
control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 7XS5402-0AA00

SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format) running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
8
Connecting cable
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 16.4 ft 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 82 ft 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 164 ft 7XV5103-7AA50

Rated current 1.6 A;
Thermal overload release 1.6 A;
Overcurrent trip 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Temperature monitoring box with 6 thermal inputs

For SIPROTEC units
With 6 temperature sensors and 24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
RS485 interface 90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Manual for 7UT612

English C53000-G1176-C148-1
Manual for 7UT6

English V4.0 C53000-G1176-C160-1
English V4.6 C53000-G1176-C160-2


package
LSP2089-afpen.tif
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 8/36
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
Fig. 8/34 Mounting rail for 19" rack
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm2 0-827040-1 4000 AMP 1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2090-afpen.eps
LSP2091-afpen.eps
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm2 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)

0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 8/35 Fig. 8/36 For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector 3-pin connector and matching female 1-734387-1 AMP 1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps
Short-circuit links For current contacts C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 8/37

For voltage contacts C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 8/38
Safety cover for large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens
terminals small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens
Fig. 8/37 Fig. 8/38
for for voltage
current contacts contacts


Connection diagram

Connection diagram
Fig. 8/40a
8 Additional setting by jumpers:
Separation of common circuit of fast BO1 to BO5
with jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching
of fast BO7, BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
with jumpers X41, X42, X43.
Fig. 8/40 Connection diagram 7UT613
1) Configuration of binary outputs up to

hardware-version .../CC
For advanced flexibility see Fig. 8/40a.

Connection diagram
Fig. 8/41a
Separation of common circuit of fast BO1 to BO5 8
with jumpers X80, X81, X82. Switching
of fast BO7, BO8 as NO contact or NC contact
with jumpers X41, X42, X43.
1) Configuration of binary outputs up to

hardware-version .../CC
For advanced flexibility see Fig. 8/41a. Fig. 8/41 Connection diagram 7UT63
2) High-speed contacts (option), NO only
3) High-speed contacts (option)

Connection diagram
Fig. 8/42 Connection diagram 7UT635

part 1; continued on following page
1) High-speed contacts (option), NO only

2) High-speed contacts (option)

Connection diagram
Fig. 8/43 Connection diagram 7UT635 8

part 2


Busbar
Differential Protection Page
SIPROTEC 7SS60 Centralized Numerical Busbar Protection 9/3

SIPROTEC 4 7SS52 Distributed Numerical Busbar
and Breaker Failure Protection 9/19
9
9

9 Busbar Differential Protection / 7SS60
SIPROTEC 7SS60
Centralized Numerical Busbar Protection
Function overview
87BB
86 Features
• Optimized for single busbar and
1½ circuit-breaker configurations
• Suitable for double busbars with or
without couplers
• Separate check zone possible
• Short trip times
• Unlimited number of feeders
LSP2363-afpen.tif
• Matching of different primary CT ratios

• Differential current principle
• Low-impedance measuring method
• Numerical measured-value processing
• Suitable for all voltage levels
• Low demands on CTs thanks to
additional restraint
Fig. 9/1 7SS601 measuring system • Measured-value acquisition via
summation current transformer or
phase-selective matching transformers
Description
• Maintained TRIP command
The SIPROTEC 7SS60 system is an inex- (lockout function)
pensive numerical differential current • Centralized, compact design
protection for busbars in a centralized
• Combinative with separate breaker
configuration.
failure protection
It is suitable for all voltage levels and can
be adapted to a large variety of busbar con-
• Primary current transformers including
9
figurations with an unlimited number of
feeders. The components are designed for supply leads
single busbars, 1½-breaker configurations • Operational measured values:
and double busbars with or without
Differential and restraint current
couplers.
Different primary CT ratios can be
matched by using appropriate windings of • 30 event logs
the input current transformers. • 8 fault logs
The use of matching transformers allows • 8 oscillographic fault records
phase-selective measurement. Single-phase Communication interface
measurement can be achieved by using
summation current transformers.
• RS485 interface for local and remote
operation with DIGSI
Hardware
• Concept of modular components
• Reduced number of module types
• Auxiliary voltage 48 V DC to 250 V DC
• 7SS601 measuring system in 1/6 19-inch
housing 7XP20
• Peripheral components in ½ 19-inch
housing 7XP20
Front design
• Display for operation and measured values
• 6 LEDs for local indication

Application
The 7SS60 system is an easily settable

numerical differential current protection
for busbars.
It is suitable for all voltage levels and can
be adapted to a large variety of busbar con-
figurations. The components are designed
for single busbars, 1½-breaker configura-
tions and double busbars with or without
couplers.
The use of matching transformers allows
phase-selective measurement.
Single-phase measurement can be achieved
by using summation current transformers.
The 7SS60 is designed to be the successor
of the 7SS1 static busbar protection. The
existing summation current or matching
transformers can be reused for this protec-
tion system.
Fig. 9/2 Basic connection scheme 7SS60

Functions of the components

Construction/Functions
• The 7SS601 measuring system comprises:
Design
– One measuring input for acquisition
The 7SS60 compactly-built protection and processing of the differential and
system contains all components for: the restraint current
– 3 binary inputs for acquisition of infor-
• Measured-value acquisition and mation, e.g. a blocking condition
evaluation – 2 command relays for activation of
LSP2383-afp.tif
• Operation and LC display other, feeder-specific command relays
on the 7TM70 and 7TS72 peripheral
• Annunciation and command output modules.
• Input and evaluation of binary signals In circuits with summation current trans-
former, one 7SS601 measuring system is
• Data transmission via the RS485 interface required per protected zone. For phase-
with bus capability selective measurement, one 7SS601 mea- Fig. 9/3 Housing for peripheral
suring system is required per phase and modules (front cover
• Auxiliary voltage supply protected zone. removed)
The 7SS60 system comprises the following
• 7TM70 restraint/command output
components:
module
• 7SS601 measuring system and the This module contains 5 current trans-
peripheral modules formers with rectifiers for the formation
of the restraint current. It has also 5 com-
• 7TM70 restraint/command output mand relays with 2 NO contacts each for
module output of a direct TRIP command to the
circuit-breakers.
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
• 7TR71 isolator replica/preference module
• 7TS72 command output module
LSP2803.tif
This module enables the two bus isolators
The number of modules required is deter- to be detected in a double busbar. The
mined by the substation configuration and feeder current is assigned to the corre-
the measuring principle used (summation sponding measuring system on the basis
current transformers or phase-selective of the detected isolator position.
measurement). The 7SS601 measuring The module is also designed for an addi- Fig. 9/4 Rear view 9
system is accommodated in a separate tional function. In the case of a double
housing (1/6 19-inch 7XP20) that is suited busbar system, for example, where both
for panel flush mounting or cubicle moun- bus isolators of a feeder are closed at a
ting. The 7XP2040 peripheral module time, no selective protection of the two
housing has a width of ½ 19 inches and busbars is possible. During this state, one
can hold up to four peripheral modules. of the two measuring systems is given pri-
It is suited for panel flush mounting or ority. The module 7TR71 appropriately
cubicle mounting and has plug-on connec- assigns feeder currents to the correspond-
tors fitted at the rear. ing measuring system 7SS601.
The module also contains an auxiliary
The primary current transformers are relay with two changeover contacts.
connected to summation current trans-
formers of type 4AM5120-3DA/4DA • 7TS72 command output module
or to matching transformers of type The 7TM70 contains 5 trip relays with
4AM5120-1DA/2DA. With a rated current 2 NO contacts each. If more trip contacts
of 1 or 5 A, the current output at these are needed, the 7TS72 module can be
transformers is 100 mA. This output cur- used, providing 8 relays with 2 NO con-
rent is fed onto the 7SS601 measuring tacts each.
LSP2804.tif
system (for differential current formation)

and onto the 7TM70 restraint units (for
restraint current formation). The sum-
mated restraint current is fed onto the
Fig. 9/5 Rear view detail
7SS601 measuring system as well.

Function principle of The restraint current IR is derived from the

the differential protection load condition. This restraint current is
Measuring principles formed as the summated magnitudes of all
The main function of the 7SS60 protection
currents. The differential and the restraint
The feeder currents can be measured and system is a busbar protection that operates
current are fed into the 7SS601 measuring
processed according to different principles. with the differential current measuring
system (see Fig. 9/6: Block diagram). With
principle. Its algorithm relies on Kirch-
• Summation current transformer principle double busbars or sectionalized busbars,
hoff’s current law, which states that in
In the summation current transformer one measuring system 7SS601 (summation
fault-free condition the vectorial sum Id of
variant, the three secondary currents of CT), respectively 3 measuring systems
all currents flowing into an independent
the primary CTs are fed onto the three (phase-selective measurement) will be used
busbar section must be zero. Some slight
primary windings of the summation cur- for each selective section. The module
deviations from this law may be caused by
rent transformers with a winding ratio of 7TS71 (isolator replica/preference) appro-
current transformer error, inaccuracies in
n1:n2:n3 = 2:1:3. According to the ex- priately assigns feeder currents to the cor-
the matching of the transformation ratios
pected fault currents two different circuits responding measuring system 7SS601.
and measuring inaccuracies. Further er-
for connecting the summation current rors, which may be due to e.g. transformer
transformer are possible. For power sys- saturation in case of high-current external
tems with low-resistance or solid earthing short-circuits, are counteracted by a load-
of the starpoint, the 1-phase earth-faults dependent supplementary restraint.
are sufficiently high to use the circuit with
normal sensitivity (see Fig. 9/7). An in-
creased sensitivity for earth-faults can be
achieved by use of a circuit according to
Fig. 9/8. With a symmetrical, three-phase
current of 1 x IN, the secondary current of
the summation current transformers is
100 mA.
Different primary CT transformation ra-
tios can usually be compensated directly
by appropriate selection of the summa-
tion CT primary windings. Where the
circuit conditions do not allow this,
additional matching transformers, such
as the 4AM5272-3AA, should be used,
9 preferably in the form of autotrans-
formers (see Fig. 9/9: Protection with
summation current transformer and
matching transformers). The autotrans-
former circuit reduces the total burden
for the primary CTs.
• Phase-selective measurement Fig. 9/6 Block diagram: Acquisition of measured values

In this variant, each phase current is mea-
sured separately. To do so, each of the
secondary currents of the primary trans-
formers is fed onto a matching trans-
former. This transformer allows, if its
primary windings are selected accord-
ingly, to generate a normalized current
from a variety of different primary CT
transformation ratios (see Fig. 9/10:
Phase-selective measurement). With a
primary current of 1 x IN, the secondary
current of the matching transformers is
100 mA.

Typical connections
SIPV6.012en.eps
Fig. 9/7 Protection with summation
current transformer
(L1-L2-L3 circuit)

current transformer
(L1-L3-N circuit)

current transformer and matching
transformers
Fig. 9/10 Phase-selective measurement

Pickup characteristic of
the differential protection
The characteristic can be set in the parame-
ters for Id > (pickup value) and for the
k factor which considers the linear and
non-linear current transformer errors.
Differential currents above the set charac-
teristic lead to tripping.
Current transformer monitoring

An independent sensitive differential cur-
Fig. 9/11 Tripping characteristic
rent monitoring with its parameter Id thr
detects faults (short-circuits, open circuit)
of current transformers and their wiring
even with load currents. The affected mea-
suring system is blocked and an alarm is
given. By this, the stability of the busbar
protection is ensured in case of external
faults.
Trip command lockout (with manual reset)

Following a trip of the differential protec-
tion, the TRIP command can be kept
(sealed-in). The circuit-breakers are not
reclosed until the operator has obtained in-
formation on the fault; the command must
be manually reset by pressing a key or by a
binary input.
The logical state of the TRIP command is
buffered against a loss of the auxiliary
9 power supply, so that it is still present on
restoration of the auxiliary voltage supply.
Test and commissioning aids

The protection system provides user sup-
port for testing and commissioning. It has
a wide range of integrated aids that can be
activated from the keypad or from a PC
using the DIGSI program. For some tests
a codeword must be entered.
The following test aids are available:
• Display of operational measured values

• Interrogation of status of binary inputs
and LED indicators
• Blocking of the TRIP function during
testing

Communication/Functions

The device is equipped with an RS485
interface. The interface has bus capability
and allows a maximum of 32 units to be
connected via a serial two-wire interface.
A PC can be connected to the interface via
an RS232ÖRS485 converter, so that con-
figuration, setting and evaluation can be
performed comfortably via the PC using
the DIGSI operating program. The PC can
also be used to read out the fault record Fig. 9/12 Communication scheme
that is generated by the device when a fault
occurs.
With RS485Ö820 nm optical conver-
ters, which are available as accessories
(7XV5650, 7XV5651), an interference-free,
isolated connection to a control center or
a DIGSI-based remote control unit is
possible; this allows to design low-cost
stations concepts that permit e.g. remote
diagnosis.
Comfortable setting
The parameter settings are made in a
menu-guided procedure from the inte-
grated operator panel and the LC display.
It is, however, more comfortable to use a
PC for this purpose, together with the stan-
dard DIGSI operating program.
Fault recording 9
If a fault leads to a trip, a fault record is
generated, in which the differential and the
LSA2747-cgpen.eps
restraint current are recorded with a sam-
pling frequency of 2 kHz. In addition,
signals are stored as binary traces, which
represent internal device states or binary
input states. Up to eight fault records can
be stored. When a ninth fault occurs, the Fig. 9/13 Communication scheme
oldest record is overwritten. A total storage
capacity of 7 s is available. The most recent
2.5 s are buffered against power failure.

Technical data
7SS60 measuring system Command contacts

Measuring input Id Number of relays 1 (2 NO contacts)
Rated current 100 mA 1 (1 NO contact)
Rated frequency 50/60 Hz settable, 16.7 Hz Switching capacity

Make 1000 W/VA
Dynamic overload capacity 250 x IN one half cycle Break 30 W/VA
(pulse current)
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s
(where external summation or 30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Permissible current
matching current transformers are 4 x IN continuous Continuous 5A
used, 0.5 s 30 A
their limit data must be observed) Signal contacts
Isolating voltage 2.5 kV (r.m.s.) Number of relays 3 (2 marshallable)
Measuring range for operational 0 to 240 % Contacts 2 changeover contacts and 1 NO
measured values contact (can be changed to NC by
Measuring dynamics 100 x IN without offset jumper)
50 x IN with full offset Switching capacity
Measuring input IR Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Rated current 1.9 mA
Dynamic overload capability 250 x IN for 10 ms
(pulse current) Permissible current
Continuous 5A
Thermal overload capability (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s 0.5 s 30 A
(where external summation or 30 x IN for ≤ 10 s
matching current transformers are 4 x IN continuous Serial interface
used, their limit data must be ob- Standard Isolated RS485
served) Test voltage 3.5 kV DC
Isolating voltage 2.5 kV (r.m.s.) Connection Data cable at housing terminals,
Measuring dynamics 0 to 200 x IN 2 data lines
Auxiliary voltage For connection of a personal com-
puter or similar
Via integrated DC/DC converter 24/48 V DC (19 to 58 V DC) Cables must be shielded, and shields
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 60/110/125 V DC (48 to 150 V DC) must be earthed.
9 (permissible voltage) 220/250 V DC
115 V AC
(176 to 300 V DC)
(92 to 133 V AC) Transmission rate As delivered 9600 baud
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 % of rated voltage
(peak-to-peak) Unit design
1
Power consumption Quiescent Approx. 3 W Housing 7XP20 /6 19"
Energized Approx. 5 W Dimensions See part 15
Bridging time during failure/ ≥ 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 100 V DC Weight Approx. 4.0 kg
short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vaux ≥ 48 V DC Degree of protection according
Binary inputs to IEC 60529-1
Number 3 (marshallable) For the unit IP 51
For operator protection IP 2X
Operating voltage range 24 to 250 V DC
Current consumption Approx. 2.5 mA
when energized Independent of operating voltage
Pickup threshold Can be changed by setting jumpers

Rated aux. voltage 48/60 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC
Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
Rated aux. voltage
110/125/220/250 V DC
Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC
Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Max. voltage 300 V DC

Technical data
Functions Auxiliary voltage (7TM700)

Differential current protection Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V DC (38 to 72 V DC)
Setting ranges for pickup threshold (permitted voltage range) 110/125 V DC (88 to 150 V DC)
Differential current Id> 0.20 to 2.50 INO 220/250 V DC (176 to 300 V DC)
Restraint factor 0.25 to 0.80 Settable
As delivered: 220/250 V DC
Tolerance of pickup value
Differential current Id> ± 5 % of setpoint Command contacts (7TM700)
Minimum duration 0.01 to 32.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Number of relays 5
of trip command Contacts per relay 2 NO contacts
Time delay of trip 0.00 to 10.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) For short-term operation < 10 s 3)
Times Pickup time Approx. 7 ms
Minimum tripping 10 ms
Switching capacity
time 50/60 Hz1)
Make 1000 W/VA
Typical tripping 12 ms (rapid measurement)
Break 30 W/VA
time 50/60 Hz1) 40 ms (repeated measurement)
Minimum tripping 12 ms Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC
time 16.7 Hz1) Permissible currents
Typical tripping 14 ms (rapid measurement) Continuous 5A
time 16.7 Hz1) 40 ms (repeated measurement) 0.5 s 30 A
Reset time 2) 28 ms at 50 Hz Weight Approx. 2.0 kg
26 ms at 60 Hz
70 ms at 16.7 Hz 7TR710 isolator replica/preferential treatment module
Differential current supervision NOTE: The module 7TR710 can be used to implement 2 different
Pickup threshold 0.10 to 1.00 INO functions: isolator replica or preferential treatment
Lockout function Isolator replica
Lockout seal-in of trip command Until reset Number of feeders 1

(single busbar and double busbar)
Reset By binary input and/or local operator
panel Number of isolators 2
per feeder
Preferential treatment
Operating currents Id, IR Number of preferential 2
treatment circuits
Measuring range
Tolerance
0 to 240 % INO
5 % of rated value Number of contacts per preferential 3 changeover contacts 9
Fault logging Buffered storage of the annunciations treatment
of the last 8 faults Switching time < 20 ms
Time stamping Number of auxiliary relays 1
Resolution for operational 1 ms Contacts of auxiliary relay 2 changeover contacts
annunc.
Resolution for fault annunciation 1 ms Auxiliary voltage
Fault recording (max. 8 fault) Buffered against voltage failure Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V DC (38 to 72 V DC)
(last 2.5 s) (permissible voltage range) 110/125 V DC (88 to 150 V DC)
Recording time Max. 7.1 s total 220/250 V DC (176 to 300 V DC)
(from fault detection) Pre-trigger and post-fault time Depending on the design
can be set Relay contacts
Max. length per record 0.2 to 5.0 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
Pre-trigger time 0.05 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Switching capacity
Post-fault time 0.01 to 1.5 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Make 1000 W/VA
Sampling frequency 2 kHz Break 30 W/VA
Permissible current
Peripheral modules
Continuous 5A
7TM700 restraint/command output module 0.5 s 10 A
Measuring input IR Weight Approx. 0.6 kg
Number of restraint units 5
Rated current 100 mA
Rated frequency 16.7, 50, 60 Hz
Dynamic overload capacity 250 x IN one half cycle
(pulse current)
Thermal overload capacity (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s
(where external summation or match- 30 x IN for ≤ 10 s 1) Each additional intermediate relay increases the tripping time by 7 ms.
ing current transformers are used, 4 x IN continuous 2) Each additional intermediate relay increases the reset time by 8 ms.
their limit data must be observed) 3) Limited by the continuous power dissipation of the device.

Technical data
Peripheral modules (cont’d) Connectors with screw-type terminals

7TS720 command output module Type COMBICON system
Auxiliary voltage of PHOENIX CONTACT
Front-MSTB 2.5/10-ST-5.08
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 48/60 V (38 to 72 V DC) For conductor cross-sections of 0.2 to 2.5 mm2 (rigid and flexible)
(permissible voltage range) 110/125 V (88 to 150 V DC) AWG 24 to 12
220/250 V (176 to 300 V 0.25 to 2.5 mm2 (with end sleeve)
DC)
Multiple conductor connection 0.2 to 1.0 mm2 (rigid)
Settable
(2 conductors of same cross-section) 0.2 to 1.5 mm2 (flexible)
As delivered: 220/250 V DC
0.25 to 1.0 mm2 (flexible with end
Command contacts sleeve, without plastic collar)
Number of relays 8 0.5 to 1.5 mm2 (flexible with TWIN
end sleeve with plastic collar)
Contacts per relay 2 NO contacts
Stripping length 7 mm
For short term operation < 10 s 1)
Recommended tightening torque 0.5 to 0.6 Nm
Pickup time Approx. 7 ms
Unit design
Switching capacity
Make 1000 W/VA Housing 7XP204 ½ 19"
Break 30 W/VA Dimensions See part 15
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Weight Approx. 3.5 kg
Permissible current Degree of protection
Continuous 5A according to IEC 60529-1
0.5 s 30 A For the device IP 51 (front panel)
Weight Approx. 0.5 kg IP 20 (rear)
For the operator protection IP 2X (if all connectors and blanking
7SS601 measuring system plates are fitted)
Current connections (terminals 1 to 6)
Screw-type terminals For bolts of 6 mm Matching transformers
(ring-type cable lug)
Max. outside diameter 13 mm 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
Type e.g. PDIG of AMP For connection to current transform-
For conductor cross-sections of 2.7 to 6.6 mm2 ers with a rated current IN of 1A
AWG 12 to 10 Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
9 In parallel double leaf-spring-
crimp contact for conductor
2.5 to 4.0 mm2
AWG 13 to 11
Winding A-B B-C D-E E-F G-H H-J
Number of turns Y-Z
cross-sections of
1 2 4 8 16 32
Max. tightening torque 3.5 Nm
500
Control connections (terminals 7 to 31)
Max. current, continuous A 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8 6.8
Screw-type terminals For 4 mm bolts Max. voltage V 0.85
(ring-type cable lug) 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 6.4 12.8
Max. outside diameter 9 mm 200
Type e.g. PDIG of AMP Max. burden VA 1.0
For conductor cross-sections of 1.0 to 2.6 mm2 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
AWG 17 to 13
For connection to current trans-
In parallel double leaf-spring-
formers with a rated current IN of 5A
crimp contact for conductor 0.5 to 2.5 mm2
cross-sections of AWG 20 to 13 Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
Max. tightening torque 1.8 Nm Winding A-B B-C D-E E-F
Number of turns Y-Z
1 2 4 8
500
Max. current, continuous A 26 26 26 26
Max. voltage V 0.85
0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2
200
Max. burden VA 1.2
1) Limited by the continuous power dissipation of the device.

Technical data
Summation current matching transformers EMC tests for interference immunity; type tests
4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2 Standard IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
For connection to current (international product standards)
transformers with a rated EM 50082-2
current IN of 1A (technical generic standard)
DIN VDE 57435 part 303
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz (German product standard for pro-
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z tection devices)
Number of turns 3 6 9 18 24 36 90 500 High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; t = 15 ms;
IEC 60255-22-1, 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s
DIN 57435 part 303; class III
Max. current, continuous A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85
Max. voltage V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200 Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Max. burden VA 1.8 IEC 60255-22-2; IEC 61000-4-2; 15 kV air discharge;
class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
For connection to current
non-modulated
transformers with a rated
IEC 60255-22-3 (report); class III
current IN of 5A
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz;
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz
amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O Y-Z IEC 61000-4-3, class III
Number of turns 1 2 3 4 6 8 12 500
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz;
Max. current, continuous A 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.517.5 8.0 0.85 pulse-modulated repetition frequency 200 Hz; ED 50 %
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 200 IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204; class III
Max. burden VA 2.5
Fast transient disturbance/bursts 4 kHz; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz, burst length
IEC 60255-22-4; IEC 61000-4-4; = 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
Matching transformer class III both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
test duration 1 min
4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2
High-energy surge voltages Auxiliary voltage:
Multi-tap auxiliary current (SURGE), Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 12 Ω; 9 µF
transformer to match IEC 61000-4-5, installation, class III Transversal test: 1 kV; 2 Ω; 18 µF
different c.t. ratios Measuring inputs, binary inputs and
Rated frequency fN 45-60 Hz relay outputs:
Longitudinal test: 2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
Winding A-B C-D E-F G-H J-K L-M N-O P-Q
Number of turns 1 2 7 16 1 2 7 16
Transversal test: 1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
9
Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz;
Max. current, continuous A 6 6 6 1.2 6 6 6 1.2
amplitude-modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Max. voltage V 4 8 28 64 4 8 28 64
IEC 61000-4-6; class III
resistance Ω 0.018 0.035 0.11 1.05 0.0180.035 0.11 1.05
Magnetic field with power frequency
IEC 61000-4-8; class IV 30 A/m; continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s;
Electrical tests IEC 60255-6 50 Hz; 0.5 mT
Specifications Oscillatory surge 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz;
Standards: IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 withstand capability damped wave; 50 surges per s;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Insulation tests
Fast transient surge 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per s;
High voltage test (routine test), 2.5 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz withstand capability both polarities; duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω
measuring input Id and relay outputs ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1
High voltage test (routine test), 3.5 kV DC Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
auxiliary voltage input and RS485 interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
interface, binary inputs and
measuring input IR Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity);
IEC 61000-4-12 100 kHz; 1, 10 and 50 MHz;
Impulse voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J; IEC 60694 damped wave; Ri = 50 Ω
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
in intervals of 5 s EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Standard EN 50081-*
(technical generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz,
lines only auxiliary voltage, limit value, class B
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 part 22,
IEC CISPR 22
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz,
EN 55011; DIN VDE 0875 part 11, limit value, class A
IEC CISPR 11

Technical data
Mechanical stress tests CE conformity

Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Commu-
During operation nities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating to
Standards IEC 60255-21-1 electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
IEC 60068-2 Directive 73/23/EEC).
Vibration Sinusoidal This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz, ± 0.075 mm amplitude man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz; 1 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Shock Half-sinusoidal in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 5 g; duration 11 ms generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of the standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-21-3, class I
IEC 60068-3-3
Horizontal axis 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
Vertical axis 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
During transport
IEC 60068-2
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration sweep
rate 1 octave/min
9 IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g; duration 11 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of the
3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g; duration 16 ms
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction of the
3 orthogonal axes
Climatic stress test

Temperatures
Permissible ambient temperatures
– In service -20 to +45/55 °C
– During storage -25 to +55 °C
– During transport -25 to +70 °C
Storage and transport with standard
works packing
Humidity
Standards IEC 60068-2-3
Permissible humidity Annual average 75 % relative humid-
It is recommended to arrange the ity; on 30 days in the year up to 95 %
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation not
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- permissible!


Centralized numerical busbar protection 7SS60
Measuring system 50, 60, 16.7 Hz 7SS601o-¨ ¨ Ao 0- 0 AA0
Rated current/frequency
100 mA; 50/60 Hz AC 0
100 mA; 16.7 Hz AC 6

24 to 48 V DC 2
60 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5
Unit design
Housing 7XP20 1/6 19-inch, for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E
Measuring system
Standard 0
Stabilizing/command output module

5 stabilizing CTs, 5 relays with 2 NO contacts
48/60 V DC, 110/125 V DC, 220/250 V DC settable 7TM7000-0AA00-0AA0
Isolator replica/preference module 7TR7100-ÄA00-0AA0
48 to 60 V DC 3
110 to 125 V DC 4
220 to 250 V DC 5
Command output module

8 relays with 2 NO contacts
48/60 V DC, 110/125 V DC, 220/250 V DC settable 7TS7200-0AA00-0AA0
Housing ½ 19-inch for peripheral modules 7SS60

For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting 7XP2041-2MA00-0AA0
9
Copper interconnecting cable

Accessories
PC (9-pole socket) and converter/protection relay 7XV5100-2
Connector adapter
9 pin female / 25 pin male 7XV5100-8H
RS232 - RS485 converter

With power supply unit for 230 V AC 7XV5700-0AA00
With power supply unit for 110 V AC 7XV5700-1AA00
Converter
Full duplex fiber-optic cable – RS485
Auxiliary voltage: 24 V DC to 250 V DC, 110/230 V DC
Line converter ST connector 7XV5650-0BA00
Cascada converter ST connector 7XV5651-0BA00
Connector for peripheral modules, as spare part W73078-B9005-A710
Extraction tool for connector W73078-Z9005-A710
Test adapter 7XV6010-0AA00
Angle bracket (set) C73165-A63-D200-1


Summation current matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-3DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-4DA00-0AN2
Matching transformer
1 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-1DA00-0AN2
5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5120-2DA00-0AN2
1 A, 5 A, 50/60 Hz 4AM5272-3AA00-0AN2
Manual 7SS60
English E50417-G1176-C132-A3

Connection diagrams
Fig. 9/14 Connection diagram for 7SS601
Fig. 9/15 Connection diagram for 7TM700 Fig. 9/16 Connection diagram for 7TS720

Connection diagram
Fig. 9/17 Block diagram of 7TR710

SIPROTEC 4 7SS52 Distributed Numerical Busbar

and Breaker Failure Protection
Function overview
Busbar protection functions

• Busbar differential protection
• Selective zone tripping
• Very short tripping time (<15 ms)
• Extreme stability against external fault,
short saturation-free time (≥ 2 ms)
• Phase-segregated measuring systems
• Integrated check zone
• 48 bays can be configured
• 12 busbar sections can be protected
• Bay-selective intertripping
LSP2392-afpen.tif
Breaker failure protection functions
Fig. 9/18 SIPROTEC 4 (single-phase with/without current)
7SS52 busbar protection system
• 5 operation modes, selectable per bay
• Separate parameterization possible for
busbar and line faults
Description • Independently settable delay times for
all operation modes
The SIPROTEC 7SS52 numerical protec- • 2-stage operation bay trip repeat/trip
tion is a selective, reliable and fast protec- busbar
tion for busbar faults and breaker failure in
medium, high and extra-high voltage sub- • Intertrip facility
stations with various possible busbar con- (via teleprotection interface)
figurations. • “Low-current” mode using the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contacts 9
The protection is suitable for all switchgear
types with iron-core or linearized current Additional protection functions
transformers. The short tripping time is es-
pecially advantageous for applications with • End-fault protection with intertrip or
high fault levels or where fast fault clear- bus zone trip
ance is required for power system stability. • Backup overcurrent protection per bay
The modular hardware allows the protec- unit (definite-time or inverse-time)
tion to be optimally matched to the busbar • Independent breaker failure protection
configuration. The decentralized arrange- per bay unit
ment allows the cabling costs in the substa-
tion to be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 Features
busbar protection caters for single, double • Distributed or centralized installation
or triple busbar systems with or without • Easy expansion capability
and quadruple busbar systems without
transfer bus with up to: 48 bays, • Integrated commissioning aids
16 bus couplers, and 24 sectionalizing • Centralized user-friendly configu-
disconnectors and 12 busbar sections. ration / parameterization with DIGSI
• Universal hardware
• FO interface
– IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• Electrical interface
– IEC 61850 protocol
with EN 100 module (firmware V4.6)

Application
The 7SS52 distributed numerical busbar
and breaker failure protection system is a
selective, reliable and fast protection for
busbar faults and breaker failure in me-
dium, high and extra-high voltage substa-
tions with various possible busbar
configurations. The protection is suitable
for all switchgear types with iron-core or
linearized current transformers. The short
tripping time is especially advantageous for
applications with high fault levels or where
fast fault clearance is required for power
system stability.
LSA2180-bgpen.eps
The modular hardware design allows the
protection system to be optimally matched
to the busbar configuration.
The distributed arrangement allows the ca-
bling costs between bay and substation to
be drastically reduced. The 7SS52 busbar
protection caters for single, double, triple
and quadruple busbar systems with or
without transfer bus with up to:
– 48 bays
– 16 bus couplers
– 24 sectionalizing disconnectors
– 12 busbar sections
1) Feeder currents, disconnector status trip commands

2) Disconnector status
Fig. 9/19 Distributed system structure

9
Bay
units
Central unit
Fig. 9/20 Protection functions of the central unit and the bay units

Construction
The distributed bay units measure the
3 phase currents in each bay. The rated
input current is 1 or 5 A and therefore
eliminates the need for interposing current
transformers. The disconnector status,
breaker failure protection triggering, bay
out-of- service and other bay status infor-
LSP2377-afpen.tif
mation is derived via marshallable binary
inputs in the bay units. The complete in-
formation exchange is conveyed to the
central unit via a fiber-optic interface. The
bay unit also has an interface on the front
side for connection to a PC for operation
and diagnosis. The trip and intertrip com-
mands are issued via trip contacts in the Fig. 9/21 7SS522 Central unit
bay units. The 7XP20 standard housing is Front view of SIPAC subrack version
available in a flush or surface mounting
version (7SS523).
The central unit is connected to the bay
units via fiber-optic communication links.
The connection is built up in a star config-
uration. The central unit also contains
serial ports for system configuration via
PC or communication with a substation
control system, an integrated LC Display
with keypad and marshallable binary in-
LSP2515.tif
puts, LEDs and alarm relays. The central
unit is available in a 19" SIPAC module
rack version for either cubicle or wall
mounting.
Because of its modular hardware design, it
is easy to adapt the central unit to the sub- 9
station or to expand it with further mod- Fig. 9/22 7SS522 Central unit
Rear view
ules each being connected with up to 8 bay
units.
Each bay unit and the central unit has its
own internal power supply.
LSP2076-afp.tif
LSP2516.tif
Fig. 9/23 7SS523 Bay unit Fig. 9/24 7SS525 Bay unit
Front view of panel/flush/cubicle Front view of panel/flush/cubicle
mounting unit mounting unit

Busbar protection
The main function of the 7SS52 is busbar
The pickup characteristic can be set
protection, and has the following charac- independently for selective busbar
protection, for the “check zone”
teristics: and for the breaker failure protection.
• Evaluation of differential currents, with
stabilization by through-currents based
on the proven performance of the
Fig. 9/25
Siemens busbar protection 7SS1 and Standard characteristic
7SS50/51, currently in service worldwide
• Selective busbar protection for busbars
with up to 12 busbar sections and 48 bays
• Integrated “check zone” (evaluation of all
busbar section currents without use of the
disconnector replica)
• Very short tripping time (15 ms typical)
• Selective detection of short-circuits, also
for faults on the transfer bus, with transfer
trip to the remote end.
Fig. 9/26
• Detection and clearance of faults between
Earth-fault characteristic
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker via current measurement and
selective unbalancing.
• Tripping only when all three fault detec-
tion modules recognize a busbar fault
(2 measurement processors and check In addition, an disconnector status inde- Breaker failure protection
zone processor) pendent check-zone measurement is exe-
The 7SS52 protection includes an inte-
cuted on a further processor thus increasing
• No special CT requirements (stability is grated breaker failure protection with the
the protection against unwanted operation.
guaranteed, even when the CTs saturate following features:
All three processors must reach a trip deci-
after 2 ms)
sion independently before the trip com- • Five breaker failure protection modes that
• Selective output tripping relays per feeder
9 in bay units.
mand is released. are selectable:
The disconnector status is monitored using 1. Following the issue of a trip signal from
Mode of operation normally open and normally closed con- a feeder protection, the busbar protection
tacts to enable plausibility checks for both monitors the drop-off of the trip signal.
The 7SS52 protection relay offers complete status and transition time. The contact If the feeder current is not interrupted be-
numerical measured-value processing monitoring voltage is also supervised. fore a set time delay the polarity of the
from sampling to digital conversion of the
feeder current is reversed, which results in
measured variables through to the circuit- In case of an auxiliary voltage failure in
a differential current in the correspond-
breaker tripping decision. The bay units the bay, the latest disconnector status is
ing section of the bus protection. For this
dispose of sufficient powerful contacts to stored and a bay-selective indication of the
function, a separate parameter set is used.
directly trip the circuit-breaker. failure is issued.
2. Following a trip signal from a feeder
For each busbar section and for all three The assignment of the feeder currents to
protection, a trip signal will be output
phases, two independent processors exe- the corresponding busbar systems is con-
after a settable time delay from the 7SS52
cute the protection algorithm on alternate trolled by software via the disconnector
protection to the corresponding feeder
data samples. Based on the proven perfor- replica. The disconnector replica is applied
circuit-breaker. If this second trip signal is
mance of the 7SS1 and 7SS50/51, this for both busbar protection and breaker
also unsuccessful, the unbalancing proce-
method of measurement ensures highest failure protection.
dure according to mode 1) as described
stability even in case of high short-circuit above will take place.
The integrated breaker failure protection
currents and CT saturation.
function provides phase-segregated 3. With external stand-alone breaker fail-
two-stage operation (bay-specific trip re- ure protection, the disconnector replica
peat, trip bus section). Alternatively, an ex- of the 7SS52 may be used to selectively
ternal breaker failure protection relay can trip the busbar section with the faulty
issue its trip commands via the disconnector circuit-breaker.
replica in the 7SS52.

busbar section or intertripping of the cir- the central unit or locally in each bay unit
cuit-breaker at the opposite end occurs. with the DIGSI operating program.
4. Following a trip signal from the feeder
Backup protection Disconnector replica
protection, the 7SS52 monitors the drop-
off of the trip signal. If, after a settable As an option, a two-stage backup protec- The disconnector replica is used for both
time, the current does not fall below a tion, independent of the busbar protection the busbar protection and the breaker fail-
settable limiting value, busbar-selective is included in every bay unit. This backup ure protection.
feeder trip commands are issued with the protection is completed by means of a
The following features characterize the
help of the disconnector replica within breaker failure protection. The parametri-
disconnector replica function:
the 7SS52. zation and operation can be carried out in
5. Following a trip signal from a feeder • Includes up to 48 bays and 12 busbar
protection, a trip signal will be output af- sections
ter a settable time delay from the 7SS52 • Integrated bi-stable disconnector status
protection to the corresponding feeder characteristic (status stored on loss of
circuit-breaker. If this second trip signal is auxiliary power).
also unsuccessful, the tripping as de-
scribed under 4) will take place.
• For single-pole or multi-pole starting,
delay times are available.
• Breaker failure detection following a
busbar fault by comparison of the mea-
sured current with a set value.
• For all modes of breaker failure protec-
tion, a transfer trip command output
contact is provided for each feeder to ini-
tiate remote tripping.
Sensitive tripping characteristic

In some applications, e.g. within resistive
earthed networks, single-phase short-cir-
cuit currents are limited to rated current
values. In order to provide a busbar pro-
tection for these cases, an independent 9
characteristic is available. This characteris-
tic presents separate parameters for the
pickup threshold, as well as for a limitation
SIPV6.101en.tif
of efficiency. The activation of the charac-
teristic takes place by means of a binary in-
put in the central unit, e.g. by recognizing
a displacement voltage. Fig. 9/27 Fault record
End-fault protection
The location of the current transformer
normally limits the measuring range of the
busbar protection. When the circuit-
breaker is open, the area located between
the current transformer and the circuit-
breaker can be optimally protected by
means of the end-fault protection. In the
event of a fault, depending on the mount-
ing position of the current transformer, in-
stantaneous and selective tripping of the
SIPV6.100en.tif
Fig. 9/28 DIGSI plant monitoring

Marshallable tripping relays, binary inputs, Measurement and monitoring functions

alarm relays and LEDs
In the 7SS52 protection relay, a variety of
• Disconnector transition time monitoring. The bay units are equipped with measurement and monitoring functions is
• By the assignment “NOT open = closed”, marshallable command relays for direct provided for commissioning and mainte-
the disconnector is taken to be CLOSED circuit-breaker tripping. For each bay there nance. These functions include:
during the transition time. are 9 (7SS523) or 8 (7SS525) duty contacts
available. • Measurement and display of the phase
Accurate matching of the disconnector currents of the feeders in the central unit
auxiliary contacts with the main contact is For user-specific output and indication of and bay units.
not required. events, 16 alarm relays and 32 LEDs in the • Measurement and display (on the inte-
• Menu-guided graphic configuration with central unit are freely marshallable. grated LCD or PC) of the differential and
DIGSI operating program. stabilizing currents of all measuring sys-
Several individual alarms may be grouped
• LEDs in the bay modules indicate the tems in the central unit and the bay units.
together.
actual status of the busbar disconnector. • Monitoring of busbar-selective and
• Dynamic visualization of the substation The central unit has marshallable binary
phase-segregated differential currents
with DIGSI on the central unit. inputs with:
with busbar-selective blocking/alarming
• Reset of LED display • Monitoring of the differential currents of
Tripping command/reset
• Time synchronization the check zone with alarming/blocking
The tripping output processing for the • Blocking of protection functions • Phase-segregated trip test including con-
7SS52 protection has the following fea- trol of feeder circuit-breaker (by central
tures: The bay units have marshallable binary or bay unit)
inputs: • Removal of a bay from the busbar mea-
• Bay-selective tripping by bay units
• Disconnector status closed/open surement processing during feeder service
• Settings provided for overcurrent release and maintenance via central or bay units
of the tripping command (to enable selec- • Phase-segregated start of circuit-breaker
(bay out of service)
tive tripping of infeeding circuits only) failure protection
• Blocking of breaker failure protection or
• Settable minimum time for the trip com- • Release of circuit-breaker failure protec-
tripping command for testing purposes.
mand. tion
• Disconnector replica freezing (mainte-
• Current-dependent reset of the tripping • Release of TRIP command
nance) with alarm indication (”Discon-
command. • Circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts nector switching prohibition”).
• Bay out of service • Cyclic tests of measured-value acquisition
Disturbance recording
• Test of circuit-breaker tripping and processing and trip circuit tests in-
9 The digitized measured values from the
phase currents and the differential and sta-
cluding coils of the command relays.
bilizing currents of the busbar sections and Event recording

check zone are stored following a trip deci-
The 7SS52 protection provides complete
sion by the 7SS52 or following an external
data for analysis of protection performance
initiation via a binary input. Pre-trigger
following a trip or any other abnormal
and post-fault times with regard of the trip
condition and for monitoring the state of
command can be set. Up to 8 fault record-
the relay during normal service.
ings are stored in the 7SS52. The fault re-
cords may be input to a PC connected to Up to 200 operational events and 80 fault
the central unit, using the menu-guided annunciations with a resolution of one
DIGSI operating program. Then, the millisecond may be stored in two inde-
SIGRA graphics program makes it possible pendent buffers:
to easily analyze the fault recordings.
• Operational indications
This group includes plant/substation
operation events, for example disconnec-
tor switching, disconnector status discrep-
ancies (transition time limit exceeded, loss
of auxiliary voltage, etc.) or event/alarm
indications
• Tripping following a busbar short-circuit
fault or circuit-breaker failure.

reliability. The experience gained by

Protection functions/Functions Communication
Siemens in production of over 1 million
Settings numerical protection units has been incor- Serial communication
porated in the software design. The most
A PC can be connected to the operator in- modern manufacturing methods together With respect to communication, particular
terface located at the front panel or the rear with effective quality control ensure high emphasis is placed on the customer re-
of the central unit. An operating program reliability and a long service life. quirements in energy automation:
is available for convenient and clear set-
ting, fault recording and evaluation as well • Every data item is time-stamped at the
Battery monitoring source, i.e. where it originates.
as for commissioning. All settings of the
busbar or breaker failure protection, as The internal battery is used to back-up the • Already during the process of communi-
well as settings of additional functions such clock and memory for storage of switching cation, information is assigned to the
as backup protection, need only be statistics, status and fault indications and cause thereof (e.g. assignment of the indi-
parameterized at the central unit. Settings fault recording, in the event of a power cation "circuit-breaker TRIP" to the corre-
at the bay units are not necessary. supply failure. The processor checks its ca- sponding command).
With the help of the integrated keypad and pacity at regular intervals. If the capacity of • The communication system automatically
display on the central unit, all setting pa- the battery is found to be declining, an handles the transfer of large data blocks
rameters may be read out. alarm is generated. Routine replacement is (e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
Keypad, display (7SS523) and the front therefore not necessary. All setting param- files). The user has access to these features
side interface of the bay units serve for eters are stored in the Flash-EPROM, and without any additional programming ef-
commissioning, display of operational val- therefore not lost if the power supply or fort.
ues and diagnosis. the battery fails.
All parameters are written into nonvolatile Local and remote communication
memories to ensure that they are retained Functions for testing and commissioning
The 7SS52 central unit provides several se-
even during loss of auxiliary voltage. The 7SS52 offers auxiliary functions for rial communication interfaces for various
Configuration, visualization commissioning. The physical status of all tasks:
binary inputs and output relays of the cen-
The configuration of the 7SS52 is effected tral unit can be displayed and directly al- • Front interface for connecting a PC
by means of a graphics-orientated editor tered to facilitate testing. • Rear-side service interface (always pro-
included in the DIGSI operation program. vided) for connection to a PC, either
For frequently used bay types, a symbol li- All measured values can be clearly depicted directly or via a modern
brary is available. Enhancements can be by means of DIGSI and simultaneously • System interface for connecting to a con-
easily effected anytime. displayed in different windows as primary trol system via IEC 60870-5-103 protocol.
A graphical configuration visualizes the or percentage values. • System interface (EN 100 module)
states of the disconnector position, the
for connecting to a control system via 9
circuit-breaker and measuring values. The 7SS52 units are provided with a circuit-
IEC 61850 protocol
breaker test function. Single-pole and
Self-monitoring three-pole TRIP commands can be issued. • Time synchronization via
IRIG-B/DCF/system interface
Hardware and software are continuously
monitored and any irregularity is immedi- Data transmission lockout
Serial front interface (central unit and bay
ately detected and alarmed. The self-moni- Data transmission lockout can be acti- units)
toring feature improves both the reliability vated, so as to prevent transfer of informa-
and the availability of the 7SS52. The fol- tion to the control center during work on a There is a serial RS232 interface on the
lowing quantities are monitored: circuit bay. front of all the units. All of the unit's func-
tions can be set on a PC by means of the
• The current transformer circuits DIGSI 4 protection operation program.
Test mode
• The analog-to-digital conversion Commissioning tools and fault analysis are
• All internal supply voltages During commissioning, a test mode can be also built into the program and are avail-
selected; all indications then have a test able through this interface.
• The program memory
mode suffix for transmission to the control
• The program running times by a watch system.
dog function
• The disconnector status
• The three channel tripping circuit
Maximum lifetime and reliability

The hardware of the 7SS52 units is guaran-
teed by more than 20 years of experience in
numerical protection design at Siemens.
The number of components employed is
reduced through use of a powerful micro-
processor in conjunction with highly-inte-
grated components, thus enhancing the

Communication (continued)
Rear-mounted interfaces (central unit only)
suitable for various applications can be
fitted in the rear of the flush-mounting
housing. The interface modules support
the following applications:
The service interface was conceived for
remote access to a number of protection
units via DIGSI. It can be an electrical
RS232/RS85 or an optical interface.
• RS485 bus
conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of
a unit, the remaining system continues to
System interface
Communication with a central control sys-
tem takes place through this interface. Ra-
dial or ring type station bus topologies can Fig. 9/29 Communication structure with DIGSI and IEC 60870-5-103
be configured depending on the chosen in-
terface. Furthermore, the units can ex-
change data through this interface via
IEC 61850 protocol (retrofittable)

9 The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is
porations. By means of this protocol, in-
formation can also be exchanged directly
between protection units so as to set up
simple masterless systems for bay and sys-
tem interlocking. Access to the units via
the Ethernet bus will also be possible with
DIGSI.

The IEC 60870-5-103 protocol is an inter-
messages from the unit and also control
commands can be transferred by means of Fig. 9/30 Communication structure for station bus with Ethernet and IEC 61850, FO ring
published, Siemens-specific extensions to
the protocol.
Time synchronization • Minute-pulse via binary input

The battery-backed clock of the 7SS52 cen- • System interface by the substation
tral unit can be synchronized via: control, e.g. SICAM
Date and time with milliseconds resolution
• DCF 77 signal via time synchronization is assigned to every indication. The syn-
receiver chronization of the 7SS52 bay units is au-
• IRIG-B satellite signal via time synchroni- tomatically effected with the central unit.
zation receiver

Technical data

Input circuits Central unit
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A Operation Green 1
indication
Rated frequency fN 50/60 Hz Device failure Red 1
Marshallable Red 32
Thermal overload Continuous 4 x IN Bay unit
capability in current 10 s 10 x IN Operation Green 1
path 1s 100 x IN indication
Device failure Red 1
Dynamic overload 250 x IN Indications Green 5 (7SS523)/– (7SS525)
capability Red 11 (7SS523)/1 (7SS525)
Burden of At IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Control, displays
current inputs At IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA
Central unit
Auxiliary voltage LC Display 4 lines x 20 characters
Rated auxiliary Central unit 48/60, 110/125, 220/250 V DC Membrane keyboard 24 keys
voltage Vaux Bay unit (7SS523)
Rated auxiliary Bay unit 48, 60 to 250 V LC Display 4 lines x 16 characters
voltage Vaux DC Membrane keyboard 12 keys
Permissible tolerance Vaux –20 to +20 %
Maximum ripple ≤ 15 % Serial interfaces
Power consumption Configuration dependent Central unit
Central unit Quiescent 30 to 50 W PC interface (front)
Energized 35 to 65 W
Connection, electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 (subminiature ISO 2110)
Quiescent 12 W 10 W Baud rate 1200 to 115000 baud
Energized 16 W 14 W
System interface IEC 60870-5-103
Max. bridging time during > 50 ms at Vaux ≥ 60 V (rear)
loss of voltage supply
Connection, optical ST connectors
Binary inputs electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
7SS523 7SS525 (subminiature ISO 2110)
Number of Bay unit 20 10 Baud rate 1200 to 115000 baud 9
binary inputs Central unit 12 System interface IEC 61850 (rear)
Voltage range 24 to 250 V DC Connection, electrical with EN 100 RJ45 connector
Current consumption Approx. 1.5 mA/input module
Alarm/event contacts Baud rate up to 100 Mbaud
Central unit Service interface (rear)
Number of Marshallable 16 (each 1 NO contact) Connection, optical ST connectors
relays Fixed 1 (2 NC contacts) electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
(subminiature ISO 2110)
Switching capacity Make/Break 20 W/VA
Bay unit
Permissible current 1A
PC interface (front)
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525
Connection, electrical SUB-D, 9-pin
Number of Marshallable 1 (1 NO contact) 1 (1 NO contact)
relays Fixed 1 (2 NC contacts) 1 (1 NC contacts) (subminiature ISO 2110)
Switching capacity Make/Break 20 W/VA Baud rate 1200 to 19200 baud
Switching voltage 250 V AC/DC Central/bay unit
Permissible current 1A Interface for high-speed data communication
Command contacts Connection ST connectors

Fiber-optic cable Glass fiber 62.5/125 µm
Number of relays (bay unit) 7SS523 7SS525 Optical wavelength 820 nm
4 (each 2 NO 3 (each 2 NO Permissible cable attenuation Max. 8 dB
contacts) contacts) Transmission distance Max. 1.5 km
1 (1 NO contact) 2 (1 NO contact)
Switching capacity Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA
Permissible Continuous 5A
current 0.5 s 30 A

Technical data
Unit design (degree of protection according to EN 60529) EMC tests for interference emission; type test
Central unit Standard EN 50081-2
Cubicle IP 54 (European generic standard for
Housing for wall mounting IP 55 industrial environment)
SIPAC subrack IP 20 Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz, limit class B
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 auxiliary voltage
Housing IP 51 IP 20 CISPR 11, EN 55011
Terminals IP 21 and VDE 0875 part 11
Weight at max. configuration Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz, limit class B
Central unit CISPR 11, EN 55011
SIPAC subrack 14.3 kg and VDE 0875 part 11
Surface-mounting housing 43.0 kg
Bay unit 7SS523 7SS525 Mechanical stress tests
Flush mounting 8.1 kg 5.5 kg
Surface mounting 11.8 kg Specification
Standards IEC 60255-21-1, IEC 6068-2
Electrical tests Permissible mechanical stress
During service 10 to 60 Hz, 0.035 mm amplitude
Specification 60 to 500 Hz, 0.5 g acceleration
Standards IEC 60255-5, DIN 57435 part 303 During transport 5 to 8 Hz, 7.5 mm amplitude
8 to 500 Hz, 2 g acceleration
High-voltage test (routine test), 2 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
except DC voltage supply input
High-voltage test (routine test), 2.8 kV DC Climatic stress tests
only DC voltage supply input Temperatures
Impulse voltage test (type test), 5 kV (peak), 1.2/50 µs, 0.5 J, Standard IEC 60255-6
all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses at
intervals of 5 s Permissible ambient temperature
– In service –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
EMC tests for interference immunity; type test – 5 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 – For storage –25 °C to +70 °C
(international product standard), – During transport –25 °C to +70 °C
EN 50082-2 (European generic – During start-up –10 °C to +55 °C (bay unit)
standard for industrial environ- 0 °C to +55 °C (central unit)
9 ment),
VDE 0435 part 303
Humidity
(German product standard) Standards IEC 60068-2-3
High-frequency test with 1 MHz 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs, It is recommended to arrange the Annual average 75 % relative
interference 400 surges/s, duration 2 s units in such a way that they are not humidity; on 56 days a year up to
IEC 60255-2-1, class III and exposed to direct sunlight or pro- 93 % relative humidity;
VDE 0435 part 303, class III nounced temperature changes that condensation not permissible!
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge,
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV and 15 kV air discharge, both polarities, Busbar configuration
IEC 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF, Rl = 330 Ω Quadruple or triple busbar with
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz transfer busbar;
field, non-modulated Number of bays 48
IEC 60255-22-3, class III Number of bus sections 12
Number of bus couplers 16
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz, Number of sectionalizers 24
field, amplitude-modulated AM 80 %, 1 kHz Number of coupler bus sections 12
Busbar protection
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
field, pulse-modulated rate 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 % Tripping characteristics
ENV 50204, class III Setting ranges
Overcurrent I/INO1) 0.2 to 4 (in steps of 0.01)
Fast transients interference/bursts 4 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, Stabilizing factor k 0.1 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
IEC 60255-22-4, class IV; burst length = 15 ms, for busbar-selective
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV; repetition rate 300 ms, both polari- protection
IEC 60801-4 ties, RI = 50 Ω, duration 1 min Stabilizing factor k 0 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
Line-conducted disturbances 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, AM 80 %, for check zone
induced by radio-frequency fields, 1 kHz Tripping time
amplitude-modulated Typical trip time 15 ms
Differential current monitoring
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, Setting ranges
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz Current limit I/INO1) 0.05 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01)
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz Time delay 1 to 10 s (in steps of 1 s)
1) INO = highest c.t. ratio.

Technical data
Breaker failure protection Additional functions

Tripping Self-diagnosis
Setting ranges Current monitoring per feeder
Overcurrent I/IN 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Auxiliary voltage monitoring
Stabilizing factor k 0 to 0.8 (in steps of 0.01) Cyclic test
Time delay for 0.05 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Check of the data transmission be-
unbalancing / I > query tween central unit and bay units
Time delay for TRIP 0.00 to 10 s (in steps of 0.01 s) Memory tests
repeat
Operational measured values: Central unit
Modes of operation
Individually selectable per feeder: Feeder currents IL1; IL2; IL3 in A primary and in % IN
I > query Range 0 to 1000 % IN
TRIP repeat (1/3-phase) with I > query Tolerance typically 2 % of measured value
Unbalancing (1-stage BF) Differential and restraint (stabilizing) IdL1; IdL2; IdL3
Unbalancing with TRIP repeat (1/3-phase, 2-stage BF) currents of all bus sections (separate IsL1; IsL2; IsL3 in % IN
TRIP by external BF protection (tripping via disconnector replica of for ZPS-BSZ1 and ZPS-BSZ2)
busbar protection) Range 0 to 1000 % IN
Plus for each mode (except for TRIP by external BF): low-current Operational measured values: Bay unit
mode
Feeder currents IL1; IL2; IL3; IE in A primary and in % IN
Plus for modes with TRIP repeat: pulse mode
Range 0 to 6 000 % IN
Breaker failure protection for busbar short-circuit Tolerance typically 2 % of measured value
Setting value
Overcurrent I/IN 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.01) Differential and restraint (stabilizing) IdL1; IdL2; IdL3
Time delay 0.05 to 10.00 s (in steps of 0.01 s) currents IsL1; IsL2; IsL3
General data of the protection system Range 0 to 6 000 % IN
Frequency f in Hz (I > 0.1 IN)
Min. time of TRIP commands Range fN ± 5 Hz
Setting range Tolerance 0.1 Hz
Current threshold for 0.02 to 1 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
command reset I/IN 0.05 to 2 (in steps of 0.10) Event recording: Central unit
Overcurrent release of TRIP commands Storage of the last
Setting range 0 to 25 (in steps of 0.01) 200 operational events and 80 fault
events
Disconnector transition time
Event recording: Bay unit
Setting range 1 to 180 s (in steps of 0.01 s)
9
Storage of the last
Overcurrent protection in the bay unit
50 operational events and 100 fault
Characteristics Definite-time or inverse-time events
Fault recording: Central unit
Setting ranges
Resolution 1 ms at 50 Hz;
High-set stage; I >> (phase) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
0.83 ms at 60 Hz
High-set stage; IE >>(earth) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Storage time (from busbar TRIP or – 500 to + 500 ms at 50 Hz
Trip time delays; TI >>, TIE >> 0.00 to 60.00 s or ∞
external initiation by binary input) – 416 to + 416 ms at 60 Hz
Definite-time overcurrent protection (up to 8 fault records)
Overcurrent stage; I > (phase) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Fault recording: Bay unit
Overcurrent stage; IE > (earth) I/IN 0.05 to 25.00 (in steps of 0.01)
Trip time delays; TI >, TIE > 0.00 to 60.00 s or ∞ Resolution 1 ms at 50 Hz;
0.83 ms at 60 Hz
Inverse-time overcurrent protection
Storage time (from busbar TRIP or – 500 to + 500 ms at 50 Hz
Inverse time O/C stage; Ip (phase) I/IN 0.10 to 4.00 (in steps of 0.01)
external initiation by binary input) – 416 to + 416 ms at 60 Hz
Inverse time O/C stage; IE (earth) I/IN 0.10 to 4.00 (in steps of 0.01)
(up to 8 fault records)
Trip time delays; TIp, TIE 0.00 to 10.00 s or ∞
Characteristics Inverse (IEC 60255-3 type A)
Very inverse (IEC 60255-3 type B) CE conformity
Extremely inverse (IEC 60255-3 type C)
This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European
Communities on the harmonisation of the laws the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255 and the Ger-
man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435 part 303).
in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
1) INO = normalizing current.


code
7SS522 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS52¨0-¨¨öo-ooA0 ¨ö
Central unit
Central unit 50/60 Hz 2

48, 60 V DC 3
110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC 5
Unit design
In subrack ES902C A
Regional presettings/regional functions and languages

Region DE, language German (language can be selected) A
Region World, language English (UK) (language can be selected) B
Region US, language English (US) (language can be selected) C
Region FR, language French (language can be selected) D
Region World, language Spanish (language can be selected) E
Region World, language Italian (language can be selected) F
Region World, language Russian (language can be selected) G
System interface
Without 0
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L0R
Service interface (on rear of relay)

DIGSI 4/modem, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
without 1
2
9
with cross stabilisation
Equipped for
8 bays A
16 bays B
24 bays C
32 bays D
40 bays E
48 bays F
7SS523 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS52oo-ooA01-oAA1

Bay unit, frequency, housing, binary inputs and outputs
Bay unit, 50/60 Hz, housing 1/2 x 19", 20 BI, 6 BO, 2 live status contacts 3
Rated current
1A 1
5A 5

48 V DC 2
60 to 250 V DC 5
Unit design
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
7XP2040-1 for surface mounting D
7XP2040-2 for flush mounting without glass cover E
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1


7SS525 distributed busbar/breaker failure protection 7SS525¨-¨Ä01-oAA1
Bay unit, frequency 50/60 Hz;
Housing 1/3 x 19"; 10 BI, 6 BO, 1 live status contact
Rated current at 50/60 Hz
1A 1
5A 5
Rated auxiliary voltage at converter

48 to 250 V DC 5
Unit design
7XP2040-2 for panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting without glass cover F
Without additional functions 0
With overcurrent-time protection 1

DIGSI 4
Software for configuration and operation of Siemens protection relays
running under MS Windows (version Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition)
Basis
Professional
CFC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default 9
CDC Editor (logic editor), Display Editor (editor for default
and control displays), and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation)

SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
Authorization by serial number. On CD-ROM
(contained in DIGSI 4, but can be ordered additionally) 7XS5410-0AA00
Connection cable
and protection relay (9-pin connector)
Manual 7SS52 V4.7/V3.3

English C53000-G1176-C182-5

Connection diagram
Fig. 9/31 Connection diagram 7SS522

Connection diagram
Live
contact
9
LSA2949-bgpen.eps

Connection diagram
Live
contact
9
LSA4164-ben.eps

Relays for Various
Protection Applications Page
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61 Breaker Management Relay 10/3

SIPROTEC 7SV600 Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay 10/21
SIPROTEC 7SN60 Transient Earth-Fault Protection Relay 10/31
10
10

10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7VK61
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61
Breaker Management Relay
Function overview
25 50BF
• Single and/or three-pole auto-reclosure
79 • Synchro-check with live/dead line/bus
measurement
59
• Closing under asynchronous conditions
27 (consideration of CB operating time)
86 74TC • Circuit-breaker failure protection with
two stages (single and three-pole
with/without current)
LSP2458-afp.tif
• End-fault protection
• Pole-discrepancy protection
Fig. 10/1 • Overvoltage/undervoltage protection
SIPROTEC 4 7VK61
breaker management Control function
relay • Commands f. ctrl. of CB and isolators
• Operational measured values
Description • Event buffer and fault protocols
• Oscillographic fault recording
The SIPROTEC 4 breaker management
relay 7VK61 is a highly flexible auto- • Monitoring of CB auxiliary contacts
reclosure, synchro-check and circuit- • Switching statistics
breaker failure protection unit.
Features
This unit is used for the single and three-
• All functions can be used separately
pole auto-reclosure of a circuit-breaker,
after this circuit-breaker has tripped due • Initiation/start by phase-segregated or
to a fault. The synchro-check function 3-pole trip commands
ensures that the two circuits being recon- • Auto-reclosure for max. 8 reclose cycles
nected by closing the circuit-breaker are
• Evolving/sequential trip recognition
10
within a defined safe operating state before
the CLOSE command is issued. • Auto-reclosure with ADT, DLC, RDT
The 7VK61 is also applicable as circuit- • Synchro-check with ΔV, Δϕ , Δf
breaker failure protection. A breaker fail- measurement
ure occurs when the circuit-breaker fails
to correctly open and clear the fault after • Breaker failure protection with highly
single or three-pole trip commands have secure 2-out-of-4 current check detec-
been issued by the protection. It is then tors
necessary to trip the relevant busbar zone • Breaker failure protection with short
(section) to ensure fault clearance. reset time and negligible overshoot time
Together with the above-mentioned pro-
tection functions, the following additional CommunicatIon interfaces
functions of the 7VK61 can be applied: • Front interface for connecting a PC
end-fault protection, pole-discrepancy
• System interface for connecting to a
protection, overvoltage protection and
undervoltage protection. As a member of control system via various protocols
the numerical SIPROTEC 4 relay family, – IEC 61850 Ethernet
it also provides control and monitoring – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
functions and therefore supports the user – PROFIBUS-FMS/-DP
with regard to a cost-effective power sys- – DNP 3.0
tem management.
– IRIG-B or DCF77 or system interface

Cost-effective power system management If the requirements for protection, control

Application
and interlocking change, it is possible in
The SIPROTEC 4 units are numerical re- the majority of cases to implement such
The 7VK61 provides highly flexible lays which also provide control and moni-
breaker management. It applies to sin- changes by means of parameterization us-
toring functions and therefore support the ing DIGSI 4 without having to change the
gle-breaker, ring-bus, and 1½ breaker in- user with regard to a cost-effective power
stallations. The auto-reclosure, hardware.
system management. The security and reli- The use of powerful microcontrollers and
synchronism-check, breaker failure pro- ability of the power supply is increased as a
tection and voltage protection functions the application of digital measured-value
result of minimizing the use of hardware. conditioning and processing largely sup-
can be used separately or combined.
Therefore the current and voltage trans- The local operation has been designed presses the influence of higher-frequency
former connection can be selected accord- according to ergonomic criteria. Large, transients, harmonics and DC compo-
ing to the required application. easy-to-read backlit displays are provided. nents.
The auto-reclosure function closes the cir- The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- ANSI
cuit-breaker after this circuit-breaker has sign and a degree of functionality which
represents a benchmark-level of perfor- 50BF Breaker-failure protection
tripped due to a fault. The check-synchro-
nism function ensures that the two circuits mance in protection and control. 59/27 Overvoltage/undervoltage
being reconnected by closing the circuit- protection
breaker are within a defined safe operating 25 Synchro-check
state before the CLOSE command is is-
sued. 79 Auto-reclosure
The numerical 7VK61 relay provides rapid
backup fault clearance in case the circuit- 86 Lockout (CLOSE command
breaker nearest to the fault fails to respond interlocking)
to a TRIP command. It is suitable for
power systems of all voltage levels with
single and/or three-pole circuit-breaker
operation. The initiation signal can be is-
sued from any protection or supervision
equipment. Information from the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contact is only required
for the breaker failure protection during
faults which produce little or no fault cur-
rent flow, for instance due to a trip from
the power transformer Buchholz protec-
tion.
10
Fig. 10/2 Application and function diagram

Construction
Connection technique and housing with

many advantages
1/3 and 1/2-rack sizes are available as
housing widths of the SIPROTEC 4 7VK61
relays, referred to a 19" modular frame sys-
tem. This means that previous models can
always be replaced. The height is a uniform
LSP2174-afp.tif
LSP2166-afp.tif
255 mm for flush-mounting housings and
266 mm for surface-mounting housings
for all housing widths. All cables can be
connected with or without ring lugs.
and below the housing in the form of Fig. 10/3 Fig. 10/4
screw-type terminals. The communication Flush-mounting housing Rear view of flush-mounting housing with
interfaces are located in a sloped case at the
top and bottom of the housing.
LSP2237-afp.tif
LSP2219-afp.eps
Fig. 10/6
mounting housing
10
Fig. 10/5
terminals, example 7SA63


The 7VK61 relay is equipped with an
auto-reclose function (AR). Usually the
auto-reclosure interacts with the feeder
protection via binary inputs and outputs.
The function includes several operating
modes:
faults; different dead times are available
depending on the type of fault
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and
3-pole auto-reclosing for multi-phase
faults
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure Fig. 10/7 Auto-reclosure and synchro-check with voltage measurement
across a power transformer
• Interaction with the internal or an
external synchro-check
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker Synchronism check (ANSI 25) feeder protection relays via binary input
auxiliary contacts. signals. Trip signals from the internal auto-
Where two network sections are switched
In addition to the above-mentioned oper- reclosure logic or from the voltage protec-
in by control command or following a
ating modes, several other operating prin- tion can start the breaker failure protection
3-pole auto-reclosure, it must be ensured
ciples can be employed by means of the as well.
that both network sections are mutually
integrated programmable logic (CFC). synchronous. For this purpose, a synchro- Overvoltage protection, undervoltage
The 7VK61 allows the line-side voltages nism-check function is provided. After protection (ANSI 59, 27)
to be evaluated. A number of voltage- verification of the network synchronism,
The 7VK61 contains a number of
dependent supplementary functions are the function releases the CLOSE com-
overvoltage measuring elements. Each
thus available: mand. Consideration of the duration of the
measuring element is of two-stage design.
CB operating time before issuing the
• ADT The following measuring elements are
CLOSE command (especially important
The adaptive dead time is employed only available:
under asynchronous conditions and when
10 if auto-reclosure at the remote station was
successful (reduction of stress on equip-
several circuit-breakers with different op-
erating times are to be operated by one sin-
• Phase-to-earth overvoltage
ment). • Phase-to-phase overvoltage
gle relay).
• Zero-sequence overvoltage
• DLC In addition, reclosing can be enabled for The zero-sequence voltage can be con-
By means of dead-line check, reclosure is different criteria, e.g., when the busbar or nected to the 4th voltage input (not in
effected only when the line is deenergized line are not carrying a voltage (dead line or conjunction with syncho-check) or
(prevention of asynchronous breaker clo- dead bus). be derived from the phase voltages.
sure in case that the synchronism check
can not be used). Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
Tripping by the overvoltage measuring
• RDT The 7VK61 relay incorporates a two-stage elements can be effected either at the local
Reduced dead time is employed in con- circuit-breaker failure protection to detect circuit-breaker or at the remote station by
junction with auto-reclosure where no failures of tripping command execution, means of a transmitted signal.
teleprotection method is employed: when for example due to a defective circuit-
faults within the zone extension of a dis- breaker. The current detection logic is The 7VK61 is fitted, in addition, with three
tance feeder protection but external to the phase-segregated and can therefore also two-stage undervoltage measuring ele-
protected line, are switched off for rapid be used in single-pole tripping schemes. ments:
auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT function If the fault current is not interrupted after
decides on the basis of measurement of • Phase-to-earth undervoltage
a settable time delay has expired, a retrip
the return voltage from the remote station command or the busbar trip command • Phase-to-phase undervoltage
which has not tripped, that the fault has will be generated. The breaker failure pro- • Positive-sequence undervoltage
been cleared by the protection on the tection will usually be initiated by external
faulted downstream feeder and that The undervoltage measuring elements
reclosure with reduced dead time may can be blocked by means of a minimum
take place. current criterion and by means of binary
inputs.

The 7VK61 relay provides comprehensive
End-fault protection monitoring functions covering both hard-
When the circuit-breaker is open, the area ware and software. Furthermore, the mea-
located between the current transformer sured values are continuously checked for
and the circuit-breaker can be optimally plausibility. Therefore the current and
protected by means of the end-fault pro- voltage transformers are also included in
tection. In the event of a fault, an inde- this monitoring system.
pendently settable time delay is started If all voltages are connected, the relay will
after a valid initiation has been received detect secondary voltage interruptions by
and the circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts means of the integrated fuse failure moni-
indicate an open circuit-breaker position, tor. Immediate alarm and blocking of the
with current still flowing (see Fig. 10/8). synchronism check and dead line check is
provided for all types of secondary voltage Fig. 10/8
Depending on the mounting position of End-fault between circuit-breaker and current
failures. Additional measurement supervi-
the current transformer, instantaneous transformer
tripping of the busbar section or sion functions are
intertripping of the circuit-breaker at the • Symmetry of voltages and currents (in
opposite end occurs. case of appropriate transformer connec-
tion)
Pole-discrepancy protection
• Broken-conductor supervision (if current
This function ensures that any one or two transformers are connected)
poles of a circuit-breaker do not remain • Summation of currents and voltages
open for longer than an independently (in case of appropriate transformer
settable time (i.e. unsymmetrical condi- connection)
tions). This time stage is initiated when • Phase-sequence supervision (if three
current (above the set value) is flowing in voltage transformers are connected)
any 1 or 2 phases, but not in all 3 phases.
Additionally, the circuit-breaker auxiliary
contacts (if connected) are interrogated
and must show the same condition as the
current measurement. Should this time de-
lay expire, then a three-pole trip command
is issued. This function is normally used
when single-pole auto-reclosing is applied.

10
breaker pole can be used for monitoring
the circuit-breaker trip coils including the
connecting cables. An alarm signal is is-
sued whenever the circuit is interrupted.
The trip circuit supervision function re-
quires one or two independent poten-
tial-free binary inputs per trip circuit. To
make existing (non potential-free) binary
inputs potential-free, external optocoupler
modules can be applied.
Lockout (ANSI 86)

Under certain operating conditions, it is
advisable to block CLOSE commands after
a final TRIP command of the relay has
been issued. Only a manual ‘Reset’ com-
mand unblocks the CLOSE command. The
7VK61 is equipped with such an interlock-
ing logic.


Communication
The time synchronization interface is a
With respect to communication, particular standard feature in all units. The supported
emphasis is placed on the customer re- formats are IRIG-B and DCF77.
quirements in energy automation:
Reliable bus architecture
• Every data item is time-stamped at the
• Already during the process of communi-
conductors, electromagnetic fault influ-
cation, information is assigned to the
cause thereof (e.g. assignment of the indi-
twisted-pair conductors. Upon failure of a
cation “circuit-breaker TRIP” to the cor-
unit, the remaining system continues to
responding command).
• The communication system automatically
handles the transfer of large data blocks
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im- Fig. 10/9
(e.g. fault recordings or parameter data
mune to electromagnetic interference. IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper
files). The user has access to these features conductor connection or fiber-optic connection
without any additional programming ef-
units, the communication system contin-
fort.
ues to operate without disturbance. It is
• For the safe execution of a control com- usually impossible to communicate with
mand the corresponding data telegram is a unit that has failed. Should a unit fail,
initially acknowledged by the unit which there is no effect on the communication
will execute the command. After the re- with the rest of the system.
lease and execution of the command a
feedback signal is generated. At every stage Retrofitting: Modules for every type of
of the control command execution partic- communication
ular conditions are checked. If these are
not satisfied, command execution may be
are available for the entire SIPROTEC 4
terminated in a controlled manner.
unit range. These ensure that, where differ-
The units offer a high degree of flexibility by ent communication protocols (IEC 61850,
supporting different standards for connec- IEC 60870-5-103, PROFIBUS, DNP, etc.)
tion to industrial and power automation are required, such demands can be met.
systems. By means of the communication For fiber-optic communication, no exter-
modules, on which the protocols run, ex- nal converter is required for SIPROTEC 4.
change and retrofit is possible. Therefore,
10 the units will also in future allow for opti- IEC 61850 protocol Fig. 10/10
mal adaptation to changing communication Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
infrastructure such as the application of and IEC 61850 with fiber-optic ring
Ethernet networks (which will also be used
increasingly in the power supply sector in
the years to come).
turer to support this Standard. By means of
Local PC interface
The serial RS232 PC interface accessible set up simple masterless systems for bay
from the front of the unit permits quick and system interlocking. Access to the
access to all parameters and fault event units via the Ethernet bus is also be possi-
data. The use of the DIGSI 4 operating ble with DIGSI.
program is particularly advantageous
during commissioning. IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
Service/modem interface
standardized protocol for efficient com-
7VK61 units are always fitted with a rear-side munication with protection relays.
hardwired service interface, optionally as IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
RS232 or RS485. In addition to the front-side of protection device manufacturers and is
operator interface, a PC can be connected used worldwide. Supplements for the con-
here either directly or via a modem. trol function are defined in the manufac-
turer-specific part of this standard.

Communication
LSP2163-afpen.tif
LSP2162-afpen.tif
PROFIBUS-DP
PROFIBUS-DP is an industrial communi-
cations standard and is supported by a
number of PLC and protection device
manufacturers.
DNP 3.0
DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol,
Version 3) is an internationally recognized
protection and bay unit communication Fig. 10/11 820 nm fiber-optic Fig. 10/12 RS232/RS485 electrical
protocol. SIPROTEC 4 units are Level 1 communication module communication module
and Level 2 compatible.

control
LSP3.01-0021.tif
optical double ring, the units exchange in-
formation with the control system. Units
equipped with IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces
the RS485 bus or connected in star by fiber-
optic link. Through this interface, the sys- Fig. 10/13 Fiber-optic Ethernet communication
tem is open for the connection of units of module for IEC 61850 with integrated
Ethernet switch
other manufacturers (see Fig. 10/14).
Because of the standardized interfaces,
thanks to opto-electrical converters. Thus, 10
the cubicles and an interference-free op-
tical connection to the master can be estab-
lished.
linked with PAS electrically or optically to the
station PC. The interface is standardized,
thus also enabling direct connection of units
of other manufacturers to the Ethernet bus.
With IEC 61850, however, the units can
also be used in other manufacturers’ sys-
tems. Units with an IEC 60870-5-103
interface are connected with PAS via the
Ethernet station bus by means of serial/
Ethernet converters. DIGSI can also be
used via the same station bus. Fig. 10/14 Communication

Typical connection
Connection for current and voltage

transformers
With the transformer connection as shown
in Fig. 10/15, it is possible to use the com-
plete scope of functions of 7VK61, i.e.
breaker failure protection, synchronism
check with 3-phase dead line check (with
or without auto-reclosure), complete mea-
sured value monitoring, voltage protection,
and the complete range of operational mea-
sured values.
Fig. 10/15
Complete connection of all current and voltage transformers
Alternative: Connection for current

transformers only
The connection for current transformers
only provides breaker failure protection
and current operational measured values.
10
Fig. 10/16
Typical current transformer connection for breaker failure protection

Typical connection
Alternative: Connection for two voltage

transformers
In case of a connection for two voltage
transformers, synchro-check and two op-
erational measured voltages, and addition-
ally synchro-check measured values are
applicable. Dead line check is performed
for the connected line voltage only.
Note: Please connect the two voltages
always to the terminals R15/R16 and
R13/R14 with the appropriate polarity. The
setting address 106 “Voltage transformer”
must then be set to “single-phase”. The
terminals R17 and R18 must not be con-
nected. Fig. 10/17
Typical voltage transformer connection for synchro-check with single voltage dead line check
The connection of the voltage VL1-L2 as
shown in Fig. 10/17 is just an example:
any other of the shown combinations is
possible for synchronization.
The two voltage transformer connection
can also be combined with the current
transformer connection according to
Fig. 10/16.
10

Technical data

Analog inputs “Unit ready” contact 1 NC/NO contact1)
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) (live status contact)
Rated current Inom 1 or 5 A (selectable) Command/indication relay

Quantity
Rated voltage Vnom 80 to 125 V (selectable)
7VK610 5 NO contacts,
Power consumption 7VK611 14 NO contacts, 4 NC/NO contacts1)
With Inom = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
NO/NC contact
With Inom = 5 A Approx. 0.30 VA
Voltage inputs ≤ 0.10 VA Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Overload capacity of current circuit
Break, contacts 30 VA
Thermal (r.m.s.) 500 A for 1 s
Break, contacts 40 W
150 A for 10 s
(for resistive load)
20 A continuous
Break, contacts
Dynamic (peak value) 1250 A (half cycle)
(for τ = L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Thermal overload capacity of volt- 230 V continuous
age circuit
Auxiliary voltage
5 A continuous
Rated voltages 24, 48 V DC
60, 125 V DC
NO contact 8 ms
110, 250 V DC
NO/NC contact (selectable) 8 ms
and 115, 230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
Fast NO contact 5 ms
Permissible tolerance -20 % to +20 %
LEDs
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 %
Quantity
(peak-to-peak)
RUN (green) 1
Power consumption ERROR (red) 1
Quiescent Approx. 5 W LED (red),
Energized Approx. 8 W to 14 W, depending on function can be assigned
design 7VK610 7
Bridging time during failure of the 7VK611 14
auxiliary voltage Unit design
For Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms
Housing 7XP20
For Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms
Dimensions Refer to part 15 for dimension
Binary inputs
drawings
Quantity
Degree of protection acc. to
7VK610 7
10 7VK611 20
EN 60529
Surface-mounting housing IP 51
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V, bipolar
Flush-mounting housing
Pickup threshold 19 or 88 V or 176 V DC, bipolar
Front IP 51
Functions are freely assignable Rear IP 50
Minimum pickup voltage 19 or 88 V or 176 V DC, bipolar For the terminals IP 20 with terminal cover put on
Ranges are settable by means of (3 operating ranges) Weight
jumpers for each binary input Flush-mounting housing
Maximum permissible voltage 300 V DC 1/3 x 19" 5 kg
1/2 x 19" 6 kg
Input impulse suppression 220 nF coupling capacitance at 220 V 1/3 x 19" 9.5 kg
with a recovery time >60 ms 1/2 x 19" 11 kg
1) Can be set via jumpers.

Technical data
Serial interfaces Electrical tests

Operating interface, front of unit for DIGSI 4 Specifications
Connection Non-isolated, RS232, Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
9-pin subminiature connector IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
(SUB-D) VDE 0435
For further standards see
“Individual tests”
parity 8E1 Insulation tests
Time synchronization DCF77/ IRIG-B signal (Format IRIG-B000) Standards IEC 60255-5 and 60870-2-1
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector Voltage test (100 % test)
(SUB-D) All circuits except for auxiliary 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
(terminal with surface-mounting supply, binary inputs,
housing) communication and time
Voltage levels 5 V, 12 V or 24 V (optional) synchronization interfaces
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4 / modem / service Auxiliary voltage and binary 3.5 kV DC
inputs (100 % test)
(SUB-D) RS485/RS232 rear side 500 V (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz communication interfaces
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m and time synchronization
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m interface (100 % test)
System interface Impulse voltage test (type test)
All circuits except for communi- 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J,
IEC 61850 Ethernet
synchronization interface, intervals of 5 s
PROFIBUS-FMS
class III
PROFIBUS-DP
DNP 3.0 EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector Standards IEC 60255-6; IEC 60255-22
(SUB-D) (product standard)
Baud rate 4800 to 38400 baud EN 61000-6-2 (generic standard),
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz VDE 0435 Part 301,
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m DIN VDE 0435-110
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 15 µs;
PROFIBUS RS485 IEC 60255-22-1 class III and 400 surges per s; test duration 2 s;
Dielectric test 500 V / 50 Hz VDE 0435 Part 303, class III Ri = 200 Ω
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kbaud; IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
100 m at 12 Mbaud and EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω 10
PROFIBUS fiber-optic Irradiation with HF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-3 class III 1 kHz
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1) IEC 61000-4-3, class III 10 V/m; 1.4 to 2 GHz; 80 % AM; 1 kHz
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Irradiation with HF field, Class III, 10 V/m
Permissible attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm IEC 60255-22-31, IEC 61000-4-3
Distance 500 kB/s 1.6 km Amplitude-modulated 80; 160; 450; 900 MHz; 80 % AM
1500 kB/s 530 m 1kHz; duration >10 s
Pulse-modulated 900 MHz, 50 % PM,
repetition frequency 200 Hz
IEC 61000-4-4, class IV repetition rate 300 ms; both polari-
ties; Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min

Fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order Code L0A (DP RS485) or 9 and
Order Code L0G (DNP 3.0) and additionally a suitable external repeater.

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests (cont'd) Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 µs IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
(SURGE), IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: 2 kV; (vertical axis)
12 Ω; 9 µF 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Differential (transversal) mode:1 kV; (horizontal axis)
2 Ω; 18 µF 8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
(vertical axis)
Measurement inputs, binary inputs, Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF
binary output relays Differential (transversal) mode:
1 kV; 42 Ω; 0.5 µF During transport
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz Vibration Sinusoidal
Magnetic field with power fre- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
quency IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration,
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Oscillatory surge withstand capabil- 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ = 50 µs;
ity, IEEE C37.90.1 400 surges per second, Shock Semi-sinusoidal
duration 2 s, Ri = 200 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
Fast transient surge withstand 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz
both directions
capability, IEEE C37.90.1 burst length = 15 ms; repetition rate
300 ms; both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; Continuous shock Semi-sinusoidal
duration 1 min IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz,
both directions
ence IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillation 2.5 kV (peak value); polarity alternat-
IEC 60694, IEC 61000-4-12 ing 100 kHz; 1 MHz; 10 and 50 MHz; Climatic stress tests
Ri = 200 Ω Standard IEC 60255-6
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Temperatures
Standard EN 61000-6-3 (generic standard) Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 -25 °C to +85 °C / -13 °F to +185 °F
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz and -2, test Bd, for 16 h
lines, only auxiliary voltage Limit class B Temporarily permissible operating -20 °C to +70 °C / -4 °F to +158 °F
IEC-CISPR 22 temperature, tested for 96 h
Radio interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz (Legibility of display may be im-
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B paired above +55 °C / +131 °F)
10 Harmonic currents on the network
lead at 230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-2
Class A limits are observed Recommended permanent operat-
ing temperature acc. to
-5 °C to +55 °C / +23 °F to +131 °F
IEC 60255-6
Voltage fluctuations and flicker Limits are observed
on the network incoming feeder at – Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +55 °C / -13 °F to 131 °F
230 V AC, IEC 61000-3-3 permanent storage
– Limiting temperature during -25 °C to +70 °C / -13 °F to +158 °F
transport
Mechanical stress test
Humidity
Permissible humidity stress: Annual average on ≤ 75 % relative
During operation It is recommended to arrange the humidity; on 56 days per year up to
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 units in such a way that they are not 93 % relative humidity; condensa-
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- tion is not permitted.
Vibration Sinusoidal nounced temperature changes that
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude; could cause condensation.
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks on each of the 3 axes in both
directions

Technical data
Functions Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)

Auto-reclosure (ANSI 79) Number of stages 2
Number of auto-reclosures Up to 8 Pickup of current element 0.05 to 20 A (1A) / 0.25 to 100 A (5A)
Operating mode Only 1-pole; only 3-pole, 1- or (step 0.01 A)
3-pole Time delays T11phase, T13phase, T2 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Operating modes with line volt- DLC – dead-line check Dropout (overshoot) time, internal ≤ 15 ms, typical; 25 ms, max.
age check ADT – adaptive dead time End-fault protection For fault between open CB and
RDT – reduced dead time CT, with intertrip to the remote line
Dead times T1-ph, T3-ph, TSeq 0 to 1800 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti- end
vated Pole discrepancy supervision Initiation if not all CB poles are
Action times 0.01 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) or deacti- closed or open
vated Monitoring time 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) or deactivated
Reclaim times 0.5 to 300 s (step 0.01 s) Tolerances
Start-signal monitoring time 0.01 to 300 s (steps 0.01 s) Current limit value ≤ 5 % of setting value or 1 % Inom
Additional functions Synchro-check request
3-phase intertripping Voltage protection (ANSI 59, 27)
InterCLOSE command to the re- Operating modes Local tripping and/or carrier trip for
mote end remote end
Check of CB ready state Overvoltage protection
Voltage limit values for DLC, ADT, Pickup values VPH-E>>, VPH-E> 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
RDT (phase-earth overvoltage)
Healthy line voltage PH-E 30 to 90 V (steps 1 V) Pickup values VPH-PH>>, VPH-PH> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Dead line voltage PH-E 2 to 70 V (steps 1 V) (phase-phase overvoltage)
Tolerances Pickup values 3V0>>, 3V0> 1 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms (3V0 can be measured via V4 trans-
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V formers or calculated by the relay)
Synchro-check (ANSI 25) (zero-sequence overvoltage)
Initiate options Auto-reclosure; Pickup values V1>>, V1> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Manual CLOSE control (positive-sequence overvoltage)
Control commands Pickup values V2>>, V2> 2 to 220 V (step 0.1 V)
Operating modes (negative-sequence overvoltage)
With auto-reclosure Synchro-check Reset ratio (settable) 0.5 to 0.98 (step 0.01)
Line live/busbar dead Undervoltage protection
Line and busbar dead
Bypassing
Pickup values VPH-E<<, VPH-E<
(phase-earth undervoltage)
1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V) 10
For manual closure As for auto-reclosure
and control commands Pickup values VPH-PH<<, VPH-PH< 1 to 170 V (step 0.1 V)
(phase-phase undervoltage)
Permissible voltage difference 1 to 60 V (step 0.1 V)
Pickup values V1<<, V1< 1 to 100 V (step 0.1 V)
Permissible frequency difference 0.03 to 2 Hz (step 0.01 Hz) (positive-sequence undervoltage)
Permissible angle difference 2 to 80 ° (step 1°) Blocking of undervoltage protection Minimum current; binary input
Max. duration of synchronization 0.01 to 600 s (steps 0.01 s) or deacti- stages
vated Reset ratio (settable) 1.01 to 1.20 (step 0.01)
Release delay with synchronous 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s) Time delays
networks
Time delay for all stages 0 to 100 s (step 0.01 s) or deactivated
Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms
Tolerances Command / pickup time Approx. 34 ms at fnom = 50 Hz
Time stages 1 % of setting value or 10 ms Approx. 30 ms at fnom = 60 Hz
Voltage limit values ≤ 2 % of setting value or 1 V Tolerances
Voltage limit values ≤ 3 % of setting value or 1 V
Number of supervisable trip circuits Up to 3
Number of required binary inputs 1 or 2

per trip circuit
Indication relay 1 to 30 s (steps 1 s)

Technical data
Additional functions Further additional functions

Operational measured values Measured value supervision Current sum
Representation Primary, secondary and percentage Current symmetry
referred to rated value Voltage sum
Voltage symmetry
Currents 3 x IPhase ; 3I0; I1; I2 Phase sequence
Tolerances Typ. 0.3 % of indicated measured Fuse failure monitor
value or 0.5 % Inom Indications Power direction
Voltages 3 x VPhase-Earth; 3 x VPhase-Phase; 3V0, Operational indications Buffer size 200
V1, V2, VSYNC, Ven System disturbance indication Storage of indications of the last 8
Tolerances Typ. 0.25 % of indicated measured faults, buffer size 600
value or 0.01 % Vnom Switching statistics Number of breaking operations per
Power with direction indication P, Q, S CB pole
Tolerances Breaking current of last trip opera-
P: for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1% tion
V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Max. breaking current per phase
Q: for ⏐sin ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 and Typical ≤ 1%
V/Vnom , I/Inom = 50 to 120 % Circuit-breaker test TRIP/CLOSE cycle, 3 phases
S: for V/Vnom, I/Inom = 50 to Typical ≤ 1% TRIP/CLOSE per phase
120 % Dead time for CB TRIP / CLOSE 0 to 30 s (steps 0.01 s)
Frequency f cycle
Tolerance ≤ 10 mHz Commissioning support Operational measured values, CB
Power factor PF test, status display of binary inputs,
setting of output relays, generation
Tolerance for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ = 0.7 to 1 Typical ≤ 0.02
of indications for testing serial inter-
Energy meters faces
Four-quadrant meters WP+; WP-; WQ+; WQ- Phase rotation adjustment Clockwise or anti-clockwise
Tolerance
for ⏐cos ϕ⏐ > 0.7 and V > 50 % 5%
CE conformity
Vnom and I > 50 % Inom
This product complies with the directive of the Council of the European
Communities on the approximation of the laws of the Member States relat-
Analog channels 3 x IPhase, 3I0 ing to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
3 x VPhase, 3V0, VSYNC, Ven and concerning electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits
Max. number of available record- 8, backed-up by battery if auxiliary (Low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC).
ings voltage supply fails This conformity is proved by tests conducted by Siemens AG in accordance
Sampling intervals 20 samplings per cycle with Article 10 of the Council Directive in agreement with the generic
10 Total storage time > 15 s
standards EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 for the EMC directive and with
the standard EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage directive.
Binary channels Pickup and trip information; This device is designed and produced for industrial use.
number and contents can be freely
The product conforms with the international standard of the series
configured by the user
channels
Control
Number of switching units Depends on the number of binary /
indication inputs and indication /
command outputs

Local control Control via menu, function keys,
control keys (if available)
Remote control Control protection, DIGSI,
pilot wires


code
7VK61 breaker management relay 7VK61¨¨ – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 4Y¨0 ¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO)

Housing 1/3 19”, 7 BI, 6 BO incl. 1 live-status contact, 0
Housing 1/2 19”, 20 BI, 19 BO incl. 1 live-status contact 1
Iph = 1 A, Ie = 1 A (min. = 0.05 A)1) 1
Iph = 5 A, Ie = 5 A (min. = 0.25 A)1) 5
Rated auxiliary voltage (power supply, threshold of binary inputs)

Unit version
For panel flush mounting A
For panel surface mounting E
Region-specific default settings/language settings and functions versions

Region DE, language: German, selectable A
Region World, language: English, selectable B
Region US, language:US-English, selectable C
Region FR, language: French, selectable D
Region World, language: Spanish, selectable E
Region World, language: Italian, selectable F
Port B system interface

Empty 0
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 4) 6 10
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm , double ring, ST connector 4) 9 L0 B
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L0G
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 4) 9 L0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 5) 9 L0 S
Port C service interface

1) Rated current can be selected by DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 1
means of jumpers.
2) Transition between the 3 auxiliary
ranges can be selected by means of Functions
jumpers.
Breaker failure protection Auto-reclosure Over/Undervoltage
3) The binary input thresholds are 1-/3-pole or 3-pole only 1-/3-pole or 3-pole only protection
selectable in 3 steps by means of and synchro-check
jumpers. n C
4) Optical interfaces are not available n n D
with surface mounting housings n N
(position 9 = E). Please order the n n P
version with RS485 interface and a n n Q
separate electrical/optical converter.
n n n R
5) For surface-mounting housing appli-
cations please order the relay with
electrical Ethernet interface and use
a separate fiber-optic switch.


DIGSI 4
Basis
Professional
DIGSI 4 Basis and additionally SIGRA 4 (fault record analysis),
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition


Manual for 7VK61

For the latest version please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
10
package
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 10/20
Fig. 10/18 Mounting rail for 19" rack Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 2 0-827039-1 4000 AMP 1)
1)
connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 4000 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
0-827040-1
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP 1)
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
1)
Fig. 10/19 Fig. 10/20 Crimping For type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP
1)
3-pin connector tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
2-pin connector
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps

Safety cover for terminals large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 10/4
Fig. 10/21 Fig. 10/22 small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 10/4
for current con- for voltage contacts/
tacts indications contacts

Connection diagram
10
Fig. 10/23
Connection diagram 7VK610, 1/3 x 19” housing
Fig. 10/24
Serial interfaces

Connection diagram
10
Fig. 10/25
Connection diagram 7VK611, 1/2 x 19” housing
1) Fast relay

10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SV600
SIPROTEC 7SV600
Numerical Circuit-Breaker Failure Protection Relay
Function overview
• Circuit-breaker failure protection (sin-
gle or three-pole with/without current)
• Independently settable delay times for
operation with and without current
• Single or two-stage time delay of the
busbar trip command
• Re-trip (cross trip) stage
LSP2001-afpen.tif
(1st stage of the 2-stage operation)

• Intertrip facility (via teleprotection
interface)
• End-fault protection with intertrip
Fig. 10/26 • “No current” control using the
SIPROTEC 7SV600 circuit-breaker auxiliary contacts
numerical circuit- breaker
failure protection relay Features
• Highly sensitive current detection
• 2-out-of-4 check of the current
detectors
Description • Short reset time, negligible overshoot
The SIPROTEC 7SV600 is a numerical time
relay used for circuit-breaker failure • Can be initiated by phase-segregated or
protection. A failure occurs when the common-phase trip commands
circuit-breaker fails to correctly open and
• End-fault protection
clear the fault after single or three-pole trip
commands have been issued by the protec- • Assignable output relays, LEDs and
tion unit. It is then necessary to trip the binary inputs
relevant busbar zone (section) to ensure
fault clearance.
• Monitoring of circuit-breaker auxiliary
Generally, the monitoring of the current is contacts 10
sufficient as the criterion for the indication
that the circuit-breaker has successfully • Operational current measured values
cleared the fault (“current condition”). • Self-supervision of the relay
However, under certain fault conditions • Event buffer
(e.g. overvoltage), little or no current may
flow, making the measurement of current • Fault protocols
unreliable for indication of the circuit- • Oscillographic fault recording
breaker status (“no current condition”).
The 7SV600 operates correctly for both
these conditions. The relay is suitable for • 1 x RS485 interface
use at all voltage levels and in all applica- – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
tions. The current transformers can either – DIGSI
be of the closed iron core or linear type.
The relay can be incorporated in conven- Hardware
tional switchgear systems and modem • Digital inputs:
substation control systems e.g. SICAM. – 3 binary inputs
• Digital outputs:
– 4 output relays
Front design
• Display for operation and measured
values
• 6 LEDs for local alarm

Application
The numerical circuit-breaker failure

protection relay 7SV600 provides rapid
backup fault clearance instruction to the
associated circuit-breakers in case the
circuit-breaker nearest to the fault fails
to respond.
It is suitable for power systems of all
voltage levels. The initiation signal can be
derived from any protection or supervision
equipment or, in case of manual opening,
from the control discrepancy switch of the
breaker. Information from the circuit-
breaker auxiliary contact is required for
the breaker failure protection to function Simplified application
during faults which produce little or no diagram of circuit-breaker
failure protection.
current flow (possible only with common-
phase initiation).
Simplified application diagram

of circuit-breaker failure
protection by means of a
circuit-breaker auxiliary contact.
10
Fig. 10/27 Typical applications

Construction Protection functions Special measures are taken to prevent mal-

function of the relay. Besides the men-
The relay contains all the components The breaker failure protection can operate tioned 2-out-of-4 check of the current
needed for single-stage or two-stage. When used as detection elements, the trip signals of the
single-stage protection, the bus trip com- feeder protection can be connected in a
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured redundant manner, so that they can be
mand is given to the adjacent circuit-
values checked for plausibility (possible only for
breakers if the protected feeder breaker
• Operation and display fails. When used as two-stage protection, common-phase initiation).
• Output of signals and trip commands the first stage can be used to repeat the trip Continuous monitoring of the measured
• Input and evaluation of binary signals command to the relevant feeder breaker, values permits rapid annunciation of any
normally on a different trip coil, if the ini- fault in the instrument transformer cir-
• SCADA interface (RS485) tial trip command from the feeder protec- cuits. Continuous plausibility monitoring
• Power supply tion is not successful. The second stage will of the internal measured value processing
The rated CT currents applied to the result in a bus trip to the adjacent breakers, circuits and monitoring of the auxiliary
SIPROTEC 7SV600 can be 1 or 5 A. This is if the command of the first stage is not suc- voltages to ensure that they remain within
selectable via a jumper inside the relay. cessful. tolerance are obviously inherent features.
Three different housings are available. The The bus trip command from the breaker
flush-mounting versions have terminals failure protection can be routed to all cir-
accessible from the rear. The surface- cuit-breakers linked to the same busbar
mounting version has terminals accessible (section) as the breaker that failed. It can
from the front. also be transmitted to the remote end by
means of a suitable communication link
(e.g. PLC, radio wave, or optical fiber).
The isolator replica which is necessary in
case of multiple busbar sections is not part
of the 7SV600 relay.
The current level is monitored in each of
the three phases against a set threshold. In
addition, the zero-sequence component or
the negative-sequence component of the
phase currents derived by symmetrical
component analysis is monitored. This
ensures high security against malfunction
LSP2002-afpen.tif
by use of a 2-out-of-4 check of the current

detectors.
The version with phase-segregated initia- 10
tion enables reliable breaker failure detec-
tion even during single-pole auto-reclose
cycles, provided the phase-segregated trip
Fig. 10/28 signals of the feeder protection are con-
Rear view of surface-mounting housing
nected to the 7SV600.
If the protected circuit-breaker is not oper-
ational (e.g. air pressure failure or spring
not charged), instantaneous bus trip of the
adjacent circuit-breakers can be achieved
following a feeder protection trip, provided
the relay is informed via binary input of
the breaker status (possible only for com-
mon-phase initiation).
An end-fault protection function is inte-
grated in the 7SV600 relay. An end fault is
a short-circuit located between the circuit-
breaker and the current transformer set
of the feeder. For this fault, current flow is
detected, although the auxiliary contacts
of the breaker indicate open breaker poles.
A command signal is generated which can
be transmitted to the remote-end breaker
(possible only for common-phase initia-
tion).

A PC can be connected to ease setup of the

relay using the Windows-based program
DIGSI which runs under MS-Windows.
It can also be used to evaluate up to
8 oscillographic fault records, 8 fault logs
and the operational event buffer. As an
option, a system interface is available.
The SIPROTEC 7SV600 transmits a subset
of data via IEC 60870-5-103 protocol:
Fig. 10/29
• General fault detection of the device
Wiring communication RS485
• General trip of the device For convenient wiring of the RS485 bus,
use bus cable system 7XV5103 (see part 13 of this catalog)
• Current in phase L2 [%] =
• Breaker failure trip T1 (local trip)
• Breaker failure trip T2 (busbar trip)
• Circuit-breaker defective: Trip
• Trip by end-fault protection
• Trip by monitoring current symmetry
• Breaker failure protection is active
Connection diagrams
10
Fig. 10/30
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with phase-segregated initiation

Connection diagrams
Fig. 10/31
Connection example for 2-stage breaker failure pro-
tection, common phase initiation, CB interrogation
10
Fig. 10/32
Connection example for single-stage breaker failure
protection with common phase initation and
Buchholz protection, CB interrogation is imperative;
additional intertrip signal to the opposite line end in
case of breaker failure or end fault

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs

Measuring circuits Number 3 (can be marshalled)
Rated current IN 1 to 5 A Rated operating voltage 24 to 250 V DC
Current consumption Approx. 2.5 mA,
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz (selectable) independent of operating voltage
can be parameterized Pick-up threshold selectable by plug-in jumpers
Power consumption of current Rated aux. voltage Vpickup ≥ 17 V DC
inputs 24/48/60 V DC Vdrop-off < 8 V DC
At IN = 1 A < 0.1 VA Rated aux. voltage Vpickup ≥ 74 V DC
At IN = 5 A < 0.2 VA 110/125/220/250 V DC Vdrop-off < 45 V DC
Overload capability current path, Unit design
Thermal (r.m.s.) 100 x IN for ≤ 1 s Housing 7XP20
30 x IN for ≤ 10 s Dimensions Refer to part 15 for dimension
4 x IN continuous drawings
Dynamic (pulse current) 250 x IN one half cycle Weight
In housing for surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Auxiliary voltage
In housing for flush mounting Approx. 4.0 kg
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter
Degree of protection
Rated auxiliary voltage VAux DC 24 / 48 V DC acc. to EN 60529
60 / 110 / 125 V DC Housing IP 51
220 / 250 V DC Terminals IP 21
Permissible variations 19 to 58 V DC Serial interface
48 to 150 V DC
Isolated
176 to 300 V DC
Standard RS485
Superimposed Test voltage 2.8 kV DC
AC voltage ≤ 12 % at rated voltage Connection Data cable on terminals, two data
Peak-to-peak ≤ 6 % at limits of admissible voltage wires, one frame reference, for
Power consumption connection of a personal computer
Quiescent Approx. 2 W or similar; core pairs with shield,
Energized Approx. 4 W shield must be earthed; communica-
tion possible via modem
Bridging time during fail- ≥ 50 ms at Vrated ≥ 110 V DC
ure/short-circuit of auxiliary voltage ≥ 20 ms at Vrated ≥ 24 V DC Baud rate As delivered 9600 baud
min. 1200 baud; max. 19200 baud
Rated auxiliary voltage VAux 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz
230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Permissible variations 92 to 133 V AC Electrical tests
184 to 265 V AC Specifications
Heavy duty (command) contacts
10 Command (trip) relays, number 2 (can be marshalled)
Standards
Insulation tests
IEC 60255-5; ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0
Contacts per relays 2 NO

High voltage test (routine test) 2 kV (r.m.s.); 50 Hz
Switching capacity
except DC voltage supply input
Make 1000 W / VA
and RS485
Break 30 W / VA
Switching voltage 250 V High voltage test (routine test) 2.8 kV DC
Permissible current 5 A continuous only DC voltage supply input
30 A for 0.5 s and RS485
Signal contacts High voltage test (type test)
Between open contacts of 1.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Signal/alarm relays 2 (can be marshalled)
trip relays
Contact per relays 1 CO
Between open contacts 1 kV (r.m.s.), 50 Hz
Switching capacity
of alarm relays
Make 1000 W/VA
Break 30 W/VA Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 µs; 0.5 J;
Switching voltage 250 V all circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Permissible current 5A at intervals of 5 s

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
Standards: IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product standards); Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
EN 50082-2 (generic standard) VDE 0435, part 303
During operation
High frequency 2.5 kV (peak); 1 MHz; τ =15 µs;
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s; duration 2 s
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge;
IEC 60255-21-1, class I 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.035 mm amplitude;
IEC 60255-22-2, class III and 8 kV air discharge; both polarities;
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
field, non-modulated;
Shock Half-sine
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 3 shocks in each direction of
field, amplitude-modulated; 80 % AM; 1 kHz 3 orthogonal axes
Irradiation with radio-frequency 10 V/m; 900 MHz; IEC 60255-21-3, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
field, pulse-modulated; repetition frequency 200 Hz; IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 61000-4-3/ENV 50204, class III duty cycle 50 % 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
Fast transients/bursts 2 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length (vertical axis)
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms; both 8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration
class III polarities; Ri = 50 Ω; duration 1 min (horizontal axis)
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; (vertical axis)
modulated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 80 % AM; 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Magnetic field with power frequency 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 30 A/m continuous; During transportation
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
IEC 60255-6 0.5 mT; 50 Hz Standard IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); Vibration Sinusoidal
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 to 1.5 MHz, decaying oscillation; IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
(common mode) 50 surges per s; duration 2 s; IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
Ri = 150 Ω to 200 Ω Sweep rate 1 octave/min
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns;
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 50 surges per s; both polarities; Shock Half-sine
(common mode) duration 2 s; Ri = 80 Ω IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of
Radiated electromagnetic 10 to 20 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz; 3 orthogonal axes
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude and pulse modulated
Continuous shock Half-sine
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity);
document 17C (SEC) 102 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz,
IEC 60255-21-2, class I
IEC 60068-2-29
Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
1000 shocks in each direction of 10
decaying oscillation; Ri = 50 Ω 3 orthogonal axes
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard)
Conducted interference voltage, 150 to 30 MHz
aux. voltage
CISPR 22, EN 55022 Limit class B
CISPR 11, EN 55011 Limit class A

Technical data
Climatic stress tests Functions

Temperatures Breaker supervision
Permissible temperature –20 °C to +70 °C Current detection
during service (> 55 °C decreased display contrast) Setting range 0.05 x IN to 4.00 x IN (steps 0.01 x IN)
Recommended temperature –5 °C to +55 °C Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.9
during service Tolerance 0.01 x IN or 5 % of set value
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C Initiation conditions
storage
Depending on ordered version Phase-segregated initiation (single-
Permissible temperature during –25 °C to +70 °C pole trip from feeder protection) or
transport common-phase initiation (three-pole
Storage and transport with trip from feeder protection) and
standard works packaging! common-phase initiation (three-pole
Humidity trip from non-short-circuit protec-
tion)
Permissible humidity Mean value per year ≤ 75 % relative
We recommend that all units are humidity; on 30 days per year 95 % Times
installed such that they are not sub- relative humidity; condensation not Pickup time Approx. 15 ms with measured
jected to direct sunlight, nor to large permissible! quantities present
temperature fluctuations which may Approx. 25 ms after switch-on of
give rise to condensation. measured quantities
Drop-off time with sinusoidal ≤ 10 ms
Service conditions measured quantities
Drop-off time maximum ≤ 25 ms
The relay is designed for use in in- • The shield of the RS485 cable
dustrial environment, for installation must be earthed. Delay times for all time stages 0.00 s to 32.00 s (steps 0.01 ms)
in standard relay rooms and com- or deactivated
• It is not permissible to withdraw
partments so that with proper instal- or insert individual modules un- Delay time tolerance 1 % of set value or 10 ms
lation electromagnetic compatibility der voltage. In the withdrawn
(EMC) is ensured. The following The set times are pure delay times.
condition, some components are
should also be heeded: electrostatically endangered;
• All contactors and relays which during handling the standards Additional functions
operate in the same cubicle or on for electrostatically endangered
Operational value measurements
the same relay panel as the digital components must be observed.
protection equipment should, as a The modules are not endangered Operational current values IL1; IL2; IL3
rule, be fitted with suitable spike when plugged in. Measurement range 0 % to 240 % IN
quenching elements. Tolerance 3 % of rated value or of measured
WARNING! The relay is not
value
• All external connection leads in designed for use in residential,
substations from 100 kV upwards commercial or light-industrial Steady-state measured value supervision
10 should be shielded with a shield environment as defined in EN 50081.
capable of carrying power cur-
Current unbalance Imax / Imin > symmetry factor
as long as I > Ilimit
rents and earthed at both sides.
No special measures are normally Fault event data storage
necessary for substations of lower Storage of annunciations of the last
voltages. eight faults with max. 30 messages
each
Time assignment
Resolution for operational 1s
annunciations
Resolution for fault event 1 ms
annunciations
Max. time deviation 0.01 %
Data storage for fault recording (max. 8 fault events)
Total storage time (fault detection Max. 5 s, selectable pre-trigger and
or trip command = 0 ms) post-fault time
Max. storage period 0.30 to 5.00 s (steps 0.01 s)
per fault event Tmax
Pre-trigger time Tpre 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Post-fault time Tpost 0.05 to 0.50 s (steps 0.01 s)
Sampling rate 1 instantaneous value per ms
at 50 Hz
1 instantaneous value per 0.83 ms
at 60 Hz


7SV600 numerical circuit-breaker failure protection relay 7SV600¨-¨Ä00 - ¨DA0
Rated current; rated frequency
1 A; 50/60 Hz 1
5 A; 50/60 Hz 5

24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC / 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz 5
230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 6
Unit design
For panel surface mounting with terminals on both sides B
For panel surface mounting with terminals at top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting E
Options
For common phase initiation 0
For common phase initiation or phase-segregated initiation 1
DIGSI 4
Accessories
running under MS Windows (version Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition)
Basis
Professional
RS232 (V.24)ÖRS485 converter* 7XV5700-ooo00 10

Plug-in auxiliary power supply unit 220 V/50 Hz AC 0
Plug-in auxiliary power supply unit 110 V/60 Hz AC 1
With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ6, 7RW6, 7SD6, 7SV6 A

With RS485 connecting cable with 9-pin connector for SIMEAS Q B
With RS485 connecting cable with plug connector for SIMEAS T C
Without RS232 connecting cable A

With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC/notebook, 9-pin connector (female) B
With RS232 adapter, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female)
for connection to notebook/PC C
Converter full-duplex fiber-optic cable - RS485

With power supply 24 - 250 V DC and 110/230 V AC 7XV5650-0BA00
Manual for 7SV600

For the latest version please visit www.siemens.com/siprotec
*) RS485 bus system up to 115 kbaud

RS485 bus cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoo; see part 13.

Connection diagram
Fig. 10/33
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for common phase initiation
10
Fig. 10/34
General connection diagram of 7SV600 with presettings for phase-segregated initiation

10 Relays for Various Protection Applications / 7SN60
SIPROTEC 7SN60
Transient Earth-Fault Protection Relay
Function overview
• Units for panel surface mounting or
flush mounting in 7XP20 housing, with
terminals on the side or terminals on
the top/bottom
• Both fault directions indicated by LEDs
and signaled by relays
• High pickup sensitivity due to separate
LSP2367-afpen.tif
detection and evaluation of total

current and displacement voltage
• 1 A and 5 A rated current selectable for
current transformer matching
• 16 selectable pickup thresholds for
detection of transients in the current
Fig. 10/35
SIPROTEC 7SN60 path, even with higher steady-state total
transient earth-fault relay currents of 10 to 300 mA
• Fixed pickup threshold of 5 V for detec-
tion of transients in the voltage path,
even in the case of higher steady-state
Description displacement voltages
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient earth- • 4 selectable pickup thresholds for
fault relay determines the direction of tran- evaluation of the displacement voltage
sient and continuous earth faults in sys- of 10 to 50 V
tems with isolated neutral, in systems with • Optional suppression of switching op-
high-impedance resistive earthing and in
compensated systems. Continuous earth
erations by evaluation of the displace-
faults are indicated with a delay, either in ment voltage after a switching-induced
conjunction with a transient earth fault transient has occured
and subsequently persisting displacement • Wide-range power supply for connec-
voltage, or with just the displacement
voltage present.
tion to 110/230 V AC systems, 10
60 to 250 V DC station batteries or
100 V DC voltage transformers without
switchover or 24 to 60 V DC
• Binary inputs for remote reset and
blocking with extremely wide input
voltage range of 24 to 250 V DC
• Automatic reset of direction indications
and signals after 3 or 10 s (selectable)
• Automatic reset in case of intermittent
earth faults only after the last earth-
fault, i.e. the correct indication and sig-
nal of the first earth fault is preserved
• Detection of the displacement voltage
and earth-fault indication/signal, inde-
pendent of a transient fault detection
• Signaling and indication of a continu-
ous earth fault possible only in the
forward direction
• Fault indication if sensitivity is set
too high

Construction Protection functions Thus the direction of the earth-fault in-

duced current surge is identical to that of
The relay contains all the components Earth-fault directional determination the short-circuit current at the same
needed for location.
The highly sensitive 7SN60 transient
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured earth-fault relay determines the direction At measuring point A, as a result of the
values of transient and continuous earth faults in transformer summation circuit, the earth
• Operation and display systems with isolated neutral, in systems current of the faulted line is not included
with high-impedance resistive earthing in the measurement, as this current por-
• Output of signals and trip commands
and in compensated systems. tion flows through the summation trans-
• Power supply former of the relevant Holmgreen circuit
The rated CT currents applied to the Continuous earth faults are indicated with and back, thereby canceling itself out.
SIPROTEC 7SN60 can be 1 or 5 A. This is a delay, either in conjunction with a tran-
sient earth fault and subsequently persist- It is the total of the capacitive earth cur-
selectable via a jumper inside the relay. rents from the non-faulted system which
ing displacement voltage, or with just the
Three different housings are available. displacement voltage present. has an effect. In the diagram they are
The flush-mounting/cubicle-mounting summated on the upper line. The capaci-
housings have terminals accessible from In the event of an earth fault, the neutral- tive currents of the non-faulted lines 1, 3
the rear. The surface-mounting housing point voltage to earth can be as high as the and 2, 4 accumulate vectorially, which
has terminals either on the side or on the full-phase voltage. explains why only three arrows instead of
top and bottom. The phase-to-earth capacitances of the four are shown at the measuring point A.
non-earth-faulted phases are charged via With a transient earth fault, the equalizing
the transformer inductance. current forming a damped oscillation of
This charging process is bound up with a 100 to more than 1000 Hz decays after only
strong current surge (starting oscillation). a few periods.
The amplitude of this current surge de- The displacement voltage VEM thereupon
pends on the expands of the system and on also returns to zero. In earthed systems this
the contact resistance values at the takes place after a number of periods (de-
earth-fault location. cay of the Petersen coil - earth capacitance
oscillation circuit); in non-earthed systems
This current flows via the phase-to-earth this occurs after a very short time.
capacitances of the unaffected lines to
earth, enters the earth-faulted phase via the
LSP2002-afpen.tif
earth-fault location and flows back from

there to the feeding transformer.
10
Fig. 10/36 Rear view
Fig. 10/37 Fault currents in the system

In the case of a continuous earth fault, the

equalizing current in the non-earthed sys-
tem changes into the mostly capacitive
continuous earth current or, in compen-
sated systems, into the relatively low resid-
ual active current.
For the directional determination, the
direction of the first transient of neutral
current and displacement voltage is con-
sidered.
The relay indicates the direction of the
transient earth fault by LEDs (red = for-
ward direction, yellow = reverse direction)
and the relevant signaling relay pickups.
Continuous earth faults are indicated after Fig. 10/38 Neutral current and displacement voltage
a settable time by an LED on the relay and
signaled by a signaling relay.
Detection of the fault location

If the system is of radial configuration, the
red lamp immediately indicates the faulted
line.
If one of the lines consists of several sec-
tions, the fault is upstream of the last red
lamp.
The transient earth-fault relay can also be
used without restrictions in any type of
meshed systems. Transient earth-fault re-
lays distributed at suitable points through-
out the system allow detection of the
earth-fault location from the directional
indications. Fig. 10/39 Radial system
10
Fig. 10/40 Cascaded radial system
Fig. 10/41 Meshed system

Fig. 10/42 Ring system

Typical connection
Connection of the current and voltage

transformers
Figures 10/43 and 10/44 show the connec-
tion of the current and voltage transformer
set in Holmgreen circuit.
In Fig. 10/43, the star point at the line-side
of the CT must be connected to terminal 1
while the star point at the busbar side of
the CTs must be connected to terminal 2.
The three phase voltages VL1, VL2 and VL3
are connected to terminals 7, 8, 9 respec-
tively. The earthed star point of the voltage
transformer is connected to terminal 10.
Fig. 10/43 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for panel flush-mounting
housing and panel surface-mounting housing (terminals on the side)
10
Fig. 10/44 Connection of transformers and auxiliary power supply for

panel surface-mounting housing (terminals on the top/bottom)

Technical data
General unit data

Measuring circuit
Rated current I0 1 or 5 A
Input impedance Z at 50 Hz and IN < 0.05 Ω
Rated voltage VN 100/110 V AC
Rated frequency fN 50 Hz (16.7 Hz)
Thermal rating
- In voltage path, continuous 140 V AC
- In current path, continuous 4 x IN
10 s 30 x IN
1 s (at 1 A) 100 x IN
1 s (at 5 ) 300 A
Auxiliary voltage
Rated auxiliary 60 – 250 V DC and 100 – 230 V AC
voltage Vaux without switchover
Power consumption at Quiescent Energized
60 V DC 3.1 W 4.5 W
110 V DC 3.0 W 4.5 W
220 V DC 3.6 W 4.6 W
250 V DC 3.7 W 4.8 W
100 V AC 2.9 VA 4.2 VA
110 V AC 3.0 VA 4.2 VA
230 V AC 4.6 VA 5.8 VA
Binary inputs
Input voltage for blocking and 24 - 250 V DC
remote reset input
Pickup thresholds for
– Blocking X30 pin 1-2, Approx. 19 V
remote reset X31 pin 1-2
– Blocking X30 pin 2-3, Approx. 75 V
remote reset X31 pin 2-3
Signaling relays
Number of relays, forward or 2 NO contacts 10
reverse direction
Number of relays, continuous 1 NO contact
earth-fault signal
Number of relays, alarm 1 NC contact
Switching capacity Make 1000 W/VA
(all relays)
Switching capacity Break 30 W/VA
(all relays)
Permissible switching current
Continuous 5A
0.5 s 30 A
Unit design
Housing, dimensions SIPROTEC housing of 1/6 width
Refer to part 15 for dimension
drawings
For flush mounting, terminals 6 current / 25 voltage terminals
at the top/bottom
For panel surface mounting, 6 current / 25 voltage terminals
terminals on the side
Weight Approx. 4 kg
Standards
DIN VDE 0435, Part 303 and IEC 60255-5


7SN60 transient earth-fault protection relay 7SN6000-¨Ä00
In SIPROTEC housing 1/6 width
Rated frequency 50 Hz

60 - 250 V DC and 100 - 230 V AC without switchover 0
24 - 48 V DC 1
For panel surface mounting with terminals on the side B

For panel surface mounting with terminals at top/bottom part D
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting E
Connection diagram
10

Generator Protection Page
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay 11/3
SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay 11/33
SIPROTEC 7UW50 Tripping Matrix 11/69
SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay 11/71
SIPROTEC 7VE6 Multifunction Paralleling Device 11/81
11
11

11 Generator Protection / 7UM61
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
Multifunction Generator and Motor Protection Relay
Function overview
Basic version
• Stator earth-fault protection
• Sensitive earth-fault protection
• Stator overload protection
(either definite-time or inverse-time)
• Definite-time overcurrent-time
protection, directional
• Undervoltage and overvoltage
protection
LSP2176-afpen.tif
• Underfrequency and overfrequency

protection
• Reverse power protection
• Overexcitation protection
Fig. 11/1 SIPROTEC 4 7UM61
multifunction generator • External trip coupling
and motor protection relay
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus:
• Forward-power protection
Description
• Underexcitation protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM61 protection relays The device can also be used for protecting • Negative-sequence protection
can do more than just protect. They also synchronous and asynchronous motors.
offer numerous additional functions. Be it
The integrated programmable logic func-
earth faults, short-circuits, overloads, Full version
tions (continuous function chart CFC)
overvoltage, overfrequency or underfre- Scope of standard version plus:
offer the user high flexibility so that adjust-
quency, protection relays assure continued
ments can easily be made to the varying • Inadverdent energization protection
operation of power stations. The
power station requirements, on the basis of • 100 % - stator earth-fault protection
SIPROTEC 4 7UM61 protection relay is a
special system conditions.
compact unit which has been specially with 3rd harmonic
developed and designed for the protection The flexible communication interfaces are • Impedance protection
of small and medium-sized generators. open for modern communication architec-
They integrate all the necessary protection tures with the control system. Asynchronous motor
functions and are particularly suited for Scope of standard version plus
the protection of : • Motor starting time supervision 11
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators • Restart inhibit (without underexcitation
– Co-generation stations protection)
– Private power stations using regenera- Monitoring functions
tive energy sources such as wind or
• Trip circuit supervision
biogases
– Diesel generator stations • Fuse failure monitor
– Gas-turbine power stations • Operational measured values V, I, f, …
– Industrial power stations • Every metering value Wp, Wq
– Conventional steam power stations. • Time metering of operation hours
• Self-supervision of relay
• 8 oscillographic fault records
– PROFIBUS-DP
– MODBUS RTU
– DNP 3.0

Application Protection functions Abbre- ANSI No. Generator

viation
The 7UM6 protection relays of the Basic Stan- Full Motor
SIPROTEC 4 family are compact dard async.
multifunction units which have been de- Stator earth-fault protection V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G X X X X
veloped for small to medium-sized power non-directional, directional \(V0, 3I0) 67G
generation plants. They incorporate all the Sensitive earth-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN X X X X
necessary protective functions and are (also rotor earth-fault protection) (64R)
especially suitable for the protection of: Stator overload protection I2t 49 X X X X
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators Definite-time overcurrent protection I> +V< 51 X X X X
with undervoltage seal-in
– Co-generation stations
Definite-time overcurrent protection, I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 X X X X
– Private power stations using regenera- directional
tive energy sources such as wind or Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V X X X X
biogases Overvoltage protection V> 59 X X X X
– Power generation with diesel generators Undervoltage protection V< 27 X X X X
– Gas turbine power stations Frequency protection f<, f> 81 X X X X
– Industrial power stations Reverse-power protection –P 32R X X X X
– Conventional steam power stations. Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24 X X X
Fuse failure monitor V2/V1, I1/I2 60FL X X X X
They can also be employed for protection External trip coupling (7UM611/612) Incoup. 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
of motors and transformers. Trip circuit supervision (7UM612) T.C.S. 74TC X X X X
The numerous other additional functions Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F X X X
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective Underexcitation protection 1/xd 40 X X
system management and reliable power Negative-sequence protection I2>, t =f(I2) 46 X X X
supply. Measured values display current Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF X X X
operating conditions. Stored status indica-
Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27 X
tions and fault recording provide assistance
in fault diagnosis not only in the event of a 100 %-stator-earth-fault protection V0(3rd harm) 59TN X
with 3rd harmonics 27TN (3rd h.)
disturbance in generator operation.
Impedance protection with Z< 21 X
Combination of the units makes it possible (I >+V<)-pickup
to implement effective redundancy con- Motor starting time supervision Ian2t 48 X X
cepts. Restart inhibit for motors I2t 49 X X
Rotor
External temperature monitoring ϑ 38 X X X X
Numerous protection functions are neces- through serial interface (Thermo-box)
sary for reliable protection of electrical ma- Rate-of-frequency-change protection1) df/dt > 81R X X X X
chines. Their extent and combination are Vector jump supervision (voltage)1) Δϕ > X X X X
11 determined by a variety of factors, such as
machine size, mode of operation, plant
Table 11/1 Scope of functions of the 7UM61
configuration, availability requirements,
experience and design philosophy. Generator Basic Generator Full
This results in multifunctionality, which is One application is concentrated on small Here, all protection functions are available
implemented in outstanding fashion by generators or as backup protection for and are recommended from generator out-
numerical technology. larger generators. The function mix is also puts exceeding 5 MVA. Backup protection
an effective addition to transformer differ- for the larger block units is also a recom-
In order to satisfy differing requirements,
ential protection with parallel-connected mended application.
the combination of functions is scalable
transformers. The functions are also suit-
(see Table 11/1). Selection is facilitated by
able for system disconnection. Asynchronous motor
division into groups.
This protection function mix is recom-
Generator Standard
mended for motors up to 1 - 2 MW.
This function mix is recommended for It offers a wide frequency operating range
generator outputs exceeding 1 MVA. from 11 Hz to 69 Hz. When an infeed is
It is also suitable for protection of synchro- switched, the protection adapts to the
nous motors. changed voltage and frequency.
Another application is as backup
protection for the larger block units.
1) Available as an option
(please refer to Order No., position 15).

Application
Fig. 11/2
Construction
The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform

design and a degree of functionality which
represents a whole new quality in protec-
tion and control. Local operation has been
designed according to ergonomic criteria.
Large, easy-to-read displays were a major
LSP2166-afpen.eps
design aim. The DIGSI 4 operating pro-

gram considerably simplifies planning and
engineering and reduces commissioning
times.
The 7UM611 is configured in 1/3 19 inch,
and the 7UM612 in 1/2 19 inch width. This Fig. 11/3
11
means that the units of previous models Rear view with wiring terminal
can be replaced. The height throughout all safety cover and serial interface
housing width increments is 243 mm.
All wires are connected directly or by
means of ring-type cable lugs.
Alternatively, versions with plug-in termi-
nals are also available. These permit the use
of prefabricated cable harnesses.
In the case of panel surface mounting, the
connecting terminals are in the form of
screw-type terminals at top and bottom.
The communication interfaces are also
arranged on the same sides.

Definite-time overcurrent protection

I>, I>> (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
This protection function comprises the
short-circuit protection for the generator
and also the backup protection for up-
stream devices such as transformers or
power system protection. Fig. 11/4
Protection with current
An undervoltage stage at I> maintains the transformer on terminal side
pickup when, during the fault, the current
falls below the threshold. In the event of a
voltage drop on the generator terminals,
the static excitation system can no longer
be sufficiently supplied. This is one reason
for the decrease of the short-circuit cur-
rent.
The I>> stage can be implemented as
high-set instantaneous trip stage. With the
integrated directional function it can be
applied for generators without star point
CT (see Figure 11/4). Fig. 11/5
Characteristic of negative-
Inverse-time overcurrent protection sequence protection
(ANSI 51V)
This function also comprises short-circuit
and backup protection and is used for Stator overload protection (ANSI 49) Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
power system protection with current- The task of the overload protection is to Asymmetrical current loads in the three
dependent protection devices. protect the stator windings of generators phases of a generator cause a temperature
IEC and ANSI characteristics can be and motors from high, continuous rise in the rotor because of the negative se-
selected (Table 11/2). overload currents. All load variations are quence field produced.
evaluated by the mathematical model used.
The current function can be controlled by This protection detects an asymmetrical
The thermal effect of the r.m.s. current
evaluating the generator terminal voltage. load in three-phase generators. It functions
value forms the basis of the calculation.
on the basis of symmetrical components
The “controlled” version releases the This conforms to IEC 60255-8. In depend-
and evaluates the negative sequence of the
sensitive set current stage. ency of the current the cooling time
phase currents. The thermal processes are
constant is automatically extended. If the
With the “restraint” version, the pickup taken into account in the algorithm and
ambient temperature or the temperature
value of the current is lowered linearly with form the inverse characteristic. In addition,
11 decreasing voltage.
of the coolant are injected via
PROFIBUS-DP, the model automatically
the negative sequence is evaluated by an in-
dependent stage (alarm and trip) which is
The fuse failure monitor prevents adapts to the ambient conditions; other-
supplemented by a time-delay element (see
unwanted operation. wise a constant ambient temperature is
Figure 11/5).
assumed.
Available inverse-time characteristic

Characteristics ANSI / IEEE IEC 60255-3
Inverse
• •
Moderately inverse
•
Very inverse
• •
Extremely inverse
• •
Definite inverse
•
Table 11/2

Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)

(Loss-of-field protection)
Derived from the generator terminal volt-
age and current, the complex admittance is
calculated and corresponds to the genera-
tor diagram scaled in per unit. This protec- Fig. 11/6
tion prevents damage due to loss of Characteristic of underexcitation
synchronism resulting from underexci- protection
tation. The protection function provides
three characteristics for monitoring static
and dynamic stability. In the event of ex-
citer failure, fast response of the protection
can be ensured via binary input. This input
releases a timer with a short time delay.
The straight-line characteristics allow the
protection of the generator diagram to be
optimally adapted (see Fig. 11/6). The
per-unit-presentation of the diagram al-
lows the setting values to be directly read
out. Fig. 11/7
The positive-sequence systems of current Grading of impedance protection
and voltage are used to calculate the admit-
tance. This ensures that the protection al-
ways operates correctly even with Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
asymmetrical network conditions. Monitoring of the active power produced The undervoltage protection evaluates the
If the voltage deviates from the rated volt- by a generator can be useful for starting up positive-sequence components of the volt-
age, the admittance calculation has the ad- and shutting down generators. One stage ages and compares them with the thresh-
vantage that the characteristics move in the monitors threshold beyond one limit value old values. There are two stages available.
same direction as the generator diagram. while another stage monitors threshold be-
The undervoltage function is used for
low another limit value. The power is cal-
asynchronous motors and pumped-storage
Reverse-power protection (ANSI 32R) culated using the positive-sequence
stations and prevents the voltage-related
component of current and voltage.
The reverse-power protection monitors the instability of such machines.
direction of active power flow and picks up Impedance protection (ANSI 21) The function can also be used for monitor-
when the mechanical energy fails because ing purposes.
then the drive power is taken from the net- This fast short-circuit protection protects
work. This function can be used for the generator, the generator transformer
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59)
and is a backup protection for the power
operational shutdown (sequential trip-
ping) of the generator but also prevents system. This protection has two settable This protection prevents insulation faults 11
damage to the steam turbines. The reverse impedance stages; in addition, the first that result when the voltage is too high.
power is calculated from the positive- stage can be switched over via binary input.
With the circuit-breaker in “open” posi- Either the maximum line-to-line voltages
sequence systems of current and voltage. or the phase-to-earth voltages (for low-
Asymmetrical network faults therefore do tion (see Fig. 11/7) the impedance measur-
ing range can be extended. The voltage generators) can be evaluated. The
not cause reduced measuring accuracy. measuring results of the line-to-line volt-
The position of the emergency trip valve is overcurrent pickup element with under-
voltage seal-in ensures a reliable pickup ages are independent of the neutral point
injected as binary information and is used displacement caused by earth-faults. This
to switch between two trip command de- and the loop selection logic a reliable de-
tection of the faulty loop. With this logic it function is implemented in two stages.
lays. When applied for motor protection,
the sign (±) of the active power can be re- is possible to perform a correct measure-
versed via parameters. ment via the unit transformer.

Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

The frequency protection prevents imper-
missible stress of the equipment (e.g. tur-
bine) in case of under or overfrequency. Fig. 11/8
It also serves as a monitoring and control Logic diagram of breaker failure
element. protection
The function has four stages; the stages can

be implemented either as under- The protection relay measures the dis- 100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3 rd
frequency or overfrequency protection. placement voltage at a VT located at the harmonic (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3 H.))
rd
Each stage can be delayed separately. transformer star point or at the broken
Owing to the design, the generator pro-
delta-winding of a VT. As an option, it is
Even in the event of voltage distortion, the duces a 3rd harmonic that forms a zero sys-
also possible to calculate the zero-sequence
frequency measuring algorithm reliably tem. It is verifiable by the protection on a
voltage from the phase-to-earth voltages.
identifies the fundamental waves and de- broken delta winding or on the neutral
Depending on the load resistor selection,
termines the frequency extremely precisely. transformer. The magnitude of the voltage
90 to 95 % of the stator winding of a gen-
Frequency measurement can be blocked by amplitude depends on the generator and
erator can be protected.
using an undervoltage stage. its operation.
A sensitive current input is available for
In the event of an earth fault in the vicinity
Overexcitation protection earth-current measurement. This input
of the neutral point, there is a voltage dis-
Volt/Hertz (ANSI 24) should be connected to a core-balance cur-
placement in the 3rd harmonic (dropping
rent transformer. The fault direction is de-
The overexcitation protection serves for in the neutral point and rising at the termi-
duced from the displacement voltage and
detection of an unpermissible high induc- nals).
earth current. The directional characteris-
tion (proportional to V/f) in generators or
tic (straight line) can be easily adapted to Depending on the connection, the protec-
transformers, which leads to thermal over-
the system conditions. Effective protection tion must be set in either undervoltage or
loading. This may occur when starting up,
for direct connection of a generator to a overvoltage form. It can also be delayed. So
shutting down under full load, with weak
busbar can therefore be established. Dur- as to avoid overfunction, the active power
systems or under isolated operation. The
ing start-up, it is possible to switch over and the positive-sequence voltage act as
inverse characteristic can be set via seven
from the directional to the displacement enabling criteria.
points derived from the manufacturer
voltage measurement via an externally in-
data. The final protection setting can be made
jected signal.
only by way of a primary test with the gen-
In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
Depending on the protection setting, erator.
and an instantaneous stage can be used.
various earth-fault protection concepts
For calculation of the V/f ratio, frequency can be implemented with this function Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
and also the highest of the three line-to-line (see Figs. 11/17 to 11/21).
In the event of scheduled downtimes or a
voltages are used. The frequency range that
Sensitive earth-fault protection fault in the generator, the generator can re-
can be monitored comprises 11 to 69 Hz.
main on line if the circuit-breaker is defec-
11 Stator earth-fault protection,
(ANSI 50/51GN, 64R)
tive and could suffer substantial damage.
The sensitive earth-current input can also
non-directional, directional Breaker failure protection evaluates a mini-
be used as separate earth-fault protection.
(ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G) mum current and the circuit-breaker aux-
It is of two-stage form. Secondary earth
currents of 2 mA or higher can be reliably iliary contact. It can be started by internal
Earth faults manifest themselves in genera-
handled. protective tripping or externally via binary
tors that are operated in isolation by the
input. Two-channel activation avoids
occurrence of a displacement voltage. In
Alternatively, this input is also suitable as overfunction (see Figure 11/8).
case of unit connections, the displacement
rotor earth-fault protection. A voltage with
voltage is an adequate, selective criterion
rated frequency (50 or 60 Hz) is connected
for protection.
in the rotor circuit via the interface unit
For the selective earth-fault detection, the 7XR61. If a higher earth current is flowing,
direction of the flowing earth current has a rotor earth fault has occurred. Meas-
to be evaluated too, if there is a direct con- uring-circuit monitoring is provided for
nection between generator and busbar. this application (see Figure 11/20).

Inadvertent energization protection

(ANSI 50, 27)
This protection has the function of limit-
ing the damage of the generator in the
event of an unintentional switch-on of the
circuit-breaker, whether the generator is
standing still or rotating without being ex-
cited or synchronized. If the power system
voltage is connected, the generator starts as
an asynchronous machine with a large slip
and this leads to excessively high currents
in the rotor.
A logic circuit consisting of sensitive cur-
rent measurement for each phase, mea-
sured value detector, time control and
blocking as of a minimum voltage, leads to
an instantaneous trip command. If the fuse
failure monitor responds, this function is
Fig. 11/9 Temperature characteristic at rotor and thermal replica of the rotor (multiple start-ups)
ineffective.
Starting time supervision (motor protection

only) (ANSI 48) Restart inhibit for motors System disconnection
(ANSI 66, 49Rotor)
Starting time supervision protects the mo- Take the case of in-plant generators feed-
tor against long unwanted start-ups, which When cold or at operating temperature, ing directly into a system. The incoming
might occur as a result of excessive load motors may only be connected a certain line is generally the legal entity boundary
torque or excessive voltage drops within number of times in succession. The between the system owner and the in-plant
the motor, or if the rotor is locked. start-up current causes heat development generator. If the incoming line fails as the
in the rotor which is monitored by the re- result of auto-reclosure, for instance, a
The tripping time is dependent on the start inhibit function. voltage or frequency deviation may occur
square of the start-up current and the set depending on the power balance at the
start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It Contrary to classical counting methods, in
feeding generator. Asynchronous condi-
adapts itself to the start-up with reduced the restart inhibit function the heat and
tions may arise in the event of connection,
voltage. The tripping time is determined in cooling phenomena in the rotor are simu-
which may lead to damage on the genera-
accordance with the following formula: lated by a thermal replica. The rotor tem-
tor or the gearing between the generator
perature is determined on the basis of the
2 and the turbine. Besides the classic criteria
⎛I ⎞ stator currents. Restart inhibit permits re-
such as voltage and frequency, the follow-
t Trip = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max start of the motor only if the rotor has
⎝ I rms ⎠ ing two criteria are also applied (vector
enough thermal reserve for a completely
jump, rate-of-frequency-change protec-
tTrip Tripping time new start. Fig. 11/9 illustrates the thermal
profile for a permissible triple start out of
tion). 11
Istart Permissible start-up current
the cold state. If the thermal reserve is too Rate-of-frequency-change protection
tstart max Permissible start-up time low, the restart inhibit function issues a (ANSI 81)
Irms Measured r.m.s. current value blocking signal with which the motor start-
ing circuit can be blocked. The blockage is The frequency difference is determined on
Calculation is not started until the current cancelled again after cooling down and the the basis of the calculated frequency over a
Irms is higher than an adjustable response thermal value has dropped below the time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
value pickup threshold. mentary rate-of-frequency change. The
(e.g. 2 IN, MOTOR). function is designed so that it reacts to
As the fan provides no forced cooling both positive and negative
If the permissible locked-rotor time is less when the motor is off, it cools down more rate-of-frequency changes. Exceeding of
than the permissible start-up time (motors slowly. Depending on the operating state, the permissible rate-of-frequency change is
with a thermally critical rotor), a binary the protection function controls the cool- monitored constantly. Release of the rele-
signal is set to detect a locked rotor by ing time constant. A value below a mini- vant direction depends on whether the ac-
means of a tachometer generator. This bi- mum current is an effective changeover tual frequency is above or below the rated
nary signal releases the set locked-rotor criterion. frequency. In total, four stages are avail-
time, and tripping occurs after it has
able, and can be used optionally.
elapsed.

Lockout (ANSI 86)

All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays)
Vector jump can be stored like LEDs and reset using the
Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage LED reset key. The lockout state is also
is a criterion for identifying an interrupted stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
infeed. If the incoming line should fail, the ure. Reclosure can only occur after the
abrupt current discontinuity leads to a lockout state is reset.
phase angle jump in the voltage. This is
measured by means of a delta process. The Fuse failure and other monitoring
command for opening the generator or The relay comprises high-performance
coupler circuit-breaker is issued if the set monitoring for the hardware and software.
threshold is exceeded.
The measuring circuits, analog-digital con-
External trip coupling version, power supply voltages, memories
and software sequence (watch-dog) are all
For recording and processing of external monitored.
trip information, there are 2 (for 7UM611)
or 4 (for 7UM612) binary inputs. They are The fuse failure function detects failure of
provided for information from the the measuring voltage due to short-circuit
Buchholz relay or generator-specific com- or open circuit of the wiring or VT and
mands and act like a protective function. avoids overfunction of the undervoltage el-
Each input initiates a fault event and can ements in the protection functions.
be individually delayed by a timer. The positive and negative-sequence system
(voltage and current) are evaluated.
One or two binary inputs can be used for Filter time
monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in- All binary inputs can be subjected to a
cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal filter time (indication suppression).
Phase rotation reversal

If the relay is used in a pumped-storage
power plant, matching to the prevailing ro-
tary field is possible via a binary input
(generator/motor operation via phase rota-
tion reversal).
2 pre-definable parameter groups

In the protection, the setting values can be
stored in two data sets. In addition to the
11 standard parameter group, the second
group is provided for certain operating
conditions (pumped-storage power sta-
tions). It can be activated via binary input,
local control or DIGSI 4.

IEC 60870-5-103
Communication
With respect to communication, particular dardized protocol for communication with
emphasis has been placed on high levels of protection relays.
standards common in energy automation. IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
The design of the communication modules of protection unit manufacturers and is
permits interchangeability on the one used worldwide.
openness for future standards (for exam- The generator protection functions are
ple, Industrial Ethernet). stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
lished part of the protocol.
Local PC interface
The PC interface accessible from the front PROFIBUS-DP
of the unit permits quick access to all pa- PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
rameters and fault event data. The use of ized communication protocol (EN 50170). Fig. 11/10
the DIGSI 4 operating program during PROFIBUS is supported internationally by IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conductor
commissioning is particularly advanta- connection or fiber-optic connection
several hundred manufacturers and has to
geous. date been used in more than 1,000,000
applications all over the world.
Rear-mounted interfaces Master control unit
With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection
Two communication modules on the rear can be directly connected to a SIMATIC
of the unit incorporate optional equipment S5/S7. The transferred data are fault data,
complements and permit retrofitting. They measured values and information from or
assure the ability to comply with the re- to the logic (CFC).
quirements of different communication
interfaces (electrical or optical) and proto- MODBUS RTU
cols (IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI).
MODBUS is also a widely utilized commu-
The interfaces make provision for the fol- nication standard and is used in numerous
lowing applications: automation solutions.
Service interface DNP 3.0
In the RS485 version, several protection DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
units can be centrally operated with version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
DIGSI 4. By using a modem, remote con- cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units Fig. 11/11
trol is possible. This provides advantages in are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
fault clearance, in particular in unmanned PROFIBUS: RS485 copper conductors
with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
substations. number of protection device manufactur-
ers.
System interface 11
This is used to communicate with a control Safe bus architecture
or protection and control system and sup- • RS485 bus
ports, depending on the module con- With this data transmission via copper
nected, a variety of communication conductors, electromagnetic interference
protocols and interface designs. influences are largely eliminated by the
use of twisted-pair conductor. Upon fail-
ure of a unit, the remaining system con-
tinues to operate without any faults.
The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
mune to electromagnetic interference.
units, the communication system contin-
ues to operate without disturbance.

Communication
System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indica-
tions (pickup and tripping) and all
LSP2163-afpen.tif
relevant operational measured Fig. 11/12
values are transmitted from the RS232/RS485
protection unit. Electrical communication module
Via modem and service interface,

the protection engineer has access
to the protection devices at all
times. This permits remote main-
tenance and diagnosis (cyclic test-
ing).
Parallel to this, local communica-
tion is possible, for example, dur-
LSP2162-afpen.tif
ing a major inspection. Fig. 11/13
820 nm fiber-optic
communication module
LSP2164-afpen.tif
Fig. 11/14
PROFIBUS communication module,
optical, double-ring
11
Fig. 11/15
System solution: Communication

Typical connections
Direct generator - busbar connection

Fig. 11/16 illustrates the recommended
standard connection if several generators
supply one busbar. Phase-to-earth faults
are disconnected by employing the direc-
tional earth-fault criterion. The earth-fault
current is driven through the cables of the
system. If this is not sufficient, an earthing
transformer connected to the busbar sup-
plies the necessary current (maximum ap-
proximately 10 A) and permits a
protection range of up to 90 %. The
earth-fault current should be detected by
means of core-balance current transform-
ers in order to achieve the necessary sensi-
tivity. The displacement voltage can be
used as earth-fault criterion during starting
operations until synchronization is
achieved.
Fig. 11/16
Direct generator - busbar connection with

low-resistance earthing
If the generator neutral point has low-
resistance earthing, the connection illus-
trated in Fig. 11/17 is recommended. In the
case of several generators, the resistance
must be connected to only one
generator, in order to prevent circulating
currents (3rd harmonic).
For selective earth-fault detection, the 11
earth-current input should be looped into
the common return conductor of the two
current transformer sets (differential con-
nection). The current transformers must
be earthed at only one point. The displace-
ment voltage VE is utilized as an additional
enabling criterion.
Balanced current transformers are
desirable with this form of connection. In
the case of higher generator power (for
example, IN approximately 2000 A), cur-
rent transformers with a secondary rated
current of 5 A are recommended.
Fig. 11/17

Typical connections

high-resistance generator neutral earthing
With this system configuration, selective
earth-fault detection is implemented on
the basis of the lower fault currents
through the differential connection of
core-balance current transformers (see
Figure 11/18). Secondary-side earthing
must be effected at only one core-balance
current transformer. The displacement
voltage is to be utilized additionally as
enable criterion.
The load resistor takes the form either of
primary or of secondary resistor with neu-
tral transformer. In the case of several gen-
erators connected to the busbar, again only
one generator will be earthed via the resis-
tor.
Fig. 11/18
Unit connection with isolated star point

This configuration of unit connection is a
variant to be recommended (see Figure
11/19). Earth-fault detection is effected by
means of the displacement voltage. In or-
11 der to prevent unwanted operation in the
event of earth faults in the system, a load
resistor must be provided at the broken
delta winding. Depending on the plant (or
substation), a voltage transformer with a
high power (VA) may in fact be sufficient.
If not, an earthing transformer should be
employed. The available measuring wind-
ing can be used for the purpose of voltage
measurement.
Rotor earth-fault protection can be imple-
mented with the unassigned earth-fault
current input. The 7XR61 coupling unit
must be used for this purpose.
Fig. 11/19

Typical connections
Unit connection with neutral transformer

With this system configuration, distur-
bance voltage reduction and damping in
the event of earth faults in the generator
area are effected by a load resistor con-
nected to generator neutral point. The
maximum earth-fault current is limited to
approximately 10 A. Configuration can
take the form of a primary or secondary re-
sistor with neutral transformer. In order to
avoid low secondary resistance, the trans-
formation ratio of the neutral transformer
should be low. The higher secondary volt-
age can be reduced by means of a voltage
divider.
Electrically, the circuit is identical to the
configuration in Figure 11/19.
Fig. 11/20
Connection with low-voltage generators

As is generally known, the low-voltage sys-
tem is solidly earthed, so that the generator
neutral point is connected to earth (see
Figure 11/21). With this configuration,
there is the risk that, as a result of the 3rd
harmonics forming a zero phase-sequence
system, circulating currents will flow via
the N-conductor. This must be limited by 11
the generator or system configuration (re-
actor).
Otherwise, connection corresponds to the
customary standard. In the case of residual
current transformer design, it has to be en-
sured that the thermal current limit (1 s) of
the IEE input is restricted to 300 A.
Fig. 11/21

Typical connections
Connection of an asynchronous motor

The figure shows the standard connection
of motors of medium capacity
(500 kW to <(1-2) MW). In addition to
the short-circuit protection, an earth-fault
protection (VE; IE inputs) is available.
As the busbar voltage is being monitored,
starting of the motor is prevented if the
voltage is too low or - in case of failure of
infeed - the motor circuit-breaker is
opened. Here, the wide range of frequency
is advantangeous. For the detection of tem-
peratures, 2 thermo-boxes (temperature
monitoring boxes) can be connected via a
serial interface.
11
Fig. 11/22

Typical connections
Voltage transformer in open delta

connection (V-connection)
Protection can also be implemented on
voltage transformers in open delta connec-
tion. Figure 11/23 shows the connection
involved. If necessary, the operational
measured values for the phase-to-earth Fig. 11/23
voltages can be slightly asymmetrical. If
this is disturbing, the neutral point (R16)
can be connected to earth via a capacitor.
In the case of open delta connection, it is
not possible to calculate the displacement
voltage from the secondary voltages. It
must be passed to the protection relay
along a different path (for example, voltage
transformer at the generator neutral point
or from the earthing transformer).
Connection with two current transformers

This configuration is to be found in older
systems with insulated or high-resistance
star point. This connection is illustrated in
Fig. 11/24. In the protection unit, the sec-
ondary currents are represented correctly
and, in addition, the positive and the nega-
tive-sequence system are correctly calcu-
lated. Limits of application occur in the
case of low-resistance and solid earthing. Fig. 11/24
11

Technical data
Hardware Output relays

Analog inputs Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz 7UM611 12 (1 NO, 1 optional as NC,
via jumper)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A 7UM612 20 (1 NO, 2 optional as NC,
Earth current, sensitive IEmax 1.6 A via jumper)
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Switching capacity
Power consumption Make 1000 W / VA
With IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA Break 30 VA
With IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA Break (for resistive load) 40 W
For sensitive earth current Approx. 0.05 VA Break (for L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
Voltage inputs (with 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA Switching voltage 250 V
Capability in CT circuits Permissible current 5 A continuous
Thermal (r.m.s. values) 100 IN for 1 s 30 A for 0.5 seconds
30 IN for 10 s
4 IN continuous LEDs
Dynamic (peak) 250 IN (one half cycle) Number
Earth current, sensitive 300 A for 1 s RUN (green) 1
100 A for 10 s ERROR (red) 1
15 A continuous Assignable LED (red)
Dynamic (peak) 750 A (one half cycle) 7UM611 7
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous 7UM612 14
Auxiliary voltage Unit design
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension
60 to 125 V DC drawings, part 15
110 to 250 V DC
and 115 V/230 V AC with 50/60 Hz Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
Permitted tolerance –20 to +20 % For surface-mounting housing IP 51
Superimposed (peak-to-peak) ≤ 15 % For flush-mounting housing
Power consumption Front IP 51
During normal operation Rear IP 50
7UM611 Approx. 4 W For the terminals IP 2x with terminal cover put on
7UM612 Approx. 4.5 W Weight
During pickup with all inputs Flush mounting housing
and outputs activated 7UM611 (1/3 x 19″) Approx. 5.5 kg
7UM611 Approx. 9.5 W 7UM612 (1/2 x 19″) Approx. 7 kg
7UM612 Approx. 12.5 W Surface mounting housing
Bridging time during auxiliary 7UM611 (1/3 x 19″) Approx. 7.5 kg
voltage failure 7UM612 (1/2 x 19″) Approx. 12 kg
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms
≥ 20 ms
11 at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V
Binary inputs
Number
7UM611 7
7UM612 15
3 pickup thresholds 10 to 19 V DC or 44 to 88 V DC
Range is selectable with jumpers 88 to 176 V DC1)
1) Not valid for the CPU board.

Technical data
Serial interfaces Electrical tests

Operating interface for DIGSI 4 Specifications
Connection Non-isolated, RS232, front panel; Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
9-pin subminiature connector ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
UL 508
DIN 57435, part 303
Time synchronization IRIG-B / DCF 77 signal (Format IRIG-B000) For further standards see below.
Connection 9-pin subminiature connector, Insulation tests
terminal with surface-mounting
housing
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz
Voltage levels Selectable 5 V or 12 V or 24 V
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
Service/modem interface for DIGSI 4/modem/service ply, binary inputs communication
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector and time synchronization interfaces
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
Fiber-optic cable Integrated ST-connector RS485/RS232 rear side communica-
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm tion interfaces and time synchroni-
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber zation interface
62.5/125 μm
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
Bridgeable distance Max. 1.5 km
All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
System interface IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU tion interfaces and time synchroni- at intervals of 5 s
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector zation interface, class III
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
(product standards)
PROFIBUS RS485 DIN 57435 part 303
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Baud rate Max. 12 Mbaud
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms, 400 pulses per s;
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud;
and VDE 0435 part 303, class III duration 2 s
100 m at 12 Mbaud
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
PROFIBUS fiber-optic
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV discharge; both polarities;
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector
EN 61000-4-2, class IV 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1)
Baud rate Max. 1.5 Mbaud Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm non-modulated
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Distance 1.6 km (500 kB/s)
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
530 m (1500 kB/s)
amplitude-modulated
1 kHz
11
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
pulse-modulated, IEC 61000-4-3/ frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
IEC 60255-22-4, IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition rate 300 ms;
class IV both polarities;

For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addition-
ally order:
For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type tests Mechanical stress tests
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
(SURGE), IEC 61000-4-5
During operation
Installation, class III
Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode: Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF Vibration Sinusoidal
Differential (transversal) mode: IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm ampli-
1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF IEC 60068-2-6 tude;
Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode: 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Differential (transversal) mode: 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF Shock Half-sinusoidal
Line-conducted HF, amplitude- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms,
modulated 80 % AM; 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
IEC 61000-4-6, class III the 3 axes
Magnetic field with power 30 A/m continuous; Seismic vibration Sinusoidal
frequency 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis)
IEC 60255-6 1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude
(vertical axis)
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second;
(horizontal axis)
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Fast transient surge withstand ca- 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per (vertical axis)
pability second; both polarities; Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω 1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz During transport
ence
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard) Shock Half-sinusoidal
Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
on lines only auxiliary supply Limit class B IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions
IEC-CISPR 22 3 axes
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of
the 3 axes
11

Technical data
Climatic stress tests Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)

Temperatures Setting ranges
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F Pickup overcurrent IP 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h IN = 5 A
Time multiplier 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0.01 s)
Temporarily permissible operating –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F IEC-characteristics T or indefinite
temperature, tested for 96 h
Time multiplier 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.01) or indefinite
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F ANSI-characteristics D
Undervoltage release V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Trip characteristics
permanent storage
IEC Normal inverse; very inverse;
extremely inverse
transport
ANSI Inverse; moderately inverse;
Humidity very inverse; extremely inverse;
Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu- definite inverse
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 IP
units in such a way that they are not % relative humidity; condensation Drop-off threshold Approx. 1.05 IP for IP/IN ≥ 0.3
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- is not permitted
Tolerances
Pickup threshold IP 1 % of set value 10/50 mA
could cause condensation
Pickup threshold V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time for 2 ≤ I/IP ≤ 20 5 % of nominal value + 1 % current
Functions tolerance or 40 ms
General Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49)
Frequency range 11 to 69 Hz Setting ranges
Factor k according to 0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01)
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67) IEC 60255-8
Setting ranges Time constant 30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s)
Overcurrent I>, I>> 0.1 to 8 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at Time delay factor at standstill 1 to 10 (steps 0.01)
IN = 5 A Alarm overtemperature 70 to 100 % related to the trip
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite ΘAlarm/ΘTrip temperature (steps 1 %)
Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
Seal-in time of V< 0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) IN = 5 A
Angle of the directional element – 90 ° to + 90 ° (steps 1 °) Temperature at IN 40 to 200 °C (steps 1 °C)
(at I>) or 104 to 392 °F (steps 1 °F)
Scaling temperature of cooling 40 to 300 °C (steps 1 °C)
Times
medium or 104 to 572 °F (steps 1 °F)
Pickup time I>, I>>
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
At 2 times of set value Approx. 35 ms
At 10 times of set value Approx. 25 ms Drop-off ratio
Drop-off time I>, I>> Approx. 50 ms Θ/ΘTrip Drop-off with ΘAlarm
Drop-off ratio I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Tolerances
Tolerances
Regarding k x IP 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 %
11
Current pickup (starting) I>, 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
according to IEC 60255-8
I>>
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 %
Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
according to IEC 60255-8
Angle of the directional element 1°
for I/(k IN)>1.25
Time delays 1 % or 10 ms

Technical data
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46) Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)

Permissible negative sequence 3 to 30 % (steps 1 %) Forward power PForw.</SN 0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
I2 perm. /IN Forward power PForw.>/SN 1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Definite time trip stage I2 >>/IN 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Negative-sequence factor k 2 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s) Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s) (accurate measuring) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Times Pickup time Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Pickup time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms (fast measuring) Approx. 50 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2 >> Approx. 0.95 (accurate measuring) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off ratio thermal stage Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm. Drop-off time (fast measuring) Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Tolerances
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2 >> 3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative Drop-off ratio PForw.< 1.1 or 0.5 % of SN
sequence Drop-off ratio PForw.> Approx. 0.9 or –0.5 % of SN
Time delays 1 % or 10 ms Tolerances
Thermal characteristic 5 % of nominal value +1 % current Active power PForw.<, PForw.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value
Time for 2 ≤ I2/I2 perm. ≤ 20 tolerance or 600 ms at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40) 0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring
Setting ranges Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Conductance thresholds 1/xd 0.25 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
characteristic (3 characteristics) Impedance protection (ANSI 21)
Inclination angle α1, α2, α3 50 to 120 ° (steps 1 °) Setting ranges
Time delay T 0 to 50 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Overcurrent pickup I> 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
Times IN = 5A
Stator criterion 1/xd Approx. 60 ms Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1V)
characteristic; α Impedance Z1 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Undervoltage blocking Approx. 50 ms (related to IN =1 A)
Impedance Z1B 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Drop-off ratio (related to IN =1 A)
Stator criterion 1/xd Approx. 0.95 Impedance Z2 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
characteristic; α (related to IN =1 A)
Undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.1 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Tolerances Times
Stator criterion 1/xd 3 % of set value Shortest tripping time Approx. 40 ms
characteristic Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms
Stator criterion α 1 ° electrical
Undervoltage blocking 1 % or 0.5 V Drop-off ratio
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Overcurrent pickup I> Approx. 0.95
Undervoltage seal-in V< Approx. 1.05
Tolerances
Setting ranges
11 Reverse power PRev.>/SN –0.5 to –30 % (steps 0.01 %)
Overcurrent pickup I>
Undervoltage seal-in V<
1 % of set value. 10/50 mA
1 % of set value. or 0.5 V
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Impedance measuring Z1, Z2 |ΔZ/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 °
Times Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz); Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz); Setting range
Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz) Undervoltage pickup V<, V<< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
(positive sequence as phase-to-
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6 phase values)
Tolerances Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value Times
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off ratio V<, V<< 1.01 to 1.1 (steps 0.01)
Tolerances
Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V

Technical data
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) 90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-directional, directional

Setting ranges (ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V) Setting ranges
(maximum phase-to-phase Displacement voltage V0 > 5 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
voltage or phase-to-earth- Earth current 3I0 > 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
voltage) Angle of direction element 0 to 360 ° (steps 1 °)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0,01 s) or indefinite
Time Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Pickup times V0>, 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Drop-off times V0>/ 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01) Drop-off ratio V0>, 3I0> 0.7
Tolerances Drop-off difference angle 10 ° directed to power system
Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V Tolerances
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
Setting ranges
Steps; selectable f>, f< 4 Sensitive earth-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R)
Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz) Setting ranges
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Earth current pickup IEE>, 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) IEE>>
Times Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms Measuring circuit supervision 1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms IEE<
Drop-off difference Δf Approx. 20 mHz Times

Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05 Pickup times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 50 ms
Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA
supervision IEE<
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) (ANSI 24)
Tolerances
Setting ranges Earth current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3 harmonics
rd
Characteristic values of V/f 1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4 (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3 H.))

rd
and assigned times t(V/f ) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Setting ranges

Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s) Displacement voltage 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V)
Times (Alarm and V/f>>-stage) V0 (3rd harm.)>, V0 (3rd harm.)<
Pickup times at 1.1 of set value Approx. 60 ms Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off times Approx. 60 ms Active-power release 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or indefinite
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Times
11
Tolerances Pickup time Approx. 80 ms
V/f-pickup 3 % of set value Drop-off time Approx. 80 ms
Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms Drop-off ratio
Undervoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)< Approx. 1.4
Overvoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)> Approx. 0.6
Active-power release Approx. 0.9
Positive-sequence voltage release Approx. 0.95
Tolerances
Displacement voltage 3 % of set value or 0.1 V
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms

Technical data
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor)
Current thresholds I>BF 0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A) Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01)
Time delay BF-T 0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or current IStart max /IN
indefinite Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s)
Time time TStart max
Pickup time Approx. 50 ms Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0,1 min)
Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min)
Tolerances time TRestart, min
Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Permissible number of warm 1 to 4
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms starts nW
Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27) Difference between warm and 1 to 2
cold starts nK-nW
Setting ranges
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0
Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
(running and stop)
5 times at IN= 5 A
Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V) Tolerances
Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms
Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
Times Setting ranges
Reaction time Approx. 25 ms Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s);
Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05 Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Tolerances Times
Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s
External trip coupling Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
Number of external trip couplings 2 for 7UM611 Tolerances
4 for 7UM612 Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Vector jump supervision (voltage)
(only 7UM612)
Setting ranges
Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Stage Δϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °)
Setting ranges Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN
Tolerances
Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN
pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
11 Permissible starting
time TStart max
1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
time TBlocking Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
Times Depending on the settings Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F
Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95 (steps 1 °C or 1 °F)
Tolerances Sensor types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN

Technical data
Operational measured values Additional functions

Description Primary; secondary or per unit (%) Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
Currents IL1; IL2; IL3; IEE; I1; I2 Puffer length max. 600 indications
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values or ± Time solution 1 ms
10 mA ± 1 digit Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Voltages VL1; VL2; VL3; VE; VL12; VL23; VL31; Time solution 1 ms
V1; V2 Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values or ± 0.2 V (criterion: current threshold)
± 1 digit
Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Impedance R, X Phase-summated tripping current
Tolerance 1%
CE conformity
Power S; P; Q
Tolerance 1 % of measured values or ± 0.25 % This product is in conformity with the Directives of the European Com-
SN munities on the harmonization of the laws of the Member States relating
to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC)
Phase angle ϕ and electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
Tolerance <0.1 ° (Council Directive 73/23/EEC).
Power factor cos ϕ (p.f.) This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the
Tolerance 1 % ± 1 digit German standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/
Frequency f Part 303).
Tolerance 10 mHz at (V> 0.5 VN; 40 Hz < f The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an
< 65 Hz) industrial environment according to the EMC standards.
Overexcitation V/f; This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG
Tolerance 1% in accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Thermal measurement ΘL1; ΘL2, ΘL3, Θ I2, ΘV/f, generic standards EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for the EMC Directive and
Tolerance 5% standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Min./max. memory
Memory Measured values with date and time
Via key pad
Via communication
Values
Positive sequence voltage V1
Positive sequence current I1
Active power P
Reactive power Q
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics)
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ– 11
Tolerance 1%
Fault records
Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
1.04 ms at 60 Hz))
Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1, iL2, iL3, iEE
R.m.s. values
Storage period Max. 80 s
Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms at
60 Hz)
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE, P, Q, ϕ, f-fn


7UM61 multifunction generator and
motor protection relay 7UM61¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
Housing 1/3 19", 7 BI, 11 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Current transformer I N
1 A1) 1
5 A1) 5

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V3) 2
60 to 125 V DC2), threshold binary input 19 V3) 4
110 to 220 V DC2), 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V3) 5
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2 tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E
Region-specific default setting/function and language settings

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC characteristics, language: German,
(language can be selected) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI characteristics, language: English (UK),
(language can be selected) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI characteristics, language: English (US),
(language can be selected) C
System interface (rear of units)

PROFIBUS-DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector* 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 H
11 DIGSI 4/modem interface (rear of unit)

No interface 0
DIGSI 4, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2
DIGSI 4, temperature monitoring box, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Measuring functions
Without 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
means of jumpers. Functions 4)
2) Transition between the two auxiliary Generator Basic A

voltage ranges can be selected by Generator Standard B
means of jumpers. Generator Full C
3) The binary input thresholds can be Motor, asynchronous F
selected in stages by means of
jumpers. Additional functions4)
4) For more detailed information on the Without A

functions see Table 11/1 on page 11/4. Network decoupling (df / dt and vector jump) E
* Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = “B”,
please order 7UM61 unit with RS485
port and separate fiber-optic convert-
ers.

DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Profesional Edition
Basis
Professional
SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition.
Connecting cable
Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6100-0CA00
Short code
Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection (group: 013002) 3PP1336-0DZ K2Y
Resistor for stator earth-fault protection (voltage divider, 5 : 1) (group 013001) 3PP1336-1CZ K2Y
Temperature monitoring box (thermo-box)

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
Manual for 7UM61

English C53000-G1176-C127-2
11


package
LSP2089-afpen.tif
3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/27
AMP 1)
2
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000
Fig. 11/25 Mounting rail for 19" rack connector 0-827396-1 1 AMP 1)
AMP 1)
2
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000
0-827397-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
AMP 1)
2
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)

Fig. 11/27 tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/26
3-pin connector For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
2-pin connector
Mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 11/25

LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps

Safety cover for terminals Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 11/3

Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 11/3
Fig. 11/28 Fig. 11/29
for current for voltage
terminals terminals/indi-
cations terminals
11
1) Your local Siemens representative can

inform you on local suppliers.

1) NO or NC with jumper possible.

11
Fig. 11/30
7UM611 connection diagram (IEC standard)

11
Fig. 11/31


11
Fig. 11/32
7UM611 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

11
Fig. 11/33

SIPROTEC 4 7UM62
Multifunction Generator, Motor and Transformer Protection Relay
Function overview
Standard version
Scope of basic version plus:
• Inadvertent energization protection
• 100 %-stator earth-fault protection
with 3rd harmonic
• Impedance protection
Full version
Scope of standard version plus:
LSP2171-afpen.eps
• DC voltage protection
• Overcurrent protection during start-ups
• Earth-current differential protection
• Out-of-step protection
Additional version
Available for each version:
Fig. 11/34 SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 multifunction protection relay for • Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection
generators, motors and transformers (1-3 Hz method)
• Stator earth-fault protection with
adjustments can easily be made to the 20 Hz voltage
Description
varying power station requirements on the • Rate-of-frequency-change protection
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection relays basis of special system conditions.
• Vector jump supervision
can do more than just protect. They also The flexible communication interfaces are
offer numerous additional functions. Be it open for modern communication archi- Monitoring function
earth faults, short-circuits, overloads, over- tectures with the control system. • Trip circuit supervision
voltage, overfrequency or underfrequency The following basic functions are available • Fuse failure monitor
asynchronous conditions, protection relays for all versions:
assure continued operation of power sta- • Operational measured values V, I, f, …
tions. The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 protection Current differential protection for • Energy metering values Wp, Wq
relay is a compact unit which has been generators, motors and transformers,
stator earth-fault protection, sensitive • Time metering of operating hours
specially developed and designed for the
protection of small, medium-sized and earth-fault protection, stator overload pro- • Self-supervision of relay
large generators. They integrate all the tection, overcurrent- time protection (ei- • 8 oscillographic fault records
necessary protection functions and are par- ther definite time or inverse time),
ticularly suited for the protection of: definite-time overcurrent protection with
directionality, undervoltage and overvolt- • System interface
11
− Hydro and pumped-storage generators
age protection, underfrequency and – IEC 61850 protocol
− Co-generation stations overfrequency protection, overexcitation – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
− Private power stations using regenera- and underexcitation protection, external
– PROFIBUS-DP
tive energy sources such as wind or trip coupling, forward-power and reverse-
biogases power protection, negative-sequence pro- – MODBUS RTU
tection, breaker failure protection, rotor – DNP 3.0
− Diesel generator stations
earth-faults protection (fn, R-measuring), Hardware
− Gas-turbine power stations
motor starting time supervision and restart
− Industrial power stations inhibit for motors. • Analog inputs
− Conventional steam power stations. • 8 current transformers
The SIPROTEC 4 7UM62 includes all • 4 voltage transformers
necessary protection functions for large • 7/15 binary inputs
synchronous and asynchronous motors • 12/20 output relays
and for transformers.
Front design
The integrated programmable logic
functions (continuous function chart • User-friendly local operation
CFC) offer the user high flexibility so that • 7/14 LEDs for local alarm
• Function keys
• Graphic display with 7UM623

Generator Basic
Application Construction
One application concentrates on small and
The 7UM6 protection relays of the medium generators for which differential The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform
SIPROTEC 4 family are compact multi- protection is required. The function mix is design and a degree of functionality which
function units which have been developed also suitable as backup protection. Protec- represents a whole new quality in protec-
for small to medium-sized power generation of synchronous motors is a further ap- tion and control.
tion plants. They incorporate all the neces- plication. Local operation has been designed accord-
sary protective functions and are especially
ing to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-to-
suitable for the protection of: Generator Standard
read displays were a major design aim. The
– Hydro and pumped-storage generators In the case of medium-size generators 7UM623 is equipped with a graphic display
– Co-generation stations (10 to 100 MVA) in a unit connection, this thus providing and depicting more infor-
scope of functions offers all necessary mation especially in industrial applica-
– Private power stations using regenera-
protection functions. Besides inadvertent tions. The DIGSI 4 operating program
tive energy sources such as wind or considerably simplifies planning and engi-
energization protection, it also includes
biogases powerful backup protection for the trans- neering and reduces commissioning times.
– Power generation with diesel former or the power system. The scope of
The 7UM621 and 7UM623 are configured
generators protection is also suitable for units in the
in 1/2 19 inches width. This means that the
– Gas turbine power stations second protection group. units of previous models can be replaced.
– Industrial power stations The height throughout all housing width
– Conventional steam power stations. Generator Full increments is 243 mm.
They can also be employed for protection Here, all protection functions are available All wires are connected directly or by
of motors and transformers. and the main application focuses on large means of ring-type cable lugs. Alterna-
block units (more than 100 MVA). The tively, versions with plug-in terminals are
The numerous other additional functions function mix includes all necessary protec-
assist the user in ensuring cost-effective also available. These permit the use of
tion functions for the generator as well as prefabricated cable harnesses.
system management and reliable power backup protection for the block trans-
supply. Measured values display current former including the power system. Addi- In the case of panel surface mounting, the
operating conditions. Stored status indica- tional functions such as protection during connecting terminals are in the form of
tions and fault recording provide assistance start-up for generators with starting con- screw-type terminals at top and bottom.
in fault diagnosis not only in the event of a verters are also included. The communication interfaces are also
disturbance in generator operation. arranged on the same sides.
The scope of functions can be used for the
Combination of the units makes it possible second protection group, and functions
to implement effective redundancy con- that are not used, can be masked out.
cepts.
Asynchronous motor
Besides differential protection, this func-
Numerous protection functions are neces- tion package includes all protection func-
sary for reliable protection of electrical ma- tions needed to protect large asynchronous
chines. Their extent and combination are motors (more than 1 MVA). Stator and
11 determined by a variety of factors, such as bearing temperatures are measured by a
LSP2166-afpen.eps
machine size, mode of operation, plant separate thermo-box and are transmitted
configuration, availability requirements, serially to the protection unit for evalua-
experience and design philosophy. tion.
This results in multifunctionality, which is
implemented in outstanding fashion by Transformer
numerical technology. This scope of functions not only includes Fig. 11/35
differential and overcurrent protection, Rear view with wiring terminal
In order to satisfy differing requirements, safety cover and serial interface
the combination of functions is scalable but also a number of protection functions
(see Table 11/3). Selection is facilitated by that permit monitoring of voltage and fre-
division into five groups. quency stress, for instance. The reverse-
power protection can be used for energy
recovery monitoring of parallel-connected
transformers.

Protection functions Abbre- ANSI No. Gene- Gene- Gene- Motor Trans-
viation rator rator rator Asyn- former
Basic Standard Full chronous
Current differential protection ΔI 87G/87T/87M X X X X X
Stator earth-fault protection V0>, 3I0> 59N, 64G X X X X X
non-directional, directional \(V0, 3I0) 67G
Sensitive earth-fault protection IEE> 50/51GN X X X X X
(also rotor earth-fault protection) (64R)
Sensitive earth-fault prot. B (e.g. shaft current prot.) IEE-B> IEE-B< 51GN X X X X X
2
Stator overload protection It 49 X X X X X
Definite-time overcurrent prot. with undervolt. seal-in I> +V< 51 X X X X X
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional I>>, Direc. 50/51/67 X X X X X
Inverse-time overcurrent protection t = f (I)+V< 51V X X X X X
Overvoltage protection V> 59 X X X X X
Undervoltage protection V<, t = f (V) 27 X X X X X
Frequency protection f<, f> 81 X X X X X
Reverse-power protection -P 32R X X X X X
Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) V/f 24 X X X X X
Fuse failure monitor V2/V1, I2/I1 60FL X X X X X
External trip coupling Incoup. 4 4 4 4 4
Trip circuit supervision T.C.S. 74TC X X X X X
Forward-power protection P>, P< 32F X X X X X
Underexcitation protection (loss-of-field protection) 1/xd 40 X X X
Negative-sequence protection I2>, t = f (I2) 46 X X X X
Breaker failure protection Imin> 50BF X X X X X
2
Motor starting time supervision Istart t 48 X X X X
2
Restart inhibit for motors It 66, 49 Rotor X X X X
Rotor earth-fault protection (fn, R-measuring) R< 64R (fn) X X X
Inadvertent energization protection I>, V< 50/27 X X
rd
100 % stator earth-fault protection V0(3rd harm.) 59TN, 27TN 3 X X
rd
with 3 harmonics h
Impedance protection with (I>+V<) pickup Z< 21 X X
Interturn protection
DC voltage / DC current time protection
UInterturn> 59N(IT)
59N (DC)
X X
11
Vdc > X
Idc > 51N (DC)
Overcurrent protection during startup I> 51 X
(for gas turbines)
1) 1) 1) 1)
Earth-current differential protection ΔIe 87GN/TN X X X X X
Out-of-step protection ΔZ/Δt 78 X
1) 1) 1)
Rotor earth-fault protection (1-3 Hz square wave voltage) RREF< 64R (1–3 Hz) X X X
1) 1) 1)
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage RSEF< 64G (100 %) X X X
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection df/dt > 81R X X X X X
1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Δ > X X X X X
Threshold supervision X X X X X
Supervision of phase rotation A, B, C 47 X X X X X
Undercurrent via CFC I< 37 X X X X X
External temperature monitoring via serial interface (Thermo-box) 38 X X X X X
Table 11/3 Scope of functions of the 7UM62
1) Optional for all function groups.

Current differential protection

(ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
This function provides undelayed short-cir-
cuit protection for generators, motors and
transformers, and is based on the current
differential protection principle (Kirchhoff’s
current law).
The differential and restraint (stabilization)
current are calculated on the basis of the
phase currents. Optimized digital filters reli-
ably attenuate disturbances such as aperio-
dic component and harmonics. The high
resolution of measured quantities permits
recording of low differential currents (10 %
of IN) and thus a very high sensitivity.
An adjustable restraint characteristic per- Fig. 11/36 Restraint characteristic of current differential protection
mits optimum adaptation to the conditions
of the protected object. Software is used to
correct the possible mismatch of the current
transformers and the phase angle rotation
through the transformer (vector group).
Thanks to harmonic analysis of the differen-
tial current, inrush (second harmonic) and
overexcitation (fifth harmonic) are reliably
detected, and unwanted operation of the
differential protection is prevented. The
current of internal short-circuits is reliably
measured by a fast measuring stage
(IDiff>>), which operates with two mutually
complementary measuring processes. An
external short-circuit with transformer satu-
ration is picked up by a saturation detector
with time and status monitoring. It becomes
active when the differential current (IDiff)
moves out of the add-on restraint area.
Fig. 11/37 Restraint characteristic of earth-current differential protection
If a motor is connected, this is detected by
11 monitoring the restraint current and the
restraint characteristic is briefly raised. The differential and restraint quantity is
This prevents false tripping in the event of generated and fitted into the restraint
unequal current transmission by the cur- characteristic (see Fig. 11/37).
rent transformers.
DC components in particular are sup-
Figure 11/36 shows the restraint pressed by means of specially dimensioned
characteristic and various areas. filters. A number of monitoring proc-
esses avoid unwanted operation in the event
Earth-current differential protection of external short-circuits. In the case of a
(ANSI 87GN, 87TN) sensitive setting, multiple measurement
The earth-current differential protection ensures the necessary reliability.
permits high sensitivity to single-pole faults. However, attention must be drawn to the
The zero currents are compared. On the one fact that the sensitivity limits are determined
hand, the zero-sequence current is calcu- by the current transformers.
lated on the basis of the phase currents and
on the other hand, the earth current is mea- The protection function is only used on
sured directly at the star-point current generators when the neutral point is
transformer. earthed with a low impedance. In the case
of transformers, it is connected on the neu-
tral side. Low impedance or solid earthing
is also required.

Definite-time overcurrent protection

I>, I>> (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
This protection function comprises the
short-circuit protection for the generator
and also the backup protection for up-
stream devices such as transformers or
power system protection.
An undervoltage stage at I> maintains the
pickup when, during the fault, the current
drops below the threshold. In the event of a
Fig. 11/38 Characteristic of negative-sequence protection
voltage drop on the generator terminals, the
static excitation system can no longer be
sufficiently supplied. This is one reason for Stator overload protection (ANSI 49) Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
the decrease of the short-circuit current.
The task of the overload protection is to Asymmetrical current loads in the three
The I>> stage can be implemented as protect the stator windings of generators phases of a generator cause a temperature
high-set instantaneous trip stage. With the and motors from high, continuous over- rise in the rotor because of the negative-
integrated directional function it can be load currents. All load variations are evalu- sequence field produced.
used as backup protection on the trans- ated by a mathematical model. The
This protection detects an asymmetrical
former high-voltage side. With the infor- thermal effect of the r.m.s. current value
load in three-phase generators. It functions
mation of the directional element, forms the basis of the calculation.
on the basis of symmetrical components
impedance protection can be controlled This conforms to IEC 60255-8.
and evaluates the negative sequence of the
via the CFC. In dependency of the current, the cooling
phase currents. The thermal processes are
time constant is automatically extended. If
Inverse-time overcurrent protection taken into account in the algorithm and
the ambient temperature or the tempera-
(ANSI 51V) form the inverse characteristic. In addition,
ture of the coolant are injected via a trans-
the negative sequence is evaluated by an in-
ducer (TD2) or PROFIBUS-DP, the model
This function also comprises short-circuit dependent stage (alarm and trip) which is
automatically adapts to the ambient condi-
and backup protection and is used for supplemented by a time-delay element (see
tions; otherwise a constant ambient tem-
power system protection with current- Figure 11/38). In the case of motors, the
perature is assumed.
dependent protection devices. protection function is also used to monitor
a phase failure.
IEC and ANSI characteristics can be
selected (Table 11/4).
The current function can be controlled by Available inverse-time characteristics
evaluating the generator terminal voltage. Characteristics ANSI IEC 60255-3
The “controlled” version releases the Inverse • •
sensitive set current stage. Moderately inverse •
With the “restraint” version, the pickup Very inverse • •
11
value of the current is lowered linearly with
decreasing voltage.
The fuse failure monitor prevents
unwanted operation. Table 11/4
Underexcitation protection The straight-line characteristics allow the

(Loss-of-field protection) (ANSI 40) protection to be optimally adapted to the
generator diagram (see Figure 11/39). The
Derived from the generator terminal voltage
per-unit-presentation of the diagram allows
and current, the complex admittance is cal-
the setting values to be directly read out.
culated and corresponds to the generator
diagram scaled in per unit. This protection The positive-sequence systems of current
prevents damage due to loss of synchronism and voltage are used to calculate the admit-
resulting from underexcitation. The protec- tance. This ensures that the protection al-
tion function provides three characteristics ways operates correctly even with asymme-
for monitoring static and dynamic stability. trical network conditions.
Via a transducer, the excitation voltage (see
If the voltage deviates from the rated volt-
Figure 11/52) can be injected and, in the
age, the admittance calculation has the ad-
event of failure, a swift reaction of the pro-
vantage that the characteristics move in the
tection function can be achieved by timer
same direction as the generator diagram.
changeover.


The reverse-power protection monitors the
direction of active power flow and picks up
when the mechanical energy fails. This
function can be used for operational shut- Fig. 11/39
down (sequential tripping) of the genera-
Characteristic of underexcitation
tor but also prevents damage to the steam protection
turbines. The reverse power is calculated
from the positive-sequence systems of cur-
rent and voltage. Asymmetrical power sys-
tem faults therefore do not cause reduced
measuring accuracy. The position of the
emergency trip valve is injected as binary
information and is used to switch between
two trip command delays. When applied
for motor protection, the sign (±) of the
active power can be reversed via parame-
ters.
Fig. 11/40
Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Monitoring of the active power produced
by a generator can be useful for starting up
and shutting down generators. One stage tions and prevents the voltage-related insta- Overexcitation protection Volt/Hertz
monitors exceeding of a limit value, while bility of such machines. (ANSI 24)
another stage monitors falling below an-
other limit value. The power is calculated The function can also be used for monitor- The overexcitation protection serves for de-
using the positive-sequence component of ing purposes. tection of an unpermissible high induction
current and voltage. The function can be (proportional to V/f) in generators or trans-
used to shut down idling motors. Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) formers, which leads to thermal overload-
ing. This may occur when starting up,
This protection prevents insulation faults
Impedance protection (ANSI 21) shutting down under full load, with weak
that result when the voltage is too high.
systems or under isolated operation. The in-
This fast short-circuit protection protects Either the maximum line-to-line voltages verse characteristic can be set via eight
the generator and the unit transformer and or the phase-to-earth voltages (for low- points derived from the manufacturer data.
is a backup protection for the power system. voltage generators) can be evaluated. The
This protection has two settable impedance In addition, a definite-time alarm stage
measuring results of the line-to-line volt-
stages; in addition, the first stage can be and an instantaneous stage can be used.
ages are independent of the neutral point
switched over via binary input. With the cir- For calculation of the V/f ratio, frequency
displacement caused by earth faults. This
and also the highest of the three line-to-
11 cuit-breaker in the “open” position the im-
pedance measuring range can be extended
function is implemented in two stages.
line voltages are used. The frequency range
(see Figure 11/40). Frequency protection (ANSI 81) that can be monitored comprises 11 to
69 Hz.
The overcurrent pickup element with The frequency protection prevents imper-
undervoltage seal-in ensures a reliable missible stress of the equipment (e.g. tur-
pickup and the loop selection logic ensures bine) in case of under or overfrequency. It
a reliable detection of the faulty loop. With also serves as a monitoring and control ele-
this logic it is possible to perform correct ment.
measurement via the unit transformer.
The function has four stages; the stages can
Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27) be implemented either as underfrequency
The undervoltage protection evaluates the or overfrequency protection. Each stage
positive-sequence components of the volt- can be delayed separately.
ages and compares them with the threshold
Even in the event of voltage distortion, the
values. There are two stages available.
frequency measuring algorithm reliably
The undervoltage function is used for asyn- identifies the fundamental waves and de-
chronous motors and pumped-storage sta- termines the frequency extremely precisely.
Frequency measurement can be blocked by
using an undervoltage stage.

90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-di-

rectional, directional (ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Earth faults manifest themselves in genera-
tors that are operated in isolation by the Fig. 11/41
occurence of a displacement voltage. In case Logic diagram of breaker
of unit connections, the displacement volt- failure protection
age is an adequate, selective criterion for
protection.
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3 Inadvertent energization protection
For the selective earth-fault detection, the
rd
harmonic (ANSI 59TN, 27TN (3 H.)) (ANSI 50, 27)

direction of the flowing earth current has to
rd
be evaluated too, if there is a direct connec- Owing to the creative design, the generator This protection has the function of limiting
tion between generator and busbar. produces a 3rd harmonic that forms a zero the damage of the generator in the event of
phase-sequence system. It is verifiable by the an unintentional switch-on of the circuit-
The protection relay measures the displace-
protection on a broken delta winding or on breaker, whether the generator is standing
ment voltage at a VT located at the trans-
the neutral transformer. The magnitude of still or rotating without being excited or
former star point or at the broken delta
the voltage amplitude depends on the gen- synchronized. If the power system voltage is
winding of a VT As an option, it is also pos-
erator and its operation. connected, the generator starts as an asyn-
sible to calculate the zero-sequence voltage
chronous machine with a large slip and this
from the phase-to-earth voltages. In the event of an earth fault in the vicinity
leads to excessively high currents in the
of the neutral point, there is a change in the
Depending on the load resistor selection, 90 rotor.
amplitude of the 3rd harmonic voltage
to 95 % of the stator winding of a generator
(dropping in the neutral point and rising at A logic circuit consisting of sensitive cur-
can be protected.
the terminals). rent measurement for each phase, mea-
A sensitive current input is available for sured value detector, time control and
Depending on the connection the protec-
earth-current measurement. This input blocking as of a minimum voltage, leads to
tion must be set either as undervoltage or
should be connected to a core-balance cur- an instantaneous trip command. If the fuse
overvoltage protection. It can also be de-
rent transformer. The fault direction is de- failure monitor responds, this function is
layed. So as to avoid overfunction, the active
duced from the displacement voltage and ineffective.
power and the positive-sequence voltage act
earth current. The directional characteristic
as enabling criteria. Rotor earth-fault protection (ANSI 64R)
(straight line) can be easily adapted to the
system conditions. Effective protection for The picked-up threshold of the voltage stage This protection function can be realized in
direct connection of a generator to a busbar is restrained by the active power. This in- three ways with the 7UM62. The simplest
can therefore be established. During start- creases sensitivity at low load. form is the method of rotor-current mea-
up, it is possible to switch over from the di-
The final protection setting can be made surement (see sensitive earth-current mea-
rectional to the displacement voltage mea-
only by way of a primary test with the gen- surement).
surement via an externally injected signal.
erator. Resistance measurement at system-
Depending on the protection setting,
frequency voltage
various earth-fault protection concepts can Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF)
be implemented with this function The second form is rotor earth resistance 11
In the event of scheduled downtimes or a
(see Figures 11/51 to 11/54). measurement with voltage at system fre-
fault in the generator, the generator can re-
quency (see Fig. 11/56). This protection
Sensitive earth-fault protection main on line if the circuit-breaker is defec-
measures the voltage injected and the flow-
(ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) tive and could suffer substantial damage.
ing rotor earth current. Taking into ac-
Breaker failure protection evaluates a mini- count the complex impedance from the
The sensitive earth-current input can also
mum current and the circuit-breaker aux- coupling device (7XR61), the rotor earth
be used as separate earth-fault protection. It
iliary contact. It can be started by internal resistance is calculated by way of a mathe-
is of two-stage form. Secondary earth cur-
protective tripping or externally via binary matical model. By means of this method,
rents of 2 mA or higher can be reliably han-
input. Two-channel activation avoids the disturbing influence of the rotor earth
dled.
overfunction (see Figure 11/41). capacitance is eliminated, and sensitivity is
Alternatively, this input is also suitable as increased. Fault resistance values up to
rotor earth-fault protection. A voltage with 30 kΩ can be measured if the excitation
rated frequency (50 or 60 Hz) is connected voltage is without disturbances. Thus, a
in the rotor circuit via the interface unit two-stage protection function, which fea-
7XR61. If a higher earth current is flowing, tures a warning and a tripping stage, can be
a rotor earth fault has occurred. Measuring realized. An additionally implemented un-
circuit monitoring is provided for this ap- dercurrent stage monitors the rotor circuit
plication (see Figure 11/56). for open circuit and issues an alarm.

Phase-angle errors through the earthing or As shown in Fig. 11/55, the direct current
neutral transformer are measured during is measured by means of a shunt trans-
Resistance measurement with a square wave commissioning and are corrected in the al- former (measuring transducer) connected
voltage of 1 to 3 Hz gorithm. directly to the shunt. Voltages or currents
are fed to the 7UM62 depending on the
A higher sensitivity is required for larger The protection function has a warning and
version of the measuring transducer. The
generators. On the one hand, the disturbing tripping stage. The measurement circuit is
measurement algorithm filters out the DC
influence of the rotor earth capacitance also monitored and failure of the 20 Hz
component and takes the threshold value
must be eliminated more effectively and, on generator is measured.
decision. The protection function is active
the other hand, the noise ratio with respect Independent of earth resistance calcula- as from 0 Hz.
to the harmonics (e.g. sixth harmonic) of tion, the protection function additionally
the excitation equipment must be increased. If the measuring transducer transmits a
evaluates the amount of the r.m.s. current
Injecting a low-frequency square wave volt- voltage for protection, the connection must
value.
age into the rotor circuit has proven itself be interference-free and must be kept short.
excellently here (see Figure 11/57). Starting time supervision (motor protection The implemented function can also be
only) (ANSI 48) used for special applications. Thus, the
The square wave voltage injected through
the controlling unit 7XT71 leads to perma- r.m.s. value can be evaluated for the quan-
nent recharging of the rotor earth capaci- tity applied at the input over a wide fre-
against long unwanted start-ups, which
tance. By way of a shunt in the controlling quency range.
might occur as a result of excessive load
unit, the flowing earth current is measured torque or excessive voltage drops within the
Overcurrent protection during start-up
and is injected into the protection unit motor, or if the rotor is locked.
(ANSI 51)
(measurement input). In the absence of a
fault (RE ≈ ∞), the rotor earth current after The tripping time is dependent on the
Gas turbines are started by means of fre-
charging of the earth capacitance is close to square of the start-up current and the set
quency starting converters. Overcurrent
zero. In the event of an earth fault, the start-up time (Inverse Characteristic). It
protection during start-up measures short-
fault resistance including the coupling re- adapts itself to the start-up with reduced
circuits in the lower frequency level (as
sistance (7XR6004), and also the injecting voltage. The tripping time is determined in
from about 5 Hz) and is designed as inde-
voltage, defines the stationary current. The accordance with the following formula:
pendent overcurrent-time protection. The
current square wave voltage and the fre- ⎛I ⎞
2 pickup value is set below the rated current.
quency are measured via the second input t Trip = ⎜ start ⎟ ⋅ t start max The function is only active during start-up.
(control input). Fault resistance values up ⎝ Irms ⎠ If frequencies are higher than 10 Hz, sam-
to 80 kΩ can be measured by this measure- pling frequency correction takes effect and
tTrip Tripping time
ment principle. The rotor earth circuit is the further short-circuit protection func-
monitored for discontinuities by evalua- Istart Permissible start-up current tions are active.
tion of the current during the polarity re- tstart max Permissible start-up time
versals. Irms Measured r.m.s. current value Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
100% stator earth-fault protection with This protection function serves to measure
Calculation is not started until the current
20 Hz injection (ANSI 64 G (100%)) power swings in the system. If generators
Irms is higher than an adjustable response
feed to a system short-circuit for too long,
Injecting a 20 Hz voltage to detect earth value (e.g. 2 IN, MOTOR). low frequency transient phenomena (active
11 faults even at the neutral point of generators
has proven to be a safe and reliable method.
If the permissible locked-rotor time is less power swings) between the system and the
generator may occur after fault clearing. If
than the permissible start-up time (motors
Contrary to the third harmonic criterion with a thermally critical rotor), a binary the center of power swing is in the area of
(see page 11/8), it is independent of the signal is set to detect a locked rotor by the block unit, the “active power surges”
generator’s characteristics and the mode means of a tachometer generator. This bi- lead to unpermissible mechanical stressing
of operation. Measurement is also possible nary signal releases the set locked-rotor of the generator and the turbine.
during system standstill (Fig. 11/55). time, and tripping occurs after it has As the currents and voltages are symmetri-
This protection function is designed so as to elapsed. cal, the positive-sequence impedance is
detect both earth faults in the entire genera- calculated on the basis of their positive-
tor (genuine 100 %) and all electrically con- DC voltage time protection/DC current time
sequence components and the impedance
nected system components. protection (ANSI 59N (DC) 51N (DC))
trajectory is evaluated. Symmetry is also
Hydroelectric generators or gas turbines are monitored by evaluation of the negative-
The protection unit measures the injected
started by way of frequency starting con- phase-sequence current. Two characteris-
20 Hz voltage and the flowing 20 Hz cur-
verters. An earth fault in the intermediate tics in the R/X diagram describe the active
rent. The disturbing variables, for example
circuit of the frequency starting converter range (generator, unit transformer or
stator earth capacitance, are eliminated by
causes DC voltage displacement and thus a power system) of the out-of-step protec-
way of a mathematical model, and the
direct current. As the neutral or earthing tion. The associated counters are incre-
ohmic fault resistance is determined.
transformers have a lower ohmic resistance mented depending on the range of the
On the one hand, this ensures high sensitiv- than the voltage transformers, the largest characteristic in which the impedance
ity and, on the other hand, it permits use of part of the direct current flows through vector enters or departs. Tripping occurs
generators with large earth capacitance val- them, thus posing a risk of destruction from when the set counter value is reached.
ues, e.g. large hydroelectric generators. thermal overloading.

The counters are automatically reset if

power swing no longer occurs after a set
time. By means of an adjustable pulse, ev-
ery power swing can be signaled. Expan-
sion of the characteristic in the R direction
defines the power swing angle that can be
measured. An angle of 120 ° is practicable.
The characteristic can be tilted over an ad-
justable angle to adapt to the conditions
prevailing when several parallel generators
feed into the system.
Inverse undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)

Motors tend to fall out of step when their
torque is less than the breakdown torque.
This, in turn, depends on the voltage. On
the one hand, it is desirable to keep the mo- Fig. 11/42
tors connected to the system for as long as Ranges of the characteristic and
possible while, on the other hand, the possible oscillation profiles.
torque should not fall below the breakdown
level. This protection task is realized by in-
verse undervoltage protection. The inverse
Rate-of-frequency-change protection cooling phenomena in the rotor are
characteristic is started if the voltage is less
(ANSI 81) simulated by a thermal replica. The rotor
than the pickup threshold Vp<. The tripping
temperature is determined on the basis of
time is inversely proportional to the voltage The frequency difference is determined on
the stator currents. Restart inhibit permits
dip (see equation). The protection function the basis of the calculated frequency over a
restart of the motor only if the rotor has
uses the positive-sequence voltage, for the time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
enough thermal reserve for a completely
protection decision. mentary rate-of-frequency change. The
new start. Fig. 11/43 illustrates the thermal
function is designed so that it reacts to
I profile for a permissible triple start out of
t TRIP = ⋅ TM both positive and negative rate-of-
V the cold state. If the thermal reserve is too
I− frequency changes. Exceeding of the per-
low, the restart inhibit function issues a
Vp missible rate-of-frequency change is moni-
blocking signal with which the motor start-
tored constantly. Release of the relevant
tTRIP Tripping time ing circuit can be blocked. The blockage is
direction depends on whether the actual
canceled again after cooling down and the
V Voltage frequency is above or below the rated fre-
thermal value has dropped below the
Vp Pickup value quency. In total, four stages are available,
pickup threshold.
and can be used optionally.
TM Time multiplier
As the fan provides no forced cooling
System disconnection
Vector jump when the motor is off, it cools down more
slowly. Depending on the operating state,
11
Monitoring the phase angle in the voltage
Take the case of in-plant generators feed- the protection function controls the cool-
is a criterion for identifying an interrupted
ing directly into a system. The incoming ing time constant. A value below a mini-
infeed. If the incoming line should fail, the
line is generally the legal entity boundary mum current is an effective changeover
abrupt current discontinuity leads to a
between the system owner and the in-plant criterion.
phase angle jump in the voltage. This is
generator. If the incoming line fails as the
measured by means of a delta process. The
result of auto-reclosure, for instance, a Sensitive earth-fault protection B
command for opening the generator or
voltage or frequency deviation may occur (ANSI 51 GN)
coupler circuit-breaker is issued if the set
depending on the power balance at the
threshold is exceeded. The IEE-B sensitive earth-fault protection
feeding generator. Asynchronous condi-
feature of 7UM62 provides greater flexibil-
tions may arise in the event of connection,
Restart inhibit for motors ity and can be used for the following appli-
which may lead to damage on the genera-
(ANSI 66, 49Rotor) cations:
tor or the gearing between the generator
and the turbine. Besides the classic criteria When cold or at operating temperature, • Any kind of earth-fault current supervi-
such as voltage and frequency, the follow- motors may only be connected a certain sion to detect earth faults (fundamental
ing two criteria are also applied: vector number of times in succession. The start-up and 3rd harmonics)
jump, rate-of-frequency-change protec- current causes heat development in the ro-
tion. • Protection against load resistances
tor which is monitored by the restart inhibit
function. • Shaft current protection in order to detect
shaft currents of the generator shaft and
Contrary to classical counting methods, in
prevent that bearings take damage.
the restart inhibit function the heat and

The sensitive earth-current protection IEE-B

uses either the hardware input IEE1 or IEE2.
These inputs are designed in a way that al-
lows them to cut off currents greater than
1.6 A (thermal limit, see technical data).
This has to be considered for the applica-
tions or for the selection of the current
transformers.
The shaft current protection function is of
particular interest in conjunction with hy-
dro-electric generators. Due to their con-
struction, the hydroelectric generators
have relatively long shafts. A number of
factors such as friction, magnetic fields of
the generators and others can build up a
voltage across the shaft which then acts as
voltage source (electro-motive force-emf).
This inducted voltage of approx. 10 to 30 V
is dependent on the load, the system and Fig. 11/43 Temperature characteristic at rotor and thermal replica of the rotor (multiple start-ups)
the machine.
If the oil film covering a bearing is too An FIR filter determines the fundamental 2 pre-definable parameter groups
thin, breakdown can occur. Due to the low component of the voltage based an the
resistance (shaft, bearing and earthing), In the protection, the setting values can be
scanned displacement voltage. Selecting an
high currents may flow that destroy the stored in two data sets. In addition to the
appropriate window function has the effect
bearing. Past experience has shown that standard parameter group, the second
that the sensitivity towards higher-fre-
currents greater than 1 A are critical for the group is provided for certain operating
quency oscillations is improved and the
bearings. As different bearings can be af- conditions (pumped-storage power sta-
disturbing influence of the third harmonic
fected, the current entering the shaft is de- tions). It can be activated via binary input,
is eliminated while achieving the required
tected by means of a special transformer local control or DIGSI 4.
measurement sensitivity.
(folding transformer).
Lockout (ANSI 86)
External trip coupling
Interturn protection (ANSI 59N (IT))
All binary outputs (alarm or trip relays)
For recording and processing of external
The interturn fault protection detects faults can be stored like LEDs and reset using the
trip information, there are 4 binary inputs.
between turns within a generator winding LED reset key. The lockout state is also
They are provided for information from
(phase). This situation may involve rela- stored in the event of supply voltage fail-
the Buchholz relay or generator-specific
tively high circulating currents that flow in ure. Reclosure can only occur after the
commands and act like a protection func-
the short-circuited turns and damage the lockout state is reset.
tion. Each input initiates a fault event and
11 winding and the stator. The protection
function is characterized by a high sensitiv-
can be individually delayed by a timer.
Fuse failure and other monitoring
ity. Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC) The relay comprises high-performance
The displacement voltage is measured at monitoring for the hardware and software.
the open delta winding by means of 3 monitoring the circuit-breaker trip coil in- The measuring circuits, analog-digital con-
two-phase isolated voltage transformers. cluding its incoming cables. An alarm signal version, power supply voltages, memories
So as to be insensitive towards earth faults, occurs whenever the circuit is interrupted. and software sequence (watch-dog) are all
the isolated voltage transformer star point monitored.
has to be connected to the generator star Phase rotation reversal
point by means of a high-voltage cable. The fuse failure function detects failure of
The voltage transformer star point must If the relay is used in a pumped-storage the measuring voltage due to short-circuit
not be earthed since this implies that the power plant, matching to the prevailing ro- or open circuit of the wiring or VT and
generator star point, too, would be earthed tary field is possible via a binary input avoids overfunction of the undervoltage ele-
with the consequence that each fault would (generator/motor operation via phase rota- ments in the protection functions.
lead to a single-pole earth fault. tion reversal).
The positive and negative-sequence system
In the event of an interturn fault, the volt- (voltage and current) are evaluated.
age in the affected phase will be reduced
causing a displacement voltage that is de- Filter time
tected at the broken delta winding. The All binary inputs can be subjected to a
sensitivity is limited rather by the winding filter time (indication suppression).
asymmetries than by the protection unit.

and system interlocking. Access to the

Communication
units via the Ethernet bus will also be pos-
With respect to communication, particular sible with DIGSI.
emphasis has been placed on high levels of
IEC 60870-5-103
standards common in energy automation. IEC 60870-5-103 is an internationally
The design of the communication modules standardized protocol for communication
permits interchangeability on the one in the protected area.
openness for future standards (for exam- IEC 60870-5-103 is supported by a number
ple, Industrial Ethernet). of protection unit manufacturers and is
used worldwide.
Local PC interface The generator protection functions are
The PC interface accessible from the front stored in the manufacturer-specific, pub-
of the unit permits quick access to all lished part of the protocol.
parameters and fault event data. The use Fig. 11/44
of the DIGSI 4 operating program PROFIBUS-DP IEC 60870-5-103 star-type RS232 copper conduc-
tor connection or fiber-optic connection
during commissioning is particularly PROFIBUS is an internationally standard-
advantageous. ized communication system (EN 50170).
Rear-mounted interfaces PROFIBUS is supported internationally by

several hundred manufacturers.
At the rear of the unit there is one fixed in-
terface and two communication modules With the PROFIBUS-DP, the protection
which incorporate optional equipment can be directly connected to a
complements and permit retrofitting. They SIMATIC S5/S7. The transferred data are
assure the ability to comply with the re- fault data, measured values and informa-
quirements of different communication in- tion from or to the logic (CFC).
terfaces (electrical or optical) and protocols
(IEC 60870, PROFIBUS, DIGSI). MODBUS RTU
The interfaces make provision for the fol- MODBUS is also a widely utilized commu-
lowing applications: nication standard and is used in numerous
automation solutions.
Service interface (fixed)
DNP 3.0
In the RS485 version, several protection
units can be centrally operated with DIGSI 4. DNP 3.0 (Distributed Network Protocol
By using a modem, remote control is pos- version 3) is a messaging-based communi-
cation protocol. The SIPROTEC 4 units Fig. 11/45
sible. This provides advantages in fault Bus structure for station bus with Ethernet
clearance, in particular in unmanned sub- are fully Level 1 and Level 2 compliant
and IEC 61850, fiber-optic ring
stations. with DNP 3.0. DNP 3.0 is supported by a
number of protection device manufactur-
ers.
11
System interface
This is used to communicate with a control Safe bus architecture
or protection and control system and sup-
ports, depending on the module con- • RS485 bus
nected, a variety of communication With this data transmission via copper
protocols and interface designs. Further- conductors, electromagnetic interference
more, the units can exchange data through influences are largely eliminated by the
this interface via Ethernet and IEC 61850 use of twisted-pair conductor. Upon fail-
protocol and can also be operated by ure of a unit, the remaining system con-
DIGSI. tinues to operate without any faults.
IEC 61850 protocol The fiber-optic double ring circuit is im-
The Ethernet-based IEC 61850 protocol is mune to electromagnetic interference.
the worldwide standard for protection and Upon failure of a section between two
control systems used by power supply cor- units, the communication system contin-
porations. Siemens is of the first manufac- ues to operate without disturbance.
turer to support this standard. By means of
set up simple masterless systems for bay

Communication
System solution
SIPROTEC 4 is tailor-made for use
in SIMATIC-based automation
systems.
Via the PROFIBUS-DP, indications
(pickup and tripping) and all rele-
LSP2162-afpen.tif
LSP2163-afpen.tif
vant operational measured values
are transmitted from the protection
unit.
Via modem and service interface, Fig. 11/46 Fig. 11/47
the protection engineer has access RS232/RS485 electrical communication module 820 nm fiber-optic communication module
to the protection devices at all
times. This permits remote mainte-
nance and diagnosis (cyclic testing).
Parallel to this, local communica-
tion is possible, for example,
during a major inspection.
LSP2164-afpen.tif
For IEC 61850, an interoperable
system solution is offered with Fig. 11/48
SICAM PAS. Via the 100 Mbit/s PROFIBUS communication module,
Ethernet bus, the unit are linked optical, double-ring
with PAS electrically or optically to
the station PC. The interface is
standardized, thus also enabling di-
rect connection of units of other
manufacturers to the Ethernet bus.
With IEC 61850, however, the
Fig. 11/49
units can also be used in other
manufacturers' systems Optical Ethernet communication module
LSP3.01-0021.eps
for IEC 61850 with integrated Ethernet switch

(see Fig. 11/45).
Analog output 0 to 20 mA
Alternatively to the serial interfaces
up to two analog output modules
(4 channels) can be installed in the
7UM62.
11 Several operational measured
values (I1, I2, V, P, Q, f, PF
(cos ϕ), Θstator,Θrotor) can be
selected and transmitted via the 0
to 20 mA interfaces.
Fig. 11/50 System solution: Communications

Typical connections
Direct generator - busbar connection

Figure 11/51 illustrates the recommended
standard connection when several genera-
tors supply one busbar. Phase-to-earth
faults are disconnected by employing the
directional earth-fault criterion. The earth-
fault current is driven through the cables of
the system.
If this is not sufficient, an earthing trans-
former connected to the busbar supplies the
necessary current (maximum approxima-
tely 10 A) and permits a protection range of
up to 90 %. The earth-fault current should
be detected by means of core-balance cur-
rent transformers in order to achieve the
necessary sensitivity. The displacement volt-
age can be used as earth-fault criterion dur-
ing starting operations until synchroniza-
tion is achieved.
Differential protection embraces protec-
tion of the generator and of the outgoing
cable. The permissible cable length and the
current transformer design (permissible
load) are mutually dependent. Recalcula-
tion is advisable for lengths of more than
100 m.
11
Fig. 11/51

Typical connections

low-resistance earthing
If the generator neutral point has low-resis-
tance earthing, the connection illustrated in
Fig. 11/52 is recommended. In the case of
several generators, the resistance must be
connected to only one generator, in order to
prevent circulating currents (3rd harmonic).
For selective earth-fault detection, the
earth-current input should be looped into
the common return conductor of the two
current transformer sets (differential con-
nection). The current transformers must be
earthed at only one point. The displacement
voltage VE is utilized as an additional en-
abling criterion.
Balanced current transformers (calibration
of windings) are desirable with this form of
connection. In the case of higher generator
power (for example, IN approximately
2000 A), current transformers with a sec-
ondary rated current of 5 A are recom-
mended.
Earth-current differential protection can
be used as an alternative (not illustrated).
11
Fig. 11/52

Typical connections
Unit connection with isolated star point

This configuration of unit connection is a
variant to be recommended (see Fig. 11/53).
Earth-fault detection is effected by means of
the displacement voltage. In order to pre-
vent unwanted operation in the event of
earth faults in the system, a load resistor
must be provided at the broken delta wind-
ing. Depending on the plant (or substation),
a voltage transformer with a high power
(VA) may in fact be sufficient. If not, an
earthing transformer should be employed.
The available measuring winding can be
used for the purpose of voltage measure-
ment.
In the application example, differential pro-
tection is intended for the generator. The
unit transformer is protected by its own
differential relay (e.g. 7UT612).
As indicated in the figure, additional pro-
tection functions are available for the other
inputs. They are used on larger genera-
tor/transformer units (see also Figures
11/56 and 11/58).
11
Fig. 11/53

Typical connections
Unit connection with neutral transformer

With this system configuration, disturbance
voltage reduction and damping in the event
of earth faults in the generator area are ef-
fected by a load resistor connected to the
generator neutral point.
The maximum earth-fault current is limited
to approximately 10 A. Configuration can
take the form of a primary or secondary re-
sistor with neutral transformer. In order to
avoid low secondary resistance, the trans-
formation ratio of the neutral transformer
should be below
⎛ VGen ⎞
⎜ 500 V⎟
⎝ 3 ⎠
The higher secondary voltage can be

reduced by means of a voltage divider.
Electrically, the circuit is identical to the
configuration in Fig. 11/53.
In the application opposite, the differential
protection is designed as an overall func-
tion and embraces the generator and unit
transformer. The protection function car-
ries out vector group adaptation as well as
other adaptations.
11
Fig. 11/54

Typical connections
Voltage transformer in open delta connec-

tion (V-connection)
Protection can also be implemented on
voltage transformers in open delta connec-
tion (Fig. 11/55). If necessary, the opera-
tional measured values for the phase-to-
earth voltages can be slightly asymmetrical. Fig. 11/55
If this is disturbing, the neutral point (R16)
can be connected to earth via a
capacitor.
In the case of open delta connection, it is
not possible to calculate the displacement
voltage from the secondary voltages. It
must be passed to the protection relay
along a different path (for example, voltage
transformer at the generator neutral point
or from the earthing transformer).
100 % stator earth-fault protection,

earth-fault protection during start-up
Fig. 11/56 illustrates the interfacing of
100 % stator earth-fault protection with
voltage injection of 20 Hz, as meant for the
example of the neutral transformer. The
same interfacing connection also applies to
the broken delta winding of the earthing
transformer.
The 20 Hz generator can be connected both
to the DC voltage and also to a powerful
voltage transformer (>100 VA). The load of
the current transformer 4NC1225 should
not exceed 0.5 Ω.
The 7XT33, 7XT34 and load resistance con-
nection must be established with a low resis-
tance (RConnection < RL). If large distances are
covered, the devices are accommodated in
the earthing cubicle. 11
Connection of the DC voltage protection
function (TD 1) is shown for systems with a
starting converter. Depending on the device
selection, the 7KG6 boosts the measured
signal at the shunt to 10 V or 20 mA.
The TD 1 input can be jumpered to the re-
levant signal.
Fig. 11/56

Typical connections
Rotor earth-fault protection with voltage

injection at rated frequency
Fig. 11/57 shows the connection of rotor
earth-fault protection to a generator with
static excitation. If only the rotor current is
evaluated, there is no need for voltage con-
nection to the relay.
Earth must be connected to the earthing
brush. The external resistors 3PP1336 must
be added to the coupling device 7XR61 if
the circulating current can exceed 0.2 A as
the result of excitation (sixth harmonic).
This is the case as from a rated excitation
voltage of >150 V, under worst-case
Fig. 11/57
conditions.
Rotor earth-fault protection with a square

wave voltage of 1 to 3 Hz
The measuring transducers TD1 and TD2
are used for this application. The control-
ling unit 7XT71 generates a square wave
voltage of about ± 50 V at the output. The
frequency can be jumpered and depends
on the rotor earth capacitance. Voltage po-
larity reversal is measured via the control
input and the flowing circular current is
measured via the measurement input.
Earth must be connected to the earthing
brush.
Fig. 11/58
11

Typical connections
Protection of an asynchronous motor

Fig. 11/59 shows a typical connection of the
protection function to a large asynchronous
motor. Differential protection embraces the
motor including the cable. Recalculation of
the permissible current transformer burden
is advisable for lengths of more than 100 m.
The voltage for voltage and displacement
voltage monitoring is generally tapped off
the busbar. If several motors are connected
to the busbar, earth faults can be detected
with the directional earth-fault protection
and selective tripping is possible. A core bal-
ance current transformer is used to detect
the earth current. The chosen pickup value
must be slightly higher if there are several
cables in parallel.
The necessary shutdown of the motor in
the event of idling can be realized with ac-
tive power monitoring.
11
Fig. 11/59

Typical connections IEE1 IEE2 VE

1) 1)
Sensitive earth-fault protection X X
Use of selected analog inputs
Directional stator earth-fault protection X X
Several protection functions take Rotor earth-fault protection (fn, R-measuring) X X
recourse to the same analog inputs,
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz voltage X X
thus ruling out certain functions
depending on the application. One Earth-current differential protection X1) X1)
input may only be used by one 1) optional (either IEE1 or IEE2)
protection function. A different
Table 11/5: Multiple use of analog inputs
combination can be used by the
unit belonging to Protection
Group 2, for example. TD1 TD2 TD3
Multiple use refers to the sensitive Injection of excitation voltage X
earth-current inputs and the DC voltage time/DC current time protection X
displacement voltage input
Injection of a temperature X
(see Table 11/5).
Rotor earth-fault protection (1 to 3 Hz) X X
The same applies to the measuring
Processing of analog values via CFC X X X
transducers (Table 11/6).
Table 11/6: Multiple use of measuring transducers
Current transformer requirements
The requirements imposed on the
Symmetrical short-circuit limiting factor
current transformer are deter-
mined by the differential protec- Required actual accuracy limiting factor Resulting rated accuracy limiting factor
tion function. The instantaneous I pssc R' b + RCt
trip stage (IDiff>>) reliably masters K' ssc = K td ⋅ K ssc = ⋅ K' ssc
I pn RBN + RCt
(via the instantaneous algorithm)
any high-current internal short-
circuits.
Current transformer requirements
The external short-circuit deter-
Transformer Generator
mines the requirements imposed
on the current transformer as a re- Transient dimensioning factor Ktd ≥4 > (4 to 5)
τN ≤ 100 ms τN > 100 ms
sult of the DC component. The
1 1
non-saturated period of a flowing Symmetrical short-circuit current Ipssc ≈ ⋅ I pn, Tr ≈ ⋅ I pn, G
short-circuit current should be at v sc x"d
least 5 ms. Table 11/7 shows the Example vsc = 0.1 x”d = 0.12
design recommendations. K'ssc > 40 K'ssc > (34 to 42)
IEC 60044-1 and 60044-6 were
Note: Rated power ≥ 10 or Note: Secondary
taken into account. The necessary Identical transformers have to be employed 15 VA winding resistance
11 equations are shown for converting
the requirements into the knee-
Example: Example:
Network transformer IN, G approx. 1000 to 2000 A
point voltages. The customary 10P10: (10 or 15) VA 5P15: 15 VA
practice which presently applies (Isn = 1 or 5 A) (Isn = 1 or 5 A)
should also be used to determine IN, G > 5 000 A
the rated primary current of the 5P20: 30 VA
current transformer rated current. (Isn = 1 or 5 A)
It should be greater than or equal
to the rated current of the pro-
tected object. Knee-point voltage
IEC British Standard ANSI
V = K ssc (Rct + Rb )I sn V=
(Rct + Rb )I sn K V = 20 ⋅ I sn ⋅ (Rct + Rb ) ⋅
K ssc
ssc
13
. 20
I sn = 5 A (typical value)
Ktd Rated transient dimensioning factor Rct Secondary winding resistance

Ipssc Primary symmetrical short-circuit current vsc Short-circuit voltage (impedance voltage)
Ipn Rated primary current (transformer) x”d Subtransient reactance
R'b Connected burden Isn Rated secondary current (transformer)
Rb Rated resistive burden τN Network time constant
Table 11/7: Recommendations for dimensioning

Technical data
Hardware Output relays

Analog input Number
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz 7UM621 12 (1 NO; 4 optional as NC,
via jumper)
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A 7UM622 21 (1 NO; 5 optional as NC,
Earth current, sensitive IEmax 1.6 A via jumper)
Rated voltage VN (at 100 V) 100 to 125 V Switching capacity
Make 1000 W / VA
Measuring transducer - 10 to + 10 V (Ri = 1 MΩ) or
Break 30 VA
- 20 to + 20 mA (Ri = 10 Ω)
Power consumption Break (for L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
With IN = 1 A Approx. 0.05 VA
With IN = 5 A Approx. 0.3 VA
For sensitive earth current Approx. 0.05 VA Permissible current 5 A continuous
Voltage inputs (with 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA 30 A for 0.5 seconds
Capability in CT circuits LED
Thermal (r.m.s. values) 100 IN for 1 s Number
30 IN for 10 s RUN (green) 1
4 IN continuous ERROR (red) 1
Dynamic (peak) 250 IN (one half cycle) Assignable LED (red) 14
Earth current, sensitive 300 A for 1 s Unit design
100 A for 10 s
15 A continuous 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension
Dynamic (peak) 750 A (one half cycle) drawings, part 15
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous Degree of protection acc. to
EN 60529
Capability of measuring transducer For surface-mounting housing IP 51
As voltage input 60 V continuous For flush-mounting housing
As current input 100 mA continuous Front IP 51
Auxiliary voltage Rear IP 50
For the terminals IP 2x with terminal cover put on
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC
60 to 125 V DC Weight
110 to 250 V DC Flush-mounting housing
and 115 V/230 V AC with 50/60 Hz 7UM621/7UM623 (1/2 x 19”) Approx. 7 kg
7UM622 (1/1 x 19”) Approx. 9.5 kg
Permitted tolerance –20 to +20 %
Superimposed (peak-to-peak) ≤ 15 % 7UM621/7UM623 (1/2 x 19’‘) Approx. 12 kg
Power consumption 7UM622 (1/1 x 19’‘) Approx. 15 kg
During normal operation
7UM621 Approx. 5.3 W
Serial interfaces
7UM622 Approx. 5.5 W
7UM623 Approx. 8.1 W Operating interface for DIGSI 4
During pickup with all inputs
and outputs activated
Connection Non-isolated, RS232, front panel; 11
7UM621 Approx. 12 W
7UM622 Approx. 15 W Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud
7UM623 Approx. 14.5 W Time synchronization IRIG B / DCF 77 signal (Format: IRIG-B000)
Bridging time during auxiliary volt- Connection 9-pin subminiature connector,
age failure terminal with surface-mounting case
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux ≥ 110 V ≥ 50 ms
Voltage levels Selectable 5 V, 12 V or 24 V
at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms
Service/modem interface (Port C) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
Binary inputs
Number
7UM621, 7UM623 7
7UM622 15
3 pickup thresholds 10 to 19 V DC or 44 to 88 V DC
Range is selectable with jumpers 88 to 176 V DC

Technical data
System interface (Port B) Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU All circuits except for communication 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector interfaces and time synchronization at intervals of 5 s
Baud rate 4800 to 115200 baud interface, class III
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m (product standards)
PROFIBUS RS485 EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz DIN 57435 part 303
Baud rate Max. 12 MBaud High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz;
Distance 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud; IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms
100 m at 12 MBaud and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
PROFIBUS fiber-optic Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge;
Only for flush-mounting housing ST connector IEC 60255-22-2 class IV 15 kV air discharge;
For surface-mounting housing Optical interface with OLM1) EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω
Baud rate Max. 1.5 MBaud
Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB for glass-fiber 62.5/125 μm non-modulated
Distance 1.6 km (500 kB/s) IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
530 m (1500 kB/s) Irradiation with RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to 20 mA modulated, IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
System interface (Port B) Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
IEC 61850 pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI
Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
Connection IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s acc. Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
to IEEE802.3
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing High-energy surge voltages (SURGE), Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
Distance 20 m/66 ft 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
Differential (transversal) mode:
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
Connection Measurement inputs, binary inputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", and relay outputs 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
LC connector receiver/transmitter Differential (transversal) mode:
for panel surface-mounting case Not available 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s Line-conducted HF, 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass fiber 50/125 μm or amplitude-modulated 1 kHz
glass fiber 62/125μm IEC 61000-4-6, class III
11 Permissible path attenuation
Distance
Max. 5 dB for glass fiber 62.5/125 μm
Max. 800 m/0.5 mile
Magnetic field with power frequency
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6
30 A/m continuous;
300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Electrical tests Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges per second;
Specifications ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 capability second; both polarities; duration 2 s;
UL 508 ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 Ri = 80 Ω
DIN 57435, part 303
For further standards see below Radiated electromagnetic interference 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
Insulation tests
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity alter-
Standards IEC 60255-5 IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 nating 100 kHz, 1 MHz, 10 and
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
All circuits except for auxiliary sup-
ply, binary inputs communication
and time synchronization interfaces
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs 1) Conversion with external OLM
Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz For fiber-optic interface please complete order number at 11th position
only isolated communication inter- with 4 (FMS RS485) or 9 and Order code L0A (DP RS485) and addi-
faces and time synchronization inter- tionally order:
face For single ring: SIEMENS OLM 6GK1502-3AB10

Technical data
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Humidity

Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard) Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
Conducted interference voltage on 150 kHz to 30 MHz It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
lines Limit class B units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation is
only auxiliary supply IEC-CISPR 22 exposed to direct sunlight or pro- not permitted
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz could cause condensation
Functions
General
Frequency range 11 to 69 Hz
During operation
Definite-time overcurrent protection, directional (ANSI 50, 51, 67)
Setting ranges
Vibration Sinusoidal Overcurrent I>, I>> 0.05 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A);
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude; 5 times at IN = 5 A
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Seal-in time of V< 0.1 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Shock Half-sinusoidal Angle of the directional element - 90 ° to + 90 ° (steps 1 °)
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms, (at I>>)
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of Times
the 3 axes Pickup time I>, I>>
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal at 2 times of set value Approx. 35 ms
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude at 10 times of set value Approx. 25 ms
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Drop-off time I>, I>> Approx. 50 ms
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Drop-off ratio I>: 0.95; I>>: 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01)
(vertical axis) Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05
(horizontal axis) Tolerances
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Current pickup (starting) I>, I>> 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
(vertical axis) Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Angle of the directional element 1°
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Time delays 1 % or 10 ms
During transport Inverse-time overcurrent protection (ANSI 51V)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Setting ranges

Pickup overcurrent IP 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at
Vibration Sinusoidal IN = 5A
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude; Time multiplier 0.05 to 3.2 s (steps 0,01 s)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration IEC-characteristics T or indefinite
Time multiplier ANSI- 0.5 to 15 (steps 0.01) or indefinite
characteristics D
Undervoltage release V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) 11
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions Trip characteristics
3 axes IEC Normal inverse; very inverse;
extremely inverse
ANSI Inverse; moderately inverse;
very inverse; extremely inverse;
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of the
definite inverse
3 axes
Pickup threshold Approx. 1.1 IP
Drop-off threshold Approx. 1.05 IP for IP/IN ≥ 0.3
Climatic stress test Tolerances
Temperatures Pickup threshold IP 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA
Pickup threshold V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Type-tested acc. to IEC 60068-2-1 –25 °C to +85 °C / –13 °F to +185 °F Time for 2 ≤ I/IP ≤ 20 5 % of nominal value + 1 % current
and -2, test Bd, for 16 h tolerance or 40 ms
Temporarily permissible operating –20 °C to +70 °C / –4 °F to +158 °F
temperature, tested for 96 h
Recommended permanent operating –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F
(Legibility of display may be impaired
above +55 °C / +131 °F)
permanent storage
transport

Technical data
Stator overload protection, thermal (ANSI 49) Underexcitation protection (ANSI 40)
Factor k according to IEC 60255-8 0.5 to 2.5 (steps 0.01) Conductance thresholds 1/xd 0.20 to 3.0 (steps 0.01)
Time constant 30 to 32000 s (steps 1 s) characteristic
Time delay factor at stand still 1 to 10 (steps 0.01) (3 characteristics)
Alarm overtemperature 70 to 100 % related to the trip Inclination angle α1, α2, α3 50 to 120 ° (steps 1 °)
ΘAlarm/ΘTrip temperature (steps 1 %) Time delay T 0 to 50 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Overcurrent alarm stage IAlarm 0.1 to 4 A (steps 0.01 A); 5 times at Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
IN = 5 A Times
Temperature at IN 40 to 200 °C (steps 1 °C) Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 60 ms
or 104 to 392 °F (steps 1 °F) Undervoltage blocking Approx. 50 ms
Scaling temperature of cooling 40 to 300 °C (steps 1 °C)
medium or 104 to 572 °F (steps 1 °F) Drop-off ratio
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic; α Approx. 0.95
Limit current ILimit 0.5 to 8 A (steps 0.01), 5 times at
Undervoltage blocking Approx. 1.1
IN = 5 A
Tolerances
Reset time at emergency start 20 to 150000 s (steps 1 s)
Stator criterion 1/xd characteristic 3 % of set value
Drop-off ratio Stator criterion α 1 ° electrical
Θ / ΘTrip Drop-off with ΘAlarrn Undervoltage blocking 1 % or 0.5 V
Θ / ΘAlarrm Approx. 0.99 Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Tolerances
Setting ranges
Regarding k x IN 2 % or 10/50 mA; class 2 % accord-
Reverse power PRev.>/SN - 0.5 to - 30 % (steps 0.01 %)
ing to IEC 60255-8
Regarding trip time 3 % or 1 s: class 3 % according to
IEC 60255-8 for I/(k IN)>1.25 Times
Pickup time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Negative-sequence protection (ANSI 46)
Setting ranges Drop-off time Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Permissible negative sequence 3 to 30 % (steps 1 %) Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
I2 perm. /IN
Drop-off ratio PRev.> Approx. 0.6
Definite time trip stage I2 >>/IN 10 to 200 % (steps 1 %)
Time delays TAlarm; TI2>> 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Tolerances
Negative-sequence factor K 1 to 40 s (steps 0.1 s) Reverse power PRev.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % set value
Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 50000 s (steps 1 s) Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Times Forward-power protection (ANSI 32F)
Pickup time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms Setting ranges
Drop-off time (definite stage) Approx. 50 ms Forward power PForw.</SN 0.5 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Drop-off ratios I2 perm.; I2 >> Approx. 0.95 Forward power PForw.>/SN 1 to 120 % (steps 0.1 %)
Drop-off ratio thermal stage Drop-off at fall below of I2 perm. Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Tolerances Times
Pickup values I2 perm.; I2 >> 3 % of set value or 0.3 % negative Pickup time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
sequence Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
11 Time delays
Thermal characteristic
1 % or 10 ms
5 % of set point + 1 % current toler-
Pickup time (fast measuring) Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
ance Drop-off time (accurate measuring) Approx. 360 ms (50 Hz);
Time for 2 ≤ I2/I2 perm. ≤ 20 or 600 ms Approx. 300 ms (60 Hz)
Drop-off time (fast measuring) Approx. 60 ms (50 Hz);
Drop-off ratio PForw.< 1.1 or 0.5 % of SN
Drop-off ratio PForw.> Approx. 0.9 or – 0.5 % of SN
Tolerances
Active power PForw.<, PForw.> 0.25 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at accurate measuring
0.5 % SN ± 3 % of set value
at Q < 0.5 SN at fast measuring

Technical data
Impedance protection (ANSI 21) Frequency protection (ANSI 81)

Overcurrent pickup I> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.01 A); Steps; selectable f>, f< 4
5 times at IN = 5A Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Undervoltage seal-in V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1V) Time delays T 3 stages 0 to 100 s, 1 stage up to 600 s
Impedance Z1 (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Impedance Z1B (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω) Undervoltage blocking V1< (steps 0.01 s)
Impedance Z2 (related to IN =1 A) 0.05 to 65 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω) 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Times Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Shortest tripping time Approx. 40 ms Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms Drop-off difference Δf Approx. 20 mHz
Drop-off ratio Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Overcurrent pickup I> Approx. 0.95 Tolerances
Undervoltage seal-in V< Approx. 1.05 Frequency 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN)
Tolerances Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Overcurrent pickup I> 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Undervoltage seal-in V< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Overexcitation protection (Volt/Hertz) (ANSI 24)
Impedance measuring Z1, Z2 |ΔZ/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕK ≤ 90 °
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Setting ranges
Pickup threshold alarm stage 1 to 1.2 (steps 0.01)
Undervoltage protection (definite-time and inverse-time function) (ANSI 27) Pickup threshold V/f>>-stage 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
Setting range Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Undervoltage pickup V<, V<<, 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Characteristic values of V/f 1.05/1.1/1.15/1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4
Vp< (positive sequence as phase- and assigned times t(V/f ) 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
to-phase values) Cooling down time TCooling 0 to 20000 s (steps 1 s)
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times (Alarm and V/f>>-stage)
Time multiplier TM 0.1 to 5 s (steps 0.01 s) Pickup times at 1.1 of set value Approx. 60 ms
Times Drop-off times Approx. 60 ms
Pickup time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms Drop-off ratio (alarm, trip) 0.95
Drop-off time V<, V<< Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances
Drop-off ratio V<, V<<, Vp< 1.01 or 0.5 V V/f-pickup 3 % of set value
Tolerances Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Thermal characteristic (time) 5 % rated to V/f or 600 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms 90 % stator earth-fault protection, non-directional, directional
Inverse-time characteristic 1 % of measured value of voltage (ANSI 59N, 64G, 67G)
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Setting ranges
Setting ranges Displacement voltage V0 > 2 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Overvoltage pickup V>, V>> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V) Earth current 3I0> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA)
(maximum phase-to-phase voltage Angle of direction element 0 to 360 ° (steps 1 °)
or phase-to-earth-voltage) Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Times
Pickup times V0>, 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
11
Times
Pickup times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Drop-off times V0>/ 3I0> Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times V>, V>> Approx. 50 ms Drop-off ratio V0>, 3I0> 0.95
Drop-off ratio V>, V>> 0.9 to 0.99 (steps 0.01) Drop-off difference angle 10 ° directed to power system
Voltage limit value 1 % of set value 0.5 V Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA

Technical data
Sensitive earth-fault protection (ANSI 50/51GN, 64R) Inadvertent energizing protection (ANSI 50, 27)
Earth current pickup IEE>, IEE>> 2 to 1000 mA (steps 1 mA) Current pickup I>>> 0.1 to 20 A (steps 0.1 A);
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite 5 times at IN= 5 A
Measuring circuit supervision IEE< 1.5 to 50 mA (steps 0.1 mA) Voltage release V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
Times Time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup times Approx. 50 ms Drop-off time 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms Times
Measuring circuit supervision Approx. 2 s Reaction time Approx. 25 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE>, IEE>> 0.95 or 1 mA Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio measuring circuit Approx. 1.1 or 1 mA Drop-off ratio I>>> Approx. 0.8
supervision IEE< Drop-off ratio V1< Approx. 1.05
Earth current pickup 1 % of set value or 0.5 mA Current pickup 5 % of set value or 20/100 mA
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Undervoltage seal-in V1< 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 3rd harmonic Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms
(ANSI 59TN, 27TN) (3rd H.) Current differential protection (ANSI 87G, 87M, 87T)
Displacement voltage V0 (3rd harm.)>, 0.2 to 40 V (steps 0.1 V) Differential current ID>IN 0.05 to 2 (steps 0.01)
V0 (3rd harm.)< High-current stage ID>>IN 0.8 to 12 (steps 0.1)
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Inrush stabilization ratio I2fN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Active-power release 10 to 100 % (steps 1 %) or indefinite Harmonic stabilization ratio InfN/IN 10 to 80 (steps 1 %)
Positive-sequence voltage release 50 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) or indefinite (n=3rd or 4th or 5th harmonics)
Times Additional trip time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Pickup time Approx. 80 ms Times
Drop-off time Approx. 80 ms Pickup time Approx. 35 ms
Drop-off ratio (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID >)
Undervoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)< Approx. 1.4 Pickup time Approx. 20 ms
Overvoltage stage V0 (3rd harm.)> Approx. 0.6 (ID ≥ 1.5 setting value ID>>)
Active-power release Approx. 0.9 Drop-off time Approx. 35 ms
Positive-sequence voltage release Approx. 0.95 Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.7
Displacement voltage 3 % of set value or 0.1 V Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Inrush stabilization 3 % of set value or 0.01 I/IN
Breaker failure protection (ANSI 50BF) Additional time delays 1 % or 10 ms
Setting ranges Earth-current differential protection (ANSI 87GN, 87TN)

Current thresholds I>BF 0.04 to 1 A (steps 0.01 A) Setting ranges
Time delay BF-T 0.06 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefi- Differential current IE-D >/IN 0.01 to 1 (steps 0.01)
nite Additional trip time delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Times Times
11 Pickup time
Drop-off time
Approx. 50 ms
Approx. 50 ms
Pickup time
(IE-D ≥ 1.5 setting value IE-D >)
Approx. 50 ms
Tolerances Drop-off time Approx. 50 ms

Current threshold I>BF/IN 1 % of set value or 10/50 mA Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.7
Time delay T 1 % or 10 ms Tolerances
Pickup characteristic 3 % of set value
Additional time delay 1 % or 10 ms

Technical data
Rotor earth-fault protection with fN (ANSI 64R) (fN) Out-of-step protection (ANSI 78)
Alarm stage RE, Alarrn < 3 to 30 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Positive sequence current 0.2 to 4 I1/IN (steps 0.1 I1/IN )
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1.0 to 5 kΩ (steps 0.1 kΩ) pickup I1>
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Negative-sequence current 0.05 to 1 I2/IN (steps 0.01 I2/IN )
Correction angle - 15 ° to + 15 ° (steps 1 °) pickup I2<
Times Impedances Za to Zd 0.05 to 130 Ω (steps 0.01 Ω)
Pickup time ≤ 80 ms (based on IN =1 A)
Drop-off time ≤ 80 ms Inclination angle of polygon ϕP 60 to 90 ° (steps 1 °)
Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 10
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.25 characteristic 1
Tolerances Number of out-of-step periods 1 to 20
Trip stage RE, Trip <, Approx. 5 % of set value characteristic 2
Alarm stage RE, Alarm < Approx. 10 % of set value Holding time of pickup tH 0.2 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Holding time for out-of-step 0.02 to 0.15 s (steps 0.01 s)
Permissible rotor earth capacitance 0.15 to 3 μF annunciation
Sensitive rotor fault protection with 1 to 3 Hz (ANSI 64R) (1 to 3 Hz) Times
Typical trip time Depending from the out-of-step
Setting ranges
frequency
Alarm stage RE,Alarrn < 5 to 80 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ)
Trip stage RE, Trip < 1 to 10 kΩ (steps 1 kΩ) Tolerances
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Impedance measurement |ΔZ/Z| ≤ 5 % for 30 ° ≤ ϕSC ≤ 90 °
Pickup value of meas. circuit 0.01 to 1 mAs (steps 0.01 mAs) or 10 mΩ
supervision QC< Time delays T 1 % to 10 ms
Times DC voltage time / DC current time protection (ANSI 59N (DC) ; 51N (DC))
Pickup time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s (depends on fre- Setting ranges
quency of 7XT71) Voltage pickup V = >,< 0.1 to 8.5 V (steps 0.1 V)
Drop-off time Approx. 1 to 1.5 s Current pickup I = >, < 0.2 to 17 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Drop-off ratio RE Approx 1.25 Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Drop-off ratio QC < 1.2 or 0.01 mAs Times
Tolerances Pickup time Approx. 60 ms
Trip stage Approx. 5 % or 0.5 kΩ at (operational condition 1)
(RE,Trip <; Alarm stage RE, Alarm<) 0.15 μF ≤ CE < 1μF Pickup time Approx. 200 ms
Approx. 10 % or 0.5 kΩ (operational condition 0)
at 1 μF ≤ CE < 3 μF Drop-off time Approx. 60 ms or 200 ms
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Drop-off ratio 0.9 or 1.1
Permissible rotor earth- 0.15 to 3 μF
capacitance Tolerances
Voltage 1 % of set value, or 0.1 V
100 % stator earth-fault protection with 20 Hz (ANSI 64G) (100 %) Current 1 % of set value, or 0.1 mA
Setting ranges Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms
Alarm stage RSEF < 20 to 500 Ω (steps 1 Ω) Starting time supervision for motors (ANSI 48)
Trip stage RSEF << 10 to 300 Ω (steps 1 Ω)
Setting ranges
Earth current stage ISEF >
Time delays T
0.02 to 1.5 A (steps 0.01 A)
0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Motor starting 1.0 to 16 (steps 0.01) 11
Supervision of 20 Hz generator current IStart max /IN
V20 Hz 0.3 to 15 V (steps 0.1 V) Starting current 0.6 to 10 (steps 0.01)
I20 Hz 5 to 40 mA (steps 1 mA) pickup IStart, pickup. /IN
Correction angle - 60 ° to + 60 ° (steps 1 °) Permissible starting 1.0 to 180 s (steps 0.1 s)
time TStart max
Times Permissible locked rotor 0.5 to 120 s (steps 0.1 s) or indefinite
Pickup times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 1.3 s time TBlocking
Pickup time ISEF> ≤ 250 ms
Drop-off times RSEF<, RSEF<< ≤ 0.8 s Times Depending on the settings
Drop-off time ISEF> ≤ 120 ms Drop-off ratio Approx. 0.95
Drop-off ratio Approx. 1.2 to 1.7 Tolerances
Tolerances Current threshold 1 % of set value, or 1 % of IN
Resistance (RSEF) ca. 5 % or 2 Ω Time delays T 5 % or 30 ms
Earth current stage (ISEF >) 3 % or 3 mA

Technical data
Restart inhibit for motors (ANSI 66, 49 Rotor) Interturn protection (ANSI 59N(IT))
Motor starting 3.0 to 10.0 (steps 0.01) Displacement voltage VInterturn> 0.3 to 130 V (steps 0.1 V)
current IStart max /IN Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite
Permissible starting 3.0 to 120.0 s (steps 0.1 s) Times
time TStart max Pick-up times VInterturn> Approx. 60 ms
Rotor temperature equalization 0 to 60.0 min (steps 0.1 min) Drop-off times VInterturn> Approx. 60 ms
time TEquali.
Minimum restart inhibit 0.2 to 120.0 min (steps 0.1 min) Drop-off ratio VInterturn> 0.5 to 0.95 adjustable
time TRestart, min Tolerances
Permissible number of warm 1 to 4 Displacement voltage 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
starts nW Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms
Difference between warm and 1 to 2
Incoupling of temperature via serial interface (thermo-box) (ANSI 38)
cold starts nK-nW
Extensions of time constants 1.0 to 100.0 Number of measuring sensors 6 or 12
(running and stop) Temperature thresholds 40 to 250 °C or 100 to 480 °F
Tolerances (steps 1 °C or 1 °F)
Time delays T 1 % or 0.1 ms Sensors types Pt100; Ni 100, Ni 120
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R) External trip coupling
Setting ranges Number of external trip couplings 4
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Pickup value df/dt 0.2 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s); Threshold supervision
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Setting ranges
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold of measured values
Times MV1 > to MV10< -200 % to +200 % (steps 1 %)
Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 ms Assignable measured values P, active power
Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 ms Q, reactive power
change of active power ΔP
Drop-off ratio df/dt Approx. 0.95 or 0.1 Hz/s Voltage VL1, VL2, VL3, VE, V0, V1, V2,
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05 VE3h
Tolerances Current 3I0, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2
Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V> 0.5 VN Power angle ϕ
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Power factor cos ϕ
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Value at TD1
Vector jump supervision (voltage) Times
Pick-up times Approx. 20 - 40 ms
Setting ranges
Drop-off times Approx. 20 - 40 ms
Stage Δϕ 0.5 ° to 15 ° (steps 0.1 °)
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Drop-off to pick-up ratio
Undervoltage blocking V1< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Threshold MVx> 0.95
Threshold MVx< 1.05
Tolerances
Vector jump 0.3 ° at V> 0.5 VN Trip circuit supervision (ANSI 74TC)
11
Sensitive earth-fault protection B (ANSI 51GN)
Setting ranges
Earth current IEE-B>, 0.3 to 1000 mA (steps 0.1 A)
Earth current IEE-B<, 0.3 to 500 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Measuring method - Fundamental,
- 3rd harmonica
- 1rst and 3rd harmonics
Times
Pick-up times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms
Drop-off ratio IEE-B> 0.90 or 0.15 mA
Drop-off ratio IEE-B< 1.1 or 0.15 mA
Tolerances
Earth current 1 % of set value or 0.1 mA
Time delays T 1 % of set value or 10 ms

Technical data
Operational measured values Fault records

Description Primary; secondary or per unit (%) Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Currents IL1, S1; IL2, S1; IL3, S1; IL1, S2; IL2, S2; IL3, S2; Instantaneous values Max. 5 s
IEE1; IEE2; I1; I2; I20Hz Storage time Depending on the actual frequency
Tolerance 0.2 % of measurement values Sampling interval (e. g. 1.25 ms at 50 Hz;
or ± 10 mA ± 1 digit 1.04 ms at 60 Hz)
Differential protection currents IDiffL1; IDiffL2; IDiffL3; IRestL1; IRestL2; Channels vL1, vL2, vL3, vE; iL1,S1; iL2,S1; iL3,S1; iEE1;
IRestL3; iL1,S2; iL2,S2; iL3,S2; iEE2; TD1; TD2;
Tolerances 0.1 % of measured or ± 10 mA ± 1 TD3
digit R.m.s. values
Phase angles of currents ϕIL1,S1; ϕIL2,S1; ϕIL3,S1; ϕIL1,S2; ϕIL2,S2; Storage period Max. 80 s
ϕIL3,S2; Sampling interval Fixed (20 ms at 50 Hz; 16.67 ms
Tolerances < 0.5 ° at 60 Hz)
Channels V1, VE, I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2 , P, Q, ϕ, R, X,
Voltages VL1; VL2; VL3; VE; VL12; VL23; VL31; V1; f-fn
V2; V20 Hz
Tolerance 0.2 % of measured values Additional functions
or ± 0.2 V ± 1 digit Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
Impedance R, X Puffer length max. 600 indications
Tolerance 1% Time solution 1 ms
Power S; P; Q Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Tolerance 1 % of measured values Time solution 1 ms
or ± 0.25 % SN Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
Phase angle ϕ (criterion: current threshold)
Tolerance <0.1 ° Switching statistics Number of breaker operation
Power factor cos ϕ (p.f.) Phase-summated tripping current
Tolerance 1 % ± 1 digit
Frequency f CE conformity
Tolerance 10 mHz (at V> 0.5 VN; 40 Hz < f
< 65 Hz)
Overexcitation V/f; electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
Tolerance 1% electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Thermal measurement ΘL1; ΘL2, ΘL3, Θ I2, ΘV/f, sensors Directive 73/23/EEC).
Tolerance 5% This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Min./max. memory man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
Memory Measured values with date and time
trial environment according to the EMC standards.
Via key pad
Via communication
Values
11
Positive sequence voltage V1
Positive sequence current I1
Active power P
Reactive power Q
Frequency f
Displacement voltage VE(3rd harm.)
(3rd harmonics)
Energy metering
Meter of 4 quadrants WP+; WP–; WQ+; WQ–
Tolerance 1%
Analog outputs (optional)
Number max. 4 (depending on variant)
Possible measured values I1, I2, IEE1, IEE2, V1, V0, V03h, |P|, |Q|,
|S|, |cos ϕ| f, V/f, ϕ, ΘS/ΘS Trip,
ΘRotor/ΘRotor Trip, RE, REF; RE, REF 1-3Hz;
RE SEF
Range 0 to 22.5 mA
Minimum threshold (limit of validity) 0 to 5 mA (steps 0.1 mA)
Maximum threshold 22 mA (fixed)
Configurable reference value 20 mA 10 to 1000 % (steps 0.1 %)


7UM62 multifunction generator,
motor and transformer protection relay 7UM62¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0 ¨¨¨
Graphic display, 1/2 19'', 7BI, 12 BO, 1 live status contact 3
Current transformer I N
1 A1), IEE (sensitive) 1

5 A1), IEE (sensitive) 5

110 to 220 V DC2), 115 V/230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V3) 5
220 to 250 V DC, 115 V/230 V AC, threshold binary input 176 V 6
Unit version
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier screw-type terminals top/bottom B
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminals (2-/3- pin connector) D
Flush-mounting housing, screw-type terminal
(direct connection, ring-type cable lugs) E

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC characteristics, language: German,
(language can be selected) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI characteristics, language: English (UK),
(language can be selected) B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI characteristics, language: English (US),
(language can be selected) C
Port B (System interface)

Analog output 2 x 0 to 20 mA 7
PROFIBUS-DP slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A

PROFIBUS-DP slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector* 9 L 0 B
11 MODBUS, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector* 9 L 0 H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connectors 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector4) 9 L 0 S
Only Port C (Service Interface)

DIGSI 4 / modem, electrical RS232 1
DIGSI 4 / modem, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2
Port C (Service interface) and Port D (Additional Interface) 9 Mo o
means of jumpers. Port C (Service Interface)
DIGSI 4 / modem, electrical RS232 1
voltage ranges can be selected by DIGSI 4 / modem, temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 2
means of jumpers.
3) The binary input thresholds can be Port D (Additional Interface)
selected in stages by means of Temperature monitoring box, optical 820 nm, ST connector A
jumpers. Temperature monitoring box, electrical RS485 F
4) Not available with position 9 = "B" Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA K
* Not with position 9 = B; if 9 = “B”,
please order 7UM62 unit with RS485 Cont’d on next page
port and separate fiber-optic converters.


7UM62 multifunction generator,
motor and transformer protection 7UM62¨¨-¨¨¨¨¨-¨¨¨0
Measuring functions
Without extended measuring functions 0
Min./max. values, energy metering 3
Functions 1)
Generator Basic A
Generator Standard B
Generator Full C
Asynchronous Motor F
Transformer H
Functions (additional functions)1)
Without A
Sensitive rotor earth-fault protection and 100 % stator earth-fault protection B
Restricted earth-fault protection C
Network decoupling (df/dt and vector jump) E
All additional functions G
DIGSI 4
Basis
Professional
Complete version
and control displays) and DIGSI 4 Remote (remote operation) 11

SIGRA 4
(Comtrade format). Running under MS Windows 95/98/ME/NT/2000/XP Professional.
1) For more detailed information on

the functions see Table 11/3.

Connecting cable
Cable between thermo-box and relay
- length 5 m / 5.5 yd 7XV5103-7AA05
- length 25 m / 27.3 yd 7XV5103-7AA25
- length 50 m / 54.7 yd 7XV5103-7AA50
Coupling device for rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6100-0CA00
Short code
Series resistor for rotor earth-fault protection (group: 013002) 3PP1336-0DZ K2Y
Resistor for underexcitation protection (voltage divider, 20:1) (group: 012009) 3PP1326-0BZ K2Y
Resistor for stator earth-fault protection (voltage divider, 5:1) (group 013001) 3PP1336-1CZ K2Y
20 Hz generator 7XT3300-0CA00
20 Hz band pass filter 7XT3400-0CA00
Current transformer (400 A /5 A, 5 VA) 4NC5225-2CE20
Controlling unit f. rotor earth-fault protection (0.5 to 4 Hz) 7XT7100-0EA00
Resistor for 1 to 3 Hz rotor earth-fault protection 7XR6004-0CA00
Temperature monitoring box (thermo-box)

24 to 60 V AC/DC 7XV5662-2AD10
90 to 240 V AC/DC 7XV5662-5AD10
LSP2089-afpen.tif

Fig. 11/60 Mounting rail for 19" rack package

11 3-pin C73334-A1-C36-1 1 Siemens 11/62
LSP2091-afpen.eps
LSP2090-afpen.eps
2 1)
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
1)
Fig. 11/61 Fig. 11/62 0-827397-1 1 AMP
2-pin connector 3-pin connector 2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
1)
0-163084-2 1 AMP
LSP2093-afpen.eps
LSP2092-afpen.eps

1)
tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
For CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
Mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens 11/60

Fig. 11/63 Fig. 11/64
Short-circuit link Short-circuit link Short-circuit For current terminals C73334-A1-C33-1 1 Siemens 11/63
for current for voltage links For other terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens 11/64
terminals terminals/
indications Safety cover Large C73334-A1-C31-1 1 Siemens 11/35
terminals for terminals Small C73334-A1-C32-1 1 Siemens 11/35


7UM623
11
Fig. 11/65
7UM621 and 7UM623 connection diagram (IEC standard)

11
Fig. 11/66

7UM623
11
Fig. 11/67
7UM621 and 7UM623 connection diagram (ANSI standard)

11
Fig. 11/68

11 Generator Protection / 7UW50
SIPROTEC 7UW50
Tripping Matrix
Function overview
Functions
• Hardware tripping matrix
• 28 inputs
• 10 outputs
• One LED is assigned
to each input and output
LSP2300-afpen.tif Features
• Easy marshalling of trip signals via
diode plugs
• Plexiglass cover prevents unauthorized
marshalling
Fig. 11/69 SIPROTEC 7UW50 tripping matrix
Description
The tripping matrix 7UW50 is a compo-

nent of the Siemens numerical generator
protection system. The tripping matrix
provides a transparent, easily programma-
ble facility for combining output com-
mands of the trip outputs of individual
protection devices with plant items such as
the circuit-breakers, de-excitation etc. The
matrix was developed for marshalling
tripping commands of large power sta-
tions.
With its help, the tripping schematic can
be temporarily changed, e.g., on the basis
of a generator circuit-breaker revision. If 11
the software matrix incorporated in each
generator protection unit is used for
marshalling the tripping commands,
the marshalling in the protection units
must be changed for this purpose.

11 Generator Protection / 7UW50

7UW50 tripping matrix 7UW5000-¨Ä00
60 V, 110 V, 125 V DC 4
220 V, 250 V DC 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting B
For panel flush mounting or cubicle mounting C
11

11 Generator Protection / 7RW600
SIPROTEC 7RW600
Numerical Voltage, Frequency and Overexcitation Protection Relay
Function overview
Line protection
• Voltage protection
• Frequency protection
Generator protection
LSP2001-afpen.tif
Transformer protection
Power system decoupling
Load shedding
Fig. 11/70 SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, frequency and overexcitation protection relay
• Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Description Status measured values
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 is a numerical Monitoring functions

multifunction protection relay for connec- • Hardware
tion to voltage transformers. It can be used • Software
in distribution systems, on transformers
and for electrical machines. If the • Event logging
SIPROTEC 7RW600 detects any deviation • Fault recording
from the permitted voltage, frequency or • Continuous self-monitoring
overexcitation values, it will respond ac-
cording to the values set. The SIPROTEC Hardware
7RW600 can be used for the purposes of • Auxiliary voltages:
system decoupling and for load shedding if – 24, 48 V DC
ever there is a risk of a system collapse as a
– 60, 110, 125 V DC
result of inadmissibly large frequency
– 220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC
drops. Voltage and frequency thresholds
• Local operation
11
can also be monitored.
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage, • LCD for setting and analysis
frequency and overexcitation relay can be • Housing for
used to protect generators and transform- – Flush-mounting 1/6 19-inch 7XP20;
ers in the event of defective voltage control, – Surface-mounting 1/6 19-inch 7XP20
of defective frequency control, or of full
load rejection, or furthermore islanding Communication ports
generation systems. • Personal computer
This device is intended as a supplement to • Via RS485 – RS232 converter
Siemens substation systems and for use in • Via modem
individual applications. It has two voltage
inputs (V; Vx) to which a variety of func- • SCADA
tions have been assigned. While input V – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
serves all of the implemented functions, • Bus-capable
input Vx is exclusively dedicated to the
voltage protection functions. The scope of
functions can be selected from three
ordering options.

Application
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 is a numerical

multifunction protection relay for connec-
tion to voltage transformers. It can be
used in distribution systems, on transform-
ers and for electrical machines.
If the SIPROTEC 7RW600 detects any
deviation from the permitted voltage,
frequency or overexcitation values, it will
respond according to the values set. The
SIPROTEC 7RW600 can be used for the
purposes of system decoupling and for
load shedding if ever there is a risk of a
system collapse as a result of inadmissibly
large frequency drops. Voltage and fre-
quency thresholds can also be monitored.
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 voltage,
frequency and overexcitation relay can be
used to protect generators and transform-
ers in the event of defective voltage
control, of defective frequency control,
or of full load rejection, or furthermore
islanding generation systems.
Applications
ANSI IEC Protection
functions
27 V<, t; t = f (V<) Undervoltage
protection
59 59N V>>, t; V>, t Overvoltage
protection
81 81R df df Frequency
f>; f<; - >; +
dt dt protection, rate-
of-frequency-
change protection
24 V V Overexcitation
>,t ; = f (t )
f f protection
Fig. 11/72
11

Construction Protection functions Frequency protection

The frequency protection can be used to
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay contains, in Overvoltage protection protect against overfrequency or against
a compact form, all the components underfrequency. It protects electrical
The overvoltage protection has the func-
needed for: machines and plants/substations against
tion of detecting inadmissible overvoltages
in power systems and electrical machines adverse effects in the event of deviations in
• Acquisition and evaluation of measured the rated speed (e.g. vibration, heating,
and, in such event, it initiates system
values etc.), detects and records frequency fluctu-
decoupling or shuts down the generators.
• Operation and display ations in the power system, and discon-
Two voltage measuring inputs (V, Vx) are nects certain loads according to the
• Output of messages, signals and provided on the unit. These must be con- thresholds set. It can also be used for the
commands nected to two phase-to-phase voltages. The purposes of system decoupling, and thus
• Input and evaluation of binary signals input voltages are processed separately in improves the availability of in-plant power
• Data transmission (RS485) and two two-stage protective functions. From generation.
these, two principle connection variants
• Auxiliary voltage supply. are derived. The frequency protection function is
implemented via voltage input V. From
The SIPROTEC 7RW600 receives AC volt-
Fig. 11/76, Fig. 11/77, and Fig. 11/78, on the sampled voltage, the frequency is mea-
ages from the primary voltage transformer.
page 11/75, show the following connection sured by means of various filter functions.
The secondary rated voltage range, 100 to
examples: The system thus remains unaffected by
125 V, is adapted internally on the device.
harmonics, ripple control frequencies and
Fig. 11/76:
There are two device variants available: other disturbances.
Separated connection, used for overvoltage
• The first version, for panel flush protection and earth-fault detection The frequency protection function operates
over a wide frequency range (25-70 Hz).
mounting or cubicle mounting, has its Fig. 11/77:
terminals accessible from the rear. Two-phase connection to a voltage It is implemented (optionally for overfre-
transformer quency or for underfrequency) on a four-
• The second version for panel surface
stage basis; each stage can be individually
mounting, has its terminals accessible Fig. 11/78:
delayed. The frequency stages can be
from the front. Alternative V connection
blocked either via the binary input or by
Undervoltage protection an undervoltage stage.
The main function of the undervoltage Rate-of-frequency-change protection
protection is protecting electrical machines
The rate-of-frequency-change protection
(e.g. pumped-storage power generators
calculates, from the measured frequency,
and motors) against the consequences of
the gradient of frequency change df/dt. It
dangerous voltage drops. It separates the
is thus possible to detect and record any
machines from the power system and thus
major active power overloading in the
avoids inadmissible operating states and
power system, to disconnect certain con-
the possible risk of stability loss. This is a
sumers accordingly, and to restore the
necessary criterion in system decoupling.
LSP2002-afpen.tif
system to stability. Unlike frequency pro-

To ensure that the protection functions in tection, rate-of-frequency-change 11
a physically correct manner, when used in protection already reacts before the fre-
conjunction with electrical machines, the quency threshold is undershot. To ensure
positive-sequence system must be evalu- effective protection settings, power system
ated. studies are recommended. The rate-of-fre-
quency-change protection function can
The protection function can be blocked,
Fig. 11/73 also be used for the purposes of system
via a binary input, causing a drop in ener-
Rear view of surface- decoupling.
gizing power. The auxiliary contact of the
mounting case
circuit-breaker can be used for this pur- The rate-of-frequency-change protection
pose with the circuit-breaker open. Alter- function is implemented on a four-stage
natively, undervoltage acquisition can be basis; each stage can be individually
activated on a conductor-separated basis delayed. It detects and records any nega-
(V<,Vx< ). tive or positive frequency gradient. The
measured result is generally released as
Additionally, it is possible to use an
soon as the rated frequency is undershot
inverse-time undervoltage protection
or overshot.
function for motor protection. The trip-
ping time depends in the undervoltage Rate-of-frequency-change protection can
drop. A time grading is possible. also be enabled by an underfrequency or
overfrequency stage.

Overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection detects and
records any inadmissibly high induction
V
(B ~ )
f
in electrical equipment, e.g. generators or

transformers, that may occur as a result of
a voltage increase and/or frequency drop.
Increased induction of this nature may
lead to saturation of the iron core, exces-
sive eddy current losses, and thus to inad-
missible heating.
It is recommended to use the overexcita-
tion protection function in power systems
subject to large frequency fluctuations
(e.g. systems in island configuration or
with weak infeed) and for electrical block
units that are separated from the system.
Fig. 11/74 Tripping range of overexcitation protection
The overexcitation protection function
calculates, from the maximum voltage (V,
Vx) and the frequency, the ratio V/f. This
function incorporates an independent
warning and tripping stage and a curve
which is dependent on and adaptable to
the object to be protected and which takes
due account of the object’s thermal behav-
ior. Incorrect adaptation of the voltage
transformer is also corrected. The over-
excitation protection function is effective
over a broad frequency range (25 to 70 Hz)
and voltage range (10 to 170 V).
Features
11 Serial data transmission

The SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay is fitted
with an RS485 port, via which a PC can
be connected, thus providing, in con-
junction with the DIGSI operating and
analysis program, a convenient tool for
configuring and parameter setting. The
DIGSI program (which runs under
MS-Windows) also performs fault re-
cording and fault evaluation. The
SIPROTEC 7RW600 relay can also be Fig. 11/75 Wiring communication
linked, via the appropriate converters, For convenient wiring of the RS485 bus,
either directly or over an optoelectronic use bus cable system 7XV5103 (see part 13 of this catalog)
connection (optical fiber) to the interface
of the PC or substation control system
(IEC 60870-5-103 protocol).

Connection diagrams
Fig. 11/76 Fig. 11/77

Connection of a phase-to-phase voltage V Connection of two phase-to-phase voltages V
and a displacement voltage V x to one voltage transformer set
Fig. 11/78 Fig. 11/79

Connection to voltage transformers in V-configuration Communication port
11
Fig. 11/80
Typical auxiliary voltage wiring

Technical data
Hardware Serial port (isolated)

Measuring circuits (v.t. circuits) Type RS485
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Test voltage 2 kV AC for 1 min
Rated frequency fN 50 or 60 Hz Connections Data cable at housing, two data
Dynamic range 170 V wires, one frame reference for con-
nection of a PC or similar
Power consumption ≤ 0.2 VA
Transmission speed At least 1200 baud, max. 19200 baud
Thermal overload capacity,
continuous 200 V Unit design
for ≤ 10 s 230 V Case 7XP20 For dimensions, see dimension
Power supply via integrated DC/DC converter drawings, part 15
Rated auxiliary voltage Vaux 24/48 V DC Weight

60/110/125 V DC Flush mounting/cubicle mounting Approx. 4 kg
220/250 V DC, 115 V AC Surface mounting Approx. 4.5 kg
Maximum ripple at rated voltage ≤ 12 % Degree of protection IP 51

to IEC 60529/EN 60529
Power consumption
Quiescent Approx. 2 W
Energized Approx. 4 W Electrical test
Maximum bridging time ≥ 20 ms at VAUX (24 V DC) Specifications
following failure of auxiliary voltage ≥ 50 ms at VAUX (110 V DC) Standards IEC 60255-5, ANSI / IEEE C37.90.0
Binary inputs Insulation tests
Number 3 Voltage test (routine test)
Voltage range 24 to 250 V DC All circuits except auxiliary 2.0 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Current consumption, independent Approx. 2.5 mA voltage and RS485
of operating voltage Auxiliary voltage and RS485 only 2.8 kV DC
2 switching thresholds (adjustable) 17 V, 75 V Voltage test (type test)

Over open command contacts 1.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Command contacts
Impulse withstand capability 5 kV (peak); 1.2 / 50 µs; 0.5 J
Number of relays, total 6 (SWC) test (type test)
Number of relays All circuits, class III 3 positive and 3 negative impulses
with 2-channel energization 2 at intervals of 5 s
Contacts per relay (K1 to K5) 1 NO contact Test crosswise:
Contact for relay (K6) 1 NC contact or 1 NO contact Measurement circuits, pilot-wire
(set via jumper) connections, power supply, binary
Switching capacity inputs, class III, (no tests crosswise
Make 1000 W/VA over open contacts, RS485 interface
Break 30 W/VA terminals)
Switching voltage 250 V (AC/DC) EMC tests, immunity; type tests
Standards IEC 60255-22 (product standard)
11
Permissible current,
continuous 5A EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
0.5 s 30 A DIN VDE 0435, Part 303
LEDs High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak), 1 MHz, τ = 15 µs,
IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 shots/s duration 2 s
Ready-to-operate (green) 1
and DIN VDE 0435 Part 303, class III
Marshallable displays (red) 4
Electrostatic discharge 4 kV/6 kV contact discharge,
Fault indication (red) 1 IEC 60255-22-2, class III 8 kV air discharge, both polarities,
and IEC 61000-4-2, class III 150 pF, Ri = 330 Ω
Irradiation with RF field
Non-modulated, IEC 60255-22-3 10 V/m, 27 to 500 MHz
(report), class III
Amplitude-modulated, 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz,
IEC 61000-4-3, class III 80 % AM, 1 kHz
Pulse-modulated, 10 V/m, 900 MHz, repetition
IEC 6100-4-3, class III frequency 200 Hz, duty cycle 50 %

Technical data
EMC tests, immunity; type tests During transport

Fast transients 2 kV, 5/50 ns, 5 kHz, burst length Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
IEC 60255-22-4 and IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms, repetition rate 300 ms, both Vibration Sinusoidal
class III polarities, Ri = 50 Ω, duration 1 min IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ± 7.5 mm amplitude;
Conducted disturbances induced by 10 V, 150 kHz to 80 MHz, IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
radio-frequency fields, amplitude- 80 % AM, 1 kHz Sweep rate 1 octave/min
modulated, IEC 61000-4-6, class III 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
Power frequency magnetic field 30 A/m continuous, 50 Hz Shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV 300 A/m for 3 s, 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of 3
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 kV to 3 kV (peak), orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 1 MHz to 1.5 MHz, decaying Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
(common mode) oscillation, 50 shots per s, duration 2 s, IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
Ri = 150 to 200 Ω IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in each direction
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV, 10/150 ns, 50 shots per s, of 3 orthogonal axes
capability ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities, duration 2 s, Ri = 80 Ω
(common mode) Climatic stress tests
Radiated electromagnetic 10 to 20 V/m, 25 to 1000 MHz, Temperatures
interference ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 amplitude- and pulse-modulated
Recommended temperature during –5 to +55 °C
High-frequency test 2.5 kV (peak, alternating polarity), service (legibility may be impaired
Document 17C (SEC) 102 100, 1, 10 and 50 MHz, > +55 °C)
decaying oscillation, Ri = 50 Ω
Temperature tolerances:
EMC tests, emission; type tests During service –20 to +70 °C
Standard EN 50081-* (generic standard) During storage –25 to +55 °C
Conducted interference voltage, 150 kHz to 30 MHz During transport –25 to +70 °C
aux. voltage only CISPR 11, (storage and transport in
EN 55022, DIN VDE 0878 Part 22, standard works packaging)
limit value, class B Humidity
Interference field strength CISPR 11, 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
EN 55011, DIN VDE 0875 Part 11, It is recommended to arrange the midity, on 30 days during the year 95
limit value, class A units in such a way that they are not % relative humidity, condensation
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- not permitted!
Mechanical stress tests could cause condensation
During operation Functions
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Undervoltage protection
Vibration Sinusoidal Setting range V<, Vx<Vp< 20 to 120 V (in steps of 1 V)
Delay times 0 to 60 s (in steps of 0.01 s) or ∞
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration
Sweep rate 1 octave/min (i.e. non-effective) 11
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Time multiplier for
inverse characteristic 0.1 to 5 s
Shock Half-sinusoidal Pickup time ≤ 50 ms
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 acceleration 5 g, duration 11 ms Reset time ≤ 50 ms
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks in each direction of Reset ratio 1.05
3 orthogonal axes
Tolerances
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Voltage pickup 3 % of setting value or 1 V
IEC 60255-21-3, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4 mm amplitude Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
(horizontal axis)
IEC 60068-2-59 1 to 8 Hz: ± 2 mm amplitude Overvoltage protection
(vertical axis) Setting range
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration V>, V>> 20 to 170 V (in steps of 1 V)
(horizontal axis) Vx>, Vx>> 10 to 170 V (in steps of 1 V)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
(vertical axis)
Sweep rate 1 octave/min Pickup time ≤ 50 ms
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes Reset time ≤ 50 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Tolerances
Voltage pickup 3 % of setting value or 1 V
< 1 % of setting value for V > Vn

Technical data
Frequency protection Fault recording

Number of frequency stages f> or f< 4 Instantaneous value fault record
Setting range f> or f< 40 to 68 Hz (in steps of 0.01 Hz) Measured values V, Vx
Pattern 1.00 ms (50 Hz)
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) 0.83 ms (60 Hz)
Undervoltage blocking 20 to 100 V or ∞ (in steps of 1 V) Fault record duration Max. 5 s
Start signal Tripping, energization, binary input,
Pickup time f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
PC
Reset times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms
Reset difference Approx. 20 mHz R.m.s. fault record
Reset ratio (undervoltage blocking) 1.05 Measured values V, Vx, f-fN
Pattern 10 ms (50 Hz)
Tolerances
8.3 ms (60 Hz)
Frequencies f>, f< 5 mHz at f = fN and V = VN
Fault record duration Max. 50 s
10 mHz at f = fN
Starting signal Tripping, energization, binary input,
Undervoltage blocking 3 % of setting value or 1 V
PC
Rate-of-frequency-change protection
Measured values V, Vx, V1, V/f, f
Number of
rates-of-frequency-changing stages 4 Measuring range voltage 0 to 170 V
Tolerance ≤ 2 V or 5 %
df
Setting range 0.4 to 10 Hz/s or ∞ (in steps of 0.1 Measuring range overexcitation 0 to 2.4
dt Hz/s) Tolerance ≤5%
Delay times 0 to 60 s or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s) Measuring range frequency 25 to 70 Hz
Tolerance ≤ 0.05 Hz or 5 MHz at f = fN
Undervoltage blocking 20 to 100 V or ∞ (in steps of 1 V)
df
Pickup time Approx. 200 ms CE conformity
dt
df
Reset ratio pickup Approx. 0.6 electromagnetic compatibility (EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC) and
dt electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits (Council
Reset ratio (undervoltage blocking) 1.05
This unit conforms to the international standard IEC 60255, and the Ger-
Tolerances df man standard DIN 57435/Part 303 (corresponding to VDE 0435/Part 303).
Changes of frequencies
dt The unit has been developed and manufactured for application in an indus-
In the 45 to 50 Hz range 100 mHz/s at fN = 50 Hz and V = VN trial environment according to the EMC standards.
In the 54 to 60 Hz range 150 mHz/s at fN = 60 Hz and V = VN This conformity is the result of a test that was performed by Siemens AG in
Undervoltage blocking V< 3 % of setting value or 1 V accordance with Article 10 of the Council Directive complying with the
Delay times 1 % of setting value or 10 ms standard EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage Directive”.
Overexcitation protection
11 Warning stage
V / VN
f / fN
1 to 1.2 (in steps of 0.01)
V / VN
Tripping stage 1 to 1.4 (in steps of 0.01)
f / fN
Delay times, 0 to 60 s, or ∞ (in steps of 0.01 s)
warning and tripping stages
Curve values V/f 1.1 / 1.15 / 1.2 / 1.25 / 1.3 / 1.35 / 1.4
Associated delay times 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Cooling-down time 0 to 20000 s (in steps of 1 s)
Voltage transformer adaption factor 0.5 to 2 (in steps 0.01)
Pickup response time (stage curve) ≤ 50 ms
Reset time (stage curve) ≤ 60 ms
Reset ratio 0.95
Tolerances
Overexcitation V/f 3 % of setting value
Delay times (stage curve) 1 % of setting value or 10 ms
Delay times (dependent curve) 5 % with respect to V/f value ± 0.5 s


7RW600 numerical voltage, frequency and 7RW6000-¨Ä¨0-¨D A 0
overexcitation protection relay
24, 48 V DC 2
60, 110, 125 V DC 4
220, 250 V DC, 115 V AC 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the side B
For panel surface mounting, terminals on the top and bottom D
For panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting, terminals on the rear E
Languages
English 0
German 1
Spanish 2
French 3
Scope of functions
Voltage and frequency protection 0
Voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection 1
Voltage and overexcitation protection 2
DIGSI 4
Accessories
Basis
Professional
SIGRA 4
11
Converter RS232 - RS485*
With communication cable for the SIPROTEC 7RW600
numerical voltage, frequency and overexcitation relay; length 1 m
With plug-in power supply unit 230 V AC 7XV5700-0oo00 1)
With plug-in power supply unit 110 V AC 7XV5700-1oo00 1)
Converter, full-duplex FO cable, RS485, with built-in power supply unit

Auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 / 230 V AC 7XV5650-0BA00
Manual for 7RW600

English C53000-G1176-C117-4
1) Possible versions see part 13,

7XV57 RS232-RS485 Converter
RS485 cable and adaptor
7XV5103-oAAoosee part 13

Connection diagrams
Fig. 11/81
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and frequency
protection with pre-
setting of marshallable
binary inputs and
command contacts.
(Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).
Fig. 11/82
Connection circuit
diagram of 7RW600
voltage and overexcita-
tion protection with
presetting of
marshallable binary in-
puts and command
contacts.
11 (Ordering Code:
7RW600x-xBxxx-;
7RW600x-xExxx-).

11 Generator Protection / 7VE6
SIPROTEC 7VE6
Multifunction Paralleling Device
Function overview
Basic functions
• High reliability with a two-out-of-two
design (1 ½ channels in 7VE61 and
2 channels in 7VE63)
• Paralleling of asynchronous voltage
sources
• Balancing commands for voltage and
speed (frequency)
• Paralleling of synchronous voltage
LSP2483-afpen.tif
sources
• Synchro-check function for manual
synchronization
• Parameter blocks for use on several syn-
chronizing points (7VE61 max. 4 and
Fig. 11/83 7VE63 max. 8)
SIPROTEC 7VE6
multifunction paralleling device Additional functions
• Consideration of transformer vector
group and tap changer
• Synchronization record (instantaneous
Description or r.m.s. record)
• Commissioning support (CB-time
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of For larger generators and power systems with
measurement, test synchronization)
the SIPROTEC 4 family are multifunctional high reliability requirements, the 2-channel
compact units used for paralleling power sys- 7VE63 is recommended. Two independent • Browser operation
tems and generators. methods decide on the connection condi- • Full control functionality of SIPROTEC 4
tions. The unit also has the full control func- • Analog outputs of operational mea-
Their technical design ensures highly reliable
tions of the SIPROTEC 4 family.
paralleling due to their 1½-channel or sured values
2-channel measurement method and their Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<, • Functions for protection or network de-
hardware design. This is supported by nu- f>, f< df/dt) including voltage vector jump coupling tasks
merous monitoring functions. (Δϕ) are optionally available for protection
The units automatically detect the operating or network decoupling applications. Protection functions (option)
conditions. The response to these conditions • Undervoltage protection(27)
The integrated programmable logic func-
depends on settings.
tions (continuous function chart CFC) offer • Overvoltage protection (59)
In “synchronous network switching” mode,
the frequency difference is measured with
the user a high flexibility so that adjustments • Frequency protection (81) 11
great accuracy. If the frequency difference is
can easily be made to the varying require- • Rate-of-frequency-change
ments on the basis of special system condi- protection ( 81R)
almost zero for a long enough time, the net-
tions.
works are already synchronous and a larger • Jump of voltage vector monitoring
making angle is permissible. The flexible communication interfaces are
open to modern communication architec- Monitoring functions
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the • Self-supervision of paralleling function
tures with control systems.
case when synchronizing generators, the gen-
erator speed is automatically matched to the
• Operational measured values
system frequency and the generator voltage • 8 oscillographic fault records
to the system voltage. The connection is then Communication interfaces
made at the synchronous point, allowing for
circuit-breaker make-time.
− IEC 60870-5-103
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1½-channel − IEC 61850 protocol
unit (paralleling function + synchro-check)
− PROFIBUS-DP
for use with small to medium-size generators
and power systems. It is more reliable than − MODBUS RTU and DNP 3.0
1-channel paralleling devices. It can also be • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
used for synchro-check, with parallel opera- • Front interface for DIGSI 4
tion of three synchronization points.
• Time synchronization via IRIG B/
DCF77

Application Uniform design Design

The SIPROTEC 4 units have a uniform de- The units are available in two designs: the
The 7VE61 and 7VE63 paralleling devices of
sign and a degree of functionality which ½ 19" wide 7VE61 and the ½ 19" wide
the SIPROTEC 4 family are multifunctional
represents a whole new quality in protec- 7VE63. The 7VE61 features a four-line dis-
compact units used for paralleling power
tion and control and automation. play. The 7VE63 is equipped with a graphic
systems and generators.
Local operation has been designed accord- display for visualization of switching states.
Their technical design ensures highly reliable ing to ergonomic criteria. Large, easy-to- It also has a larger number of binary inputs
paralleling due to their 1½-channel or read displays (graphic display for 7VE63) and outputs than the 7VE61.
2-channel measurement method and their were a major design aim. The DIGSI 4 op-
hardware design. This is supported by nu- erating program considerably simplifies Communication
merous monitoring functions. planning and engineering and reduces
commissioning times. Flexible and powerful communication is par-
The units automatically detect the operating amount. That is why the paralleling devices
conditions. The response to these conditions have up to five serial interfaces (for details see
Highly reliable
depends on settings. chapter 4 "Communication"):
The 7VE6 hardware is based on 20 years of
In “synchronous network switching” mode, − Front interface for connecting a PC
Siemens experience with numerical protec-
the frequency difference is measured with
tion equipment. State-of-the-art technology − Service interface for connecting a PC
great accuracy. If the frequency difference is (e.g. via a modem)
and a high-efficiency, 32-bit microprocessor
almost zero for a long enough time, the net- − System interface for connecting to a
are employed. Production is subject to exact-
works are already synchronous and a larger control system via
ing quality standards.
making angle is permissible. IEC 60870-5-103, IEC 61850,
Special attention has been paid to electro- PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS RTU or
If the conditions are asynchronous, as is the
magnetic compatibility, and the number of DNP 3.0
case when synchronizing generators, the gen-
electronic modules has been drastically re- − Interface for an analog output module
erator speed is automatically matched to the
duced by the use of highly integrated circuits. (2 – 20 mA) and an input
system frequency and the generator voltage
to the system voltage. The connection is then The software design incorporates accumu- − For time synchronization via DCF77 or
made at the synchronous point, allowing for lated experience and the latest technical IRIG B.
circuit-breaker make-time. knowledge. Object orientation and
high-level language programming, com- Operational measured values
The 7VE61 paralleling device is a 1½-channel
bined with the continuous quality assur-
unit (paralleling function + synchro-check) In order to assist system management and for
ance system, ensure maximized software
for use with small to medium-size generators commissioning purposes, relevant measured
reliability.
and power systems. values are displayed as primary and second-
It is more reliable than 1-channel paralleling ary values with unit and values relating to the
devices. It can also be used for synchro- Programmable logic
object to be protected.
check, with parallel operation of three syn- The integrated programmable logic function
chronization points. The measured values can also be transferred
allows the user to implement his own func-
via the serial interfaces.
For larger generators and power systems with tions for automation of switchgear (inter-
high reliability requirements, the 2-channel locking) via a graphic user interface. The user In addition, the programmable logic permits
7VE63 is recommended. Two independent can also generate user-defined messages. limit value scans and status indications de-
11 methods decide on the connection condi- Adjustments can easily be made to the
rived therefrom.
tions. The unit also has the full control func- varying power station requirements. Metered values are available in the form of
tions of the SIPROTEC 4 family. energy metered values for the active and re-
Voltage and frequency functions (V>, V<, Measurement method active energy supplied and are also provided
f>, f< df/dt) including voltage vector jump by an elapsed-hour meter.
Powerful and successful algorithms based on
(Δϕ) are optionally available for protec- years of experience have been incorporated.
tion or network decoupling applications. They ensure both a high level of measure-
ment accuracy and effective noise signal sup-
pression. That makes for reliable paralleling
even in networks with harmonics. Comple-
mentary measurement methods avoid un-
wanted operation.

Application Time synchronization Functions

A battery-backed clock is a standard com-
Indications Functional scope of the paralleling function
ponent and can be synchronized via a syn-
The SIPROTEC 4 units provide detailed data chronization signal (DCF77; IRIG B via The units contain numerous individually
for analysis of synchronization (fault events satellite receiver), binary input, system in- settable functions for different applica-
from activated protection functions) and for terface or SCADA (e.g. SICAM). A date tions. They cover the following operating
checking states during operation. All indica- and time are assigned to every indication. modes:
tions are protected against power supply fail-
ure. Freely assignable binary Synchro-check
inputs and outputs
• Synchronization indications In this mode, the variables ΔV, Δf, Δα are
(Fault indications) Binary inputs, output relays, and LEDs can checked. If they reach set values, a release
The last eight synchronizations (faults) each be given separate user-specific assign- command is issued for as long as all three
are stored in the unit at all times. A fresh ments. Assignment is effected using a soft- conditions are met, but at least for a
synchronization (fault) will erase the old- ware matrix, which greatly simplifies the allo- settable time.
est one. The fault indications have a time cation of individual signals.
resolution of 1 ms. They provide detailed Switching synchronous networks
To ensure dual-channel redundancy, con-
information on history. The buffer mem- trol of the CLOSE relay (relay R1 and R2) The characteristic of synchronous net-
ory is designed for a total of 600 indica- is prioritized and should not be altered. works is their identical frequency (DfN0).
tions. These two relays have a special, highly reli- This state is detected, and fulfillment of the
• Operational indications able control and monitoring logic ΔV and Δα conditions is checked. If the
All indications that are not directly associ- (see Fig. 11/89). conditions remain met for a set time, the
ated with the synchronization (fault) (e.g. CLOSE command is issued.
operating or switching actions) are stored Continuous self-monitoring
in the status indication buffer. The time Switching asynchronous networks
The hardware and software are continu-
resolution is 1 ms, buffer size: 200 indica-
ously monitored. If abnormal conditions This state occurs in the power system and
tions.
are detected, the unit signals immediately. generator (open generator circuit-breaker).
In this way, a great degree of safety, reli- A check is made for fulfillment of ΔV and
Fault recording at up to 10 or 100 seconds
ability and availability is achieved. Δf conditions and the connection time is
An instantaneous value or r.m.s. value re- calculated, taking account of Δα, and the
corder is provided. The firmware permits Reliable battery monitoring circuit-breaker making time. By means of
storage of 8 fault recordings. Triggering can balancing commands (for voltage and fre-
The battery buffers the indications and fault
be effected by the synchronization function quency), the generator can automatically
recordings in the event of power supply volt-
(starting or closing command), protection be put into a synchronous condition.
age failure. Its function is checked at regular
function (pickup or tripping), binary input,
intervals by the processor. If the capacity of
the DIGSI 4 operating program or by the Switching onto dead busbars
the battery is found to be declining, an alarm
control system.
indication is generated. The voltage inputs are checked here. The
The instantaneous value recording stores the CLOSE command is issued depending on the
All setting parameters are stored in the
voltage input values (va,vb,vc,vd,ve,vf), voltage set program and the result of measurement.
Flash-EPROM which are not lost if the
differences (va-vd,vb-ve, vc-vf), and calculated
r.m.s. values ΔV, Δf, Δα at 1-ms intervals (or
power supply or battery fails. The A three-phase connection increases reliability 11
SIPROTEC 4 unit remains fully functional. because several voltages must fulfill the con-
0.83-ms intervals for 60 Hz). The r.m.s. val- ditions (see Fig. 11/84).
ues are calculated every half cycle. The total
duration of the fault recording is 10 seconds. The following operating states are possible:
If the time is exceeded, the oldest recording is − V1< V2 >
overwritten. (connection to dead busbar (side 1))
− V1> V2 <
If you want to record for a longer period for (connection to dead line (side 2))
commissioning purposes (for example, to
− V1< V2 <
show the effect of balancing commands),
(forced closing)
r.m.s. value recording is advisable. The rele-
vant calculated values (V1,V2, f1, f2, ΔV, Δf,
Δα) are recorded at half-cycle intervals. The
total duration is 100 seconds.

Functions Commissioning aids The operational measured values also in-

clude all measured values required for com-
The paralleling device is designed to be com-
Voltage and frequency band query missioning. The behavior of the paralleling
missioned without an external tester/
function or the unit is also documented in
Synchronization is not activated until the recorder (see Fig. 11/84). For that purpose, it
detail in the operational annunciation and
set limits are reached. Then the remaining contains a codeword-protected commission-
synchronization annunciation buffer. The
parameters (see above) are checked. ing section. This can be used to measure the
connection conditions are documented in
make time automatically with the unit (inter-
the synchronization record. Test synchroni-
Vector group adaptation nal command issue until the CB poles are
zation is also permitted. All actions inside the
closed). This process is logged by the fault re-
If synchronization is effected using a trans- synchronizer are taken but the two CLOSE
cording function.
former, the unit will take account of the relays are not operated (R1 and R2). This
phase-angle rotation of the voltage phasor state can also be initiated via a binary input.
in accordance with the vector group entry
for the transformer. On transformers with
a tap changer, the tap setting can be com-
municated to the unit, for example, as
BCD code (implemented in the 7VE63).
When using the IEC 61850 communica-
tion standard, it is possible to detect tap
position indications with a bay control
unit (e.g. 6MD66) and to transmit these
indications via GOOSE to the 7VE6 paral-
leling device. Deviations from the rated
transformation ratio result in the appro-
priate voltage amplitude adaptation.
Voltage and frequency balancing

If the synchronization conditions are not ful-
filled, the unit will automatically issue bal-
ancing signals. These are the appropriate up
or down commands to the voltage or speed
LSP2480fen.tif
controller (frequency controller). The bal-
ancing signals are proportional to the voltage
or frequency difference, which means that if
the voltage or frequency difference is sub- Fig. 11/84
stantial, longer balancing commands will be SIGRA 4, synchronization record with balancing commands
output. A set pause is allowed to elapse be-
tween balancing commands to allow the state
change to settle. This method ensures rapid
balancing of the generator voltage or fre-
quency to the target conditions.
11
If identical frequency is detected during gen-
erator-network synchronization (“motion-
less synchronization phasor”), a kick pulse
will put the generator out of this state.
For example, if the voltage is to be adjusted
using the transformer tap changer, a de-
fined control pulse will be issued.
Several synchronizing points

Depending on the ordered scope, several
synchronization points can be operated.
The data for synchronization of each cir-
cuit-breaker (synchronization function
group) are stored individually. In the max-
imum version, the 7VE63 operates up to 8
synchronization points. Selection is made
either via the binary input or the serial in-
terface. With the CFC, it is also possible to
control the connection of the measured
variables or commands via a master relay.

Functions
Great safety and reliability due to

multi-channel redundancy 1 ½-channel version
(7VE61)
Generator synchronization especially re-
quires units in which unwanted operation
can be ruled out. The paralleling device
achieves this multi-channel redundancy with
a two-out-of-two decision. That means that
two conditions for the CLOSE command
must be fulfilled. Fig. 11/85 shows the 2-channel version
structure of the two designs. (7VE63)
In the 1½-channel version (7VE61), the par-
alleling function is the function that gives the
CLOSE command. The synchro-check func-
tion acts as a release criterion with rougher
monitoring limit settings. Other monitoring Fig. 11/86
functions are also active at the same time (see Design of multi-channel redundancy
below).
In the two-channel version (7VE63), two in-
dependent methods work in parallel. The
CLOSE command is given when the two
methods simultaneously decide on CLOSE.
Fig. 11/86 shows the consistent implementa-
tion of dual-channel redundancy.
The measured quantities are fed to two
ADCs. The second ADC processes the values
rotated through 180° (e.g. V1). The monitor-
ing methods test all the transformer circuits
including internal data acquisition for plau-
sibility and they block measurement if devia-
tions are found. The phase-sequence test de-
tects connection errors. The measuring
methods 1 and 2 include the measurement
algorithms and logic functions.
In keeping with the two-channel redundancy
principle, differing measurement methods
are used to prevent unwanted operation due
to systematic errors. Fig. 11/85
Two-channel redundancy 11
In addition, numerous methods are also ac-
tive, such as closure monitoring (synchro-
nism monitoring of both methods). Un-
wanted relay operation is avoided by
two-channel operation of both CLOSE re-
lays. The two measurement methods
operate the transistors crossed over.
Moreover, coil operation is monitored in the
background. For this purpose, transistors are
activated individually and the response is fed
back. Both interruptions and transistor
breakdown are detected. When faults are
found, the unit is blocked immediately.
The plausibility monitoring of set values
(valid limits) and selection of the synchroni-
zation function groups (only one can be se-
lected) are also supported. In the event of
any deviations, messages are output and the
paralleling function is blocked.

Functions
Internet technology
simplifies commissioning
ing program, the synchronizer contains a
Web server that can be accessed via a tele-
communications link using a browser (e.g.
Internet Explorer). The advantage of this so-
lution is that it is both possible to operate the
unit with standard software tools and to
make use of the Intranet/ Internet infrastruc-
ture. Moreover, information can be stored in
the unit without any problems. In addition
to numeric values, visualizations facilitate
LSP2481fen.tif
work with the unit. In particular, graphical
displays provide clear information and a high
degree of operating reliability. Fig. 11/88
shows an example of an overview that is fa- Fig. 11/87
miliar from conventional synchronizers. The Browser-based operation
current status of synchronization conditions
is clearly visible. Of course, it is possible to
call up further measured value displays and
annunciation buffers. By emulation of inte-
grated unit operation, it is also possible to ad-
just selected settings for commissioning
purposes, (see Fig. 11/87).
LSP2482fen.tif
Fig. 11/88
Overview display of the synchronization function
11

Functions Rate-of-frequency-change protection

(ANSI 81R)
Protection and automation functions This function can also be assigned to an in-
Basic concept put. The frequency difference is determined
on the basis of the calculated frequency over
The paralleling function is not performed a time interval. It corresponds to the mo-
constantly. Therefore the measured quan- mentary rate-of-frequency change. The func-
tities provided at the analog inputs are tion is designed to react to both positive and
available for other functions. Voltage and negative rate-of-frequency changes. Ex-
frequency protection or limit value moni- ceeding of the permissible rate-of-frequency
toring of these quantities are typical appli- change is monitored constantly. Release of
cations. Another possible application is the relevant direction depends on whether
network decoupling. After network dis- the actual frequency is above or below the
connection, automatic resynchronization rated frequency. In total, four stages are
using the CFC is possible on request. available, and can be used optionally.
To allow for great flexibility, these func-
tions can be assigned to the analog inputs. This function is used for fast load shedding
This is defined for the specific application. or for network decoupling.
Undervoltage protection Jump of voltage vector monitoring

(ANSI 27)
Smaller generating plants frequently require
The protection function is implemented the vector jump function. With this criterion
on two stages and evaluates the voltage at it is possible to detect a disconnected supply
an input assigned to it. Analysis of a (e.g. due to the dead time during an auto-
phase-to-phase voltage is beneficial as it matic reclosure) and initiate generator dis-
avoids starting in the event of earth faults. connection. This avoids impermissible loads
The protection function can be used for on the generating plant, especially the drive
monitoring and decoupling purposes or to gearing, if reconnection to the network is
prevent voltage-induced instability of gen- asynchronous.
erators by disconnection.
The vector jump function monitors the
phase angle change in the voltage.
Overvoltage protection
(ANSI 59) If the incoming line should fail, the abrupt
current discontinuity leads to a phase angle
The protection function is implemented jump in the voltage. This is measured by
on two stages and evaluates the voltage at means of a delta process. The command for
an input assigned to it. opening the generator or coupler circuit-
The overvoltage protection prevents im- breaker is issued if the set threshold is ex-
permissible stress on equipment due to exceeded.
cessive voltages.
Vector jump monitoring is performed
Frequency protection again for the assigned voltage input. This 11
(ANSI 81) function is blocked during synchroniza-
tion.
The protection function is implemented on
four stages and evaluates the frequency of an Threshold monitoring
input assigned to it. Depending on the fre-
quency threshold setting, the function can The threshold function is provided for fast
provide overfrequency protection (setting monitoring and further processing in the
> fn) or underfrequency protection (setting CFC. Optional monitoring of the calcu-
< fn. Each stage can be delayed separately. lated voltage (for violation of an upper or
Stage 4 can be configured either as an lower threshold) at the six voltage inputs is
overfrequency or underfrequency stage. possible. A total of three greater-than and
three less-than thresholds are available.
The application consists of frequency The check is made once per cycle, resulting
monitoring usually causing network dis- in a minimum operating time of about
connection in the event of any deviations. 30 ms for the voltage. The times can be ex-
The function is suitable as a load shedding tended by the internal check time, if neces-
criterion. sary (about 1 cycle).

Connection to three-phase voltage trans-
former
If three-phase voltage transformers are avail-
able, connection as shown in Fig. 11/89 is
recommended. This is the standard circuit
because it provides a high level of reliability
for the paralleling function. The phase-se-
quence test is additionally active, and several
voltages are checked on connection to a dead
busbar. Interruption in the voltage connec-
tion does not lead to unwanted operation.
Please note that side 1 (that is, V1) is always
the feed side. That is important for the direc-
tion of balancing commands.
Fig. 11/89
Connection to open delta connection

(V-connection) voltage transformer
Fig. 11/90 shows an alternative to Fig. 11/89
for substations in which the voltage trans-
formers have to be V-connected. For the par-
alleling device, this connection is the electri-
cal equivalent of the connection described
above. It is also possible to combine the two:
three one-pole isolated voltage transformers
on one side and the V-connection on the
other. If, additionally, a synchroscope is con-
nected, it must be electrically isolated by
11 means of an interposing transformer.
Fig. 11/90

Connection to unearthed voltage trans-

former
To save costs for the voltage transformer,
two-phase isolated voltage transformers are
used that are connected to the phase-to-
phase voltage (see Fig. 11/91). In that case,
the phase-rotation supervision is inactive
and reliability restrictions when connecting
to the dead busbar must be accepted.
Full two-channel redundancy is ensured.
Fig. 11/91
Connection to single-phase isolated volt-

age transformer
As an alternative to Fig. 11/91, some substa-
tions use single-phase isolated voltage trans-
formers (see Fig. 11/92). In this case, only a
phase-to-earth voltage is available. This con-
nection should be avoided if possible. Espe-
cially in isolated or resonant-(star point)
neutral-earthed networks, an earth fault
would lead to a voltage value of zero. That
does not permit synchronization and the
busbar is detected as dead.
If V1 < and V2 > connection is permitted, 11
there is a high risk of incorrect synchroniza-
tion. Furthermore, an earth fault in phase L2
leads to an angle rotation of – for instance –
30° in phase L1. This means that the device
switches at a large fault angle.
Fig. 11/92

Switching in 16.7 Hz networks

for application in traction systems
The unit can also be used for synchronizing
railway networks or generators. The connec-
tion has to be executed according to
Fig. 11/93. No phase sequence test is available
here. Two-channel redundancy is
ensured.
The voltage inputs permit the application of
the 16.7 Hz frequency without any difficul-
ties.
On connection to a dead busbar, a broken
wire in the external voltage transformer cir-
cuit is not detected. It is recommended to
make another interrogation of a second volt-
age transformer.
Fig. 11/93
11

Synchro-check for several synchronizing

points
To avoid unwanted operation during man-
ual synchronization or during connection of
circuit-breakers in the network, the syn-
chro-check function is used as an enabling
criterion. It is fully compatible with all of the
connections described above (see Figs. 11/89
to 11/93). With the “synchro-check” order-
ing option, the paralleling device also allows
up to three circuit-breakers to be monitored
in parallel. That saves wiring, switching and
testing. In particular, that is an application
for the 1½ circuit-breaker method. More-
over, on smaller generating plants one unit
can be used for up to three generators, which
helps reduce costs.
The connection shown in Fig. 11/94 is a sin-
gle-pole version, which is acceptable for the
synchro-check function.
An alternative is the connection for two
switching devices (see Fig. 11/95).
The two free voltage inputs can be used for
monitoring purposes.
Fig. 11/94
11
Fig. 11/95

Fig. 11/96
11 Synchronization of a generator
Fig. 11/96 shows an example of the 7VE61
paralleling device connected to a medium-
power generator. Where three-phase voltage
transformers are available, direct connection
is recommended. The synchronization point
and start of synchronization is selected via
the binary inputs. If cancellation is necessary,
the stop input must be used.
If synchronization onto a dead busbar is per-
mitted, the alarm contact of the voltage
transformer miniature circuit-breakers
(m.c.b.) must be connected to the unit.
Relays R1 and R2 are used for a CLOSE com-
mand. The other relays are used for selected
indications and for the balancing commands.
The live status contact operated by the unit
self-supervision function must also be wired.

Technical data
Hardware Unit design

Analog inputs 7XP20 housing For dimensions see dimension
Rated frequency 50, 60 or 16.7 Hz drawings part 15
Rated voltage VN 100 to 125 V Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529
For surface-mounting housing IP 51
Power consumption For flush-mounting housing
Voltage inputs (at 100 V) Approx. 0.3 VA Front IP 51
Capability in voltage paths 230 V continuous Rear IP 50
Auxiliary voltage For the terminals IP 2x with terminal cover put on
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 48 V DC Weight
60 to 125 V DC Flush-mounting housing
110 to 250 V DC 7VE61 (½ x 19“) Approx. 5.2 kg
220 to 250 V DC 7VE63 (½ x 19“) Approx. 7 kg
115 and 230 V AC (50/60 Hz) Surface-mounting housing
Permitted tolerance -20 to +20 % 7VE61 (½ x 19”) Approx. 9.2 kg
7VE63 (½ x 19”) Approx. 12 kg
Superimposed AC voltage ≤ 15 %
(peak-to-peak)
Power consumption Serial interfaces
Quiescent Operating interface for DIGSI 4
7VE61 Approx. 4 W Connection Non-isolated, RS232, front panel;
7VE63 Approx. 5.5 W 9-pin subminiature connector
Energized (SUB-D)
7VE61 Approx. 9.5 W Baud rate 4800 to 115,200 baud
7VE63 Approx. 12 W
Time synchronization IRIG-B / DCF77 signal (Format: IRIG B000)
Bridging time during auxiliary
voltage failure Connection 9-pin subminiature connector,
at Vaux = 48 V and Vaux W 110 V ≥ 50 ms (SUB-D), terminal with surface-
at Vaux = 24 V and Vaux = 60 V ≥ 20 ms mounting case
Binary inputs Voltage levels Selectable 5, 12 or 24 V
Quantity Service / modem interface (Port C) for DIGSI 4 / modem / service
7VE61 6 Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector
7VE63 14 (SUB-D)
3 pickup thresholds 14 to 19 V DC, 66 to 88 V DC; Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
Range is settable with jumpers 117 to 176 V DC Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
System interface (Port B) IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, PROFIBUS-DP,
Current consumption, energized Approx. 1.8 mA MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0) and interface (Port D)
Output relays Isolated RS232/RS485 9-pin subminiature connector (SUB-D)
Quantity Baud rate 4800 to 115200 Baud
7VE61 9 (each with 1 NO; 1 optional as Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
NC, via jumper) Distance for RS232 Max. 15 m
7VE62 17 (each with 1 NO; 2 optional as
NC, via jumper)
Distance for RS485 Max. 1000 m 11
RS485: PROFIBUS-DP, MODBUS 9-pin subminiature connector
7VE61+7VE63 1 live status contact RTU, DNP 3.0 (SUB-D)
(NC, NO via jumper) Test voltage 500 V / 50 Hz
Switching capacity Baud rate
Make 1000 W / VA PROFIBUS-DP Max. 12 MBaud
Break 30 VA MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Max. 19200 Baud
Break (for L/R w 50 ms) 25 W Distance
PROFIBUS-DP Max. 1000 m with 93.75 kBaud;
Switching voltage 250 V Max. 100 m with 12 MBaud
Permissible current 5 A continuous MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 1000 m
30 A for 0.5 seconds Fiber optic: IEC, PROFIBUS-DP, ST connector
LEDs MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0
Quantity PROFIBUS-DP Double ring
RUN (green) 1 IEC, MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Point-to-point
ERROR (red) 1 Baud rate
Assignable LED (red) PROFIBUS-DP Max. 1.5 MBaud
7VE61 7 MODBUS RTU, DNP 3.0 Max. 19200 Baud
7VE63 14 Optical wavelength λ = 820 nm
Permissible path attenuation Max. 8 dB, for glass-fiber
62.5/125 μm
Distance Max. 1.5 km
Analog output module (electrical) 2 ports with 0 to +20 mA

Technical data
System interface (Port B) Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition
IEC 61850 pulse-modulated frequency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
Ethernet, electrical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204,
class III
Connection
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz;
two RJ45 connector, 100 Mbit/s acc. IEC 60255-22-4, burst length = 15 ms; repetition
to IEEE802.3 IEC 61000-4-4, class IV rate 300 ms; both polarities;
for surface-mounting case At bottom part of the housing Ri = 50 Ω; test duration 1 min
Test voltage 500 V; 50 Hz High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s (SURGE),
Distance 20 m/66 ft IEC 61000-4-5 installation, class III
Ethernet, optical (EN 100) for IEC 61850 and DIGSI Auxiliary supply Common (longitudinal) mode:
2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF
Connection Differential (transversal) mode:
for flush-mounting case Rear panel, mounting location "B", 1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF
LC connector receiver/transmitter
for panel surface-mounting case Not available Measurement inputs, binary inputs
Optical wavelength λ = 1350 nm and relay outputs Common (longitudinal) mode:
Transmission speed 100 Mbits/s 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Laser class 1 acc. to EN 60825-1/-2 Glass fiber 50/125 μm or Differential (transversal) mode:
glass fiber 62/125 μm Line-conducted HF, 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF
Permissible path attenuation Max. 5 dB for glass fiber amplitude-modulated 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM;
Distance 62.5/125μm IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz
Max. 800 m/0.5 mile Magnetic field with power frequency 30 A/m continuous;
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; IEC 60255-6 300 A/m for 3 s; 50 Hz
Electrical tests 0.5 mT; 50 Hz
Specifications Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz
capability damped wave; 50 surges
Standards IEC 60255 (product standards) ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 per second;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2 Duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
UL 508
DIN 57435, part 303 Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 surges per
For further standards see below capability second; both polarities;
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 duration 2 s ; Ri = 80 Ω
Insulating tests
Radiated electromagnetic 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz
Standards IEC 60255-5 interference
Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (r.m.s.), 50/60 Hz ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2
All circuits except for auxiliary sup- Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), polarity
ply, binary inputs, communication IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating 100 kHz, 1 MHz,
and time synchronization interfaces 10 and 50 MHz, Ri = 200 Ω
Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC EMC tests for interference emission (type test)
Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
Standard EN 50081-1 (generic standard)
Voltage test (100 % test) only 500 V (r.m.s. value), 50/60 Hz
isolated communication interfaces Conducted interference voltage 150 kHz to 30 MHz
11 and time synchronization interface on lines only auxiliary supply
IEC-CISPR 22
Limit class B
Impulse voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative impulses Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz
tion interfaces and time synchroni- at intervals of 5 s IEC-CISPR 22 Limit class B
zation interface, class III
EMC tests for noise immunity (type test) Mechanical stress tests
Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration
(product standards) During operation
DIN 57435 part 303 Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068
High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 60255-22-1, class III τ = 15 ms IEC 60255-21-1, class II 10 to 60 Hz: ± 0.075 mm amplitude;
and DIN 57435 part 303, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration
Electrostatic discharge 8 kV contact discharge; 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
IEC 60255-22-2, class IV 15 kV air discharge;
EN 61000-4-2, class IV both polarities; 150 pF; Ri = 330 Ω Shock Half-sinusoidal
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
non-modulated the 3 axes
IEC 60255-22-3 (report), class III
Irradiation with RF field, 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
amplitude-modulated, 1 kHz

Technical data
Seismic vibration Sinusoidal Paralleling function (ANSI 25)

IEC 60255-21-2, class I 1 to 8 Hz: ± 3.5 mm amplitude Setting ranges
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) Upper voltage limit Vmax 20 to 140 V (steps 1 V)
1 to 8 Hz: ± 1.5 mm amplitude Lower voltage limit Vmin 20 to 125 V (steps 1 V)
(vertical axis) V < for de-eergized status 1 to 60 V (steps 1 V)
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration V > for energized status 20 to 140 V (steps 1 V)
(horizontal axis) Voltage difference ΔV 0 to 40 V (steps 1 V)
8 to 35 Hz: 0.5 g acceleration Frequency difference Δf 0 to 2 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
(vertical axis) Angle difference Δα 2 to 80° (steps 1°)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Changeover threshold 0.01 to 0.04 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
1 cycle in 3 orthogonal axes asynchronous – synchronous
During transport Angle correction of vector group 0 to 359° (steps 1°)
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 Matching voltage transformer V1/V2 0.5 to 2 (steps 0.01)
Circuit-breaker making time 10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
Vibration Sinusoidal Operating time of circuit-breaker 0.01 to 10 s (steps 0.01 s)
IEC 60255-21-1, class II 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude; Max. operating time after start 0.01 to 1200 s (steps 0.01 s)
IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration Monitoring time of voltage 0 to 60 s (steps 0.1 s)
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min Release delay 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes Synchronous switching 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s)
Shock Half-sinusoidal Times
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms, Minimum measuring time Approx. 80 ms (50/60 Hz)
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions Approx. 240 ms (16.7 Hz)
3 axes
Drop-off
Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal Drop-off ratio voltage Approx. 0.9 (V >) or 1 (V <)
IEC 60255-21-2, class I Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms, Drop-off difference frequency 20 mHz
IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of Drop-off difference phase angle 1°
the 3 axes
Tolerance
Voltage measurement 1 % of pickup value or 0.5 V
Climatic stress test Voltage difference ΔV 1 % of pickup value or max. 0.5 V
Temperatures (typical < 0.2 V)
Frequency difference Δf < 10 mHz (synchronous network)
Standards IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2
< 15 mHz (asynchronous network)
Recommended operating limiting –5 °C to +55 °C / +25 °F to +131 °F Angle difference Δα 0.5° with minor slip and approx.
temperature rated frequency 3° for Δf < 1 Hz,
Temporarily permissible operating -20 to +70 °C 5° for Δf > 1 Hz
temperature (Legibility of display may be Delay times 1 % or 10 ms
impaired above +55 °C / +131 °F) Readjustment commands for synchronization
Limiting temperature during –25 °C to +55 °C / –13 °F to +131 °F Frequency balancing
permanent storage (with supplied Minimum control pulse 10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
packing) Maximum control pulse 1 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
Limiting temperature during –25 °C to +70 °C / –13 °F to +158 °F Frequency change of controller 0.05 to 5 Hz/s (steps 0.01 Hz/s)
transport (with supplied packing) Setting time of controller 0 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
Target value for frequency -1 to 1 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz)
Humidity
Standards IEC 60068-2-3
balancing
Kick pulse Available
11
Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu- Voltage balancing
It is recommended to arrange the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 % Minimum control pulse 10 to 1000 ms (steps 1 ms)
units in such a way that they are not relative humidity; condensation is Maximum control pulse 1 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
exposed to direct sunlight or pro- not permitted Voltage change of controller 0.1 to 50 V/s (steps 0.1 V/s)
nounced temperature changes that Setting time of controller 0 to 32 s (steps 0.01 s)
could cause condensation Permissible overexcitation 1 to 1.4 (steps 0.01)
(V/VN)/(f/fN)
Functions Tolerances
Minimum control pulse 1%
General Control times Approx. 5 % or ± 20 ms
Frequency range 25 to 75 Hz (fN = 50 Hz) Undervoltage protection (ANSI 27)
30 to 90 Hz (fN = 60 Hz)
8.35 to 25 Hz (fN = 16.7 Hz) Setting range
Undervoltage pickup 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
V <, V <<
Times
Pickup times V <, V << Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Drop-off times V <, V << Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Drop-off ratio V <, V << 1.01 to 1.10 (steps 0.01)
Tolerances
Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V

Technical data
Overvoltage protection (ANSI 59) Threshold value supervision

Setting ranges Number of steps 6 (3 larger and 3 smaller)
Overvoltage pickup V >, V >> 30 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V) Measured quantity Va, Vb, Vc, Vd, Ve, Vf
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Setting ranges 2 to + 200 % (steps 1 %)
Time Times
Pickup times V >, V >> Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz) Pickup times Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Drop-off times V >, V >> Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz) Drop-off times Approx. 50 ms (150 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Drop-off ratio V >, V >> 0.90 to 0.99 (steps 0.01) Drop-off ratio 0.95
Tolerances Voltage tolerance 1 % of set value or 0.5 V
Voltage limit values 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Typical operational measured values
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms Description Secondary
Frequency protection (ANSI 81) Voltages Va; Vb; Vc; Vd; Ve; Vf; V1, V2, ΔV
Setting ranges Tolerance 0.2 % of measured value
Steps; selectable f>, f< 4 or ± 0.2 V ± 1 digit
Pickup values f>, f< 40 to 65 Hz (steps 0.01 Hz) Phase angle Δα
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Tolerance < 0.5°
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V)
Frequency f1, f2, Δf
Times Tolerance 10 mHz at f = fN
Pickup times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms (300 ms at 16.7 Hz) 15 mHz at f = fN ± 10 %
Drop-off times f>, f< Approx. 100 ms (300 ms at 16.7 Hz)
Fault records
Drop-off difference Δf Approx. 20 mHz
Drop-off ratio V< Approx. 1.05 Number of fault records Max. 8 fault records
Tolerances Instantaneous values
Frequencies 10 mHz at f = fN Storage time Max. 10 s
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V Sampling interval Depending on the actual frequency
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms (e. g. 1 ms at 50 Hz;
0.83 ms at 60 Hz)
Rate-of-frequency-change protection (ANSI 81R)
Channels Va, Vb, Vc, Vd, Ve, Vf, Vd-Va, Ve-Vb,
Setting ranges Vf-Vc, ΔV, Δf, Δα
Steps, selectable +df/dt >; - df/dt 4
Pickup value df/dt 0.1 to 10 Hz/s (steps 0.1 Hz/s); R.m.s. values
Time delays T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Storage period Max. 100 s
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) Sampling interval Fixed (10 ms at 50 Hz,
8.33 ms at 60 Hz)
Times Channels V1, V2, f1, f2, ΔV, Δf, Δα
Pickup times df/dt Approx. 200 to 700 ms
at 16.7 Hz: times x 3 (depending on measuring duration) Additional functions
Drop-off times df/dt Approx. 200 to 700 ms Fault event logging Storage of events of the last 8 faults
at 16.7 Hz: times x 3 (depending on measuring duration) Puffer length max. 600 indications
Drop-off ratio df/dt 0.02 at 0.99 Hz/s (settable) Time solution 1 ms
Drop-off ratio V < Approx. 1.05 Operational indications Max. 200 indications
Tolerances Time solution 1 ms
Rate-of-frequency change Approx. 0.1 Hz/s at V > 0.5 VN Elapsed-hour meter Up to 6 decimal digits
11 Measuring duration < 5 Approx. 5 % or 0.15 Hz/s Switching statistics Number of break operations
at V > 0.5 VN Number of make operations
Measuring duration > 5 Approx. 3 % or 0.15 Hz/s
CE conformity
at V > 0.5 VN
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V This product is in conformity The unit has been developed and
Time delays T 1 % or 10 ms with the Directives of the European manufactured for application in an
Communities on the harmoniza- industrial environment according
Jump of voltage vector monitoring
tion of the laws of the Member to the EMC standards.
Setting ranges States relating to electromagnetic This conformity is the result of a
Stage Δϕ 2° to 30° (steps 0.1°) compatibility (EMC Council test that was performed by Siemens
Time delay T 0 to 60 s (steps 0.01 s) or indefinite Directive 89/336/EEC) and electri- AG in accordance with Article 10
Undervoltage blocking V< 10 to 125 V (steps 0.1 V) cal equipment designed for use of the Council Directive complying
Maximum voltage 10 to 170 V (steps 0.1 V) within certain voltage limits with the generic standards
Times (Council Directive 73/23/EEC). EN 50081-2 and EN 50082-2 for
Pickup times Δϕ Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz) This unit conforms to the interna- the EMC Directive and standard
Drop-off times Δϕ Approx. 75 ms (225 ms at 16.7 Hz) tional standard IEC 60255, and EN 60255-6 for the “low-voltage
Tolerances the German standard DIN 57435/ Directive”.
Vector jump 0.5° at V > 0.5 VN Part 303 (corresponding to
Undervoltage blocking 1 % of set value or 0.5 V VDE 0435/Part 303).
External trip coupling
Number of external trip couplings 4


code
7VE61 multifunction paralleling unit 7VE6110-¨¨¨¨¨-0¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Housing 1/3 19”, 6 BI, 9 BO, 1 live status contact
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC , threshold binary input 19 V 2
60 to 125 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V 4
110 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V DC 5
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B

Region DE, 50 Hz, language German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, language English (US) (language selectable) C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language Spanish (language selectable) E
Port B (system interface)

IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, electrical RS232 1
IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 7
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 B
MODBUS RTU, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS RTU, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connectors 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector2) 9 L 0S

Port C (service interface) and Port D (additional interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 9 M 1 ¨ 11
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 9 M 2 ¨

Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to20 mA K
Scope of functions of the unit

Synchro-check for up to 3 synchronizing points (with dead bus/line monitoring) A
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points without balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel B
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel C
Paralleling function for 4 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 1½-channel,
synchro-check in 2nd channel D
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
1) With position 9 = B (surface- (voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B
mounting housing) the unit must
be ordered with RS485 interface Additional applications
and a separate FO converter. Without 0
2) Not available with position 9 = "B" Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1


code
7VE63 multifunction paralleling unit 7VE6320-¨¨¨¨¨-0¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Housing 1/2 19”, 14 BI, 17 BO,1 live status contact
Auxiliary voltage (power supply, indication voltage)
24 to 48 V DC , threshold binary input 19 V DC 2
60 to 125 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V DC 4
Unit design
Surface-mounting housing, 2-tier screw-type terminals at top/bottom B

Region DE, 50 Hz, language German (language selectable) A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language English (GB) (language selectable) B
Region US, 60 Hz, language English (US) (language selectable) C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language Spanish (language selectable) E
Port B (system interface)

IEC 60870-5-103-protocol, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA 7
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 1) 9 L 0B
MODBUS RTU, electrical RS485 9 L 0D
MODBUS RTU, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0E
DNP 3.0, optical 820 nm, ST connector 1) 9 L 0H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connectors 9 L 0R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector2) 9 L 0S

Port C (service interface) and Port D (additional interface)
11 Port C (service interface)

DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS232 9 M1 ¨
DIGSI 4/modem, electrical RS485 9 M2 ¨

Analog outputs 2 x 0 to 20 mA or 4 to 20 mA K
Scope of functions of the unit

Synchro-check for up to 3 synchronizing points (with dead bus/line monitoring) A
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points without balancing commands, 2-channel,
independent measuring procedures B
Paralleling function for 2 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 2-channel ,
independent measuring procedures C
Paralleling function for 8 synchronizing points with balancing commands, 2-channel,
independent measuring procedures D
Without A
Protection and network decoupling function
1) With position 9 = B (surface- (voltage, frequency and rate-of-frequency-change protection, vector jump) B
mounting housing) the unit must
be ordered with RS485 interface Additional applications
and a separate FO converter. Without 0
2) Not available with position 9 = "B" Application for traction systems (fn = 16.7 Hz) 1

DIGSI 4
running under MS Windows 2000/XP Professional Edition,
Basis
Professional
Basis and all optional packages on CD-ROM, DIGSI 4 and DIGSI 3 7XS5402-0AA00
Copper connecting cable

Manual
7VE61 and 7VE63 Multifunction Paralleling Device C53000-G1176-C163-1
Description Order No. Size of Supplier

package
2 1)
Crimp CI2 0.5 to 1 mm 0-827039-1 4000 AMP
2 1)
CI2 1 to 2.5 mm 0-827040-1 4000 AMP
LSP2092-afp.eps
1)
0-827397-1 1 AMP
2 1)
Type III+ 0.75 to 1.5 mm 0-163083-7 4000 AMP
0-163084-2 1 AMP 1)
Fig. 11/97
Short-circuit links Crimping for type III+ 0-539635-1 1 AMP 1)
1)
for voltage contacts tool and matching female 0-539668-2 AMP
for CI2 0-734372-1 1 AMP 1)
LSP2289-afp.eps
19"-mounting rail C73165-A63-D200-1 1 Siemens
Short-circuit links For voltage terminals C73334-A1-C34-1 1 Siemens

Fig. 11/98
Mounting rail for 19" rack Safety cover for terminals large
small
C73334-A1-C31-1
C73334-A1-C32-1
1
1
Siemens
Siemens 11
1) Your local Siemens representative can

inform you on local suppliers.

Connection diagram
11 Fig. 11/99
Connection diagram

Connection diagram
11
Fig. 11/100
Connection diagram

Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 4

1/3 x 19" housing (7XP20)
Side view Rear view Rear view Panel cutout

7SA610, 7SD61, 7SJ64 7SJ61, 7SJ62, 7UT612,
Fig. 17/24 7UM611
Housing for panel flush mounting/
cubicle mounting (1/3 x 19")
11
Fig. 17/25
1/3 x 19” surface-mounting housing,

Substation Automation Page
SIPROTEC 4 6MD61 IO-Box 12/3

SIPROTEC 4 6MD63 Bay Control Unit 12/11
SIPROTEC 4 6MD66 High-Voltage Bay Control Unit 12/13
12
12

12 Substation Automation / 6MD61
SIPROTEC 4 6MD61
IO-Box
Function overview
Application
• Extension of number of inputs and
outputs of bay controller
• Extension of number of inputs and
outputs of protection unit
• Central process connection for
LSP2795-afp.tif
SICAM PAS
Features
• Standard SIPROTEC hardware for easy
6MD612
LSP2797.eps
configuration with DIGSI
• Full EMC compliance like all other
SIPROTEC devices
• Housing can be used for surface
6MD611 mounting or flush mounting (units are
Fig. 12/1 SIPROTEC 4 always delivered with two mounting
6MD61 IO-Box
rails for surface mounting. These rails
can be dismounted for flush mounting)
• Three types with different amount of
Description inputs and outputs available
The SIPROTEC 4 IO-Box 6MD61 enables
in a simple, easy way to enhance the num- • Operational measured values
ber of binary inputs and outputs in the (only 6MD612)
switchgear. It can be used directly in the • Energy metering values (only 6MD612)
bay together with other SIPROTEC4 units
and also together with SICAM PAS to serve • Time metering of operating hours
as a central process connection. • Self supervision of relay
The IO-Box is based on the SIPROTEC Communication interfaces
6MD63 and 6MD66 series, so it can be eas- • IEC 61850 Ethernet
ily integrated in systems with other
SIPROTEC 4 units. • IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
• PROFIBUS-FMS
The IO-Box supports a wide range of de-
mand for additional binary inputs (BI) and • PROFIBUS-DP
binary outputs (BO), starting from • Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
20 BI+10 BO and going up to 80 BI+53 BO. • Front interface for DIGSI4
All important standard communication
protocols are supported. With • Time synchronization via IRIG B / 12
IEC 61850-GOOSE communication, a di- DCF77
rect information interchange with other
SIPROTEC units is possible. For simplifi-
cation and cost reduction, the IO-Box is
available only without automation (CFC),
without keypad and without display.

Application
SICAM PAS substation
The following figures show the most im-
controller
portant applications of the SIPROTEC
electrical
IO-Box 6MD61.
optical Switch
The configuration shown in Fig. 12/2 al-
lows direct GOOSE communication be-
tween the SIPROTEC 4 units (6MD66,
7SJ63) and the IO-Boxes, independent of
the substation controller. Of course, this
configuration is also possible without sub- Bay 1 Bay 2
station controller. The IO-Box is used as
additional digital inputs and measure-
ments (measurements only with 6MD612),
and serves as an additional command out-
SIPV6.022en.eps
put.
The communication between IO-Box and 6MD66 IO-Box 6MD61 7SJ63 IO-Box 6MD61
the substation controller is established by
using the IEC 61850 standard protocol.
Fig. 12/2 Configuration with IO-Box in IEC 61850 substation
Fig. 12/3 shows a configuration in which
the IO-Box is used as a central process con-
nection in the cubicle of the substation SICAM PAS substation
controller. For example, cubicle signaling controller
lamps or a signaling horn are controlled by electrical
the command relays of the IO-Box. optical Switch IO-Box 6MD61
Fig. 12/4 shows the communication for

substations with no Ethernet protocol
used. In this case, all communication lines
go directly to the substation controller. If
information from the IO-Box is used for
switchgear interlocking, the interlocking Bay 1 Bay 2
logic must be part of the substation con-
troller.
SIPV6.023en.eps
6MD66 7SA63 6MD66 7SA63
Fig. 12/3 IO-Box as central input/output for SICAM PAS substation controller
12
Fig. 12/4 Direct connection of IO-Boxes and protection relays to substation controller via
standard protocol


code
6MD61 IO-Box 6MD61oo – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0AA0 ooo
20 binary inputs, 6 command relays, 4 (2) power relays, 1 live status

contact (similar to 6MD634) in 1/2 19'' housing 1
33 binary inputs, 14 command relays, 8 (4) power relays, 1 live status
contact, 2 x 20mA, 3 x V, 4 x I, (similar to 6MD636) in 1/1 19'' housing 2
80 binary inputs, 53 command relays, 1 live status contact
in 1/1 19'' housing 3
Current transformer: rated current In

no analog measuring 0
1 A 1) 1
5 A 1) 5

24 to 48 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V 2
60 V DC, threshold binary input 19 V2) 3
220 to 250 V DC, 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 176 V for
input No. 8-80 for 6MD613 (C-I/O 4), otherwise threshold 88 V2) 5
Unit design
Surface mounting case, without HMI, mounting in low voltage compartment,
screw-type terminals (direct wiring / ring lugs), also usable as flush mounting case F
Region-specific default settings/function and language presettings

Region DE, 50 Hz, language German (changeable) A
Region World, 50/60Hz, language English (GB) (changeable) B
Region USA (ANSI), 60 Hz, language English (US) (changeable) C
Region FR, language French (changeable) D
Region World, 50/60Hz, language Spanish (changeable) E
System interface (on rear of unit, port B)

no system port 0
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, fiber, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS DP Slave, electrical RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm fiber, double ring, ST connectors 9 L 0 B
IEC 61850, 100 BaseT (100 Mbit Ethernet electric, double, RJ45 connector) 9 L 0 R
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, fiber optic, double, LC connectors 9 L 0 S
Function interface (on rear of unit, port C) 12

no function port 0
DIGSI 4, RS232 1
DIGSI 4, RS485 2
DIGSI 4, 820nm fiber, ST connector 3
1) Only for position 6 = 2

2) Thresholds can be changed (jumper)
for each binary input between 19 V
and 88 V, for 6MD613 BI No. 8-80
also to 176 V.

Connection diagram

12

Connection diagram
12

Connection diagram
12
Fig. 12/7 Connection diagram, part 1;

continued on the following page

Connection diagram
12

part 2

12

SIPROTEC 4 6MD63
Bay Control Unit
Function overview
Application
• Optimized for connection to
three-position disconnectors
• Switchgear interlocking interface
• Suitable for redundant master station
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
Control functions
• Number of switching devices only lim-
LSP2314-afp.tif
ited by number of available inputs and

outputs
• Position of switching elements is shown
on the graphic display
Fig. 12/9
SIPROTEC 4 • Local/remote switching via key switch
6MD63 bay control unit • Command derivation from an indication
• 4 freely assignable function keys to
speed up frequently recurring operator
actions
Description • Switchgear interlocking isolator/c.-b.
The 6MD63 bay control unit is a flexible, • Key-operated switching authority
easy-to-use control unit. It is optimally • Feeder control diagram
tailored for medium-voltage applications
• Measured-value acquisition
but can also be used in high-voltage
substations. • Signal and command indications
The 6MD63 bay control unit has the • P, Q, cos ϕ (power factor) and
same design (look and feel) as the other meter-reading calculation
protection and combined units of the • Event logging
SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configuration is • Switching statistics
also performed in a standardized way with
the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration tool . Monitoring functions
For operation, a large graphic display with • Operational measured values
a keyboard is available. The important • Energy metering values
operating actions are performed in a • Time metering of operating hours
simple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list dis-
play or switchgear control. The operator • Slave pointer
panel can be mounted separately from the • Self-supervision of relay 12
relay, if required. Thus, flexibility with re-
gard to the mounting position of the unit
is ensured. • System interface
Integrated key-operated switches control
the switching authority and authorization – IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
for switching without interlocking. – PROFIBUS-FMS
– DNP 3.0
– PROFIBUS-DP
– MODBUS
– Service interface for DIGSI 4
(modem)/temperature detection
(thermo-box)
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via
IRIG-B/DCF 77


6MD63 bay control unit with local control 6MD63ö – ¨¨¨¨¨ – ÄA0 ¨¨¨
Housing, binary inputs (BI) and outputs (BO), measuring transducer
Housing ½ 19”, 11 BI, 8 BO, 1 live status contact 1
Housing ½ 19”, 24 BI, 11 BO, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact 2
Housing ½ 19”, 20 BI, 11 BO, 2 measuring transducer inputs,
4 power relays, 1 live status contact 3
Housing ½ 19”, 20 BI, 6 BO, 4 power relays, 1 live status contact 4 1)
Housing 1/1 19”, 37 BI, 14 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 5
8 power relays, 1 live status contact 6
1)
Housing ½ 19”, 33 BI, 9 BO, 8 power relays, 1 live status contact 7
Current transformer In
No analog measured variables 0
1 A2) 1
5 A2) 5

110 to 250 V DC4), 115 to 230 V AC, threshold binary input 88 V3) 5
Unit design
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal, detached operator panel A
For panel surface mounting, 2-tier terminal, top/bottom B
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal, detached operator panel C
For panel flush mounting, plug-in terminal (2/3 pin AMP connector) D
For panel flush mounting, screw-type terminal
For panel surface mounting, screw-type terminal
(direct connection / ring-type cable lugs), without HMI F
For panel surface mounting, plug-in terminal without HMI G

Region DE, 50 Hz, IEC, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, IEC/ANSI, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, 60 Hz, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region FR, IEC/ANSI, language: French, changeable D
Region World, IEC/ANSI, language: Spanish, changeable E
System interface (on rear of unit/Port B )

No system port 0
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector 3
12 PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, fiber optic, single ring, ST connector5) 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, fiber optic, double ring, ST connector5) 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, RS485 9 L 0 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm fiber optic, double ring, ST connector5) 9 L 0 B
MODBUS, RS485 9 L 0 D
MODBUS, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector5) 9 L 0 E
DNP 3.0, RS485 9 L 0 G
DNP 3.0, 820 nm fiber optic, ST connector5) 9 L 0 H
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, electrical, double, RJ45 connector 9 L 0 R
means of jumpers.
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector5) 9 L 0 S
selected in two stages by means of DIGSI 4/modem interface (on rear of unit/Port C)
jumpers. No port on rear side 0
4) Transition between the two auxiliary DIGSI 4, electrical RS232 1
voltage ranges can be selected by DIGSI 4, electrical RS485 2
means of jumpers.
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector 3
5) Not with position 9 = “B”; if 9 = “B”;
please order 6MD6 unit with RS485 Measuring
port and separate fiber-optic con- Basic metering (current, voltage) 0
verter. Slave pointer, mean values, min/max values only for position 7= 1 and 5 2
SIPROTEC 4 6MD66
High-Voltage Bay Control Unit
Function overview
Application
• Integrated synchro-check for
synchronized closing of the
circuit-breaker
• Breaker-related protection functions
(Breaker Failure 50BF, Autoreclosure 79)
• Automation can be configured easily by
graphic means with CFC
LSP2187-afp.eps
• Flexible, powerful measured-value
processing
• Connection for 4 voltage transformers,
3 current transformers, two 20 mA
transducers
• Volume of signals for high voltage
Fig. 12/10 SIPROTEC 4 • Up to 14 1 ½-pole circuit-breakers can be
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit operated
• Up to 11 2-pole switching devices can
be operated
• Up to 65 indication inputs,
Description up to 45 command relays
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit • Can be supplied with 3 volumes of
is the control unit for high voltage bays signals as 6MD662 (35 indications,
from the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Because 25 commands), 6MD663 (50 indications,
of its integrated functions, it is an opti- 35 commands) or 6MD664 (65 indica-
mum, low-cost solution for high-voltage tions, 45 commands); number of
switchbays.
measured values is the same
The 6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit • Switchgear interlocking
also has the same design (look and feel) as
the other protection and combined units • Inter-relay communication with other
of the SIPROTEC 4 relay series. Configura- devices of the 6MD66 series, even
tion is performed in a standardized way without a master station interface with
with the easy-to-use DIGSI 4 configuration higher level control and protection
tool. • Suitable for redundant master station
For operation, a large graphic display with • Display of operational measured values
a keyboard is available. The important V, I, P, Q, S, f, cos ϕ (power factor)
operating actions are performed in a
simple and intuitive way, e.g. alarm list dis-
(single and three-phase measurement)
12
play or switchgear control. The operator • Limit values for measured values
panel can be mounted separately from the • Can be supplied in a standard housing
unit, if required. Thus, flexibility with re- for cubicle mounting or with a separate
gard to the mounting position of the unit display for free location of the operator
is ensured. Integrated key-operated elements
switches control the switching authority
and authorization for switching without • 4 freely assignable function keys to speed
interlocking. High-accuracy measurement up frequently recurring operator actions
(± 0.5 %) for voltage, current and calcu- Communication interfaces
lated values P and Q are another feature of
the unit. • System interface
– Service interface for DIGSI 4 (modem)
– Front interface for DIGSI 4
– Time synchronization via IRIG B/DCF 77

Functions
Communication
With regard to communication between
components, particular emphasis is placed
on the SIPROTEC 4 functions required for
energy automation.
• Every data item is time-stamped at its

source, i.e. where it originates.
• Information is marked according to
where it originates from (e.g. if a com-
mand originates “local” or “remote”)
• The feedback to switching processes is
allocated to the commands.
• Communication processes the transfer
of large data blocks, e.g. file transfers,
independently. Fig. 12/11 Connection diagram of the switching devices (circuit-breaker 2 poles closed,
• For the reliable execution of a com- 1 pole open; disconnector/earthing switch 1½ pole)
mand, the relevant signal is first ac-
knowledged in the unit executing the
command. A check-back indication is
issued after the command has been en-
abled (i.e. interlocking check, target =
actual check) and executed.
In addition to the communication inter-
faces on the rear of the unit, which are
equipped to suit the customer’s require-
ments, the front includes an RS232 inter-
face for connection of DIGSI. This is used
for quick diagnostics as well as for the
loading of parameters. DIGSI 4 can read
out and represent the entire status of the
unit online, thus making diagnostics and
documentation more convenient.
Control
The bay control units of the 6MD66 series
have command outputs and indication
inputs that are particularly suited to the
Fig. 12/12 2-pole connection diagram of circuit-breakers and disconnectors
12 requirements of high-voltage technology.
As an example, the 2-pole control of a
switching device is illustrated (see Fig.
12/11). In this example, two poles of the
circuit-breaker are closed and 1 pole is A possible method to connect the switch-
open. All other switching devices ing devices to the bay control unit 6MD66
(disconnectors, earthing switches) are is shown in Fig. 12/13. There it is shown
closed and open in 1½-pole control. how three switching devices Q0, Q1, and
A maximum of 14 switching devices can Q2 are connected using 1½ pole control.
be controlled in this manner.
A complete 2-pole control of all switching
devices (see Fig. 12/12) is likewise possible.
However more contacts are required for
this. A maximum of 11 switching devices
can be controlled in this manner.

Functions
Switchgear interlockings
Using the CFC (Continuous Function
Chart) available in all SIPROTEC 4 units,
the bay interlock conditions can, among
other things, be conveniently configured
graphically in the 6MD66 bay control unit.
The inter-bay interlock conditions can be
checked via the “inter-relay communica-
tion” (see next section) to other 6MD66
devices. With the introduction of
IEC 61850 communication, the exchange
of information for interlocking purposes is
also possible via Ethernet. This is handled
via the GOOSE message method. Possible
partners are all other bay devices or protec-
tion devices which support IEC 61850-
GOOSE message.
In the tests prior to command output, the
positions of both key-operated switches are
also taken into consideration. The upper
key-operated switch corresponds to the S5
function (local/remote switch), which is al-
ready familiar from the 8TK switchgear in- Fig. 12/13
terlock system. The lower key-operated Typical connection for 1½-pole control
switch effects the changeover to non-
interlocked command output (S1 func-
tion). In the position ”Interlocking Off”
the key cannot be withdrawn, with the re-
sult that non-operation of the configured
interlocks is immediately evident.
The precise action of the key-operated
switch can be set using the parameter
“switching authority”.
With the integrated function ”switchgear
interlocking” there is no need for an exter-
nal switchgear interlock device.
Furthermore, the following tests are imple-
mented (parameterizable) before the out-
put of a command:
• Target = Actual, i.e. is the switching de- 12

vice already in the desired position?
• Double command lockout, i.e. is an-
other command already running?
• Individual commands, e.g. earthing
control can additionally be secured us-
ing a code.

Functions
Synchronization
The bay control unit can, upon closing of
the circuit-breaker, check whether the syn-
chronization conditions of both partial
networks are met (synchro-check). Thus
an additional, external synchronization de-
vice is not required. The synchronization
conditions can be easily specified using the
configuration system DIGSI 4. The unit
differentiates between synchronous and
asynchronous networks and reacts differ-
ently upon connection:
In synchronous networks there are minor
differences with regard to phase angle and
voltage moduli and so the circuit-breaker
Fig. 12/14
response time does not need to be taken
Connection of the measured values for synchronization
into consideration. For asynchronous net-
works however, the differences are larger
and the range of the connection window is
traversed at a faster rate. Therefore it is
wise here to take the circuit-breaker re-
sponse time into consideration. The com-
mand is automatically dated in advance of
this time so that the circuit-breaker con-
tacts close at precisely the right time.
Fig. 12/14 illustrates the connection of the
voltages.
As is evident from Fig. 12/14, the synchro-
nization conditions are tested for one
phase. The important parameters for
synchronization are:
|Umin| < |U| < |Umax|
(Voltage modulus)
Δ < Δ max
(Angle difference) Fig. 12/15
Voltage selection for synchronization with duplicate busbar system
Δf < Δfmax
(Frequency difference)
Using the automation functions available
in the bay control unit, it is possible to
12 connect various reference voltages depend-
ing on the setting of a disconnector. Thus
in the case of a double busbar system, the
reference voltage of the active busbar can
be automatically used for synchronization
(see Fig. 12/15).
Alternatively the selection of the reference
voltage can also take place via relay switch-
ing, if the measurement inputs are already
being used for other purposes.
Fig. 12/16
Simultaneous connection of measured values according
to a two-wattmeter circuit and synchronization

Functions
Synchronization
The bay control unit offers the option of
storing various parameter sets (up to eight)
for the synchronization function and of
selecting one of these for operation. Thus
the different properties of several circuit-
breakers can be taken into consideration.
These are then used at the appropriate
LSP2493en.tif
time. This is relevant if several circuit-
breakers with e.g. different response times
are to be served by one bay control unit.
Fig. 12/17
The measured values can be connected to “Power System Data”, sheet for parameters of the synchronization function
the bay control unit in accordance with
Fig. 12/14 (single-phase system) or
Fig. 12/16 (two-wattmeter circuit).
The synchronization function can be
parameterized via four tabs in DIGSI.
LSP2496en.tif
Fig. 12/18
General parameters of the synchronization function
LSP2494en.tif
12
Fig. 12/19
Parameter page for asynchronous networks
LSP2495en.tif
Fig. 12/20
Parameter page for asynchronous networks

Communication
Communication
The device is not only able to communicate
to the substation control level via standard
protocol like IEC 61850, IEC 60870-5-103
or others. It is also possible to communicate
with other bay devices or protection devices.
Two possibilities are available.
Inter-relay-communication
The function “inter-relay-communication”
enables the exchange of information direct-
ly between 6MD66 bay controller devices.
The communication is realized via Port “C”
of the devices, so it is independent from the
substation communication port “B”. Port
“C” is equipped with a RS485 interface. For
communication over longer distances, an Fig. 12/21 Typical application: 1½ circuit-breaker method
external converter to fiber-optic cable can (disconnector and earthing switch not shown)
be used.
An application example for inter-relay-
communication is shown in Fig. 12/22.
Three 6MD66 devices are used for control
of a 1½ circuit-breaker bay. One device
is assigned to each of the three circuit-
breakers. By this means, the redundancy
of the primary equipment is also available
on the secondary side. Even if one circuit-
LSP2227f.tif
breaker fails, both feeders can be supplied.
Control over the entire bay is retained, even
if one bay control unit fails. The three bay Fig. 12/22 Connection matrix of inter-relay communication in DIGSI 4
control units use the inter-relay-communi-
cation for interchange of switchgear inter-
locking conditions. So the interlocking is
working completely independent from the
substation control level.
IEC 61850-GOOSE
With the communication standard
IEC 61850, a similar function like inter-
relay-communication is provided with
the “GOOSE” communication to other
IEC 61850-devices. Since the standard
12 IEC 61850 is used by nearly all SIPROTEC
devices and many devices from other sup-
pliers, the number of possible communi-
cation partners is large.
The applications for IEC 61850-GOOSE are
quite the same as for inter-relay-communi-
cation. The most used application is the
interchange of switchgear interlocking in-
formation between bay devices. GOOSE Fig. 12/23 Connection for IEC 61850-GOOSE communication
uses the IEC 61850 substation Ethernet, so
no separate communication port is needed.
The configuration is shown in Fig. 12/23. Like inter-relay-communication, GOOSE Therefore, non-affected information still
The SIPROTEC devices are connected via also supplies a status information for super- can be used for interlocking, and a maxi-
optical Ethernet and grouped by voltage vision of the communication. In case of mum functional availability is guaranteed.
levels (110 kV and 20 kV). The devices in interruption, the respective information is
the same voltage level can interchange the marked as “invalid”.
substation-wide interlocking information.
GOOSE uses the substation Ethernet.
Functions
Measured-value processing
Measured-value processing is implemented
by predefined function modules, which are
likewise configured using DIGSI 4.
The transducer modules are assigned in the
DIGSI 4 assignment matrix to current and
voltage channels of the bay control unit.
LSP2228f.tif
From these input variables, they form vari-
ous computation variables (see Table 12/1).
Fig. 12/24
DIGSI 4 Parameter view – transducer packets
The individual transducer modules can be Name of the Max. availability of Required input Calculated variables
activated in the functional scope of the transducer module transducers on the unit channels (= output variables)
unit and will then appear in the DIGSI 4 (can be set via the
assignment matrix with the input channels functional scope)
and output variables from Table 1. The Transducer V x1 V V, f
output variables can then be assigned to
the system interface or represented in the Transducer I x1 I I, f
measured value window in the display. Transducer packet x3 V, I V, I, P, Q, S, ϕ, cos
1 phase (PF), sin , f
Transducer packet x1 V1, V2, V3, I1, I2, I3 V0, V1, V2, V3, V12,
3 phase V23, V31, I0, I1, I2, I3,
P, Q, S, , cos (PF),
sin , f
Transducer packet x1 V1, V2, I1, I2 V12, V13, I2, I3, P, Q, S,
two-wattmeter circuit , cos (PF), sin , f
Table 12/1
Properties of measured-value processing
Sample presentation of the measured value

display.
12
LSP2189f.tif
Fig. 12/25

Functions
The connection of the input channels can

be chosen without restriction. For the two-
wattmeter circuit, the interface connection
should be selected in accordance with
Fig. 12/26. The two-wattmeter circuit en-
ables the complete calculation of a
three-phase system with only two voltage
and two current transformers.
Metered values
For internal metering, the unit can calcu-
late an energy metered value from the
measured current and voltage values. If an
external meter with a metering pulse out-
put is available, the bay control unit can
obtain and process metering pulses via an Fig. 12/26
indication input. Two-wattmeter circuit (connection to bay control unit)

passed on to a master unit. A distinction is
made between forward, reverse, active and Chatter blocking Indication filtering
reactive power (± kWh, ± kvarh). Chatter blocking feature evaluates whether, Indications can be filtered and delayed.
in a configured period of time, the number
Automation of status changes of indication input ex-
potential at the indication input. The indi-
ceeds a specified figure. If exceeded, the in-
With integrated logic, the user can set, via a cation is passed on only if the indication
dication input is blocked for a certain
graphic interface (CFC, Continuous Func- voltage is still present after a set period of
period, so that the communication line to
tion Chart), specific functions for the auto- time.
the master unit will not be overloaded by
mation of switchgear or substation. The filter time can be set from 0 to 24
disturbed inputs.
Functions are activated via function keys, hours in 1 ms steps. It is also possible to set
binary input or via communication inter- For every binary input, it is possible to set the filter time so that it can, if desired, be
face. Processing of internal indications or separately whether the chatter blocking retriggered.
measured values is also possible. should be active or not. The parameters
Furthermore, the hardware filter time can
(number of status changes, test time, etc.)
be taken into consideration in the time
Switching authorization/ can be set once per unit.
stamp; i.e. the time stamp of a message that
Key-operated switch is detected as arriving will be predated by
Indication / measured value blocking
The switching authorization (control au- the known, constant hardware filter time.
thorization) (interlocked/non-interlocked, To avoid the transmission of information This can be set individually for every bi-
corresponds to key-operated S1 in the 8TK to the master unit during works on the nary input in a 6MD66 bay control unit.
interlock system) and the switching au- bay, a transmission blocking can be acti-
thority (local/remote, corresponds to vated.
key-operated S5 for 8TK) can be preset for
12 the SIPROTEC 4 bay control unit using
key-operated switches. The position of
both keys is automatically evaluated by
command processing. The key for opera-
tion without interlocks cannot be removed
when in the position “non-interlocked”,
such that this mode of operation is imme-
diately recognizable (see also page 12/15,
Section “Switchgear interlockings”).
Every change in the key-operated switch
positions is logged.

Functions
Auto-Reclosure (ANSI 79)

The 6MD66 is equipped with an
auto-reclosure function (AR). The func-
tion includes several operating modes:
• Interaction with an external device for
auto-reclosure via binary inputs and bi-
nary outputs; also possible with interac-
tion via IEC 61850-GOOSE
• Control of the internal AR function by
external protection
Fig. 12/27
LSP2229f.tif
faults; different dead times are available Parameterization of time
depending on the type of the fault management
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults,
no reclosing for multi-phase faults
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults • RDT Time management
and 2-phase faults, no reclosing for Reduced dead time (RDT) is employed
The 6MD66 bay control units can, like the
multi-phase faults. in conjunction with auto-reclosure
other units in the SIPROTEC 4 range, be
where no teleprotection method is em-
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase and provided with the current time by a num-
ployed: When faults within the zone ex-
3-pole auto-reclosure for multi-phase ber of different methods:
tension but external to the protected line
faults
of a distance protection are switched off • Via the interface to the higher-level sys-
• 1-pole auto-reclosure for 1-phase faults for rapid auto-reclosure (RAR), the RDT tem control (PROFIBUS FMS or
and 2-phase faults and 3-phase auto- function decides on the basis of measure- IEC 61850)
reclosure for multi-phase faults ment of the return voltage from the re- • Via the external time synchronization in-
• Multiple-shot auto-reclosure mote station which has not tripped terface on the rear of the unit (various
• Interaction with the internal synchro- whether or not to reduce the dead time. protocols such as IRIG B and DCF77 are
check possible)
• Monitoring of the circuit-breaker auxil- • Via external minute impulse, assigned to
iary contacts The 6MD66 incorporates a two-stage cir- a binary input
In addition to the above-mentioned oper-
cuit-breaker failure protection to detect • From another bay control unit by means
failures of tripping command execution, of inter-relay communication
ating modes, several other operating prin-
for example, due to a defective circuit
ciples can be employed by means of the • Via the internal unit clock.
breaker. The current detection logic is
integrated programmable logic (CFC). Fig. 12/27 illustrates the settings that are
phase-selective and can therefore also be
Integration of auto-reclosure in the feeder possible on the DIGSI interface.
used in single-pole tripping schemes. lf the
protection allows the line-side voltages to
fault current is not interrupted after a
be evaluated. A number of voltage-depend-
settable time delay has expired, a retrip
ent supplementary functions are thus
command or a busbar trip command will
available:
be generated. The breaker failure protec-
• DLC
By means of dead-line-check (DLC),
tion can be initiated by external devices via
binary input signals or IEC 61850 GOOSE
12
reclosure is effected only when the line is messages.
deenergized (prevention of asynchron-
ous breaker closure)
• ADT
The adaptive dead time (ADT) is em-
ployed only if auto-reclosure at the re-
mote station was successful (reduction
of stress on equipment).

DIGSI 4 Configuration tool
The PC program DIGSI 4 is used for the

convenient configuration of all SIPROTEC 4
units. Data exchange with the configura-
tion tool SICAM PAS of the energy auto-
mation system is possible, such that the
bay level information needs only be en-
tered once. Thus errors that could arise as
a result of duplicated entries are excluded.
DIGSI 4 offers the user a modern and intu-
itive Windows interface, with which the
units can be set and also read out.
DIGSI 4 configuration matrix

The DIGSI 4 configuration matrix allows
the user to see the overall view of the unit
configuration at a glance (see Part 3,
Fig. 3/2). For example, all allocations of the
binary inputs, the output relays and the
LEDs are shown at a glance. And with one
click of the button, connections can be Fig. 12/28
switched. Also the measuring and metering CFC plan for interlocking logic (example)
values are contained in this matrix.
Commissioning
be read and set directly. This can simplify
the wire checking process significantly for
the user.
CFC: Reduced time and planning for pro-

gramming logic
With the help of the CFC (Continuous
Function Chart), you can configure inter-
locks and switching sequences simply by
drawing the logic sequences; no special
knowledge of software is required. Logical
elements, such as AND, OR and time ele-
ments, measured limit values, etc. are
available.
12 Display editor
A convenient display editor is available to
design the display on SIPROTEC 4 units. Fig. 12/29
The predefined symbol sets can be ex- General configuration view of the bay control unit
panded to suit the user. Drawing a sin-
gle-line diagram is extremely simple.
Operational measured values (analog val- In this process, several pages of a control As is the case with the SIPROTEC 4 pro-
ues) in the unit can be placed where re- display can be configured under one an- tection units, there is an icon called “Func-
quired. other, and the user can switch between tional Scope”. It enables the configuration
them using the cursor. The number of of measured-value processing and the syn-
In order to also display the comprehensive pages, including the basic display and the chronization function and the protection
plant of the high-voltage switchgear and feeder control display, should not exceed functions (auto-reclosure and breaker
controlgear, the feeder control display of 10, as otherwise the memory in the unit failure protection).
the 6MD66 bay control unit can have a will be completely occupied.
number of pages.
Fig. 12/29 illustrates the general view of the
6MD66 bay control unit on the DIGSI 4
configuration interface.

Technical data
General unit data Binary inputs (cont'd)

Analog inputs Current consumption, excited approx. 1.5 mA
Rated frequency 50 or 60 Hz (adjustable, depending for 3 ms approx. 50 mA to increase pickup
on the order number) time
Rated current IN 1 or 5 A (can be changed via plug-in Permitted capacitive coupling of 220 nF
jumper) the indication inputs
Rated voltage VN 100 V, 110 V, 125 V, 100 V/ 3, 110 Minimum impulse duration for 4.3 ms
V/ 3 can be adjusted using parame- message
ters Output relay
Power consumption Live contact 1 NC/NO (can be set via jumper:
at IN = 1A < 0.1 VA Factory setting is ”Break contact”,
at IN = 5A < 0.5 VA i.e. the contact is normally open but
Voltage inputs < 0.3 VA with 100 V then closes in the event of an error)
Measurement range current I Up to 1.2 times the rated current Number of command relays,
Thermal loading capacity 12 A continuous, 15 A for 10 s, 200 A single pole
for 1 s 6MD662 25, grouping in 2 groups of 4,
1 group of 3, 6 groups of 2 and two
Measurement range voltage V Up to 170 V (rms value) ungrouped relays
Max. permitted voltage 170 V (rms value) continuous 6MD663 35, grouping in 3 groups of 4,
Transducer inputs 1 group of 3, 9 groups of 2 and two
Measurement range ± 24 mA DC ungrouped relays
Max. permitted continuous cur- ± 250 mA DC 6MD664 45, grouping 4 groups of 4, 1 group
rent of 3, 12 groups of 2 plus two
Input resistance, 10 Ω ± 1 % ungrouped relays
recorded power loss at 24 mA 5.76 mW Switching capacity, command relay
Power supply Make max. 1000 W/ VA
Break max. 30 VA
Rated auxiliary voltages 24 to 48 V DC, 60 to 125 V DC, Break (at L/R ≤ 50 ms) 25 VA
110 to 250 V DC Max. switching voltage 250 V
Permitted tolerance -20 % to +20 % Max. contact continuous current 5A
Max. (short-duration) current 15 A
Permitted ripple of the rated 15 %
for 4 s
auxiliary voltage
Switching capacity,
Power consumption
live contact ON and OFF 20 W/VA
Max. at 60 to 250 V DC 20 W
Max. switching voltage 250 V
Max. at 24 to 48 V DC 21.5 W
Max. contact continuous current 1 A
Typical at 60 to 250 V DC 17.5 W
Typical at 24 to 48 V DC 18.5 W Max. make-time 8 ms
(typical = 5 relays picked up + Max. chatter time 2.5 ms
live contact active +
LCD display illuminated + Max. break time 2 ms
2 interface cards plugged in) LED
Bridging time Number
at 24 and 60 V DC ≥ 20 ms RUN (green) 1
at 48 and ≥ 110 V DC ≥ 50 ms ERROR (red) 1
Binary inputs Display (red), function can be
allocated
14
12
Number
6MD662 35 Unit design
6MD663 50 Housing 7XP20 For dimensions drawings, see part 15
6MD664 65
Type of protection acc. to EN60529
Rated voltage range 24 to 250 V DC (selectable) in the surface-mounting housing IP20
Pick-up value (range can be set 17, 73 or 154 V DC in the flush-mounting housing
using jumpers for every binary front IP51
input) rear IP20
Function (allocation) Can be assigned freely Weight
Flush-mounting housing,
Minimum voltage threshold
integrated local control
(presetting)
6MD663 approx. 10.5 kg
for rated voltage 24, 48, 60 V 17 V DC
6MD664 approx. 11 kg
for rated voltage 110 V 73 V DC
for rated voltage 220, 250 V 154 V DC Surface-mounting housing,
without local control,
Maximum permitted voltage 300 V DC with assembly angle
6MD663 approx. 12.5 kg
6MD664 approx. 13 kg
Detached local control approx. 2.5 kg

Technical data
Serial interfaces Ethernet, electrical
System interfaces Connection
for flush-mounting housing/ Two RJ45 connectors,
PROFIBUS FMS,
Hardware version depending on
Order No.:
Distance Max. 20 m/65.6 ft
PROFIBUS fiber optic cable ST connector
Baud rate max 1.5 Mbaud Test voltage 500 V AC against earth
Optical wave length 820 nm Ethernet, optical
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glassfiber 62.5/125 μm
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km Connection
for flush-mounting housing/ Integrated LC connector for FO
PROFIBUS RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector surface-mounting housing with connection, mounting location “B”
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud detached operator panel
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud Optical wavelength 1300 nmm
PROFIBUS RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector Distance 1.5 km/0.9 miles

Distance, bridgeable max. 15 m Electrical tests
Time synchronization DCF77/IRIG B signal Specifications
Connection 9-pin SUB-D connector Standards IEC 60255 (product standards)
Input voltage level either 5 V, 12 V or 24 V ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0/.1/.2
Connection allocation Pin 1 24 V input for minute impulse DIN 57435 Part 303
Pin 2 5 V input for minute impulse For further standards see specific tests
Pin 3 Return conductor for minute impulse Insulation tests
Pin 4 Return conductor for time message
Standards IEC 60255-5 and IEC 60870-2-1
Pin 7 5 V input for minute impulse
Pin 8 24 V input for time message Voltage test (100 % test) 2.5 kV (rms), 50 Hz
Pin 5, 9 Screen All circuits except for auxiliary
Pin 6 Not allocated supply, binary inputs,
communication and time synchro-
Message type (IRIG B, DCF, etc.) Can be adjusted using parameters nization interfaces
Control interface for RS232 DIGSI 4 Voltage test (100 % test) 3.5 kV DC
Connection Front side, non-isolated, 9-pin Auxiliary voltage and binary inputs
SUB-D connector Voltage test (100 % test) 500 V (rms value), 50 Hz
DIGSI 4 interface (rear of unit) only isolated communication
and time synchronization inter-
Fiber optic ST connector
faces
Baud rate max. 1.5 Mbaud
Optical wave length 820 nm Surge voltage test (type test) 5 kV (peak); 1.2/50 μs; 0.5 J;
Permissible path attenuation max. 8 dB for glass fiber of 62.5/ All circuits except for communica- 3 positive and 3 negative surges
125 μm tion and time synchronization in- at intervals of 5 s
Distance, bridgeable max. 1.5 km terfaces, class III
RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector EMC tests for noise immunity; type test
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud Standards IEC 60255-6, IEC 60255-22 (product
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud standards)
max. 100 m at 12 MBaud EN 50082-2 (generic standard)
12 RS232 9-pin SUB-D connector DIN 57 435 Part 303

Baud rate 4800 to 115200 Baud High frequency test 2.5 kV (peak value), 1 MHz; τ = 15 ms
Distance, bridgeable max. 15m IEC 60255-22-1, class III 400 pulses per s; duration 2 s
Interface for inter-unit communication and DIN 57435 part 303, class III
RS485 9-pin SUB-D connector Discharge of static electricity 8 kV contact discharge; 15 kV air
Baud rate max. 12 Mbaud IEC 60255-22-2 class IV discharge; both polarities; 150 pF;
Distance, bridgeable max. 1000 m at 93.75 kBaud EN 61000-4-2, class IV Ri = 330 Ω
max. 100 m at 12 Mbaud Exposure to RF field, non-modu- 10 V/m; 27 to 500 MHz
lated IEC 60255-22-3 (report),
class III
Ethernet interface
Exposure to RF field, amplitude- 10 V/m; 80 to 1000 MHz; 80 % AM;
IEC 61850 protocol modulated IEC 61000-4-3, class III 1 kHz
Isolated interface for data transfer: Port B, 100 Base T acc. to IEEE 802.3 Exposure to RF field, pulse-modu- 10 V/m; 900 MHz; repetition fre-
to a control center lated quency 200 Hz; duty cycle 50 %
with DIGSI IEC 61000-4-3/ ENV 50204, class III
between SIPROTEC 4 relays Fast transient interference bursts 4 kV; 5/50 ns; 5 kHz; burst length =
Transmission rate 1000 MBit IEC 60255-22-4, IEC 61000-4-4, 15 ms; repetition frequency 300 ms;
class IV both polarities; Ri = 50 Ω;
test duration 1 min

Technical data
EMC tests for noise immunity; type test (cont'd) During transport
High-energy surge voltages Impulse: 1.2/50 μs Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2
(SURGE), Vibration Sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-5 installation class III IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 5 to 8 Hz: ±7.5 mm amplitude;
Auxiliary supply common mode: 2 kV; 12 Ω, 9 μF IEC 60068-2-6 8 to 150 Hz: 2 g acceleration
differential mode:1 kV; 2 Ω, 18 μF Frequency sweep 1 octave/min
Measurement inputs, binary inputs common mode: 2 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF 20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes
and relay outputs differential mode: 1 kV; 42 Ω, 0.5 μF Shock Half-sinusoidal
Conducted RF, amplitude-modu- 10 V; 150 kHz to 80 MHz; 80 % AM; IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 15 g, duration 11 ms,
lated IEC 61000-4-6, class III 1 kHz IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks
Magnetic field with power fre- 30 A/m continuous; 300 A/m for 3 s; each in both directions 3 axes
quency 50 Hz Continuous shock Half-sinusoidal
IEC 61000-4-8, class IV; 0.5 mT; 50 Hz IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 Acceleration 10 g, duration 16 ms,
IEC 60255-6 IEC 60068-2-29 1000 shocks in both directions of the
Oscillatory surge withstand 2.5 to 3 kV (peak); 1 to 1.5 MHz 3 axes
capability
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 damped wave; 50 surges per second; Climatic stress tests
duration 2 s; Ri = 150 to 200 Ω
Temperatures
Fast transient surge withstand 4 to 5 kV; 10/150 ns; 50 impulses per
capability second; Standards IEC 60255-6
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 both polarities; duration 2 s ; Recommended temperature –5 to +55 °C 25 to 131 °F
Ri = 80 Ω during operation
Radiated electromagnetic interfer- 35 V/m; 25 to 1000 MHz Temporary permissible tempera- –20 to +70 °C -4 to 158 °F
ence ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2 ture limit during operation
Damped oscillations 2.5 kV (peak value), 100 kHz polarity (The legibility of the display may
IEC 60894, IEC 61000-4-12 alternating, 1 MHz, 10 and 50 MHz, be impaired above 55 °C/131 °F)
Ri = 200 Ω Limit temperature during storage –25 to +55 °C -13 to 131 °F
EMC tests for interference emission; type tests Limit temperature during –25 to +70 °C -13 to 158 °F
Standard EN 50081-1 (Basic specification) transport
Storage and transport with
Radio interference voltage on lines 150 kHz to 30 MHz standard factory packaging
only auxiliary supply class B
IEC-CISPR 22 Humidity
Interference field strength 30 to 1000 MHz Permissible humidity stress Annual average ≤ 75 % relative hu-
IEC-CISPR 22 class B We recommend arranging the midity; on 56 days a year up to 93 %
units in such a way that they are relative humidity; condensation dur-
not exposed to direct sunlight or ing operation is not permitted
Mechanical dynamic tests pronounced temperature changes
Vibration, shock stress and seismic vibration that could cause condensation
During operation
Standards IEC 60255-21 and IEC 60068-2 CE conformity
Vibration Sinusoidal The product meets the stipulations This conformity is the result of a test
IEC 60255-21-1, class 2 10 to 60 Hz: ±0.075 mm amplitude; of the guideline of the council of that was performed by Siemens AG in
IEC 60068-2-6 60 to 150 Hz: 1 g acceleration the European Communities for accordance with Article 10 of the di-
Frequency sweep 1 octave/min harmonization of the legal require- rective in conformance with generic
20 cycles in 3 orthogonal axes ments of the member states on
electro-magnetic compatibility
standards EN 50081-2 and
EN 50082-2 for the EMC directive 12
(EMC directive 89/336/EEC) and and EN 60255-6 for the low-voltage
product use within certain voltage directive.
IEC 60068-2-27 3 shocks each in both directions of
limits (low-voltage directive
the 3 axes
73/23/EEC).
Vibration during earthquake Sinusoidal The product conforms with the in-
IEC 60255-21-2, class 1 1 to 8 Hz: ± 4 mm amplitude ternational standard of the IEC
IEC 60068-3-3 (horizontal axis) 60255 series and the German na-
1 to 8 Hz: ± 2 mm amplitude tional standard DIN VDE 57
(vertical axis) 435,Part 303. The unit has been
8 to 35 Hz: 1 g acceleration developed and manufactured for
(horizontal axis) use in industrial areas in accor-
8 to 35 Hz: 0,5 g acceleration dance with the EMC standard.
(vertical axis)
Further applicable standards:
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.0 and C37.90.1


code
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD662o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0 ¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Processor module with power supply,
input/output modules with a total of:
Number of inputs and outputs
see
35 single-point indications, 22 1-pole single commands, next
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact, 3 x current page
4 x voltage via direct CT inputs, 2 measuring transducer inputs
1A 1
1 A / 150 % IN 2
1 A / 200 % IN 3
5A 5
5 A / 150 % IN 6
5 A / 200 % IN 7

Unit design
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, HMI,
plug-in terminal (2/3-pole AMP socket) D
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display,
keyboard, screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E

Region DE, 50 Hz, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: French, changeable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: Spanish, changeable E

PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, 820 nm fiber, double ring, ST plugs 9 L 0 B
12 PROFIBUS-DP Slave, double electrical RS485 (second module on port D) 9 L 1 A
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S
Function interface (on rear of unit, port C and D)

No function interface 0
DIGSI 4, electrical RS232, port C 1
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 3
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4 4
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4,
with optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 5

selected in two stages by means of
jumpers.


code
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD662o – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0 ¨¨¨ ¨¨¨
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display F
Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection 2
With auto-reclosure and circuit-breaker failure protection 3
With fault recording 4
12


code
6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD66oo – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0ooo ¨¨¨
Processor module with power supply,
input/output modules with a total of:
Number of inputs and outputs
50 single-point indications, 32 1-pole single commands,
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact,
3 x current, 4 x voltage via direct CT inputs
2 measuring transducer inputs 3
65 single-point indications, 42 1-pole single commands,
3 single commands to common potential, 1 live contact,
3 x current, 4 x voltage via direct CT inputs
2 measuring transducer inputs 4
1A 1
1 A / 150 % IN 2
1 A / 200 % IN 3
5A 5
5 A / 150 % IN 6
5 A / 200 % IN (for 6MD664) 7

Unit design
For panel surface mounting, detached operator panel, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) C
For panel flush mounting, with integr. local operation, graphic display, keyboard,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) E
For panel surface mounting, w /o operator unit, f. mount. in l.-v. case,
screw-type terminals (direct connec./ring-type cable lugs) F

Region DE, 50 Hz, language: German, changeable A
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: English (GB), changeable B
Region US, ANSI, language: English (US), changeable C
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: French, changeable D
Region World, 50/60 Hz, language: Spanish, changeable E

12 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol, electrical RS485 2
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, single ring, ST connector 5
PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, optical, double ring, ST connector 6
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, optical 820 nm, double ring, ST connector 9 L 0 B
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, double electrical RS485 (second module on port D) 9 L 1 A
PROFIBUS-DP Slave, double optical double ring ST (second module on port D) 9 L 1 B
IEC 61850, 100 Mbit Ethernet, optical, double, LC connector 9 L 0 S
see next page

selected by means of jumpers.


6MD66 high-voltage bay control unit 6MD66oo – ¨¨¨¨¨ – 0ooo
Function interface (on rear of unit, port C and D)
No function interface 0
DIGSI 4, optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 1) 3
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4 4
With RS485 interface for inter-relay communication, port C and DIGSI 4,
with optical 820 nm, ST connector, port D 1) 5
Full measured-value processing and display A
No measured-value processing and no display 2) F
Synchronization
With synchronization A
Without synchronization F
Protection function
Without protection functions 0
With auto-reclosure (AR) incl. fault recording 1
With circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording 2
With auto-reclosure (AR) and circuit-breaker failure protection (BF) incl. fault recording 3
Fault recording 4
12
1) Not for double PROFIBUS-DP

(position 11 = 9-L1A or 9-L1B).
(without protection functions).

Connection diagrams
Bay unit 6MD662
Fig. 12/30 Fig. 12/31

Module 1, indications, commands Module 2, indications, commands
12
Fig. 12/32
Module 4, measuring values commands

Connection diagrams
Bay unit 6MD662
or or
Fig. 12/33 Fig. 12/34

CPU, C-CPU 2 CPU, C-CPU 2
For unit 6MD662*-****1-0AA0 For unit 6MD662*-****3-0AA0
and 6MD662*-****2-0AA0 (DIGSI interface, optical, system interface
(DIGSI interface, electrical, system interface optical or electrical)
optical or electrical)
or
12
Fig. 12/35 Fig. 12/36

(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface, optical,
interface electrical, system interface Inter-relay communication
optical or electrical) interface electrical, system interface
optical or electrical)

Connection diagrams
Bay unit 6MD664
Fig. 12/37 Fig. 12/38 Fig. 12/39

Module 1, indications commands Module 2, indications commands Module 3, indications, commands
12
Fig. 12/40 Fig. 12/41

Module 4, indications, commands Module 5, measuring values, commands

Connection diagrams
Bay unit 6MD664
or or
Fig. 12/42 Fig. 12/43

and 6MD664*-****2-0AA0 (DIGSI interface optical,
(DIGSI interface electric, system interface system interface optical
optical optical or electric) optical or electric)
or
12
Fig. 12/44 Fig. 12/45

(Inter-relay communication (DIGSI interface optical,
interface electric, system (Inter-relay communication
interface optical or electric) electric, system
interface optical or electric)

12

Relay Communication
Equipment
Table of contents see next page
13
Contents Page
7XV5101 RS232 – FO Connector Module 13/3
7XV5103 RS485 Bus System up to 115 kbit/s 13/5
7XV5104 Bus Cables for Time Synchronization 13/13
7XV5105 Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays) 13/15
7XV5450 Mini Star-Coupler 13/17
7XV5461 Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater 13/21
(for duplex mono-mode FO cables)
(for 1 mono-mode FO cables)
(for duplex multi-mode FO cables)
7XV5550 Active Mini Star – Coupler 13/33
7XV5650/5651 RS485 – FO Converter 13/37
7XV5652 RS232 – FO Converter 13/41
7XV5653 Two – Channel Binary Transducer 13/45
7XV5655 Ethernet Modem for Substations 13/49
7XV5655 Ethernet Serial Hub for Substations 13/53
7XV5662 Communication Converter X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 13/57
7XV5662 Communication Converter for Pilot Wires 13/61
7XV5662 Two-Channel Serial Communication Converter G.703.6 13/65
7XV5662 6AD10 RTD-box / Thermobox TR1200 13/69
7XV5662 7AD10 Universal Relay/RTD-Box TR800 13/73
7XV5662 8AD10 RTD-box / Thermbox TR1200 IP 13/77
7XV5664/7XV5654 GPS/DFC77 Time Synchronization System 13/81
7XV5673 I/O-Unit with 6 Binary In-/Outputs 13/85
7XV5700 RS232 – RS485 Converter 13/93
7XV5710 USB – RS485 Converter Cable 13/97
7XV5820 Industrial Modem and Modem-Router with Switch 13/101
7XV5850 Ethernet Modems for Office Applications 13/109
13
Accessories for Communication
6XV8100 F.O. Link Cable 13/113
7KE6000-8Gx Ethernet Patch Cable 13/114

13 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5101
7XV5101
RS232-FO Connector Module
LSP2886.tif
Fig. 13/1
Connector modules/adapters 7XV5101-3C
Description
Connector modules 7XV5101

Optical connection of protection relays
with an electrical (non-isolated) RS232
interface, e.g. to a star coupler, for central-
ized control is made possible with the
fiber-optic RS232 connector modules.
Thus, further devices such as PCs or note-
books, modems or serial data switches can
be effectively protected against electromag-
netic interference. An appropriate connec-
tor module is available for each of the
above-mentioned applications. These
fiber-optic RS232 connector modules are
housed in a SUB-D plug casing and can be
directly plugged into the respective inter-
faces of the pertaining devices. No further
settings are required. In its normal posi-
tion, the optical interface is set to steady
light OFF. Data transmission is fully du-
plex and transparent. The optical interface
with FSMA connectors has an operational 13
wavelength of 820 nm and can reach dis-
tances of up to 1500 m with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cables.

Technical data
7XV5101- 3C
Housing Plastics, metal-plated X
Dimensions 72 x 32 x 17 mm X
Via external keyboard connector located at the notebook X
Electrical interfaces Bridge contact 7 - 8, 1 - 4 - 6 9-pin X
Optical interfaces FSMA connector (screw-type) T = transmit, R = receive X
1)
Optical power 27 µW (- 15.7 dBm) X
Sensitivity 1 µW (- 30 dBm) 1) X
1)
Optical budget 7 dB (+ 3 dB backup) X
Wavelength 850 nm X
Transmission range 1500 m (with 62.5 µm multi-mode FO cable) X
800 m (with 50 µm multi-mode FO cable)
1) Valid for 62.5 µm FO cable.

7XV5101 fiber-optic connector module 820 nm - RS232 7XV5101-3C
9-pin female connector for notebook
13

7XV5103
RS485 Bus Systems up to 115 kbit/s (not suitable for PROFIBUS)
LSP2396-afp.tif
LSP2895.tif
RS485 bus cable system
Fig. 13/2 7XV5103 cable and connector modules/adapters
Description The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D connec-

Function overview
tors has long been applied in systems with
The RS485 bus is a low-cost half-duplex SIPROTEC protection devices, 7XV5 con- • For data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
communication bus, which, due to its rela- verters, and master units. Connection to (e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3)
the individual devices is achieved directly
tively high interference immunity, is not • Variable bus structure with shielded
only used for monitoring and control in with a special Y-cable or with a corres-
cables of various lengths.
industrial systems, but is now increasingly ponding adapter cable to devices with
different termination methods. The bus • Metal-plated, shielded connector hous-
used for SCADA and protection applica-
terminates in a 9-pin SUB-D bus terminat- ings with reduced mounting depth and
tions by utilities in substations. Protocols,
such as DIGSI, IEC 60870-5-103, DNP 3 ing connector with an integrated 220-Ω strain relief.
and MODBUS up to 115 kbit/s, are used resistor. • Bus termination with terminating
between a station master and up to 31 slave connectors and integrated resistor.
On some SIPROTEC devices, the serial
devices on shielded twisted-pair (STP) ca- • Connection of the SIPROTEC 4
signals are routed to RJ45 female connec-
ble. In ideal conditions, the length of the tors on the communication module, as is protection devices with redundant
bus may be up to 1000 m. This requires the case, for example, with the redundant IEC 60870-5-103 interface via the
correct configuration of the bus, use of IEC 60870-5-103 module. There the bus is Y-adapter cable and RJ45 connector.
suitable cables, and connector connectors, based on double-shielded CAT 5 patch ca- • Connection of the SIPROTEC 4 protec-
as well as correct termination of the bus. bles. Connection of the individual devices tion devices with RS485 interface and
Devices with different termination meth- to the two redundant buses is achieved via SUB-D connector directly, or via a
ods require special adaptors to achieve the two special Y-adapter cables each. The Y-adapter cable.
highest possible interference immunity. buses each terminate with a RJ45 bus ter- • Adapter/cable for compact protection
The RS485 bus systems 7XV5103 are opti- minating connector with a 120-Ω resistor. devices with RS485 interface on
mized in this respect for our control and
protection product range. A combination of the two bus systems screw-type terminals, e.g. 7SJ600, 13
and the different device interfaces or a 7SD600, 7RW600 etc.
With the ordering code 7XV5103, two combination of the two systems is also • Connection to various RS485
different RS485 bus systems are available. possible using the Y-adapter cable converters, e.g. 7XV5650/51.
When combining the required compo- 7XV5103-2BA00. • Combination of both bus systems is
nents for a RS485 bus, the corresponding possible.
application examples contained in this • Max. length of the bus within a com-
document can be of assistance. mon grounding system may be up to
1000 m.
Please note that this system must not be used

for PROFIBUS-FMS or PROFIBUS-DP.
These have their own bus system with com-
ponents suitable for use with PROFIBUS.

Application
Notes on configuring the RS485 bus system

The housings of all devices connected to
the bus must be solidly grounded to a
common ground to avoid dangerous
ground currents flowing via the cable
shields.
Larger distances, especially into other
buildings with separate grounding system
LSP2396.tif
should preferably be covered via converters
(e.g. 7XV5650/51) using FO links.
The RS485 bus must be linear, i.e. tee-offs
from the bus (e.g. a terminal strip) to the
connected bus devices must not be used.
This would form a star configuration,
which has negative influence on the func-
tionality.
The bus must be terminated at the first de-
Fig. 13/3 Protection unit connected to the RS485 bus
vice (usually the master) and at the last de-
vice with a bus terminating resistor to
avoid interference due to reflection. No
further terminating resistors must be con- Specifications
nected between these terminals. • Direct connection to SIPROTEC 4 pro-
As all of the devices, maximum 32 (includ- tection devices with RS485 interface via a
ing the master) are listening in on the FO-RS485 converter 7XV5650/51
RS485 bus, all the devices on the bus must • Adapter/cable for compact protection de-
be set to the same baud rate and the same vices with RS485 interface on screw-type
data format. terminals, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600
etc.
The slaves must all have different device • 4 cable lengths from 1 to 10 meters
addresses. • Shielded twisted-pair (STP) cable with
Within the system, only one master may be 9-pin SUB-D connector connectors
active at any one time and only one slave • Metal-plated, shielded connector housings
may respond. with reduced mounting depth and strain
relief
The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D connectors • Data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
(e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5/VDEW)
The bus system with 9-pin SUB-D bus ter- • Maximum length of the bus up to
minating connectors has long been used 1000 m within a common grounding
with SIPROTEC protection devices, the system
converters 7XV5 and Siemens master • Bus termination with terminating con-
units. Connection of individual devices to nectors and integrated 220-Ω resistor
devices with various connection modes is
achieved directly via specialized Y cables,
or via suitable adapter cables. The bus ter-
13 minates at a 9-pin SUB-D bus terminating
connector with an integrated 220-Ω resis-
tor.

Application
Application example 1:
The 9-pin male connector of the Y bus cable
S1 always comes from the master side and
provides the connection to the slaves via the
1, 3, 5 or 10-m cable and 9-pin male con-
nector S2. At the connector S2 a 20-cm long
cable with a 9-pin female connection B3 is
provided to extend the bus. The compact
protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 are directly
connected via the adapter cable
7XV5103-2AA00 with female connector B2
or an RS485 adapter 7XV5103-3AA00. After
the final device, a bus terminating connec-
tor 7XV5103-5AA00 is connected to con- Fig. 13/4 SIPROTEC protection devices on the RS485 bus
nector B3 to terminate the bus.

RS485 Y-bus cable shielded twisted pair with 9-pin SUB-D connectors 7XV5103-0AA¨¨
7XV5103 RS485 bus with SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
RS485 bus extension cable STP with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-1AA¨¨
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0
RS485 adapter 7XV5103-ÄA00

Adapter cable with STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connector
for units with screw-type terminals or compact protection units, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 2
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connector for mounting
on screw-type terminals on compact protection units, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 3
Bus terminating connector 220-Ω, 9-pin SUB-D connector 5
RS485 cable to thermo-box (RTD) 7XV5103-7AAoo

For connection between the 7XV5662-oAD10 thermo-box 13
and SIPROTEC 4 units (port C or port D with RS485 interface)
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 25 m 2 5
Length 50 m 5 0

Application
Bus system with RJ45 patch cables

The bus system with RJ45 connectors was
specially developed for SIPROTEC devices
for communication modules with serial
RJ45 connectors and is built with low cost
double-shielded CAT 5 patch cables.
Connection of the individual devices to the
two redundant buses is achieved via two
special Y-adapter cables each. The buses
each terminate with a RJ45 bus terminating
connector with an integrated 120-Ω resis-
tor.
LSP2895.tif
Specifications
• Low-cost bus structure with shielded
patch cables (CAT 5) with RJ45 connec-
tors
• Cable lengths from 0.5 to 20 meters
(7KE6000-8G) Fig. 13/5 Bus system with RJ45 patch cable
• Connection of SIPROTEC 4 protection
devices with redundant
IEC 60870-5-103 interfaces via Only CAT 5 double-shielded patch cables
Y-adapter with RJ45 connector (e.g. 7KE6000) must be used as the bus
• Connection of SIPROTEC 4 protection cables. The maximum bus length must not
devices with RS485 interface via Y-cable exceed 800 m.
to SUB-D connector
The bus must be terminated at the first
• Adapter/cable for compact protection
device (usually the master) and at the last
devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600 etc.
device with a bus terminating resistor to
• Metal-plated connector housings with
avoid interference due to reflection. No
strain relief of the cable connections
further terminating resistors must be
• Compact connectors
connected between these terminals.
• Data transfer up to 115 kbit/s
(e.g. DIGSI, IEC 60870-5/VDEW) As all of the devices, maximum 32 (includ-
• Maximum extension of the bus of up to ing the master) are listening in on the
800 m within a common grounding RS485 bus, all the devices on the bus must
system be set to the same baud rate and the same
• Bus termination with terminating con- data format. The slaves must all have dif-
nectors and integrated 120-Ω resistor ferent device addresses.
• Connection to the FO-RS485 converter
Within the system on each bus, only one
7XV5650 or the bus system with SUB-D
master may be active at any one time and
connector via Y-adapter
only one slave may respond.
Notes on configuring the RS485 bus system
(application examples 2 and 3, see page 13/9)
13 The housings of all devices connected to the

bus must be solidly grounded to a common
ground to avoid dangerous ground currents
flowing via the cable shields.
Larger distances, especially into other
buildings with separate grounding system
should preferably be covered via converters
(e.g. 7XV5650/51) using FO cables.
The RS485 bus must be linear, i.e. tee-offs
from the bus (e.g. a terminal strip) to the
connected bus devices must not be used.
This would form a star configuration,
which has negative influence on the
functionality.

Application
Application example 2: Connection of

SIPROTEC 4 to a (redundant) control system
LSA4844-aen.eps
The RS485 bus cable system with patch
cables (CAT 5) was developed as a low-
cost alternative to the previous systems
7XV5103 with SUB-D connectors. The ad-
vantages are the widespread use of patch
cables throughout the world and the com-
pact dimensions of the RJ45 connector.
This allows a redundant IEC 60870-5-103
interface with a single interface module
within a SIPROTEC 4 device.
Two different Y-adapters permit imple-
mentation of a RS485 bus with patch ca-
bles and connection of devices having
RS485 interfaces and different designs of
interface connector. Both Y-adapters have
two RJ45 female connectors in parallel to
facilitate the implementation of the buses. Fig. 13/6 Connection of SIPROTEC 4 to a (redundant) control system
The approx. 20 cm long connection cable
to the device either has a RJ45 or SUB-D
connector.
Devices with SUB-D connector (e.g. Mas-
ter RTU, 7XV5650/51, SIPROTEC 4 de-
vices with SUB-D) are connected using
the Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00.
Devices with RJ45 connector such as
SIPROTEC 4 with redundant
IEC 60870-5-103 interface are connected
with the Y-adapter 7XV5103-2CA00. For
the redundant bus system 2 Y-adapters are
required per SIPROTEC 4 device.
After the final device the bus is terminated
with a bus terminating connector
7XV5103-5BA00. For the redundant bus
system, a bus terminating resistor is re-
quired for each bus.
Application example 3: Central operation

of SIPROTEC 4 units with DIGSI 4
The RS485-bus cable system with patch Fig. 13/7 Central operation of SIPROTEC 4 units with DIGSI 4
cables (CAT 5) was developed as a low-
cost alternative to the previous systems
7XV5103 with SUB-D connectors. The ad-
Devices with an RS485 interface and
13
vantages are the widespread use of patch
cables throughout the world and the com- SUB-D connector (7XV5650/51,
pact dimensions of the RJ45 connector. SIPROTEC 4 devices) with SUB-D are
connected using the Y-adapter
The Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00 allows for 7XV5103-2BA00.
the implementation of a RS485 bus with
patch cables and the connection of various Devices with an RS485 interface on screw-
SIPROTEC devices having RS485 interfaces. type connectors require an additional
The Y-adapters have two RJ45 female con- adapter for 9-pin SUB-D to single core,
nectors in parallel to facilitate the imple- e.g. 7XV5103-2AA00 or 7XV5103-3AA00.
mentation of the buses. The approx. After the last device, the bus is terminated
20 cm long connection cable to the device with a bus terminating connector
has a RJ45 with suitable pin allocation. 7XV5103-5BA00.


RS485 adapter/accessories 7XV5103-¨¨¨00
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connection for devices with
screw-type terminals or compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 2AA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 or other devices with a
9-pin SUB-D connection to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2BA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 with a redundant T103
interface module to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2CA
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connection for mounting on screw-type
terminals with compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 3AA
Bus terminating connector 220-Ω in a 9-pin SUB-D connector 5AA
Bus terminating connector 120-Ω in a RJ45 connector 5BA
Patch cable CAT 5 shielded with RJ45 connectors 7KE6000-8GD0¨-ÄA0/BB

See Accessories for Communication 7KE6000-8Gx
13

Application
Application example 4: Connecting the two

bus systems 7XV5103
The Y-adapter 7XV5103-2BA00 enables
configuration of the RS485 bus with RJ45
LSA4846-aen.eps
patch cables and connection of SIPROTEC
devices with an RS485 interface with a
SUB-D connector.
Use of an additional gender changer
(female-female) enables connection
of a RS485 bus with Y-bus cables
7XV5103-0AAxx instead of a SIPROTEC
device.
Fig. 13/8 Connecting the two 7XV5103 bus systems
13


RS485 Y-bus cable shielded twisted-pair with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-0AA¨¨
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
RS485 bus cable extension STP with 9-pin SUB-D connector 7XV5103-1AA¨¨
Length 10 m 1 0
Length 20 m 2 0
Length 30 m 3 0
Length 40 m 4 0
Length 50 m 5 0
RS485 adapter/accessories 7XV5103-¨¨¨00
Adapter cable STP with ferrule/9-pin SUB-D connector for devices with
screw-type terminals or compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600 2AA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 or other devices with
9-pin SUB-D connection to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2BA
Y-adapter cable for connection of SIPROTEC 4 with a redundant T103
interface module to a RS485 bus with patch cables (RJ45) 2CA
RS485 adapter with 9-pin SUB-D connector for mounting to screw-type
terminals for compact protection devices, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600 etc. 3AA
Bus terminating connector 220-Ω in a 9-pin SUB-D connector 5AA
Bus terminating connector 120-Ω in a RJ45 connector 5BA
RS485 cable to thermo-box (RTD) 7XV5103-7AAoo

Connection cable for thermo-box 7XV5662-xAD to SIPROTEC 4
Open cable ends, each 5 / 20 cm with ferrules to
9-pin SUB-D connector with an integrated 220-Ω terminating resistor
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 25 m 2 5
Length 50 m 5 0
Patch cable CAT 5 shielded with RJ45 connector 7KE6000-8GD0¨-ÄA0/BB

See Accessories for Communication 7KE6000-8G
13

7XV5104
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization
Function overview
• Opto-electrical solution for SIPROTEC

4 devices with IRIG-B interface (Port A)
• Direct connection of SIPROTEC 4
devices with IRIG-B interface to sync.-
transceiver 7XV5654
LSP2506.tif
• Adapter/cable for cascading and match-
ing to other converters
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
10 m
Fig. 13/9 RS485 bus system
• 2-core, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casings with
fixing screws and strain relief for cable
connections
• Compact dimensions of the plugs
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building
Description
The evaluation of fault records, operational

alarms and fault signals calls for millisec-
ond-accurate determination of the abso-
lute time. The SIPROTEC 4 units have an
internal clock on a quartz basis, which de-
viates from the normal time after a while.
Radio clocks are therefore used for precise
synchronization; they set the clocks in the
devices via time signals or protocols such
as DCF77 or IRIG-B. All the devices are
connected in parallel with an electrical bus,
so that all of them receive the time infor-
mation at the same time at Port A. By
means of the prefabricated bus cables and
adapters 7XV5104 the SIPROTEC 4 units
can be connected via their IRIG-B interface
directly to the sync.-transceiver 7XV5654.
The maximum length of the electrical bus
when prefabricated cables are used is
20 m. Relevant applications are described
in the manual for the sync.-transceiver
7XV5654. 13

Application
Notes on the IRIG-B bus

In this system solution only the 24 V DC
time synchronization inputs of the
SIPROTEC 4 units are used (see below).
7XV5105 cables are available for synchro-
nizing the differential protection relays
with an additional seconds pulse.
The housings of all bus users must be prop-
erly mutually earthed, as otherwise danger- Fig. 13/10
ous earth potential currents can flow via the
bus cable shield.
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the
sync.-transceiver 7XV5654, the adapter
7XV5104-3AA00 splits the connection X1
of the sync.-transceiver into two buses for
a maximum of 6 units each. (For typical
applications see 7XV5654 manual). Fig. 13/11
Connection of max. twelve SIPROTEC 4 units to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable
Y-connection cable IRIG-B / DCF77 7XV5104-0AA¨¨

Y-connection cable for SIPROTEC 4 unit with IRIG-B / DCF77 connection
and bus extension. Copper cable 2-wire, shielded, with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Extension cable (copper)

Cable for the bus length extension. Copper cable 2-wire, shielded,
with 9-pin SUB-D connector
13 Length 10 m 7XV5104-1AA10
Adapter / accessories 7XV5104-oAA00

Adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7KE6000-8Ax, length 0.3 m,
shielded, 2 wires with end sleeves to 9-pin SUB-D connector (female) 2
T-adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7XV5654-0BA00
Splits connector X1 into 2 buses for max. six SIPROTEC 4 units per bus
9-pin SUB-D connector (male) to 2 x 9-pin SUB-D connector (female)
Copper cable 2-wire, shielded (length 0.3 m) 3

7XV5105
Bus Cable for Time Synchronization (for 7SD5 Relays)
Function overview
• Opto-electrical solution for SIPROTEC 4

7SD5 differential protection relays with
IRIG-B interface (Port A)
• Direct connection of 7SD5 protection
relays via IRIG-B interface to sync.-
LSP2506.tif
transceiver 7XV5654
• Transmission of time telegram and
seconds pulse at the same time
• 4 orderable cable lengths from 1 m to
Fig. 13/12 Y-cable 7XV5105
10 m
• 4-wire, twisted and shielded cable with
9-pin SUB-D connectors
• Metal plug connector casing of compact
dimensions, with fixing screw and
strain relief for cable connections
• Max. extent of electrical bus 20 m
within building
Description
The evaluation of fault records, operational

alarms and fault signals calls for a millisec-
ond-accurate absolute time stamp. The dif-
ferential protection relays have an internal
clock on a quartz basis, by means of which
the protection is normally synchronized.
In special applications, GPS radio clocks
are used to synchronize the 7SD5 differen-
tial protection relays with the absolute
time. These clocks send a time telegram
together with a microsecond-accurate sec-
onds pulse, so that the transmission time
in both the sending and the receiving di-
rection can be precisely measured. All the
devices in each system are connected in
parallel via an electrical bus, so that all
devices receive the time information and
the seconds pulse at the same time. By
means of the prefabricated bus cables
7XV5105, the 7SD5 relays can be con-
nected via their IRIG-B interface (Port A)
directly to the sync.-transceiver 7XV5654. 13
The maximum length of the electrical bus
when the prefabricated cables are used is
20 m. Relevant applications are described
in the manual for the sync.-transceiver
7XV5654.

Application
Notes on the IRIG-B bus

In this system solution only the 24 V DC
time synchronization inputs (Port A) of
the SIPROTEC 4 protection relays are
used. 2-core 7XV5104 cables are available
for time synchronization of the SIPROTEC 4
protection relays without additional sec-
onds pulse.
The housings of all bus users must be prop- Fig. 13/13
erly mutually earthed, as otherwise danger-
ous earth potential currents can flow via the
bus cable shield.
The 9-pin male connector of the Y-bus ca-
ble S1 always comes from the direction of
the radio clock or sync.-transceiver and
provides via the 1, 3, 5 or 10 m cable and
the 9-pin male connector the connection
to the first and subsequent bus devices. At
connector S2 a 9-pin female connector B3
is provided (on a 20 m long cable) to ex-
tend the bus. If more than six SIPROTEC 4
units are to be connected to the radio
clock, up to 4 sync.-transceivers 7XV5654
can be connected, each with 6 protection
relays. (For typical applications see the
7XV5654 manual). Fig. 13/14
Connection of max. six SIPROTEC 4 protection relays 7SD5
to the IRIG-B bus via prefabricated Y-bus cable

Y-connection cable IRIG-B / DCF77 7XV5105-0AA¨¨
Y-connection cable for direct connection of a SIPROTEC 4 differential
protection relay with IRIG-B / DCF77 connection to sync.-transceiver 7XV5654
and bus extension. Copper cable 4-wire, shielded, with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Extension cable (copper)

13 Cable for bus length extension. Copper cable with 4 wires, shielded
with 9-pin SUB-D connectors
Length 10 m 7XV5105-1AA10
Adapter / accessories
Adapter cable to two sync.-transceivers 7KE6000-8Ax, length 0.3 m
shielded, 2 wires with end sleeves to 9-pin SUB-D connector (female) 7XV5105-2AA00

7XV5450
Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview
One optical input and

up to 4 optical outputs
• Distance spanned: 1.5 km
with 62.5/125 µm multi-mode fiber
• Multiple mini star-couplers cascadable
• RS232 interface for local access
LSP2360-afpen.tif
• Baud rate via FO: up to 1.5 Mbaud;
Baud rate with RS232:
Up to 115 kbaud
• Protocol transparency
• Light idle state:
Light ON/light OFF selectable
• Wide-range power supply
Fig. 13/15 with self-monitoring function
Mini star-coupler and alarm contact
• Optical ST connectors
Description
The mini star-coupler multiplies an opti-

cal signal received at an input for up to
four outputs. A signal received at one of
the outputs is transmitted via the input
interface to a central unit or to an up-
stream mini star-coupler or converter.
As the mini star-coupler does not transmit
selectively to individual outputs, the pro-
tocols used for data transmission must op-
erate with unique DTE addresses, so all
units “hear” the central interrogation, but
only the addressed unit answers to the
request (e.g. IEC 60870-5-103 or DIGSI).
Data are transmitted in transparent full-
duplex mode. An RS232 interface is pro-
vided for direct serial communication with
DTEs at each mini star-coupler. As long as
this interface is in use, the optical input
interface to the central unit is blocked.
Cascading mini star-couplers replace the
7XV5300 star coupler. 13

Application
The mini star-coupler allows SIPROTEC

relays to be centrally accessed or remotely
interrogated with DIGSI via optical inter-
faces. The component is cascadable, so that
star topologies or ring topologies can be
configured. A ring structure ensures that
all four outputs are used. The mini star-
coupler has a local RS232 interface socket.
By connecting a PC to this interface and
using the 7XV5100-4 cable, the optical in-
put is disconnected to avoid data collision
due to local and remote access concurring
at the same time.
Construction
The 7XV5450 mini star-coupler is pro-

vided with a snap-on mounting housing
for a 35 mm EN 50022 rail. Auxiliary
power supplies can be connected via
screw-type terminals. The fiber-optic
cables are connected by ST connectors. Fig. 13/16 Star topology with mini star-couplers
The unit is free of silicone and halogen as
well as flame-retardant.
13
Fig. 13/17 Ring structure with mini star-couplers


Technical data
24 to 250 V DC and 60 to 230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Current consumption
Approx. 0.25 to 0.4 A
LEDs
3 LEDs
Green Operating voltage o.k.
Yellow Receiving data
Yellow Sending data
Connectors
Power supply 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
FO cables Multi-mode fiber with ST connectors
RS232 9-pin SUB-D socket
Alarm contact 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable By jumpers
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey; 90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting on 35 mm EN 50022 rail

7XV5450 mini star-coupler 7XV5450-0BA00
Optical mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 220 V AC with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to a star coupler via FO cable for
62.5 / 125 μm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC or modem to a star coupler via FO cable for
62.5 / 125 μm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
Fiber-optic connectors with ST connector
13

Fig. 17/37
7XV5662 communication converter
13

7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for duplex-mono-mode FO cables)
Function overview
• Two independent multiplexed 820 nm
LSP2507.tif
ports with ST connectors for max.
1.5 km via 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm
duplex-multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial ports 1 / 2 from
300 bit/s - 4.096 Mbit/s. Automatic
baud rate adjustment to synchronous
and asynchronous serial signals;
no settings necessary.
• Powerful 1300 nm / 1550 nm port with
Fig. 13/18 LC-Duplex connector for distances up
Optical repeater with to 24 km / 60 km / 100 km / 170 km via
wide-range power supply
9/125 μm duplex-mono-mode FO ca-
ble
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
wide-range power supply with alarm
relay.
• Data exchange display by LED
• Integrated commissioning support
Description
The optical repeater transmits serial optical

signals over long distances via duplex-
mono-mode FO cables. It converts serial
optical 820 nm signals at Port 1 and Port 2
in the range of 300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s.
Both synchronous and asynchronous sig-
nals can be connected. Two independent,
serial 820 nm inputs with ST connectors
are available, which are multiplexed to
Port 3. Two devices with an optical 820 nm
interface, for example the 7SD5 / 7SD6 line
differential protection relay or the RS232/
820 nm 7XV5652 converter, can be con-
nected to Ports 1 and 2 via duplex-multi-
mode FO cables for distances of up to
1.5 km. Signal transmission at Port 3 is
achieved via the LC-Duplex connector
at wavelengths of 1300 nm/1550 nm for
connection of a duplex-mono-mode FO
cable. For Port 3 there are three options for
max. 25 km (1300 nm) / 60 km (1300 nm)
and 100 km / 170 km (1550 nm) optical 13
fiber lengths. The device can be connected
to all battery voltages and AC supply
sources. Loops can be activated for Ports
1 / 2 for commissioning purposes, so that
the input signals can be mirrored at the
port in question.

The protection relays (for example 7SD5 /

7SD6 differential protection or 7SA52 /
7SA6 distance protection) exchange infor-
mation via Port 1. Interference-free data
exchange is performed via duplex-mono-
mode FO cable up to a distance of
170 km. Protection remote control with
DIGSI is connected to Port 2 of the re-
peater via the 7XV5450 mini star-coupler.
This port provides the serial connection to
the other substation with a PC where
DIGSI is installed. The protection relays
on the remote substation can be scanned
remotely via Port 2. The baud rate is opti-
mally set to 57.6 kbit/s so that there is no
difference from local operation. During
LSA4177-cen.eps
commissioning and operation, data of the
device on the other substation can be
changed and read out. Alternatively, it is
possible to connect power system control
or additional protection data transmission
to Port 2. This makes for optimum use of
the long-distance optical fiber for two se-
parate serial connections for transmitting
data between 300 bit/s and 4.096 Mbit/s.
100/170 km
Fig. 13/19
Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via
an optical long-distance connection
Technical data Connections

Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable
Port 3 LC-Duplex connector for 1300 nm/1550 nm for 9/125 μm mono-mode
FO cable
Screw-type terminals 2-pole screw-type terminals for auxiliary voltage supply
3-pole make/break contact for alarm relay
Housing
13 188 x 56 x 100 mm aluminum housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032. Weight 0.8 kg.
Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC without connector jumpers, 115 / 230 V AC
Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange


7XV5461 two-channel serial optical repeater (for duplex-mono-mode FO cables) 7XV5461 - 0B¨00
Connection of two serial optical inputs with ST connector for 62.5/125 μm

multi-mode FO cable up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s to 4.096 Mbit/s
24 to 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC wide-range power supply
Fault relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 9/125 μm mono-mode

FO cable for distances up to 24 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) G
FO cable for distances up to 60 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) H 1)

FO cable for distances up to 100 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) J 1)

1)
FO cable for distances up to 170 km (permissible path attenuation 43 dB) M
13
1) When ordering options H/J an additional attenuator is

required if the devices are used for distances < 20 km

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for 1 mono-mode FO cable)
Function overview

Ports 1/2 with ST connectors for max.
LSP2897.tif
1.5 km via 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm
multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial Ports 1/2 from
300 bit/s – 4.096 Mbit/s. Automatic
baud rate adjustments to synchronous
and asynchronous serial signals;
no settings necessary.
• Powerful 1300 nm/1550 nm port with
LC-single connector for distances up to
Fig. 13/20
40 km via one 9/125 μm mono-mode
Optical repeater with integrated 1300 nm/1550 nm wave
length multiplexer for one single mono-mode FO-cable FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
relay.
• Integrated commissioning support
Description
The optical repeater exchanges serial opti-

cal signals over long distances via only one
single mono-mode FO cable. It converts
serial optical 820 nm signals at Port 1 and
Port 2 in the range 300 bit/s – 4.096 Mbit/s
to 1300/1550 nm for one mono-mode FO
cable. Both synchronous and asynchron-
ous signals can be connected at Port 1/2.
Two independent, serial 820 nm inputs
with ST connectors are available, which are
multiplexed to Port 3. Two devices with an
optical 820 nm interface, for example the
7SD5/7SD610 line differential protection
relay or the RS232/820 nm 7XV5652 con-
verter, can be connected to Ports 1 and 2
via multi-mode FO cables for distances of
up to 1.5 km. Signal transmission at Port 3
is achieved via the single LC connector at
wavelengths of 1300 nm/1550 nm for con-
nection of mono-mode FO cable up to
40 km. The device can be connected to DC
battery voltages and AC supply sources. 13
Loops can be activated for Port 1/2 for
commissioning purposes, so that the input
signals can be mirrored at each port to
support commissioning of the fiber optical
links.

Application
Until now, two FO cables are required for

the bidirectional transmission of protec-
tion signals. With the repeater with inte-
grated wavelength multiplexer one FO
cable is sufficient: Two protection relays
e.g. 7SD52/7SD610 differential protection
or 7SA52/7SA6 distance protection, ex-
change information via Port 1 (po1).
Interference-free data exchange is per-
formed via one optical mono-mode FO
cable up to a max. distance of 40 km.
Protection remote control with DIGSI is
connected to Port 2 of the repeater via a
7XV5450 mini star-coupler. This port
provides the serial connection to the other
substation with a PC on which DIGSI is
installed. In this way, the remote protec-
tion devices can be remotely interrogated
via Port 2. The baud rate is optimally set
to 57.6 kbit/s so that there is no difference
from local operation. The data of the
devices on the other substation can be
changed or read out during commission-
ing and operation. Alternatively, it is
possible to connect substation control de-
vices, RTU or additional protection data
transmission to Port 2. This makes for op-
timum use of the long-distance optical
cable for two separate serial connections
for transmitting serial data between
300 bit/s and 4.096 Mbit/s.
Fig. 13/21
Transfer of protection data signals and remote control/integration via one mono-mode FO cable
(Note: Devices 7XV5461-0BK00 and 7XV5461-0BL00 must be used in pairs)

Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable
Port 3 LC-single connector for 1300 nm/1550 nm for 9/125 μm mono-mode
FO cable
Housing
13 Interference-free 188 x 56 x 120 mm metal housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032.
Weight 0.8 kg. Degree of protection acc. to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC or 115 / 230 V AC
Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange indication


Two-channel serial optical repeater with integrated wavelength multiplexer 7XV5461 - 0B¨00

multi-mode FO cable up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s – 4.096 Mbit/s
24 – 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC wide-range power supply
Alarm relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1550 nm output with LC-single connector for 9/125 μm mono-mode

FO cable for distances up to 40 km (permissible path attenuation 25 dB) K
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-single connector for 9/125 μm mono-mode
FO cable for distances up to 40 km (permissible path attenuation 25 dB) L
13

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5461
Two-Channel Serial Optical Repeater (for duplex-multi-mode FO cables)
Function overview
LSP2507.tif
ports with ST connectors for a max. of
1.5 km via 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm
duplex-multi-mode FO cable.
• Data rate of serial Ports 1 / 2 from
300 bit/s - 1.5 Mbit/s. Automatic baud
rate adjustment to synchronous and
asynchronous serial signals; no settings
necessary.
• Powerful 1300 nm port with LC-
Fig. 13/22 Duplex connector for distances up to
Optical repeater with 4 km /8 km via 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm
wide-range power supply
duplex-multi-mode FO cable
• 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
relay.
• Integrated commissioning support with
test loop feature
Description
The optical repeater transmits serial optical

signals over long distances via duplex-
multi-mode FO cables. It converts serial
optical 820 nm signals at Port 1 and Port 2
in the range 300 bit/s - 1.5 Mbit/s to
1300 nm for duplex-multi-mode fiber ca-
bles. Both synchronous and asynchronous
signals can be connected. Two independ-
ent, serial 820 nm inputs with ST connec-
tors are available, which are multiplexed to
Port 3. One transmit (Tx) and one receive
(Rx) signal is supported (no RTS/CTS
handshake signals). Two devices with an
optical 820 nm interface, for example the
7SD52 / 7SD610 line differential protection
relay or the RS232/820 nm 7XV5652 con-
verter, can be connected to Ports 1 and 2
via duplex-multi-mode FO cables for dis-
tances of up to 1.5 km. Signal transmission
at Port 3 is achieved via the LC-Duplex
connector at wavelengths of 1300 nm for
connection of a duplex-multi-mode FO 13
cable. For Port 3 there are two options for
a max. of 4 km (1300 nm) and 8 km
(1300 nm) optical fiber lengths. The device
can be connected to all battery voltages and
AC supply sources. Loops can be activated
for Ports 1 / 2 for commissioning purpo-
ses, so that the input signals can be mir-
rored at the port in question.

Two protection relays (for example

7SD52/7SD610 differential pro-
tection or 7SA52/7SA6 distance
protection) exchange information
via Port 1. Interference-free data
exchange is performed via optical
duplex-multi-mode FO cable up to a
distance of 4/8 km. Protection re-
mote control with DIGSI is con-
nected to Port 2 of the repeater via
7XV5450 mini star-coupler. This
port provides the serial connection
to the other substation with a PC
where DIGSI is installed. The protec-
tion relays on the remote substation
can be interrogated remotely via
Port 2. The baud rate is optimally set
to 57.6 kbit/s so that there is no dif-
ference from local operation. During
commissioning and operation, the
data of the device in the other sub-
station can be changed and read out.
Alternatively, it is possible to con-
nect a substation control system or
additional protection data transmis-
sion to Port 2. This makes for opti-
mum use of the long-distance
optical fiber for two separate serial
connections for transmitting data Fig. 13/23
between 300 bit/s and 4.096 Mbit/s. Transfer of protection data and remote control of a substation via
an optical long-distance connection

Ports 1 / 2 ST connector for 820 nm for 50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm multi-mode FO cable
Port 3 LC-Duplex connector for 1300 nm for 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm multi-mode FO cable
Housing
188 x 56 x 100 mm aluminum housing for mounting on 35 mm DIN rail to EN 50032.
Weight 0.8 kg. Degree of protection to EN 60529: IP41
13 Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC without switchover 115 / 230 V AC
Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Alarm relays
2 yellow Data exchange


Two-channel serial optical repeater (for duplex multi-mode FO cables) 7XV5461 - 0B¨00

multi-mode FO cable up to 1.5 km, from 300 bit/s to 1.5 Mbit/s
24 to 250 V DC, 115/230 V AC wide-range power supply
Fault relay and LED for operational and fault display
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable for distances up to 4 km (permissible path attenuation 13 dB) F
Optical 1300 nm output with LC-Duplex connector for 50/125 μm / 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable for distances up to 8 km (permissible path attenuation 29 dB) E
13

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5550
Active Mini Star-Coupler
Function overview
One optical input and 4 optical outputs or

one RS485 input and 5 optical outputs
• RS232 interface for local access
• RS485 interface for bus structure
• Baud rate and data format can be
LSP2359-afpen.tif
set independently for each port
• Baud rate 1200 baud – 115 kbaud
• Data format 8N1, 8N2, 8E1
• Max. distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
multi-mode FO cable
• Wide-range power supply with
Fig. 13/24
Active mini star-coupler self-supervision function and alarm
contact
• Optical ST connectors
Description Please note:

The 7XV5450 passive mini Star-coupler
Five optical ports allow the active mini is recommended for controlling several
star-coupler to centrally or remotely com- SIPROTEC 3 or SIPROTEC 4 devices with
municate with devices with serial interfaces DIGSI or for communication by a remote
using different baud rates and data for- control system.
mats. Using a simple ASCII sequence, only
one of the available output channels is
switched to a transparent full duplex oper-
ation. The active mini star-coupler can be
used with any terminal program or for
SIPROTEC protection relays with the
DIGSI operating program. Each of the
input and output channels can be
parameterized independently to the device
attached by adjustable baud rates and data
formats or as input or output ports. For
communication with more than 5 devices,
the active mini star-coupler can be
cascaded together with an RS485 bus in
half-duplex mode with further devices.
13

Application
Using the integrated optical interfaces of

the active mini star-coupler, data trans-
mission for the protection relays V1/2,
SIPROTEC 3 or 4 can be performed cen-
trally or remotely with DIGSI. When us-
ing the RS485 bus structure each active
mini star-coupler provides five optical
outputs. An RS232 interface is available
for local operation with a notebook. The
control PC (directly or via modem) al-
ways operates with the same data format,
while the interfaces to the different pro-
tection relays using other formats are
adapted accordingly. For V1/2 protection
relays, a 7XV5101-0A plug-in connector
module is required for each relay and each
relay must be connected to a separate
port.
Construction
The active mini star-coupler is provided

with a snap-on mounting housing for a
35 mm EN 50022 rail. Auxiliary power
supplies can be connected via screw-type
terminals. The fiber-optic cables are con- Fig. 13/25
nected by ST connectors. The unit is free
of silicone and halogen as well as flame-
retardant.
13

Technical data Rated auxiliary voltage

LEDs
3 LEDs
Yellow Receiving data
Yellow Sending data
Connectors
FO connections 820 nm ST connectors
RS485 2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable By jumpers
Housing
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

7XV5550 active mini star-coupler 7XV5550-0BA00
Optical active mini star-coupler with plastic housing for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC with alarm relay.
Connection of up to 4 protection units to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable
for 62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection of PC or modem to an active mini star-coupler via FO cable
for 62.5 / 125 µm and 850 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km.
Connection also by 9-pin RS232 connector.
Cascadable
13

Fig. 17/35
Converter devices for rail mounting
13

13 Relay Communication Equipment / 7XV5650/51
7XV5650/5651
RS485 – FO Converter
Function overview
• Baud rates 9.6 – 115 kbaud

• Topologies:
7XV5650: Optical star
7XV5651: Optical line, RS485 bus
• Distance: 1.5 km with 62.5/125 µm
FO cable
LSP2409-afp.tif
• 120 Ω terminator for RS485 bus,
activated/deactivated by DIP switch
self-supervision function and fault
Fig. 13/26 output relay
RS485 – FO converter
Description
The RS485 – FO converter allows up to 31

devices to be connected with a bus-capable
electrical RS485 interface. It provides an
optical link-up to a central unit or a star
coupler. The converter has been designed
for use in substations for interference-free
transmission of serial data with rates be-
tween 9.6 and 115.2 kbaud by multi-mode
FO cable.
The 7XV5651 converter is designed to act
as a T-coupler, data can be distributed in
a line structure system, forming a basis for
building up cost-effective optical bus
systems.
The version 7XV5650 is designed for star
topology via fiber-optic connection.
13

Application
The converters can be used in an optical

line structure or in an optical star struc-
ture. Application in optical line structure
allows relays to be connected interference-
free via fiber-optic cables; for indoor in-
stallation, a cost-effective RS485 bus can
be used.
Fig. 13/27 Optical line structure with connected RS485 interfaces
13
Fig. 13/28 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus

Application
Several units equipped with FO interface

and DIGSI or IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
can be connected to an existing RS485 bus
structure.
Within one system, the data format and
the baud rate have to be set to the same
values.
Fig. 13/29 Optical star structure with connected RS485 interfaces
13
Fig. 13/30 Connection of optical interfaces to an RS485 bus

The converter is provided with a snap-on The fiber-optic cables are connected by ST
Construction
mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022 connectors. The unit is free of silicone and
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be halogen as well as flame-retardant.
connected via screw-type terminals.

Current consumption
LEDs
2/3 LEDs
Yellow Receiving data on FO channel 1
Yellow Receiving data on FO channel 2 (7XV5651 only)
Connectors
FO 820 nm ST connector
2-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Light ON/OFF selectable
Housing
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

7XV565 RS485 – FO converter 7XV565o-0BA00
Converter with 1 RS485 interface and 2 FO cables
for transmission rates from 9.6 kbaud to 115 kbaud
With plastic housing for snap-on mounting on 35 mm rail.
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC
with alarm contact.
Connection of units with RS485 interface
by 9-pin SUB-D connector or screw-type terminals.
Connection of PC or modem to a star coupler via FO cable
for 62.5/125 µm or 50/125 µm and 850 nm wavelength.
Fiber-optic connectors: FO 820 nm with ST connector
1 channel 0
13 2 channels 1

7XV5652
RS232 – FO Converter
Function overview
• Serial baud rates up to 115 kbaud

• No setting of baud rate necessary
• Light idle state: Light ON / light OFF
selectable
LSP2406-afpde.tif
• Distance: 3 km with 62.5/125 µm FO
cable
self-supervision function and alarm
contact
• Supports the serial TxD and RxD lines
Fig. 13/31 of the RS232 interface.
RS232 – FO converter No handshake lines supported
Description
The RS232 – FO converter is used to con-

vert serial RS232 signals to FO transmis-
sion signals in full duplex mode. It has one
FO channel for transmission and one for
receiving, as well as a protected RS232 in-
terface rated to withstand 2 kV discharges,
thus allowing direct connection to the
serial system interface of SIPROTEC relays.
It is designed to be used in substations for
isolated, interference-free transmission
of serial signals to a central unit, a star
coupler or a PC.
The converter supports the conversion of
serial TxD (transmit) and RxD (receive)
signals to an optical output. No handshake
signals are supported.
13

Application
With the serial RS232 – FO converter, an

existing RS232 interface at a SIPROTEC
relay can be upgraded to an optical 820 nm
interface to connect the relay with further
optical components for central and remote
interrogation with DIGSI. Another appli-
cation is the interfacing between a line dif-
ferential relay and a communication
network, which provides electrical RS232
inputs. The connection between the com-
munication room, where the converter is
located, and the relay is executed without
interference via multi- mode FO cables
(Fig. 13/32).
Construction
The converter is provided with a snap-on

mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be
connected via screw-type terminals. The
fiber-optic cables are connected by ST con-
nectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.
Fig. 13/32 Remote interrogation with the RS232 interface
13


Current consumption
LEDs
1 LED
Connectors
FO cables 820 nm ST connectors
Light idle state
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey;
90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D)
for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
EN 50022 rail

7XV5652 RS232 – FO converter 7XV5652-0BA00
For conversion of FO to RS232 (V.24) signals up to 115 kbaud
With plastic housing for snap-on mounting on 35 mm rail
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 - 250 V DC and 110 - 230 V AC with alarm contact.
Connection of units with RS232 interface by 9-pin SUB-D connector
Connection of PC, star coupler, modem via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and 850 nm wavelength
Fiber-optic connectors: FO 820 nm with ST connector
13

Fig. 17/35
13

7XV5653
Two-Channel Binary Transducer
Function overview
• 2 isolated binary inputs

(24 to 250 V DC)
• 2 isolated trip contacts
• Fast remote trip via a serial
point-to-point link of up
to 115 kbaud/12 ms.
LSP2361-afpde.tif
• Telegram-backed interference-free
transmission via FO cable
• Permanent data link supervision and
indication
• Distance of approx. 3 km via
multi-mode FO cable 62.5/125 µm
• Transmission of up to 170 km
Fig. 13/33 via mono-mode FO cable with
Binary transducer 7XV5461 repeater
• Transmission via communication net-
works and leased lines and pilot wires
with 7XV5662-0AC01 communication
converters
Description
The transducer registers binary informa- self-supervision function and alarm
tion from contacts via two binary inputs relay
and forwards it interference-free to the sec-
ond transducer via fiber-optic cable. The
indications/signals received by this second
transducer are put out via its contacts. The
two contacts can be used as trip contacts.
The transducer is equipped with independ-
ent and bidirectional binary inputs (2) and
contact outputs (2).
The transducer has been designed for ap-
plication in substations. Highly reliable,
telegram-backed serial data transmission is
used between the transducers. Transmis-
sion errors and failure of the data link are
indicated via an alarm contact, i.e. a per-
manent supervision of power supply and
the datalink is integrated in the transducer.
13

Application
The bidirectional transducer registers bi-

nary information at two binary inputs and
forwards it via fiber-optic cable to a sec-
ond transducer, which outputs the signals
via contacts. Distances of about 3 km can
be covered directly via multi-mode fiber-
LSA4063-aen.eps
optic cables. The 7XV5461 repeater is
available for distances up to 170 km via
mono-mode fiber-optic cable. (Fig. 13/34)
With two transducers connected to
7XV5461, up to four binary signals can
be transferred. One application is phase-
8
selective intertripping.
With a communication converter, the
transducer can be interfaced to different
kinds of communication links. Modern
N x 64 kbit/s digital networks can be used.
Existing pilot wires can also be used for
data exchange between the relays. The 170
data to be exchanged includes directional
signals, intertrip signals and other infor- Fig. 13/34
mation.
Construction
The converter is provided with a snap-on

mounting housing for a 35 mm EN 50022
rail. Auxiliary power supplies can be
effected via screw-type terminals. The fi-
ber-optic cables are connected by ST con-
nectors. The unit is free of silicone and
halogen as well as flame-retardant.
X = A: Options for the communication link:

G.703.1, X.21 interface to a communication network
13 X = C: pilot-wire cable up to 10 km
X = D: G.703.6 (E1/T1) interface to a communication network
Fig. 13/35


Current consumption
LEDs
6 LEDs
1 x green Operating voltage o.k.
2 x yellow Contact unit ½ active
2 x yellow Command relay ½ active
1 x red Alarm
Connectors
FO connection 820 nm FSMA screw-type connector
FO connection 820 nm ST connector
Binary inputs 4-pole Phoenix screw-type terminal
Light idle state
Housing
Plastic housing, EG90, charcoal grey;
90 x 75 x 105 mm (W x H x D) for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail

7XV5653 two-channel binary transducer 7XV5653-0BA00
Binary signal transducer
Plastic housing, for snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
Rated auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC
and 110 to 230 V AC with alarm relay, 2 binary inputs, 2 trip contacts,
1 alarm relay with potential-free contact for pilot-wire supervision
Connection to a second transducer via FO cable for 62.5 / 125 µm
and 820 nm wavelength (ST connectors). Max. distance 3 km.
Connection to a second transducer via a communication system
with a RS232 interface, 9-pin SUB-D connector, baud rate settable by DIP-switches
13

Fig. 17/35
13

7XV5655-0BB00
Ethernet Modem for Substations
Function overview
• RS232 interface for data transfer and

configuration of the modems
• Serial data rate and data format
(RS232/RS485) for the terminal devices
is selectable from 2.4 kbit/s up to
57.6 kbit/s with data format 8N1, 8E1
• FO interface for serial data transfer
LSP2806.tif
• 10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to the
10/100 Mbit Ethernet network
• Increased security with password
protection and IP address selection is
possible
• Exchange of serial data via Ethernet
network between two Ethernet modems
Fig. 13/36 (e.g. DIGSI protocol, IEC 60870-5-103
Front view of the Ethernet modem
protocol)
• Exchange of serial protocols via Ethenet
without gaps in the telegram structure
Description The substation modem may be configured

to have password protection, and provides
A control PC and protection relays can ex- the additional security feature, permitting
change serial data via an Ethernet network access only from defined IP addresses, e.g.
using two Ethernet modems 7XV5655. only that of the office modem. The modem
Connection to the Ethernet modem is in is accessed with DIGSI Remote like a nor-
each case made via the asynchronous serial mal telephone modem with the exception
interface of the terminal devices. In the that instead of telephone numbers, IP ad-
modem the serial data is packed into the dresses are assigned by the network admin-
secure IP protocol as information data, istrator for each modem.
and is transferred between the modems
using the Ethernet connection. Conformity
with the standard and gap-free transmis-
sion of serial DIGSI or
IEC 60870-5-103/101 telegrams (frames)
via the network is ensured by the modem
which receives the serial telegram commu-
nication and packs the serial IEC telegrams
into blocks for communication via the
Ethernet. Data is transmitted in full duplex
mode, the serial handshake is not sup-
ported. Connection is set up between the
IP address of the dialing modem in the
office and the IP address of the answering 13
modem in the substation and is configured
prior to dial up with DIGSI by means of
AT commands via the RS232 interface.

Application
LSA4475-aen.eps
compact
Fig. 13/37
Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
Using the office computer and DIGSI 4, The Ethernet modems are integrated simi-
both substations 1 and 2 may be dialed up larly to telephone modems in DIGSI 4.
via the Ethernet modems. An IP point- Instead of the telephone number, the
to-point data connection is established be- pre-set IP address assigned to the modem
tween the office and corresponding is selected. If later an Ethernet connection
substation modem when dialed up via the is available in the substation, the existing
network. This is maintained until the office modem can be replaced by an Ethernet
modem terminates the connection. The se- modem. The entire serial bus structure and
rial data exchange takes place via this data cabling may remain unchanged.
connection whereby the modem converts
the data from serial to Ethernet with full
duplex mode. Between the office modem
and the office PC the highest data rate e.g.
57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4 devices is al-
ways used. The serial data rate of the sub-
station modem is adapted to the data rate
13 required by the protection relays e.g. sub-
station modem 1 with 57.6 kbit/s for
SIPROTEC 4 and substation modem 2
with 9.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 3 devices.
These settings are only pre-set once in the
modem.


RS232 interface 9-pin SUB-D or
RS485 interface 9-pin SUB-D settable by switches
FO interface 820 nm with ST connectors for the connection to 62.5/125 μm multi-mode FO cables.
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 connector
Power supply / Fail safe relay with screw-type terminals
Housing
Rail mounting, plastic, charcoal grey, 90 x 90 x 107 (W x H x D) in mm
Wide-range power supply / fail safe relay
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC connected with screw-type terminals
Fail safe relay for power supervision connected with screw-type terminals
Indication (8 x LED)
Power Operating voltage o.k. System RS232 connection established
RS232 T x D Transmitting data to RS232 RS232 R x D Receiving data from RS232
LAN T x Transmitting data to LAN LAN R x Receiving data from LAN
Error Error on RS232 Link LAN LAN connection established

Ethernet modem 7XV5655 - 0BB00
Ethernet modem for serial, asynchronous transmission of data up to

57.6 kbit/s via the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet and configuration software
DIN-rail device mounting device suitable for substation.
Connection to Ethernet via RJ45 connector. Serial connection SUB-D 9-pin socket
RS232/RS485 interface settable by switches.
FO interface 820 nm for 62.5/125 μm multi-mode - FO cables.
Auxiliary supply 24 - 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC.
Fail safe contact for device supervision.
With gender-changer (pin-pin) for adaptation to
DIGSI - cable 7XV5100-4 (cable not included in the scope of supply).
13

Fig. 17/35
13

7XV5655-0BA00
Ethernet Serial Hub for Substations
Function overview
• Configuration software for Windows

NT/2000/XP to configure virtual COM
ports on the PC and for configuration
of the serial hub.
• RS232/RS485 - interfaces for data trans-
fer and configuration of the serial hub
• FO interface for serial data transfer
LSP2807.tif
• Serial data rate and data format (RS232)
for the terminal devices is selectable
from 2.4 kbit/s up to 57.6 kbit/s with
data format 8N1, 8E1.
• 10 Mbit Ethernet interface (LAN) to
the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet network.
• Better security with password protec-
Fig. 13/38 tion for the access to the protection
Front view of Ethernet serial hub for substation
relays via the serial hup
• Exchange of serial data via Ethernet
network (e.g. DIGSI protocol,
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol)
• Exchange of serial protocols via
Description Ethernet without gaps in the telegram
By means of the serial hub and the associ- structure
ated configuration software it is possible to
establish serial communication via an
Ethernet network between a PC or note-
book running DIGSI 4 and SIPROTEC
protection relays. The configuration soft-
ware installs virtual serial interfaces (Com
ports) on the PC. Each COM port is allo-
cated to a serial hub within the network by
means of its IP address. This must be set in
the serial hub. The PC is connected to the
network via Ethernet interface. The pro-
tection relays are connected via an
RS232/RS485 or FO interface to the serial
hub. Connection with DIGSI is achieved
via the virtual COM port on the PC and
the IP address of the serial hub in the sub-
station. The serial data is packed as user
data into a secure IP protocol in the PC
and transferred via the Ethernet connec-
tion to the serial hub. The requirements
regarding standard compliant gap-free 13
transmission of serial DIGSI or
IEC 60870-5-103/101 telegrams (frames)
via the network is complied with by the
communication driver on the PC and the
serial hub which monitor the serial tele-
gram communication. The serial IEC tele-
grams are transferred in blocks across the
Ethernet. Data communication is full
duplex. Control signals of the serial inter-
faces are not used.

Application
LSA4477-aen.eps
compact
Fig. 13/39
Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via serial hub
From the office PC running DIGSI 4 it is The existing serial star or bus structure
possible to select one of the serial hubs 1 with cabling in the substation can still be
and 2 via one of the virtual COM ports. In used.
DIGSI 4, when the COM port is selected, a
SIPROTEC 4 devices from version 4.6 and
IP point-to-point data connection via the
newer with integrated Ethernet interface
network is established and maintained be-
may be connected directly to the router
tween the office and the relevant substation
or switch by means of a patch cable.
modem until the interface is released. The
serial data exchange takes place via this
data link, whereby the data conversion
from serial to Ethernet is full duplex. The
office PC towards the network is always
operating with high data rate, as the data
is fed to the network via the network driver
on the PC. The serial data rate of the serial
hub in the substation is adapted to the
13 baud rate set in the protection relay, e.g.
serial hub 1 with 57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4
and serial hub 2 with 9.6 kbit/s for
SIPROTEC 3 devices. These parameters
must be pre-set on the serial hub. With
DIGSI 4 the serial hubs are integrated by
means of further serial COM ports
(max. 254). The connection to the IP ad-
dress of the serial hub in the network is
achieved by opening the corresponding
COM port. If an Ethernet network to the
substation or in the substation is available,
serial data can then be transferred via this
network.


RS232 interface 9-pin SUB-D socket or
RS485 interface 9-pin SUB-D socket selectable via DIL switch.
FO interface 820 nm with ST connectors for connection to multi-mode FO cables.
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45 connector to Ethernet
Auxiliary voltage/alarm relay (5 terminals)
Housing
Rail mounting, plastic, charcoal grey, 90 x 90 x 107 (W x H x D) in mm
Wide-range power supply
Auxiliary voltage 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC connected with screw-type terminals
Alarm relay for monitoring of the device
Power Operating voltage o.k. System RS232 connection established
RS232 T x D Transmitting data to RS232 RS232 R x D Receiving data from RS232
LAN T x Transmitting data to LAN LAN R x Receiving data from LAN
Error Error on RS232 Link LAN LAN connection established

Ethernet hub for substations 7XV5655 - 0BA00
Serial hub for serial, asynchronous transfer of data up to 57.6 kbit/s

via 10/100 Mbit Ethernet including configuration software.
Connection to the Ethernet via RJ45 connector. Serial connection with
RS232/RS485 interface via SUB-D 9-pin socket or optical with 820 nm
ST connector and multi-mode FO cable.
Wide-range auxiliary supply for 24 - 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC.
With gender-changer (pin-pin) for adaptation to
DIGSI cable 7XV5100-4 (cable not included in the scope of supply).
13

Fig. 17/35
13

7XV5662-0AA00 / 7XV5662-0AA01
Communication Converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1
Function overview
• Optical interface with ST connector for

connection to the protection unit
LSP2459-afp.tif
multi-mode FO cable between CC-XG
and the protection unit / serial device
• Electrical interface to the communica-
tion device via SUB-D connector
(X.21, 15 pins, settable to 64, 128, 256
or 512 kbit/s) or with 5-pin screw-type
terminals (G.703.1, 64 kbit/s).
Fig. 13/40
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
Communication converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1
7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 protection
relays (communications converter
version – 0AA00)
• Asynchronous data exchange for 7SD51
protection relay, 7XV5653 or other
devices with asynchronous interface
(communication converter version –
0AA01)
The data transfer between the protection
Description • Max. cable length between communica-
devices is realized as a point-to-point con-
The communication converter for cou- nection that is bit-transparent. Data must tion device and communication con-
pling to a communication network is a pe- be exchanged via dedicated communica- verter: 100 m for X.21 /RS422
ripheral device linked to the protection tion channels, not via switching points. • Max. cable length between communica-
device via fiber-optic cables, which enables tion device and communication con-
serial data exchange between two protec- verter: 300 m for G.703.1
tion relays. A digital communication net-
work is used. The electrical interfaces in • Monitoring of:
the CC-XG for the access to the communi- – auxiliary supply voltage,
cation device are selectable as X.21 – clock signal of communication
(64 kbit/s, 128 kbit/s, 256 kbit/s or network
512 kbit/s) or G.703.1 (64 kbit/s). At the – and internal logic
opposite side, the data are converted by
• Loop test function selectable by
second communication converter so that
they can be read by the second device. The jumpers in the CC-XG
communication converters thus allow two • Wide-range power supply unit (PSU)
protection devices to communicate syn- for 24 to 250 V DC and 115 to 250 V AC
chronously and to exchange large data vol-
umes over large distances. Typical
applications are the serial protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AA00 13
must be used.
Should asynchronous serial data of differen-
tial protection 7SD51 or of the binary signal
transducer 7XV5653 be transmitted, the
device 7XV5662-0AA01 must be used
(asynchronous from 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s
dependent on the baudrate set for X.21 or
G.703.1 interface). Interference-free con-
nection to the protection device is achieved
by means of a multi-mode fiber-optic
cable, with ST connectors at the CC-XG.
The maximum optical transmission
distance is 1.5 km (0.93 mile).

Application
The CC-XG can be used for two

applications.
One application is the synchronous
serial data exchange (converter
version – 0AA00) between
SIPROTEC 4 differential relays
(7SD52, 7SD6) and/or the serial
teleprotection between distance re-
Fig. 13/41 Connection of two protection devices via a communication
lays (7SA6 and 7SA52). The relays network linked with 7XV5662-0AA0x
have to be equipped with an opti-
cal 820 nm plug-in module “FO5”.
Another application is the trans- Technical data
mission of asynchronous serial
data to the line differential protec- Rated auxiliary voltage
tion relay 7SD51 or the binary 24 to 250 V DC ± 20 %
signal transmitter 7XV5653. 115/230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
Power consumption Approx. 3.5 W
Functions LEDs
4 LEDs
The protection unit is optically
linked to the CC-XG, which makes LED 1 Red: Error
interference-free data transfer be- LED 2 Yellow: Receiving from
tween the CC-XG and the protec- X.21/RS422/G.703 interface
tion unit possible. The communi- LED 3 Yellow: Transmitting to
cation converter is located close to X.21/RS422/G.703 interface
the communication device. It LED 5 Green: Operating voltage o.k.
adapts the FO active interface of Connectors
the protection relay to the electrical
Power supply 2-pole screw-type terminal
specifications of the communica-
tion network interface. The inter- Alarm/ready contact 3-pole make/break contact
face types – optionally X.21/RS422 Serial G.703.1 interface 5-pole receive and transmit line
or G.703.1 – and the required SUB-D connector 15-pin SUB-D connector for electrical
transmission rate can be set by X.21/RS422 interface
means of jumpers. FO cable 820 nm, 2 ST connectors for TxD and
RxD for 62.5/125 µm multi-mode FO
Data transfer between the protec- (max. distance to protection unit
tion units is effected on the basis of 1.5 km)
a point-to-point connection, fur- Housing
thermore it is a synchronous,
Aluminium die-cast housing Dimensions 188 x 56 x 120 mm
bit-transparent transmission via
(WxHxD)
the communication network.
Weight Approx. 0.8 kg
Degree of protection According to EN 60529: IP41
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
13

Operating mode
Technical data
Synchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AA00 for 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA52 and 7SA6
G.703.1: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 2 - 3

Setting in the protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper
64 kbit/s per parameter 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1
X.21/RS422: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 1 - 2

Setting in the protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper:
Asynchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AA01 for 7SD51, 7XV5653 and units with asynchronous serial
interface (no handshake supported, only serial TxD and RxD signals are
supported)
G.703.1: Interface selectable by jumper X30 in position 2 - 3

Setting in protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper
max. 19.2 kbit/s 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1
X.21/RS422: Interface settable by jumper X30 in position 1 - 2

Setting in protection unit Setting in CC-XG by jumper
max. 19.2 kbit/s async. 64 kbit/s by jumper X20 = 1

Communication converter for X.21/RS422/G.703.1 interface 7XV5662 - 0AA0¨
Converter to synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection
units with optical inputs/outputs with ST connector to
communication devices with electrical X.21/RS422 or G.703.1 interface.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and
820 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km, ST connectors
Electrical with X.21/RS422 (15-pin SUB-D connector) or G.703.1
(screw-type terminal)
Baud rate and interface type selectable by jumpers
For synchronous operation with 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6, 7SA52 0
For asynchronous operation with 7SD51, 7XV5653 or serial devices 1
13

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5662-0AC00/7XV5662-0AC01
Communication Converter for Pilot Wires
Function overview
• Optical interface with ST connector

for connection to the protection unit
LSP2460-afp.tif
multi-mode FO cable between CC-CO
and the protection unit
• Electrical interface to the pilot wire
(line) with 2 screw-type terminals.
5 kV isolated
• Synchronous data exchange for 7SD52,
7SD6, 7SA6 and 7SA52 via pilot wire
Fig. 13/42
Communication converter for pilot wires (typ. 15 km) (CC-CO version -0AA00)
• Asynchronous data exchange for
7SD51, 7XV5653 or other units with
asynchronous interface (CC-CO ver-
sion -0AA01) (typ. 15 km)
• Loop test function selectable by jump-
ers in CC-CO
• Master or slave mode of the CC-CO
Interference-free connection to the protec- selectable by jumper (one master and
Description
tion device is achieved by means of a one slave device required at the end of
The communication converter copper multi-mode fiber-optic cable, with ST the pilot wire, factory presetting: master
(CC-CO) is a peripheral device linked to connectors at the CC-CO. The maximum mode)
the protection device which enables serial optical transmission distance is 1.5 km
(0.93 mile). The data transfer between the
data exchange between two protection
protection devices is realized as a point-to- self-supervision function and alarm
relays. It uses a single pair of copper wires
(pilot wire) that may be part of a telecom- point connection that is bit-transparent. contact
munications cable or of any other suitable Data must be exchanged via dedicated
symmetrical communications cable (no pilot wires, not via switching points.
Pupin cable). At the opposite side, the data
are converted by a second communication
converter so that they can be read by the
second protection device. The communi-
cation converters (master/slave) thus allow
two protection devices to communicate
synchronously and to exchange large data
volumes over considerable distances. Typi-
cal applications are the protection inter-
faces of differential protection and distance
protection of the devices 7SD5, 7SD6,
7SA52 and 7SA6, where 7XV5662-0AC00
must be used (synchronous connection
with 128 kbit/s). Should asynchronous se- 13
rial data of differential protection 7SD5 or
of the binary signal transducer 7XV5653 be
transmitted, the device 7XV5662-0AC01
must be used (asynchronous from 300 bit/s
to 38.2 kbit/s).

Application
The CC - CO can be used for two

applications.
One application is the synchronous
serial data exchange (converter
version – 0AA00) between
SIPROTEC 4 differential relays
(7SD52, 7SD6) and/or the serial
teleprotection between distance re-
lays (7SA6 and 7SA52). The relays
have to be equipped with an opti-
cal 820 nm plug-in module “FO5”.
Another application is the trans-
mission of asynchronous serial
data via pilot wires to the line dif-
ferential protection relay 7SD51
or the binary signal transmitter Fig. 13/43
7XV5653. Other serial devices may
also be used.
If the maximum distance between
the protection units is longer than
spanned by two CC-CO, the
converters can be cascaded (see
Fig. 13/44). A power supply be-
tween the two master units is re-
quired. If the isolation level is
higher than 5 kV (provided by the
pilot wire inputs of the units), ex-
ternal isolation transformers (bar-
rier transformers) can be used on
both sides. These transformers
offer 20 kV isolation voltage and
thus help to avoid hazardous high
voltages at the inputs of the
CC-CO, which might be induced
by a short-circuit from a parallel
power line or cable.
Fig. 13/44
Functions By means of jumpers, one unit is Data transfer between the protec-
defined as “master” and the other tion units is effected on the basis of
The protection unit is optically unit as “slave”. In a “training” dur- a point-to-point connection, fur-
linked to the CC-CO, which makes ing commissioning, the electrical thermore it is a synchronous,
interference-free data transfer be- characteristics of the pilot wire are bit-transparent transmission. Due
13 tween the CC-CO and the protec- measured by pressing a pushbutton,
and the CC-COs are tuned to these
to the telegram-backed data ex-
change, mal-operation is ruled out.
tion unit possible. The communi-
cation converter is located close to characteristics.
the pilot wire. It converts serial The measured characteristics are
data of the protection unit into a used as parameters that will be ad-
frequency-modulated signal. This hered to for optimal data transfer.
signal is transmitted via one pair of Digital data transfer makes a low
copper wires of a pilot wire/com- insulation level of the pilot wire
munication line (bi-directional, possible, because no high voltages
full duplex operation). are produced on the pilot wire
during short-circuit conditions.


Technical data
24 to 250 V DC ± 20 %
115/230 V AC ± 20 % without switchover
LEDs
4 LEDs
LED 1 Red: Line activation
LED 2 Yellow: Line transparent
LED 3 Yellow: Data transfer
LED 5 Green: Power ON
Connectors
Alarm/ready contact 3-pole make/break contact
Pilot wire 2-pole for pilot-wire connection
5-kV isolated inputs
FO cable 820 nm, 2 ST connectors for TxD and
RxD for 62.5/125 µm multi-mode FO (max. distance to protection unit
1.5 km)
Pushbutton
Measuring and training of
parameters of the pilot wire
Housing
Aluminum die-cast housing Dimensions 188 x 56 x 120 mm (WxHxD)
Degree of protection According to EN 60529: IP41
For snap-on mounting onto 35 mm EN 50022 rail
Operating mode
Synchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AC00 for 7SD52, 7SD6, 75A52 and 7SA6
Setting in the protection unit: 128 kbit/s per parameter
Setting in CC - CO: 128 kbit/s. No setting required
Asynchronous operation with 7XV5662-0AC01 for 7SD51, 7XV5653 and units with asynchronous serial
interface (no handshake supported, only serial TxD and RxD signals are
supported)
Max. baud rate for protection unit: 38.4 kbit/s
Max. baud rate for CC - CO 128 kbit/s.
No setting required
Max. distance with pilot wire AWG 22 / 0.33 mm2 / 51.7 Ω/km: max. 11 km
AWG 26 / 0.13 mm2 / 137 Ω/km: max. 4.5 km
Shielded twisted pair (STP) recommended. Max. loop resistance: 1400 Ω
Attenuation < 40 dB at 80 kHz

Communication converter for pilot wires 7XV5662 - 0AC0¨
Converter for synchronous or asynchronous serial coupling of protection
units with optical inputs/outputs with ST connector to
13
conventional pilot wires. 5-kV isolation of unit analog inputs
towards the pilot wires.
Connection to protection unit via FO cable for 62.5/125 µm and
820 nm wavelength, max. distance 1.5 km, ST connectors
Synchronous serial data 128 kbit/s
Asynchronous serial data rate max. 57.2 kbit/s
For synchronous operation with 7SD52, 7SD6, 7SA6, 7SA52 0
For asynchronous operation with 7SD51, 7XV5653 for other units 1

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5662-0AD00
Two-Channel Serial Communication Converter G.703.6
Function overview
• Interference-free protection data

transfer of two independent serial data
LSP2898.tif
signals, selectable either in synchronous
or asynchronous mode.
• PC interface for operation of devices at
the remote line end.
• Network interface as E1 or T1 format
for connection to multiplexer.
• Wide range power supply from 24 V to
250 V DC and 115/230 V AC with
failsafe relay.
• Indication of the data exchange via LED
• Integrated commissioning aid (loop
Fig. 13/45
test)
Communication converter
Description
The CC-2M communication converter is

used for serial data transmission over long
distances via a communication network. It
converts synchronous or asynchronous se-
rial 820 nm optical input signals at inputs
FO1 and FO2 to a network interface and
again returns these signals at the remote
terminal via the latter's interfaces. FO1 and
FO2 may be configured independently for
either synchronous or asynchronous oper-
ation, but must be set to the same operat-
ing mode at both ends. In synchronous
mode, the interface should only be used
for exchanging the protection data of the
7SD5/7SD6 differential protection or
7SA52/7SA6 distance protection and is
preconfigured for 512 kbit/s. In asynchro-
nous mode, the interface can be used for
connection of devices with baud rates be-
tween 1.2 to 115.2 kbit/s. A further asyn-
chronous electrical RS232 interface is
provided for max. 115.2 kbit/s. It provides 13
for the connection of a serial PC interface
with DIGSI and thereby the operations in-
terface to SIPROTEC devices at the remote
end. The G.703.6 network interface is pro-
vided in the form of 4-way screw terminals
and can be configured as a 2-Mbit/s inter-
face with European E1 format or as a
1.544-Mbit/s interface in the American T1
format. All settings of the device are made
with jumpers, so that no special PC soft-
ware is required.

Application
Two protection devices e.g. 7SD52/

7SD610 differential protection or
7SA52/7SA6 distance protection, exchange
protection data via FO1. Interference-free
data exchange is performed via the com-
munication network, the devices being
connected synchronously with 512 kbit/s
(connection 1; see Fig. 13/46). Protection
remote control with DIGSI is connected to
FO2 of the converter via a 7XV5450 mini
star-coupler. This port provides the
serial connection to the other substation
with a PC on which DIGSI is installed. In
this way, the remote protection devices can
be remotely interrogated via FO2 (connec-
tion 2). The baud rate is optimally set
to 57.6 kbit/s for SIPROTEC 4 devices, so
that there is no difference from local oper-
ation. The data of the devices on the other
substation can be changed and read out
during commissioning and operation.
Alternatively, it is possible to connect a
substation control system or additional
protection data transmission to FO2.
This makes for optimum use of the
1.544/2 Mbit/s transmission channel for
two separate serial connections. In addi-
tion, an asynchronous serial connection is
available via the RS232 interface, which
can be used to temporarily operate devices
of the other substation with DIGSI.
Fig. 13/46
Protection data transmission and remote control of a substation via a communication network

FO 1 / 2 ST plug/ 820 nm for 50/125 μm or 62.5/125 μm multi-mode
FO cable (max. 1.5 km)
RS232 For asynchronous connection from 1.2 – 115.21 kbit/s
13 Fail safe relay
Network E1/T1
3-pole screw-type terminal with NC/NO contact
4-pole screw-type terminal
Housing
Aluminium housing 188 x 56 x 120 mm for mounting on 35 mm rail mounting according to EN 50032
weight 0.8 kg. Protection class according to EN 60529: IP41
Power supply
Wide range 24 to 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Displays
4 LEDs
Green Power supply
Red Fault alarm
2 yellow Data transfer


Two-channel serial 1.544/2 Mbit/s communication converter 7XV5662 - 0A¨00
Conversion of 2 independent serial FO interfaces with synchronous or

asynchronous data to a E1 network interface with 2 Mbit/s (G.703.6) or
T1 network interface (1.544 Mbit/s). Two independent serial optical input
channels with ST connectors and 820 nm for multi-mode FO cable for a max. of
512 kbit/s/115.2 kbit/s for synchronous/asynchronous data.
An electrical serial RS232 interface with a max. 115.2 kbit/s constructed as a
9-pin SUB-D socket for connection with DIGSI 7XV5104 cable.
Connection from multiplexer to the E1/T1 network interface via a 4-pole
screw-type terminal. Wide-range power supply of 24 V to 250 V DC and
115/230 V AC. A make/break fail safe contact for power supply faults
or interruption of the data connection. All settings are made with jumpers in
the device (presetting for E1 and synchronous serial data input). D
13

Fig. 17/37
13

7XV5662-6AD10
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD-Box) TR1200
Function overview
• 3-digit temperature display

• 12 inputs for temperature sensors,
1 to 12 sensors can be connected
• Pt 100 thermostats with 2- or 3-con-
ductor technology
• 1 error relay (potential-free change-
over contact)
• RS485 interface (ZIEHL standard
protocol and MODBUS RTU protocol)
• LED signal the measuring channel,
error state, relay funtion and RS485
SIPV6-108.tif
activity
• Code lock prevents parameter
manipulation
Fig. 13/47a • TR600 compatible (to replace one
7XV5662-6AD10 RTD-box TR1200 TR600 with 6 sensors connected)
• Universal power-supply
24 to 240 V AC/DC
Description • Snap-on mounting onto 35 mm
The RTD-box TR1200 can capture up to standard rail EN 60715
12 temperatures with 12 measuring inputs.
2- and 3-conductor Pt 100 sensors are sup-
ported. For the 2-conductor mode, the
measured conductor resistance can be
compensated for with a corresponding set-
ting. The measurement of temperatures
may be simulated for commissioning pur-
poses.
The output of measured values to the pro-
tection device is compatible with TR600
and implemented with bus cable
7XV5103-7AAxx via a RS485 bus.
All settings are done via 3 push buttons on
the front of the device. Entry can be
blocked via a code.
The TR1200 has a wide-range power supply
from 24 – 250 V DC and 115 / 230 V AC as
well as an alarm relay. Sensor failure or sen-
sor short-circuit are alarmed and transmit- 13
ted via protocol to the SIPROTEC device.

Application
SIPROTEC relays with RS485 interface e.g. SIPROTEC 4 with
7SK80x 7SJ602 7SJ6/7UM6 FO interface
Communication via RS485 bus Operation with Operation with
Notebook or PC Notebook or PC
The RTD-box TR1200 is connected via
DIGSI 4
USB cable DIGSI cable DIGSI 4
a RS485 interface to one SIPROTEC 4 bay St-A/St-B 7XV5100-4
device with thermo function (e. g. 7SJ6,
7UT6, 7UM6) or to the compact protec-
tion 7SK80 via a serial RS485-interface Port B System Port C/D Port C/D
1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6
(Port B). 7-12 7-12 7-12
The special cable 7XV5103-7AAxx is used RTD-Box TR1200
(12 x PT100) FO cable 6XV8100 (62,5/125µ)
for the connection. In the event of remote 7XV5662-6AD10
measuring locations, the connections may FO RS485-FO
alternative converter
also be done using multi-mode fiber-optic
SIPV6.094en.eps
RS485 7XV5650
conductors and the converter 7XV5650
(see Fig. 13/47b). 2 single wires Plug (male)
SUB-D conn., 9 pin
1 x RS485 cable 7XV5103-7AAxx res. 120 Ohm
For detailed information please visit
www.siemens.com/siprotec Fig. 13/47b
Connection of devices via a serial RS485 bus or FO cable

Auxiliary voltage VS 24 – 240 V AC/DC, 0/45 – 65 Hz < 5 VA
Tolerance 20.4 – 297 V DC, 20 – 264 V AC
Relay output
Number 1 changeover contact (CO)
Switching voltage Max. 415 V AC
Switching current Max. 5 A
Switching power Max. 2000 VA (ohmic load)
Max. 120 W at 24 V DC
De-rating factor with cos = 0.7 0.5
UL electrical ratings: 250 V AC, 3 A general use
D300 1 A 240 V AC
Rated operating current IE AC 15 IE = 2 A VE = 250 V
DC 13 IE = 2 A VE = 24 V
IE = 0.2 A VE = 125 V
IE = 0.1 A VE = 250 V
Recommended fuse T 3.5 A (gL)
Contact service life, mech. 1 x 107 switching operations
Contact service life, electr. 1 x 105 switching operations at 250 V AC / 5 A
Sensor connection
Number 12 x Pt 100 according to EN 60751
Measuring cycle/measuring time 0.25 to 3 s (depending on the number of sensors)
Measuring cycle/circuit resistance 0.25 to 30 s (per measuring cycle of sensor)
Measuring range -199 to 850 °C
Resolution 1 °C
13 Accuracy ± 0.5 % of measured value ± 1 K
Sensor current ≤ 0.8 mA
Temperature drift < 0.04 °C / K
Short circuit < 15 Ohm
Interruption > 400
Sensor resistance + circuit resistance Max. 500 Ohm
RS485 interface
Device address 0 to 96
Baud rate 4800, 9600, 19200 bit/s
Parity N, O, E (no, odd, even)
Max. cable length 1000 m at 19200 bit/s
Serial protocol Serial RTD – Protocol Ziehl / SIPROTEC
See manual for detailed protocol description

Technical data Test conditions

Acc. to EN 61010
Rated impulse voltage insulation 4000 V
Overvoltage category III
Pollution rate 2
Rated insulation level Vi 300 V
Duty cycle 100 %
Perm. ambient temperature - 20 °C to + 65 °C
EN 60068-2-2 dry heat
Electrical isolation Power supply – measuring inputs 3820 V DC
No electrical isolation RS 485 interface – measuring inputs
EMC-tests EN 61326-1
EMC test for noise emission EN 61000-4-3
Fast transient disturbances/Burst EN 61000-4-4 ± 4 kV
Pulse 5/50 ns, f = 5 kHz, t = 15 ms, T = 300 ms
High-energy surge voltages (SURGE) IEC 61000-4-5 ± 1 impulse: 1.2 / 50 µs (8/20 µs)
Electrostatic discharge IEC 61000-4-2 ± 4 contact discharge, ± 8 kV air discharge
Housing
Housing type V8, distribution panel mounting
Size (W x H x D) 140 x 90 x 58 mm
Depth/Width 55 mm/8 TE
Circuit termination single strand Per 1 x 1.5 mm2
Braided conductor with crimp lug Per 1 x 1.0 mm2
Tightening torque of terminal screw 0.5 Nm (3.6 lb.in)
Protection class of housing/terminals IP30 / IP20
Mounting vertical/horizontal Optional
Affixing Snap-on mounting onto standard rail mounting 35 mm acc.
to EN 60715 or screw mounting (with 2 additional brackets)
Weight Approx. 370 g

Resistance temperature detector (RTD-box) TR1200 7XV5662 - 6AD10
Distributed input-box for 12 RTD-connections Pt100

Rail mounting plastic
Protection class IP21 13
1 serial interface RS485 for communication with SIPROTEC devices
for measurements and fault reports.
Wide-range power supply 24 to 240 V AC/DC
Note: The device can be operated in a 7XV5662-2AD10 or
7XV5662-5AD10 compatible mode.

13

7XV5662-7AD10
Universal Relay/RTD-/20 mA-Box TR800 Web
Function overview
• 8 measuring inputs:
– Pt 100, Pt 1000 in 2- or 3-conductor
technology
– KTY 83 or KTY 84
– Thermocouples type B, E, J, K, L, N,
R, S, T
– 0 to 10 V DC, 0/4 to 20 mA DC
– Resistance 500 Ohm, resistance
30 kOhm
• 4 relay-outputs (each potential-free
changeover contact)
• Ethernet interface (http, https, UDP,
MODBUS, Bonjour, UpNP, SNMP)
SIPV6-109.tif
• RS485 interface (Standard Ziehl- and
MODBUS RTU protocol)
Fig. 13/48a • Universal power-supply 24 to
7XV5662-7AD10 Universal relay / RTD-box TR800 240 V AC/DC
• Integrated Web server for configura-
tion, read-out of measured data,
Alternatively to thermo sensors, 8 analog
Description user-management email-alarms, data-
values 0/4 – 20 mA DC and 0 – 10 V DC
may be measured. The output can be and alarm-logging
The universal relay TR800 Web has 8 mea-
suring/sensor inputs and is able to capture scaled and the designation (°C, V, A, %) • Time-dependent control (day/night)
8 temperatures via PT100- (Ni100 and can be adapted in the TR800. The trans- • Real-time clock with synchronization
Ni120) elements. The measuring values mission to the SIPROTEC – device how- with time server.
1 - 6 may be transmitted to SIPROTEC 4 ever takes place via the RTD – protocol
devices with thermo function via protocol. in temperature format. 6 of the 8 analog
Two universal relays with a total of 12 sensor values are available there. With 2
measuring inputs can be connected. TR800 12 values are available. For example
5.5 mA is transferred with a temperature
Connection is established via a serial value of 55 in this way and may either be
RS485 interface (see Fig. 13/48d). displayed as temperature in the SIPROTEC
The TR800 is protocol compatible device or compared with a set limit via
with the TR600 (7XV5662-3AD10, a threshold value. This allows for the
7XV5662-5AD10) on the serial RS485 in- processing of analog dimensions in
terface, and transmits the 6 temperatures SIPROTEC devices with thermo function
in the same format. In this mode, the or their transmission to a substation con-
TR800 can replace the TR600. trol unit (e.g. SICAM PAS). In the bay con-
In the case of 7SK80 motor protection, the trol unit 6MD66 V4.8 (available since
connection may alternatively be made via 05/2009) all 8 measuring inputs are avail-
the Ethernet interface, if the system inter- able.
face is (pre-)assigned (see Fig. 13/48b +
13/48c). The universal relay is operated
The TR800 has a wide-range power supply
from 24 V – 250 V DC and 115/230 V AC
13
and configured via the Ethernet interface as well as an alarm relay. Sensor failure
with a Web browser. Three conductor or sensor short-circuit are alarmed and
thermo elements are supported. For the transmitted via protocol to the SIPROTEC
dual conductor connection the measured device.
line resistance can be compensated for by a
software setting. Furthermore, tempera-
tures can be simulated to test the thermo-
function in the SIPROTEC devices.

Application
SIPROTEC with
Port A interface
Communication with one TR800 Web via
7SK80x
Ethernet interface Operation with
Notebook or PC
If one universal relay TR800 is sufficient USB cable
DIGSI 4
for the measured-value capturing, it may St-A/St-B
be connected directly to the protection de-
vice with a CAT5 patch cable (e.g. 7SK80x/ IP 192.168.10.2
Port A
Port A). The setting of the TR800 Web is Settings:
done prior to connection with the same ca- alternative Patch cable Sensors 1- 6
ble via a PC using a Web browser. A TR800 7KE6000-8G IP 192.168.10.190
can also be interrogated by two or more

SIPROTEC devices. IP-address and the
UDP-Port of the TR800 may be set in the IP 192.168.10.190 Universal relay TR800
SIPV6.096en.eps
7XV5662-7AD10
SIPROTEC device. In this way, one 6 / 8 x PT100
SIPROTEC device may use temperatures or 10 V
1 – 3 and another device can use the tem- Sensors 1- 6 or 20 mA
peratures 3 – 6 for processing. Each device,

Fig. 13/48b
however, reads in all 6 temperature values
Connection of one device via Ethernet
(Fig. 13/48b).
Communication with two TR800 Web via
Ethernet interface SIPROTEC with
Port A interface
If two TR800 are applied on big motors for 7SK80x
Operation with
the purpose of measured-value capturing, Notebook or PC
RUGGEDCOM
a substation hardened switch (e.g. Switch e.g.
RUGGEDCOM RS900 or Hirschmann DIGSI 4
RS900 USB cable
RSR20) must be used. The switch, the two St-A/St-B
TR800 Web relays, the protection device
and the operating PC constitute an auton- IP 192.168.10.2 Port A:
Settings:
omous subnet when they are connected via Sensors 1-6
patch cables (1:1). They may also be part of IP 192.168.10.190
All patch cables 1:1
Sensors 7-12
a larger Ethernet network. 7KE6000-8G
IP 192.168.10.191
DIGSI 4 and Web browser can run in par-
IP 192.168.10.190 IP 192.168.10.191 2 x Universal relay TR800
allel on the operating PC. Accordingly, one
SIPV6.097en.eps
7XV5662-7AD10
of the two TR800 Web and the protection 6/8 x PT100
device can be applied and read out during or 10 V
Sensors 1- 6 Sensors 1- 6 (7-12) or 20 mA
normal operation. (Fig. 13/48c).
Communication via RS485 bus Fig. 13/48c
Connection of two devices via Ethernet
One or two TR800 may be connected via a
RS485 interface to a SIPROTEC 4 device
SIPROTEC relays with RS485 interface e.g. SIPROTEC 4 with
with thermo function (7SJ6, 7UT6, 7SK80x 7SJ602 7SJ6/7UM6 FO interface
7UM6), or the compact device 7SK80. Operation with Operation with
Notebook or PC Notebook or PC
For connection purposes the special cables USB cable DIGSI cable
DIGSI 4 DIGSI 4
7XV5103-7AAxx are used. In the case of St-A/St-B 7XV5100-4
remote measuring points a connection can
13 also be established via a multi-mode FO
Port B System Port C/D Port C/D
cable and the converter 7XV5650. 1-6 1-6 1-6 1-6
7-12 7-12 7-12
For different applications, 3 modes of op- 1 x RS485 cable
7XV5103-7AAxx FO cable 6XV8100 (62,5/125µ)
eration are available. All three modes are
compatible with thermo box TR600 with 6 2 single wires 2 single wires
FO RS485-FO
measuring inputs. The mode of operation converter
RS485
SIPV6.098en.eps
is set via the RS485 address of the TR800 7XV5650

Web. Universal relay TR800 Web Universal relay TR800 Web Plug (male)
7XV5662-7AD10 7XV5662-7AD10 SUB-D conn., 9 pin
For detailed information please visit (6/8 x PT100 or 20 mA) (6/8 x PT100 or 20 mA) res. 120 Ohm
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Fig. 13/48d
Connection via serial RS485 bus or FO cable


Auxiliary voltage VS: 24 to 240 V AC/DC, 0/45 to 120 Hz < 4 W < 8 VA
Tolerance 20.4 to 297 V DC, 20 to 264 V AC
Insulation 2000 V AC
Relay output
Number 4 x 1 changeover contact (CO)
Switching power Max. 2000 VA (ohmic load)
De-rating factor with cos = 0.7 0.5
240 V AC 1/4 hp. 2.9 FLA
120 V AC 1/10 hp. 3.0 FLA
C 300
D 300 1 A 240 V AC
Rated operating current IE AC 15 IE = 3 A VE = 250 V
DC 13 IE = 2 A VE = 24 V
IE = 0.2 A VE = 125 V
IE = 0.1 A VE = 250 V
Recommended fuse T 3.15 A (gL)
Contact service life, mech. 3 x 107 switching operations
Contact service life, electr. 1 x 105 switching operations at 250 V AC / 6 A
Real-time clock
Buffered for 7 days.
Continuous synchronization via SNTP on the Ethernet inter-
face is possible
Test conditions
Acc. to EN 61010-1
Rated impulse voltage insulation 4000 V
Pollution rate 2
Rated insulation level Vi 300 V
Duty cycle 100 %
Perm. ambient temperature – 20 °C to + 65 °C
EN 60068-2-1 dry heat
Seismic safety EN 60068-2-6 2 to 25 Hz ± 1.6 mm
25 to 150 Hz 5 g
Electrical isolation Ethernet – measuring input min. 500 V DC
No electrical isolation RS 485 interface – measuring inputs
EMC tests EN 61326-1
EMC test for noise emission EN 61000-4-3
Fast transient disturbances/Burst EN 61000-4-4 ± 4 kV
Pulse 5/50 ns, f = 5 kHz, t = 15 ms, T = 300 ms
High-energy surge voltages (SURGE) IEC 61000-4-5 ± 1 impulse: 1.2 / 50 µs (8/20 µs)
Electrostatic discharge IEC 61000-4-2 ± 4 contact discharge, ± 8 kV air discharge
Ethernet connection
Sensor connection
10/100 MBit Auto-MDIX (no cross-over cable required)
13
Measuring cycle/measuring time <3s
(for 8 measured values)
Pt100, Pt1000 according to EN 60751:
Measured range Short circuit Interruption Sensor resistance +

°C Ohm Ohm circuit resistance Ohm
Sensor min. max. < > max.
Pt 100 – 199 860 15 400 500
Pt 1000 – 199 860 150 4000 4100
When connecting Ni100 or Ni120 sensors, the conversion is done in the SIPROTEC device.
The TR800 is configured with Pt100 sensors.

Technical data Sensor connection (cont'd)

Accuracy ± 0.5 % of measured value ± 0.5 K
Temperature drift < 0.04 °C/K
Voltage/current input
Input resistance Maximum input Accuracy of final value

signal
0 – 10 V 12 kΩ 27 V 0,1 %
0/4 – 20 mA 18 Ω 100 mA 0.5 %
Temperature drift < 0.02 %/K

Resistance measurement
Accuracy 0.0 ... 500.0 Ω 0.2 % of measured value ± 0.5 Ω
Accuracy 0 ... 30.00 kΩ 0.5 % of measured value ± 2 Ω
Housing
Size (W x H x D) 140 x 90 x 58 mm
Depth/Width 55 mm/8 TE
Circuit termination single strand Per 1 x 1.5 mm2
Braided conductor with crimp lug Per 1 x 1.0 mm2
Tightening torque of terminal screw 0.5 Nm (3.6 lb.in)
Degree of protection of housing/termi- IP30 / IP20
nals
Mounting vertical/horizontal Optional
Affixing Snap-on mounting onto standard rail mounting 35 mm acc.
to EN 60715 or screw mounting (with 2 additional brackets)
Weight Approx. 370 g

Universal relay/RTD-box TR800 7XV5662 - 7AD10
Distributed input-box for 6/8 RTD-connections (RTD-box)

or 6/8 x 20 mA, or 0 – 10 V
Protection class IP21
1 serial interface RS485 for communication of measurements
1 RJ45 interface for parameter setting via Web browser and
communication of measurements
Note: The device can be operated in a 7XV5662-2AD10 or
7XV5662-5AD10 compatible mode.
13

7XV5662-8AD10
Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD-Box) TR1200 IP (Ethernet)
Function overview
• 3-digit digital display for the tempera-

ture of up to max. 12 measuring points
• 12 sensor inputs; 1 to 12 sensors can be
connected
• PT100 in 2- or 3-conductor technology,
when connecting Ni100 or Ni120, con-
version to the correct temperature in
the evaluation unit is required,
SIPROTEC devices (e.g. 7SK80) sup-
port this function. The EN100 module
in the SIPROTEC 4 units does not sup-
port the TR1200 IP
SIPV6-110.tif
• 1 alarm relay (1 changeover contact)
• Electric 10 MBit/s Ethernet interface
(RTD IP protocol from ZIEHL, or
Fig. 13/49a MODBUS IP protocol)
7XV5662-8AD10 RTD-box TR1200 IP (Ethernet)
• Read-out display, configuration, simu-
lation and firmware update via Web
browser
Description
• Tested with Mozilla Firefox 3.5 and
The RTD-box TR1200 IP has 12 sensor in- Microsoft Internet Explorer 8.0
puts which allow measurement of up to 12
• LEDs for measurement allocation, er-
temperatures by Pt100 sensors.
ror, relay status and Ethernet interface
Three conductor sensors are supported. • Code protection against manipulation
For two conductor operation compensa-
of the setpoint values
tion of the measured conductor resistance
is possible via a corresponding setting. • Wide-range power supply 24 to 240 V
AC/DC
All settings on the TR1200 IP can be done
through 3 keys on the front of the device or • Distributor housing for panel mounting
in a Web browser (e.g. Internet Explorer). 8 TE, front-to-back size 55 mm
If Ni100 or Ni120 sensors are applied, the • Mounting on 35 mm DIN EN 60715
measured values have to be adapted in the standard rail.
protection device. The 7SK80 supports this
with its integrated RTD functionality.
The measured-value output to the protec-
tion device is done via Ethernet network
with RJ45 connectors.
Note: The SIPROTEC 4 system interface
with EN100 module does not support the 13
temperature detection of the RTD-box
TR1200 IP.

Application
7SK80x
Operation with
Measurerment of up to 12 measured values Notebook or PC Settings Group A:
Sensors 1-6
with a TR1200 IP IP 192.168.10.190
DIGSI 4 Port 5000
USB cable Sensors 7-12
To get up to 12 measured values one IP 192.168.10.190
Port 5001
RTD-box TR1200 IP is connected via a
IP 192.168.10.2
double screened CAT5 patch cable (1:1 or Port A
crossed-over) directly to the protection de- IP 192.168.10.200
alternative Patch cable 1:1
vice (e.g. 7SK80x/Port A). 7KE6000-8G
The protection device is set using DIGSI 4

progam running on a Notebook via the IP 192.168.10.190
Port 5000
USB-front interface.
SIPV6.095en.eps
RTD box TR1200 IP
The RTD-box TR1200 IP is set either 7XV5662-8AD10
12 x PT100
through the front keys or by using a Web Sensors 1- 12
browser running on the Notebook via the
Ethernet interface. For this purpose the Fig. 13/49b
patch cable must be unplugged from the Connection of a device via Ethernet
protection device and then re-plugged into
the Notebook.
Tip: If during commissioning a common
switch is temporarily inserted using three
patch cables, the protection device can be
set from a PC using DIGSI 4 in parallel
with the TR1200 IP.
For detailed information please visit:
www.siemens.com/siprotec
Technical data Rated voltage

Control voltage VS: 24 to 240 V AC/DC, 0/45 to 65 Hz < 5 VA
20.4 to 297 V DC, 20.4 to 264 V AC
Relay output
Number 1 changeover contact (CO)
Breaking capacity Max. 2000 VA (resistive load)
Reduction factor at cos = 0.7 0.5
240 V AC 1/4 hp. 2.9 FLA
120 V AC 1/10 hp. 3.0 FLA
C 300
D300 1 A 240 V AC
Rated operating current IE
AC 15 IE = 1 A VE = 400 V
13 IE = 2 A
DC 13 IE = 2 A
VE = 250 V
VE = 24 V
IE = 0.2 A VE = 125 V
IE = 0.1 A VE = 250 V
Recommended series fuse T 3.15 A (gL)
Contact service life, mech. 1 x 107 operating cycles
Contact service life, electr. 1 x 105 operating cycles at 250 V AC / 5 A
2 x 105 operating cycles at 250 V AC / 3 A
6 x 105 operating cycles at 250 V AC / 1 A
Temperature measurement
Measurement time sensor 0.25 to 3 s (dependent on the number of sensors)
Measurement time sensor 0.25 to 30 s (for measurement cycle of one sensor)
Measurement range –199 °C to 850 °C
Resolution 1 °C

Technical data Sensor connection

12 x PT100 acc. to EN 60751, connection of Ni100 and Ni120 sensors possible. Conversion of the mea-
sured values must be performed in the evaluation unit.
Measured range Short circuit Interruption Sensor resistance +

°C Ohm Ohm line resistance Ohm
Sensor min. max. < > max.
Pt100 – 199 860 15 400 500
Tolerance ± 0.5 % of measurement ± 1 K

Temperature drift < 0.04 °C/K
Ethernet interface
Transmission speed 10 MBit/s
IP adress Standard: 192.182.1.100, adjustable
Subnetwork mask Standard: 255.255.255.0, adjustable
UDP port Standard: 5000 (5001), adjustable
Max. cable length 20 m when using CAT 5 patch cable
Max. response time RTD/MODBUS < 700 μs
Test conditions
Acc. to EN 61010
Rated impulse withstand voltage 4000 V
Surge category III
Pollution level 2
Rated insulation voltage Vi 300 V
Operating time 100 %
Permissible ambient temperature – 20 °C to + 65 °C
during operation EN 60068-2-2 dry heat
EMC – noise immunity EN 61000-6-2
EMC – noise emission EN 61000-6-4
Galvanic insulation
Control voltage – measurement input 3820 V DC
Ethernet – control voltage –
measurement input 500 V DC
Housing
Dimensions (W x H x D) 140 x 90 x 58 mm
Front-to-back size/Width 55 mm/8 TE
Wiring connection single strand Each 1 x 1.5 mm2
Finely stranded with wire end ferrule Each 1 x 1.0 mm2
Starting torque of the terminal screw 0.5 Nm (3.6 lb.in)
Protection class housing/terminals IP30 / IP20
Mounting position Arbitrary
Mounting Snap-on mounting onto standard rail 35 mm acc. to
Weight
EN 60715 or screw mounting (with 2 additional bars)
Approx. 350 g
13


Resistance temperature detector (RTD-box) TR1200 IP (Ethernet) 7XV5662 - 8AD10
Distributed input-box for 12 RTD-connections Pt100

Protection class IP21
1 Ethernet interface for communication with SIPROTEC devices
for measurement and fault reports.
13

7XV5664 /7XV5654
GPS/DCF77 Time Synchronization System
Features/function overview
LSP2410-afp.tif
• GPS exterior antenna with wall
mounting and 25 m cable RG59,
lightning protection is optional
• GPS-antenna input (BNC-plug)
• PC-input, RS232 (9-pol. Sub-D plug)
with operating program and 1m con-
nection cable
• 2 optical signal outputs FL1/2 for
FO cable 62,5/125 µm and ST-plug for
LSP2508.eps
disturbance free transmission of the
signals
• Auxiliary voltage 18-60 V DC/option-
GPS-time 7XV5654 time ally with wide-range power supply
signal receiver synchronization unit
7XV5810-0AA10, 24-250 V DC /
(sync.-transceiver)
100-230 V AC.
Fig. 13/50
GPS/DFC77 • Aluminium housing for rail mounting.
time synchronization system
Standard Version 7XV5664-0CA00:
• Signal outputs FL1/2: telegrams
Description selectable IRIG-B, DCF77-, NMEA,
IEC60870-5-103, second or minute
With the GPS-time signal receiver 7XV5664
and additional components wide-range impulses.
power supply 7XV5810, mini star-coupler • 3D-mode with at least 4 satellites or
7XV5450 and sync-transceiver 7XV5654, Fix-mode with at least 1 satellite.
a comprehensive solution for time syn-
chronization of any number of SIPROTEC Special Version 7XV5664-0AA00:
protection devices is possible. A simple • Signal outputs FL1/2: fixed telegrams
PC-Software (included in the scope of de-
FL 1 = highly accurate second impulse
livery) facilitates the setting of the receiver
via a RS232 interface. The transmission FL 2 = IRIG-B or DCF77
of the time signals (telegrams or impulses) • Only 3D-mode with at least 4 satellites.
takes place, immune to disturbances, via a
FO cable to the protection cubicles, where
the time signals are electrically converted
with the Sync-Transceiver. The standard
version can, with the output of special pro-
tocols, also be used for the synchronisation
of further devices, e.g. Reyrolle ARGUS 1
or SIMEAS Q80. For the SIPROTEC line
differential protection 7SD52 or for
SIMEAS R-PMU, the special version pro-
vides a highly accurate pulse per second. 13
The GPS antenna with 25 m cable to the
receiver is included in the scope of deliv-
ery. Lightning protection is optionally
available.

Application
The “Normal Time” standard application

With the GPS-time signal receiver
7XV5664-0CA00 all connected protection
devices are synchronized to “Normal
Time”. In this way, the internal clock of
the protection devices is synchronized by a
standardized telegram e.g. IRIG-B, DCF77,
IEC60870-5-103, NMEA or a minute im-
pulse.
For this purpose the protection
devices provide suitable interfaces e.g.
SIPROTEC 4 provides Port A.
The antenna is mounted to an outside wall
with free sight to the sky and the optional 3
lighting protection is looped into the an-
tenna cable.
The GPS-time signal receiver is mounted
close to the antenna, and is either supplied
with auxiliary voltage via the optional
wide-range power supply from the AC
LSA3147-aen.eps
mains, or the substation battery.
The transmission of the time telegrams
or synchronizing impulses takes place, im-
mune to interference, with FO cable to the
protection devices distributed in the plant.
An extension of the optical star structure
can be implemented with the mini star-
coupler 7XV5450. For the conversion of the
FO signals to 24 V signals as required by Fig. 13/51 SIPROTEC 4 protection unit with GPS-time synchronization
the SIPROTEC 4 time synchronization
interfaces (Port A), sync-transceivers
7XV5654 are implemented.
Detailed application examples may be must be smaller than one minute. Daylight
found in the manual of the sync-trans- saving time must, if desired, be set manu-
ceivers 7XV5654. ally.
The SIPROTEC 4 protection devices are Protection devices are fitted with a binary
connected to the sync-transceiver input, which captures the minute impulse
7XV5654 via “Port A” with the specially using a corresponding voltage (24-60 or
designed bus cable system 7XV5104 (see wide range 24-250 V DC) and provides this
Fig.13/51). Note: No bus termination resis- to the internal clock. The distribution of
tance is required here. the impulse to the protection devices takes
place via a 2-wire bus, which must consist
All SIPROTEC protection devices with of a screened twisted pair. All devices must
13 internal clock be located in the same earthed system, the
may be synchronized with the minute im- cable screens must be connected to the
pulse from the GPS receiver via a binary housing on both sides.
input. For this purpose the internal clock If both channels of the GPS-receiver
of the protection device is set at each full are set to the minute impulse, up to 20
minute to the exact beginning of the new SIPROTEC 3 devices may be connected.
minute. A pre-condition for this method is Alternatively, a coupling of both output
that the internal clock of the protection de- channels of the sync-transceivers with the
vice is set correctly once, and the auxiliary DIL-switches S1/3 is possible.
voltage is buffered against failure. If the
time tracking fails for a longer period, the
difference between the internal clock of the
protection device and the normal time


GPS-time signal receiver 7XV5664-0Ä00
GPS-timing signal receiver “Special Version”
for the time synchronization of SIPROTEC 4 differential prot. devices
or SIMEAS R-PMU (Phasor Measurement Unit),
with 25 m coaxial cable, PC software with cable
(without wide range power supply unit 7XV5810-0BA00) A
GPS-timing signal receiver “Standard-Version”

for the time synchronization of SIPROTEC 4 protection devices,
with 25 m coaxial cable, PC software with cable
(without wide range power supply unit 7XV5810-0BA00) C
Lightning protection with plugs for connection to the antenna cable L
Additional accessories for time synchronisation

Wide-range power supply (universal)
Universal supply voltage (48...250 V DC ± 20 %, 60...230 V AC ± 20 %)
Output voltage 24 V DC / 6 W, short-circuit proof, alarm contact 7XV5810-0BA00
Sync-transceiver
Sync-transceiver for conversion of 2 optical timing signals to 24 V DC
for the time synchronizing interface of SIPROTEC 4 (Port A)
2 optical inputs with ST-plugs and 2 electrical outputs for
max. 12 SIPROTEC 4 relays or 20 SIPROTEC 3 relays.
Minute or second pulse for special applications is also supported. 7XV5654-0BA00
Y-bus cable for time synchronizing SIPROTEC 4 (standard) 7XV5104-0AA¨¨

Y-bus cable 2-core screened with 9 pole sub-D connector
and metallic housing for clock synchronization SIPROTEC 4
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Bus length extension cable (standard)

Cable for the bus length extension. Copper cable with 2-wires,
shielded with 9-pole sub-D plugs.
Adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7KE6000-8 (standard)
Adapter cable to sync.-transceiver 7KE6000-8Ax. Length 0,3 m.
Shielded, 2-wires with crimp lugs to 9-pole sub-D plug (female) 7XV5104-2AA00
Adapter cable for 2 busses (standard)
Adapter cable 2 core screened for sync-transceiver 7XV5654-0BA00
for distribution of 2 busses for each 6 SIPROTEC 4 relays 7XV5104-3AA00
Y-bus cable for time synchronizing SIPROTEC 4 7XV5105-0AA¨¨

Diff.-protection and SIMEAS R-PMU (special)
Y-bus cable 2-core screened with 9 pole sub-D connector
13
and metallic housing for clock synchronization SIPROTEC 4, e.g. 7SD5
Length 1 m 0 1
Length 3 m 0 3
Length 5 m 0 5
Length 10 m 1 0
Bus length extension cable (special)

Cable for the bus length extension. Copper cable with 4-wires,
shielded with 9-pole sub-D plugs.

13

7XV5673
I/O-Unit with 6 Binary In-/Outputs
Feature overview
• Binary inputs
– 6 ruggedized EMC – hardened
binary inputs
– Pickup voltage threshold settable to
19 V DC, 88 V DC or 176 V DC for
different station battery voltages
• Binary outputs
SIPV6_104.tif
– 6 command relay outputs
– Safe state of contacts after loss of
connection settable by the user
• Signal/Alarm outputs
– 4 LED
• Wide-range power supply
– 24-250 V DC +/- 20 % and
Fig. 13/52
100-230 V AC 45-65 Hz
7XV5673 I/O-Unit – binary I/O mirror, -binary I/O expansion, -contact multiplier
• Electrical RJ45 Ethernet interface
– Cascading many devices without
additional costs by the use of the
integrated switch
The I/O-Unit can be set as:
Description • Serial fiber-optic interface (optional)
• I/O mirror: Point-to-point transfer of – ST-connector, 820 nm for
I/O-Unit 7XV5673 is a binary input/out-
binary signals between two I/O-Units via multi-mode fiber 62.5/ 125 µm,
put device and is designed for substations
Ethernet or a serial connection. Signal in-
and increased industrial environment re- typical range 2000 m using fiber
puts and outputs assignable by the user.
quirements. The I/O-Unit allows the trans- 62.5 µm/125 µm,
mission of binary inputs to binary outputs • I/O expansion: Expansion of substation
controllers by binary inputs and outputs
baud rate 1.2 kBit/s – 187.5 kBit/s
locally or via long distances. It can be used settable per software
for protection applications, e.g. overcur- using standard protocols.
rent protection, signal comparison, • Contact multiplier: Distribution of signals • Serial RS485-interface (optional)
teleprotection or as I/O-expansion in on one or several binary inputs via relay Sub-D plug, 9-pole female
substation automation systems. contacts of the same I/O-Unit, e.g. for • Protocols, communication
isolation between different voltage levels. – MODBUS TCP or MODBUS RTU
for connection to a substation
Function controller
Via binary inputs, all kinds of binary – MODBUS UDP for point-to-point
signals of switchgear/ protection scheme connections between two I/O-Units
(for example tripping commands, switch – SNTP for time synchronization
position signal, fault and status indica- – IEC 61850* (GOOSE and Reporting)
tions) are securely detected. This informa-
tion can directly be distributed at this • Housing
I/O-Unit via contacts, or be transmitted IP20 rail mounting
via communication links to further • Standards 13
I/O-Units or to automation systems. CE, UL, IEC 60255, IEEE 61000 ...
Secured telegrams are used for the com- • Environmental conditions
munication via Ethernet or serial con- – EMC hardened binary I/O for
nections. The parameter setting of the substation environment
I/O-Unit is simply carried out with a
– Extended high temperature range
standard Web browser at the PC which is
connected by the Ethernet interface. up to 85 °C (16 h/day).

Operation features
I/O-unit 1 I/O-unit 2
• Easy parameterization with a standard
Internet browser (no special software
required) Binary Indication Relay
• Password protection against unauthorized
Communication
Communication
inputs from remote outputs
Serial
access
interface
interface
RS485/FO
• Monitoring of data errors, loss of connec- or
tion, transfer time and the state of BI, BO. Ethernet
Relay Indication Binary
• Time synchronization with SNTP-Proto- inputs
outputs from remote
SIPV6.013en.eps
col with 1 ms resolution from an external
time server over Ethernet. Redundant
time servers are supported
• Buffer battery changeable from the front
• Fast I/O mirror: Fast transmission time Fig. 13/53 I/O mirror, bi-directional transmission between two devices
from BI pickup to contact closing between
two I/O-Units typically 11 ms for high
bandwidth connection
• Connection to a substation controller Application
over MODBUS TCP, MODBUS RTU
or IEC 61850 protocol * I/O mirror function
• Blocking of data transmission with a
When using the I/O-Units as I/O mirror
binary input for testing
according to Fig. 13/53, the devices trans-
• Battery buffered operational event log mits the binary signals bi-directional. The
with 1 ms resolution time stamp transmission takes place between the two
• Assignment of BI / BO signals which shall devices over serial links (option) or over
be logged into the operational buffer Ethernet networks.
• Integration into network management
systems with SNMP – protocol and Via the relay output contacts voltages
provided MIB – files. up to 250 V AC/DC and currents up to
5 A AC/DC can be switched. The pick
threshold of the binary inputs can be set
by the user on different levels.
Signal inputs and outputs can be assigned
by the user.
Extension of the transmission distance
An extension of the transmission distance
is possible. The following devices can be
used:
• With serial optical repeater 7XV5461
scalable up to 170 km
• RS485-FO Converter 7XV5650 for
cascading devices
• With different communication
converters.
13
* In preparation

Application
I/O-unit 2
Uni-directional binary signal transmission I/O-unit 1 only serial,
COM interface
uni-directional
When using the I/O-Units for uni-directio- Binary
COM
Indication Relay
nal binary signal transmission according inputs from remote outputs
to Fig. 13/54, the devices transfer binary
signals unidirectional from one device to
several devices. In this application, the
transmission only takes place in one direc-
tion. Input signals (max. 6) from the left
I/O-unit 3
unit are sending to output contacts of one
or more units on the right side.
COM
Indication Relay
from remote outputs
SIPV6.014en.eps
Bus cable
to further units
(up to 250 units)
Fig. 13/54 I/O mirror, uni-directional transmission from one to multiple I/O-Units
I/O expansion of a substation controller

The I/O-Unit is used as I/O expansion, I/O-unit 1
MODBUS server
according to Fig. 13/55. Binary signals are
Ethernet interface
exchanged between a substation controller

(e.g. SICAM PAS) and the I/O-Units by Indication Relay
Etnernet switch
from remote outputs

using the MODBUS TCP protocol over an
Ethernet network. If the integrated switch
in the I/O-Unit is used, the units can be
operated in a line without using additional
external switches as shown in Fig. 13/85. Binary
Device inputs
Also IEC 61850 client server communica- (System control with
tion will be provided in future. MODBUS TCP/UDP)
MODBUS client
e.g.SICAM PAS
Ethernet
Ethernet
I/O-unit 2
MODBUS server
Indication Relay
Etnernet switch
from remote outputs
13
Binary
inputs
Ethernet *)
*) In preparation: Ethernet
cascading with Ethernet
SIPV6.015en.eps
Y-adapter cable
7KE60008GD000BA2 I/O-unit n
MODBUS server
Fig. 13/55 I/O expansion of a substation controller with binary inputs and outputs

Application
I/O-unit 1
Optical interface
Instead of using an Ethernet network there FO MODBUS server
FO
is also the option of serial connection with
Optical interface
Mini star Indication
MODBUS RTU protocol. The link can be FO Relay
coupler from
7XV5450 remote outputs
done by a RS485-bus line structure or an FO
optical star network.
Cascading
Device Binary
inputs
(System control with
MODBUS RTU)
Mini star
coupler I/O-unit 2
7XV5450 MODBUS server
Optical interface
Cascading
Indication
Relay
from
remote outputs
FO
FO
Binary
FO
inputs
FO for 820 nm:
2 multi-mode FO 62.5 µm/125 µm
with ST plugs, max. 1.5 km
I/O-unit 3
MODBUS server
Optical interface
Indication
Relay
from
remote outputs
SIPV6.016en.eps
Binary
inputs
optical interfaces of
the I/O-units
Fig. 13/56 I/O expansion for the connection to substation controller using a serial optical star topology
13

Application
I/O-unit
Contact multiplier
Relay outputs
Input signals on one or more binary inputs N
Binary BO1
can be assigned to binary outputs of the inputs
local device (Fig. 13/57) BO2
BO3
N/BIx
• 1 binary signal on up to 6 relay outputs P/BIx P
BO1
• Several binary signals to several relay x = 1 to 3
BO2
outputs assignable by the user BO3
• Different voltage levels for inputs and SIPV6.017en.eps
outputs in a wide voltage range to isolate Communication

between different voltage levels. interface
Fig. 13/57 Contact multiplier
Applications for remote transmission of

binary signals I/O mirror Asynchronous I/O mirror Synchronous network I/O mirror
Binary signal transmission via 7XV5673 19.2 kbit/s 64 kbit/s BO6
communication networks using BI1 38.4 kbit/s 128 kbit/s
115.2 kbit/s 512 kbit/s BO1
a G.703.1/X.21 interface
KU-XG KU-XG
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 X.21 Synchronous leased line in X.21 FO

The picture shows the optical connection ST ST E E
FO communication network BI6
of an I/O-Unit to a communication con- O O
G703.1 64 kbit/s to 512 kbit/s G703.1
SIPV6.018en.eps
verter (KU-XG) 7XV5662-0AA01, which BO1
establishes a connection to a multiplexer BI1
BO6
FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 µm/125 µm with
with G.703.1 or X.21 interface. This allows ST plug, max. 1.5 km 7XV5673
the use of this communication converter KU-XG = 7XV5662-0AA01
to transfer the signals via communication Communication converter for:
network. The average delay time in the net- G703.1 (64 kbit/s synchronous: 19.2 kbit/s asynchronous in I/O mirror)
X.21 (64 kbit/s to 512 kbit/s synchronous: 19.2 kbit/s to 115.2 kbit/s
work and the signal quality is monitored asynchronous in I/O mirror)
by the I/O-Unit. Also loss of connection is
indicated. In this case, the state of the bi-
nary outputs can be set by the user to a safe Fig. 13/58 Binary signal exchange over a communication converter with G.703.1/X.21 interface via a
condition depending on the application. communication network
A maximum of 6 binary single signals can

be transmitted bi-directional via the com-
munication network.
13

Application
I/O mirror I/O mirror
Binary signal transmission via two-wire 7XV5673 20 kV with BO6
copper cable with blocking 5 kV isolation voltage isolation transformer
BI1
in converter 7XR9516 BO1
The picture shows the optical connection KU-KU KU-KU
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
of an I/O-Unit to a communication con- BI6 FO E E FO
verter 7XV5662-0AC01, which establishes max. O O max. BI6
SIPV6.019en.eps
a connection via pilot wire. Only one pair 38.4 Pilot wire (2-wire) up to 8 km 38.4
BO1 depending on the consistence
is necessary for bi-directional signal kbit/s kbit/s BI1
of the pilot wire 2 KU-KU distances
exchange. BO6
can be cascaded 7XV5673
An additional isolation transformer allows FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 µm/125 µm

20 kV isolation from the pilot wire connec- with ST plug, max. 1.5 km
tion. KU-KU: Communication converter - copper 7XV5662-0AC01
A maximum of 6 binary single signals can Fig. 13/59 Binary signal exchange of 6 signals via pilot wire connection
be transmitted bi-directionally over the
pilot wire. The additional delay caused by
the transfer over the communication con-
verter and pilot wire is less than 1 ms.
A typical application is the signal compari-
son of a directional overcurrent protection
device via pilot wires. In this case, the defi-
nite time-overcurrent protection device is
connected to the I/O-Unit via contacts and
binary inputs and directional signals are
transferred.
Binary signal exchange of over long fiber

optic links I/O mirror 1 I/O mirror 1
Client Server
The figure shows the optical connection 7XV5673
BO6
of an I/O-Unit to a serial optical repeater
BI1
7XV5461-0BX00, which establishes a con- Optical repeater Optical repeater BO1
nection to multi-mode or single-mode with multiplexer with multiplexer FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 ST ST
fiber cables. A max. distance of 170 km can O FO communication route: O
FO FO BI6
be reached with this application without O O
Single-mode FO 9 m/125 m (2 FO)
additional amplifiers. BO1 LC plug: 24 km/60 km/100 km/170 km
BI1
A maximum of 12 binary signals can be ex- BO6 Single-mode FO 9 m/125 m (1 FO)
7XV5673
changed via long fiber optical connections LC plug: 40 km
I/O mirror 2 Multi-mode FO 50 m to 62.5 m/125 m (2 FO) I/O mirror 2
because the repeater allows connecting two
Client LC plug: 4 km/8 km Server
I/O-Units.
7XV5673
BO6
BI1
BO1
optional second optional second
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
BI6 ST connection connection ST
13
BI6
SIPV6.020en.eps
BO1
BI1
BO6 FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 µm/125 µm
with ST plug, max. 1.5 km 7XV5673
Fig. 13/60 Binary signal exchange of up to 12 signals over long fiber optic links

Application
I/O mirror 1 I/O mirror 1
Binary signal transmission via a communi- Client Server
cation networks using a G.703.6 interface 7XV5673
BO6
BI1
The figure shows the optical connection BO1
of one up to three I/O-Units to a KU-2M
FO 820 nm
KU-2M
FO 820 nm
BI6 ST ST
communication converter KU-2M E Synchronous leased line in E
7XV5662-0AD00, which establishes a FO FO BI6
O
communication network O
connection to a multiplexer with a G.703.6 RS232 G703.6 1.4 Mbit/s/2 Mbit/s (T1/E1) G703.6 RS232
BO1
interface (1.44 kbit/s/2 Mbit/s, E1/T1). BI1
BO6
7XV5673
A maximum of 18 binary single signals can
be transmitted bi-directionally over the I/O mirror 2 I/O mirror 3 I/O mirror 3 I/O mirror 2
Client Client Server Server
communication network. The KU-2M is
7XV5673 7XV5673
provided with two optical and one electri- 7XV5652- BO6 7XV5652- BO6
BI1 0BA00 BI1 0BA00
cal RS232 interface. Two I/O-Units can be BO1 BO1
O O
directly connected by an optical cable to E E
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
FO 820 nm
the KU-2M. On the RS232 interface, an ad- BI6 BI6
ST optional optional ST
ditional I/O-Unit can be connected via an optional third BI6 third optional BI6
connection connection second
SIPV6.021en.eps
second
optoelectronic converter. Using all input BO1 connection BO1 connection
interfaces (2 FO, 1 RS232) of the KU-2M, a BI1 BI1
maximum of 18 signals can be exchanged BO6 BO6
7XV5673 7XV5673
bi-directionally.
FO: 2 multi-mode FO 62.5 µm/125 µm with
For long distance connections via Ethernet ST plug, max. 1.5 km
media converters or Ethernet networks can KU-2M = 7XV5662-0AD00
be used. The I/O-Unit supports IP – ad- Communication converter for:
G703.6 (2 Mbit/s synchronous: 115.2 kbit/s asynchronous in I/O mirror)
dress settings and settings for a standard
gateway. The electrical Ethernet interface Fig. 13/61 Binary signal exchange with G.703.6 interface via a communication network
of the I/O-Unit is connected to a media
converter or switch which transfer the
signals of the units over long distance
Ethernet connections. The average delay
time in the network is measured by the
I/O-Unit.
Device configuration
The I/O-Unit is equipped with an inte-
grated Web Server which allows easy set-
ting using standard Internet-Browsers.
Fig. 13/62 shows the User interface. All
settings are done with the Browser. Also
operational log and commissioning aid
are supported by the Browser like the indi-
cation of the actual state of the inputs and
outputs.
13
SIPV6_113.tif
Fig. 13/62 Configuration screen of the I/O-Unit in the Browser


I/O-Unit with 6 binary in- and outputs 7XV5673-0 J J¨ 0-1AA1
I/O-Unit with Ethernet interface and

RS485-interface 1
optical interface 2
13

7XV5700
RS232 – RS485 Converter
Function overview
• Minimum baud rate: 9600 baud

• Maximum baud rate: 115 kbaud
• No setting of baud rate necessary
• Compact plug casing
LSP2027-afp.tif
• Power supply via plug in PSU
• Maximum 31 relays at RS485 bus
• Complete set for connecting 1 relay
to RS485 bus
Fig. 13/63
RS232 – RS485 converter
Description
Up to 31 SIPROTEC 4 relays with an elec-

trical, bus-capable RS485 interface to a PC
for centralized control can be connected
via the RS232ÖRS485 converter.
The converter is housed in an expanded
plug casing. The interfaces are connected
to 25-pin female connectors. The auxiliary
voltage is supplied via a plug-in power
supply unit attached to the side. Auxiliary
voltages of 110 or 230 V AC make opera-
tion with all common AC networks possi-
ble.
A twisted and shielded cable with two wires
is required for the RS485 bus. The protec-
tion relays are connected to the bus in
series. Data transmission at a speed of
19.2 kbaud with a bus length of up to
approximately 1000 m is possible.
The converter, plug-in power supply unit
and the connecting cable to the first relay 13
are included in the scope of supply.

Applications
The RS232ÖRS485 converter allows up to

31 SIPROTEC 4 protection relays with
electrical busable RS485 interfaces to be
connected to a PC notebook.
The converter is housed in an expanded
plug casing. The interfaces are connected
to 25 pin female connectors. The RS485
interface has a terminating resistor. The
auxiliary voltage is supplied via a plug-in
power supply unit attached to the side.
Auxiliary voltages of 110 V or 230 V AC
make operation with all common AC net-
works possible.
Fig. 13/64 Protection units connected to the RS485 bus

Note
The converter may not be used with a substation modem due to non-existing isolation. It is recom-
mended to use the 7XV5650 and 7XV5651 converters in conjunction with the substation modem.
Connections
Functions
The PC is connected to the converter by
The converter works according to the mas- means of a DIGSI cable e.g. 7XV5100-2.
ter/slave principle. In idle state, the RS232
interface is inactive while the RS485 inter- A twisted and shielded cable with two
face is switched to the receiving mode. wires is required for the RS485 bus. The
During communication, the PC (master) conductor cross section has to be adapted
sends data to the RS232 interface, which to the ring cable lugs and the SUB-D con-
are transmitted (half duplex) to the protec- nectors. The individual wires protruding
tion unit (slave) by the converter at the from the shield should be kept as short as
RS485 interface. After data transmission, possible. The shield is connected to the
the RS485 interface is once again switched housing earth at both ends. The protection
to the receiving mode. Vice versa, data units are connected in series to the bus.
supplied by the protection unit are sent The shield between the converter and the
back by the converter to the RS232 inter- protection units, or between the protection
face and to the PC. units, is connected at both sides. Whenever
substantial cable lengths or high baud rates
No handshake signals are being processed are involved, a terminating resistor of
during communication. This means that 220 ohm should be applied between signal
data sent by the PC are mirrored, which lines A and B at the last protection unit.
may cause problems in special applica- Data transmission at a speed of 19.2 kbit/s,
tions. with a bus length of up to approx. 1000 m,
is possible.
13

Technical data Design

Plug chassis Plastics
Dimensions 63 x 94 x 16 mm (W x H x D)
Degree of protection IP20
Power supply
Power supply 110 or 230 V AC
Via Plug-in power supply unit
Electrical interfaces
Type RS232 to RS485 (non-isolated)
Assignment See Fig. 13/64
CE conformity, standards
This product is in conformity with the directive of Conformity is proved by tests performed by
the Council of the European Communities on the Siemens AG in accordance with the generic standards
approximation of the laws of the Member States EN 50081-1 and EN 50082-2.
relating to the electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC Council Directive 89/336/EEC).

7XV5700 RS232 – RS485 converter 7XV5700-¨ ¨ ¨ 0 0

Via plug-in auxiliary power supply unit (PSU) 230 V / 50 Hz AC 0
Via plug-in auxiliary PSU 110 V / 60 Hz AC 1
Connecting cable
With RS485 connecting cable for 7SJ60, 7RW60, 7SD6, 7SV60, length 1 m A
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS Q and SIPROTEC 4, length 1 m B
With RS485 connecting cable for SIMEAS T, length 1 m C
Without RS232 connecting cable A
With RS232 connecting cable 7XV5100-2 for PC/notebook, 9 pin B
With RS232 adaptor, 25-pin connector (male) to 9-pin connector (female) for PC / notebook C
13

13

7XV5710
USB – RS485 Converter Cable
Function overview
• Compact connector housing

• USB 2.0 / 1.1 interface Type A
• RS485 interface 9-pin SUB-D
• Max. bus length 800 m
• Termination resistances switchable
• Baudrates 300 to 115000 baud
• Indicated data transfer (data LED)
• Protocol transparency (not only for
PROFIBUS)
• Power supply via USB connector
(no galvanic separation)
LSP2896.tif
• Compatible with 7XV5103 bus system

(with gender changer 9-pin female/
female)
Fig. 13/65 USB – RS485 converter cable
Description
The USB converter cable with its special

pin assignment allows temporary connec-
tion of up to 31 Siemens protection devices
having an electrical RS 485 interface to a
PC with a USB interface for direct or cen-
tral control with DIGSI 4.
The converter is connected directly to the
PC via a standard USB connector (type A).
The RS485 connector (9-pin SUB-D male)
may be used for direct connection to
SIPROTEC 4 devices with RS485 interface
modules. To connect individual compact
devices with an RS485 interface on termi-
nals, e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600, etc.,
the 7XV5103-2AA00 or -3AA00 adapter
is required. Using the gender changer
(female-female), which is included, the
converter may also be connected to the
7XV5103 bus system, which enables com-
munication with all the devices connected
to the bus. Because the cable includes a 13
switchable bus termination, it may be con-
nected at either end or in the middle of the
bus. The converter draws all the power it
needs via the USB interface of the PC.

The shield must be connected to the hous- In the protection devices, the terminating
Application
ing ground at both ends. At the last pro- resistor must only be activated at the last
tection device, a 220-Ω terminating resistor device on the bus using the jumpers pro-
Data transfer
is connected between data cores A and B. vided for that purpose. If this is not possi-
Before the converter cable is first used, a ble in the device, an external terminating
USB driver must be installed from the CD Termination of the RS485 bus resistor, e.g. 7XV5103-5AA00 must be ap-
supplied. The driver creates a new virtual plied behind the last device (see Fig. 13/66).
COM port, which may then be selected The RS485 bus is a two-wire bus (half
duplex) over which up to 32 devices (par- In this example, the terminating resistors
by the application, e.g. DIGSI 4. The con-
ticipants) can exchange their data on the of the converter cable are active (default),
verter works in half-duplex mode on the
master/slave principle. All devices are con- the terminating resistors that are available
master/slave principle.
nected to the bus in line (not in star or ring at some of the protection devices remain
In the quiescent state, the USB interface is topology). At the first and last devices, a inactive. The bus is terminated after the
inactive and the RS485 interface is ready to 220-Ω bus terminating resistor is con- last device with the 7XV5103-5AA00 bus
receive. For communication, the PC, act- nected between pin 3 (A) and pin 8 (B), terminating connector or an external resis-
ing as the master, transmits its data to the irrespective of whether this is a master or tor (220 Ω). If the last protection device
USB interface, which in turn forwards the slave device. has a switchable terminating resistor, this
data from the converter at the RS485 inter- may also be activated to ensure termina-
face to the protection device (slave). Fol- The SIPROTEC protection devices are tion.
lowing this, the RS485 interface is switched preferably connected to the bus as a slave
back to receive. Data coming from the pro- behind a master, e.g. 7XV5710 or
tection is now transmitted in the other di- 7XV5650/51 RS484 converter. In these
rection to the USB interface and PC by the converters (1st device) the terminating re-
converter. A data LED indicates when data sistor may be implemented by additional
transfer is active. pull-up/pull-down resistors via DIL
switches (S1, S2). The “low-resistance”
Connection of the compact devices, e.g. pull-up/pull-down resistors are essential
7SJ600 with terminals (without bus cables in various SIPROTEC bus applications,
7XV5103) i.e. the use of other converters may result
in problems.
A shielded twisted pair (STP) cable must
be used for the RS485 bus. The conductor
cross-section must be suitable for termina-
tion with ring lugs or SUB-D connectors.
The protection devices are connected to the
bus in line (not in star or ring topology).
The core ends protruding from the shield
should be kept as short as possible.
13
Fig. 13/66
RS485 bus with USB converter cable 7XV5710 and several SIPROTEC devices (connection diagram)

Application
Application example
A number of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 protec-
tion devices can be centrally operated via
their interface with DIGSI via the 7XV5710
USB converter cable. Suitable cables and
adapters are available for the various con-
nection types of the SIPROTEC devices.
For more information, please refer to cata-
log sheet 7XV5103. SIPROTEC 4 devices
with an RS485 interface may be directly
connected and operated with DIGSI 4.
For the connection of individual compact
protection devices with the RS485 inter-
face on terminals e.g. 7SJ600, 7SD600,
Fig. 13/67 Central operation via the RS485 bus
7RW600, etc.., the adapter cable
7XV5103-2AA00 or the adapter
7XV5103-3AA00 is required
(see Fig. 13/67).
The converter cable must only be used on a
non-permanent basis because of the lack of
galvanic separation. For permanent opera-
tion, the FO converters 7XV5652 and
7XV5650/51 should be used. The FO con-
ductor ensures complete galvanic separa-
tion between PC and SIPROTEC devices.
Corresponding applications may be found
at: www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV56…
13

Technical data
Product USB converter cable 7XV5710-0AA00 Connection 2 protection Receiver:
Driver Included on CD or on the Internet at: +/- 15 kV human body model
www.siprotec.com/accessories/7XV5710 +/- 6 kV IEC 1000-4-2,
contact discharge
Installation Plug & Play +/- 12 kV IEC 1000-4-2,
Cable length 1.8 m air-gap discharge
Permitted: up to 128 receivers on the
USB interface Virtual COM port
bus True-fail-safe receiver
Connection 1 USB 2.0 (1.1) connector type A -7 V ... +12 V Common-mode range
Connection 1 pin assignment Pin 1 – Vcc Thermal protection against output
Pin 2 – D- short circuit
Pin 3 – D+ Driver:
Pin 4 – GND +/- 9 kV human body model
Connection 2 SUB-D 9-pin connector (male) with Slew-rate limited for errorless data
securing screws transmission
-7 V ... +12 V common-mode range
Connection 2 pin assignment Pin 3 – Tx/Rx- (A)
Current limiting
Pin 5 – GND
Thermal shutdown for driver-overload
Pin 8 – Tx/Rx+ (B)
protection
All other pins are not connected (nc)
Handshake None
Terminating resistors Selectable (S1, S2 ON = terminating
resistor selected) TX/RX switchover Automatic
+5 V – Pin 3 = 390 Ω Serial data transmission channels Half-duplex 2-wire
Pin 3 – Pin 8 = 220 Ω
Pin 8 – Pin 5 = 390 Ω Power supply +5 V via USB (max. 80 mA)
Module logs on with 96 mA at the USB
Max. 38 mA ready (converter on, no
data transmission)
Max. 80 mA full-duplex 4-core
operation, (max. data rate)
Serial transmission rates 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200,
38400, 57600, 115200 bits/s
Status indication Tx and Rx - 3 mm LED red
Operating temperature -5 up to +70°C
Driver software Windows 98, Windows 98 SE,
Windows 2000, ME, XP, Vista 32/64,
Windows 7 32/64.
No administrator rights required.
Certification CE-compliant / RoHS-compliant
Application Non-permanent installation with
SIPROTEC – devices
Fig. 13/68 USB converter cable with connector.

13 Default switch position:
S1+S2 ON = terminating resistor active
Dimensions: 75 x 32 x 15 (l x w x h)

USB – RS485 converter cable 7XV5710 - 0AA00
USB 2.0 /1.1 with connector type A to RS485 with 9-pin SUB-D male connector,
pin assignment for SIPROTEC 4 and SIMEAS Q,
bus termination switchable, power supply via USB interface,
incl. 9-pin female-female gender changer and driver CD
For the connection of individual compact protection devices with the RS485
interface on terminals, e.g.. 7SJ600, 7SD600, 7RW600, etc.,
the 7XV5103-2AA00 adapter cable or the 7XV5103-3AA00 adapter is required

7XV5820
Industrial Modem and Modem-Router with Switch
LSP2884.tif
LSP2885.tif
Modem 56k/ISDN TA
Modem/ISDN Router
3.tif
288
LSP
Fig. 13/69
Industrial modems Pocket Modem/ISDN
Using the digital modem “Pocket ISDN”

Description
as a desktop device in the office and the
Depending on the available infrastructure “ISDN TA” as a rail-mounted device in
and transmission requirements, various the substation ensures secure serial data
modems and routers are available for the communication with SIPROTEC 3
remote communication with SIPROTEC devices using 8E1 (with parity bit) up to
protection devices using DIGSI. 19.2 kbit/s, or with SIPROTEC 4 devices
using 8N1 up to 57.6 kbit/s.
The existing infrastructure may consist
of analog or digital (ISDN) transmission With the same digital modem “Pocket
networks, which may be private (internal ISDN” in the office, it is also possible to
telephone system) or a leased line. This communicate with SIPROTEC 4 devices
may determine the corresponding combi- with an EN100 interface module in a local
nations of the modems or routers. A suit- Ethernet network using a rail-mounted
able combination usually consists of a ISDN router “MoRoS ISDN” in the
desktop device with plug adapter in the substation.
office, and a rail-mounted device in the Other combinations, especially with de-
substation (see Application). The rail- vices from other manufacturers are strictly
mounted devices may be operated with an not recommended.
optional wide-range power supply adapter
with all alternating current networks as All versions are suitable for application in
well as station batteries. control systems, and substations as well as
in areas of energy supply and distribution.
The desktop analog modem “Pocket 56k”
as the office device and the rail-mounted
The modems can be deployed internation-
ally (certificates of approval see “Technical
13
“Modem 56k” in the substation ensure a Data”). As a rule, no certification is re-
secure serial data communication with quired for use in internal networks.
SIPROTEC 3 devices using 8E1 (with parity
bit) up to 19.2 kbit/s, or with SIPROTEC
devices using 8N1 up to 57.6 kbit/s.
With the same analog modem “Pocket
56k” in the office it possible to establish a
connection to SIPROTEC 4 devices with
EN100 interfaces in a local Ethernet net-
work using the rail-mounted modem
router “MoRoS Modem 56k” in the sub-
station.

Application
Fig. 13/70 Remote control of SIPROTEC 3 and 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler
or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
Example 1: Remote operation of To ensure secure lightning protection, gal- Communication with the modems is
SIPROTEC 3 devices via modem vanic separation between the substation transparent. Secure data transfer to the
This application example illustrates remote modem and the protection devices must SIPROTEC 3 devices is achieved with the
operation of SIPROTEC 3 protection de- be implemented by means of an optical data format 8E1 (with parity bit). The data
vices with an optical interface and compact barrier. The substation modem with the transmission rate depends on the slowest
protection devices with an RS485 interface 7XV5652 RS232-FO converter is preferably device (9.6 kbit/s or 19.2 kbit/s) and must
using analog modems (7XV5820-1 and -5) located in a communication or control be set to be equal for all devices. The
or digital ISDN modems (7XV5820-2 room while the 7XV5450 star coupler or SIPROTEC 4 devices can then only be op-
and -6). Connection to protection or bay 7XV5650/51 FO-RS485 converter is lo- erated with this data rate which is relatively
control RTUs via an optical interface is cated in the first protection cubicle. If the slow for SIPROTEC 4.
achieved with a star configuration using protection devices are to be controlled cen-
cascadable star couplers. The compact pro- trally in the substation using a notebook,
tection devices with RS485 interface are this is achieved by plugging a DIGSI cable
connected via a FO-RS485 converter into the first star coupler, which disables
and the RS485 bus system 7XV5103. the optical interface and enables the RS232
SIPROTEC 4 devices may be connected connection.
optically or electrically, depending on the
13 available service interface.

Application
Fig. 13/71 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices over INSYS Pocket to INSYS Modem, mini star-coupler
or RS485 bus with DIGSI 4
Example 2: Remote operation of If the protection devices are to be centrally A secure communication via the modems
SIPROTEC 4 devices via modem controlled in the substation, an additional is possible with the standard data format
This application example illustrates remote star coupler must be used (“A2”). By plug- 8N1, with data compression and error cor-
operation of SIPROTEC 4 devices with an ging the DIGSI cable into the first star cou- rection. The data transmission rate is de-
optical or RS485 interface via analog mo- pler, the optical interface is disabled and termined by the slowest device (38.4 kbit/s
dems (7XV5820-1 and -5) or the very the RS232 connection is established. If no or 57.6 kbit/s) and must be set to be the
much faster digital ISDN modems mini star coupler is used, central operation same on all devices.
(7XV5820-2 and -6). Connection of the is only possible via the electrical interface
protection or RTU devices with optical in- of the RS232-FO converter. The modem
terface is achieved via cascadable star cou- plug must be disconnected for this
plers. The devices with RS485 interfaces are purpose.
connected via the FO-RS485 converter and
the RS485 bus system 7XV5103.
To ensure secure lightning protection of
the RS485 bus, galvanic separation should
always be implemented between the sub-
station modem and the protection devices
by means of an optical barrier. The substa-
13
tion modem with the RS232-FO converter
7XV5652 is preferably located in a com-
munication or control room while the first
FO-RS485 converter 7XV5651/50 is lo-
cated in the first protection cubicle (“A1”).

Application
Fig. 13/72 Remote control of SIPROTEC 4 devices with EN100 Ethernet module with DIGSI 4 over INSYS Pocket
Modem/ISDN to INSYS Modem/ISDN router with switch and external optical/electrical Switch
Example 3: Remote operation of Remote connection from the office to the Secure communication via modems is
SIPROTEC 4 devices with Ethernet interfaces substation is established by means of a performed at 57.6 kbit/s, with standard
via a modem-router password-protected DUN connection data format 8N1 with data compression
This application example shows remote under Windows. The connection is then and error correction.
operation of SIPROTEC 4 protection de- “transparent” and the protection devices
vices with an optical or electrical EN100 can be operated with DIGSI 4 in the local
Ethernet interface via an analog or digital subnet with their own IP addresses.
ISDN office modem, (7XV5820-1 or -2), If the protection devices are to be conve-
to a modem or digital ISDN router niently centrally controlled using a note-
(7XV5820-7 and -8). This router with an book in the substation, the notebook with
integrated 4-way switch together with the an Ethernet interface can be logged into
RUGGETCOM switches connected via a the local subnet with a patch cable.
patch cable form a local subnet.
The protection or RTU devices with opti-
cal EN100 interface are connected to the
RUGGETCOM switches in a ring struc-
13 ture. The protection / RTU devices with
an electrical EN100 interface are directly
connected to the modem-router and
switch or to the electrical interfaces of the
RUGGETCOM switches by means of
double-shielded patch cables. To minimize
any possible interference, the electrical
connections with patch cables should be
kept as short as possible.

7XV5810-1AA00 and
7XV5820-2AA00 INSYS Pocket Modem
Description
Data communication in the private,
commercial and industrial applications
is becoming ever more important.
INSYS Pocket Modem 56k and
INSYS Pocket ISDN TA fascinate
with their sophisticated engineering
and their shapely compact metal
housing.
.tif
883
P2
The devices are ideal as remote stations
LS
for our DIN rail series.
Fig. 13/73 7XV5810/7XV5820 pocket modem
Technical Data
Modem 7XV5820-1AA00 7XV5820-2AA00

Network interface, line requirement Analog telephone network ISDN net, S0/I.430 Euro ISDN DSS1
Data transmission rate Up to 56 kbits/s 64 kbit/s
Software update Flash Flash
Approvals R & TTE, CTR21 R & TTE, CTR3
Application For international use Europe
Standards Developed according to CE directives, Developed according to CE directives,
manufactured according to ISO 9002 manufactured according to ISO 9002
Features
Configuration Remote configuration, AT commands Local, via PC terminal, remote via ISDN
Connection Auto answer mode, hardware-handshake Auto answer mode with optional phone number
Speed adjustable, sleep mode, auto-bauding, verification
display caller ID
Data format 10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1, B channel: V.110, X.75, V.120, X.25/X.31,
8E1, 8O1, 8N2 HDLC (PPP), T70NL, T90NL
D channel: 1TR6 DSS1, VNx
Protocols V.92, V.90, V.34+, V.34, V.32bis, V.32, V.23, –
V.22bis, V.22, V.21, Bell Norm 103/212,
Fax class 1/2
Compression MNP5, V.42 bis, MNP 10, 10 EC, V.44 –
Error correction MNP 2/3/4 and V.42 –
Security functions Security call-back, alarm transmission, SMS to fixed Access protection via approved phone number 13
network or as fax over AT command, selective call (accessable), password protection of remote
answer, line-in-use detection, selectable key-abort configuration
Electrical features
Power supply 9 ... 10 V DC (with plug power supply 230 V AC) 5 V DC (with plug power supply 100 to 230 V AC)
Consumption Approx. 140 mA DC Max. 100 mA at 5 V/500 mW
Interface to application RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack RS232, 9-pin SUB-D jack
Interface to network RJ-12 (Western) RJ-45 connector
Physical features
Size in mm (w x d x h) 71 x 128 x 22 71 x 128 x 22
Temperature range 0 to 55 °C 0 to 55 °C
Humidity 0 to 95 % (non-condensing) 0 to 95 % (non-condensing)

7XV5820 INSYS Modem 56k Profi

7XV5820 INSYS ISDN TA Profi
LSP2884.tif
Description
With the INSYS Modem 56k Profi any application can be connected
to the analog telephone network, which is available worldwide. The
INSYS ISDN 4.0 can easily be connected to the digital ISDN network.
Both modems enhance pure data communication with alarming and
security functions: alarms with a user-defined text as an SMS, fax or
e-mail are triggered by digital inputs. Data connections (INSYS Mo-
dem 56k) and remote control are protected by passwords. The INSYS
56k modem establishes a connection only to a predefined number in
response to an incoming call if the security call-back is activated.
Selective call answer allows only data calls from specified numbers.
Fig. 13/74 7XV5820 modem The digital outputs can be controlled remotely. The INSYS 56k mo-
dem controls these outputs by data connection as well as by DTMF
tones from a tone dial phone. The digital outputs can be configured
Technical data to display the connections status.
Modem 7XV5820-5AA00 7XV5820-6AA00

Network interface 2-wire leased or dial-up line S0/1.430 Euro ISDN network, DSS1
Data transmission rate Max. 56 kbit/s Max. 68 kbit/s (channel building 128 kbit/s)
Digital in-/outputs 2 alarm inputs/2 control outputs
Watchdog Yes –
Software update – Flash update
Approvals – R & TTE, CTR3
Application – Europe
Standards – Developed according to CE directives
Features
Configuration AT commands via serial line, AT commands, configuration over serial line,
remote configuration remote configuration, CAPI
Connection Auto-answer mode, idle connection ctrl, auto-bauding, number storage, hard-/software handshake
International settings, caller ID presentation,
SMS to fixed-line telephone network,
fixed serial speed, sleep mode
Alarm functions Triggered by alarm input or AT command: send SMS, (send fax and collective fax message
7XV5820-5AA00), establish data connection, transmit message over data connection
Output control AT command (local & remote) DTMF AT command, configurator, connection status
Security functions Password protection for connection, remote control and security callback
Selective call answer, watchdog Number identification (CLIP)
Data formats 10 and 11 bit: 7E1, 7O1, 7N2, 7E2, 7O2, 8N1, 8E1, 8O1, 8N2
Bit transparent
Protocols, error correction, compression V.32bis, V.32, V.23, V.22, V.22bis, V.21, V.34+, B channel: X.75, X.25/X.31, HDLC/PPP, V.110,
V.90, V.92, Bell Norm 103/212, Fax Class ½, V.120 asynchronous;
13 MNP 2/3/4, V.42, MNP 10, MNP 10 EC, D channel: X.31
MNP 5 V.42bis
Electrical features
Supply voltage 10 to 60 V DC 10 to 60 V DC
Current consumption Transmission: 200 mA (at 12 V) 40 mA
Standby: 160 mA (at 12 V)
Inuts/outputs SPDT (single-pole double-throw) switches by galvanically isolated relays,
max. voltage 30 V DC/42 V AC, max. current: 1 A DC/0.5 A AC
Serial line speed 300 bit/s to 115.2 kbit/s 1.2 to 230.4 kbit/s
Physical features
Housing size 55 x 110 x 75 (w x d x h) in mm
Ambient temperature 0 to 55 °C 0 to 70 °C
Humidity 0 to 95 % (non-condensing) 0 to 90 % (non-condensing)

7XV5820-7/-8AA00
Modem-Router-Switch (MoRoS)
LSP2885.tif
Description
Modem-Router-Switch by INSYS combines a modem, a router
and a 4-port switch. The dial-in and dial-out functionality enables
remote maintenance and operation of devices in an Ethernet net-
work.
The MoRoS device is available with an integrated analog modem
or with ISDN-TA. The integrated 4-port switch allows for direct
connection of up to four network devices. The MoRoS device has
an international 56k modem for global application. The configu-
ration of the MoRoS device is easy and fast via a web interface.
MoRoS by INSYS is a device that combines modem, router Fig. 13/75 7XV5820 Modem-Router-Switch (MoRoS)
and switch functions for the remote maintenance of Ethernet-
enabled products, e.g. PLC, HMI, etc.
Function overview Router

• Integrated communication module Function Dial-in, dial-out
(analog modem or ISDN-TA) Authentication 10 users for dial-in, authentication
via PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP,
• Dial-in MS-CHAP 2
• Dial-out (dial-on-demand) Dialing filter (dial-out) Filtering of IP addresses and/or
• 4-port switch with 10/100 Mbits/s ports
Configuration Web interface, AT command (via
• DHCP server and client
web interface), local and remote
• Integrated configuration interface with help function DHCP server and client
• Authentication for up to 10 users (dial-in) Watchdog (ext. hardware watchdog)
• Dialing filter for dial-out RTC (buffered real time clock)
• Authentication via PAP, CHAP, MS-CHAP, MS-CHAP 2 Full NAT
• Easy configuration VPN 1)
Firewall 1)
• Local or remote configuration
Serial Ethernet server 1)
• Firmware update (local and remote)
Switch
• 2 digital inputs and outputs Ports 4
• Buffered RTC (real time clock) Operating mode 10/100 Mbits/s for full and half
• Full NAT duplex operation
• DNS relay Auto detect Automatically recognizes patch and

cross-over cables; automatic speed
• Serial Ethernet Server 1) adjustment
• VPN 1) Configuration
• Firewall 1) Web interface Local/remote
Additional features Digital inputs and outputs,
firmware update local/remote 13
1) version MoRoS PRO only Supply
Voltage 10 V to 60 V DC
Power input Approx. 2.5 W (during connection)
Physical features
Technical data Housing size 70 x 110 x 75 mm
Operating temperature 0 to 55 °C
Modem 7XV5820-7/-8AA00 MoRoS
Humidity 0 to 95 % (non-condensing)
Certifications R & TTE, CTR2 (dial-up line),
CTR3 (ISDN), CE Weight 10.58 oz
Dial-up line Transmission rate 56 kbits/s
ISDN Transmission rate 64 kbits/s
Configuration Web interface, AT command (via
web interface), local and remote


7XV5820 modem/modem-router 7XV5820-ÄA00
Analog Pocket Modem 56k

Desktop device, with plug-in power supply 230 V AC 1
Digital Pocket Modem ISDN 64k

Desktop device, with plug-in power supply 100 to 230 V AC 2
Analog Modem 56k

for DIN rail-mounting, power supply 10 to 60 V DC 5
Digital Modem ISDN 64k

for DIN rail-mounting, power supply 10 to 60 V DC 6
Analog Modem-Router
with 4-way switch for DIN rail-mounting, power supply 10 to 60 V DC 7
Digital ISDN Router

with 4-way switch for rail-mounting 10 to 60 V DC 8
Modem/Modem-Router Accessories 7XV5820-0AA10

Data cable from modem to 7XV5300, 7XV5450, 7XV5550, 7XV5652
2 x SUB-D connector, 9-pin female, length 2 m
13

7XV5850
Ethernet Modems for Office Applications
Function overview
• DIGSI supports the administration and

the setting-up of connections via the
Ethernet network.
LSP2509.tif
• RS232 interfaces for data transfer and
configuration of the modem.
• Serial baud rate and data format
(RS232) for the terminal devices is
selectable from 2400 Bd up to 57.6 kBd
Fig. 13/76 with data format 8N1, 8E1.
7XV5850 Ethernet modem • An Ethernet interface LAN to the
10/100 Mbit network.
• Better security with password protec-
tion and IP address selection is possible.
Description The substation modem may be configured

to have password protection, and provides
A control PC and protection units can ex- the additional security feature, whereby ac-
change serial data via an Ethernet network cess is only permitted from defined IP ad-
using two Ethernet modems 7XV5850 and dresses, e.g. only that of the office modem.
7XV5655. Connection to the Ethernet The modem is accessed with DIGSI Re-
modem is in each case made via the asyn- mote like a normal telephone modem with
chronous serial interface of the terminal the exception that instead of telephone
units. In the modem, the serial data is numbers, IP addresses are assigned by the
packed into the secure IP protocol as infor- network administrator for each modem.
mation data, and is transferred between the
modems using the Ethernet connection.
Conformity with the standard and gap-
free transmission of serial DIGSI or
IEC 60870-5-103/101 telegrams via the
network is ensured by the modem which
receives the serial telegram communication
and packs the serial IEC telegrams into
blocks for communication via the
Ethernet. The data is transmitted in full
duplex mode; serial control wires are not
supported. Connec- tion is established be-
tween the IP address of the dialing modem
in the office and the IP address of the 13
pick-up modem in the substation, and is
configured prior to dialing up with DIGSI
by means of AT commands via the RS232
interface.

Application
LSA4475-aen.eps
compact
Fig. 13/77 Operation of various SIPROTEC protection unit generations via Ethernet modems
Using the office computer and DIGSI 4, If later an Ethernet connection is available
both substation 1 and 2 may be dialed up in the substation, the existing modem can
via Ethernet modems. A TCP/IP point-to- be replaced by an Ethernet modem. The
point data connection is established be- entire serial bus structure and cabling may
tween the office modem and correspond- remain unchanged.
ing substation modem when dialed up via
the network. This is maintained until the
office modem terminates the connection.
The serial data exchange takes place via this
data connection, with the modem convert-
ing the data from serial to Ethernet with
full duplex mode. Between the office mo-
dem and the office PC, the highest baud
rate is always used, e.g. 57.6 kB for
SIPROTEC 4 units. The serial baud rate
of the substation modem is adapted to the
baud rate required by the protection relays,
e.g. substation modem 1 with 57.6 kB for
13 SIPROTEC 4 and substation modem 2 with
9.6 kB for SIPROTEC 3 units. These set-
tings are only defined once in the modem.
The Ethernet modems are integrated in
DIGSI 4 similar to telephone modems.
Instead of the telephone number, the
preset IP address assigned to the modem
is selected.


RS232 interface 9-pin, SUB-D connector
Ethernet 10BaseT, 10/100 Mbit, RJ45
Power supply (see below)
Desktop device for office use 7XV5850-0AA00
Housing Desktop housing, plastic, charcoal grey, 46 x 109 x 74 (W x H x D) in mm
Supply Wide-range plug-in power supply, auxiliary voltage 100 – 240 V AC
Scope of supply With RS232 cable for Notebook/PC. With Ethernet cable (cross-over) 2 m
Power Operating voltage o.k.
RS232 TxD Transmitting data to RS232
LAN Tx Transmitting data to LAN
Error Error on RS232
System RS232 connection established
RS232 RxD Receiving data from RS232
LAN Rx Receiving data from LAN
Link LAN LAN connection established

Ethernet Modem 7XV5850 - 0AA00
Ethernet modem for serial, asynchronous transmission of data up to

57.6 kbit via the 10/100 Mbit Ethernet and configuration software
Desktop device (office version)
Connection to Ethernet via RJ45 connector, serial connection SUB-D 9-pin socket
including wide-range power supply 100/240 V AC
With cross-over Ethernet patch cable 2 m for configuration
With serial connection cable to PC 2 m
13

13


6XV8100 F.O. Cable

F.O. cable for indoor application 6XV8100-0DA¨ 1 - 0 A¨ ¨ 1)
with FSMA or ST connectors
Plastic F.O. link cable W/2 Fibers for links inside a cubicle,
fiber type PMMA S980/1000PE-insulation diam. = 2.2 mm black good
resistance to oil, petrol, acid and leach, cable for simple systems of loads,
base material L46916-U2-U19, V-2x 1S980/1000PE
Connector
Not used
Not used
Both sides with FSMA connectors prefabricated 2
Not used
Both sides with ST connectors prefabricated 4
Not used
F.O. duplex cable for indoor and outdoor application 6XV8100-0BD¨ 1 -¨ ¨ ¨ ¨ 1)

with FSMA , LC or ST connectors
Fiber-optic duplex data line for in- and outdoors, 2 break-out elements
fiber type glas 62.5/125 μm, halogen-free and flame-retardant, non-metallic rodent prot.
external diam. = 8.3 mm, black; internal diam. = 1.8 mm, orange;
base material L46900-G2-J1, AT-VHBH 2G62.5/125 3.2B200/0.9F500
Connector
None 0
One side with FSMA connectors 1
Both sides with FSMA connectors 2
One side ST, other side LC connectors 3
Both sides with ST connectors 4
One side FSMA, other side ST connectors 5
Both sides with LC connectors 6
F.O. duplex cables for indoor application 6XV8100-0BE¨ ¨ - ¨ ¨ ¨ 0 1)

with FSMA , LC or ST connectors
Fiber-optic duplex data line for indoors, 2 break-out elements

fiber type glas 62.5/125 μm, halogen-free and flame-retardant,
internal diam. = 1.7 mm, orange; external diam. = 2.8 x 4.5 mm, orange;
base material I-VHH 2 x 1 x G62.5/125
Connector
Without 0 1
One side with FSMA connectors 1 1
Both sides with LC connectors 1 4
One side ST, other side LC connectors 1 7
Both sides with FSMA connectors 2 1
Both sides with ST connectors 4 1
One side FSMA, other side ST connectors 5 1
13
1) For complete Order No. visit www.siemens.com/siprotec


6XV8100 F.O. Cable

F.O. duplex cables for indoor and outdoor application 6XV8100-0BF¨ 1 -¨ ¨ A¨ 1)
with MTRJ and ST connectors
Fiber-optic duplex data line for in- and outdoors, 2 break-out elements
fiber type glas 62.5/125 μm, halogen-free and flame-retardant, non-metallic rodent prot.
external diam. = 8.3 mm, black; internal diam. = 1.8 mm, orange;
base material AT-VHBH 2G62.5/125
Connector
One side with MTRJ connector,
other side prepared for ST connector 2
Both sides with MTRJ connector 3
F.O. duplex cables for indoor application 6XV8100-0BG¨ 1 -¨ ¨ ¨ 0 1)

with MTRJ and ST connectors
Fiber-optic duplex data line for indoors, 2 break-out elements

fiber type glas 62.5/125UM, halogen-free and flame-retardant
internal diam. = 1.7 mm, orange; external diam. = 2.8 x 4.4 mm, orange;
base material I-VHH 2 x 1 x G62.5/125
Connector
One side with MTRJ connector,
other side prepared for ST connector 2
Both sides with MTRJ connector 3
7KE600 Ethernet Patch Cable

Ethernet patch cable with double shield (SFTP) 7KE6000-8GD0¨ - ¨ AA¨
LAN connector on both sides
SIMEAS R <----> HUB
HUB <----> PC
Length 0.5 m 0 0 5
Length 1.0 m 0 1 0
Length 2.0 m 0 2 0
Length 3.0 m 0 3 0
Length 5.0 m 0 5 0
Length 10.0 m 1 0 0
Length 15.0 m 1 5 0
Length 20.0 m 2 0 0
Ethernet patch cable, cross-over connection with double shield (SFTP) 7KE6000-8GE0¨ - ¨ AA¨
LAN connector on both sides
HUB <----> HUB
13 SIMEAS R <----> PC
Length 0.5 m 0 0 5
Length 1.0 m 0 1 0
Length 2.0 m 0 2 0
Length 3.0 m 0 3 0
Length 5.0 m 0 5 0
Length 10.0 m 1 0 0
Length 15.0 m 1 5 0
Length 20.0 m 2 0 0
1) For complete Order No. visit www.siemens.com/siprotec

Test Equipment
and Accessories Page
7XV75 Test Switch 14/3

7PA22/23 Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications 14/5
7PA26/27/30 Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications/
Trip Circuit Supervision 14/9
7TS16 Annunciation Relay 14/15
3RV16 Voltage Transformer Circuit-Breaker 14/17
4AM Auxiliary Current Transformers and 14/21
7XR Isolating Transformers
14
14

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7XV75
7XV75 Test Switch

Function overview
The following versions are available

in a flush-mounting housing:
• For feeder protection without an open
star point
star point and with additional contacts
star point for two CT cores or separate
earth-fault CT
LSP2401-afp.tif
• For feeder protection with an open star

point
• For feeder protection with an open star
point and independently switchable trip
and CT circuits
• For a 3-winding transformer differen-
tial protection
Fig. 14/1 7XV75 test switch
star point with 4th CT and 4th VT input
Description (three-stage test switch)
The 7XV75 test switch serves for testing

protection relays including CT circuits and
command contacts. With the help of the
switches located on the front side, the cur-
rent and voltage inputs as well as the cir-
cuits of the protection relay to be tested are
interrupted and applied to the front side.
Via this plug-in connector, currents and
voltages can be fed by an injection test set
and the different commands and indica-
tions can be tested.
14

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7XV75
Technical data Test switch

Rated operating voltage Vn 400 V AC
Rated operating current In 6A
Test current capacity for 1 s 150 A
for 10 s 60 A
Unit design
Metal housing 7XP20
Dimension 1/6 of 19” wide

7XV75 test switch 7XV750¨-¨CA00
Without open star point for feeder protection 0

With open star point for feeder protection 1
For 3-winding transformer differential protection 2
Without open star point for two CT cores or separate earth-fault CT 3
Without open star point for feeder protection with 4th CT and 4th VT input (three-stage test switch) 6
Without open star point for feeder protection and with additional contacts 7
With open star point and independently switchable trip and CT circuits for feeder protection 8
Front test plug connection

With 16-pin Harting connector 0
With 16 banana connectors (not available for 7XV7506) 1
Connecting cable 7XV6201 for 7XV75 test switch with 2 meter cable
with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 isolated
banana connectors 4 mm with cable marks 7XV6201-5
with 16-pin Harting connector and 17 cable
end sleeves with cable marks 7XV6201-6
14

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7PA
7PA22/23
Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications
Technical data for 7PA22 and 7PA23
Switching contacts
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A/200 ms
150 A/10 ms
Switching current/voltage 40 A/0.5 s/110 V DC
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
LSP2427_afp.tif
1 contact 2 contacts 1 contact 2 contacts
LSP2415_afp.tif
in series in series
V DC A A A A
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1
220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6
Fig. 14/2 7PA2 auxiliary relays
For details see characteristics
Vmax, open contact 250 V DC/400 V AC
Mechanical service life 107 operating cycles
Operating temperature - 10 °C to + 55 °C
14 °F to 131 °F
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 °C/104 °F
Seismic stress class according to IEEE 501
Degree of ZPA 3 g acceleration at
Description 33 Hz
Due to their quality, reliability and design,

these relays are optimal for applications re-
quiring high reliability and availability
such as power stations, substations, railway
and industrial plants. Typical examples in-
clude petrochemical industry, chemical in-
dustry, cement industry, rolling mills etc.
The relays comply with the IEC, EN, IEEE
standards (type and routine test) and bear
the CE mark.
The robust switch contacts are character-
Standards
ized by high make/break capacity, overload
capability and continuous current intensity Electrical tests performed according to IEC 60255
- Dielectric test 2 kV/50 Hz/ 1 min
capacity; thus perfect insulation is obtain- - Surge withstand 5 kV/1.2/50 µs
ed. Direct control of high-voltage and me- test
dium-voltage switchgear is possible. - Insulation > 2000 MΩ/
500 Vpeak-to-peak
Their high degree of protection and the Flammability tests according to IEC 60692-2-1
transparent cover ensure reliable operation Plastic materials UL 94: VO,
in tropical and/or salty sea air ambient IEC 60695: 850 °C/30 s
conditions. 1562 °F/30 s
Degree of protection Relay: IP 40
acc. to IEC 60529 With socket cover:
IP 50
Climatic stress test according to
- IEC 60255-7 Non-dissipating unit 14
dry heat +70 °C/96 h 158 °F/96 h
Dissipating unit
+55 °C/96 h 131 °F/96 h
- IEC 60068-2-30 +55 °C/12 h
cyclic humid heat 131 °F/12 h
- IEC 60068-2-1 100 cycles
cold Non-dissipating unit
-10 °C/2 h 14 °F/2 h
- IEC 60255-7 At rated voltage VN
thermal aging test +55 °C/1440 h
131 °F/1440 h

Technical data
7PA22
While the auxiliary voltage is being sup-
Fast-acting lockout relay plied to the SET coil, the reset pushbutton
Description must not remain pushed longer than 20 s.
The bistable 7PA22 is a fast-acting lockout Rated voltages and consumption

relay with eight changeover contacts and is VN Voltage range Consumption
plugged into a mounting frame equipped while switching
with a plug-in socket (type 7XP9010) with V DC V DC
screw-type terminals at the rear. 24 19 – 26
Functions 30 24 – 33
No continuous power consumption. Posi- 60 48 – 66 ≤ 48 W
tion indication on the front side. Mechani- 110 88 – 121
cal reset pushbutton. 125 100 – 137
Position memory with two positions
(e.g. for yes/no, open/close, auto/manual, 220 176 – 242
local/remote etc.). Pick-up time: < 10 ms Fig. 14/3 Connection diagram
General description see page 14/5.
Refer to part 15 for dimension drawings.

7PA22 fast-acting lockout relay 7PA22o1-o
Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6
Socket
without socket 0
with flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-1 1

Socket as spare part
Flush mounting 7XP9010-1
Surface mounting 7XP9012-0
14

7PA23 Technical data

While the auxiliary voltage is being sup-
Fast-acting lockout relay plied to the SET coil, the reset pushbutton
Description must not remain pushed longer than 20 s.
The bistable 7PA23 is a fast-acting lockout Rated voltages and consumption

relay with four changeover contacts and is VN Voltage range Consumption
plugged into a mounting frame equipped while switching
with a plug-in socket (type 7XP9011) with V DC V DC
screw-type terminals at the rear.
24 19 – 26
Functions 30 24 – 33
No continuous power consumption. Posi- 60 48 – 66 ≤ 24 W
tion indication on the front side. Mechani- 110 88 – 121
cal reset pushbutton.
125 100 – 137
Position memory with two positions Fig. 14/4 Connection diagram
(e.g. for yes/no, open/close, auto/manual, 220 176 – 242 Contacts represented in position RESET
local/remote etc.). Pick-up time: < 8 ms

7PA23 fast-acting lockout relay 7PA23o1-o
Auxiliary voltage
24 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
125 V DC 5
30 V DC 6
Socket
without socket 0

14

Fig. 17/55
7PA22 auxiliary relay
Fig. 17/57
Flush mounting sockets 7XP9010-1, 7XP9010-2,
7XP9010-4 for 7PA22 auxiliary relay
7TS16 indication relay
Fig. 17/56
7PA23 auxiliary relay +
flush mounting socket 7XP9011-1
Fig. 17/58
Flush mounting sockets 7XP9011-0, 7XP9011-1
for 7PA23 auxiliary relay
7PA30 trip single-phase circuit supervision
14
Fig. 17/63
Surface mounting socket 7XP9012 Fig. 17/64
7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays Surface mounting socket 7XP9013
7TS16 indication relay for 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7PA30 three-phase trip circuit supervision 7PA30 single-phase trip circuit supervision

7PA26/27/30
Auxiliary Relays for Various Applications/Trip Circuit Supervision
Technical data for 7PA26 and 7PA27
Switching contacts
Continuous current 10 A
Overload capability 80 A/200 ms
150 A/10 ms
Switching current/voltage 40 A/0.5 s/110 V DC
LSP2888.tif
LSP2887.tif
Breaking capacity for 105 operating cycles
Non-inductive Inductive, 20 ms
1 contact 2 contacts 1 contact 2 contacts
in series in series
V DC A A A A
24 6.6 12.7 3.2 6.0
60 2.6 4.9 1.4 2.7
LSP2890.tif
LSP2889.tif
125 1.2 2.2 0.6 1.1

220 0.6 1.1 0.3 0.6
For details see characteristics

Vmax, open contact 250 V DC/400 V AC
Mechanical service life 107 operating cycles
Operating temperature - 10 °C to + 55 °C
Fig. 14/5 7PA2 auxiliary relays 14 °F to 131 °F
Max. permissible humidity 93 % at 40 °C/104 °F
Description
Due to their quality, reliability and design,

these relays are optimal for applications re-
quiring high reliability and availability
such as power stations, substations, railway
and industrial plants. Typical examples in-
clude petrochemical industry, chemical in-
dustry, cement industry, rolling mills etc.
The relays comply with the IEC, EN, IEEE
standards (type and routine test) and bear
the CE mark.
Technical data for 7PA30
The robust switch contacts are character-
Contacts
ized by high make/break capacity, overload Permanent current 8A
capability and continuous current intensity Instantaneous current 15 A
capacity; thus perfect insulation is obtain- Making capacity 15 A/4 s/110 V DC
ed. Direct control of high-voltage and me- Breaking capacity 0.3 A/110 V DC
dium-voltage switchgear is possible. Umax opened contact 250 V DC/400 V AC
Mechanical life 107 operations
Operating temperature -10 °C +55 °C
Storage temperature -30 °C +70 °C
Operating humidity 93 %/40 °C
Standards
Electrical test performed acc. to IEC 60255-5

Dielectric test
Surge withstand test
2 kV / 50 Hz / 1 min
5 kV / 1.2 / 50 μs 14
Insulation >100 MΩ / 500 V DC
Inflammability tests UL94: VO
Plastic materials
Degree of protection Relay: IP40
acc. to IEC 60529
Climatic stress test acc. to IEC 60068-2
Dry cold, operation - 10 °C
Dry heat, operation + 55 °C
Storage and transport - 25 °C + 70 °C

Technical data
Constructions standards (Cont'd) 7PA26 Monostable
Rated voltages and consumption
Immunity test EMC fast-acting relay VN Voltage Consumption
EN 60255-22-1 High frequency 1 MHz burst Description range
disturbance test: V DC V DC mA
Test level: 1 MHz, 400 imp/s, 2 s The monostable 7PA26 has eight change-
Common mode: 2,5 kV 7PA26o20
over contacts.
Differential mode: 1 kV 24/30 20 – 33 278
EN 61000-4-4 Electrical Fast transient burst: 60 48 – 66 100
Test level 4 kV, 2.5 kHz,
1 min ⋅ 2 kV, 5 kHz, 1 min 110/125 88 – 138 55
EN 61000-4-5 Surge 8/20 μs (current) 220 176 – 242 28
1.2/50 μs (voltage) Consumption
Common mode: 2 kV- 7PA26o21 Normal Peak
Differential mode: 1 kV
24/30 19 – 36 50
EN 61000-4-3 Radiated electromagnetic field: 0.8 A 20 ms
Test level: 80-1000 MHz, 60 42 – 72 20
10 V/m, 80 % AM (1 kHz)
110/125 77 – 150 14
EN 61000-4-3 Digital telephones radiated 0.3 A 20 ms
electromagnetic field: Test level: 220 154 – 264 7
900 ± 5 MHz, 10 V/m, 50 %
(200 Hz) 1.89 GHz ± 10 MHz,
10 V/m, 50 % (200 Hz) • Pick-up time: 7PA26o20 < 20 ms
EN 61000-4-6 Conducted disturbances in- 7PA26o21 < 10 ms
duced by radio frequency fields.
Test level: 0.15-80 MHz, 10 V, • Drop-out time: < 40 ms
80 % AM (1kHz)
EN 61000-4-2 Electrostatic discharges: Test
level: Contact ± 15 kV; Refer to part 15 for dimension drawings.
Air mode ± 15 kV
EN 61000-4-8 Power frequency magnetic field:
Test level: 100 A/m
1 min ⋅ 1000 A/m 1 s
EN 55011 Emission test: Test level: Cover:
Class A 30-230 MHz, 40 dB(μV/m)
(quasi peak)-10 m
230-1000 MHz, 47 dB(μV/m)
(quasi peak)-10 m
Power supply:
0.15-0.5 MHz, 79 dB(μV)
(quasi peak)/ 66 dB average val.
0.5-5 MHz, 73 dB(μV)
5-30 MHz, 73 dB(μV)
7PA26 monostable relay with 8 changeover contacts 7PA26o2-oAA00-o
Auxiliary voltage
24 /30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
Standard, 20 ms 0
14 Fast, 10 ms 1
Socket
without socket 0
with surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0 2

Technical data
7PA27 Monostable
Rated voltages and consumption
fast-acting relay VN Voltage Consumption
Description range Normal Peak
V DC V DC mA
The monostable 7PA27 is a fast-acting
24/30 19 – 36 28 1 A/20 ms
relay with four changeover contacts.
60 42 – 72 12 1 A/20 ms
110/125 77 – 150 8 0,3 A/20 ms
220 154 – 264 6 0,3 A/20 ms
• Pick-up time: < 8 ms

• Drop-out time: < 40 ms

7PA27 monostable fast-acting relay 7PA27o2-0AA00-o
Auxiliary voltage
24 / 30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110 / 125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
Socket
without socket 0

14

7PA30 Three-phase
Description
The relay is for supervision of the trip cir-
cuit of a circuit breaker with three selective
trip coils. The trip circuit wiring is super-
vised from the positive supply to the nega-
tive supply whilst the circuit breaker is
open or closed.
Functions
The design, quality and rugged construc-
tion of the relay make it suitable for appli-
cations requiring high levels of reliability/
dependability. The high degree of
protection guarantees reliable operation
over a wide temperature range, even under
extreme environmental conditions.
The relay has been tested in accordance
with IEC, EN and IEEE standards. The re-
lay is CE marked. The supervision current
is always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding
unwanted operation of the trip coil. Cor-
rect operation is shown via a green LED.
Fig. 14/8 Connection diagram for 3-phase relay
Standard voltages and consumption

VN Voltage range Consumption Impedance Pickup
per phase Drop out Voltage
V DC V DC mA kΩ/s V DC
24/30 18 - 33 35 20 between 12 and 18
60 42 - 66 20 44 36 and 42
110/125 77 - 138 20 94 66 and 77
220 154 - 275 15 200 132 and 154
Drop-out time: between 150 ms and 400 ms

7PA30 trip circuit supervision (three-phase) 7PA30o2-3AA00-o
Auxiliary voltage
24/30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
14
Socket
without socket 0


7PA30 Single-phase
Description
The relay is for supervision of the trip cir-
cuit of a circuit breaker with one trip coil.
The trip circuit wiring is supervised from
the positive supply to the negative supply
whilst the circuit breaker is open or closed.
Functions
The design, quality and rugged construc-
tion of the relay make it suitable for appli-
cations requiring high levels of reliability/
dependability. The high degree of
protection guarantees reliable operation
over a wide temperature range, even under
extreme environmental conditions.
The relay has been tested in accordance
with IEC, EN and IEEE standards. The re-
lay is CE marked. The supervision current Fig. 14/9 Connection diagram for 1-phase relay
is always less than 1.4 mA thus avoiding
unwanted operation of the trip coil. Cor-
rect operation is shown via a green LED. Standard voltages and consumption
VN Voltage range Consumption Impedance Pickup
per phase Drop out Voltage
V DC V DC mA kΩ/s V DC
14/30 18 - 33 32 20 between 12 and 18
60 42 - 66 18 44 36 and 42
110/125 77 - 138 18 94 66 and 77
220 154 - 275 13 200 132 and 154
Drop-out time: between 150 ms and 400 ms

7PA30 trip circuit supervision (single-phase) 7PA30o2-1AA00-o
Auxiliary voltage
24/30 V DC 1
60 V DC 2
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 4
Socket
without socket 0
14

Fig. 17/59
7PA27
Fig. 17/61
7TS16, 7PA30 three-phase
Fig. 17/56
Fig. 17/62
Flush mounting socket 7XP9011-2
14
Fig. 17/63 Fig. 17/64

Surface mounting socket 7XP9012 Surface mounting socket 7XP9013
7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays for 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7TS16 indication relay 7PA30 single-phase trip circuit supervision
7PA30 three-phase trip circuit supervision

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7TS16
7TS16 Annunciation Relay

Function overview
• Indications: Four LEDs, latching type,

signaling until reset.
• Inputs: Four alarm/trip inputs
− Input for remote reset
− Push button for local reset
• Outputs: For each alarm/trip input:

− One diode 2.5 A
− One potential free changeover contact
− One potential free NO contact
SIPV6-107.eps
− One common tripping output

through diode (2.5 A; Vmax 220 V DC)
• Contacts:
− Permanent current 8 A
Fig. 14/10 7TS16 annunciation relay
− Instantaneous current 15 A
− Making capacity 15 A /4 s /110 V DC
− Breaking capacity 0.3 A /110 V DC
Description
The 7TS16 relay features auxiliary trip in-

dication for local and remote signaling. It
has four independent output contacts and
LED indication. The relay complies with
the IEC and EN standards and bears the
CE mark.
The 7TS16 is a reliable and versatile high-
speed relay with four signal inputs. It has
four local LEDs and auto-resetting output
contacts, used in SCADA controls. Addi-
tionally, it features two diode tripping
circuits.
Reset is possible via remote input and via
local reset push button.
The reset should not be permanently
switched on.
14

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 7TS16
Technical data Connection diagram

• Rated voltages (VN):
24/30, 110/125, 220 V DC
• Voltage range +10 % – 30 %
VN
• Operating temperature -10 to +55 °C
• Operating humidity 93 %/40 °C
• Pickup time < 5 ms
• Consumption
For one trip
VN
24/30 V DC 1 A/3 ms
110/125 V DC 3 A/3 ms
220 V DC 4 A/3 ms
For a permanent trip

VN mA
24/30 V DC 21
110/125 V DC 8
220 V DC 6.5
For a latched LED

VN mA
24/30 V DC 1
110/125 V DC 3
220 V DC 5
2 Direct common trip output

3, 4, 5, 6 Direct trip output
1(-), 7(+) Auxiliary supply
D External relay contact

Contacts represented without auxiliary supply in the relay
Standards Selection and ordering data
Electrical tests performed acc. to IEC 60255-5 Description Order No.

- Dielectric test 2 kV/50 Hz/ 1 min
- Surge withstand 7TS16 annunciation relay with 4 LEDs 7TS16o2-0AA00-o
test 5 kV/1.2/50 µs
High-frequency test acc. to IEC 60255-22-1
- Common mode 2.5 kV / 1 MHz
24/30 V DC 1
- Differential mode 1 kV / 1 MHz 110/125 V DC 3
Inflammability tests UL94: VO 220 V DC 4
Plastic materials
Degree of protection Relay: IP40 Socket
acc. to IEC 60529 Without socket 0
Climatic stress test acc. to IEC 60068-2
14 Dry cold, operation
Dry heat, operation
- 10 °C
+ 55 °C
With flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-2
With surface-mounting socket 7XP9012-0
1
2
Storage and transport - 30 °C + 70 °C
Accessories

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 3RV16
3RV16 Voltage Transformer Circuit-Breaker

Function overview
Application
• Protection of voltage-transformer
secondary circuits for the connection
of protection relays with voltage-
dependent starting element
Functions
• Auxiliary contact of 3RV16 prevents the
distance protection tripping via the
LSP2402-afp.tif
underimpedance starting in case of a

fault in the voltage transformer circuits
• Tripping time of instantaneous
element in few milliseconds
Fig. 14/12
Construction
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker • Snap-on mounting on 35-mm mount-
ing rail, or screw mounting
same time as the main circuits, if not be-

Description
fore. This adjustment has the effect of pre-
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker venting the opening of the circuit-breaker
protects the secondary side of voltage from producing a tripping command via
transformers used to connect protection the underimpedance starting of the dis-
relays with voltage-dependent starting. The tance protection relay.
switch is used for distance protection with The auxiliary voltage for blocking
low-impedance starting. Special auxiliary voltage-dependent starting (underim-
contacts reliably prevent low-impedance pedance) must always be routed via the
starting from triggering distance protection NO contact 11-14.
if only one error has occurred in the con-
verter line.
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker
can also be used to safely disconnect the
distance protection relay from the voltage
transformer. In this case the special auxil-
iary contacts also prevent erratic triggering
of the distance protection.
Additional fuses are not required. A “Fuse
Failure Monitor” (FFM) is also not re-
quired.
The circuit-breakers are snap-mounted on
a 35-mm mounting rail to EN 50022.
Push-in lugs are available for screw-type
connection of the circuit-breakers.
The circuit-breaker for voltage transform-
14
ers also incorporates 2 auxiliary contacts
(normally 1 NO + 1 NC). During the
closing operation, contact making via the
NO contact of the control switch takes
place later than via the main contacts,
whereas during the opening operation the
auxiliary circuits are interrupted at the

An auxiliary switch for blocking the Impedance across the main contacts
Functions
distance protection relay is available,
There is only minor current flow across the
equipped with 1 changeover contact fitted
The voltage transformer circuit-breaker main contacts of the voltage transformer
permanently in the voltage transformer
largely corresponds with the circuit- circuit-breaker. To ensure reliable func-
circuit-breaker. This changeover contact
breaker 3RV1, SIRIUS, size S00. Two spe- tioning of the distance protection, main
can be used as 1 NO (11-14) or 1 NC
cial characteristics are taken into account contact resistance must be minimal and
(11-12) contact. Due to the high contact
for safe prevention of faulty triggering of nearly constant throughout the service life
stability of these auxiliary contacts at the
the distance protection relay. of the circuit-breaker.
lowest possible rated operational currents
Auxiliary switch for blocking Ie/AC-15 ≥ 0.5 mA at 230 V, it is also suit- This is realized with suitable contacts and
the distance protection able for modern solid-state distance pro- contact materials for the 3RV16 voltage
tection relays. transformer circuit-breaker.
The main contacts of the circuit-breaker
open if the voltage transformer circuit- The laterally mountable auxiliary switches
breaker is tripped or switched off. The of the SIRIUS range can be used for signal-
distance protection would falsely interpret ing functions. They cannot be used for
low impedance as a fault, which results in blocking the distance protection relay.
immediate power cut-out within only a
few milliseconds.
To prevent this fault response, special
auxiliary contacts with a time-dependent
assignment to the circuit-breaker’s main
contacts (see Technical data) must be pro-
vided. The distance protection is blocked
with the help of these auxiliary contacts,
Fig. 14/13 Timing diagram of auxiliary switches for blocking distance protection
and thus prevents faulty triggering.
Characteristics Connection diagrams
The specified tripping characteristics of the

thermal overload pickup (a) correspond to
the mean value of the leakage bandwidth in
cold state; at operating temperature these
times are reduced to approx. 25 % of the
specified values. The characteristics below
are schematic representations. Precise char-
acteristics are available from “Technical As-
sistance” (E-mail: nst.technical-assistance@
siemens.com).
Fig. 14/15 Internal connections
Note:
When using the NC contact to con-
nect the voltage transformer circuit-
14 breaker, the binary input of the dis-
tance protection device (Siemens
7SA xxx) should be set to “active
without voltage”. This type of con-
nection is used for additional moni-
toring of correct wiring.
Fig. 14/16 Typical connections
Fig. 14/14 Characteristics

Technical data
Conductor cross-sections, main circuit, 1 or 2 conductors General technical data
Type 3RV1611- Type 3RV1611-
1AG14 1CG14 1DG14 1AG14 1CG14 1DG14
Terminal type Screw connection Rated current 1.4 2.5 3
Terminal screw Prozidriv size 2 Permissible ambient temperature
Solid 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); During storage/transport -50 to +80 °C
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); During operation -20 to +60 °C (up to 70 °C possible
(max. 4 mm2); with current reduction)
Finely stranded with end sleeve 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated operational voltage VE 400 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) Rated frequency 16.7 to 60 Hz
Stranded 2 x (0.5 to 1.5 mm2); Rated insulation voltage VI 690 V
2 x (0.75 to 2.5 mm2); Short-circuit breaking capacity at 50 kA
(max. 4 mm2) 400 V AC, short-circuit proof up to
Auxiliary switch for blocking the distance protection Current setting of the 1.4 A 2.5 A 3A
With defined time-dependent 1 changeover contact, solid-state thermal overload release
assignment for blocking distance compatible (usable as 1 NO or 1 NC) Operating value of the 6 ± 20 % 10.5 ± 20 % 20 ± 20 %
protection instantaneous electromagnetic
Rated operational current IE/ AC-14 0.5 A/VE 250 V overcurrent release
rated operational voltage VE AC-14 1 A/VE 125 V Tripping time of the Approx.
DC-13 0.27 A/VE 250 V instantaneous electromagnetic 6 ms at 12 A 6 ms at 20 A 6 ms at 40 A
DC-13 0.44 A/VE 125 V overcurrent release
Short-circuit protection for auxiliary circuit Disconnection life:
Fusible link, gL/gG max. 10 A short-circuit current Ip Max. short-circuit disconnections
Miniature circuit-breaker, max. 6 A ≤ 0.1 kA ≤ 10
C characteristic 0.1 to 2 kA ≤3
2 kA to 50 kA 1
Internal resistance
in cold state > 0.25 Ω ± 6.5 %
in heated state > 0.30 Ω ± 6.5 %
Selection and ordering data
Shock resistance 15 g
acc. to IEC 60068, Part 2-27
Description Order No.
Degree of protection IP 20
3RV16 voltage transformer circuit-breaker acc. to IEC 60529
with 1 auxiliary contact, 1 changeover Touch protection Safe against finger touch
acc.to DIN VDE 0106 Part 100
1.4/ 6 A 3RV1611-1AG14
Service life Operating cycles
2.5/10.5 A 3RV1611-1CG14 mechanical 10000
3/20 A 3RV1611-1DG14 electrical 10000
Laterally mountable auxiliary switches 1 NO/NC 3RV1901-1A Permissible mounting position any
14

1) Auxiliary switch, 2-pole, located on the side.

3) Auxiliary release.
4) Auxiliary switch transverse position.
5) Link for screw fixing.
6) Only with undervoltage release combined with
leading auxiliary switch.
7) Drilling diagram.
8) Monitoring rail 35 mm, acc. to EN 50022.
7RV16 circuit-breaker 11) Lockable in OFF position with padlock, bracket
Fig. 17/53 diameter 3.5 to 4.5 mm
14

14 Test Equipment and Accessories / 4AM and 7XR
4AM Auxiliary Current Transformers

7XR Isolating Transformers
SIPV6-110.eps
SIPV6-109.eps
SIPV6-108.eps
SIPV6-112.eps
SIPV6-111.eps
7XR9513
7XR9516
4MA5, without varistor 4MA5, with varistor

Fig. 14/17 Auxiliary 4AM current and 3XR isolating transformers 7XR9515
Overview
Application Comment Climatic requirements Features

according to former
DIN 40040
Matching current Multi-tap aux. current transformer to match different current transformer ratios. Numerous ratios can
transformer 4AM51 70-7AA: Standard version, primarily for transformer differential be selected using
protection. HKG terminal connections
4AM52 72-2AA: Version with double thermal withstand capability, (next page)
e.g. when connecting to wide-range current transformer fN = 45 to 60 Hz
(continuous rating 2 x IN). HKG
4AM52 72-3AA: Version with higher saturation factor (mainly for the busbar
differential protection).
Greater overcurrent factor because of higher voltages HKG
Input and Input and matching current transformer for phase selective busbar differential fN = 45 to 60 Hz
matching current protection (a.o. for 7SS60, 7UT6) with varistor
transformer 4AM51 20-1DA: For 1 A C.T.s HKG
4AM51 20-2DA: For 5 A C.T.s 1) HKG
3-phase summa- Input 3-phase summation current transformer fN = 45 to 60 Hz
tion input C.T. for busbar differential protection (a.o. for 7SS60). with varistor
4AM51 20-3DA: For 1 A C.T.s HKG
4AM51 20-4DA: For 5 A C.T.s HKG
for line differential protection (a.o. for 7SD600) fN = 45 to 60 Hz
4AM49 30-6DA: For 5 A HKG with varistor
4AM49 30-7DA: For 1 A HKG
Aux. C.T. for C.T. Auxiliary current transformer for C.T. powered trip coils in stations where Unlike transducers, no
powered tripping no battery supply can be made available. defined rated power or
circuits 4AM50 65-2CB: For 1 A C.T.s HKD class accuracy required.
4AM50 70-8AB: For 5 A C.T.s HKD fN = 45 to 60 Hz
Suitable for tripping coils with IN w 0.5 A or 1 A, VN w 40 V or 20 V, P w 20 VA.
Isolating Isolating transformer for pilot wire differential protection.
transformer Provides galvanic isolation between pilot wires and relays.
7XR9 513: For differential protection with 1 pair of pilot wires 14
(a.o. for 7SD600) HKG 20 kV insulation
7XR9 515: For differential protection with 1 pair of pilot wires
(a.o. for 7SD600) HKG 5 kV insulation
7XR9 516: For communication converter 7XV5662-0AC00
(a.o. for SIPROTEC 4 device 7SA522, 7SA6, 7SD52, 7SD61) – 20 kV insulation
Climatic requirements: HKG = –25 °C to +125 °C relative humidity max. 75 %; annual average < 65 % on 60 days of the year up to 85 %
(equally distributed over the year); condensation not permissible
HKD = –25 °C to +125 °C relative humidity max. 90 %; annual average < 80 % on 30 days of the year up to 100 %
(equally distributed over the year); condensation permissible
1) If increased thermal withstand is required type 4AM51 20-4DA is recommended.

Order No. and Technical data
Order No. Windings of auxiliary current transformers Weight, approx.

4AM49 30-6DB00-0AN2 Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M Y Z
1 2 3 6 6 6 12
1736
Max. current, continuously A 28 28 28 28 6.5 0.2 1.9 kg
Max. voltage V 0.23 0.46 0.69 1.38 (5.6) 400
Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M Y Z
5 10 15 30 30 30 60
1736
4AM49 30-7DB00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 1.2 0.2 2 kg
Max. voltage V 1.15 2.3 3.5 7 (20) 400
Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M N O P Q
1 2 7 16 1 2 7 16
(in relation to each other)
4AM51 70-7AA00-0AN2 Rated current IN 1) A 5 5 5 1 5 5 5 1 3.6 kg
Max. voltage V 2 4 14 32 2 4 14 32
Max. voltage V 2 4 14 32 2 4 14 32
Max. voltage V 4 8 28 64 4 8 28 64
4MA50 65-2CB00-0AN2 Rated current IN 1) A 1 1 1 1 2.9 kg
Number of windings K a La K b Lb Kc L c Kd L d Primary windings
110 110 110 110
88 88
Number of windings ka la kb lb Secondary windings
1)
Rated current IN A 1.25 1.25
4MA50 70-8AB00-0AN2 Rated current IN 1) A 5 5 5 5 2.9 kg
Number of windings K a La K b L b K c Lc K d L d Primary windings
22 22 22 22
88 88
Number of windings ka la kb lb Secondary windings
1)
Rated current IN A 1.25 1.25
A B C D E F G H I Y Z
Number of windings 1 2 4 8 16 32
500
4AM51 20-1DA00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 6.8 6.8 6.8 0.85 3.6 kg
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 6.4 12.5 200
4AM51 20-2DA00-0AN2 Max. current, continuously A 26 26 not 0.85 3.6 kg
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.6 3.2 fitted 200
4AM51 20-3DA00-0AN2 Number of windings A B C D E F G H I K L M N O Y Z 3.6 kg
3 6 9 18 24 36 90
500
Max. current, continuously A 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 0.85
Max. voltage V 1.2 2.4 3.6 7.2 9.6 14.4 36 200
4AM51 20-4DA00-0AN2 Number of windings A
1
B C D E
3
F G
4
H I
6
K L
8
M N O
12
Y Z 3.6 kg
2
500
Max. current, continuously A 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 17.5 8 0.85
Max. voltage V 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.8 200
K1 M1 K1
7XR9 513 Isolating transformer for Isolating transformer 1:1, max. 550 V 5 kg
differential protection with 0.4 A continously, 3 A 10 s, 10 A 1 s
1 pair of pilot wires K2 M2 L2 test voltage 20 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
7XR9 515 Isolating transformer for T1 TO PILOT T2 Isolating transformer 1:1, max. 450 V 2 kg
14 differential protection with 1150
test voltage 5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
1 pair of pilot wires 575 575
T3 E T4
7XR9 516 Isolating transformer for 1.4 kg
communication converter P Isolating transformer 1:1,
a m b
max. test voltage 20 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min
a m b
S
1) Thermal withstand with simultaneous loading of all the windings: 1.2 x IN /continuously; 10 x IN /10 s; 25 IN /1 s.

Order No. and Technical data
A B C D E F Z Ka La Kb Lb ka la A B C D E F
SIPV6.025.eps
SIPV6.029.eps
SIPV6.028.eps
G H J K L M Y Kc Lc Kd Ld kb lb G H J Y Z
4AM49 30-6DB 4AM50 65-2CB 4AM51 20-1DA

4AM49 30-7DB 4AM50 70-8AB
A B C D E F GH A B C D E F GH
SIPV6.026.eps
SIPV6.024.eps
SIPV6.027.eps
A B C D E F Y Z J K L MNO Y Z J K L MNO P Q
4AM51 20-2DA 4AM51 20-3DA 4AM51 70-7AA

4AM51 20-4DA 4AM52 72-2AA
4AM52 72-3AA
Fig. 14/18 Connection of windings
14

14

Appendix Page
Relay Characteristics 15/2

Dimension Drawings 15/7
Assignment for Products 15/25
Order No. Index 15/26
Training 15/28
Books and Publications 15/29
15
15 Appendix
Relay characteristics
Inverse-time characteristics of TOC relays

IEC 60255-3 ANSI/IEEE
Normal Very Extremely Long Inverse Short Long Definite Moderately Very Extremely
inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse inverse
Fig. 15/1 15/2 15/3 15/4 15/5 15/6 15/7 15/8 15/9 15/11 15/13
Relay
7SD5 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SD610 n n n n n n n n n n n
7SJ450*-***00-0 n n n
7SJ450*-***00-1 n n n
7SJ460*-***00-0 n n n
7SJ460*-***00-1 n n n
7SJ600 n n n n n n n n n n n
7UM61 n n n n n n n n
7UM62 n n n n n n n n
7UT612 n n n n n n n n n n n
15

15 Appendix

characteristics according to IEC 60255
and BS142.
Fig. 15/1 Fig. 15/2

0.14 13.5
Inverse t= ⋅ Tp Very inverse t= ⋅ Tp
(I I p)
0 . 02
−1 (I I p) − 1
Fig. 15/3 80 Fig. 15/4 120

t= ⋅ Tp t= ⋅ Tp
Extremely
(I I p)
2
−1 Long inverse (I I p) − 1
inverse
15
I = current
t = tripping time
Ip = pickup setting
Tp = time multiplier setting

15 Appendix

characteristics according to
ANSI (IEEE) C37.112
Fig. 15/5 Fig. 15/6

t = ⎛⎜ 2 . 0938 + 0.17966 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD ⎛ 0.2663 ⎞
8.9341
Inverse ⎝M −1 ⎠ Short inverse t = ⎜⎝ M 1 .2969 − 1 + 0.03393 ⎟⎠ ⋅ TD
15
t = tripping time in seconds

M = current in multiples of pickup Fig. 15/7 Fig. 15/8
t = ⎛⎜ + 2.18592 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD t = ⎛⎜ 1 .5625 + 0.21359 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD
5.6143 0.4797
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 Long inverse ⎝M −1 ⎠ Definite ⎝M −1 ⎠
inverse
TD = time dial

15 Appendix

ANSI (IEEE) C37.112
Fig. 15/9 Fig. 15/10 0.97 ⋅ TD

t = ⎛⎜ 0.02 + 0.0228 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD
0.0103 t reset =
Moderately ⎝M −1 ⎠ Reset M2 −1
inverse moderately inverse
15

M = current in multiples of pickup Fig. 15/11 Fig. 15/12 4.32 ⋅ TD
t = ⎛⎜ 2 + 0.0982 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD
3.922 t reset =
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 Very inverse ⎝M − 1 ⎠ Reset M2 −1
very inverse
TD = time dial

15 Appendix

ANSI (IEEE) C37.112

M = current in multiples of pickup
Fig. 15/13 Fig. 15/14 5.82 ⋅ TD
t = ⎛⎜ 2 + 0.0243 ⎞⎟ ⋅ TD
setting (I/Ip) range 0.1 to 4 5.64 t reset =
Extremely ⎝M − 1 ⎠ Reset M2 −1
TD = time dial inverse extremely inverse
Pinout of communication port
Port A: Port B: Port C/D

Time synchro- System interface Rear service interface or
nisation protection data interface
Pin no. PC interface RS232 RS485 RS485 RS485 RS232 RS485
at front IEC 60870-5-103 IEC 60870-5-103 PROFIBUS-FMS Slave, MODBUS,
PROFIBUS-DP Slave DNP 3.0
1 – P24 input 24 V Shield (with shield ends electrically connected)

2 RxD P5 input 5 V RxD – – – RxD –
3 TxD common return T x D A/A' (RxD/TxD-N) B/B' (RxD/TxD-P) A TxD A
4 – – – – CNTR-A (TTL) RTS (TTL level) – –
5 GND Shield GND C/C' (GND) C/C' (GND) GND1 GND C (GND)
6 – – – – + 5 V voltage supply VCC1 – –
(max. Load < 100 mA)
15 7 RTS P12 input 12 V RTS –*) –*) – RTS (RTS RS232
used)
8 CTS – CTS B/B' (RxD/TxD-P) A/A' (RxD/TxD-N) B CTS B
9 – Shield – – – – – –

15 Appendix
Dimension drawings • Reference table
Relay Flush/cubicle-mounting version Surface-mounting version Detached HMI

Page Fig. Page Fig. Page Fig.
4AM4 - - 15/24 15/57 - -
4AM5 - - 15/24 15/55, 15/56 - -
6MD61 15/16 15/28 - - - -
6MD63 15/12, 15/14 15/24, 15/26 15/14, 15/15 15/27 15/16 15/28
6MD66 15/14 15/26 15/15 15/27 15/16 15/28
7PA22 15/21 15/39, 15/41 15/21, 15/22 15/39, 15/47 - -
7PA23 15/21, 15/22 15/40, 15/42 15/21, 15/22 15/40, 15/48 - -
7PA26 15/23 15/49, 15/50 15/22 15/47 - -
7PA27 15/22 15/43, 15/46 - - - -
7PA30 15/21, 15/22 15/41, 15/42, 15/44, 15/45 15/22 15/44, 15/45, 15/47, 15/48 - -
7RV16 15/21 15/37 15/21 15/37 - -
7RW600 15/8 15/15 15/8, 15/9 15/16, 15/17 - -
7SA522 15/12, 15/14 15/24, 15/26 15/15 15/27 - -
7SA61 15/11, 15/12, 15/13, 15/14 15/22, 15/24, 15/25, 15/26 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 - -
7SA63 15/11, 15/12, 15/14 15/22, 15/24, 15/26 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 - -
7SA64 - - - 15/16 15/28
7SD5 15/12, 15/14 15/24, 15/26 15/15 15/27 - -
7SD600 15/8 15/15 15/8, 15/9 15/16, 15/17 - -
7SD610 15/11 15/22 15/11 15/23 - -
7SJ45 15/9 15/18 15/9 15/19 - -
7SJ46 15/9 15/18 15/9 15/19 - -
7SJ600 15/8 15/15 15/8, 15/9 15/16, 15/17 - -
7SJ602 15/10 15/20 15/10 15/21 - -
7SJ61 15/11 15/22 15/11 15/23 - -
7SJ62 15/11 15/22 15/11 15/23 - -
7SJ63 15/12, 15/14 15/24, 15/26 15/15 15/27 15/16 15/28
7SJ64 15/11, 15/12, 15/14 15/22, 15/24, 15/26 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 15/16 15/28
7SN600 15/8 15/15 15/8, 15/9 15/16, 15/17 - -
7SS522 central unit 15/18 15/32 15/18 15/32 - -
7SS523 bay unit 15/17 15/29 15/17 15/30 - -
7SS525 15/18 15/31 - - -
7SS60 15/8, 15/20 15/15, 15/36 - - -
7SV600 15/8 15/15 15/8, 15/9 15/16, 15/17 - -
7TS16 15/22 15/45 15/23 15/45, 15/47 - -
7UM61 15/11, 15/12 15/22, 15/24 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 - -
7UM62 15/12, 15/14 15/24, 15/26 15/15 15/27 - -
7UT6 15/11, 15/12, 15/14 15/22, 15/24, 15/26 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 - -
7VE61 15/11 15/22 15/11 15/23 - -
7VE63 15/12 15/24 15/15 15/27 - -
7VK610/7VK611 15/11, 15/12 15/22, 15/24 15/11, 15/15 15/23, 15/27 - -
7XR9 - - 15/23 15/52, 15/53, 15/54 - -
7XV5450 15/19 15/34 15/19 15/34 - -
7XV5461 - - 15/19 15/34 - -
7XV5550 15/19 15/33 15/19 15/33 - -
7XV5650/51/52/53/55 15/19, 15/21 15/33, 15/38 15/19, 15/21 15/33, 15/38 - -
7XV5662 - - 15/19, 15/21 15/34, 15/38 - -
7XV5673 - - 15/23 15/51
7XV75 15/20 15/35 - - - - 15

15 Appendix
Side view View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 15/15
cubicle mounting, terminals at rear (1/6 x 19")
Fig. 15/16
Housing for surface mounting,
terminals at top and bottom (1/6 x 19")
15

15 Appendix
Fig. 15/17
Housing for panel surface mounting,
terminals on the side (1/6 x 19")
Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC easy
Panel cutout
Fig. 15/18
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for panel flush mounting
15
Fig. 15/19
7SJ45, 7SJ46 housing for rail mounting

15 Appendix
Dimension drawings for SIPROTEC 7SJ602
Side view / screw-type terminals View from the rear Panel cutout
Fig. 15/20
7SJ602 with7XP20 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting,
terminals at rear
Fig. 15/21
7SJ602 with 7XP20 housing
15 for surface mounting,

15 Appendix

1/3 x 19" housing (7XP20)
Side view Rear view Rear view Panel cutout

7SA610, 7SD61, 7SJ64 7SJ61, 7SJ62, 7UT612,
Fig. 15/22 7UM611
cubicle mounting (1/3 x 19")
Fig. 15/23
1/3 x 19" surface-mounting housing, 15

15 Appendix

1/2 x 19" flush-mounting housings (7XP20)
Side view 1 Side view 2 Panel cutout
Rear view 1 Rear view 2 Rear view 3 Rear view 4

7SA61/63, 7UM621, 7UM623, 7SJ63, 7UM612, 6MD63 7SA522, 7SD52/53 7UT613
7SJ64
Fig. 15/24
1/2 x 19" flush-mounting housing
15

15 Appendix

Side view
Rear view Panel cutout
Fig. 15/25
2/3 x 19" flush-mounting housing for 7SA613
15

15 Appendix

Side view 1 Side view 2
* Terminals M and L additionally for 7UT635 and 7SJ647 only

** Terminals H and G not for 7SJ645 and 7SJ647
Panel cutout Rear view 1

7SA6, 7UM622, 7SJ64, 7UT633, 7UT635
15
Rear view 2 Rear view 3
7SJ63, 6MD63 7SA522, 7SD52/53
Fig. 15/26
in 1/1 x 19" flush-mounting housing

15 Appendix

1/2 and 1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housings
(7XP20)

1/2 x 19" surface-mounting,
housing 7XP20
Front view
1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing 7XP20
(without sloped FO case)
Fig. 15/27
1/2 and 1/1 x 19" surface-mounting housing
15

15 Appendix

1/2 and 1/1 x 19" housings
with detached operator panel
Detached operator panel (side view) Rear view Panel cutout
15
Fig. 15/28
Housing with detached or no
operator panel

15 Appendix
Front view Side view Panel cutout
Fig. 15/29
7SS523 bay unit in 7XP2040-2 housing
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting
Front view Side view View from below
Fig. 15/30
7SS523 bay unit in 7XP2040-1 housing for
panel surface mounting
15

15 Appendix
Front view Side view Rear view Panel cutout
Fig. 15/31
7SS525 busbar and breaker failure protection unit
for panel flush mounting/cubicle mounting
with housing for wall mounting
Front view Top view
Fig. 15/32
7SS522 central unit in SIPAC subrack
15

15 Appendix
Fig. 15/33
Fig. 15/34
15

15 Appendix
Front view Side view Rear view Rear view Panel cutout
(except 7XV7506) of 7XV7506
Fig. 15/35
7XV75 with housing 7XP2020-2
(for panel flush mounting)
Side view Rear view Panel cutout
Fig. 15/36
Housing 7XP204 of the peripheral modules (7SS60)
for panel or cubicle flush mounting
15

15 Appendix

3) Auxiliary release.
4) Auxiliary switch transverse position.
5) Link for screw fixing.
6) Only with undervoltage release combined with
leading auxiliary switch.
7) Drilling diagram.
8) Monitoring rail 35 mm, acc. to EN 50022.
11 Lockable in OFF position with padlock, bracket
7RV16 circuit-breaker diameter 3.5 to 4.5 mm
Fig. 15/37
Fig. 15/38 Fig. 15/39

Resistance temperature detector (RTD-box) 7PA22 auxiliary relay
Fig. 15/41
Flush mounting sockets 7XP9010-1, 7XP9010-2,
7XP9010-4 for 7PA22 auxiliary relay
7TS16 indication relay
15
Fig. 15/40

15 Appendix
Fig. 15/43
7PA27
Fig. 15/42 Fig. 15/44

Flush mounting sockets 7XP9011-0, 7XP9011-1 7PA30 single-phase
7PA30 trip single-phase circuit supervision
Fig. 15/46
Fig. 15/45 Flush mounting socket 7XP9011-2
7TS16, 7PA30 three-phase for 7PA27 auxiliary relay
Fig. 15/47 Fig. 15/48

Surface mounting socket 7XP9012 Surface mounting socket 7XP9013
7PA22, 7PA26 auxiliary relays for 7PA23/27 auxiliary relay
7TS16 indication relay 7PA30 single-phase trip circuit supervision
15

15 Appendix
Fig. 15/49
7PA26 auxiliary relay
Fig. 15/50
Flush-mounting socket 7XP9010-3 for 7PA26
111.3/4.38
ca.55/
2.17
103.8/4.09
330/12.99
238/9.37
250/9.84
(220/8.66)
SIPV6.093en.eps
SIPV6.075en.eps
SIPV6.074en.eps
(7/0.28)
100/3.94 62/2.44
125/4.92 112/4.41
Fig. 15/51 Top view Side view
7XV5673 I/O-Unit
Fig. 15/52 7XR9513 isolating transformer
95/3.74
SIPV6.087en.eps
175/6.89
SIPV6.030en.eps
125/4.92
Side view
Side view
101/3.98
88/3.46
4 x ø4.5/0.18
SIPV6.088en.eps
15
38/1.50
50/1.97
60/2.36
SIPV6.031en.eps
64/2.52
90/3.54 97/3.28
110/4.33
Top view Top view
Fig. 15/53 7XR9515 isolating transformer Fig. 15/54 7XR9516 isolating transformer

15 Appendix
c
2 Type a b*) c*) d e*) f*)
1 4AM5065 84/ 99/ 106/ 86.5/ 104.5/ 105/

SIPV6.084en.eps
4AM5070 3.31 3.90 4.17 3.4 4.11 4.13
84/ 99/ 120/ 86.5/ 104.5/ 105/

4AM5170
SIPV6.085en.eps
f
SIPV6.086en.eps
3.31 3.90 4.72 3.41 4.11 4.13
5.8/0.23 90/ 123/ 116/ 85/ 103/ 123/
a 4AM5272
3.54 4.84 4.57 3.35 4.06 4.84
b
d 3 *) max. dimension
e
Fig. 15/55
4AM50, 4AM5170, 4AM52 auxiliary current transformer without varistor
max.150/5.91 max.132/5.2 5.7/0.22 1 Terminal 8WA9200 Siemens

116.5/4.95 Cross-section:
2
Single-wire 0.5 mm2 to 6 mm2
Fine-wire 0.5 mm2 to 4 mm2
max.110/4.33
9.3/0.37
1
Current rating: 21 A
101.4/3.99
SIEMENS Number of terminals

86/3.39
SIPV6.076en.eps
depending on design
2 Flat connector
DIN46244-A6.3-0.8
SIPV6.078en.eps
3 Fixing racket for
17/0.67
SIPV6.077en.eps
84/3.31 DIN rail mounting

3
102/4.02 96/3.78
120/4.72
Front view Side view Top view
Fig. 15/56
4AM5120 auxiliary current transformer with varistor
max.140/5.51 max.115/4.53 4.8/0.19 64/2.52

103.5/4.07 M4
2
ø60/
max.135/5.31
64/2.52
SIPV6.092en.eps
2.36
77.6/3.06
Mounting-
max.105/4.13
8/0.31
64/2.52
1 SIEMENS
template
SIPV6.089en.eps
SIPV6.091en.eps
SIPV6.090en.eps
64/2.52
11.5/
0.45
77.6/3.06 84/3.31
3
10.6/ max.105/4.13
0.42
Front view Side view Top view
Fig. 15/57
15 4AM auxiliary current transformer

15 Appendix
Assignment for products
Products applied until now Function Recommended new products

7PA10 Auxiliary relay 7PA26/27
7PA20 Lockout relay 7PA22/23
7PA21 Trip circuit monitoring 7PA30
7RP72 Frequency relay 7RW600
7SD24 Line differential relay 7SD600

7SD510/511 Line differential relay via FO 7SD610
7SD512 Line differential relay via FO 7SD5
7SA500 Distance protection 7SA6, 7SA522

7SJ41 Overcurrent relay 7SJ45

7SJ50 Overcurrent relay 7SJ600/602/80
7SK52 Motor protection 7SK80

See SIP 3.01
SIPROTEC Compact Catalog
E50001-K4403-A011-A1-7600
7SN71 Transient earth fault relay 7SN600

7UT512 Transformer differential relay 7UT612
7UT513 Transformer differential relay 7UT613/7UT63
7UM51 Machine protection 7UM61/62

7TS15 Annuciation relay 7TS16
7SS51 Busbar protection 7SS52

7SS13 Busbar protection 7SS60
7VH80/83, 7VH60 High-impedance diff. protection 7SR23 Reyrolle

See www.siemens.com/siprotec
7SV50 BF relay 7SV600

7SV512 Breaker failure relay 7VK61
7VK512 Auto-reclosure und 7VK61
synchronism check relay
7XV72 Test switch 7XV75
7XS50 DIGSI operating program 7XS54

15

15 Appendix
Order No. Index

Order No. Page Order No. Page
E50001 3/6 7TR7100 9/15

W73078 9/15 7TS16 14/16
3AX11 5/9 7TS7200 9/15
3PP1326 11/64 7UM61 11/26
3PP1336 11/27, 11/64 7UM62 11/62
3RV1611 14/19 7UT612 8/35
3RV1901 14/19 7UT613 8/37
4AM4930 7/14, 14/22 7UT63 8/39
4AM50 5/9, 14/22 7UW5000 11/69
4AM5120 9/16, 14/22 7VE6110 11/97
4AM5170 14/22 7VE6320 11/98
4AM5272 9/16, 14/22 7VK61 10/17
4NC5225 11/64 7XP2041 9/15
6MD61 12/5 7XP90 14/6, 14/7, 14/10, 14/11, 14/12, 14/13, 14/16
6MD63 12/12 7XR6004 11/64
6MD66 12/26 7XR6100 11/27, 11/63
6XV8100 13/113 7XR9513 7/14, 14/22
7KE6000 13/10, 13/12, 13/114 7XR9515 7/14, 14/22
7PA22 14/6 7XR9516 7/40, 7/76, 14/22
7PA23 14/7 7XS5400 3/7
7PA26 14/10 7XS5401 3/6
7PA27 14/11 7XS5402 3/6
7PA30 14/12, 14/13 7XS5403 3/6
7RW600 11/79 7XS5407 3/6
7SA522 6/70 7XS5408 3/6
7SA61 6/29 7XS5410 3/12
7SA63 6/30 7XS5411 3/12
7SA64 6/31 7XS5416 3/12
7SD5 7/72 7XS5460 3/7
7SD600 7/13 7XS5490 3/7
7SD610 7/38 7XS5900 3/7
7SJ450 5/9 7XT3300 11/64
7SJ460 5/17 7XT3400 11/64
7SJ600 5/29 7XT7100 11/64
7SJ602 5/49 7XV5100 5/51
7SJ61 5/75 7XV5101 13/4
7SJ62 5/110 7XV5103 13/7, 13/10, 13/12
7SJ63 5/149 7XV5104 13/14
7SJ64 5/192 7XV5105 13/16
15 7SN600 10/36 7XV5450 13/19
7SS52 9/30 7XV5461 13/23, 13/19, 13/31
7SS60 9/15 7XV5550 13/35
7SV600 10/29 7XV5650 13/40
7TM7000 9/15 7XV5651 13/40

15 Appendix
Order No. Index

Order No. Page
7XV5652 13/43
7XV5653 13/47
7XV5654 13/83
7XV5655 13/51, 13/55
7XV5662 13/59, 13/63, 13/67
13/71, 13/76, 13/80
7XV5664 13/83
7XV5673 13/92
7XV5700 13/95
7XV5710 13/100
7XV5820 13/108
7XV585 13/111
7XV6010 9/15
7XV6201 14/4
7XV750 14/4
15

15 Appendix
Training
Equipment reliability and availability are

essential for all owners and users. At the
same time, maintenance costs need to be
kept to a minimum. The liberalization of
energy markets presents new challenges to
all; maintaining and enhancing competi-
tive strength are among today’s most im-
portant business goals. Investment in
technical plants and human resources en-
ables these goals to be realized. Innovations
in the technical field confront the users
with the need of establishing, maintaining
and extending their qualification and
know-how. Our training programs are tai-
lored to meet your specific needs. With our
know-how, we can help you to keep ahead.
Our training centers offer training pro-
grams comprising an extensive range of
courses covering all the important aspects
of numerical protective relaying. Choosing
our courses will simplify your planning
and ensure you of high-quality profes-
sional instruction at a reasonable cost. It is
also possible to arrange training on your
own premises thereby reducing costs for
group participation. We will jointly plan a
complete training program that matches
your business goals and your particular
working context.
Each course and the corresponding train-
ing documents are available in many lan-
SIPV6_113.tif
guages. On the Internet at
www.siemens.com/power-academy you
will find our complete training program
with details of contents, dates, costs and
contacts.
15

15 Appendix
Books and publications
Books on protection
A textbook and standard work in one,
these books cover all topics, which have to
be paid attention to for planning, design-
ing, configuring and applying differential
and distance protection systems. The
books are aimed at students and engineers
who wish to familiarize themselves with
the subject of differential/distance substa-
tion protection, as well as the experienced
user, entering the area of numerical differ-
ential/distance protection. Furthermore,
they serve as a reference guide for solving
SIPV6_114.tif
SIPV6_115.tif
application problems.
Siemens Order No. Siemens Order No.

A19100-L531-B107-X-7600 A19100-L531-B972-X-7600
ISBN 978-3-89578-351-7 ISBN 978-3-89578-318-0
Motor Protection and

IEC Standard Application Brochures
for SIPROTEC Protection Relays
On 76 pages the “Motor protection
brochure” describes the principles of asyn-
chronous and synchronous motors, gives an
overview of relay protection functions for
motors and details on protection of low-,
medium- and high-power motors.
If you wish to know more about efficient
energy automation in accordance with the
IEC 61850 standard, then our “IEC 61850
brochure” is the right source to turn to.
LSP2892.tif
LSP2893.tif
Topics covered comprise, among others,

switchgear interlocking with IEC 61850
Order No. Order No.
GOOSE, reverse interlocking, innovative E50001-K4454-A101-A1-7600 E50001-K4455-A101-A2-7600
solutions for substation control with
IEC 61850.
Please contact your Siemens representative
for free copies by indicating the Order No.
Multimedia CD ROMs/DVDs
List of available multimedia CD ROMs/DVDs
Useful information on selection and applica-
Title Order No.
tion for the SIPROTEC protection relays is
provided for the user. SIPROTEC 4 Tutorial E50001-U310-D21-X-7100
The following subject matters are available
on one DVD:
− SIPROTEC relay features
− SIPROTEC application hints
− Communication based on IEC 61850
− DIGSI Software operating program
− SIGRA Software evaluation of fault records 15
Computer-based interactive training:
LSP2894.tif
Study, practice, check your knowledge

Ask your Siemens representative for the
CDs/DVDs free of charge.

15 Appendix
Legal notice
Indication of conformity Copyright

This product complies with the directive of the Copyright © Siemens AG 2012. All rights reserved.
Council of the European Communities on The disclosure, duplication, distribution and editing of this
harmonization of the laws of the Member States document, or utilization and communication of the content
relating to electromagnetic compability (EMC are not permitted, unless authorized in writing. All rights,
Council Directive 2004/108/EC) and concerning including rights created by patent grant or registration of
electrical equipment for use within specified voltage limits (Low a utility model or a design, are reserved.
Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC).
This conformity has been proved by tests performed according to Registered trademarks
the Council Directive in accordance with the generic standards SIPROTEC and DIGSI are registered trademarks of Siemens AG.
EN 61000-6-2 and EN 61000-6-4 (for EMC directive) and with the Any unauthorized use is illegal. All other designations in this
standard EN 60255-27 (for Low Voltage Directive) by Siemens AG. document can be trademarks whose use by third parties for their
The device is designed and manufactured for application in an own purposes can infringe the rights of the owner.
industrial environment.
The product conforms with the international standard of
Disclaimer of liability
This document has been subjected to rigorous technical review be-
fore being published. It is revised at regular intervals, and any modi-
fications and amendments are included in the subsequent issues.
The content of this document has been compiled for information
purposes only. Although Siemens AG has made best efforts to keep
the document as precise and up-to-date as possible, Siemens AG
shall not assume any liability for defects and damage which result
through use of the information contained herein.
This content does not form part of a contract or of business relations;
nor does it change these. All obligations of Siemens AG are stated in
the relevant contractual agreements.
Siemens AG reservers the right to revise this document from time to
time.
Document version: 06
Release status: 12.2011
15

Published by and copyright © 2012:
Siemens AG
Infrastructure & Cities Sector
Smart Grid Division
Humboldtstr. 59
90459 Nuremberg, Germany
Siemens AG
Infrastructure & Cities Sector
Smart Grid Division
Energy Automation
Humboldtstr. 59
90459 Nuremberg, Germany
www.siemens.com/protection
Printed on elementary chlorine-free bleached paper.
All rights reserved.

If not stated otherwise on the individual pages of this
catalog, we reserve the r ight to include modifications,
especially regarding the stated values, dimensions
and weights. Drawings are not binding.
All product designations used are trademarks or

product names of Siemens AG or other suppliers.
If not stated otherwise, all dimensions in this
catalog are given in mm.
Subject to change without prior notice.

The information in this document contains general
descriptions of the technical options available, which
may not apply in all cases. The required technical
options should therefore be specified in the contract.
For more information, please contact Order No.: E50001-K4400-A101-A6-7600

our Customer Support Center. Printed in Germany
Tel.: +49 180 524 84 37 Dispo 06200, c4bs 7442
Fax: +49 180 524 24 71 KG 12.11 1.0 878 EN
(Charges depending on provider) 3600 / 35522 WÜ
E-mail: [email protected]

00 Catalog SIP E6 Complete PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

00 Catalog SIP E6 Complete PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

00 Catalog SIP E6 Complete PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Protection Systems

SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC easy,

Answers for infrastructure.

SIPROTEC 4, SIPROTEC series 600, SIPROTEC easy, SIPROTEC 5 catalogs:

Application catalog – Siemens protection technology:

Protection selection guide:

SIPROTEC Compact catalog:

Line Differential Protection 7

Transformer Differential Protection 8

Busbar Differential Protection 9

Relays for Various Protection Applications 10

Relay Communication Equipment 13

Test Equipment and Accessories 14

3RV1 Voltage transformer mini circuit-breaker 14/17

6MD61 IO-box 12/3

7PA22/23 Auxiliary relay 14/5

7RW6 Voltage, frequency and overexcitation relay 11/71

7SA522 Distance protection relay for transmission lines 6/45

7SD5 Multi-end differential protection relay 7/43

7SJ45 easy Overcurrent protection relay powered by CT 5/3

7SN60 Transient earth-fault protection relay 10/31

7SS52 Distributed busbar and breaker failure protection 9/19

7SV6 Numerical circuit-breaker failure protection relay 10/21

7TS 16 Annunciation relay 14/15

7UM61 Multifunction generator and motor protection relay 11/3

2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

7UW5 Tripping matrix 11/69

7VE6 Multifunction paralleling device 11/81

7VK61 Breaker management relay 10/3

7XR Isolating transformer 14/21

7XV5101 RS232 FO connector modules 13/3

7XV5450 Mini star-coupler 13/17

7XV5550 Active mini star-coupler 13/33

7XV5650/5651 RS485 – FO converter 13/37

7XV5662 Communication converter for X.21/RS422 and G.703.1 13/57

7XV5664 GPS/DCF77 Time signal receiver 13/81

7XV5673 I/O-Unit with 6 binary in-/outputs 13/85

7XV57 RS232 – RS485 converter 13/93

7XV5820 Industrial modem and modem-router with switch 13/101

7XV75 Test switch 14/3

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 3

Product Selection Page

Relay Functions 1/2

Relay Selection Guide

1 Device application Distance protection Line differential protection

SIPROTEC 600 Series

Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole C C C C C C C C C C C C C C

1/2 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Combined line Overcurrent and feeder protection/ Generator Transformer Busbar

SIPROTEC 600 Series

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 1/3

Relay Selection Guide

1 Device application Bay controller Breaker Syn- Voltage and

SIPROTEC 600 Series

Protection functions for 3-pole tripping 3-pole – – – V V C C V C C

1/4 Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6

Table continued on next page

Siemens SIP · Edition No. 6 1/5

Relay Selection Guide

Fig. 2/18 1 / 1 of 19” housing